tmtammttu^
McGILL UNIVERSITY
ANNUAL CALENDAR
FOR SESSION ld03-1904
VtTH
PASS LISTS
EXAMINATION PAPERS
FOR SESSION 1902-1908
MONTIlEAtt
19031.
Jiii-;Tri
.a^i
Nl
ANNUAL CALENDAR
OF
McGILL COLLEGE
AND
UNIVERSITY,
MONTREAL.
FOUXDED UNDER BEQUEST OF THE HON. JAMES McGILL,
ERECTED INTO A UNIVERSITY BY ROY^AL CHARTER
IN 1821, AND RE-ORGANIZED BY AN (^
AMENDED CHARTER IN 1852. *1
SESSION 1908-1904
Printed for the University by the Gazette Printing Company.
1903.
LB
3
The Liist of Graduates, corrected to July, 1903, and the
Examination ra[)ers tor each Session (price 75 cents),
are published separately, and ma}' be ol)tained on
application to the Registrar.
INDEX.
„ , XVI
Academic Board 34
Academic Dress 10
Admission •■•-. .• • 21
Of Students of other L niversities -
Affiliated Colleges and Schools ••;••••• 7
Affiliation to Oxford, Cambridge, and Dublin g
Age for Admission 252
Anatomy, Course in ' ' " 284
Museum of 87 §9
Anglo-Saxon, Courses in
Announcements : ^^^
Faculty of Applied Science 45
Faculty of Arts 217
Facult'y of Law 234
Faculty of Medicme 299
McGill Normal School ■■ 136
Royal Victoria College for Women ^^^
Applied Mechanics, Course in
4 141
Applied Science, Faculty of
Courses, Outline of I49
Architecture 152
Chemistry I53
Civil Engineering 151
Electrical Engineering j5g
Mechanical Engineering j5Y
Metallurgy I59
Mining Engineering
Courses of Lectures :— IgO
Architecture ; 163
Chetnistry and Assaying •■■.-•;••;••;•• : ifi5
Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics J^o
Bridge Construction • jg^
Hvdraulics 16S
Municipal Engineering jg.
Structural Engineering jgg
Theory of Structures jgg
Descriptive Geometry jgg
Electrical Engineering ^^2
English. . ■■■■■■■■: '. '. ". 185
Experimental Physics ■■ ^ ■ ■ ■■ ■ : I73
Freehand Drawing and Lettering ^-^
MSSatics and Matheraatical' Physics J j5
Mechanical Engineering y-^.
Metallurgy I8I
Metereology 181
Mineralogy 181
Mining Engineering 147 184
Summer School ' jgg
Surveying and Geodesy ^^- -^gg
Sumn^er School ' jgj
Thermodynamics • IpO
Transportation
IV
Pagr.
Donations (19(12-0^) 210
Diiuhle ('(iiii'ses "(^
l)ej;ivf, Rcciviircnienfcs for B.Sc 21, 142
Dejiirees, B. A. and B.Sc. (combined course) ' as
Duration of Session 7
E.xaniinations 142 148
I''or Ku 1 ranee ' 13
E.xliibiiions r I4.I
Fees yQ
Graduate Courses 142
Honours ' 144
Laboratories ] nj^
Medals 141
M useums 2( I.")
Prizes ■ ■ ]"44
Registrat ion •>-7
Research Work (1902-1903) '. .'.'...!! '. '. '. 209
Special Lectures. ] li)2
Summer Work :^
Art 192
English ' I'-o
Mining .' 147^ ],sj
Surveying 147, l.sy
Students, List of ;j27
Time Tables 212
Workshops 20fi
Courses in 207
Architecture
Course in 149
Subject of 1(50
Art, Summer Courses in 192
Arts. Faculty of 3 45
Course for B. A '58
For B. Sc 64
Courses of Lectures : —
Anatomy 252
Anglo-Saxon 87, 89
Art and Archaeology IO4
Astronomy ". Dl
Biology. . ." ........'. 116
Botany II7
Chemistry 113
Classical Literature and History 76
Comparative Philology 85
Constitutional Law and History 103
Dynamics HO
Econoin ics 100
English Language and Literature 85
French 91
Geology ........'. 122
German 94
Greek 77
History 98
History of Philosophy 106
History of Economic Theory 100
History of Political Theory 102
Italian " 96
r^atin "..'.'...'.'.'.'. 80
Logic 105
Mathematics 108
Advanced Sections 112
Mechanics HI
Mental Philosophy 104
Page
125
Meteorology... ■ 90
Middle English 115
Mineralogy 90
Moeso-Gothic 91
Modern Languages 104
Moral Philosophy ;".'..... Ill
Optics 125
Pedagogy. . 109, 111
Physics 123
Physiography 254
Physiology 100
Political Science IO4
Psychology 101
Public Finance . . ; 103
Roman Law " 84
Sanskrit 97
Semitic Languages 119
Zoology ■ 72
Certificates r y -d\ 21, 58
Degrees, Requirements for H.A ^^ g^
ForB.Sc
Double Courses 6S
Arts and Applied Science ^1
Arts and La^y •••••■•,■.•. 69
Arts (B. A.) and Medicine -q
Arts (B. Sc.) and Medicine rj
Duration of Session ; ; ' ■ 55^ 07
Examinations ' 66
At Christmas 12
For entrance 66
Supplemental..... •■■ ■ ' 68,69,70
Exemptions in Double Courses ,-2
For Theological Students ■ • • ^-
Exhibitions ' 47
First Year 53
Second Year 29
Fees ; . . 27
Time for Payment. 61
Honour Courses 125
Laboratories • 72
Literate in Arts ".'.'.'.".'.. 72
Medals 72
Prizes 27
Registration 45, 55
Scholarships . 76
Summer Classes 313
Students, List of 130
Time Tables • ' " " ' , 163, 178
Assaying, Courses m 198
Laboratories _ • • • • • 11
Associate of Arts, Certificate of
Associations, see Societies. 43
Astronomical Observatory HI
Astronomy, Courses in 38
Athletics • ■ • •. .v ' .... 38, 337
Athletic Association, University ^^
B.A. Degree, Regulations "'.".... 58
Course for 65, 67
Examinations ••■•••;•••:••■,■ bV' 'AmiVQ .... 68, 69, 70
Exemptions for Professional Students ' g^
Honour Courses 22, 219
B C.L. Degree, Regulations 21, 64, 142
B.Sc. Degree, Regulation.s 64
Course in Faculty of Arts . ; i^g igo
In Faculty ot Applied Science
Page.
Examinations 12, 13, 65, 142
Double Course for B.A. and B.Sc 68
Honour Courses 61, 146
Bar Regulations, Province of Quebec 229
Benefactors 342
Biology, Courses in (Arts) 116
(Medicine) 261
Board of Governors xiv
Their Powei's 2
Board and Residence 7
In Royal Victoria College for Women 138
Botanical Laboratories 128
Botanv, Courses in (Arts) 117
(Medicine) 261
Bursaries, see Exhibitions.
Calendar of Appointments, etc xxvil
Cambridge University, Affiliation to 7
Carpenter Shop 206
Instruction in 207
Caution Money 30,33
Cement Laboratory 193
Certificate, Associate of Ai'ts 11
Of Standing 33
Of Literate in Arts 72
In A>ts 73
Matriculation 28
Chancellor, The 2
Charter, The 2
Chemistry Building, The Macdonald 40
Chemistry : —
Course in 152
Subject of (Art.-) 113
(Applied Science) 163
(Medicine) 2.53
Laboratories 193, 238
Civil Engineering :—
Course in 153
Subject of 165
Civil Procedure, Courses in 223
Class Lists 312
Classical Literature and Histoi-y, Courses in 76
Classification of Students 8
Clinical Medicine, Courses in 257
Clinical Surgery, Courses in 258
Clubs, see Societies.
College Grounds, Management of 38
Commercial Law, Courses in 223
Committees of Governors and Corporation xvii
Companies, Courses in Law of 222
Conditioned Students 9
Conduct of Students 35
Constitution of the Lhiiversity 2
Constitutional History. Courses in 99, 193
Constitutional Law, Courses in 103, 221
Corporation, The -• 3
Corporations. Courses in Law of, 222
Criminal Law, Courses in 223
D. C. L. Degree, Requirements for 25, 226
D.Litt. Degree, Requirements for 24
D.Sc. Degree, Requii'ements for 25
Degrees, Regulations concerning. 21
vu
Page.
Descriptive Geometry, Courses in 16B
Discipline 3o
Diseases of Infants, Courses in ^ob, zoo
Donations in Applied Science ... 210
Double Courses 6^
Dublin University, Affiliation to 7
Drawine, Courses in 161, 1T3, 1(7
Diess, Academic ■ ^3
Dynamics, Courses in llOj 17»
Laboratory of 202
Early English Text Society's Prize Ji
Economics, Courses in 10"
Electrical Engineerina;.
Course in 1^*
Subject of 169
Laboratories 19o
Elocution, Fee for 33
Engineering, Courses in _ l^p
English Language and Litei'ature, Courses in 85, 172
Endowments : ^42
Entrance 1^
Into Second Year 20
Entrance Examination, see Matriculation.
Equivalent Standing for Students from other Universities. 21
Kxemptions from aiatrioulation F-xamination 11
Exemptions in Arts for Students in Professional Faculties. 68, 69, 70
For Students in Theological Colleges 72
Exhibitions : —
First Year Entrance in Arts -p
Second Year in Arts 53
In Applied Science 144
Winners of (1902-1903) 10
And see Scholarships.
Expenses of Board and Residence 2
Experimental Physics. Courses in 108, 125
Faculties, General Statement of ^
Faculty of Applied Science, see Applied Science.
Of Arts, see Arts.
Of Law, see Law.
Of Medicine, see Medicine.
Fees : —
In Facultv of Applied Science 30
In Arts.." 29
In Law 32
In Medicine 31
For Higher Degrees 33
Matriculation 28
Miscellaneous 33
Music 4, 139
Royal Victoria College for Women 29, 138
Athletics 39
Time of Payment 27
Fellows of the University „ xv, 3
Foundation of the L'niversity 1
Foundry, The 207
Instruction in '■ _ 208
Freehand Drawing, Courses in 173, 193
French, Courses in 91
VUl
Page.
Geodesy, Courses in . jgg
Geodetic Laboratory ! 196
Geology, Courses in 12'? 173
Geometry, Courses in Descriptive "' 168
German, Courses in g^
Governors, IJoard of : ............ xiv
Their Powers 2
Graduates (1901-1902) ".'.'..".'.'.' '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' 304
Graduate Courses in Applied Science . 142
In Medicine 271
Graduates, Lectures open to, in Arts 24 73
Graduates' Societies, see Societies. '
Greek, Courses in r^rj
Grounds, Management of
Committee of Management
Gymnastics, Classes for Men i
Classes for AVomen
38
38
43
Gynaecology, Courses in 259
Hebrew, Courses in 97
Histological Laboratories ■..''.............. 239
Histology, Courses in 255
History, Courses in 98
Constitutional, Courses in 99 103
Of the Faculty of Medicine ' 234
Of the University 1
61
Honour Courses in Arts
Certificates . 73
Hospitals " ' •'..'... 288
Hydraulics, Courses in .....]....]...... 167
Laboratory \ /' ' ' ' ' ' 197
Infantile Diseases, Courses in 258, 266
Instruction, Officers of
XVlll
International Law, Courses in ......!... 226
Italian
96
Latin, Courses in 80
Laryngology, Courses in 265
Law, Faculty of 4 217
Announcement ' 217
Bar requirements for Admission to Study... ...!_"... . 229
To Practice 229
Courses of Lectures : —
Agency and Partnership 222
Civil Procedure 223, 224
Commercial Law ' 223
Constitutional Law 221
Corporations 222
Criminal Law 223
International Law ' ] . . ' 226
Legal History and Bibliography 221
Marriage Covenants and Minor Contracts 224
Obligations 225
Real Property and Notarial Law 225
Roman Law 220
Successions, Gifts and Substitutions 224
Double Courses in Arts and J^aw 71
Degree, Requirements for B.C.L 22, 219
For D.C.L 25, 226
Duration of Session 7
Examinations 219
Fees \. ............... . 32
IX
Page.
Holidays 220
Matriculation 14
Medals 219
Prizes 218
Registration 27
Regulations 218
Scholarships ... 218
Students, List of 312
Time Table 232
Lecturers, List of xviii
Legal History and Bibliography, Courses in 221
Library, The University 41, 295
Regulations .. 296
Libraries, Departmental.
Applied Science 40
Cheniistrv and Mining 128
Law ...;. 217
Medicine 28o
Physics , 126
Lists of Students 312
Literate in Arts, Certificate of 72
LL.D. Degree, Requirements for 25
Local Centres, Matriculation Exam, for 10
Logic, Courses in 105
M. A. Degree, Regulations . 22
M.D. Degree, Regulations 24
Requirements for 24, 275
M.Sc. Degree 24
Machine Design, Courses in 177
Machine Shop 207
Course of Instruction in 208
Maritime Law, Courses in 223
Marriage Covenants, Courses in Law of -■ . . 224
Materia Medica, Courses in 256
Mathematics and Math. Physics, Courses in (Arts).. 108
(Applied Science) 175
Mathematical Laboratory 202
Matriculation Examination 10
Requirements of Faculties ■ 12
Details of Subjects 15
Regulations 10
Fees for 28
Exemptions from 11
Time and place of , 10
At local centres 10, 19
Certificates 28
McGill Normal School Announcement 299
Mechanical Engineering.
Course in 1 56
Subject of 1T6
Laboratory ... 198
Mechanics, Courses in Ill, 175
Medals awarded in Arts 72
In Applied Science 144
In Law 219
In Medicine 279
For Physical Culture 44
Medical Jurisprudence, Lectures in 260
Medicine, Lectures in 2.56
Medicine, Subject of Clinical 257
X
Page
Meili<;ine, Faculty of 934
Courses T ■.■.■.■;.■.■■.■. .'..'.:: 251
Adviincen 2,71
Double Courses in Arts and Medicine ..... . . . . . 69 207
Graduate '971
Courses of Lectures : —
Anatomy . 2o"'
^iology V^V.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'.'..'. 261
Chemistry , 253
Clinical Microscopy 266
Gj'naecology .' ^ 259
Hytiiene 954
Histology y......... . ... 255
Infantile Diseases 258 266
Laryngology '260
Medical Jurisprudence 260
Medicine and Clinical Medicine 256, 257
Mental Diseases ' 266
Obstetrics 258
Opthalmology and Otology .....'....... 260
Pathology and Bacteriology 262
Pharmacology and Therapeutics 256
Physiology 254
Public Health and Preyentiye Medicine 264 274
Rhinology '265
Surgery and Clinical Surgery '.'.'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".' 257, 258
Buildings, Description of 237
Clinical Instruction _ ' " 991
Degree, Requirements for M.D 24 275
Duration of Session ' " 7
Examinations 278
Fees ...............! 31
Fellow.ships 279
Foundation and Early History ................... .' 234
Honours " 279
Hospitals y. ............. . 288
Laboratories ............... 238
Library 285
Maternity, The Montreal.'. ...... ...'.".".'.'.".'.'.' .'.".' '.'.'.'.' 292
Matriculation I4
^e*]?'s ^^- -. '.:.'..'.'.:...:.:..'.'.:..'.::. m
Medical Society 287
Museums 281
Anatomical 284
Hygiene 283
Pathological 982
Prizes 279
Registration requirements of Proyinces, Great Britain,
and elsewhere 240
Regulations ......,.......'. '. 275
Summer School . ."....... 272
Students, List of 320
Text Books y. ........... .. 280
Time Tables ■"■'■■ 249
Medical Build ings, Description of ......." . . . . 237
Mental Diseases, Courses in 266
Mental and Moral Philosophy, Courses in.. .....* . .......... 104
Metallurgy.
Course in I57
Subject of 178
Laboratories 198
Metaphysics, Courses in 104
Meteorology, Courses in 125, 181
Milling Room ' 199
XI
Faqb.
Mineralogy, Courses in 115, 181
Mininti Building, The Macdouald 40
Mining Engineering.
Course in 1^^
Subject of 181
Laboratories 199
Model School, McGill 300
Museum, The Peter Redpath 42
Museums of Applied Science 205
Of Anatomy 28 1
Of Hygiene •- 283
Of Pathology 282
Music, Courses in 139
Examinations in 4
formal School, McGill 299
Notarial Law, Courses in 225
Obligations, Courses in Law of 225
Observatorj' , The 43
Obstetrics, Courses in 258
Occasional Students, see Partial Students.
Officers of Instruction, etc xviii
Opthalmology, Courses in 260
Otology, Courses in 260
Oxford University, Affiliation to 7
Palaeontology, Courses in 123
Partial Students 9
Pathology, Courses in 262
Laboratory of 239
Museum of • 282
Patternmaking Shop 206
Course of Instruction in 208
Payment of Fees 27
Pedagogy, Courses in 125
Peter Redpath Museum 42
Petrogi-aphical Laboratory 129, 200
Pharmacological Laboratories 237
Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Courses in 256
Physical Culture Classes (Men) 43
(Women) 138
Physics Building, The Macdonald 41
Laboratories 125, 201
Physics, Courses in (Arts) 109, 111
(Applied Science) 185
Physiological Laboratories , 239
Physiology, Courses in 254
Political Science, Courses in 100
Preventive Medicine, Courses in 264, 274
Museum of 283
Principal. The 2
Private International Law, Courses in 226
Prizes in Arts 72
In Applied Science 144
In Law 218
In Medicine _ 279
Procedure, Courses in Civil 223, 224
Professional Students' Exemptions in Arts 68
Professors. List of xviii
Emeriti xxvi
Public Health and Preventive Medicine, Courses in 264,274
Museum of 283
Public International Law, Courses in 226
Pyschology, Courses in 104
Real Property Law, Courses in . . 225
Registration "2?
Resiflence, Hoard and "7
For Women I3g
Rhinolog}', Courses in ' ' ' 2'65
Roman J.aw, Courses in ]]/ 2'^0
Royal Institute of British Architects :
Examinations for Associateship 102
Royal Victoria College for Women 41, 130
Sanskrit, Courses in ^ S4
Scholarships in Arts | 45 55
In Applied Science '144
H. M. Comms." for the Exhibition of 1851 75 14()
Winners of (1902-1903) \ ' 3IO
And see Exhibitions.
Schools, University (A. A.) Examinations of H
Second Year, Admission to 20
Semitic Languages, Courses in . . .' 97
Session, Duration of 7
Singing, Courses of 139
Smith Shop 205
Courses of Instruction in 208
Societies, Associations, and Clubs 335
Applied Science Society 335
Athletic Associacion 337 33s
Basket B dl Club ".'.■.■.■.■.■.■.■ ".". .' 338
Chemical Society 33(5
Cricket Club < 338
Delta Sigma Society 335
Football Club '..'.'.'.'..'.'.'. 337
Association 337
Glee and Banjo Club . 333
Graduates' Societies :
Alumnte 339
British Columbia 34O
Chicago 340
District of Bedford 34O
Maritime Province.s 34I
McGill University 339
New England 340
New York ..." 339
Ottawa Valley 339
Toronto 34O
Historical Club 335
Hockey Club 338
Lawn Tennis Club . . . . . 338
Literary Society, Undergraduates' 335
Medical Societ v . 287, 330
Mining Society ' " '33(5
Physical Society . ' 335
Skating Club ... 333
Young Men's Christian Association 336
Young Women's Christian Association 337
Special Lectures in Applied Science 192
Stanstead Wesleyan College 5
"!)!, Students of 333
Students, Classification of 8
Of other Universities admitted 21
Lists of ' 312
Number in Attendance 334
Successions, Courses in the Law of 224
Summer Schools and Classes in Arts '5
In Applied Science |^'
In Mining |^^
In Surveying t^-i,
In Medicine - • - • „„ Too
Supplemental Examinations m Arts US
In Applied Science ^Z°
In Medicine -'^
Surgery, Courses in
Women, Courses open to, in Arts,
In the Royal Victoria College
Residence, etc
The Royal Victoria College for
Wood-turning Shop
Workshops
Y.M.C.A. of McGill University
Zoology, Courses in (Arts).
(In Medicine)
0/
202
280
Testing Laboratories
Text-books in Medicine
Theological Colleges, Affiliation
Exemptions in Arts ior Students of
Therapeutics, Courses in
Thermodvnamics, Courses in ^"^
Laboratory ■. -T:
Time Table of Lectures, etc., in Applied Science i!!^
In Art
In Law
72
256
191
130
232
249
In Medicine / -^^v un
In Royal Victoria College for T\ omen iJJJ
Transportation, Courses in
9
Undergraduates „o 007
University Athletic Association an, oat
University School (A. A.) Examinations ^^
Vancouver College ,,.S.
Students of ;^,- • • v; • " • •, "1 Vfi
Victoria College for Women, The Royal i-^"
Victoria College, B.C '^
9
136
138
Gymnastic Classes for ~ v^
■RacirlojTOe ftp. ''^__
136
206
206
336
Y. AV. C. A. of McGill University ^^'
Zoological Laboratories -„
119
261
iomriung ^ody of th^ Uniiii^rsity.
VISITOR
HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HONOURABLE THE
EARL OP MINTO, G.C.M.G., LL.D., P.C.
Governor-General of Canada, etc.
GOVERNORS :
THE RIGHT HON. LORD STRATHCONA AND MOUNT ROYAL,
G.C.M.G., LL.D (Hon. Cantab.), President and Chancellor of
the University.
JOHN MOLSON, Esq.
SIR WILLIAM C. MACDONALD.
GEORGE HAGUE, Esq.
EDWARD B. GREENSHIELDS, Esq., B.A.
SAMUEL FINLEY, Esq.
ANDREW FREDERICK GAULT, Esq.
HON. JOHN SPROTT ARCHIBALD, M.A., D.C.L.
CHARLES J. FLEET, Esq., B.A., B.C.L.
RICHARD B. ANGUS, Esq.
SIR WILLIAM C. VAN HORNE, K.C.M.G.
JAMES ROSS, Esq.
CHARLES S. CAMPBELL. Esq., LL.D.. K.C.
ROBERT CRAIK, Esq., M.D., LL.D.
PRINCIPAL.
WTTTTAAT T>VT-KRSON M.A., LL.D., C.M.G., Vice-Chancellor.
(The PrSS has ui?der the Statutes, the general superintend-
encJof all affairs of ihe College and University, under such regula-
tions as may be in force.)
FELLOWS.
Ex-Offlcio.
ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D D C.L. F.R.S.C, Vice-
Principal and Dean of the Faculty of Arts. , ^ -r- -r^ v,
HENRY TBOVEY. M.A., D.C.L., LL.D.. F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E., Dean
of the Faculty of Applied Science. ^^. ^.f t c^
F P WALTON. B.A.. LL.B., Dean of the Faculty of La w^
THOMAS G. RODDICK, M.D., LL.D., Dean of the Faculty of
S. P^ ROBINS, M.A.. LL.D., Principal of McGill Normal School.
To retire on 1st September, 1D03.
JOHN REDPATH DOUGALL, M.A., Representative Fellow in Arts.
Rev'e I Rexford, B.A., Governors' Fellow.
Rfv' Tames Barclay, M.A., D.D., Governors' Fellow.
SSexInDER FALCONER, B.A., B.C.L., Representative Fellow m
CH^S^E MOYSB B.A., LL.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts.
Towx' COX M A. ' F.R.S.C, Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts.
REV. J. T. L. MAGGS, B.A., B.D., Representative Fellow, Montreal
Wesleyan Theological College. t^, n .^. ,-r, Ar.r,iiPfl
FRANK b. ADAMS, D.Sc, Ph.D., Representative FelloTN m Applied
W. J. McGUIGAN, M.D., LL.B., Representative Fellow, Vancouver
College, Vancouver, B.C.
To retire on 1st September, tOOIf.
BERNARD J. HARRINGTON, M.A., LL.D., Governors' Fellow-
FREDERICK W. KELLEY, B.A., Ph.D., Representative Fellow m
R. F.^^RUTTAN. B.A., M.D., F.R.S.C. Elective Fellow. Faculty of
Medicine. ^ ,,
C H GOULD. B.A., Governors Fellow. ^ , ^
e' W MACBRIDE, M.A., D.Sc, Elective Fellow. Faculty of Arts^
Rev E M. hill, D.D., Representative Fellow. Congregational Col-
lege of Canada. Principal of the College. ,, ,. .
C W T^^ILSON M.D., Representative Fellow m Medicine.
A E." C MOORE. D.V.S., Representative Fellow in Comparative
Medicine and Veterinary Science.
Rev henry M. HACKETT, M.A.. B.D., Representative Fellow,
Montre-1 Diocesan Theological College, Principal of the College.
S. H. CAPPER. M.A., A.R.I.B.A., R.C.A., Elective Fellow, Faculty
of Applied Science.
To retire on 1st September, 1905.
Rev. JOHN SCRIMGER, M.A., D.D., Representative Fellow, Pres-
byterian College. Montreal. „ ,^
REV. J. CLARK MURRAY, LL.D., F.R.S.C, Elective Fellow, Faculty
of Arts. „ ^ „ ... T-, 11
T. WESLEY MILLS, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C. Representative Fello\\
in Medicine. . ^ „ . . ,. ,
C H McLEOD, :>.Ia.E.. F.R.S.C. Representative Fellow m Applied
Science.
XVI
Rev. C. R. FLANDERS, B.A., D.D., Representative Fellow, Stan-
stead Wesleyan College, Stanstead, Que., Principal of the College.
G CUNNINGHAM WRIGHT, B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law.
ARCHIBALD McGOUN, M.A., B.C.L., K.C., Elective Fellow, Faculty
of Law.
F. J. SHEPHERD, M.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Medicine.
J. BONSALL PORTER, E.M., Ph.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of
Applied Science.
R. TAIT McKENZIE, B.A., M.D., Governors' Fellow.
W. W. WHITE, M.D., St. John, N.B., non-i^esident Representative
Fellow (Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland).
E. B. C. HANINGTON, M.D., non-resident Representative Fellow
(British Columbia, Manitoba and North-West Territories).
ROBERT W. ELLS, M.A., LL.D., Ottawa, non-resident Representa-
tive Fellow (Ontario).
WM. OSLER, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Johns Hopkins University, non-
resident Representative Fellow (United States).
(The Governors, Principal and Fellows constitute, under the Char-
ter, the Corporation of the University, which has the po\'\er, under
the Statutes, to frame regulations touching the Course of Study,
Matriculation, Graduation and other educational matters, and to
grant degrees).
Secretary and Bursar :
Walter Vaughan, Office, East Wing, McGill College.
Registrar :
J. A. Nicholson, M.A., Office, East Wing, McGill College.
Office Hours : 9 to 5.
THE ACADEMIC BOARD.
(Regular Meetings on the first Wednesday of October, Decemher, Fehruary,
and March, at 8.15 p.m.)
Chairman— The Principal.
The Principal, the Deans of the several Faculties, the Professors
and Associate Professors, and other members, not exceeding ten in
number, of the teaching- staff of the LTniversity, have been consti-
tuted, ftnder the statutes, the Academic Board of the University,
with the duty of considering such matters as pertain to the interests
of the University as a whole and making recommendations con-
cerning the same.
(£jommitUzs^
FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE GOVERNORS.
(Meeting on the second Thursday of eac^Lmo^ith^t 4 p.m.)
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald. ^''T Vt 2? Esq
Geokge Hague, esq. „ ,
Principal. Peterson.
PETER REDPATH MUSEUM COMMITTEE.
(Meeting on the Monday before each Regular Meeting of Cor-
^ poration, at 4.30 p.m.)
PRINCIPAL PETERSON. Chairman. g- ^^"j/- pH-p^.^-^SSw.
George Hague, ESQ. n^ "^ D Ad^ms
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
(Meeting on the Monday before each Regular Meeting of
Corporation at 5 p.m.)
J. R. DOUGALL, ESQ. C. H D p pShallow.
Dr. Alex. Johnson. ^ ^ -d wattom
ReV. Dr. J. Clark Murray. Prop. F. P. Walton.
COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE MACDONALD PHYSICS
BUILDING.
(Meeting on the Thursday before each Regular Meeting of
Corporation at 5 p.m.)
PRINCIPAL PETERSON. g- ALEX. JOHNSON.
DR. ROBERT CHAIK. ^^^^ JoHrCOX. ''■
COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE MACDONALD
ENGINEERING BUILDING.
(Meeting on the third Monday of each month at 4.30 p.m.)
C. J. FLEET ESQ. ?Jo? c'' H^ mSeoo.
Principal Peterson. Jr-KUi?. v..
COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE MACDONALD
CHEMISTRY AND MINING BUILDING.
(Meeting on the third Monday of each mojit^^^t 4 p.m.)
C. J. Fleet^ Esq. ^R- ^- j" Harrington.
PRINCIPAL PETERSON. ^^ ^ ^ ^DR.^B^^ J.
COMMITTEE OF MANAGEMENT OF THE COLLEGE GROUNDS.
^Rl'NcfpArPE^SsON. ^X^Vf^'r^n"
Prof. Frank Carter. DR- «• F. Kuttan.
cers ot ^iistvuctiou.
ARTS.
W. Peterson, M.A., (Edin. and Oxon), LL.D. (St. Andrews), C.M.G.
Principal and Professor of Classics. 889 Sherbrooke Street.
Bernard J. Harrington, M.A., Ph.D. (^ale), LL.D., F.G.S., F.R.S.C.
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, Lecturer
in Assaying, and Director of Chemistry and Mining
Building. 295 University Street.
Charles E. Moyse, B.A. (London), LL.D.
Molson Professor of English Language and Literature.
802 Sherbrooke Street.
D. P. Penhallow, B.Sc. (Boston Univ.), M.Sc, F.R.S.C, P.R.M.S.
Macdonald Professor o.f Botany. The Marlborough, 210 Milton St.
Rev. Daniel Coussir.\t, B.A., B.D. (Universite de France), D.D.
(Queen's), OflRcier de I'lnstruction Publique.
Professor of Semitic Languages and Oriental Literature.
171 Hutchison Street.
John Cox, M.A. (Cantab.), F.R.S.C, late Fellow Trin. Coll., Cam-
bridge.
Macdonald Professor of Physics and Director of
Physics Building. 211 University Street.
Frank D. Adajls, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Heidelberg), D.Sc, F.G.S.A.,
F.R.S.C.
Logan Professor of Geology and Palecontology 243 Mountain Street.
C W. Colby, M.A. and Ph.D. (Harvard).
Kingsford Professor of History. 127 Bishop Street.
Ernest W. MacBride, M.A. (Cuntab.), D.Sc. (Lond.), late Fellow of
St. John's College, Cambridge.
Strathcona Professor of Zoology. 76a Crescent Street.
Ernest Rutherford, M.A., D.Sc. (Univ. N.Z ). F.R.S.
Macdonald Professor of Phusics. 152 St. Famille Street.
J. Wallace Walker, M.A. "(St. Andrews). Ph.D. (Leipsic), F.R.S.C
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry. 15 Lome Avenue.
A. "W. Flux, M.A. (Cantab.), late" Fellow of St. John's College, Cam-
TDridge.
William Dow Professor of Political Economy. 126 Crescent Street.
Hermann "^'alter, M.A. (Edin.), Ph.D. (Munich).
Professor of Modern Languages. 150 St. Famille Street.
James I-Iartcness. M.A. (Cantab.).
Peter Redpath Professor of Pure Mathematics. McCJill College.
Frothiiigham Professor of Philosophy.
Macdonald Professor of Moral Philosophy.
Mills Professor ^of Clas.^ics.
A. JuDSON Eaton. Ph.D., A.M. (Leipsic).
Associate Professor of Classics. 154 Drummond Street.
Paul T. Lapleur, M.A.
David J. (h'censhields Associate Professor of English. 58 Universitj'' St.
H. M. Tort, M.A.
Associate Professor of Mathematics. 197 Mance Street.
Leigh R. Gregor, B.A., Ph.D. (Heidelberg).
Lecturer in Modern Languages. 139 Bayle Street.
(The nhove Professors and Lecturers constitute the Faculty of Arts.)
Other Officers of Instruction.
Nevil Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. ,,^ c.4. tt. -n at^^ot
Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 157 St. Pamille Street.
Howard T. Barnes, D.Sc. „ » „ ,^
Assistant Professor of Physics. 5 Lorne Avenue.
^^^S5»f.- ?,f S.,"'-^- 46 Cathcan Street.
'^^itJ^.'fnT^n^- «S Hutchison Street.
S. B. Slack, M.A. (Oxon). ATrrill Colleee
Lecturer in Classics. McGill College.
E. T. Lambert, B.A. (Lend.). ... Titr^c!+»v.r>,int
Lecturer in Modern Languages. 456 Mountain Ave., Westmount.
Hilda Diana Oakelet, M.A., Warden, Royal Victoria College
Lecturer in Philosophy. Royal Victoria College.
John W. Cunliffe, M.A. & D.Litt. (Lond.).
Lecturer in English language an4^Lit^raUu-^^^^^ ^^^ ^^.^^^^^ ^^^.^^^
J. Stafford, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipsic). Colle-e
Lecturer in Zoology. ^^^i" College.
S. B. Leacock, B.A. (Toronto), PhJ). (Chicago).
Lecturer in Political Science and History. McGiU College.
J. W. A. HiCKSON, M.A., Ph.D. (Halle). Mountain Street
Lecturer in Philosophy. 272 Mountain btieet.
^- l^I^icTmrlfof S-kyS£- Training. 913 Dorchester Street.
Murray McNeill, M.A. (Harvard), M.I.A. Oolle-e
Lecturer in Mathematics. McGill College.
'""l?s.?c«f™°anf Lt.«rer in English. Royal Victoria College.
Marie-Louise Milhau, Officier d' Academie.
Resident Tutor and Lecturer vn French and Gcr,nan. ^^^^^^_^ _^^^^^^
CL^RA LICHTENSTEIN. , ,r • n 1 T> 4^1 \
^"^ (Diplomce of the Royal Academy of Musrc, B^^^-^^f.^^^^^.^ ^^,,^^^_
Resident Instructor in Music. Roy'^ victoua couege.
Anna Fyshe. , • ,, • 70 McTavish Street.
Assistant Instructor in Music. "J iviciavibn
John P. Stephen. Dorchester Street.
Instructor m Elocution. "'^ ^"'^
Elizabeth A. Hammond, M.A _^ Urbain Street.
Tutor in Classics. ""^ •
A. DOUGLAS Mcintosh, B.Sc. (Dalhousie), A.M. <Cornfll) f .Sc
Senior Demonstrator in Chemistry. Mcbriii L.oiie„e.
ALFRED W. G. WILSON M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard).
Demonstrator m Geology. '"-"^
E. H. ARCHIB..LD, M.SC. (Dalhousie), A.M.,Ph.D (Harvard)-
Demonstrator in Chemistry. McLnn coiie«e.
Bertram D. Steele, D.Sc. (Melbourne). ATontreil Annex
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 37a Waverley St., Monti eal Annex.
M. ViOLETTE DOVER, B.A., M.Sc. ■Riirnside Place.
Lecture- Assistant in Chemistry. 41 Buinsme fiace
Vendla M. Holmstrom.
Instructor in (Jymnastics. 20 St. Luke Strftet.
C. C. ScHENCK, A.B., Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins).
Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College.
Bella. Marcuse, B.A., M.Sc.
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 407 Metcalfe Ave., Westmount.
James E. A. Egleson, B.Sc.
Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College.
W. Lloyd Lodge, M.A., B.Sc.
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 144 Drummond Street.
S. J. Allen, M.Sc.
Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College.
H. L. Cooke, M.Sc.
Demonstrator in Physics. McGill College.
With the foregoing are associated:
P. P. Walton, B.A. (Oxon), LL;B. (Edin.).
Gale Professor of Roman Law and Lecturer on Constifiitional
Law. 522 Pine Avenue.
C. H. McLeod, Ma.E., P.R.S.C.
iiuperintendent of Meteorological Observatory. McGill College.
APPLIED SCIENCE.
Henry T. Bovey, M.A. (Cantab.), M. Inst. C.E., LL.D. D.C.L. (Bish-
op's), F.R.S., late Fellow Queen's College, Cambridge.
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, and William Scott
Professor of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics.
Sunnandene, Ontario Avenue.
Bernard J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D., Ph.D., (Yale), F.G.S., F.R.S.C.
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, Lecturer in
Assaying, and Director of Chemistry and Mining Building.
295 University Street.
C. H. McLeod, Ma.E., F.R.S.C.
Professor of Surveying and Geodesy, and Lecturer on Descriptive
Geometry, Supt. of Meteorological Observatory.
Observatory, McGill College.
G. H. Chandler, M.A.
Professor of Applied Mathematics. 32 Lome Avenue.
John Cox, M.A. (Cantab.), late Fellow Ti-in. Coll., Cambridge.
Macdonald Professor of Physics and Director of Physics
Building. 241 University Street.
Frank D. Adams, iM.A.Sc, Ph.D. (Heidelberg), D.Sc, P.G.S.A.,
F.R.S.C.
Logan Professor of Geology and Palaeontology. 243 Mountain Street.
J. BoxsALL Porter, E.M. & Ph.D. (Columbia), M. Inst. C.E.
F.G.S.A.
Macdonald Professor of Mining Engineering. 392 Pine Avenue.
Ernest Rutherford, M.A., D.Sc. (Univ. N.Z.), F.R.S.
Macdonald Professor of PJiysics. 152 St. Famille Street.
J. Wallace Walker, M.A. (St. Andrews), Ph.D. (Leipsic), F.R.S.C.
Macdonald Professor of Chemistry. 15 Lome Avenue.
R. B. Owens, M.A., E.E. (Columl ia), D.Sc, F.R.S.C.
Macdonald Professor of Electrical Engineering. 210 Milton Street.
R. J. DuRLEY, B.Sc. (London), Ma.E., A.M. Inst. C.E., M. Am.
Soc. M.E.
Thomas Workman Professor of Mechanical Engineering and
Lecturer on Thermodynamics. 131 Stanley Street.
XXI
Alfred StansfieldD.Sc. (London). ^ Metcalfe Street.
Professor of Metallurgy. ""^ ^'^^"^^
Macdonald Professor of Architecturr.
me alove Professors constitute the Faculty of Applied Science.)
Other Officers of Instruction.
Mathematics.
^"Tsl Ja«^?"S'-"of Freehand Drawing and Descriptire
Geometry. . T>r t + r' tt
E. G. Coker, M.A. (Cantab) D.ScJEdin.), A.M. I^|t. f^f ^^..^nue.
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Nevil Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. Milton Street.
Assistant Professor of Chemistry. a r- v A M Am
HOMER M. JAQUAY3, B.A.. M.Sc. A.M. can. Soc. C.E., A.M. Am.
ASitaS-^rof^r^fMXnical Engineering. 862 Sherbrooke Street.
J. G. G. KERRY, Ma.E., A.M. Can Soc. C.E. Duj-ocher Street.
Assistant Professor of Surveying. "^ J-'^ioc
Howard T. Barnes, D-Sc. . _ Lome Avenue.
Assistant Professor of Physics. ° ^o
LOT-IS HERDT, Ma.E., E.E. (Elec. Inst. Monteflore. Belgium),
^i;Sf^of^?J-o?¥l^.^^^/'^.^-e,.«.. 23 Mont.e du Zouave.
MURRAY McNeill. M.A. (Harvard), M.I. A. ^^^^.^^ College.
Lecturer in Mathematics.
A. Do„=i..« MrlKTC,™, B.SO. .Dalhousie). A.M. (^orn^^M-S^^
Senior Demonstrator in Chemistry. '■^'-^ _
E. H ARCHIBALD, M.SC. (Dalhousie), A.M., Ph.D. <Ha^v^rd). ^^^^^^^
Drmonstratur in Chemistry.
ALFRED W. G. WILSON M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard). F.G.S^A.^.^^ ^^^^^^^
Demonstrator m Geology.
C. C. SCHEXCK, A.B Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins). ^^^^.^^ ^^^^^^^
Demonstrator in Physics.
BERTRAM D. STEELE^ ^■??;,/^'^'3S''wlverley St., Montreal Annex.
Demonstrator in Chemistry. 3 (a \va\eriey ^l.,
K. M. Cameron, B.Sc. . McOill College.
Demonstrator in Civil Engineering. Mcum eoiieg
H. P. De Pencier, M-Sc. McGill College.
Dcmr.nstvaior in Mining.
S. J. Allen, M.Sc. _ McGill College.
Demonstrator m Physics.
A. R. Roberts, B.Sc. , „ • • ATr-Gill Colleee.
Demonstrator in Mechanical Engineering. McGiIl college.
Fraser S. Keith, B.Sc. . AT^.r'ni Pnnpo-e
Demonstrator in Electrical Engineering. McGiU College.
Charles L. Trimingham. B.Sc. MoGill CoUeee
Demonstrator in Electrical Engineering. .MfL.ui ^oi t-g
XXll
E. B. Tilt, B.Sc.
Demonstrator in Metallurgy. 143 Mansfield Street.
James E. A. Egleson, B.Sc.
Demonstrator in Chemistry. McGill College.
W. Lloyd Lodge, M.A., B.Sc.
Demonstrator in (Jhcmistry. McGill College.
O. Hall, B.Sc.
Demonstrator in Mechanical Engineering. McGill College.
H. W. Jones, B.Sc,
Demonstrator in Surveying and Drawing. McGill College.
With the foregoing are associated:
Charles E. Moyse, B.A. (Lond.), LL.D.
Molson Professor of English Language and Literature.
802 Sherbrooke Street.
John W. Cunlipfe, M.A. & D. Litt. (Lond.).
Lecturer in English Language and Literature.
The Marlborough, 210 Milton Street.
LAW.
(Macdonald Foundation.)
F. P. Walton, B.A. (Oxon), LL.B. (Edin.).
Dean of the Faculty of Law and Gale Professor of Roman
Law. 552 Pine Avenue.
Archibald McGoun, M.A., B.C.L., K.C.
Professor of Civil Law. Dunavon, Westmount, & 107 St. James St.
Hon. Thomas Fortin, D.C.L.
Professor of Ciril Law. 465 Sherbrooke Street.
W. DE M. Marler, B.A., D.C.L.
Professor of Civil Law. 28S Peel Street.
Hon. Charles J. Doherty, D.C.L.
Professor of Civil Law. 282 Stanley Street.
Eugene Lafleur, B.A., D.C.L, K.C.
Professor of International Law. N.Y. Life Building, Place d'Armes.
Hon. Charles Peers Davidson, M.A., D.C.L.
Professor of Criminal Law. Place Viger Hotel.
R. C. Smith, B.C.L., K.C.
Professor of Commercial Law. 185 St. James Street.
{Tlie above constitute the Faculty of Law.)
Other Officers of Instruction.
Percy C. Ryan, B.C.L.
Lecturer on Civil Procedure. Canada Life Building, St. James St.
AiME Geoffrion, B.C.L.
Lecturer on Ohligations. 20 Bayle Street.
Gordon W. McDougall, B.A., B.C.L.
Lecturer on Civil Procedure. N.Y. Life Building, Place d'Armes.
MEDICINE.
Thomas G. Roddick, M.D., LL.D. (Edin.).
Dean of the Faculty of Bledicine and. Professor of Surgery.
80 Union Avenue.
William Gardner, M.D.
Professor of Gyncecology. 899 Sherbrooke Street.
Francis J. Shepherd, M.D.
Professor of Anatomy. 152 Mansfield Street.
Frank Buller, M.D.
Professor of Opthalmology and Otology. 12-3 Stanley Street.
James Stewart, M.D.
Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine. 2S5 Mountain Street.
George Wilkins, M.D.
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Lecturer in Histology.
898 Dorchester Street.
D P. Penhallow, B.Sc. (Boston Univ.), M.Sc, F.R.S.C. F.R.M.S.
Professor of Botany. McGill College.
T. Wesley Mills, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C.
Joseph Morley Drake Professor of Physiology. McGill College.
J. Chalmers Cameron, M.D.
Professor of Midwifery and Diseases of Infancy. 941 Dorchester St.
Alex. D. Blackader, B.A.. M.D.
Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, and Lecturer
on Diseases of Children. 236 Mountain Street.
R. F. Rt^ttan, B.A. (Toronto), M.D., F.R.S. Can.
Professor of Chemistry. 1018 Sherbrooke Street.
James Bell, M.D.
Professor of Clinical Surgery. 873 Dorchester Street.
J. George Adami, M.A., M.D. (Cantab, and McGill), F.R.S.E., LL.D.
Strathcona Professor of Pathology and Director of Pathological
Museum. 331 Peel Street.
H. S. BiRKBTT, M.D.
Professor of Laryngology. 123 Stanley Street.
F. G. FiNLEY, M.B. (London), M.D.
Assistant Professor of Medicine and Associate Professor of
Clinical Medicine. 1013 Dorchester Street.
H. A. Lafleur, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Professor of Medicine and Associate Professor of
Clinical Medicine. 58 University Street.
George E. Armstrong, M.D.
As.'sociate Professor of Clinical Surgery. 320 ISIountain Street.
Ernest W. MacBride, M.A. (Cantab.) D.Sc, (Lond.), late Fellow
of St. John's College, Cambridge.
Strathcona Professor of Zoology. 76a Crescent Street.
T. A. Starkey, M.B. (Lond.), D.P.H. (Lond.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.).
Professor of Hygiene. 801 Dorchester Street.
(The above Professors constitute the Faculty of Medicine.)
Other Officers of Instruction.
T. J. W. Burgess, M.D., F.R.S.C.
Professor of Mental Diseases. Medical Superintendent
Protestant Hospital for Insane. Drawer 2381, Montreal.
C. F. Martin, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine.
33 Durocher Street.
John M. Elder, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Professor of Surgery. 4201 Sherbrooke Street, Westmount.
W. S. Morrow, M.D.
Lecturer in Physiology. 82 Union Avenue.
J. J. Gardner, M.D.
Lecturer in Opthalmology. 184 Peel Street.
XXIV
J. A. Springle, B.A., M.D.
Lecturer in Anatomy.
F. A. L. LocKHART, M.B. (Edin.).
Lecturer in Gynwcology.
A. E. Garrow, M.D.
Lecturer in Surgery and Clinical Surgery. 2730 St. Catherine Street.
P. Hamilton, M.D.
1237 Dorchester Street.
38 Bishop Street.
W.
Lecturer in Clinical Medicine.
G. Gordon Campbell, B.Sc. (Dalhousie), M.D.
Lecturer in Clinical Medicine.
J. G. McCarthy, M.D.
Lecturer in Anatomy.
D. J. Evans, M.D.
Lecturer in Obstetrics.
N. D. GUNN, M.D.
Lecturer in Histology.
J. W. Stirling, M.B. (Edin.), P.R.G.S.
Lecturer in Opthalmology.
J. Alex. Hutchison, M.D.
Lecturer in Clinical Surgery.
A. G. NicHOLLS, M.A., M.D.
Lecturer in Pathology.
J. T. Halsey, M.D. (Columbia).
Lecturer in Pharmacology.
W. W. Chipman, B.A. (Acadia), M.D. (Edin.),
Lecturer in Gynwcology.
H. Wolperstan Thomas.
FcUoic in Pathology.
George A. Charlton, M.D.
Fclloio in Pathology.
Leo Lobb.
Fellow in Pathology.
R. Tait McKenzie, B.A., M.D.
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
J. A. Henderson, M.D.
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Kenneth Cameron, B.A., M.D.
Demonstrator of Clinicial Surgery.
E. J. Sbmple, B.A. (St. Mary's College), M.D
Demonstrator of Surgical Pathology.
R. A. Kerry, M.D.
Demonstrator of Pharmacy.
J. J. Ross, B.A., M.D.
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
A. E. Orr. M.D.
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
H. B. Yates, B.A. (Cantab.), M.D.
Demonstrator of Bacteriology.
A. A. Robertson, B.A., M.D.
Demonstrator of Physiology.
J. D. Cameron, M.D.
Demonstrator of Gynwcology.
D. D. MacTaggart, B.A.Sc, M.D.
Demonstrator of Pathology.
2S7 Mountain Street.
117 Metcalfe Street.
61 Druinmond Street.
939 Dorchester Street.
49 Union Avenue.
255 Mountain Street.
70 Mackay Street.
2728 St. Catherine Street.
48 Durocher Street.
F.R.S.C. (Edin.).
287 Mountain Street.
McGill College.
McGill College.
801 Dorchester Street.
913 Dorchester Street.
34 Park Avenue.
903 Dorchester Street.
375 St. Antoine Street.
122 Stanley Street.
414 Bourgeois Street.
900 Dorchester Street.
257 Peel Street.
79 St. Matthew Street.
2068 St. Catherine Street.
705 Sherbrooke Street.
D. P. Anderson, B.A., M.D,
Demonstrator of Pathology.
S. Ridley Mackenzie, M.D.
Demonstrator of Medicine.
Hubert D. Hamilton, M.D.
Demonstrator of Laryngology.
W. Gordon M. Btbrs, M.D.
Demonstrator of Opthalmology.
J. McCrae, B.A., M.D.
Demonstrator of Pathology.
D. A. Shirres, M.D.
Demonstrator of Neuro-Pathology.
James Barclay, M.D.
Demonstrator of Obstetrics.
H. B. Frasbr, B.A., M.D.
Demonstrator of Histology.
J. A. Williams, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Bacteriology.
A. T. Bazin, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
H. M. Church, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
W. G. Reilly, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
R. A. Westley, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
W. M. FiSK, M.D.
Demonstrator of Histology.
D. Patrick M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Gynecology.
E. R. Brown, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Histology.
A. D. Irvine, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Chemistry
W. K. Brown, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Chemistry.
E. A. Archibald, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Pathology.
A. Mackenzie Forbes, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy.
H. R. Dunstan Gray, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics.
C. P. Wylde, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Microscopy.
F. B. Jones, M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Microscopy.
H. B. Gushing, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Histology. 2494 St. Catherine Street
A. H. Gordon, B.A., M.D.
Assistant Demonstrator of Physiology. 75 Shuter Street
100 Park Avenue.
192 Peel Street.
141 Crescent Street.
192 Peel Street.
Montreal General Hospital.
919 Dorchester Street.
14 Osborne Street.
1171 St. Denis Street.
450 Guy Street.
454 St. Antoine Street.
354 Greene Avenue.
51 Park Avenue.
238 Bishop Street.
53 Prince Arthur Street.
4174 St. Catherine Street.
54 Druinmond Street.
4356 St. Catherine St.
99 University Street.
113 Mackay Street.
122 Stanley Street.
59 Beaver Hall Hill.
56 Mackay Street.
501 Sherbrooke St.
LIBRARY.
Chas. H. Gould, B.A.
University Librarian.
862 Sherbrooke Street.
grofcssors %\ncn\L
iRctaining their Rank and Titles, but retired from work.}
Wm. Wright, M.D.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. 84 St. Famille St.
D. C. MacCallum, M.D.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. 45 Union Ave.
Matthew Hutchinson, D.C.L.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. Westmount.
Hon. J. Emery Roeidoux, D.C.L.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Laio. 396 St. Denis Street.
Hon. J. S. C. Wurtelb, D.C.L., J.K.B. (Offlcier d'Instruction
Puiblique).
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. 78 Union Avenue.
Gilbert P. Girdwood, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.C, F.I.C.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine. Ill University St.
Alex Johnson, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.C.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Arts. 895 Sherbrooke St.
J. Clark Murray, LL.D., F.R.S.C.
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Arts. 20 McTavish Street.
A€AI>E:»tI€AL. YEAR 1903-1904.
1 Tuesduy
2 Wednesday
3 Ti.ursday
4 Friday
5 Saturday
6 SUNDAY
7 Monday
8 Tuesday
9 Wednesday
10 Tlmisday
11 Friday
12 Saturday
13 SUNDAY
14 Monday
15 Tuesday
IG Wednesday
17 Tliureday
18 Friday
19 Saturday
20 SUNDAY
21 Monday
22 Tuesday
23 Wednesday
24 Tliursday
25 Friday
26 Saturday
27 SUNDAY
28 Monday
29 Tuesday
30 Wednesday
1 Thursday
2 Friday
3 Saturday
4 SUNDAY
5 Monday
6 Tuesday
7 Wedntsday
8 Thursday
9 Friday
10 Saturday
U SUNDAY
12 Monday
13 Tuesday
14 Wednesday
15 Thursday
16 Friday
17 Saturday
18 SUNDAY
19 Monday
20 Tuesday
21 Wednt sday
22 Thursday
23 Friday
24 Saturday
25 SUNDAY
26 Monday
27 Tuesday
28 Wednesday
29 Tliursday
30 Friday
31 Saturday
SCPrRMRER, 1903.
Normal School opens.
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
Matriculation, Exhibition, Scholarship, Supplemental Examinations, .\rts.
Examinations continued. Finance Committee.
Kxamiuations continued.
Introductory Lecture in Law. Examinations continued.
Register opens for students in Medicine.
Lectures in Law begin. Examinations in Arts continued. Supplemental
Examinations, Applied Science.
Examinations continued.
Meeting of Governors.
Exhibition Examinations, Applied" Science.
Meeting of Faculty of Arts. College Grounds Committee. Examinations
in Summer Reading, .Applied Science. Engineering Building Com-
mittee. Chemistry and Mining Building Committee.
Introductory Lecture in Medicine. Lectures in Arts, and Applied Science
begin. Meeting of Examiners.
Lectures in Medicine begin
OCTOBKB, lOOa.
Summer Essays in Applied Science to be sent in.
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
Founder's Birthday.
Normal School Committee. Meeting of Academic Board.
Finance Committee. Physics Building Conjmittee.
Sports Day.
The William Molson Hall opened, 1862.
Museum Committee. Library Committee.
Regular Meeting of Corporation. Annual Report to the Visitor.
Meeting of Governors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Miuinj,' Huildiir,' ( om-
mittee. College Grounds Committee.
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
New Library opened, 1893.
Note— Meetings of the Faculty of Arts are held at .5 P.M uiil-ss otherwise specified
1 xxviii
NOVEMBER, 190:1.
1 SUNDAY
2 Monday
3 Tues lay
4 Wednesday
' 5 Thursday
6 Friday
7 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
SUNDAY
9 Monday
10 Tuesday
11 Wednesday
12 Tliursday
13 Friday
14 Saturday
Edward VII born, 1841.
Finance Committee.
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
15 SUNDAY
16 Monday
17 Tuesday
18 Wednesday
19 Thursday
20 Friday
21 Saturday
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com-
mittee. College Grounds Committee.
Meeting of Governors.
22 SUNDAY
23 Monday
24 Tuesday
25 Wednesday
26 Tliursday
27 Friday
28 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
29 SUNDAY
30 IMonday
|>ECEMBKK, ISO.t.
1 Tuesday
2 Wednesday
3 Thursday
4 Friday
5 Saturday
Meeting of Academic Board.
Physics Building Committee.
Jleeting of Faculty of Medicine.
6 SUNDAY
7 Monday
8 Tuesday
9 Wednesday
10 Thursday
11 Friday
12 Saturday
Museum Committee. Library Committee, Meeting of Faculty of Applied
Science.
Regular Meeting of Corporation.
Finance Committee.
Last day of Lectures in Arts lor Term.
13 SUNDAY
14 Monday
Christmas Examinations iu Arts begin. Sessional Examinations in Medi-
15 Tuesday
16 Wednesday
17 Thursday
18 Friday
19 Saturday
cine begin.
Meeting of Governors. Autumn term of Faculty of Medicine ends Last
day of Lectures in Law.
20 SUNDAY
21 Monday
22 Tuesday
23 Wednesday
24 Thursday
25 Friday
26 Saturday
Christmas Vacation begins. Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry
and Mining Building Committee. College Grounds Committee.
Christmas-Day.
27 SUNDAY
28 Monday
29 Tuesday
30 Wednesday
31 Thursday
JANVABT, 1904.
1 Friday
2 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. (4 p.m.)
3 SUNDAY
4 Monday
Lectures in Arts, Law and Applied Science resumed. Winter term Faculty
of Medicine begins. Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
5 Tuesday
6 "Wednesday
Normal School Committee.
7 Thursday
8 Friday
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
9 Saturday
10 SUNDAY
11 Monday
12 Tuesday
13 Wednesday
14 Thursday
Finance Committee.
15 Friday
Meeting of Governors.
16 Saturday
, 17 SUNDAY
18 Monday
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com-
mittee. College Grounds Committee.
19 Tuesday
20 Wednesday
1 21 Thursday
22 Friday
Queen Victoria died, 1901. Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
23 Saturday
24 SUNDAY
25 Monday
26 Tuesday
27 Wednesday
28 Thursday
29 Friday
30 Saturday
Theses for M.A. and LL.D. to be sent in.
3] SUNDAY
FKBRUABY, 1904.
1 Monday
Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
2 Tuesday
3 Wednesday
Meeting of Academic Board.
4 Thursday
Physics Building Committee.
5 Friday
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
6 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
7 SUNDAY
S Monday
Museum Committee. Library Committee.
9 Tuesday
10 Wednesday ,
Regular Meeting of Corporation.
11 Thursday
Finance Committee.
12 Friday
13 Saturday
1 14 SUNDAY
15 Monday
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com-
mittee. College Grounds Committee.
16 Tuesday
17 Wednesday
Ash Wednesday. No lectures.
18 Thursday
19 Friday
Meeting of Governors, Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
20 Saturday
21 SUNDAY
22 Monday
23 Tuesday
24 Wednesday
Physics and Engineering Buildings opened 1893.
25 Thursday
26 Friday
27 Saturday
28 SUNDAY
29 Monday
MARCH, 1904.
1 Tuesday
2 Wednesday
Meeting of Academic Board.
3 Thursday
i Friday
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
5 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Jledicine.
6 SUNDAY
7 Monday
Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
8 Tui-sday
9 Wodufsday
10 Thursday
Finance Committee. 1
1 1 Friday
12 Saturday
13 SUNDAY
U Monday
15 Tiu'sday
1« Wednesday
17 Thursday
18 Friday
Meeting of Grovernors. Meeting of Faculty of Arts. Reports of Atlen Unco
on Lectures.
I'J Saturday
20 SUNDAY
21 Monday
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com-
mittee. College Grounds Committee.
22 Tuesday
23 Wednesday
21 Thursday
25 Friday
Winter term Faculty of Medicine ends.
26 Saturday
27 SUNDAY
28 Monday
29 Tuesday
30 Wednesday
31 Thursday
Last day of Lectures in Arts, Law and Applied Science.
APRIL, 1904.
1
Friday
Good Friday. Easter vacation begins.
2
Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
3
SUNDAY
Easter Sunday.
i
Monday
Meeting of Faculty of Applied Science.
5
Tuesday
Kaster vacation ends. Spring terra begins, Faculty of Medicine.
6
Wednesday
Xornial School Committee.
i 7
Thursday
Physics Building Committee. Examinations in Arts begin.
«
Friday
' 9
Saturday
10
SUNDAY
11
Monday
Museum Committee. Library Committee.
12
Tuesday
13
Wedni'sday
Regular Meeting of Corporation.
H
Thursday
K'inance Committee.
1.5
Friday
.Meeting of Governors.
16
Saturday
17
SUNDAY
18
Monday
[engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and .Mining Buil li
mittee. College Grounds Committee.
13 Com-
19
Tuesday
20
Wedni^sday
21
Thursday
22
p'riday
23
Saturday
24
SUNDAY
2.5
Monday
26
Tuesday
27
Wednesday
28
Thursday
29
Friday
Convocation for De,i,'rees in Aits, La v, and .\pplied Science.
30
Satiirday
:WAY, 1904. xxxi
1 SUNDAY
2 Monday
Summer Classes in Arts begin. Meeting of Examiners for School Ex-
aminations.
3 Tuesday
4 Wednesday
5 Thursday
6 Friday
7 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
8 SUNIAY
9 Monday
10 Tuesday
11 Wednesday
12 Thursday
Finance Committee.
13 Friday
Lectures end, Faculty of Jledicine.
14 Saturday
15 SUNDAY
16 Monday
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com-
mittee. College Grounds Committee. Examinations begin, Faculty of
Medicine.
17 Tuesday
18 Wednesday
19 Thursday
20 Friday
Meeting of Governors.
21 Saturday
22 SUNDAY
Whit Sunday.
23 Monday
24 Tuesday
23 Wednesday
26 Tluirsday
27 Friday
Normal School closes.
28 Saturday
.
29 SUNDAY
Trinity Sunday.
30 Monday
31 Tuesday
1
JIXE. 1004.
1 Wednesday
(Graduate Course in Medicine begins.
2 Thursday
Physics Building Committee.
3 Friday
i Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
5 SUNDAY
6 Monday
Examinations begin for Matriculation and Associate in Arts. Museum
Committee. Library Committee . i
7 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
Regular Meeting of Corporation. Normal School Committee.
!) Thursday
Finance Committee.
10 Friday
Spring Term ends, Faculty of Medicine. Convocation for degrees in
Medicine. Summer Classes in Arts end.
11 Saturday
12 SUNDAY
13 Monday
14 Tuesday
15 Wednesday
16 Thursday
17 Friday
Meeting of Governors.
18 Saturday
19 SUNDAY
20 Monday
Engineering Building Committee. Chemistry and Mining Building Com-
21 Tuesday
mittee. College Grounds Committee .
22 Wednesday
23 Thursday
24 Friday
25 Saturday
26 SUNDAY
27 Monday
28 Tuesday
29 Wednesday
Graduate course in Medicine ends .
30 Thursday
JULY, 190i.
1 Friday
2 Saturday
Meeting of Faculty of Medicine.
3 SUNDAY
i Monday
5 Tuesday
6 Wednesday
7 Thursday
8 Friday
9 Saturday
\
10 SUNDAY
11 Monday
12 Tuesday
18 Wednesday
U Thursday
15 Friday
16 Saturday
17 SUNDAY
18 Monday
19 Tuesday
20 Wednesday
21 Thursday
22 Friday
23 Saturday
24 SUNDAY
25 Monday
26 Tuesday
27 Wednesday
28 Thursday
29 Friday
30 Saturday
31 SUNDAY
AUGUST, 1904
1 Monday
2 Tuesday
3 Wednesday
4 Thursday
5 Friday
6 Saturday
7 SUNDAY
8 Monday
9 Tuesday
10 Wednesday
11 Thursday
12 Friday
13 Saturday
14 SUNDAY
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
SUNDAY
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
28 SUNDAY
29 Monday
30 Tueslay
31 Wedaesday
Peter Redpath Museum opened 1882.
Plc@xII Huitiersity.
GENERAL INFORMATION.
Foundation and Early History.
Almost alone in this respect among Canadian colleges and univer-
sities, McGili University owes its origin to a private endowment. Its
founder, the Hon. James McGill, from whom the ITnive-sity takes its
name, was born on the 6th October, 1744, in Glasgow, Scotland,
where he received his early education and training. Emigrating to
Canada before the American Revolution, he engaged in the North-
west fur trade, then one of the leading branches of business in
Canada. Subsequently he settled in Montreal, and, in partnership
with his brother, Andrew McGill, became one of its leading mer-
chants, distinguished for his public spirit and his exertions for the
advancement of the city. He was lieutenant-colonel and subse-
quently colonel of the Montreal City Militia; and, in his old age, on
the breaking out of the American war of 1S12, he became brigadier-
general, and w^as prepared to take the field in defence of his country.
He also represented the West Ward of Montreal in the Provincial
Legislature, and was afterwards a member of the Legislative and
Executive Councils. Cultivating and enjoying the society of the few
men of learning then in the colony, he took a special interest in the
establishment of an educational system in the Province of Quebec.
By his w-ill, bearing date the Sth January, 1811, more than two years
before his death, which happened on the 19th December, 1813, he
bequeathed his property of Burnside and a sum of £10,000 in money,
to found a college in a provincial university, the erection of which had
already been provided for by the generosity of the British Govei-n-
ment. Three leading citizens of Montreal were am.ong the trustees
appointed under his will, who were directed to convey the subject
prcrerty of the bequest to the Koyal Institution for the Advance-
ment of Learning, a body which, in 1802, had been incorporated by
the Legislature " for the establishment of Free Schools and the
advancement of Learning " in the Province of Quebec. The condi-
tions upon which the property was to be transferred to the Royal
Institution for the Advancement of Learning were, mainly, that that
Institution should, within ten years after the testator's decease,
erect and establish on his Burnside estate "an University or College,
for the purposes of education and the advancement of learning in
this Province," and that the college, or one of the colleges, in the
University, if estaiblished, should "be named and perpetually be
known and distinguished by the appellation of McGill College."
Owing to persistent opposition by the leaders of one section of the
people to any system of governmental education and to the refusal
by the Legislature to make the grants of land and money which had
been promised, the proposed establishment of the provincial univer-
sity by the British Government was abandoned.
In so far as the McGill College was concerned, however, the Royal
Institution at once took action by applying for a Royal Charter.
Suclh a charter was granted in 1821, and the Royal Institution pre-
pared to take possession of the estate. But, owing to protracted
litigation, this was not surrendered to them till 1829. Commencing
then the work of teaching with two faculties. Arts and Medicine, the
record of the first thirty years of the University's existence is an
unbroken tale of financial embarrassment and administrative diffi-
culties. The charter was cumbrous and unwieldy, and unsuited to
a small college in the circumstances of this country, and the Uni-
versity, with the exception of its medical faculty, became almost
extinct. But after thirty years the citizens of Montreal awoke to
the value of the institution which was struggling in their midst.
Several gentlemen undertook the responsibility of its renovation,
and, in 1852, an amended charter was secured. The Governor-
General of Canada for the time being. Sir Edmund Head, became
interested in its fortunes, and in 1855, with the advent of a new
Principal, an era of progress and prosperity began.
Constitution of the University.
By the amended Charter " the Governors, Principal, and
Fellows " of the ITniversity are constituted a body politic and
corporate, with all the nsnal rights and privileges of corporate
bodies. . The supreme authority of the University, however,
is vested in the Crown, and is exercised by His Excellency the
Governor-General of Canada for the time being as Visitor.
This is a special and important feature of tlhe constitution,
for, while it gives the University an imperial character and
removes it at once from any merely local or party influence,
it secures the patronage of the head of the political system of
the country.
T%e Governors of the University are the members of the
Eoyal Institution for the Advancement of Learning, above
mentioned, and in them are vested the management of
finances the passing of University statutes and ordinances,
the appointment of professors, and other important duties.
Their number is limited to fifteen, and vacancies are filled by
the nomination of the remaining members, with the approval
of the Visitor. The President of the Board of Governors is,
ex-offtcio, Chancellor of the University.
The Principal is the academic head and chief administrative
officer. He is appointed by the Board of Governors, and is,
ex-officio, Vice-Chancellor of the University.
The Fellows are limited to 43 in number, and are selected
with reference to the representation of all the faculties and
departments of the Umversity, of affiliated colleges, and of
other bodies.
The Governors, Principal, and Fellows, together constitute
the Corporation, the highest academical body. lU powers are
fixed by statute, and include the framing of all regulations
touching courses of study, matriculation and graduation, and
the granting of degrees.
The Principal, the Deans of the several Faculties, the Pro-
fessors and Associate Professors, and other members, not
exceeding ten in number, of the teaching staff, constitute the
Academic Board of the Tniversity, with the duty of consid-
ing such matters as pertain to the interests of the University as
a whole, and of making recommendations concerning the
same.
The Stat\ites and Eegulations of the University have been
framed on the most liberal principles, with the view to afford-
ing to all classes of persons the greatest possible facilities for
the attainment of mental culture and professional training.
Faculties and Courses.
The educational work of the University is carried on in
McGill College, the Koyal Victoria College for Women, and
other University buildings in Montreal, and in affiliated
colleges.
The Faculties are four in number :
The Faculty of Arts. — The undergraduate courses of study
extend over four Sessions of seven and a half months each. In
the third and fourth years extensive options are provided, and
certain exemptions also are allowed to professional students.
The courses of study lead to the Deg-rees of B.A., M.A., B.Sc,
M.Sc, B.Sc, and D.Litt. The Degree of B.A. from this Uni-
versity admits the holder to the study of the learned pro-
fessions, without preliminary examination, in the Provinces of
Canada, and in Great Britain and Ireland, and elsewhere.
The undergraduate course in Arts can be taken along with
the undergraduate course in Medicine or Applied Science in
six years, or with the undergraduate course in Law in five
years. This is effected by. avoiding the duplication of courses
in the same subjects or in those which .give the same educa-
tional training, and by a proper adaptation of the time tables.
Alternatively, a certificate of Literate in Arts is given along
with the L agree in Medicine, Applied Science, or Law, to
candidates who have completed two years in Arts before enter-
ing the professional Faculty.
The ciirriculnm in Arts provides for the education of
woinen, mainly in separate classas, with courses of study,
exemptions, degrees, and honours identical with those for men.
The Faculty of Applied Science. — The undergraduate courses
of study extend over four Sessions of seven and a half months
each, and provide a thorough professional training in Civil
Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgy, Mining
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Practical Chemistry, and
Architecture. The courses of study lead to the Degrees of
B.Sc, M.Sc, and D.Sc. The undergTaduate course in Arts
can be taken along with ihe uadergraduate course in Applied
Science in six years.
The Faculty of Law. — The undergraduate course extends
over three Sessions of eight months each, and leads to the
iJegTees of B.C.L. and D.C.L. The undergraduate course in
x\rts can be taken along with the undergraduate course in
Law in five years.
The Faculty of Medicine. — The undergraduate course of
study extends over four Sessions of nine months each, and
leads to the Degree of M.D., CM. The undergraduate course
in Arts can be taken along with the undergraduate course in
Medicine in six years.
Examinations in Music.
An arrangement has been made whereby the University
has undertaken, in conjunction with the Associated Board
of ihe Royal Academy of Music and the Royal College of
Music, London, England, to carry on throughout Canada the
Examinations in Music hitherto conducted by the Associated
J:>oard alone. Under this arrangement, the University will
be responsible for the proper and effective conduct of the
Examinations, and successful candidates will be entitled to
receive certificates bearing the imprimatur of the University
as well as that of the Associated Board.
These examinations comprise School Examinations (Ele-
mentary, Lower and Higher divisions) ' and Local Centre
Examinations (Junior and Senior grades) — the Senior grade
calling for a high degree of proficiency. They are of gradu-
ated difficulty ; are theoretical and practical in character, em-
bracing Rudiments of Music, Harmony and Grammar of Music,
Counterpoint, Pianoforte, Organ, Violin, Harp, Wind In-
struments, Singing, etc.; and are suited to candidates of all
degrees of proficiency.
In addition to those above-named there is an examina-
tion for individual Teaching Certificates and title of Licen-
tiate of the Associated Boai'd.
The examinations in Practical subjects will be held dur-
ing May and those in Theory in the early part of the same
month.
Full details of the requirements for each examination,
fqes, etc., are published in a separate syllabus, which can be
obtained, together with specimen Theory papers and full
information, on application to the Registrar of the Uni-
versity.
Affiiiated Colleges.
Students of Affiliated Colleges are matriculated in the Uni-
versity, and may pursue their course of study in the AfRliated
College, or in part in the Affiliated College, and in part in
McGill College, as the case may he, and may come up to the
University Examinations on the same terms as the students of
McGill College.
The Stanstead Wesleyan College, Stanstead, PQ.-Is affiliated
in so far as regards the work of the first two years in Arts.
Detailed information may be obtained from the Rev. C. R.
Flanders, B.A., D.I>., Principal.
Vancouver College, Vancouver, B.C.— Is affiliated in so far as
regards the work of the first two years in Arts. Detailed infor-
mation may be obtained from J. C. Shaw, Esq., M.A., Principal.
Victoria College, Victoria, B.C.- Is affiliated in so far as
regards the work of the First Tear in Arts. Detailed inform-
ation may be obtaine-d from the Principal.
iCfriliated Theological Colleges.
Students of the following Affiliated Theological Colleges may
attend the courses of study in Arts, either as nndergraduates
or partial students, with such facilities in regard to exemptions
as may be agTeed on.
The Congregational College of Canada, Montreal Principal,
Rev. E. M. Hill, D.D.. 5S McTnvish St.
The Presbyterian College, Montreal, in eonneetion with the
Presbyterian Church in Canada. Acting- Principal, Rev. John
CampbeU, M.A., LL.D.
The Wesleyan College of Montreal. Principal, Rev. W. I. Shaw,
D.D., LL.D.
The Diocesan College of Montreal.— Principal, Rev. Henry M.
Hackett, M.A., B.D., 201 University St.
Calendars of the above Colleges and all necessary information may
be obtained on application to their Principals.
McGill Normal School.
The McGill Normal School provides the training requisite for
Teachers of Elementary and Model Schools and Academies.
Teachers trained in this School are entitled to Provincial
Diplomas, and may, on certain conditions, enter the classes
in the Faculty of Arts for Academy Diplomas and for the
Degree of B.A. Principal, S. P. Eobins, LL.D., 32 Bel-
mont St., Montreal, from whom copies of the School an-
nouncement may be obtained.
Affiliated High Schools, Etc.
The following schools are affiliated in the sense of preparing
candidates for matriculation:
The Trafalgar Institute for the higher education of women, Simpson
St., Montreal— Principal, Miss Grace Fairley. The High School
of Montreal, and the Girls' High School of Montreal, Metcalfe
St.— Principal, Rev. Elson I. Rexford, B.A.
Schools which have prepared successful candidates for the University
School Examinations or for matriculation (June 1902).
High School, Montreal; Girls' High School, Montreal; Abingdon
School, Montreal; Miss Symmers' and Miss Smith's School, Mont-
real; Westmount Acad.; St. Andrew's School, Annapolis Royal,
N.S.; All Hallows' School, Yale, B.C.; Aylmer Academy; Bedford
Academy; Belleville H. S.; Bishop's College School, Lennoxville;
The Catholic High School, Montreal; Brockville C. I.; Coaticook
Academy; Cookshire Acad.; Cowansville Academy; Crichton
■ School; Danville Acad.; Dufferin Grammar School, Brigham, Que.;
Dunham Ladies' Coll.; Gault Institute, Valleyfield; Granby
Academy; Highfield School; Huntingdon Acad.; Inverness Acad.;
Knowlton Acad.; Lachute Acad.; Lennoxville Academy; Magog
Mod. School; Morrin College, Que.; Morrisburg C. I.; Nanaimo
High School; Ormstown Acad.; Ottawa Col. Inst.; Ottawa Ladies'
College; Prince of Wales College, Charlottetowai, P.E.I. ; Boys'
H.S., Quebec; Girls' H.S., Quebec; Ridley Coll., St. Catharines;
Ssbrevois College, Montreal; The Senior School, Montreal;
Shawville Academy; School of St. John the Evangelisit; Sher-
brooke Acad.; Stanstead College School; Sutton Aoad.; St. Al-
ban's School, Brockville; St. Lambert Mod. School: St. . Francis
Coll. School; St. John's H.S.; Three Rivers High School; Upper
Canada Col.; Vancouver Coll., Vancouver, B.C.; High School,
Victoria, B.C.; Waterloo Acad.; Williamstown H.S.
Affiliation to other Universities.
The University is affiliated to the Universities of Oxford,
Cambridge, and DubKn, under conditions which allow an
undergraduate who has taken two years' work, and has passed
the University Intermediate Examination in Arts, to pursue
his studies and take his Degree at any of those universities on
a reduced period of residence.
The Session.
The University Year or Session is divided into two terms,
the first extending to the Christmas vacation, and the second
from the expirv' of the Christmas vacation to the date
appointed for the meeting of Convocation for the conferring
of degrees.
For 1903-1904 the Session of the Faculty of Arts com-
mences on 22nd September, 1903, and ends on 29th April,
1904. Second Year Exhibition, Scholarship and Supplemental
Examinations begin on September 9th. Summer classes in Eng-
lish, Latin, Greek, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, French,
German and Logic will be held during the months of May and
June.
The Session of the Faculty of Applied Science commences
on 22nd September, 1903, and ends on 29th April, 1904. Field
work in Surveying commences on 34th August, 1903. The Sum-
mer School in Mining commences at the end of the Session,
and continues to about the end of the second week in June.
The Session of the Faculty of Law commences on 15th Sep-
tember, 1903, and ends on 29th April. 1904.
The Session of the Faculty of Medicine commences on 23rd
September, 1903, and ends on 10th June, 1904. The Intro-
ductory Lecture will be given on 22nd September.
Examinations for entrance to the above-named Faculties
will be held in June and September — commencing in September
on the 9th. See time table pp. 19 and 20.
Board and Residence.
ISTo residential accommodation has as yet been provided in
the College for men students. "Women students may board
and reside either in private houses or in the Royal Victoria
College, which provides, in addition to separate lecture rooms,
residential accommodatioji for the women students of the Uni-
versity.
Good board and lodgmgs can be obtained in private houses
in the vicinity of the University buildings at a cost of from
$16 to $25 per month; or, .-eixirately, board at $12 to $15 per
month, rooms at $J: to $10 per month.
A list of suitable boarding and lodging houses, the sanitary
conditions of which are required to be properly certified, is
prepared annually, and may be obtained upon application to
the Registrar of the University or the Janitor of the Medical
Build'ng.
Full particulars of the Royal Victoria College far Women
and the terms of residence therein are given on pp. 136-1-10.
The erection of suitable University residential halls for men
is contemplated in the near future.
The ilcGill Y.M.C.A. will arrange to meet any stranger at
the station, and aid him to secure lodgings, etc., if sufficient
notice of time of arrival and station is sent to the secretary of
the McGill Y.M.C.A., 844 Sherbroke Street, Montreal.
Exhibitions, Scholarships, Prizes, Etc.
Bursaries, Exhibitions, and Scholarships, particulars of
which are given in the announcements of the several Facidties
(see poiii), are offered for competition to students every year.
In addition to a number of valuable exhibitions and scholar-
ships open to Second and Third Year students, nineteen Ex-
hibitions, ranging in value from $100 to $300 each, will be
offered for competition to students entering the First Year in
Arts, in June, 1903. For details of the eKamina.tioa see pp.
47-53.
Gold Medals, Honours, and Prizes are awarded for advanced
courses of study.
Classification of Students.
Except under special circumstances, no student under the
age of sixteen is admitted to the First Year courses, or under
the age of seventeen to the Second Year courses in Arts,
Applied Science, or Medicine, and no student under the age
of seventeen is admitted to the course in Law.
Students are classifie<l as Graduate StTidents (see pp. 26 and
142), Undergraduates, Conditioned Students and Partial Stu-
dents.
Undergraduates are matricnlated students who are pursuing
a full undergraduate course of study leading to a degree.
-9
Conditioned Students are those who, not having completed
their matriculation examination, are pursuing a full under-
graduate course of study leading to a degree, and are entitled,
under the regulations of the Faculty, to obtain undergraduate
standing upon completing their matriculation; credit being
given for their work as Conditioned Students (see below).
Partial Students are those who, not belonging to one of the
above classes of students, are pursuing a course of study in the
Universit}^
Women are admitted to the courses in Arts (on identical
terms Avith men, but mainly in separate classes), and also to
the Architectural, Freehand Drawing, and Modelling Classes
in Applied Science.
All students are required to attend lectures at the Univer-
sity buildings in ]\[ontreal, or at one of the affiliated colleges.
Undergraduates.
In order to obtain undergraduate standing, a candidate
must have passed the Matriculation Examination o'f the Uni-
versity, or some other examination accepted in lieu thereof
(see p. 11), and have registered as a Matriculated Under-
graduate.
Conditioned Students.
Candidates who in the September Matriculation Examina-
tion fail in a small part only of the whole examination may,
if their general standing is sufficiently high, be allowed to
enter the First Year Undergraduate Course as Conditioned
Students. Such students can obtain full undergraduate
standing, by passing at a subsequent June or September
Matriculation Examination in the subjects m which they failed,
and will not be permitted to enter the second year of their
course of study until such examinations have been passed.
Partial Students.
Partial Students may, subject to the approval of the Pro-
fessor, attend any class without previous examination.
Partial Students who subsequently obtain undergraduate
standing by passing- the Matriculation Examination may, as
Undergraduates, be exempted, at the discretion of the Faculty,
from a particular course or courses of lectures which they
a'tendcd as Partial Students.
10'
MATRICULATION.
I. Matriculation Examination Regulations.
1. Matriculation Examinations (for entrance into all
Faculties) are held only in June and September — in June at
McGill College and (on application) at Local Centres; in
September at McGill College and affiliated colleges (Van-
couver, B.C., and Stanstead, P.Q.) only.
All inquiries relating to the Examination should le addressed
to the Begistrar of the University.
2. Every candidate for examination is required to fill up
an application form and return the same with the necessary
fee one month before the examination. Blank forms may
be obtained from the Eegistrar.
3. Applications for examinations at Local Centres must
be made before May 1st. The University will be responsible
for no other local expenses than the payment of the Deputy-
Examiners.
4. The Matriculation Examination is divided into two
parts. Preliminary and Final. The subjects of the Prelimin-
ary Division may be taken at any Matriculation Examina-
tion, and those of the Final Division at the same or any sub-
sequent examination, but (except as provided in the two
following regulations) a candidate must pass in the whole
of either division at one time in order to secure exemption
from further examination therein.
5. Candidates who fail in one or more subjects at the
June examination, or who have taken part only of the ex-
amination, and present themselves in the folloiving Septem-
ber, will not be required to take the subjects in which they
passed in June.
6. Candidates who in the September Examinations fail
in a small part only of the whole examination may, if their
general standing is sufficiently high, be allowed to enter the
First Year Undergraduate Course as Conditioned Students.
Such students can obtain full undergraduate standing by
passing at a subsequent June or September Matriculation
Examination in the subjects in which they failed, and will
not be permitted to enter the Second Year of their Course
of Study until such examinations have been passed.
11
7. Certificates of having passed the following examina-
tions will, if submitted to the Registrar, be accepted pro
tanto in lieu of the Matriculation Examination, i. e., in so
far as the subjects and standard are, to the satisfaction of
the Board of Matriculation Examiners, the same as or
equivalent to those required for the Matriculation Examina-
tion of the University; but candidates offering certificates of
having passed such examinations will be required to pass the
Matriculation Examination in such of the required subjects,
if any, as are not covered thereby: —
Province of Quebec.
The Preliminary subjects of the A. A. Examination and
Academy Grade 1.
The University School (A. A.) Examinations.
The Examination for the Model School Diploma of the
McGrill Normal School, under certain conditions.
Province of Ontario.
The Leaving Examinations, Parts I. and II.
Province of New Brunswiclc.
The Examinations for Superior and Grammar School
Licenses.
Province of Nova Scotia.
The Leaving Examinations, Grades XL and XII.
Province of Prince E'dward Island.
The Leaving Examination of Prince of Wales College.
Province of British Columbia-
The Intermediate and Senior Grade Examinations.
Applications for exemptions from the Matriculation Ex-
amination, based upon certificates of having passed examin-
ations other than those above mentioned, will be considered
as occasion may require by the Board of Matriculation Ex-
aminers. Every such application must be accompanied by
certificates and full particulars, and should be addressed to the
Eegistrar.
12
II. Matriculation Fees.
See p. 28,
IIJ. Subjects of Examtnation
FACULTY OF ARTt;.
PRELIMINARY DIVISION?
(See Regulation 4-, p<^g" 3^0.)
English :
(Composition, Dictation, Grammar).
British History.
Arithmetic.
FINAL DIVISION.
For Candidates intending to take the B.A. Course: —
1. English Literature.
2. latin or Greek.
3. One of the following :
Greek or Latin (the one not already- chosen), French, German.
4-. Algebra, Part I.
5. Geometry, Part I.
6. One of the following :
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, a Language
not already chosen.
For Candidates intending to take the B.Sc. Course in
Arts : —
(See p. '64 for charaeter of course).
1. English Literature.
2. French.
3. German.
4. Algebra, Part I.
5. Geometry, Part I.
6. One of the following :
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics. Latin, Greek.
Candidates who intend idtinrafely to pxweed to the study
of Medicine are reminded that for Medical Eegistration it
will be necessary to take Latin.
13
Eleven Exhibitions, of the average value of $100. will he
offered for award on the result of the Matriculation Examiiui-
tion in the subjects of the Final Division, in June next; five,
each of the value of $150, on the result of an Examination on
the subjects required for Matriculation, together with addi-
tional work; and three, of the value of $300 each, for an ex-
amination on special work.
Full particulars are given in the First Year Exhibition
Announcement.
FACTLTY OF APPLIKD SCIEXCE.
peelijItxaey division
{See Regulation 4, page 10.)
English !
(Composil!on, Dictation, Grammar).
British History.
Arithmetic.
PINAL DIVISION.
1. English Literature.
2. One of the following :
French, German, Latin, Greek.
3. Algebra, Parts.l and 11.
4-. Geometry, Parts I and II.
5. Trigonometry.
6. One of the following :
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, a Language
not ah-eady chosen.
In addition to those who qualify in whole or in part on
certificates mentioned on p. 11, par. 7, students who have
completed one or more years of the Arts Course in anv
recognized University, may enter the Faculty on passing
an examination in the additional mathematics, if any, re-
quired for Matriculation in Applied Science.
French candidates for Matriculation in this Faculty will be
allowed to take examinations in French equivalent to those
required in English and an examination in English equivaleut
to that required in French.
14
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
PEELIMINArxY DIVISION
{See Eegulation 4, 'paye 10.)
English '.
(Composition, Dictation, Grammar).
British History.
Arithmetic.
FINAL DIVISION.
i. English Literature.
2. Latin.
3. Algebra, Part I.
4. Geometry, Part I.
5. Chemistry.
6. Physics.
7. One of the following :
Greek, French. German.
In addition to the certificates mentioned on p. 11, par. 7,
the following- are accepted in lieu of the Matriculation
Examination for entrance in Medicine, provided they cover
Latin ; — •
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts obtained from any recog-
nized university.
A certificate of having passed the Examination of a Pro-
vincial Medical Council.
In the case of candidates from the United States, a certi-
ficate of having passed a State or University Examination
fully equivalent to the Matriculation Examination required
for entrance in this University.
The examination requirements for those who intend to
practise medicine in any of tihe Provinces of Canada, or in
Great Britain and Ireland and the British Colonies, will be
found in the University or Medical Calendar.
FACXTLTY OF LAW.
PRELIMINARY DIVISION
{See Eegulation k, page 10.)
English '.
(Composition, Dictation, Grammar).
British History.
Arithmetic.
15
FIXAL DIVISION.
1. English Literature.
2. Latin.
3. French.
4-. Algebra, Part I.
5. Geometry, Part I"
6. One of the following :
Physiography, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, Greek, German.
Candidates niust reach a high standard in Latin and
French.
In addition to those who qualify in whole or in part on
certificates mentioned on p. 11, par. 7, Bachelors of Arts,
Science, or Letters of any Canadian or British University
(see E.S.Q., 3503a) arc admitted without examination.
Candidates who intend to practise law or to be admitted
to the notarial profession in the Province of Quebec are
referred to the statutory requirements (see p. 229). If they are
not graduates they should pass the examination for admission
to study required by the Council of the Bar or by the Board of
N'otanes, as the the case may be, before seeking to matriculate.
In that case they will be matriculated without examination.
IV. Details of the Requirements in each Subject.
PRELIMINAET DIVISION
English :
(Composition, Dictation, Grammar).
Candidates will write a short essay on a subject given
at the time of the examination.
A paper on English Grammar, including Analysis The
candidate will be expected to show a good knowledge of
Accidence, as treated in any grammar prepared for the
higher forms of schools. A similar 'statement applies to
grammatical Analysis. Candidates are required to state the
class to which any subordinate sientence belongs, and to
arrange and define the various members of all sentences set.
Failure in Analysis or Parsing will cause the rejection of
the paper. West's English Grammar for Beginners is re-
commended as a text-book.
16
British History.
Candidates will be required to show a somewhat intimate
acquaintance with the History from 1485 to the present
time. While any text-book written for the upper forms of
schools may be used in preparation for the examination,
Gardiner's Outline of English History (Longmans) is recom-
mended.
Arithmetic.
All the ordinary rules, including Square Eoot and a know-
ledge of the Metric System,
FIN'AL DIVISIOjST.
English Literature.
1903. (a) Scott's Lady of the Lake (ed. Stuart, Mac-
millan), or Selections from Tennyson, Part. I. (ed. Eowe -and
Webb, Macmillan) ; (b) Shakspebe-s Eichard II.- (ed. Deigh-
ton, Macmillan.)
1904. Selections froia Tennyson, Part. I., (ed. Eowe &
Webb, Macmillan) ; Shakspere's Merchant of Venice.
The requirements for the Junior Leaving English of the
Province of Ontario will be accepted.
'Greek.
(Grammar.
Texts. — (Translation and grammatical study) : —
1903 — Xenophon, Anabasis I (as in White's Beginners'
Greek Book. pp. 301-138), or Xenophon, Anabasis
II.
1901 and 1905— As in 1903.
Translation at Sight, and Prose Composiliou (sentences
and easy narrative based upon the prescribed texts).
The requirements for the Junior Leaving Greek of the
Province of Ontario will be accepted in place of the texts
>pecitied above. At the September Examination other
texts equivalent to those specified may be accepted if appli-
cation be made to the Eegistrar, at least one month before
(be date of the examination.
17
Latin.
Grammar.
Texts. — (Translation and grammatical study) : —
1203 — Cornelius Nepos, Lives of Miltiades and Eparain-
ondas (G. H. JS^all in Macmillan's Elementary
Classics).
Caesar, De Bello Gallico, I. and II. Ovid, Stories
from the Metamorphoses (as in Gleason^s "A Term
of Ovid/' pages 1 to 53, American Book Company).
1904— As in 1903.
1905— Cornelius JSTepos, Lives of Themistocles and Aristides
(G. H. Xall in Macmillan's Elementary Classics); Cfesar, De
Bello Gallico, Bks. IV. and V; Ovid, Stories from the Meta-
jnorphoses (as in Gleason's "A Term of Ovid/" pages 54 to the
end, American Book Company).
Translation at Siglit, and Prose Composition (sentences
and easy narrative based upon the prescribed texts).
The requirements for the Junior Leaving Latin of the
Province of Ontario will be accepted in place of the texts
specified above. At the September Examination otiher texts
in Latin equivalent to those specified may be accepted, if
application be made to the Begistrar at least a month before
the day of the examination.
French.
Grannnar. — Accidence and Syntax. Candidates will be
required to possess an exact knowledge of the common
elemiiits. BiTtenshaw's French Grammar is recommended
as containing the amount required for the examination.
Translation at Sight from French into English. Trans-
lation into French of easy English passages.
German.
Grammar. — A thorough knowledge of Gea^man accidence.
Translation. — Candidates must be able to translate into
German with tolerable correctness exercises approximately
equal in difficulty to those contained in the First Part of
A'an der Smissen's High School German Grammar, or in
the First and Second Parts of the Joynes-Meissner German
Grammar (Heath & Co.)
Tc.vts. — (Translation and grammatical studv): —
1903 — Leander, Traumereien (Copp, Clark Co.).
1904 and 1905 — Auf der Sonnenseite (Heath & Co.).
Storm, Immensee. "
18
The requirements for the Junior Leaving German of the
Province of Ontario will be accepted in place of the texts
speciiied ahove. At the September examination other texts
equivalent to those specified may be accepted, if application
be made to the Eegistrar, at least one month before the date
of the examination.
Algebra, Part I.
Elementary Eules, Involution, Evolution, Fractions, In-
dices, Surds, Simple and Quadratic Equations of one or more
unknown quantities, as in Hall and Knight's Elementary
Algebra to end of Surds (omitting portions marked with an
asteiisk), or in similar text-books.
Algebra, Part II.
The three Progressions, Ratio, Proportion, Variation,
Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, Loga-
rithms, Interest and Annuities, as in remainder of Hall and
Knight's Elementary Algebra, (omitting chaps. 36, 40, 41,
42) or in similar text-books.
Geometry, Part I.
Euclid's Elements, Books I, II, III, with easy deductions;
or an equivalent.
Geometry, Part 11.
Euclid's Elements, Books IV and VI, with definitions of
Book V, and easy deductions; or an equivalent.
Trigonometry.
Measurement of angles, Trigonometrical ratios or func-
tions of one angle, of two angles and of a multiple angle,
as in Hamblin Smith's Trigonometry, pp. 1-105, or as in
Lock's Elementary Trigonometry, Chap. I-XII, or in similar
text-books.
Physiography.
The elements of the Science, as in Davis's Elementary
Physical Geography, Tarr's First Book of Physical Geo-
graphy, or other text-books covering the same ground.
Botany.
As in Groom's Elementary Botany.
Candidates will be given extra credit for Plant collections
19
of a maximum of 25 species each. They will use Pen-
hallow's Guide to the Collection of Plants and Blanks for
Plant Descriptions,
The collections will be returned, if desired, at the expense
of the school or individuals to whom they belong.
Any plant of the same family may be substituted for any
one of those specified in Part II of Groom's Elementary
Botany, according to the requirements of the locality.
Chemistry.
Elementary Inorganic Chemistry, comprising the prepara-
tion and properties of the chiei non-metallic elements and
their more important compounds, the laws of chemical
action, combining weight, etc. (The ground is simply and
effectively covered by Remsen's "Elements of Chemistry,"
pp. 1 to 165, Macmillan's Edition).
Physics.
Properties of Matter; Elementary Mechanics of Solids
and Fluids, including the Laws of Motion, Simple Machines,
Work, Energy, Fluid Pressure and Specific Gravity ;
Thermometry, The effects and modes of transmission of
Heat. (See for instance, Gage's Introduction to Physical
Science, ch. I-V.)
v. Dates of the Examinations.
The examinations in 1903 will commence on June 8th and
on September 9th. Special arrangements may be made for the
examination of candidates who are prevented by severe illness
or domestic affliction from presenting themselves on the dates
fixed.
The time table for the September examination will be
as follows : —
Wednesday, 9th.
Morning, 9-10.30. — English Grammar.
10.30-11.— English Dictation.
11-12. — English Composition.
Afternoon, 2-3.30. — English Literature,
3,30-5. — Physiography,
]\forning,
Afternoon,
Morning,
Afternoon,
Morning,
Afternoon,
Morning,
Afternoon,
Morning,
Afternoon,
20
Thursday, 10th.
9-11.— Algebra, Part 1.
2-4. — Geometry, Part I.
4-5.30. — Physics.
Friday, 11th.
9-10.30.— Arithmetic.
10.30-12.— British History.
2-4. — Algehra, Part II and Geomolrv,
Part II.
4-5.30.— Botany.
MoxDAT, 14th.
9—11. — Latin Grammar and Composition.
11-12.30. — Trigonometry.
2.30--4. 30.— Latin Books and Sight Transhation.
Tuesday, 15Tn.
9-11.— French.
2-4. — German.
4-5.30. — Chemistry.
Wednesday, 16th,
9-11.— Greek Grammar and Composition.
2—4.- — Greek Books and Sight Translation.
Admission to Second Year.
Admission to the Second Year is open, as a mile, only to
laidergraduates who have passed the First Year Sessional
Examination in regular course, but in excpptional cases, to
be dealt with by the Faculty in which they desire to register,
candidates may be admitted directly to the Second Year with-
out havi]]g passed through the curriculum of the First Year.
21
Students of other Universities Applying for Equivalent
Standing.
Any student of another University desirous to be admitted
to this University with equivalent standing is requested to
send ■\\'ith his application: —
1st. — A Calendar of the University in which he has studied,
giving a full statement of the courses of study.
2nd. — A complete statement of the course he has followed.
3rd. — A certificate of the standing gained, and of conduct.
These will be submitted to the Faculty in which he desires
to register.
The Faculty, ii otherwise satisfied, will decide what exam-
ination, if any, or what conditions, may be necessary before
admitting the candidate.
DEGREES.
All theses for higher degrees must he sent to the Registrar
of the University. No thesis will ha received or examination
granted until the fee for the degree has heen paid.
In order t-o obtain the degrees of B.A., B.Sc, B.C.L.
and M.D., CM., students of this University are required to
attend the lectures and to pass the examinations of the
undergraduate courses.
Regulations for the Degree of B.A.
Students vvho shall have satisfactorily completed the Eegu-
lar Course of Study in Arts, shall have passed the prescribed
examinations during the Course, and also the special ex-
aminations for graduation, and shall have performed such
exercises as may be prescribed to that end, shall be entitled
to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts.
Regulations for the Degree of B.Sc.
Students who shall have satisfactorily completed the pre-
scribed Course of Study in the Faculty of Arts for the Degree
of Bachelor of Science, or the Course of Study in the Faculty
of Applied Science, shall have passed the prescribed examina-
22
tions during the Course, and also the special examinations for
Graduation, and shall have performed such exercises as may
be prescribed to that end, shall be entitled to the Degree of
Bachelor of Science.
Regulations for the Degree of B.C.L.
Students who shall have satisfactorily completed the Eegu-
lar Course of Study in Law, shall have passed the prescribed
examinations during the Course and also the special examina-
tions for Graduation, shall be entitled to the Degree of Bach-
elor of Civil Law. A Bachelor or Master of Arts, or an
Articled Student with a practising Member of the Bar of the
Province of Quebec, who shall have matriculated in the third
year of his Clerkship under such articles, shall be entitled to
such Degree after two years' attendance on the said Course
of Stud}^, if he shall satisfactorily pass all requisite examina-
tions, and perform all required exercises.
Regulations for the Degree of M.A.
Bachelors of Arts of this University, of at least one year's
standing, who (a) shall have taken for one year a graduate
course of study in Arts in the University, previously submitted
to and approved by the Faculty, and Ji) shall have passed an
examination at the end of the course, and (c) shall have pre-
sented, if required, a satisfactory thesis, shall be entitled to the
Degree of Master of Arts. Bachelors of Arts of at least two
years' standing who shall have presented a satisfactory thesis
and passed a special examination, shall be entitled to the Degree
of Master of Arts.
Any Bachelor of Arts who graduated prior to May 1st,
1899, or any Undergraduate in Arts registered at that date,
and proceeding thereafter to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts,
shall at his option be entitled to the Degree of Master of Arts
on the following conditions :
1. A candidate must be a Bachelor of Arts of at least three
years' standing.
2. He is required to prepare and submit to the Faculty a
thesis on some literary or scientific subject, under the follow-
ing rules : —
(a) The subject of the thesis must be submitted to the
Faculty before the thesis is presented.
23
(&) A paper read previously to any association, or pub-
lished in any way, cannot be accepted as a thesis.
(c) The thesis submitted becomes the property of the
University, and cannot be published without the consent of
the Faculty of Arts.
(d) The thesis must be submitted before some date to be
fixed annually by the Faculty, which date must not be less
than two months before the candidate proceeds to the Degree.
The last day in the session of 1903-1901 for sending in
Theses for M.A ivill he Jan. 30th, 1904.
3. All candidates, except those who have taken First or
Second Eank B.A. Honours, or have passed First Class in the
Ordinary Examinations for the Degree of B.A., are required
to pass Jin examination also, either in Literature or in Science,
as each candidate may select.
• The subjects of the Examination in Literature are divided
into three divisions, as folloAVs: —
Group A. — Latin, Greek, Hebrew.
Group B. — French, German, English.
Group C. — History, Economics and Political Science, Law.
The subjects of the Examination in Science are divided into
three divisions: —
Group A.— Pure Mathematics (advanced or ordinary),
Mechanics (including Hydrostatics), Astronomy, Optics.
Group B.— Geology "and Mineralogy, Botany, Zoology,
Chemistry.
Croup C— Mental Philosophy, Moral Philosophy, Logic,
History of Philosophy.
Every candidate is required to select two out of the three
groups in the section in which he is a candidate; and in one
of the groups so chosen to select for Examination two subjects,
and in the other group one subject.
One of the subjects selected as above will be considered the
principal subject (being so denoted by tdie candidate at the
time of application), and the other two as subordinate subjects.
The whole examination may be taken in one year, or dis-
tributed over two or three years, provided the examination in
any one subject be not divided.
For further details of the examination, application must
be made to the Faculty before the above date.
24
The fee for the degree is $20; in, absentia, $iO. (In case
of failuro, llie candidate may present liiniself in a subsequent
year wJiliout further payment of fees.) The examination
will be hehl in April in McGill College only. A candidate
after fulfilling all the conditions ought to notify the Faculty
of his desire to ])roceed to the degree at the next convocation.
Candidates who obtained the degree of B.A. before 1881 may
proceed to the degree of M.A. under the regulations in force
previous to 1884.
Lectures are open to Bachelors of Arts who are candidates
for M.A., the sessional examinations corresponding to these
lectures being reckoned as parts of the M.A. examination.
The .subjects are Greek, Latin, English, French, German,
History, Mental aiid Moral Philosophy, Chemistry, Experi-
mental Physics, Botany, Zoology, Geology and Mineralogy.
Ccriificates of standing will be given.
Regulations for the Degree of M.Sc.
BaclK^lors of Arls or Bachelors of Science of at least one
year's slanding who shall have taken for one year a Graduate
Course of Study in the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of
Applied Scienc^e of the University, previously submitted to
ami approved by the Faculty, shall have passed an examina-
tion at the end of the year, aiid shall,' if required, have pre-
sent(,'d a satisfactory thesis; or Bachelors of Arts or Bachelors
of Science of at least two years' standing who shall have
presenled a satisfactory thesis, and shall have passed a special
examination for the degree, shall be entitled to the DegTee
of Master of Science.
The We for the degree is $20; in obseniia, $4-0. *
Regulations for the Degree of M.D.
Students who shall have satisfactorily completed the Regu-
lar Course of Study in Medicine, shall have passed the pre-
scribed examinations during the course, and also the special
examinations for Graduation, shall be entitled to the Degree
of Doctor of ]\Iedicine and Master of Surgery.
Regulations for the Degree of D.Litt.
Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Literature must be
Masters of Arts, of at least five years' standing, who shall have
25
distinguished themselves by special research and learning in
the domain of Literature or Philosophy. They are required
to present a satisfactory thesis or i)ublished work.
The fee for the degree is $80.
Regulations for the Dcgreelof D.Sc.
Canditlales for the Degree of Doctor of Science must be
Masters of Arts or Masters of Science, or Doctors of Medicine,
of at least five years' standing, who shall have distinguished
themselves by special research and learning in the domain of
Science. They are required to present a satisfactory thesis
or pul)lished work.
The fee for the degree is $80.
Regulations for the Degree of D.C.L.
Candidafes for the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law must Ije
Bachelors of Civil Law of at least twelve years' standing.
They are required to pa^s a S])ecial examination for the
degree and to present a satisfactory thesis or published work-
on some subject selected or approved by the Faculty of Law.
For details of the examinalion, etc., see ])p.
The fee for the degree is $80.
Ragulationslfor the Degree of LL.D.
Except as hereinafter mentioned, the Degree of Doctor of
Laws is given only as an honorary degree.
Any person who matriculated and attended lectures in the
Faculty of Arts before the 31st January, 1899, may proceed
to tlie Degree of Doctor of Laws in course upon the following
conditions:
Candidates for the Degree of LL.D., in course, must be
Masters oE Arts oC at least twelve years' standing, and are
required to prepare and submit to the Faculty of Arts, not
less than three months before proceeding to the degree,
twenty-five printed copies of a thesis on some Literary or
Scientific .subject which has been prcvioushi approved hy the
FacnUij. The thesis must exhibit such a degree of literar}'
or scientific merit, and give evidence of such originalitv of
thought or extent of research as shall, in the opinion of the
Facult}^, justify recomnumdation for the degree.
26
Candidates are also required to submit, -wdth their thesis, a
list of books treating of some one branch of Literature or of
Science satisfactory to the Faculty, in which they are pre-
pared to submit to examination, and in which they shall be
examined, unless otherwise ordered by the Faculty.
The fee for the degree in course is $80,
Admission "Ad Eundem Gradum."
The following are the regulations applicable to admission
" ad eundem gradum'^ : —
Extract from the Statutes, CJiap. VIII.
" Graduates of other Universities, desirous of admission
" to the like Degree in this Universit}'', may be so admitted
" by the Corporation ; due enquiry being first made as to
" their moral character and sound learning, and opportunity
"given to the several Faculties to make such representation
" in the premises as they may see fit. Provided always, that,
'' unless by unanimous consent, such admission shall not
" be put to vote until after three months' notice, and shall
'' not be ordered, if as many as five Members of the Corpora-
" tion shall vote against it."
Extract from the Regulations of the Corporation.
" In all cases in which anyone is proposed for any ' Ad
" Eundem * degree, it shall be necessary for the Member or
" Members of the Corporation making such proposal, to state
"in writing therewith the grounds upon which the granting
" of such degree is advocated, and when the case shall be re-
" f erred to the Faculties, under Chap. VIII. of the Statutes,
" copies of such proposal and grounds shall be transmitted to
" the Faculties by the Secretary for their consideration.''
Note. — In considering applications under the ahove regu-
lations, the Faculties ivill require as " grounds " the pursuit
of a course of study or research in this University ; associa-
tion with the academic loorlc of the University ; or similar
qualifications.
Admission " ad eundem gradum " is not granted merely as a
titular distinction.
27
REGISTRATION AND PAYMENT OF FEES.
Registration.
1. At any time before the first day of lectures in each ses-
sion, candidates entering on a course of study in the Faculties
of Arts, Law, and Applied Science, whether as Under-
graduates, Conditioned Students or Partial Students,
are required to attend at the office of the University Eegistrar,
for the purpose of filling out in duplicate the usual form of
registration, and of signing the following declaration in the
Matricula or Eegister: —
"I hereby declare that I ^W11 faithfully observe the Statutes,
Rules and Ordinances of this University of McGill College to
the best of my ability."
2. On the first day of lectures students of the Second, Third
and Fourth Years in the Faculties of Arts, Law, and Applied
Science shall register in such place or places as may be found
most convenient, due notice of which shall be given.
3. After registering, the student will be given a registration
ticket, on presentation of which to the different professors and
lecturers whose classes he proposes to attend, his name will be
entered in the Class Eegister. It will not be entered on any
other condition.
4. Students who find it impossible to present themselves at
the times specified in Regulations 1 and 2 must register as
soon as possible thereafter, and will not be allowed to attend
any lectures, until they have obtained their registration
tickets.
Payment of Fees.
1. Fees must be paid in the office of the Bursar on or before
October 1st. Students entering after October 1st must pay
their fees at the time of registration. The Eegistration Ticket
must be shown to the Bursar, in every case, before the fee is
paid.
2. Immediately after the above date the Eegistrar shall send
to each professor and lecturer a list containing the names of
the registered students who have not paid their fees, on re-
ceipt of which the professor or lecturer shall strike the names
of such students from the register of attendance.
28
3. Students whose names have heen dropped from the class
records on account of non-payment of fees can have them re-
placed, on presentation of a special ticket certifying that the
fees have been paid. This ticket will only be issued on pay-
ment of an additional fee of two dollars.
FEES,
Matriculation fees must be sent to the University Eegistrar
at the time of application for the examination. All other
fees 'as well as all fines in the Faculties of Arts, Law, and
Applied Science must be paid to the Bursar of the Univer-
sity; those in the Faculty of Medicine (with the exception
of the Graduation fee) to the Eegistrar of that Faculty.
Matriculation Fees.
For the full Examination $5 00
(In case of a Local Examination, where one candidate
only is examined, the fee will be $10.)
In case of candidates who do not complete the ex-
amination at one time, for the first examination. . 5 00
For any subsequent examination 2 00
For examination of certificates, other than A. A.
Certificates, in respect of which candidates are
exempted from the whole of the Matriculation
Exainination 100
Candidates who luive passed the University School (A. A.)
Examination in the required matriculation subjects, and
desire to enter the University, are required to pay the same
fee as that for the Matriculation Examination, viz., $5.00,
less any sum already paid in connection with the A. A.
Examination.
Certificates will, on application, be issued to successful
candidates without additional fee. Duplicate certificates
will not be granted unless satisfactory proof be given of
the loss or destruction of the original. The fee for a dupli-
cate certilicate is $1.00.
29
Fees in the Faculty of Arts.
For Eegulations re payment, see p. ,27.
1. Undergraduates and Conditioned Students.— $61 per ses-
sion. This -w-ill include the fee for Laboratory work, Library,
Gymnasium and Athletics, ' and Graduation. In the Third
and Fourth years, it will cover the normal amount of prac-
tical instruction given in each subject having a Laboratory
Course.
Matriculation fee for entrance into the Second Year, $10,
in addition to the sessional fee.
2. Partial Students. — (First and Second Years.)— $16 per
session for one course or one half-course of lectures, includ-
ing the use of the Library; $12 per session for each additional
course ; $8 per session for each additional half-course. In
addition there will be a fee of $3 for Athletics.
3. Partial Students.— (Third and Fourth Years.)— $22 per
session for one course or one half-course of lectures, including
the use of the Library ; $20 per session for each additional
course ; $11 per session for each additional half-course. In
addition there will be a fee of $3 for Athletics.
The lectures (and laboratory work, if any) in one subject
in any of the four College years constitute a "Course,"
if occupying three hours per'week, a " Half-Course " if occupy-
ing less than three hours per week.
"conditioned Students and Partial Students taking the full
curriculum in any one year pay the same fees as Undergraduates
in that year.
4. Graduates in Arts of this ITniversity and graduates of
other Universities attending full courses in affiliated Theological
Colleges are allowed, on payment of one-half of the usual fees,
to attend all lectures, except those for which a special fee is
exigible. For Bachelors of Arts proceeding to M.A. by talcing
for one year a graduate course of study, the fee is $40. This
will cover Laboratory work.
5. Special Fees —
Supplemental Examination, at the regular date fixed
by the Faculty 2 00
Supplemental Examination, when granted at any
other time than the regular date fixed by the
Faculty 5 00
30
All fees for Supplemental Examinations must be paid to
the Bursar, and the receipts shown to the Dean before the
examination.
6. Caution Money. — Every student is required to deposit
with the Bursar the sum of $5, as caution money, to cover
damage done to furniture, apparatus, books, etc. This amount,
less deductions (if any), will be returned at the close of the
session.
7. Summer Classes. — During the months of May and June,
a series of Summer Classes will be conducted, intended mainly
in the first instance, to meet the requirements of students in
the first two years of their course. The subjects offered are
English, Latin, Greek, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Logic,
French and German. A fee of eight dollars will be exigible
for any one class, and of four dollars for each additional class.
All fines are applied to the purchase of books for the
Library.
Fees in the Faculty of Applied Science.
For Begulations re payment, see p. 21.
Annual fee for the undergraduate course $175.00
(Undergraduates and conditioned students who were in at-
tendance at the University during the Session of 1903-1903,
or previously, will be allowed to complete their several courses
on payment of $156.00 per annum. Should, however, any
student repeat a year the fee for such additional session will
be $175.00).
Students taking the Double Course in the Faculties of Arts
and Applied Science shall receive a rebate on the Faculty of
Applied Science fees of an amount equal to the fees paid for
equivalent subjects in the Faculty of Arts.
The fees for Partial Students are :— $10.00 for
Library, Athletics and Caution money ; and a fee
at the rate of $6.00 per annum for each hour of
instruction per week, but tlie maximum fee shall
in no case exceed $175.00
Deposit for caution money for undergraduates and
conditioned students ^-^^
Fee for Graduate Course 150.00
31
(Graduates of this Faculty will be required to pay only one-
half of this amount.)
Sessional fee for the Special Course on Architectural
Styles (for partial students) $10 . 00
Supplemental Examinations. — The fee is $2.00 for each
examination period (morning or afternoon). It must be paid
to the Bursar of the University not later than the day l^efore
the examinations, and receipt for the same shown to the Profes-
sor in charge before the examination papers are distributed.
The fee for a special Supplemental Examination is $5.00.
Summer Term Art Classes (see p. 192).
Full Term.— $25.00, whole day; $15.00, *half day.
One month of 4 weeks, commencing any time during the
term; $15.00, whole day; $9.00, *half day.
Note. — Any period more than a month, but less than the term,
will be charged for at the rate per month.
Fees in the Faculty of Medicine.
All fees are payable in advance to (he Registrar, and, except
hy permission of the Faculty, will not le received later than
Octoler 20ih.
It is strongly recommended to parents or guardians of
students that the fees he transmitted direct hy cheque or P.O.
Order to the Registrar, who will furnish official receipts.
The total Faculty Fees for the whole medical course of four
full sessions, including clinics, laboratory work, dissecting
material and reagents, will be five hundred dollars, payable in
four annual instalments of $125 each.
Partial students will be admitted to one or more courses
on payment of special fees. An annual University fee of three
dollars is charged students of all the faculties for the main-
tenance of college grounds and athletics.
Students repeating the course of study of any Academic
session are not required to pay full fees. A fee of thirty-
five dollars will be charged, wdiich ^\^ll include Hospitals, dis-
secting material, chemical reagents, laboratory fees, etc. The
same fee is charged students entering from other colleges who
have already paid fees elsewhere for the courses taken.
* Half day means mornings and afternoons, not intercliangeable.
An ad eundcni gradum fee of $10 will be charged students
entering- from another university in the second, third or fourth
year of tlie course.
Special Fees. — Annual tickets entitling students to admission
to both the Montreal General and the Eoyal Victoria Hospitals
must be taken out at the commencement of the session.
For the convenience of the undergraduates, the Hospital
fees are payable in the Registrar's office ; ten dollars to be
paid at the beginning of each of the last three sessions, viz.,
the second, third and fourth years. This will entitle each
undergraduate to perpetual tickets for both the Montreal
General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals.
The fee for the Maternity Hospital for twelve months is $12,
payable at the Hospital.
The fee for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and Master of
Surgery shall be thirty dollars, to be paid by the successful
candidate to the University Bursar immediately after examin-
ation.
The following fees are exigible in the different graduate
courses offered: —
Regular Graduate Course (including Hospital fees).. $40.00
(Special fees will be arranged for single courses.)
Course in Legal Medicine, and Diploma $20.00
Course in Public Health, and Diploma $20.00
Fees in the Faculty of Law.
For Regulations re payment, see p. 27.
Registration Fee $ 5 00
Sessional Fee (including Athletics) for Undergraduates
matriculating in and after September, 1903 60 00
Sessional Fee for Undergraduates previously enrolled. . 53 00
Athletics Fee, payable by Partial Students 3 00
Graduation Fee 12 50
Sessional Fee by Partial Students :— for the course of
Roman Law, $20 ; for each of the courses on Suc-
cessions, Criminal Law, Commercial Law, Obligation.s
and Civil Procedure, $15 ; and for each one of the
shorter courses, $10.00.
33
Caution Money. — Every student is required to deposit with
the Bursar the sum of $5, as caution money, to cover damage
done to furniture, loss of books, etc. This amount, less
deductions, (if any), vrill be returned at the close of the session.
Fees for Higher Degrees.
For the Degree of M.A $20.00
" "• '• (In absentia) 40.00
(In case of failure on examination or the rejection of
the thesis the candidate ma}' present himself in
a subsequent vear vithout further pavment of
fee.)
For the Degree of M.Sc $20.00
" (In absentia) 40.00
D.Sc 80.00
D.Litt 80.00
D.C.L 80.00
LL.D. (in course) 80.00
No fee shall be charged for the Degree of LL.D., granted
"honoris causa."
The fee for any Higher Degree must be sent with the thesis
to the Eegistrar of the University. This is a condition essen-
tial to the reception of the application. The Eegistrar will
then forward the thesis to the Dean of the Faculty. If no
thesis be required, the fees must be paid before the Examina-
tion.
Miscellaneous Fees.
Elocution (optional) $5.00
Library (optional for students in Law and Medicine) . . 4.00
Gymnasium (optional for undergraduates in Law and
Medicine, and also for Partial Students in all
Faculties) 2.50
Certificate of Standing, as to year of Course 1.00
Certificate of Standing, accompanied by a statement
of classification in the several subjects of examina-
tion 2.00
All applications for certificates must be addressed to the
Registrar of the University, accompanied by the required fee.
No certificates are given for attendance on lectures unless
the corresponding examinations have been passed.
34
SPECIAL REGULATIONS.
Academic Dress.
Professors, Lecturers, and Students are required to wear
academic dress at lectures, except in those cases in which a
dispensation shall have been granted by the Faculty.
UndergraduaUs shall wear a rlain black stuff gown, not falling
below the knee, with round sleeve cut above elbow.
Bachelor of Ar^s.— Black stuff gown, falling below knee, with full
sleeve cut to elbow and terminating in a point (similar to that of
the Cambridge B.A.); hood, black silk, lined with pale blue silk and
edged with white fur.
Bachelor of Science. — The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood,
black silk, lined with yellow silk and edged with white fur.
Bachelor of Civil Laic— The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood,
black silk, lined with French grey silk and edged with white fur.
Master of Ar<s.— Black gown of stuff or silk falling below knee,
with long sleeve with semi-circular cut at the bottom; (similar to
that of the Cambridge M.A.); hood, black silk, lined with pale blue
silk.
Master of IScience. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, black .
silk, lined with yellow silk.
Doctor of Medicine.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scar-
let cloth, lined with dark blue silk.
Doctor of Laws.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet
cloth, lined with white silk.
Doctor of Literature.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood,
scarlet cloth, lined with pale blue silk.
Doctor of Science.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet
cloth, lined with yellow silk.
Doctor of Civil Law.— The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood,
scarlet cloth, lined with Fremch grey silk.
Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Literature, and
Doctors of Science shall be entitled to wear for full dress a robe of
scarlet cloth (similar in pattern to that of the Cambridge LL.D.)
faced with silk of the same colour as the lining of their respective
hoods.
All hoods shall be in pattern similar to that of the Masters of
Arts of Cambridge University.
Undergraduates and graduates shall wear the ordinary black
trencher with black tassel, but Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law,
Doctors of Literature, and Doctors of Science shall wear for full dress
a black velvet hat with gold cord, similar to that worn by Doctors of
Laws of Cambridge University.
Samples of the colours of the linings of all hoods shall be kept
for inspection in the office of the Registrar.
35
Attendance and Conduct-
1. Punctual attendance on all his classes is required of each
student.
2. A record shall be kept by each Professor or Lecturer,
in which the presence or absence of students shall be care-
fully noted. The record shall be submitted to the Faculty at
all their ordinary meetings during the Session.
3. Credit for attendance on any lecture or class may be
refused on the grounds of lateness, inattention, neglect of
study, or disorderly conduct in the class-room or laboratory.
In the case last mentioned, the student may, at the discretion
of the Professor, be required to leave the room. Persistence
in any of the above offences against discipline shall, after
admonition by the Professor, be reported to the Dean of
Faculty. The Dean may, at his discretion, reprimand the
student, or refer the matter to the Faculty at its next meeting,
and may in the interval suspend from classes.
4. Absence from lectures can only be excused by neces-
sity or duty, of which proof must be given, when called for,
to"tbe Faculty. The number of times of absence, from neces-
sity or duty, that shall disqualify from the keeping of a sessioii
shall in each case be determined by the Faculty.
5. Any student found guilty of dishonest practices at an
examination shall be liable to expulsion from the University,
or to be suspended for a term of years.
6. While in college, or going to or from it, students aro
expected to conduct themselves in the same orderly manner
as in the class-rooms. Smoking is prohibited in the College
buildings, except in such rooms, if any, as may be set apart
for that purpose. Any Professor observing improper con-
duct in the College buildings or grounds may admonish the
student, and, if necessary, report him to the Dean. Without,
as well as within the walls of the College, every student is
required to maintain a good moral character.
7. When students are brought before the Faculty under the
above rules, the Faculty may reprimand, report to parents
or guardians, impose fines, disqualify from competing for
prizes or honors, suspend from classes, or report to the Cor-
poration for expulsion.
8. Any student damaging the furniture or buildings will
be required to bear the expense of repairing or making good
36
the same, and will, in addition, be subject to such other penalty
as the Faculty may see fit to inflict. If individual responsi-
bility for damage cannot be traced, a pro rata assessment may
be made on all the students more directly concerned.
9. All cases of discipline involving the interests of more
than one Faculty, or of the University in general, shall be
immediately reported to the Principal, or, in his absence, to
the Vice-Principal.
10. Petitions from the students to any University body on
any subject can, in general, be taken into consideration only
at the regular meetings appointed in the Calendar.
Conduct of Examinations.
1. The supervision of the examinations of the University is
entrusted largely to officers specially appointed from year to
year in sufficient numbers for the purpose. An attendant is
present in the Examination Hall throughout each examina-
tion.
2. Writing paper for the examinations is provided in the
form of books, with covers in special colours.- Each book
contains a statement of the duties of candidates, and to each
is attached a small envelope containing a card or slip for
the name of the candidate.
3. Each colour has a number, and only one colour is em-
ployed at a given examination. A certain scheme of colours
is arranged beforehand for the whole period of the examina-
tion.
4. The seating of the students is arranged in advance, and
is posted at the entrance of the Kail fifteen minutes before
the commencement of the examination.
5. The Faculty, or a Committee of the Faculty concerned,
will arrange for at least one examiner, and such other paid
examiners as are deemed necessary, to be present in the Hall
for each examination ; and will also arrange the scheme of
seating and books to be used.
G. All examiners are expected to attend strictly to the
supervision of the examinations while they are in the Hall.
7. They shall instruct each candidate to write the number
of his table on the outside of his book ; to write his name
plainly upon the card provided in the envelope on the book ;
to replace it and seal the envelope.
37
After this has been done, the examination papers are dis-
tribnted. Any candidate entering late will be required to
sign his card and close the envelope before receiving the ex-
amination paper.
The examiners shall also call the attention of the candidates
to the rules printed upon the envelope.
8. During the course of the examinations the examiner
shall verify the position of each candidate in the examination
hall according to a plan.
9. For the convenience of candidates, the examiners may
announce the time when half of the period allowed for the
examination has expired ; and also at thirty minutes and five
minutes before the close.
10. Before beginning to write on the examination, candi-
dates should write their names plainly on the slip provided
in the envelope, and enclose it, fastening the envelope., and
write the number of their desk or table plainly on the cover
of the examination book.
11. Xo candidate shall be permitted to enter the examina-
tion room after the expiry of one-half hour, or leave it before
the expiry of one-half hour, from the commencement of the
examination. Any candidate leaving the examination room
after the issue of the examination papers in any subject, shall
not be permitted to return during the course of that examina-
tion.
12. Candidates guilty of any of the following or similar
dishonest practices shall be immediately dismissed from the
examination, and shall be liable to permanent disqualification
for membership in McGill University: —
A. Making use of any books, papers, or memoranda, other
than those provided by the examiners,
E. Speaking or communicating with other candidates un-
der any circumstances whatever.
C. Exposing written papers to the view of other candi-
dates.
The plea of accident or forgetfulmss shall not he, received.
13. Candidates shall write their answers on the right hand
pages of the Regulation Answer Book provided for the pur-
pose by the University, entering on the margin nothing but
the number or letter of the question they are about to answer.
The left-hand page may be used for rough drafts or for scrib-
38
bling purposes. No other paper than the regulation answer
book above mentioned shall be used by the candidates, and no
pages removed from the books.
14. Candidates are not permitted to leave their places.
Should they desire anything, they may signify it by standing
up.
15. "When the examiner announces that the examination
is over, all candidates must leave the hall. On leaving the
hall, the examination books must be deposited by the candi-
dates as directed by the examiners.
'College Grounds and Athletics.
All matters relating to the management of the College
Grounds and of Out-Door Athletics and Sports are under the
control of a Committee consisting of : —
One Governor.
The Principal.
One Member of the Faculty of Arts.
One Member of the Faculty of Applied Science.
One Member of the Faculty of Law.
One Member of the Faculty of Medicine.
One Graduate.
One Undergraduate, member of the Football Club.
One Undergraduate, member of the Tennis Clilb.
One Undergraduate, member of the Cricket Club.
One Undergraduate, member of the Hockey Club.
One Undergraduate, member of the Skating Club.
The President of the Athletic Association.
The several Members of the Committee are elected annually
by their respective bodies ; and the Committee meets for
organization on itihe third Tuesday in September in each
year. The Undergraduate Members of the Committee are
entitled to vote only on matters relating to Athletics.
The following extracts are made from the rules and regula-
tions of the Committee, for the guidance of Members of the
University and the several Athletic Clubs and Associations
which are from time to time permitted to use the grounds :
The University and McTavish Street gates shall be closed
between fi p.m. and 7 a.m. on week days and the whole day
on Sundav.
39
The Sherbrooke Street gates shall be closed between 10 p.m.
and 6 a.m.
Such persons as are entitled to use the Grounds shall be
provided with tickets renewable each year.
Those entitled to tickets are the Members of the University
and proininent Benefactors, and the families of Governors
and Professors.
The several Clubs shall be permitted to issue special
tickets, entitling the holders to admission to the Grounds for
the purpose of viewing matches, or for other special occasions
of public interest.
All students desirous of taking part in football matches, or
otherwise engaging in violent athletic contests, must pass a
medical examination, to be held under the direction of the
Superintendent of the Gymnasium. A complete record of all
such examinations shall be kept by the Superintendent or
other officer appointed to this duty. The Managers and
Captains of Clubs or other responsible executive officers are
required to insist upon the strict observance of the rule in
regard to Medical Examination, and all the rules and regula-
tions of the Committee which concern them.
All Clubs must submit their Eegulations, Kules, and By-
Laws, and any changes in the same, for the approval of the
Conmiittee. They must make application for the use of such
portions of the Grounds as they require, and for any special
privileges.
Clubs must not engage in matches with outside clubs except
with the approval of the Committee.
The Athletic Association must submit its programme for
each year for the approval of the Committee.
All students of the University are required to pay a fee of
three dollars ($3.00) for the use of the Grounds. The
amount so paid is handed over to the Committee, and is by it
expended in the interest of College Athletics and in the per-
manent improvement of the portions of the grounds used for
Athletics.
! 40
UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS.
The Centre Building.
This building, the first and oldest building- of McGill CoUeg-e,
contains the lectui-e-rooms of the Faculty of Arts and the Botanical
Laboratories in the centre. The East Wing contains the newly
equipped Zoological Laboratories, the offices of the Administration,
and the lecture-rooms of the Faculty of Law. The West Wing com-
prises the Molson Convocation and Examination Hall and the Cor-
poration Meeting-room.
The Botanical Laboratories are described in detail on p. 128, the
Zoological Laboratories on p. 129.
The ivtacdonald Engineering Suilding.
The Engineering Building, erected, equipped and endowed by Sir
William C. Macdonald, represents, in architectural effect, a severe
treatment of the Italian renaissance. Besides numerous lecture-
rooms, students' rooms, a departmental library, and a large techni-
cal museum, which holds the Reuleaux collection of Kinematic
models— believed to be the most complete in America, the building
contains large and thoroughly equipped electrical and magnetic
laboratories; dynamo rooms; lighting station; accumulator room;
laboratories of Mathematics, Dynamics, Mechanics, Geodesy, Model-
ling, Testing, and Thermodynamics; workshops (in the annex erected
under the bequest of the late Thomas Workman) for Carpentry,
Wood-turning, and Pattern-making; Machine shops; Smithy; Foun-
dry, etc.
The whole of one floor is given up to Drawing-rooms, and the
Museum of the building contains a large collection of casts illustra-
tive of the historical development of the various styles of architecture
and of casts of architectural and figure sculpture.
A detailed description of the laboratories and workshops and their
equipment is given on pp. 193 et seqq.
Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building.
Admirable facilities are afforded in the Macdonald Chemistry and
Mining Building for study and research in the departments of Chem-
istry, Metallurgy, Mining, Mineralogy and Geology. The building
was erected, equipped and endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald.
It is spacious, admirably lighted, heated by hot water and ventilated
by electric fans. In addition to the large Lecture Theatre, which
seats about 250 students, there are four lecture rooms for smaller
classes, and a number of offices.
There are three large general Chemical Laboratories, large labor-
atories for Ore-dressing and Metallurgy and a number of smaller
rooms for special purposes, including research work. Among the
special laboratories may be mentioned those for Organic Chemistry,
Physical Chemistry, Electrolytic Analysis, Gas Analysis, Iron and
Steel Analysis, Fire Assaying, Water Analysis, Determmative
Mineralogy, Petrography, Photography, etc. The reference library
contains about 1,300 volumes.
A detailed description of the laboratories and their equipment is
given on pp. 127 and 193.
41
The Macdonald Physics Building.
The Macdonald Physical Laboratory, another of Sir William C.
Macdonald's gifts to the University, contains five storej^s, ea;ch of
8,000 square feet area. Besides a lecture theatre and its apparatus
rooms, the Building- includes an elementary laboratory nearly 60 feet
square; large special laboratories arranged for higher work by ad-
vanced students in Heat and Electricity; a range of rooms for
'optical work and photography: separate rooms for private thesis
work by students; and two large laboratories arranged for research,
provided with solid piers and the usual standard instruments. There
are also a lecture room, with apparatus room attached, for Mathe-
matical Physics, a special physical library, and convenient work-
shops. The equipment is on a corresponding scale, and comprises:
(1) apparatus for illustrating lectures; (2) simple forms of the prin-
cipal instruments for use by the students in practical work; (3) the
most recent types of all important instruments for exact measure-
ment, to be used in connection with special work and research.
A detailed description of the laboratories and their equipment is
given on pp. 125 and 201.
Medical Buildings
The present main building of the Faculty of Medicine was erected
in 1873. In 1SS5, and again in 1893, large additions and alterations
were made to the buildings. These again, however, have proved
inadequate, and a thorough reconstruction and enlargement of the
buildings has lately been completed. The present buildings comprise
several large lecture theatres; a large readingj room, managed by the
students themselves; a fine medical library; dissecting rooms; and
a large number of completely equipped laboratories for Physiology,
Histology, Pharmacology, Chemistry, Hygiene, Bacteriology, and
Pathology, in addition to numerous museums, preparation rooms, and
offices. Clinical teaching is conducted in the theatres, wards, out-
patient rooms, and laboratories of the Montreal General Hospital,
the Royal Victoria Hospital, and the Montreal Maternity Hospital.
A detailed description of the laboratories and museums is given
on pp. 237 to 240 and 281 to 285.
The Royal Victoria College for Women.
This residential college for the Women Students of McGill Uni-
versity, erected and endowed by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal,
is situated on Sherbrooke Street, in close proximity to the University
buildings and laboratories. The Professors and Lecturers of the
University are thereby enabled to give their services in the conduct
of the College classes.
Full particulars of the College, terms of residence, etc., are given
on pp. 136 et scqq.
The University Library.
Librarian: — Charles H. Gould, B.A.
The general library is housed in the fine Romanesque building
erected in 1893 by the late Mr. Peter Redpath.
Dignified and convenient as originally designed, it has recently
been improved and greatly enlarged by the liberality of Mrs. Peter
42
Redpath. It now possesses ample aocommodation for three hundred
and fifty i-eaders, of whom fully one hundred can be provided for
in the seminary rooms and special studies.
The main architectural feature of the interior is the general
reading- room, 110 feet long, 43 feet wide, and 44 feet high. It will
seat one hundred and fifty readers and has open shelves for about
4,000 volumes.
The book stack, four and five storeys high, of approved type,
excellently lighted and ventilated, with four reading bays on each
storey, has a working capacity of 250,000 volumes, besides special
provision for the storage of maps and of newspapers.
Library regulations, with a description of the collections are
given on pp. 295 to 298.
The Peter Redpath Museum.
Senior Curator— Prof. B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL,.D.
This building was erected in 18S2 by the liberal benefactor whose
name it bears. It occupies a commanding position at the upper end
of the campus, and besides its central hall and other rooms devoted
to the collections, contains a large lecture theatre, class-rooms, and
work-rooms.
The general arrangement of the collections is as follows: —
1. The Botanical Room on the ground floor contains the Herba-
rium, consisting of 30,000 specimens of Canadian and exotic plants
and collections illustrating structural and economic botany.
2. On the first floor is a room over the entrance hall, in which are
cases containing archaeological and ethnological objects with large
slabs of fossil foot-prints on the walls.
3. This room opens into the great Museum Hall, on each side of
which are alcoves with upright and table cases containing the collec-
tions in Palaeontology, arranged primarily to illustrate the succes-
sive geological systems, and subordinately to this^, in the order of
zoological and botanical classification, so as to enable the student to
see the general order of life in succesisive periods, and to trace any
particular group through its geological history.
4. At the extreme end of the Hall are placed the collections of
minerals and rocks, arranged in such manner as to fa,cilitate their
systematic study. In the centre of the Hall are economic collections
and large casts and models.
5. In the upper story or gallery of the great Hall are placed the
zoological collections; the invertebrate animals in table cases in
regular series, beginning with the lower forms; the vertetorate
animals in upright cases, in similar order. The Philip Carpenter
Collection of shells is especially noteworthy for its arrangement
and completeness.
Details as to the several departments of the Museum are given in
the "Museum Guide," and papers or memoirs relating to type speci-
mens in the collections can be obtained from the Museum Assistant.
Tickets are issued to students by the Professors in charge of the
several departments, and classes of pupils from schools can be ad-
mitted on certain days under regulations which may be learned from
the Professors or from the Registrar of the University.
^^ IT'^^-S^
.
f
■^1
^w
^
"S
i
r3!
5k-
filBSS^Ki^
University Library. — Main Reading Room.
Redpatii Museum. — Interior "View.
43
Observatory.
Latitude, N. 45° 30' 17". Longitude, 41i- 54m- igs- 67.
Height above sea level, 187 feet.
Superintendent— C. H. McLeod, Ma.E.
The Observatory in which courses of instruction are given in the
use of meteorological instruments and in astronomical work, is situ-
ated at the head of the University campus.
Meteorological observations.— B.ecords of temperature, atmospheric
pressure, wind velocity and direction, and sunshine are obtained by
self-recording- instruments. Check observations are made at 7.40
a.m., 3 p.m., and 7.40 p.m. on standard instruments.
The principal instruments employed are two standard mercurial
barometers; one Richard barograph; one Richard thermograph; one
Callendar thermograph; one Kew standard thermometer; two Pas-
torelli thermometers; one maximum thermometer; one minimum
thermometer; one set of six self-recording thermometers, with con-
trolling clock, battery, etc.; two anemometers; one wind vane; one
anemograph with battery, etc.; one sunshine recorder; one rain-
band spectroscope and one rain gauge.
The Anemometer and Vane are on the summit of Mount Royal,
at a point about three-quarters of a mile north-west of the Observ-
atory. They are 57 feet above the surface of the ground and 810
feet above sea level.
Soil temperatures are observed, in co-operation with the Physical
Laboratory, by means of platinum thermometers at depths ranging
from one Inch to nine feet.
The astronomical equipment consists of:— The Blackman Tele-
scope (6% in.); a photoheliograph (4% in.); a 3% in, transit with
striding level, etc.; a prismatic (8om.) transit instrument, also ar-
ranged as a zenith telescope; a 2 in. transit in the prime vertical;
two collimating telescopes; one sidereal clock; one mean time clock;
one sidereal chronometer; one mean time chronometer; one chrono-
graph; batteries, telegraph lines, and sundry minor instruments.
Observations for clock errors are made on nearly every clear
night. Time exchanges are regularly made with the Toronto observ-
atory. Time signals are distributed throughout the city by means
of the noon time-ball, continuous clock-signals, and the fire-alarm
bells; and to the country through the telegraph lines.
The longitude of the Observatory was determined in 1892 by direct
telegraph connection with Greenwich, with exchange of observers
and instruments. The position is believed to be the most accurately
determined in America.
Gymnasiums.
The University Gymnasium.
Medical Director of Physical Training:- R. Tait McKenzie, B.A., M.D.
The classes, which are open to men students of all the Faculties,
will meet at the University Gymnasium at hours to suit, as far as
possible, the convenience of students, and to be announced at the
commencement of the Session.
44
\
The recent addition of some special apparatus enables the in-
structor to devote some attention to the application of exercise in
treating special cases of weakness or deformity, whch should be
reported to him before the regular class work is undertaken.
The Wicksteed Silver and Bronze Medals for Physical
Culture (the gift of Dr. R. J. Wicksteed) are offered for competition
to students of the graduating class and to students who have had
instruction in the Gymnasium for two sessions; the silver medal
to the former, the bronze medal to the latter. . . ^ ^ ,,
The award of these medals is made by Judges, appointed by the
Corporation of the University. . ^ . , ^
Every competitor for the silver medal is required to lodge with
the Judges, before the examination, a certificate of good standing
in the graduating class signed by the Dean or Registrar of the
Faculty to which he belongs, and the medal will not be awarded to
any .'-tudent who may fail in his examination for the degree.
The Royal Victoria College Gymnasium.
Instructor:— Miss Vendla M. Holmstrom.
Classes for Women Students are conducted in the newly equipped
G> mnasium of the Royal Victoria College, see page 138.
faculty of ^rts.
The First Day of Lectures, Session 190:;<-190i, wiel be Tuesday
September 22nd.
I. REGULATIONS FOR ENTRANCE-
See pp. 10-21.
II. FEES AND REGISTRATION.
See pp. 27-BO.
III. SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS*.
GENERAL REGULATIONS.
1. A Scholarship is tenable for two years; an Exhibition
for one year.
2. Scholarships are open for competition to students who
have passed the University Intermediate Examinatioii, pro-
vided that not more than three .-sessions have elapsed since
their Matriculation; and also to candidates who have obtained
what the Faculty may deem equivalent standing m some other
University, provided that application be made before the end
of the Session preceding the examination. For details of the
examination, tee pp. 55-57.
3. Exhibitions are assigned to the First and Second Year?.^
First Year Exhibitions are open for competition to candi-
dates for entrance into the First Year. The examination is
held in June. For details, see pp. 47-53.
Second Year Exhibitions are open for competition to stu-
dents who have passed the First Year Sessional Examinations,
provided that not more than two sessions have elapsed since
their Jilatriculation ; and also to candidates for entrance into
* In Session 190:^-1004 the Scholarsliiii and Second Year Exliibition Examinations
will begin on "Wednesday, September 9th.
46
the Second Year. The examination is held at the beginning
ol' every session, in September. For details, see pp. 53—55.
i. The Second Year Exhibition Examination will, for
candidates who have not previously entered the University, be
regarded as a Matriculation Examination.
5. No student can hold more than one Exhibition or Schol-
arship at the same time.
6. Exhibitions and Scholarships will not necessarily be
awarded to the candidates' who have obtained the highest
marks. An adequate standard of merit will l)e required.
7. If in any College Year there be not a sufficient number
of candidates showing adequate merit, any one or more of the
Exhibitions or Scholarships offered for competition may be
given to more deserving candidates in another year.
8. A successful candidate must, in order to retain his Schol-
arship or Exhibition, proceed regularly with his College Course
to the satisfaction of the Faculty.
9. The annual income of the Scholarships or Exhibitions
will be paid in four instalments, viz.: — In October, December,
February and April, about the 20th day of each month.
10. For the Session of 1903-1904 there will be thirty-one
Scholarships and Exhibitions, including the following: —
The Jane Redpath Exliibition, founded by Mrs. Redpath, of
Terrace Bank, ]\Iontreal: — value, about $90 yearly, open to
both men and women.*
Oitawa' Valley Graduates' Society Exliibition, awarded on the
results of the June Examination.
Two Sir William Dawson Exhibitions, given by the New York
Graduates' Society: — value, one $62 and the other $60
yearly.
I'en Macdonald Scholarships and Exliibitions, founded by Sir
W. C. Macdonald, Montreal: — value $125 each, yearly.
The Charles Alexander Scholarship, (for men students), founded
by Charles Alexander, Esq.,. Montreal, for the encourage-
ment of the study of Classics and other subjects: — value
$90 yearlv.
* HeBOlutions are now in force by which all Exhibitions and Scholarships have been
tlirown oren without restriction of sex. "except in cases where the deeds of gift or the
ascertained wishes of the donor expr'-ssly preclude such a course; it being uudersfood
tliat in the event of the establishment of any large number of Exhibitions and Scholar-
ships specially appropriated to either of the sexes by the terras of the foundation, the
Board of Governors may again restrict some of those now existing in favour of tlie other
47
The Major H. Mills Scholarship, founded by bequest of the late
Major Hiram Mills: — value $100 yearly.
The Barbara Scott Scholarship, foiinded by the late Miss Bar-
bara Scott, Montreal, for the encouragement of the study
of the Classical languages and literature: — value $100 to
$120 yearly.
The Mackenzie Scholarship for Economics and Political Science,
founded in memory of the late Hon. Alexander Mackenzie:
— value $125 yearly.
Four Exhibitions m the Boyol Victoria College, open to women
only: — ranging in value from $75 to $200 yearly.
One Eoyal Victoria College Scholarship, for women: — value $125
yearly.
Reseakch Scholaeship in Chemistkt.
It is proposed to offer in September, 1904, a Research
Scholarship in Chemistry, on the endowment of the late Dr.
T. Sterry Hunt, to graduate students in the Faculties of Arts
and Applied Science.
FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS.
The following nineteen Exhibitions are offered for competi-
tion in June, 1903, to candidates for admission to the First
Year :
Three C (Advanced), each of $300.
For particulars, see pp. 51-53.
(Not transferable to other divisions below or other years.)
Five B (Higher), each of $150.
For particulars, see pp. 48-51.
(Any or all of these may be raised to $200, if the answering is suffi-
ciently good, and if there be other Exhibitions una warded.)
Five A (Ordinary Matriculation, B. A. course), viz., two of
$125 each; three of $100 each.
Four A (Ordinary Matriculation. B. Sc. course), viz., one of
$112: two of $100;' one of $60.
Two E. V. C. Exhibitions for Ordinary Matriculation, open
to women only, and conditional on residence in the Royal Vic-
toria College, viz., one of $200, and one of $100.
As previously announced, the examination for First Year
Exhibitions will be held hereafter in June, instead of Septem-
ber, beginning June 8th, 1903.
There will be three divisions. A, B and C.
48
They are open to men and women on equal terms, unless
the contrary is stated.
No candidate can hold two exhibitions at the same time.
Blank forms of application, to be obtained from the Regis-
trar of the University, must be filled out and returned before
the 1st of May, 1903.
In his application the candidate will specify the degree
(B. A. or B. Sc.) to which he intends to proceed. The tenure
of an Exhibition is conditional on the pursuit of the corre-
sponding curiculum in the First Year.
A. EXHIBITIONS.
The A (Matriculation) Exhibitions will be awarded on the
results of the Matriculation Examination only, whether for
B.A. or B.Sc. The marks for English Grammar, Composition,
Dictation, Arithmetic and British History will not be taken
into account, however, in the competition, and candidates who
have previously passed in these subjects will not be required to
repeat the examination.
(For details of requirements in the different subjects, see pp.
15-19.
B. EXHIBITIONS.
The B (Higher) Exhibitions will be awarded on the results
of an examination in the subjects required for Matriculation,
together with additional work in any three of the following;
provided, however, that the Ordinary Matriculation papers in
the three chosen have also been taken: —
English.
Latin.
Greek.
French.
German.
Mathematics, Part II (if not taken for Matriculation).
A candidate, not successful, may nevertheless receive an A
Exhibition, but in determining this, the marks for the addi-
tional work will not be taken into account.
The details of the additional work in the above subjects
are as follows: —
English.
Grammar. — An advanced knowledge of this subject will be
required, and, in addition, some acquaintance with the histor-
49
ical development of English as illustrated in common and im-
portant words. The candidate is recommended to read Ma-
son's or West's Elements of English Grammar, and expected to
supplement Mason or West by using Morris's Historical Out-
lines of English Accidence (Macmillan & Co.) as a hook of ref-
erence.
Literature, 1903 and 1904.— Milton, L'Allegro and other
short poems, ed. Bell (Macmillan & Co.) ; Macaulay, Essays on
Byron, W^arren Hastings, Clive.
Com.position. — The candidate will he required to write an
essay on some subject connected with the examination.
Provided two months' notice he given, candidates may sub-
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the worlcs pre-
scriljed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province '
of Ontario, Grade XI L of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College,
P.E.I.
Latin.
Grammar; Translation at Sight; Prose Composition.
Text-Books. — Sonnenschein's or Allen and Greenough's
Latin Granmiar ; Arnold's Latin Prose Composition by Bradley,
or Collar's Latin Composition, Parts III and IV.
Translation from the following prescribed books : —
1903 and 1904— Horace, Odes III.
1905 — Horace, Odes I.
Provided tivo months notice he given, candidates may sub-
stitute in, any year an equivalent amount from the worhs pre-
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province of
Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College,
P.E.I.
Greek.
Grammar; Translation at Sight; Prose Composition.
Text-Books.— Sonnenschein's or Kutherford's Greek Gram-
mar, or Burnet's Greek Eudiments, or White's First Greek Book;
Abbott's Arnold's Greek Prose Composition.
Translation from the following prescribed books:—
190-J, 1904 and 1905.— Homer, Odyspey YIT; Euripides,
Hecuba (Sidgwick's Selections).
50
Provided two months' notice be given, candidates may sub-
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the works pre-
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province of
Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College,
P.E.I.
In both Latin and Greek, candidates who do not offer the
books prescribed above icill have the option of an additional
paper in Composition and Translation at Sight.
French.
(a) Grammar, including Syntax; {b) Translation at sight
of French into English; (c) Translation at sight of easy Eng-
lish prose passages into French; {d) Translation from the fol-
lowing texts: —
1903. Sarcey, Le Siege de Paris (Heath & Co.) ; Sandeau,
Mademoiselle de la Seigliere (Heath & Co.); About, Le Roi
des Montagnes (Heath & Co.)
1904. Angier, Le Gendre de M. Poirier (Heath & Co.) ;
DeVigny, La Canne de Jonc (Heath & Co.) ; Sand, La Mare an
Liable (Heath & Co.)
Provided two months' notice be given, candidates may sub-
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the works pre-
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province of
Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the
Senior Leaving E.raiuiitaiion of the Prince of Wales College,
P.E.I.
German.
(a) Granunar. — Accidence and Syntax; (&) Translation at
sight from German into English; (e) Translation at sight into
German of an easy passage of English prose; (d) Translation
and grammatical study of the following texts : —
1903. Sudermann, Der Ivatzensteg (Heath & Co.) ; Schiller,
Wilhelm Tell (Macmillan & Co.), or Leander, Tramnereien
(Copp, Clark Co.) ; Gerstaecker, Germelshausen (Heath & Co.)
1904. Schiller, ]\Iaria Stuart (Heath & Co.) ; Freytag, Die
Journalisten (Heath & Co.) ; Keller, Kleider machen Leute
(Heath &' Co.).
Provided two months' notice be given, candidates may sub-
stitute in any year an equivalent amount from the works pre-
51
scribed for the Senior Leaving Examination of the Province
of Ontario, Grade XII of the Province of Nova Scotia, or the
Senior Leaving Examination of the Prince of Wales College,
P. E. I.
Mathematics, Part II.
Geometry. — Euclid's Elements, Books IV and VI, with
definitions of Book V, and easy deductions.
Algebra. — The three Progressions, Ratio, Proportion, Varia-
tion, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem,
Logarithms, Interest and Annuities, as in Hall & Knight's
Elementary Algebra, omitting Chapters 36, 40, 41, 42, or in
similar text-books.
Trigonometry. — Measurement of Angles, Trigonometrical
ratios or functions of one angle, of two angles and of a multiple
angle, as in Hamblin Smith, pp. 1-105, or as in Lock's Ele-
mentary Trigonometry, Chapters I-XII, or in similar text-
books.
C. EXHIBITIONS.
Examination in Special Courses.
In awarding the C (Advanced) Exhibitions, the marks for
Ordinary JMatrieulation will not be taken into account. A pass
in the subjects chosen will, however, count towards matricu-
lation, and in order to complete his matriculation, a candidate
will take the ordinary papers in the remaining subjects required.
Candidates who have previously taken the matriculation
examination in this University, or who matriculate on certifi-
cates, will not be required to take the ordinary papers.
A candidate, not successful, may nevertheless receive a B or
an A Exhibition if he has fulfilled the conditions for them
given above. The special papers set for C will, in this case,
be regarded as papers both for B and A.
The subjects for examination are as follows : —
English (including History).
Mathematics.
Latin.
Greek.
French.
German.
In the examination a candidate will be permitted to offer any
of the above subjects or all of them, and will not be disquali-
fied from gaining an Exhibition by failure in, or omission of,
any subject or subjects.
Twenty-five per cent, of the possible maximum in each sub-
ject offered will be deducted from the marks obtained by each
candidate, and the remainder will be the marks assigned this
work.
In the awarding of Exhibitions, marked excellence in any
subject will be taken into special account.
Following are the details of the requirements in the above
subjects: —
English and History.
1903 and 1904. Language. — Toller, Outlines of the History
of the English Language (Macmillan & Co.).
Literature. — Coleridge, Ancient Mariner, ed. Bates (Long-
mans) ; Wordsworth, Selections, cd. Webb (Macmillan k Co.) ;
Tennyson, Selections ed. Kowe and Webb (Macmillan & Co. ;
Shakspere, Merchant of Venice, ed. Deighton (Macmillan &
Co.) ; As You Like It, ed. Deighton (Macmillan & Co.) ; Julius
Csesar, ed. Deighton ( Macmillan & Co. ) .
History. — Green's Short History of the English People.
Composition. — An essay on sone subject connected with the
works specified.
Mathematics.
Geometry.— EmcW^'^ Elements, Books I, II, III, IV, VI,
with definitions of Book V and deductions.
A special paper will be set in deductions from the first three
books. Candidates are recommended to study the Theorems
and Examples in these books in Hall & S'tevens' Edition.
Algebra. — Elementary Eules, Involution, Evolution, Frac-
tions, Indices, Surds, Simple and Quadratic Equations of one
or more unknown quantities, the three Progressions, Eatio,
Proportion, Variation, Permutations and Combinations, Bino-
mial Theorem, Logarithms, Interest and x\nnuities, as in Hall
& Knight's Elementary Algebra, omitting Chapters 36, 40,
41 and 43.
Trigonometry. — Measurement of Angles, Trigonometrical
ratios or functions of one angle, two angles, and of a multiple
angle, as in Haml)lin Smith, pp. 1-105, or as in Lock's Ele-
mentary - Trigonometry, chapters I-XII, or in similar text-
books.
In addition, the Sohition of Triangles will be required.
Latin.
Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans-
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the following
books : —
1903, 1904 and 1905.— Virgil, Aeneid I-YI; Caesar, De Bello
Gallico; Cicero, Catiline Orations.
Greek-
Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans-
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the following
books : —
1903, 1904 and 1905.— Homer, Odyssey YI-XII; Xenophon,
Anabasis; Euripides, Hecnba and Alcestis.
French.
Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans-
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the texts
prescribed for the B Exhibitions, and from the following, in
addition : — ■
1903 and 1904. Thierry, Pieits des Temps Meroviugiens
(Pitt Press) ; Mme. de Stael, Le Directoire' (Pitt Press).
German.
Higher Grammar, Higher Prose Composition, and Trans-
lation at Sight. Passages for translation from the texts
prescribed for the A and B Exhibitions, and from the follow-
ing in addition : — ■
]903 and 1904. Lessing, Minna von Barnholm.
SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS.
The examinations for Second Year Exhibitions and Third Second
Year Scholarships will he held as usual in September. For Exhrbi-
time table, see p. 133. The following axe offered for oompeti- tions.
tion in 1903:^
Two of $185, open to both colleges.
One of 75, « " "
One of 100, " to R. Y. C. only.
One of 75, " to E. Y. C. only.
54
The subjects of examination and details of the requirements
in each are as follows : —
Greek.
Lucian, Charon and Somnium (Heitland, Pitt Press); De-
mosthenes, Olynthiacs I and 11; Euripides, Medea.
Latin.
Cicero, Selections, Parts I. and II. (Brackenbury, Riving-
tons); Cicero, De Senectute (Howson, Longmans); Horace,
Odes, Bk. IV.
Greek and Latin Prose Composition, and Translation at
sight.
A paper on Grammar and History.
Text-books. — Oman's History of Greece, chaps. I-XXV (to
the outbreak of the Peloponnesian War) ; and How and Leigh's
History of Piome, chaps. XVII-XLTV (from the first Punic
War to the death of Sulla); Abbott's Arnold's Greek Prose
Composition, or Sidgwick's First Greek Writer; Ramsay's Latin
Prose, Vol. I or similar manual.
Mathematics.
Euclid (six books); Casey's sequel to Euclid; Algebra (Hall
and Knight's Advanced) ; Theory of Equations (in part) ; Trig-
onometry (as in ordinary course of First Year).
English and Modern History.
Language.— "Yrenoh, Study of Words. Li^era^wre.— Spenser,
Faerie Queene, Bk. 1, ed. Percival (Macmillan); Tennyson,
Selections from Tennyson, ed. Rowe and Webb (Macmillan).
fl-^s^or//.— Church, The Beginning of the Middle Ages (Epochs
of Modern History, Longmans). Composition. — The candidate
will be required to write an essay on some subject connected
with the literature or history prescribed.
French.
(a) Grammar; (b) Translation at sight of an English pass-
age into French: (c) French composition on a prescribed sub-
ject; (d) a critical study of the following texts, tested by
questions in the French language, to be answered in French: —
Balzac, Eugenie Grandet; Michelet, Pages choisies (chez A.
Colin, Paris); Daudet, Jack.
55
Or, instead of French: —
German.
(a) Grammar; (6) Translation at sight from German into
English, and from English into German; (c) a critical study of
Die Braut von Messina, and of the lives of Schiller and Goethe;
(d) Translation from the following texts: —
Schiller, Die Braut von Messina, der iSTeffe als Onkel ; Hauff,
Der Zwerg Nase (Heath & Co.); Eiehl, Der Fluch der Schon-
heit (Heath & Co.); Benedix, Die Hochzeitsreise (Heath & Co.);
Schiller, Der Neffe als Onkel; Baumbach, Die ISTonna (Heath
& Co.).
No Candidate who has been placed in the Third Class in
more than one subject can be awarded a Second Year Exhi-
bition.
THIRD YEAR SCHOLARSHIPS.
The following Scholarships will be open for competition in Third Year
September, 1903. (For time table, see p. 133):— ^Im's*"'
One of $125 for Mathematics and Logic, open to both col-
leges.
One of $125 for Mathematics and Logic, open to R. V. C.
only.
One of $125 for Natural Science (Biology) and Logic, open
to both colleges.
Three in Classics and Modem Languages, viz., one of $100
and two of $90; open to both colleges.
One of $125 in Economics and Political Science, open to
both colleges.
The details of the requirements in each subject are as fol-
lows : —
Mathematics.
Differential Calculus (Williamson, Chaps. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9; Mathema-
Chap. 12, Arts. 168-183 inclusive: Chap. 17, Arts. 225-242 in- Lo*'^^ant^
elusive). Integral Calculus (Williamson, Chaps. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; science
Chap. 7, Arts. 126-140 inclusive; Chap. 8, Arts. 150-156 in- and Logic.
elusive; Chap. 9. Arts. 168-176 inclusive. Analytic Geometry
(Salmon), Conic Sections, subjects of chaps. 1-13 (omitting
Chap. 8). with part of Chap. 14. Lock, Higher Trigonome-
try. McLelland and Preston, Spherical Trigonometry, Part
I. Salmon, Modern Higlior Algebra (first four chaplers).
Todlumter or Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations (se-
lected course).
Logic.
As in Jevons" Elementary Lessons in Logic.
Biology.
Goebel's Organography, Vol. I.; Bower, F. 0., The Origin
of the Sporophyte in Ferns, (Trans. Royal Soc); Huxley,
Elementary Lessons in Physiology; Verworn, General Physi-
ology.
Greek.
Classics Plato, Purves, Selections, pp. 1-21, 55-112 (Clarendon
Modern ^ress); Thucydides, Book VI (Marchant, Macmillan); Soph-
Languages ocles, Antigone (Jebb, Pitt Press).
Prose Composition and Translation at Sight.
Latin-
Horace, Epistles, Book I (Wilkins, Macmillan); Cicero,
Selections from Letters (T}Trell, Macmillan), pp. 1-83; Virgil,
Aeneid, Book IX (Sidgwdck, Pitt Press); Sallust, Catiline
(Cook, Macmillan).
Prose Composition and Translation at Sight.
Ancient History.
Text-boohs. — Bury, History of Greece, The Peloponnesian
War (Macmillan); How and Leigh, History of Eome to the
Death of Caesar (Longmans).
English and History.
Literature. — Shakspere, Tempest, ed. Deighton (Macmillan);
Milton, Paradise Lost, Books I and II, ed. Macmillan (Mac-
millan); Lamb. Essays of Elia. ed. Hall ward and Hill (^fac-
millan. Ilisfoi'^f. — Myers, Mediaeval and Modern History
(Ginn), Part I; For 1904. — Robinson, Introduction to the
History of Western Europe (Ginn & Co.), Part I. Composi-
tion. — The candidate will be required to write an essay on
some subject connected with the literature or history pre-
scribed. High marks will be given for this subject.
57
French.
Candidates will be questioned on the subject matter of the
following texts, the lives of their authors, and the literary-
schools which they represent. The entire examination will be
held in the French language.
For 1903-4. — Moliere, Tartuffe; Eacine, Iphigenie; De Vigny,
Servitude et Grandeur militaires; De Musset, Les Nuits,
Pierre et Camille.
Or, instead of French: —
- German.
(a) Grammar; (h) Translation at sight from English into
German; (c) Critical study of the lives of Goethe and Schiller
and of those of their works which are mentioned below;
(d) Translations from the following texts: —
For 1903, Schiller, Don Carlos; Goethe, Dichtung and
Wahrheit (Heath & Co.) ; Immermann, Der Oberhof (Wagner,
Pitt Press) ; Meyer, Gustav Adolfs Page (Heath & Co.).
Economics and Political Science.
The subjects of examination are as follows: —
Elements of Political Science. — Seelev, Introduction to Pol- Economics
itical Science; Woodrow Wilson, The State, Chaps. I, Y, XII „ f".^ .
' ' ' L y ' Political
to XYI, inclusive. Science.
The Constitution and Government of England. — ]\Iacy, The
English Constitution, Part I; Burgess, Political Science and
Constitutional Law, Vol. II, pp. 59-76, 185-215, and 338-346
(Edition of 1898).
Elements of Economic Theory, viz.: The Scope and Method
of Political Economy; the Organization of Production; the
Theory of Value; Distribution — rent, wages, interest, profits;
Exchange, including international trade; the Theory of Money;
Principles of Taxation. F. A. Walker, Political Economy,
Advanced Course,
History of Economic Theory. — L. L. Price, Political Econ-
omy in England.
[Two papers in Economic Theory; one in each of the other
subjects. The subject-matter of the papers to be limited to
what is treated in the books (or parts thereof) named.]
58
IV. REGULATIONS FOR DEGREES IN ARTS.
Regulations for the Degree of B.A.
After passing the First Year Matriculation Examination,
an UndergradnatG, in order to oljtain the Degree of B.A. or
B.Sc., is required to attend regularly the appointed courses of
lectures for four years, and to pass the required Examinations
in each year. He cannot take more than the number of sub-
jects specified for each year without the special permission of
the Faculty, nor can he proceed with his course unless he passes
each examination in its assigned order. Failure in the First
or Second Year in two or more subjects, and in the Third Year
in more than one, will entail the passing at the beginning of
the following session, of a Supplemental Examination, which
shall include all the subjects of the previous Sessional Examin-
ation. Failure in one subject at this Supplemental shall neces-
sarily cause the loss of the session. Undergraduates are ar-
ranged in Years, from First to Fourth, according to their
academic standing.
1. Ordinary Course for the Degree of B.A.
N.B.- — The Arabic numerals refer to the numbering of thg
courses on pp. 76, et seqq; for example, Greeh, 2, refers to the
second course given under the head of Classical Literature and
History, p. 77.
PjP3t First Year.
Year. Greek, 1> or Latin, 1.
English, 1A, IB, and History, 1.
Mathematics, 1.
Latin, 1, or Greek, 1, or French, I, 2, or German, 2.
Physics, 2
French cannot be taken as a qualifying option in the First
Year, except by students who have passed the Matriculation
Examination in this subject.
An additional Language may be taken as an extra subject
in the first two years, if application be made to, and permission
obtained from the Faculty at the beginning of the Session.
Credit will be given for it on application.
With a view to the encouragement of higher work. Advanced
Sections will be formed in all subjects as far as practicable,
and in these Honours may be awarded. Permission to take an
advanced section is granted by the professor.
Students taking the work of advanced sections may be excused
from the work of the corresponding ordinary sections on the
Macdonald Physics Buildinf?.— Departmental Library.
Macdonald Physics Building.— An Electrical Laboratory.
Second
Year.
AnyThree, of
which (d), (e),
or (g) must be
one.
59
recommendation of the professor, ^o exemptions from other
subjects will be granted to students in advanced sections.
Second Year.
(a) English, 2.
(b) Latin, 2, o?- Greek, 2
r (c) Greek, 2, or Latin, 2, or a Modern Language.
(d) Mathematics, 3A, including Dynamics, 3B,
or Elementary Biology, 1-
(e) Chemistry, 1, Laboratory worklin addition.
(f) Logic and Psychology, 1 A, IB.
(g) Hebrew, I.
(h) German or French.
Students intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.)
and Applied Science must take Mathematics and Chemistry;
those intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) and
Medicine must take Chemistry and Biology.
Advanced Sections will be formed in the Second Year, as in Advanced
the First. Sections.
Third and Fourth Years.
The subjects of the Third and Fourth Years are arranged in Third and
the following divisions: — Years.
Language and
Literature.
English, 3A, 3C,
4A, 4B, any two ',
or for any two,
3C.
Latin, 3, 4.
Greek, 3, 4.
Sanskrit, 1A, IB.
French, 5, 6
German, 4, 5.
Italian in alternate
years.
Semitic Languages,
2, 3.
Comparative Philo-
logy 'half course^
lA, IB.
History, Philosophy
AND Law .
History, 2.
Logic and Metaphy-
sics, 3A, 3B.
Moral Philosophy,
5A, 5B.
'Political Science, 6
'Economics, I.
Roman Law, i.
Constitutional Law
and History.
Art 'History of and
Archaeology itwo
half courses
in successive
years.
History of Philoso-
phy, 4A, 4B.
SCIENrE .
Mathematics" 4.
Mechanics, '6, and
Optics, and Astro-
nomy, 5A, 5B.
(Two half courses). .
Physics ;
Sound. Light, Heat
(full course), 7A,
7B, 7C.
Electricity and
Magnetism full
course), 8.
Chemistry, 2, 3, 4;
5, 6, or 7, 8.
Zoology, 2.
Botany, 2, 3.
Geology, I.
rin the Fa-
Physiologyj
Anatomy I
culty of
Medicine.
From the above divisions six courses are to be selected by each
student in the Third and Fourth Years, three in each year.
♦Political Science and Economics maybe considered as continuations, one of the other.
60
Each will be studied in lecture courses extending over not more
than four hours per week, with collateral reading, and, in the
case of the science subjects, laboratory work. One subject
chosen in the Third Year must be continued by every student
in his Fourth Year (Political Science, 6, will be accepted as a
continuation of Economics, 1, and vice versa) ; two subjects may
be continued if application to that effect be granted by the
Faculty or the Advisory Committee of the Faculty. Of the
whole six courses, one must be chosen by all candidates from the
list of subjects included under the head of Science, except
in cases where Chemistry or Biology has been selected as an
option in the Second Year.
Every undergraduate in the Third and Fourth Years is
required to submit to the Faculty, for their approval, at the
beginning of the session, a written statement of the subjects
he proposes to study during the session. He will not be allowed
to discontinue any of these, if approved, or begin any other,
without the special permission of the Faculty.
The Advisory Committee will meet not later than Oct. 1st
in each session, and re] crt on the selections of subjects to the
Faculty. It may also report on the subjects chosen by the First
and Second Years.
In order to differentiate the B.A. curriculum from that laid
down for the B.Sc. (Arts), candidates for B.A. are debarred
from selecting more than three out of their six courses from
the Science Division Free options are allowed in all other
cases (except as far as regards the selecting of at least one
subject from the Science Division), subject to approval by the
Faculty, or the Advisory Committee of the Faculty.
In addition to the six courses, a course of one hour a week
in English Composition (3D, 4C) must be taken by every can-
didate for the Ordinary B.A. in the Third and Fourth Years,
and also by Honour students in English.
For details of each subject, see Courses of Lectures, pp. 7<),
ct seqq.
(Political Science, 6, will be accepted as a continuation of
Economies, 1, and vice versa).
A candidate who seeks to obtain an Ordinary B.A. Degree
of the First Class must fulfil the following conditions : he must
not only obtain the required aggregate of marks (viz., three-
fourths of the maximum), but he must also obtain First Class
Profes-
sional
Students.
61
standing in three of his subjects, and not less than Second
Class in the remainder.
For arrangements enabling Students in Medicine or Applied
Science to take the course in' Arts also, and obtain B.A.. and
B.Sc. (Applied Science), or M.D., in six years, see pp. 68-70 ;
and for the course leading to the degrees of B.Sc. (Arts) and
M.D. in six years, see pp. 70 and 71.
2. Honour Courses for the Degree of B.A.
Honours of First, Second, or Third Eank will be awarded Honour
, to successful candidates in any Honour Course established by Courses.
the Faculty, provided they have passed creditably the ordinary
Examinations in all the subjects proper to their year.
No undergraduate is permitted to attend the Honour lec-
tures unless (a) he has been placed in the First Class in the
subject at the preceding Sessional Examination, if there be
one; (&) has satisfied the Professor that he is otherwise quali-
fied; and (c) while attending lectures makes progress satisfac-
tory to the Professor. In case his progress is not satisfactory
he may be notified by the Faculty to discontinue attendance.
Candidates for Honours must take the Ordinary Course in
the subject in which they are reading for Honours. But where
the Honours Course corresponds to two ordinary subjects, can-
didates may, at the discretion of the department, be exempted
from attendance on lectures in these ordinary subjects for a
number of hours not exceeding four weekly.
Honour lectures are open to all Partial Students who can
satisfy the Professor of their fitness to proceed ^ith the work
of the course. Such students will not be ranked with under-
graduates in the Examination lists.
N"o student is allowed to attend two Honour Courses without
the special permission of the Faculty.
A student proposing to read for an Honour Course in ^lie "'■^j^''^*'gYear
Third Year must Honours.
(1) Satisfy the Department of his qualifications to proceed
with the subject or subjects in question;
(2) Fulfil the following qualifying conditions: —
(rt) Where the Honour Course is represented by one sub-
ject in the Second Year, he must have obtained at
bast a Second Class in that subject and in one other.
62
Should he have failed in any subject, he must com-
pensate for this by having obtained a First in the
Honour subject.
(&) Where the Honour Course is represented by two sub-
jects in the Second Year, he must have obtained at
least (a) a Second Class in both subjects, or (&) a
First Class in one subject and a Third in the other.
A failure in some other subject may be compensated
for by obtaining at least a First Class in one subject
and a Second in the other.
(c) AYhere the Honour Course is not represented by any
subject in the Second Year, he must have obtained at
least Second Class in three subjects. A First and a
Third may be considered equivalent to two Seconds.
A failure may be compensated for by obtaining at
least four Seconds or their equivalent.
(3) While attending lectures he must make progress satisfac-
tory to the Department.
A student who desires to be a candidate for B.A, Honours
must have taken at least Second Eank Honours in the Third
Year. In this case he shall be required to take only one sub-
ject in his Ordinary Course, viz., that in which he is reading
for Honours.
Note. — For subjects of Ordinary Courses, see p. 76, et seqq.
The following are the departments in which Honour Courses
are at present offered. Students who desire to graduate with
Honours in any of them are strongly recommended to take the
Advanced Sections of the Department in the First and Second
Years, where such are provided.
(N.B. — The numbers which stand after the Academic years
refer to the corresponding numbers of the Courses given on
the pages indicated.
I. Classical Literature and History.
Third Year Honours— Greek, 5, 6, (p. T9).
Latin, 5, 6, (p. 82).
Fourth Year Honours — Greek, 5, 7, (p. .79).
Latin, 5, 7, (p. 82).
63
2 English Language and Literature
Third Year Honours— 5, 6, (p. 89).
Poiirth Year Honours— 7, 8, 9, (p. 89); or 10, 11, 12, 1?.,
(p. 90).
3 (a» History.
Fourth Year Honours-^, 6, 9, (p. 98).
3 (b) History and Economics.
(A). Third Year Honours— History, 2, 4, 9, (p. 98).
Economics and Political Science,
1, 6, (pp. 100 and 102). -
Fourth Year Honours— History, 1, 6, 9, (p. 98).
Economics and Political Science,
2, 3, and 7 or 8, (p. 100).
(B). Third Year Honours — Economics and Political Science,
1. 4. 5, 6, (pp. 100-102).
History, 2, (p. 98).
Fourth Year Honours. — Economics and Political Science,
2. 3. 4. 5, 7, 8, (pp. 100-102).
History. 4. 9. (p. 98).
4. Modern Languages.
Third Year Honours— French, 7 or 8; 9, (p. 93).
German, 6 or 7; 8, (p. 96).
Fourth Year Honours — French. 7 or 8; 9, (p. 93).
German, 6 or 7; 8, (p. 96).
5- Semitic Languages.
Third Year Honours — ia and 4&, (p. 97).
Fourth Year Honours — 5a and oh, (p. 97).
6. Mental and Moral Philosophy.
Third Year Honours— 6, 7, 8, 9, (p. 106).
Fourth Year Honours— 10, 11, 12, (p. 107).
7. Mathematics and Natural Philosophy
Third Year Honours— 7, 11, 12, 15, (p. 111).
Fourth Year Honours— 8, 13, 14, 16, (p. 111).
64
8. Geology and Mineralogy.
Third Year Honours — Mineralogy, 1, 3, (p. 115).
Fourth Year Honours — Mineralogy, 2, (p. 116).
Fourth Year Honours — Geology, 2, 3A, SB, 4, 5, 6, 7 (p. 122).
9. Chemistry.
Third Year Honours— 2, 3, 4, (p. 114).
Fourth Year Honours— 5. 6, 7, 8; or 7, 8, 9, (p. 114).
10. Biology.
Third Year Honours- / ^'^^f^^^^' 5' ^P- l^^)-
1 Zoology, 4, (p. 121).
Fourth Year Honours- / J^^f ^3% 6, (p. 119)
\ Zo'ologj^ 5, (p. 121).
Students proceeding to Honours Biology in the Third and
Fourth Years will take Chemistry and Biology in the Second
Year, one half course of Organic Chemistry in the Third Year,
and one half course of Geolo2:v in the Fourth Year.
3. Ordinary Course for the Degree of B.Sc. (Arts-)
The B.Sc. course in Arts has been specially arranged to give
the student a thorough training in Science, combined with a
good knowledge of English, French, and German. A wide
range of sciences may be studied, and the course differs from
those offered in the Faculty of Applied Science in the substitu-
tion of modern languages for the more purely technical work
of that Faculty.
A high standard of attainment will in all cases be exacted,
and it is expected that in the Final Year the course will include
instruction in the methods of modern research.
First Year.
English, 1A, IB, and History, 1
French, 1, 2,
German, 2.
Mathematics, 1 .
Physics, 2.
65
Second Year.
English. 2.
French-, 3, 4.
German, 3.
Chemistry, 1 — Laboratory work in addition.
Mathematics, 3A, 3 3, or Elementary Bioiogy, 1.
(a) Tpon entering llio Second Year, the student must de-
cide upon the general character cf the course which he \rill
follow in the Third and Fourth Years. If his course in these
Years is to .consist chiefly of Mathematics and Physics, he must
choose Mathematics; if it is to be chiefly Biological or Gao^
logical, he must take Biolog}'; while if he intends to select
Chemistry, he must take Mathematics if he intends to devote
special attention to Physical Ch^mi^try, but Biologv if he
intends to make special study of other bi'anche; of this
scimee.
(5) A- candidate for the degree of B.Sc. must obtain nt least
Second Class standing both in French, and German at th > In-
ter ned'ate Examination, and, upon entering the Third Year,
must, ill order to proceed with his course, be able to read with
ease scinntitic papers in both of these languages.
(c) The student shall in tlie Tliird Year take a full course
in cacii of the three following sciences, viz.: — IMatlieinatics,
Physics, Clieniistry, Zoology, Botany, Geology. He shall take,
in aldition, a porlion of the B. A. Honour Course in one of
them, as well as a course in English Composition.
(J) In the Fourth Year the student shall devote hi^ time
chiefly to advanced work in one of tbe three sciences Avliich
he has already studied in the Third Year. The course which
he is to follow will be drawn up by the Profe-sor-; ol the
science which he selects and must be approved by the B. Sc.
Advisory Committee.
V EXAMINATIONS.
(A) College Examinations.
1. There are two examinations in eacli year, viz., at Christ-
mas and at the end of the Session. Successful studfents are
arranged in three classes at the Sessional examinations.
Christmas Examinations will be held in all the subjects of
the First and Second Years, and are obligatory on all under-
graduates, and also on all Partial Students intending to gain
undergradiiate standing. Twenty-five per cent, of the marlcs
given for the sessional work in each subject will be assigned
for the results of the Christmas E laminations. Students
prevented by illness from attending the exariiinations, will, on
jircsenliiig a Medical Certificate, be allowed full marks at the
April examinations. Candidates who fail in course.-; of the
First and Second Years, terminating at Christmas, will be-
required to pass, at the Sessional Examinations, on an extra
paper in the subject in which they have failed.
Christmas Examinations in the Third or Fourth Years
may be held at the option of the Professors. When held, the
sane value will be assigned to them as in the case of the First
and Second Years.
In the Fourth Year only, there is no Sessional Examina-
tion; the University Examination for B.A. or B.Sc. takes its
p'ace.
2. An undergraduate who fails in one subject at the Ses-
sional Examinations of the First or of the Second Year, will
not be allowed to proceed with his Year unless ha passes a
Supplemental Examination therein at the beginning of the
Session, or takes the Summer Course, if there be one, in the
subject, and passes the corresponding examination.
3. Failure 'in two or more subjects at the Sessional Exam-
inations of the First or of the Second Year, or in one subject
at the Third Year Sessional Examinations, involves the loss
of the Session. The Faculty may permit the student to re-
cover his standing by passing a Supplemental Examination at
the beginning of the following Session, If he fail in any sub-
ject at this examination he will be required to repeat the year.
A Summer Course, on same conditions as above, may be ac-
cepted instead of a Supplemental Examination.
4. Examinations Supplemental to the Sessional Examina-
tions will be held in September, simultaneously with the Ma-
tr'culation Examinations.
5. A list of those to whom the Faculty may grant Supple-
mental Examinations in the following September will be pub-
lished after the Sessional Examination. The time for the.
Supplemental Examination will be fixed by the Faculty: the
examination will not be •granted at any other time, except by
special permission of the Faculty, a:id o:i piymon': of a fee
of $5.
67
(B) University Examinations.
For the Degree of B.A.
Afier pass'ng the Matriculation Examination at entrance,
candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts must pass each
of the four Sessional Examinations, including the Intermedi-
ate Examination at the end of the Second Year. Under die
provisions of the new curriculum, the Third and Fourth Year
Sessional Examinations constitute the Final.
1. iV!atriculation Examination.
1. The subjects are stated on p. 12.
2. Intermediate Examination.
2. The subjects are as follows: —
(a) English.
0>) Greek or Latin.
(c) Latin or Greek o>- a Modern Irrciece. ^
(d) Mathematics, including Dynamics, or Ele-
mentary Biology.
(e) Chemistry.
(f; Logic and Psychology.
g) Hebrew.
(h) German or French.
Any Three
of which (d),
}(e), or (g),
must be one.
Students intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.)
and Applied Science must take Mathematics and Chemistry;
those intending to take the double course in Arts (B.A.) and
Medicine must take Biology and Chemistry.
English. -The course for the second year, ^ee p. 86
Greek. -The coursG for the Second Year. See p. 77.
A paper tfill be set early in October on the Summer Beadin-jx,
Liidan, Charon and Sornnium {Heitland, Pitt Press).
See p. 77.
Latin. -The course for the Second Year. See p. 81.
A paper luill be set early in October on the Summer Readiny.-',
Cicero, Selections, Parts I and II, (Bracl-enbury,
Rivington'^). See p. 81.
68
Mathematics. -Tlie course for the Second Year. Sec p. 110.
Dynamics. -The course for the Second Year. See p. 110.
Elementary Bioiogy.-The course for the Second Year.
See p. 1 16.
Chemistry.-The course for the Second Year. See p. 113.
Logic and Psychoiogy.-The couTse for the Second Year.
See pp. 10* and 105.
Hebrew. -The course for the Second Year. See p. 97.
German. -The conrse for the ^Second Year. See p. 95.
French. -The conrse for the Second Year. See p. 92.
2. Final Examination.
The quahf^ving subjects for the B.A. Degree will, nnder the
Xew Curricidum, consist of the six subjects taken np in course
in the Third and Fourth Years (pp. 5!3-61).
VI. REGULATIONS FOR COURSES IN ARTS LEAD-
ING INTO THE PROFESSIONAL FACULTIES.
Arts and Applied Science.
1. Any student intenchiig to claim the privileges offered
below, is reqviired, at the beginning of the session, to present
to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts a certincafe of registratio]i
m the Professional Faculty, and to produce at the end certifi-
cates of attendance and examination in tlie profcssiona] cluvX'^
specified.
2. Undergraduates beginning the Third Year in Arts who
have taken all the Ordinary Mathejnatics of the first tv.'o years,
and the Chemistry of the Second Year, and who Avish to pursue
their professional studies in the Faculty of Applied Science
so as to obtain the Degree of B.A. and B.Sc. (App. Se.) within
the following four years, will be exempted by the Faculty of
Applied .Science from the jNfathematics of the First Year in
Applied Science aaid from Chemistry of the Second Year.
3. Tliey must, unless by spex-ial permission of the Faculty,
distril_)ute tlu' course of the Tliird and Fourth Years in Arts
69
over three years, in accordance with the following schedule
of studies: —
I. In the Third Year: —
(fl) Physics of Thirrl Year.
(l) Two of the courses which are not placed under the
heading- "' Science " in the Arts curriculum. The
time tables of the two Faculties allow two of the
following subjects to be chosen: — Euglish, History.
Political Science,
(c) Either one or two hours weekly in English Compo-
sition.*
IT. In the Fourth Year: —
(a) Physics of Fourtli Year.
(Ij) One hour weekly in English Composition, if only one
has been taken in tlie Third Yenr.
(c) The ]\rathematics of the Second Year Applied Sci-
ence (G hours weekly as 14 courses).
III. hi the Fifth Year:—
The Mathematics of the Third Year Applied Science
{2 hours weekly as a half course), or another course
. in the Arts curriculum.
4. Students who, having obtained permission of the Faculty.
desire to complete the course for the B.A. Degree in four
years, are required to ia^ke a full course in one subject in the
Arts curriculum in addition to the courses prescribed in 3, II,
above.
Arts (B.A. Course) and Medicine.
1. Undergraduates beginning the Third Year, who have
taken the Chemistry and Biology of the Second Y'ear, and who
wish to pursue their proftssional studies in the Faculty of
:\Iedicine so as to obtain the Degrees of B.A. and M.D. within
the following four years, will be exempted l^y the Faculty of
Medicine from the subjects of Chemistry and Physics, and
Biologj' in the First Year of the Faculty of Medicine. In
the Second Y'ear (Arts) they are permitted to take the con-
tinuation course in Animal Biology, on the same conditions as
students taking the sis years' course leading to the degrees
of B. Sc. and M.D.
•yoTE.— students are reooramended to distribute their Knglish work over two years.
70
2. They may complete the Arts curriculum Ijy taking the
following courses : —
I. In the Third Year: —
(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology and Phy-
siology, of First Year Medicine.
(h) Two of the courses which are not placed under the
heading " Science " in the Arts curriculum. The
time tables of the two Faculties allow the following
to be chosen : —
(1) French or Moral Philosophy or Economics.
(2) Political Science.
(c) Either one or two hours weekly in English Compo-
sition.*
TI. In, the Fourth Year: —
(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histolog}', Physio-
logy, Chemistry, of Second Year Medicine.
;7^) One hour weekly in English Composition, if only one
has been taken in the Third Year.*
3. The Faculty strongly recommends intending students of
Medicine who do not take the combined six years' course to
spend a preliminary year in the study of the non-professional
subjects, i.e., Biology, Chemistry, and Physics, before enterirg-
on the curriculum in the Faculty of Medicine.
Arts (B.Sc. Course) and Medicine.
1. Students who wish to take a combined course in the
Faculties of Arts and Medicine with a view to obtaining the
Degrees of B.Sc. (Arts) and M.D. within six years, must take
Latin under head G of the Matriculation requirements for the
B.Sc. course, see p. 12.
2. They must take the Ordinary B.Sc. course with the fol-
lowing modifications : —
Second Year Students shall take Elementary Biology. This
course shall consist of either (1) the course in Elementary
Biology required of First Year Students in Medicine {i.e.., 8
weeks Zoology together with 4 weeks Botany), together with a
further course after Christmas (during the spring term of tbc
Faculty of Arts) in Animal r)iologY; or (2) the full ordinary
Note. — Students are recommended to distribute their English work over two years.
Tl
course in Elementary Biology of the Faculty of Arts, consist-
ing of 12 weeks Zoology (up to Christmas) followed by 12
weeks Botany.
Third Year Students taking the Double Course shall be re-
quired to offer one of the following: —
I. Zoology. — (a) The full Ordinary Continuation Course of
the Faculty of Arts, and in addition (h) half the Honours
Course, the latter to be taken during the first half of the
session.
II. Physics.— (a) The Full Ordinary Course of the Faculty
of Arts, under which head students may take either the course
in Sound, Light and Heat (Physics, 7) or that on Electricity
and Magnetism (Physics, 8), or a combined course consisting
of portions of these, and in addition (h) advanced work con-
stituting half an Honours Course, the latter to be taken during
the first half of the session.
III. Chemistry. — (a) A half-course in Physical Chemistry,
during the first half of the session (from Chemistry, 7, 8) ;
(h) a half -course in Organic Chemistry, during the second half
of the session (Chemistry, 3, G) : (r) advanced work constitut-
ino- half an Honours Course, the last to be taken during the
first half of the session.
IV. Botany.— (a) The full Ordinary Primary Cours ^ of
the Faculty of Arts (Botany, 2); (h) either half the Honours
Course prescribed for Fourth Year Students in the Faculty
of Arts (Botany, G) ; or half an Honours Course in Chemis-
try, Physics cr Zoology. The work under (h) is in any case
to be taken during the first half of the session.
Fourth Year. — Wednesday afternoon and Saturday morn-
irg of each week shall he devoted either (1) to Laboratory
Work in connection with still more advanced study in the
subjects selected ditring the Third Year; or (2) to work in
another branch of Science, provided the student is sufficiently
well grounded to enable him to do the special work which
may be assigned to him.
Arts and Law.
Students intending to go forward i^ the Fa:'ulty ol Law
are recommended to include in their Third and Fourth Years
AtlS, such subjects as Constitutional Law and History, Econ-
omics, Political Science, and Eoman Law.
72 '
Literate in Arts.
A certificate of "Literate in Arts"' will be given along witli
the professional degree in jNledicine or Applied Science, to
those who have completed two years' study in the Faculty of
Arts, and have passed the prescribed examinations.
Students of the University Attending Affitiated Theologfcal
Colleges.
1. These students are subject to the regulations of the Fac-
ulty of Arts in the same manner as other students.
2. The Faculty will make formal reports to the governing
l)ody of the Theological College which such students may
attend as to : — (a) their eondact and attendance on the classes
of the Faculty; and (b) their standing in the several examina-
tions; such reports to bo furnished after the Examinations^ if
called for.
3. Students of affiliated Theological Colleges who are pur-
suing a double course in Arts and Divinity (six years at least)
will take in the Third and Fourth Years the courses which
constitute the ordinary curriculum in Arts, less a half course
in each of these Years, or a whole course in either.
VII. MEDALS, PRIZES, CLASSING, AND CERTIFI-
CATES.
1. Gold Medals will be awarded in the B.A. Honour Exam-
inations to students who take the highest honours of the First
Eank in the subjects stated below, and who shall have passed
creditably the Ordinary Examinations for the Degree of B.A.,
provided they have been recommended therefor to the Corpor-
al ion by the Faculty on the report of the Examiners: —
The Henry Chapman Gold Mxla for Classical Languages
and Literature.
The Prince of Wales Gold :\Iedal for ]\Iental and Moral
Philosophy.
The x\nne Molson Gold ^Medal for Mathematics and I^atural
Philosophy.
The Shaksp?re Gold Medal for the English Languag? and
Literature.
The Logp.n Gold Medal for Geology, Mineralogv^ and Paloeon-
tolocfV.
The :\Injor Hirani Mills Gold Medal for Biology.
The Governor-General's Gold Medal lor Modern Languages
and Literature (see below, paragraph G).
In addition to the above, certain Medals are offered annually
by the Alliance Frangaise, at the discretion of the Depart-
mcDt of Modern Languages.
If there be no candidate for any Medal, or if none of the
candidates fulfil the required conditions, the Medal Avill be
withheld, and the proceeds of its endowment for the year may
be devoted to prizes in the subject for which it was intended.
For details, see announcement of the several subjects below.
2. Special Certificates -will l>e given to those candidates for
B.A. who have been placed in the First Class at the ordinary
B.A. Examination; have obtained three-fourths of the maxi-
mum marks in the aggregate of the six courses proper to the
Third and Fourth Years, are in the First Class in not less
than half of these courses, and have no Third Class. At this
examination, no candidate who lias taken exemptions (see
pp. 68-72) can be placed in the First Class unless he has ob-
tained First Class in four of the departments in which he has
been examined, and has no Third Class.
3. Certificates of High General Standing will be granted to
thoje Undergraduates of the first two years who have obtained
three-fourths of the maximum marks in the aggregate of the
studies proper to their year, are placed in the First Class in
not less than half the subjects, and have not more than one
Third Class.
4. Prizes or Certificates will be given to those Undergradu-
ates who have distinguished themselves in the studies of a
particular class, and have attended all the otlier classes |)roi3er
to their year.
5. Graduates who attend lectures in any subject, and pass
the corresponding examinations therein, may obtain certifi-
cates of their standing, whether the course in question be
Ordinary, Advanced or Honour.
6. His Fxcellencj the Farl of Minto has been pleased to
offer annually during his term of ofSce a Gold Medal for the
study of Modern Languages and Literature.
Following ai-e the regulations: —
(1) The subjects for competition shall be the French and German
languages and literatures.
74
(2) The course of study shall extend over two years, viz., the
Third and Fourth Tears.
(3) The successiui Candidate must be capable of speaking and
writing both languages correctly.
(4) There shall be examinations in the subjects of the course in
both the Third and Fourth Years, at which Honours inay be awarded
to deserving Candidates.
(5) The general conditions of competition and the privileges as
regards exemptions shall be the same as for the other Gold Medals
in the Faculty cf Arts.
(6) Students from other Faculties shall be allowed to compete,
provided they pass the examinations of the Third and Fourth Years
in the above subjects.
(7) Candidates desiring to enter the Third Year of the Course,
who have not obtained First-Class Standing at the Intermediate or
Sessional Examinations of the Second Year in Arts, are required to
pass an examination in the work of the first two years of the Course
in Modern Languages, if called on to do so by the Professors.
(8) The subjects cf examination shall be those of the Honour
Course in Modern Languages.
7. The Neil Stewart Prize of $15 open to all Undergradu-
ates and Graduates of this University, and also to Graduates
of any other University, who are students of Theology in
some College affiliated to this University. The rules which
govern the award of this prize are as follows: —
(1) The Candidate must pass, in the First Class, a thorough
examination upon the following subjects: Hebrew Grammar; reading
and translation at sight from the Pentateuch, and from such poetic
portions of the Scriptures as may be determined.
(2) There will be two Examinations of three hours each — one in
Grammar and the other in Translation and Analysis
(Course for the present year: Hebrew Grammar (Gesenius;
Translation and Analysis of Exodus; Isaiah XL. to the end of the
book.)
(3) In case competitors should fail to attain the a,bove standard,
the prize will be withheld, and a prize of $30 will be offered in the
following year for the same.
This Prize, founded by the late Eev. C. C. Stewart, M.A.,
and termirated by his death, was re-established by the liberal-
ity of the late Xeil Stewart, Esq., of Vankleek Hill.
8. Early English Text Society's Prize. — This prize, the an-
nual gift of the Early English Text Society, will be awarded
for proficiency in the subjects of the language group in the
English Honour curriculum of the Third and Fourth Years.
9. New Shakspere Society's Prize. — This prize, the annual
gift of the New Shakspere Society, open to Graduates and
Undergraduates, will be awarded for a critical knowledge of
the following plays of Shakspere : — Hamlet, Macbeth, Othello,
KJnff Lear.
<0
10. Charles G. Coster Memorial Prize. — This prize, intended
as a tribute to the memory of the late Rev. Chas. G. Coster,
M.A., Ph.D., Principal of the Grammar Sihool, St. John,
N.B., is offered by Colin H. Livingstone, B.A., to Undergrad-
uates (men or women) from the Maritims Provinses (N'ova
Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island). In April,
1904, it will be awarded to that Undergraduate of the First,
Second or Third Year, from the above Provinces, who, in the
opinion of the Faculty, has passed the most satisfactory Ses-
sional Examinations, under certain conditions laid down by
the donor.
11. Annie Mcintosh Prize. — The income of the sum of $425,
subscribed by the pupils and friends of tho late Miss Annie
M. Mcintosh, will be offered as a p i^e to students of the
Eoyal Victoria College in such subject or for such work as
the Faculty may determine.
12. Science Scholarships Granted by Her Majesty's Commis-
sion for the Exhibition of 1851. — These scholarships of the
value of £150 a year are tenable for two or, in rare instances,
three years. They are limited, according to the Eeport of
the Commision, "to those branches of Science (such as Phy-
sics, Mechanics and Chemistry) the extension of which is
specially important for our national industries." Their object
is not to facilitate ordinary collegiate studies, but "to enable
students to continue the prosecution of science with the view of
aiding in its advance or in its application to the industries of
the country."
Seven nominations to these scholarships have already been
placed by the Commissioners at the disposal of McGill Uni-
versity (in 1891, 1893, 1895, 1897, 1899, 1901 and 1903). A
scholarship was awarded on each occasion.
When nominations are offered, they are open to students
of not less than three years standing in the Faculty of Arts
or of Applied Science, and are tenable at any University or
at any other Institution approved by the Commission.
13. The names of those who have taken Honours, Certi-
ficates or Prizes will be published in order of merit, with
■mention, in the case of students of the First and Second
Years, of the schools in which their preliminary education
has been received.
Vm. SUMMER CLASSES.
During the months of May and June, a series of Sij:\i:\rEii
Classes will be conducted, intended mainly in the first in-
stance, to meet the requirements of students in the first two
years of their course. The subjects offered are English, Latin,
Greek, 3Iatheanatics, Logic, Physics,^ Cliemisti-}', French and
German. A fee of eight dollars will be exigible for any one
class, and of four dollars for each additional class.
IX. COURSES OF LECTURES.
Classical Literature and History.
Professors: — V^. Peterson, M.A., LLD.
Associate Professor: — A. J. Eaton, M.A., Ph.D.
Lecturer :— S. B. Slack, M.A.
Tutor •—
In this department, the work of the first two years is divided
mainly between exercise in Grammar and Composition and
the reading of selected authors. The attention of the student
is at the same time directed to the collateral subjects of History,
Literature, x4ntiquities, and Geography, in connection with
which various text-books are recommended, as specified below.
In the Third and Fourth Years (as also in the Honour
Courses) the instruction takes more of the lecture form, and
an attempt is made to giYe a connected view of the leading
branches of ancient literature, and the most important phases
of ancient life and thought.
Students may be examined on the whole of the work pre-
scribed for each class, even though it may not have been over-
taken in lecture.
Subjects are suggested for Summer Eeadings in the various
branches of class work. Students are strongly recommended
to undertake these subjects during their long vacation, and
credit will be given for them at an examination held in the
first week in October.
Students are also recommended to devote some part of the
vacation to the sul:)jects set down under the head of History
and Literature, which will form part of the Sessional Examin-
ation.
T'
\
R^'"- r
i
' '. ^"^
t
--.
i i-
Greelc.
1. Ill this class, besides a review of grammatical principles Ordinary
(Alleirs Elementary Grammar), portions of some Greek First Year.
authors— c.(/.^ Xenophon, Homer,. Herodotus, Lucian, and
Euripides — are read and explained.
For 1903-04, the work will be CebetisTabula (Jerram, Clar-
endon Press) ; Homer, Hiad XXII (Edwards, Pitt Press) ;
Euripides, Alcestis (Blakeney, Bell & Sons). For Compo-
sition, the manual used will be Xortli & Hillard's Greek Prose
Composition (Eivingtons) ; for Translation at Sight, written
and oral, Jerranfs Reddenda Minora (Clarendon Press).
Histonj.—Yvom B.C. 560 to 479, Cox's "Greeks and Per-
sians" (Longmans' Epoch Series).
Four hours a week.
2. The work of the Second Year will be selected mainly from Second
tlie Greek Dramatists, and from Thucydides, Plato or Demos- Year.
ihenes.
Subjects for 1903-04 :—
Summer Readixgs. — Lucian's Charon and Somnium (Heit-
land, Pitt Press). Students are also recommended to work
through some portion of Burnet's Greek Rudiments (Long-
mans).
Sessional Lectuees. — Thucydides, lY (Graves^ Macmillan),
in part; Homer, Odyssey IX (Edwards, Pitt Press); Sopho-
cles, Electra (J ebb, Longmans, or Bayfield, Macmillaa). The
practice of Composiiion and Translation at Sight will be con-
tinued as before: North & Hillard's Greek Prose Composition
(Riving-tons), and Jerram's Anglice Reddenda (First Series).
History. — The Athenian Supremacy; Cox's "Athenian Em-
pire" (Longmans' Epoch Series), with Abbott's "'Pericles"
(Putnam).
Literature. — Outlines as contained in Jebb's P'rimer of
Greek Literature, pp. 1-100.
Four hours a week.
The following books are recommended for general use during
the first two years of the course : — Jebb's Introduction to Homer
(Maclehose) ; Jebb's Primer of Greek LiteratuTe, supplemented
by readings In Murray, Jevons or Mahaffj; Gow's Companion
to School Classics (in part) ; Oman's History of Greece (Long-
mans), or Bury's (Macmillan) ; Mahaffy's Primer of Greek
Antiquities; and Tozer's Primer of Classical Geography (Mac-
T8
millan) ; Allen's Elementary Greek Grammar (Clarendon
Press); or Burnei's Greek E uliments.
Students should provide themselves also with Kiepert's Atlas
Antiquus.
'hird Y-sar 3. Under the provisions of the new curriculum Greek is one
of the subjects which ma}' be offered as one of the six courses
during the Third and Fourth Years together. The increased
time which is tluis given to it makes it possible to add to the
reading of selected authors and the practice of Composition
and Translation at Sight short courses of lectures on subjects
of general interest in the departments of History, Philosophy,
Literature, Art and Antiquities. One-fourth of the whole time
of the Class (i.e , one hour a week) is devoted to such lecture
courses.
For the Session 1903-04, the course will be as follows: —
a. SuMMET! Readings. — Sophocles, Antigone (Jebb, Pitt Press,
or Caiupbell & Abbott, Clarendon Press).
h. History, Literature, Art and Antiquities. — Courses will
be delivered on two of the following three: —
(I) Greek Life and Antiquities — 13 Lectures.
(3) An outline sketch of Greek Poetry — 12 Lectures.
(3) Early Greece — 12 Lectures.
These lectures will be illustrated, where possible, by lantern
slides or photographs, while many of the best works on classical
antiquities will also be accessible to the student in the College
Library.
c. Authors. — Plato, Euthyphro (Heidel, American Book Com-
pany) ; Aristophanes, Knights (Merry, Clarendon Press) ;
Isocrates, Panegyricus (Sandys, Rivingtons).
d. For practice in ComposUion, Sidgwick's Introduction to
Greek Prose will be used; for Translation at Sight, Tod
and Longworth, Passages for Unseen Translation (Long-
mans).
Four hours a week.
Fourth 4. Subjects for 1903-4.
^®^''- Summer Readings —Merriam's "The Phaeacians of
Homer (Harper's), containing Ody.^sey VI. VII, VIII and
XIII, 1-184.
The remainder of the course will be the same as for the
Third Year.
79
The following Looks are recommended for general use :
Gow's Companion to School Classics (Macmillan) ; Bnry's
History of Greece (Macmillan) ; Jebb's Growth and Influence
of Classical Greek Poetry (Macmillan) ; Campbell's Guide to
Greek Tragedy (Percival) ; Abbott's Pericles (Putnam) ;
Haigh's The Attic Theatre (Clarendon Press) ; Cornish's Con-
cise Dictionary of Greek and Eoman Antiquities (Murray) ;
Jevons' or Mahaffy's or Murray's History of Greek Literature;
Kiepert's Manual of Ancient Geography (Macmillan) ; Green-
idge's Constitutional History; King & Cookson's Comparative
Grammar (Clarendon Press).
Students taking Comfaraiive Philology as a half court^e in
eilher the Third or Fourth Year may in that year omit from
the prescribed courses in GreeTc, or Latin, or Greek and Latin-
together, one author and two of the short courses under the
head of History, Literature, Art and Antiquities.
5. The work of the Honours Classes in Greek has been so H onours-
arranged as to admit of separate courses of lectures being given, "'"pj**^^,"*'
with illustrative readings, along certain main lines of literary Years.'
study, in addition to supplementary work as provided for below.
In i90.3-04 the Lecture courses will be as under, the books
selected for class reading being specified under each separate
head : —
A. Alexandrine Poetry: Selections from Theocritus (Cholm-
ley, Bell & Co.); Callimachus.
B. Drama: Aeschylus, Agamemnon (Sidgwick, Clarendon
Press).
C. History: Tlmcydides YII (Marchant, Macmillan).
Three hours a week.
Translation at Sight. — Fox & Bromley's Models and Exer-
cises (Clarendon Press).
Pro.se Composition. — Sidg^vick, and from dictation.
Seminary Work. — Essays and Lectures on History, Litera-
ture, Comparative Philology and Ancient Philosophy.
6. Private Reading. — Plato, Purves's Selections, pp. 1-21, Third Year,
and 55 to 112 (Clarendon Press) ; Thucydides VI (Marchant,
Macmillan) ; Sophocles, Antigone (Jebb, Pitt Press; or Camp-
bell & Abbott, Clarendon Press).
In History the examination will be directed to testing a gen-
eral knowledge of the course of Greek History to the death of
80
Alexander, and a more minute knowledge of the development
of tlie Athenian Constitution and the period of Athenian
Supremacy. In LUeraiure, a general knowledge will be ex-
pected of the course of Greek literature and a more minute
knowledge of the lives and writings of the authors prescribed.
Fourth 7. Private Reading. — Sophocles, Trachiniae, (Jebb, Cam-
Year, bridge Pre^s); Htrodotus, Book VII (Batler, Macmillan);
Aristophanes, Frogs (Merry, Clarendon Press); Attic Orators
(Jebb's SelGctions, j\Iacmillan) ; Aristotle, Ethics. I. IT. and X
(B^waier, Oxfoul); Theoerilus, I, II, lA^ XI. XV (Cholmeley,
Bell & Sons).
History, LUeraiure and Aniiquilies. — Oman, Bury, Symonds,
Murray; Jebh's Growth and Influence of Classical Greek
Poetry; Leaf's Companion to the Iliad; Butcher's Aspects of
the Greek Genius; Mahaffy's Social L'fe in Greece; Jebh's
Attic Orators.
Grammar and Philology. — Goodwin's Greek ]\Ioods and
Terses, and Giles's Short Manual of Philology (Macmillan);
Monro's Homeric Grammar (Clarendon Press).
British School of Classical Studies in Athens.
This LTnivcrsiiy is a contributor to the support of this
School, which affords facilities for archaeological and classical
investigation, and study in Greece. Graduates in Arts of
McGUl University are accordingly entitled to special privileges
and advantages as regards tuition in the School.
Latin.
Ordinary. ^- ^^ ^-^^^^ class, besides a general review^ of grammatical
First principles (Latin Grammar, Gildersleeve and Lodge), p»ortions
Year. ^^ some Latin, author, — ^such as Ovid, Tibullns, Livy. Sallust,
Virgil, Horace or Cicero — are read and explained.
For 1903-4, the subjects will be Cicero, De Amicitia (Ben-
nett, i^^anborn & Co.) ; Ovid, Elegiac Selections (F. 'C. Smith,
Bell & Co.) ; Virgil, Aeneid V (Phillipso'n, Bell & -Co.). For
practice in Composition, both written and oral, the text-boolc in
use during the first year will be Xiitting, Supplementary Latin
'Composition {Allyn and Ba.con); and for Translation at Sight,
Ritchie's Easy Passages for Sight Translation (Longmans).
//M^ore/.— Oartliaginian Wars, B.C. ,263-146; Shuckburgh's
■ History of Rome, or "'^Rome and Carthage" (Longmans' Epoch
Serie'S<).
Four hours a week.
SI
2. For 1903-01, the subjects will be:— Second
Summer Eeadixgs. — Cicero, Selections, (Farts I and II)
(Brackenbmy, Ei^■ingtons).
Students are also recommended to continue the practice of
Frose Cotnpos'tion (Xortli and Hillard).
Session"al Lectuees. — Livy- ,Book XXI ( Trayes, Bell &
Sons) : Horace, Church's Political and Historical Odes, (Blackie,
Clarendon Press): Virgil, Aeneid Yl (SidgT\-ick, Pitt Press).
Compontion and Translation at Sight. Xorth a^id Hillard's
Latin Prose Composition (Rivingtons) : and Ritchie's Easy
Passages (Longmans).
HiSTOEY. — The Last Century of the Eepuljiio. B.C.. 133-
31; as in Beesly's "The G-racchi, Marius and Sulla" (Long-
nan's Epoch Series), and ''The Roman Triumvirates" (Meri-
vale, Longmans' Epoch Series).
LiTERATUEE. — The subject matter of Quintilian X, chap.
1, ,§§ 3.7-131.
Four hours a week.
The following books are recommended for general nse dur-
ing the first two years of the course: How and Leigh's His-
tory of Eame (Longmans); StrachLan-Da.-\idsons Cicero;
Warde-Fowler's Caesar (Putnam); Literature: Wilkins' Primer
of Roman Literature; AYilkins' Primer of Roman zbifiqurties ;
Latin Grammar. Gildersleeve and Lodge.
.Students should provide themselves also Avith Kiepert's
Atlas Antiquus.
3. Ender the provisions of the new curriculum, Latin is Third
one of the subjects which may be offered as one of sLx courses,
during the Third and Fourth Years together. The increased
time which is thus given to it makes it possible to add to the
reading of selected authors and the practice of Composition
and Translation at Sight short courses of lectures on subjects
of general interest in the de,i>artmeiits of History, Philosophy,
Literature, Art and Antiquities. One-fourth of the whole
-time of the €laBs (i.e., oue hour a week) is devoted to such lec-
ture-courses.
For the Session of l'903-04, the course will be as follows: —
a. SuMMEE Headings. — Virgil, Aeneid IX (Sidgwick, .Pitt
Press).
Year.
J). History, Ltteratuee axd Antiquities. — Courses will
be delivered on at least two of the following three sub-
jects :—
(1) Private Life of the Roinans — 12 Lectures.
('<?) The History of the Eoman Empire — 12 Lectures.
(o) History of Roman Literature from the end of the
Republic — 12 Lectures.
These lectures will be illustrated, where possible, with lan-
tern slides or photographs, while many of the best works on
classical antiquities will also be accessible to the student in
the College Library.
c. Authors. — Cicero, Pro Plancio (Auden, Macmillan);
Tacitus, Histories II. (Godley, Macmillan); Catullus, Ti-
bullus and Propertius (Wratislaw and Sutton, Bell &
Sons).
d. For practice in Composition, Nixon's Parallel Extracts (Mac-
millan), and from dictation; and for Translation at Sight,
Tod and Longworth, Passages for Unseen Translation
(Longmans).
Four hours a week.
Fourth 4. Subjects for 1903-04:—
^^^''- Summer Readings. — Horace, De Arte Poetica (Wilkins,
Macmillan).
The remainder of the course will be the same as for the
Third Year.
Note. — The following books are recommended for general
use: Gow's Companion to School Classics (Macmillan);
Mackail's Latin Literature (Murray); How and Leigh's His-
tory of Rome (Longmans) ; Pelham's Outlines of Roman His-
tory (Percival) ; Capes' Early Roman Empire (Longmans' Epoch
Series); Cornish's Concise Dictionary of Greek and Roman
Antiquities (Murray); Kiepert's Manual of Ancient Geography
(Macmillan); Bennett's Appendix to Latin Grammar.
Students talcing Comparative Philology as a half course in
either the Third or Fourth Year may in that year omit from
the prescribed courses in Latin, or Greeh, or Latin and Greek
together, one author and two of the short courses under the
head of History, Literature, Art and Antiquities.
Honours. 5. As in Greek, the work of the Honours Classes in Latin
Third and has been so arranged as to admit of separate courses of lec-
Y°ar**^ tures being given, with illustrative readings, along certain
S3
main lines of literary study, in adlition t■^ supplementary
work as provided for below. In 1903-01, the Lecture Courses
will be on three of the following, the books selected for class
reading being specified under each separate head: —
A. Epic Poetry: Virgil, Aeneid, I-IV (8id;:;-Avick Pitt Press);
Selections from Lucan and Statins.
B. Prose: Development of Latin Style (Gndeman's Prose
Selections, Harper).
C. Satire: Merry's Fragments; Horace, Satires (Palmer);
Juvenal (Duff, Pitt Press); Persias (Coning-ton and Xettleship,
Clarendon Press).
D. Oratory: Cicero, Yerrine Orations (in part).
Three hours a week.
Translation at Sir/Jit. — Pox & Bromley's Models and Exer-
cises (Clarendon Pre-s). Pnse Composition. — Selected pas-
sages.
Seminar ij Worl-. — Essays and Lectures on History, Litera-
ture, Comparative Philology and Ancient Philosophy.
G. Private Beading. — Horace, Epistles I (^Yilkins, ^^.hicniil- Third
Ian); Cicero, Selections from Letters (Tyrrell, Macmillan,
pp. 1-83) ; Virgil, Aeneid IX (Sidgwick, Pitt Press) ; Sallust,
Catiline (Cook, Macmillan).
History. — A general knowledge of Eoman History to the end
of the first Century A.D., and a inore minute knowledge of
the period from B.C. 146 to the Death of Augustus.
Literature. — A general knowledge will be expected of the
course of Poman Literature, and a more minute knowledge of
the lives and writings of the anthers prescriljcd.
7. Private Beadinjs. — Plautu^, Trinnm nu--, (Gray, Pitt
Press); Livy II (Conway, Pitt Press); Cicero, Tusculan Dis-
putations I, II, and Pro Cluentio (Peterson, Macmillan) ;
Merry's Pragmeuts of Early Latin Poetry (Clarendon Press) ;
Quintilian, Book X (Peterson, Clarendon Press).
History, Literature and Antiquities. — How & Leigh's History
of Rome (Longmans); Tyrrell's Latin Poetry; Students' Com-
panion to Latin Authors (Middleton & Mills, Macmillan).
Grammar and Philology. — Lindsav's Short Historical Latin
Grammar (Clarendon Press) and Giles" Short Manual of
Philology (Macmillan) ; Lindsay's Textual Emendation (Mac-
millan).
Year.
rourth
Year.
84.
British School of Classical Studies at Rame.
The rniversity has become a eontrilmtor to. the sxxpport of
this School, which has been recently instituted^ and the same
advantages will be enjoyed by members of the University as are
offered in connection with the School at Athens (p. SO). The
publications of both Societies are available in the University
Library.
Sanskrit.
LiEcturer:
The two courses in Sanskrit are primarily intended for stu-
dents who have passed the Intermediate examination, but per-
mission may in certain other cases be obtained to attend the
elementary course.
1. A. For beginners, the Avork mainly eonsLsting in the
mastering of the elements of Sanskrit Grammar with such
composition as tends to fix in the mind the knowledge thus
acquired. Etynnological references will be frequently made and
comparisons suggested in order at once to familiarize the lan-
guage and give it an educational value in spite of the elemen-
tary nature of the course. This course counts as a half-course
qualifying for the degree, and it is especially recommended to
students attending the half -course in Comparative Philology.
Two hours a weelc.
1. B. For those students who have already passed through
Course A or its equivalent in Sanskrit ]u-eparation : one hour
per week is devoted to Lectures on Indian Literature, com-
mencing (1903-04:) with the Post Vedic Period. Tavo hours
are devoted to reading selections; one hour to grammar and
composition bearing especially on the texts read. Course B
counts as one full course to the Final; courses A and B together,
one and one-half, the student taking up Course B not being
debarred thereby from repeating a course in another department.
Four hours a week.
Bool-s required: Perry, Senskrit Primer; Wliitney's San-
skrit Grammar ; Lanman's Sanskrit Eeader (Ginn & Co.). For
reference: Sanskrit Literature, A. A. Macdonell (Heinemann).
Summer Readings.— A course of Summer Eeadings will be
suggested according to individual needs. During the months
ofTlay and June the lecturer will be glad to give his personal
su]^crvision to students of Sanskrit and is prepared to give
lectures if due notice is given.
85
Comparative Philology
Lectieees :
( A. JtDSON E.' TON, M.A., Ph.D.
I S. B. Slack, M.A.
1. A. — Introductory Course. — 25 Lectures.
This course will deal with the following subjects : the history
of the Science of Comparatiye Philology; the Indo-G-ermanic
languages and their classification and relation to one another ;
the origin of tlie so-called Aryan people and their primitive
home and culture; the nature of compounds; the phenomenon
of Ablaut and its importance in explaining apparent irregular-
ities of declension and conjugation; the existence of external
Sandhi in the Indo-Germanic languages; and the influence of
Analogy and Contamination in the formation of words. The
lectures will then go on to consider the Phonology of the Indo-
Germanic languages in detail,
I, B, — Coiipar^ilTive Grammar of Greek and Latix. —
25 Lectures.
This course will deal more exclusiTely with the history and
structure of these languages and their relation to the other
members of the group.
It is primarily intended for Honour Students in the Classics,
but is open also -to such others as may be found to be qualified.
Certain exemptions in the Classical Courses (see pp. 79 and S2)
are allowed to students talcing the lectures in Comparative
Philology/, enabling them to make a full course hy combining
it with either Greek or Latin, or two full courses hy combining
it with both.
English Language and Literature.
Professor : — Chas. E. Motse, B.A.
Associate Professor : — P. T. Lafleur, M.A.
Lecturer :— J. W. Cunliffe, D.Litt.
Tutor and Lecturer (Rotal, Victoria College) : —
Susan Ei. Cameron, M.A.
1. A. Rn'GLISK Liteeatuee. — The course will present auQ^^jj^gpy^
outline of English Literature from the Anglo-Saxon Period to First
the present day, and will be illustrated by printed syllabuses Year.
and lantern slides. The general subject will be divided into
four periods (Pre-Cliaucerian, Italian, French, Popular),
and approached for the most part through literary types.
Students are recommended to use Morley's Charts of Eng-
lish Literature. Three hours a week.
36
For affiliated Colleges in place of the above, the whole of
Ilalleck'.s History of E >gli-h Literature (American Book
Co.).
1. B. ExXGLisii CoMi'osiTiox. — A course of lectures, chiefly
synthetical, on the princi])les of English composition, with
special reference to the use of words and the construction of
sentences and paragraphs. Regular essays are required of all
students. Text-Books: — Nichors Manual (or an equivalent).
One hour a week.
1. C. History. — The Main Epochs of European History,
being History I., (see p. 98).
Second 2. ENGLISH LiTERATUEE. — The course (for the Session lOO.'i-
Year. 01 -only), will be 1. A of the First Year.
For affiliated Colleges, Halleck's History of E iglish Liter-
ature, as alcove.
Fortnightly Essays will be required on subjects set in con-
nection with the lectures and will be taken into account in
determining the standing of students at the end of the session.
T:iird and 3. A. ENGLISH LITERATURE. — Shakspere — This course will
begin with a review of the early history of the English drama,
and of the conditions which led to its development in the time
of Elizabeth. The advances made by the earlier Elizabethan
dranuitists will be noted, and Shakspere's methods illustrated
hv a comparative study of A ]\Iidsummer Night's Dream,
Komeo and Juliet, Henry V, As You Like H, Hamlet, Macbeth,
King Lear, and The Tempest; the relation of these plays to
their sources will also be considered. Students are recom-
mended to read as many of Shakspere's plays as they can, and
to give special attention to those mentioned above.
3. B. A course on Poetry and the Drama. England ^rom
IGGO to 1789, with special and detailed reference to changes
in literary ideals and expression during the period discussed.
The lectures will include poets, from Dryden to Crabbe; dra-
matists, from the wTiters of Heroic plays to Sheridan. Stu-
dents will Ic called npon to pay special attention to the fol-
lowing works: Dryden, Absalom and Achitophel; Pope, Selec-
tions from the Essay on Man, and The Eape of the Lock:
Thomson, The Seasons (one book) ; Cowper, The Task (one
book) ; Crabbe, The Borough (four divisions) ; Dryden, Essay
on Dramatic Poesy; Addison, Cato; Goldsmith, She Stoops to
Conquer: Sheridan, The School for Scandal. Two hours a
week.
Fourth
Years.
3. C. English Language. — The course will consist mainly
of the translation and examination of the English Language
in its earliest and distinctive stages, and ma}' be taken instead
of any two courses in English Literature. From time to time
the relation of English to other Teutonic languages will be
illustrated. A few Early English texts will lie studied with
the view of elucidating the later history of English. There
will be a series of illustrated lectures in which various details
of literature and aspects of life in the period under investiga-
tion will be exhibited.
Text-Bool's : — Sweet, Anglo-Saxon Primer ; Anglo-Saxon
Reader (the whole). Morris, Specimens of Early English,
Part II, Extt. I, II, VI, YII, IX. Four hours a week.
3. D. English Composition. — An advanced course on
English Composition, including style, methods and principles
of literary criticism treated from the historical point of view,
and an introduction to the comparative study of literature in
accordance with the most recent results of contemporary
thought and research. In connection with this course students
will be examined in a course of prescribed readings. Essays
at stated periods are required of all.
Books of reference and authorities: — Saintsburv's History
of Criticism; Lessing, Sainte-Beuve, Brunetiere, Arnold, Eus-
kin, Worsfold. One hour a week.
4. A. English Literature. — A course on the Leading Poets
of the Nineteenth Century. The chief aspects of the French
Revolution will be considered, and Republican feeling in Eng-
land illustrated chiefly from the works of Wordsworth, Cole-
ridge and Southey. The indirect revolutionary poets Byron
and Shelley will then be considered, and their typical poems,
together with those of the poets already mentioned, critically
examined. The remainder of the course will be given to Scott,
Keats, Tennyson, Browning and Swinburne. Two hours a
week.
The following poems have been selected for private reading.
A paper will be set on them at the sessional examination of the
Fourth Year:
Wordsworth -.—The Scholars of the Village School of—;
Two April Mornings; The Fountain; The Peak of Weather-
lam, in the Prelude— (" One Summer evening (led by her)
I found," Book I) ; Lucy Poems; " Earth has not anything—;"
88
11 art-leap Well; Tables Turned; Lines written in early s-pring;
To my Sister; Exc-nrsion — The Vision in the Skies, (" So was
he lifted gently from the ground/' Eook II) ; The Child and
the Shell, ("■' I have seen a curious Child,*' Book IT) ; Lao-
damia; ''"It is a beauteous evening''; "The world is too much
with us " ; '■ Scorn not the Sonnet " : " ]\Iiltou, thou shouldst
be living"; Daffodils; The YarroAV Poems. Coleridge; — De-
jection; Ode to France; Tines to a Crentlenian, composed on
the jSTight after his Eecitation of a Poem on the Growth of an
Individual Mind; Love; Youth and Age; Fancy in Nubibus;
Christabel; Flymn before sunrise in Tale of Chamouni.
Scott; — Lady of the Lake; Wild Huntsman; Fire King.
Byron; — A Distant View of Harrow on the Ilill; Childish
Pecollections; Manfred; Cliilde Harold, Canto I. Keats: —
Isabella; Ode to a Grecian IJrn; Chapman's Homer. Shel-
ley :— Ode to the West Wind ; The Cloud ; The Skylark ; Alas-
tor; Ozymandias; Adonais. Tennyson :— The Princess; In
Memoriam. Browning; — Christmas Eve and Easter Day;
Saul; Johannes Agricola; Pictor Ignotus; Fra Lippo Lippi;
Andrea del Sarto; The Bishop orders his Tomb at Saint
Praxed's Church; Bishop Blougram"s Apology.
4. B. A general course on the history of English Prose
Fiction from Eichardson to the middle of the nineteenth cen-
tury, treating of the various forms successively given to English
novels during the period, and the influences that stimulated
or otherwise affected such productions. ^Ylule students are
expected to show particular knowledge of English masterpieces
in this kind, frequent reference to cognate works by continental
writers will also demand some familiarity with contemporary
European literature. Portions of the following works will be
selected for detailed study and discussion : Eichardson, Clarissa
Haxlowe; Fielding, Amelia; Goldsmith, The Alcar of Wake-
field; Godwin, Caleb Williams ; Walpole, The Castle of Otranto;
Thackeray, Henry Esmond. Bools of reference:— Jlaleigh,
The English iS^ovel ; Dunlop, History of Fiction ; Tuckerman,
Jeaffreson. Two hours a week.
•i. C. English CoT^rrosiTiox.— The statement respecting 3
D (p. 87), indicates the method and character of tliis, course^.
which is regarded as a continuation of the course in the Third
Year.
Third
Year.
89
Honour students of tlie Third Year will take courses 5 and Honours.
G in addition to tlie ordinary Englisli requirements of the Thir^
Year in language and literature.
5. Chaucer, Spenser axd ]\Iiltok. — Chaucer will be con-
sidered with reference to the social life of his time, which will
be illustrated from his works, chiefly from the Prologue to the
Canterbury Tales. He will then he discussed with the view of
l)ringing out not only his intrinsic merits, but his connection
with French and Italian literature and his relation to his pre-
decessors and sitccessors in English poetry.
Students will read the following works for examination :
Prologue to the Canterbuiy Tales; The Knightes Tale; The
Parlement of Foules ; The Hous of Fame.
Two hours a week up to Christmas.
After Christmas, Spenser and Milton Avill be studied, first
in relation to the political and religious life of their times, and
afterwards as to their poetic development and influence.
Students Avill read the following works for examination:
]\[other Hubbard's Tale: Colin Clout's Come Home Again;
Epithalaihium ; Faerie Queene, Bk. 1 ; Milton's English Poems
of the First Period (to 1037) ; Paradise Lost, Bks. I and II.
Two hours a week.
6. Pro=e writers before Dryden. — The main object of the
course will be to discuss the chief literary influences visible
in the Pre-Eestoration writers of English Prose and to exam-
ina characteristic3 of style. The subject will be treated chron-
ologically. As the course is largely interpretative and crit-
ical, facts of biography Avill be ttsed only when they illustrate
. points of moment.
Students will read the following works for examination:
More. Utopia; Sidney, An Apologie ^or Poetry (Cook); Lodge,
Rosalynd (Collier's Shakespeare's , Librar}^) ; Bacon, I^ew At-
lantis; Earle, Microcosmographie (Arber); Milton, Areopagit-
ica (Hales).
Two hours a week.
Honour Students of the Fourth Year will select Language or
Literature. Fourth
Laa'guage. — The main subjects of stttdy will be Anglo- Year.
Saxon, Middle English and Moeso-Gothic. Elementary courses
may be given in Icelandic and Old Saxon if thought desii'able.
7. i\nglo-Saxon. — The whole of Beownlf will be read in class
and illustrated by notes on origins, philology and textual emen-
Honours.
90
dations. Tcxi-Booh: Harrison and Sharp's Beowulf (Ginn).
Students will road' selected portions of other poems for examin-
ation. Anglo-Saxon prose will be studied mainly in the trans-
lation of Gregory's Pastoral Care and JElfric's Homilies.
Students will Le guided in the examination of dialectal texts
and referred to important articles in periodical literature deal-
ing with that subject and also with the field of Anglo-Saxon
generally.
Three hours a week.
8. ]\tiddle English.- — The course is intended to give a know-
ledge of dialectical English and to illustrate the changes the
language has undergone. The texts given in Morris's Speci-
mens of Early English, Part I, and Morris and Skeat's Speci-
mens of Early English, Part II, may be regarded as the chief
material for study. A list of books of reference and of impor-
tant monographs will be given at the commencement of the
course.
Two hours a week.
9. Moeso-Gothic. — The course on Moeso-Gothic is intended
to open the way to the comparative study of allied Teutonic
languages. Particular attention wall be given to the phono-
logical relations of Moeso-Gothic and Anglo-Saxon. Texi-
Books: Wright, Primer of the Gothic language; Ulfilas
(Heyne).
IiTERATUEE. — The courses in Literature deal mainly with
the post-Restoration period. Two of them are of a general
character and two are limited to individual authors. The
latter may be supplemented by courses on AVordsw^orth and
Tennyson.
10. MoDFEN Prose Writers. — After a short sketch of the
earli( ]• liistory of English prose, attention will lie directed to
the development of periodical literature and the rise of jour-
nalism. The influence of leading essayists upon their contem-
poraries and successors will be analyzed, wdth special reference
to the works of Carlyle, Euskin, Matthew Arnold and Eobert
Louis Stevenson. Some account will be given of modern news-
paper organization and its relation to present-day literature.
Students will read the following w^orks for examination:
Carlyle, Heroes and Hero Worship; Euskin, Crown of Wild
Olive; Arnold, Essays in Criticism, Second Series (Macmil-
lan ) ; Stevenson, Virginibus Puerisque.
Two hours a week.
91
11. CoMTARATiVE LiTERATFKE. — A course of lectiires on the
influence of English literature upon the continent of p]urope,
chiefly during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The
treatment discusses mainly the historical development of ideas,
but examines also corresponding modifications regarding liter-
ary method and form.
Voltaire, Letters concerning the English Xation; Elton, The
Augustan Age; Texte, Jean Jacques Eousseau and the Cosmo-
politan Spirit in Literature ftr. ^latthews); ^Brunetiere,
L'Evolution des Genres.
Two hours a week.
12. Shakspere. — The history of Shakesperean criticism,
textual and testhetic, will be traced from its beginnings in Eng-
land and Germany to the present time. Students will be
directed to make themselves acquainted by private reading with
the most important proldems and results of modern research.
Two hours a week before Christmas.
13. Browning. — This course will aim at explaining Brown-
ing's view of the poetic art, his characteristic methods, and
his outlook on the life and thought of his time. Selected short-
er poems will be studied in class, and detailed lists of these,
arranged under subject-headings, will be supplied for private
reading.
Two hours a week after Cliristmas.
viodern Languages.
Professor : — Hermann Walter, M.A., Ph.D.
j Leigh R. Gregor, B.A., Ph.D.
Lecturers : ' E. T. Lambert, B.A.
I J. L. Morin, M.A.
Tutor and Lecturer (Royal, Victoria College) : —
Mlle. Milhau, Lie. Univ. Fn., Officier d'Academie.
A.— French.
Owing to the position which this University occupies in the
midst of a very large Erench-speaking population, there is a
permanent demand for courses of a practical, conversational
character; for the same reason the Department profits by the
co-operation of French church services, French family life,
French newspapers, French theatres, French literary clubs,
and public lecture courses in the French language.
92
In drawing up t]ie following dnal courses end-eavours have
been n ade to meet the si:ecial needs of the professional men
of the Province of Quebec (every student being given the op-
portunity to leara to speak French), and also to provide for the
maintenance -of scientific methods. In Courses 1 and 3, the
study of grammar and literature is carried on in accordance
with the usual academic traditions, the Trench language being,
however, largely used in class instruction. In Courses 2 and
4, the method of teaching is of a more practical character; the
French language only is used, and the texts prescribed are made
tlio sul_)ject of conversation, analysis, resumes, etc. In the
Third and Fourth Years all lectures are given and all studies
carried on in French.
Students will take as part of their Honour Course in Mod-
ern Languages that part of section 1. A, of the course on Com-
parative Philology (p. 85), which deals Avith the general prin-
ciples of linguistic development.
Ordinary. 1- Borel, Grammaire Fran^aise (Holt and Co.). The follow-
First ing texts will be studied: G. Sand, La Mare an DiabLe (Gmn
^^^'^- and Co.) Super, Histoire de France (Holt and Co).
2. Maupassant, Huit contes cJioisis (Heath and Co.); Lamar-
tine. Scenes de la Eevolution Fraiicaise (Heath and Co.) ;
Labiche, Voyage de M. Perrichon (American Book Co.) ;
]\Ierimee, Quatre Contes (Holt and Co.); A number of French
poems selected by the Department.
There will be regular Avrittcn exercises. Great importance
will be ait;iched to correct pronunciation. Avhich will be taught
phonetically.
The examinations for the students of Affiliated Colleges will
include the whole of courses 1 an 2. Equivalents for the oral
work of Course 2 and the oral examination will be stated on
application.
Four hours weekly, two for each course.
S ond ^- Summer Readings for students entering on their Second
Year. Year: — Moliere, Femmes Savantes; Vigny, La canne de jonc
(Heath and Co.).
Sessional Lectltees. — Macmillan's Third French Course;
Correille, Horace (Holt and Co.); Hugo, Les Miserables (Ginn
and Co.) ; Elementary Historical French Grammar.
1. Segur, La Eetraite de Moscoii (Holt and Co.); Ea-
cine, Andromaque (Heath and Co.); Hugo, Euy Bias (Heath
and Co.); Mansion, Petite esquisse de la Litterature Frangaise
(McDougall, London).
93
The examinatien for the students of Affiliated Colleges will
inchide the whole of Courses 3 and 4. Equivalents for the
oral work of Course 4 and the oral examination will he stated
on application.
Four hours weekly, two for each course.
5. These courses will consist mainly in the study of Erench Third and
Literature and Advanced Prose -Composition. Fourth
Su3i]VLEii Eeadixgs foT students entering on the Third or ©a"^-
Fourth Year: — Moliere, Misanthrope (Holt and Co.); Eenan,
Souvenirs d'Enfar.ce et de Jennesse (Heath and Co.).
Sessional Lectuees. — Literature in the XVIIlth ^^^-c^ j903-i904
XlXth Cent.uries: Lesage. Gil Elas (Heaih and Co.): Mari-
vaux, Le Jen de TAmour et du Hasard; J. J. Eousseau, Selec-
tions; Voltaire, ilerope; Victor Hugo, Hernani; Musset, Se-
lections (Ginn and Co.); Baleac, Eugenie Grandet; Banville,
Gringoire.
Prose Composition. — Spiers Graduated Course of Transla-
tion into Fi'ench Prose (Simpkin, Marshall and Co., London.)
6. Literature up to the end of theXVIIth Century; Cor- |904-I905.
neille, Polyeucte; Racine, Athalie, Bajazet; Moliere, L'Avare;
Eoileau, L'Art Poetique (Pitt Press); La Bruyere, Selections;
Madame de la Fayette. La Princesse de Clove; Faguet, Littera-
ture Francaise.
Prose Composition: — S]ucrs. Graduated Course of Transla-
tion into French Prose (Simpkin. Marshall and Go., London).
X. B. — In order to he admitted to the ahove classes a student
must understand French well enough to take lectures deliv-
ered in French.
Four hoTirs weekly.
The work of the Honours Classes in French is divided into
three sections. The First includes the Historical study of the Third and'
French language, the -Second, the History of French Litera- Fourth
tnre, the Third, French Composition and the Eeading and Yell's-
Study of French Texts. The First and Second Sections axe
taken up in alternate years, the Third annually. Students
of the Third and Fourth Years take lectures together. In
order- to ohtain Honours, candidates miist be able to speak
Fiench fluently.
7. This course will deal with the Historical development of Philology.
the French language from its origin to the present day. The 1903-1904.
Old French Period will receive special attention, and in this con-
nection the oldest texts will be read. Provencal grammar will
Literature
1904-1905
94
n, cessarily be referred to. Stiulents will make use of Schwan's
Altfranzosische Granimatik (revised by Behrens), Darraes-
teler's Coiirs de Grammaire Histo:iqae and Nyrop's Gram-
maire Historique.
Th e.^ hours weekly.
History of S. Inasmuch as the Ordinary Course provides a comprehen-
sive survey of French Literature, Honour Students will be re-
quired to make a special study of certain men, movements and
peri< ds.
Three hours weekly.
Texts and 9. Students will receive instruction in the art of composi-
Composi- |.JQj-| The^ will be required to write a number of French papers
on literary sul)jects, in connection with which readings will be
suggested.
N. B. — Eefore entering on their Third Year Course, Honour
Studerts are expected to have read the following: Corneille,
Le Cid, Horace, Cinna, Polyeucte; Racine, — Andromaque,
Britannicus, Phedre, Athalie; Moliere, — Ecole des Femmes,
MisantUrope, Tartutfe, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme, Les
Femmes Savantes; Boilcau, — L'Art Poetique, except where
these texts are part of the readings prescribed for the Ordinary
Course.
B.— German.
The Ordinary Courses mainly keep practical ends in view.
In the first two 3'ears special attention is given to Grammar,
in the Third and Fourth to Literature. Texts are studied
from the aesthetic and critical as well as from the historical
and linguistic point of view. A considerable amount of trans-
lation is done in class. English-German exercises in the pre-
scribed text-book on Grammar Ijeing supplemented by the
translation into German of easy prose passages and the retrans-
lation of texts. Importance is attached to correct and expres-
sive reading aloud.
1. The Joynes-Meissner German Grammar (Heath & Co.) ;
IIuss, German Eeader (Heath &' Co.) ; Wildenbruch, Stille
Course. Wasser (Heath & Co.); Stern, Gescbichten vom Rhein (Ameri-
can Book Co.) ; Moser, Der Bibliothekar (American Book Co.).
Tutorial classes conducted during May and June enal)le
students to overtake work not completed by the close of the
Winter Session.
Four hours weekly.
Ordinary
Beginners
95
2. The Joynes-Meissner German Grammar; Ilorning'ri Ger- First
man Composition; Wildenbruch, Das Edlo Blut (Heath & Co.) ; *^'''
Uhland, Ballads and Eomances (Macmillan & Co.) ; Heyse,
L, Arrabbiata (G. Wahr); Schiller, Maria Stuart (Heath &
Co.).
Four hours weekly.
The examination for the students of Affiliated Colleges
will, in addition to the above, include equivalents for the oral
examination to be stated on application.
Summer Eeadings for students entering on their Second
Year: — Hauff, Lichtenstein (Heath & Co.).
3. Sessional Lectures. — The Joynes-Meissner German Second
Grammar; Homing's German Composition; Schiller, Wilhelm
Tell (Heath & Co.); Meyer, Gustav Adolf's Page (Heath &
Co.) ; Goethe, Hermann and Dorothea; Schiller, Das Lied von
der Gloc.ke (Heath & Co.); Schiller's Ballads (Heath & Co.);
Keller, Bilder aus der Deutschen Literatur (American Book
Co.).
Four hours weekly.
The examination for the students of Affiliated Colleges
will, in addition to the al)Ove, include equivalents for the oral
examination to be stated on application.
Summer Eeadings for students entering on their Third or
Fourth Year. — Freytag, Soil und Habsn (Heath & Co.).
•i. Sessioxal Lectures. — Lessing,, Emilia Galotti (Heath Third and
& Co.); Goethe, Iphigenie auf Tauris (Pitt Press); Schiller, ^o"^;*J^
Hi-^torische Skizzen (Ciarendo i Pre s); Keller, Dietegen 1903-1964-
(Ginn & Co.); Heine, Poems (Heath & Co.).
5. Goethe, Egmont (Ginn & Co.); Schiller, Die Braut von i904-1905.
Messina; Kleist, Prinz Friedrich von Homburg (Ginn & Co.) ;
Sudermann, Der Katzensteg (Heath & Co.) ; Heine, Harzreisc.
Translation of prose passages from English into German.
Four hours weekly in each year.
The work of the Honour Classes in German is divided into Honours.
three Sections. The First includes the Historical study of the Third and
German Language; the Second, the History of German Litera- Years.
ture; the Third, German Composition and the Eeading and
Critical Study of Texts. The First and Second Sections are
taken up in alternate years; the Third, annually. Students
of the Third and Fourth Years take Lectures together. Lan-
auaae in German is taken up in the same Session as Literature
00 J-
96
ill French, and rice rcrsa. The German Language alone is used
in ekiss instruction.
In order to obtain Honours, candidates must be capable of
speaking German fluently.
1 904° 905 ^'' ^''"^ ^^ general outline of the development of the German
■ Language from its origin to the present day, in the course of
which the operation of the principal laws exemplified in the
growth of the language will be traced.
(b) A special study of the ]\Iiddle High German j)eriod, its
language and literature, with selected texts.
The following books will be used : — Bachmann, Mittelhoch-
deutsches Lesebueh (Faesi and Beer, Zurich) ; F. Kaufmann,
Deutsche Granimatik; Behaghel, Bie Deutsche Sprache;
Wright, Middle High German Primer (Clarendon Press).
Three hours weekly.
History of 7. Inasmuch as the Ordinary Course provides a comprehen-
l903'-l9"o4" ^^''^ survey of German Literature, Honour Students will he
required to make a spec'al study of certain men, movements
and periods.
Three hours weekly.
Texts and ,S. Studcjits will receive instruction in the art of cii^mposition.
They will be required to write a number of German papers on
literary sul)jects in connection with which readings will be sug-
gested.
N.B. — Before entering on their Third Year Course, Honour
Students are expected to have read the following : — Lessing, —
Minna von Barnhelm or J^athan der Weise ; Schiller, — Wilhelni
Tell, ]\Iaria Stuart, Jungfrau von Orleans, Wallenstein, Bal-
lads; Goethe, — Goetz von Berlichingcn, Egmont, Hermann und
Dorothea, Poems, except where these texts are part of the read-
ings prescril-ed for the Ordinary Course.
Italian.
Lecturer :— Leigh R. Gregor, B.A., Ph.D.
The folloAving course, given in alternate years, is intended
for students Avho have passed the Intermediate Examination.
Partial students who wish to join the class must give satisfac-
tory evidence of their ability to keep up with the undergi'a-
duates.
1903-1904. Grandgent, Italian Grammar (Heath & Co.) ; Grandgent,
Italian Composition (Heath & Co.) ; De Amicis, Selections fronr
II Cuore; IManzoni, Selections from I P.ome^si Sposi; Mar-
Composi-
tion
Macdonald Chemistry Building. — A Lecture Tlneatre.
Macdonald Chemistry Building. — A Laboratory.
07
tuscelli, Eaecolta di scelte poesie (Chiurazzi, Naples) ; selections
from the Divina C'oiiamedia; Noks on some of the great names
of Italian Literature.
Semitic Languages.
Professor :— E). Coussirat, B.A., B.D., D.D , Officier i>e
l'Instruction Publique.
The conrse comprises lectures on the above languages and
their literature, their genius and peculiarities Comparative
philology, affinity of roots, etc., also receive due attention, while •
the portions selected for translation will be illustrated and ex-
plained by reference to Oriental manners, customs, history, etc.
1. Hebrew grammar and translation. English rendered into Ordinary
Hebrew. Masoretic notes explained. The Hebrew text Second
compared with the Septuagint and Yulgate Versions.
Four hours a week.
This course may also be taken as a course in either the
Third or Fourth Years, by students who have not taken
it in the Second Year.
2. Hebrew Syntax. Translation of difficult passages of the Third Year
Old Testament. Xotes on the Massora and the Talmud
(Mishna and Gemara). Aramaic.
3. Translation continued. Characteristics of the Semitic Fourth
Languages, particularly of xVramaic, Syriac, Samaritan, "ear.
Rabbinic, Arabic. Assyrian. Semitic Inscriptions.
Four hours a week for the combined course?.
4a. Hebiiew. — Genesis, Isaiali. 40-66. Ecclesiastes. Liter- Honours.
atvre. — F. Lenormant, The Boinnninfrs of History. Third and
Fourth
Hebueav. — Tlie course for the Second Year.
HEBitEw.^Tlu^ course for the Fourth Year.
4h. Aramaic. — Daniel. Ezra. Selections from the Targums.
Literature. — Sayce, Lectures on the Origin and Growth
of Religion.
Two hours a week.
5a. Hebrew.— Malachi, Psalms, 1-72; Job, 26-42. Litera-
tvre.- — Renan. A general History of the Semitic
Languages.
4
Years.
08
5b. Syeiac. — Selections from the Peshito, and from the Chron-
icles of Bar Hebrseus. Literature. — W. Wright, Com-
parative Grammar of the Semitic Languages.
Two hours a week.
History.
Professor :— Charles W. Colby, M.A., Ph.D.
Lecturer : — Stephen B. Leacock, B.A.
1. The Main Epochs of European History.
Ordinary. Twenty-four lectures will be given on as many subjects, taken
YeaV ■''^^"^ Ancient, Mediaeval and Modern History. The design of
the course is less to present a mass of facts than to illustrate
the chief features of racial, political and social progress. A
syllabus has been prepared which contains a list of topical read-
ings. The sessional examination will be based mainly on these
and on the following text-book :—" European History," by G.
B. Adams (Macmillan). The results of the examination will
be counted under the head of English. Students will be re-
quired to present short essays on historical subjects at regular
intervals. A few illustrated lectures may also be given if
suitable hours can be found. The use of Putzger's Historischer
Schul-Atlas is recommended.
One hour a week.
Third or 2. The Mediaeval and Modern History of Europe, 378-1648
Year This is a general course dealing with the historical develop-
ment of European nations from the German Inroads to the
Peace of Westphalia. Special attention will be devoted to
institutions and movements. Topics for investigation will be
frequently assigned, and students will write at least one thesis
during the year. Eeadings to accompany each lecture are
assigned in the syllabus for the course.
Four hours a week.
Honours. 3. The Eenaissance. Two hours a week. (Omitted in
Third and 1903-1904.)
Fourth '
Years. 4. The Eeformation, — 1563.
The main motives of this course will be found in the develop-
ment of the religious schism, and in the relations of scholar-
ship with theology.
Two hours a week.
5. The Seventeenth Century. Three hours a week. (Omitted
in 1903-1904.)
Years
99
6. The Political and Constitutional History of Europe since Honours.
1789. 'vea^*''
In this course narrative history will be subordinated to a
description of the leading types of government which have been
established in Europe since the beginning of the French Eevolu-
tion. The constitutional changes of France, Germany, Italy,
Switzerland and Austria-Hungary will be rendered most prom-
inent.
Four hours a week.
7. English Constitutional History — 1307. Two hours a Honours.
week. (Omitted in 1903-1904.) Third and
8. The Political and Constitutional History of the United
States and Canada. Four hours a week. (Omitted in 1903-
1904.)
9. Historical Seminary. Two hours a week.
Texts. — Honour Students in History will be examined at
the end of the Third Year on the following texts :—
Herodotus, YI— YIII, Macaulay's trans.; Thucydides, I, II,
1_65, VI, Aai, Jowett's trans. ; Plato, The Republic, Jowett's
trans. ; Plutarch, The Lives of Aristides, Themistocles, Pericles
and Timoleon, Clough's trans. ; Polybius, I, II, V, Shuckburgh's
trans.; Livy, XXI-XXII, Church and Brodribb's trans.;
Tacitus, Annals II, Germania, Vita Agricolae, Church and
Brodribb's trans.
Honour students in History will be examined at the end of
the Fourth Year on the following texts: —
Clarendon, History of the Eebellion, Book XI ; Gibbon, De-
cline and Fall, chaps. XLIV, L, LI, LXVI ; Burke, Eeflec-
tions on the French Revolution ; Macaulay, History of England,
chap. Ill; Bagehot, The English Constitution; Stubbs, Select
Charters, Introauction ; Captain Mahan, The Influence of Sea
Power on History; Langlois et Seignobos, Introduction aux
Etudes Historiques, trans. G. G. Berry; Bryce, The American
Commonwealth, Vol. I; Parkman, Montcalm and Wolfe.
Summer Readings.— All students in History are expected
to follow a course of Summer Readings as a preparation for the
work of the ensuing session. Special programmes will be
drafted with a view to individual needs.
Honour Courses in History and Economics. — A combined
course for Honours in History and Economics is now offered,
with a choice between studies (A) chiefly in history and politics,
100
and (B) chiefly in economics and politics. The courses of lec-
tures prescribed for Honour Students are as follows : —
A. 3rd Year. — History, 2, 4, 9;
Political Science, 6;
Economics, 1.
4t.h Year.— History, 4, 6, 9;
Political Science, 7 or 8 ;
Economics, 2, 3.*
B. 3rd Y'ear. — Economics, 1, 4, 5;
, I Political Science, 6;
History, 2.
4th Year. — Economics, 2, 3, 4, 5 ;
Political Science, 7, 8;
History, 4, d.
Economics and Political Science.
Professor : — A. W. Flux, M.A.
Lecturer : — Stephen B. Leacock, B.A.
Ordinary 1. Elements of Economics.
t Fourth '^^® scope and method of Economic Science; the organiza-
Year. tion of production; the theory of value; the distribution of
wealth, including the theories of rent, wages, interest and
profits; exchange and the mechanism of exchange; the theory
of money; international trade; principles of taxation.
Four hours per week throughout the Session.
'Text-hook: — F. A. -Walker, Political Economy (Advanced
Course).
For further reference: — Keynes, Scope and Method of Polit-
ical Economy; Hadley, Economics; Marshall, Principles of
Economics; J. S. Mill, Principles of Political Economy, Book
III; Jevons, Money and the Mechanism of Exchange; Bastable,
Theory of International Trade; Sidgwick, Principles of Polit-
ical Econouiy, Book III.
Honours. 2. Htstoky of Economic Theory,
Fourth
Year. The development of economic doctrine will be traced, es-
pecially in rela-tion to the special contributions of individual
writers of great prominence. A closer examination of econ-
omic theories treated of in the preceding course will be made.
* For Eronomics 2 or 3, may be substituted Art and Afchaeology (half coursp) or His-
tory of I'hilORopliy (half course).
Fourth
Year.
101
Texl-lmols: — Price, Short lii.-torv of Political Economy
ill Enoiand; Cohn, History of Political Economy.
^Yc1^cs of Beference: — Cossa, Introduction to the Study of
Politira! Economy; Ingram, History of Political Economy;
Sewell, The Theory of Value before Adam Smith; Cannan,
History of the Theories of Production and Distribution; to-
u-nfi„i- wit]j til. ii-i.-iik'^ ,i(' wi-ifers named, o- vefi^rrt^d to,
a'.i)\r.
Four hours per week during the first half of tlie .Si-ssion.
3. (a) CuEEENCY, BantvING and Teade. Honours
Half course of 50 lectures (Omitted in 1903-04).
(&) The Theory of Distribution.
An examination of the theories of wages, rent and profits.
Worls of Feference: — Clark, The Distribution oO Wealth;
Commons. The Distribution of Wealth; Hobson. The Econo-
mics of Distribution; Walker, The Wages Question; Taussig,
Wages and Capital; Bohm-Bawerk, Capital and Interest; Le-
roy Beaulieu, Essai sur la Repartition des Eichesses.
Four hours per Aveek during the second half of the Session.
4. Seminaey in Economics.
In connection with courses 2 and 3, a study of the writings
of leading economists will be carried on, reports made, and
methods of investigation illustrated practically. Opportunity
will also be afforded for corresponding work in connection
with course^ 5, 7 and S (see below). The meetings of the
Seminary will be weekly.
5. (a) Histoey of Industry and Commerce. Honours
Two hours a week (omitted in 1903-04).
(b) Public Finance.
State expenditures, witli a discussijn of the relations between
those of central and local governments; public revenues, forms
of taxation, incidence of taxation; public debts; financial ad-
ministration.
Two hours per week throughout the Session.
Text-hook: — Piehn, Introduction to Public Finance.
l]'o'7cs of Reference: — Bastable, Public Finance; Adams, The
Science of Finance; Cohn, The Science of Finance; Leroy
Beau!ini, Traite de la Science des Finances; Seligman, Essays
in Taxaiion and The Sbifting and Incidence of Taxation:
Adams, Public Debts.
Third and
Fourth
Years.
102
Ordinary. 6. Elements of Politics.
Fourth '^^^^ introductory part of the course will deal with the gen-
Year, eral principles of Political Science, the nature of the State
and the different theories of its purpose and origin.
The main work of the year will consist of a study of com-
parative national government. The constitutions, govern-
ments and political parties of Great Britain and the United
States will be treated in detail. The governmental systems
of continental Europe will also he examined.
Four hours per week throughout the Session.
Text-hool::— The State (Woodrow Wilson).
Boolcs of Reference: — Sidgwick, Elements of Politics; Bur-
gess, Political Science and Constitutional Law; Anson, Law
and Custom of the Constitution; Bryce, American Common-
wealth; Bodley, France; Lowell, Governments and Parties in
Continental Europe.
7. Legislative Policy.
A half course of 50 lectures. This course will consist of a
detailed examination of the functions exercised by the State
in industrial control. Modern legislation and legislative the-
ories will he discussed in reference to their economic effects.
Eeports by members of the class upon special topics will be
made a prominent feature of the work.
Four hours per week during the first half of the Session.
Boohs of Reference: — Leroy Beaulieu, The Modern State;
Sidgwick, Elements of Politics, chaps. IV, IX, X; Farrar, The
State in Eelation to Trade; Jevons, The State in Eelation to
Labour; Frankenstein, Der Arbeiterschutz, seine Theorie und
- Politik.
Honours
Fourth
Year.
Honours
Fourth
Year.
8. History or Political Theory.
A half course of 50 lectures. Only a brief summary of
Ancient and Mediaeval political philosophy will be attempted.
The chief part of the course will be devoted to the political
speculation of the 18th and 19th centuries.
Four hours per week for the second half of the Session.
Books of Reference :— Sir F. Pollock, History of the Science
of Politics, and the political works of Hobbes, Locke, Montes-
quieu, Bousseau, Burke, Bentham, J. S. Mill, Herbert Spencer,
Bluntschli, and Sir Henry Maine.
103
Summer Eeadixgs. — Students who intend to follow the
Honour course in Economics and Political Science are advised
to read, during the summer vacation preceding the commence-
ment of that course, the books prescribed for the Scholarship
examination in those subjects (see p. 57).
During the summer vacation following the Third Year they
are advised to study the following books : —
Adam Smith, Wealth of Nations; Eicardo, Principles of
Political Economy and Taxation; J. S. Mill, Principles of
Political Economy ; and such of. the works referred to in con-
nection with course 8, (see p. 102), as may be available for use.
Honour Courses. — Students of the Third Year who are can-
didates for Honours in History and Economics, and select
Course B (see p. 100), will take the following courses of lec-
tures: History, 2; Economics, 1, 4, 5; Political Science, 6.
Students of the Fourth Year who are candidates for Hon-
ours in History and Economics, and have selected Course B,
will take the following courses of lectures: History, 4, 9;
Economics, 2, 3, 4, 5; Political Science, 7, 8.
Constitutional Law.
Profkssor : — F. P. Walton (Dean Faculty of- Law.)
The Constitutional Law of Canada will lie treated in the
following order: — 1. Canadian Constitutional History prior
to Confederation. 2. The British North America kct, and the
leading cases under it which illustrate the respective powers
of the Dominion and the Provinces. 3. The fundamentals
of English Constitutional Government which form the basis of
the Canadian Constitution. 4. The Cabinet System. 5. The
difference between English and French practice as to responsi-
bility of officials.
Two hours a week.
Roman Law.
Lecturer : — F . P. Walton (Dean Faculty of Law).
1. A Course is offered in Roman Law, open to Third and
Fourth Year students in Arts, and qualifying as an option for
the B.A. degree. For details, see p. 220.
lO-t
Art (History of and Archaeology.
The eourou conipriseri two sessions' work, a hall'-coarse (of
fifty lectures) being given each session. The lectures, which
are illustralecl hy photographs, casts, lantern-slides, and
diagrams, are delivered in the Architecture class-room. En-
gineering Building, on Monday and Thursday, at 4 p.m.
The fee for the full course is $25.00; for each half-course, if
taken separate^, $14.00 (including Grounds and Athletics).
¥ov Session 1900-1901 the course comprised a general survey
of the architecture and sculpture of the ancient Avorld (Egypt,
Assyria, Greece and Eome).
In 1901-02, the first term was devoted to the architecture of
the late Eoman Empire and of the Early and Later Middle
Ages; in the second term the class studied the Painting of the
Eenaissance in Italy.
In 1902-03 the course was devoted to Greek scul!)iure and
classical architecture, with special lectures upon the topography
of ancient Athens and Eome.
In Session 1903-04 the first term will he devoted to a study
of mediaeval architecture and the allied arts: in the second
term the history of Painting will he resuined for the Northern
Schools of Europe.
In addition to the class lectures, candidates are expected to
show a knowledge of the 1ext-books nrescril^ed and of ])ortions
of the books of reference, as indicated in connection with the
lectures. A certain number of class essays are prescribed dur-
ing the session.
Tc.r^i)'ooA-s :— Baldwin Brown, "The Fine Arts" (]\[urray;
Scribner) ; Von Eeber, "History of IModiaBval Art" (Harper) ;
any good manual of the history of Painting, such as Pointer's
(Sampson Eow) or Van Dyke's (Longmajis).
IViental and Moral Philosophy.
Pkofi-'-por of ]\Tkxtai, Philosophy :—
" " MoKAL "
Ordinary.
Second
Year.
Hilda D. Oakeley, M.A.
Lecturers :— ^ j -^^ Hicksok, M.A., Ph.D.
1 A. In the first term a course on Elementary Psychology.
While discussing the phenomena of sensation, and the elemen-
tary processes of mental evolution, the lectures also introduce
105
the student to the i^riiiciples and methods involved in the study
of inore advanced philosopiiicai problems. While the course
follows in its general outline Book 1. in Murray's Handbook
of i'sychology, the student is made acquainted with the leading
works in psychological literature, and is expected to study the
passages recommended. Occasional essays also are prescribed.
1 B. In the second term a course in Formal Logic and the
Fallacies as in Hyslop's Elements of Logic. ■ The lectures
endeavour to show the application of logical processes to actual
discussion, with special attention to common fallacies exem-
plified in literature and daily life.
In addition, students will be required to consult Sidgwick,
Fallacies; and Latleur, Illustrations of Logic.
Both classes meet three hours a week.
2 A. This course will comprise the following divisions: Advanced
a General Introduction to Philosophy; The Origin of Sections.
Philosophy amongst the Greeks; Year.
h Explanation of the fundamental methods of thought
or the principles underlying conception, judgment
and inference ;
c Analysis of Berkeley's Dialogues between " Hylas and
Philcnous " as introduction to the Psychological
Prol)lem; Perception of a Material World.
BooJcs recunimended: — Sidgwick's Introduction to Philo-
sophy; A Dialogue of Plato; Berkeley's Dialogues between
Hylas and Philonous.
W'riting of papers expected from time to time.
Two hours a week throughout the session.
2 B. General Psychology, including the Elements of
Psychophysics.
No text-book is prescribed, but students will be referred to
Wundt's Outline of P-vrhology, and to James' Princi]>les of
Psycholog)^
One hour a week throughout the session.
3 A. In the First Term a course on the Logic of Scientific Ordinary.
Method, including an examination of the fundamental Third or
Conceptions and Principles of the Physical and His- Y*ea'*r.'^
torical Sciences. In addition to Jevons' Principles of
Science and Mills' System of Logic (Books III and VI)
students will be referred to Pearson's Grammar of
Science, 2nd ed., and to the writings of E. Mach.
Four hours a week.
Honours
106
3 B. Ill the Second Term a:i advanced course on the Psycho-
logT of Cognition, tracing, as far as possible, the prin-
cipal stages in the evolution of intelligence. The gen-
eral problem, also, of the nature of knowledge is dis-
cussed, in view of the light which it throws on the
ultimate nature of reality. The principal topics are
indicated in Murray's Handbook of Psychology, Book II ;
but students are expected also to study selected passages
from the most important works on Psychology.
Four hours a week.
4 A. History of Modern Philosophy.
First Term : From the Kenaissance to Kant.
Four hours a week.
4 B. Second Term: From Kant to the Present Time.
Text-hooks recommended: — Falckenberg's History of Modern
Philosophy; Holding's History of Modern Philosophy (2 vols.
translated by Meyer); Adamson's Lectures on Modern
Philosophy.
Four hours a week.
5 A. In the First Term a course on Moral Philosophy, dis-
cussing the problem of Ethical Theory.
Four hours a week.
5 B. In the Second Term a course on Applied Ethics.
While these courses follow in general outline Murray's Intro-
duction to Ethics, the student is expected to read portions of
other works recommended. ^
Four hours a week.
ISr.B. — In all the classes of Logic, Metaphysics and ]Moral
Philosophy, students are required to write essays or to perform
exercises.
Candidates for Honours are required to take the ordinai-y
Third course in Philosophy and the ordinary course either in Econ-
^*^''" omics or in Political Science in one year.
6. A course in Greek Philosophy. This begins with the col-
onial period, during which philosophical activity was most ener-
getic among the colonies of the Greeks in Asia Minor and Italy.
It then passes on to the Athenian period, beginning about the
middle of the fifth century B. C, when Philosophy found a
home in the arcatcst centre of intellectual life in the ancient
107
world. A third period is then described, during which Philo-
sophy extends its culture over ancient life by the spread of the
great schools, especially the Stoical and the Epicurean, which
arose towards the end of the fourth century, B. C. Finally,
some account is given of the movement, of which Alexandria
was the centre and by which Greek Philosophy was brought
into contact with Oriental thought. The history is carried
down to the closing of the Pagan Schools in Athens by the
Emperor Justinian. Students are expected to make an indepen-
dent study of the fragments of one of the early philosophers,
and to write an essay embodying the results of their study.
Books of Reference : Zeller, History of Greek Philosophy, and
Windelband, History of Ancient Philosophy,
Two hours weekly.
7. Plato and xVristotle. In this course it is expected that
some work of at least one of these thinkers will be read.
For 1903-4 the Theaetetus is prescribed.
One or two hours weekly,
8. English Empiricism, Idealism and Criticism. This
course will consist in reading and discussing the principal por-
tions of Locke's Essay concerning the Human Understanding
(Books 1, 2,-4), Berkeley's Principles of Human Knowledge,
Hume's Inquiry and portions of the Treatise on Human Nature.
Two hours a week.
9. Theory of Knowledge. ' This course will be both historical
and critical.
Books recommended: — Seth's Scottish Philosophers, Lotze's
Logic and selected portions of Bradley's Logic, Bosanquet's
Logic and Eitchie's Darwin and Hegel.
One or two hours a week.
10. Eeading and discussion of Kant's Prolegomena and por- Honours.
tions of the Critique of Pure Eeason, as an introduction to fourth
Kantian Philosophy. In connection with this course the fol- ^^'*'
lowing works are recommended: Morris, Kant's Critique of
Pure Eeason, 3rd edition (Grigg's Philosophical Classics),
Caird's Critical Philosophy of Kant, 2nd edition, and Adamson's
Lectures on Kant.
Two hours weekly.
108
11. The rrineiplcs and Methods of Ethics.
Boolcs recommended: — Aristotle, Nichomachean Ethics; Sidg-
wick, iMethod of Ethics; Green, Prolegomena to Ethics.
Two hours a week.
12. An Introduction to Philosophy. An advanced course
dealing with fundamental problems of Metaphysics and with
leading types of ^philosophical theory, such as Materialism,
Idealism, Dualism, and Monism. There will be opportunity
for informal discussions.
BooVs of Reference: — Klilpe's Introduction to Philosophy;
Watson's Outline of Philosophy; EiehFs Theory of Science and
]\Ietaphypics (translated by Fairbanks).
Two hours weekly in second term.
In addition to the above mentioned courses there will be an
examination at the end of the session on some book or books to
be read privately by students. Subjects for the session 1903-4:
Spinoza's Ethic, Schopenhaucr'''s Principle of Sufficient Eeason
and World as Will and Idea.
Students are required to write an essay on Leibnitz's Critique
of Locke in the Nouveaux Essais.
(Note. — The above progrdmme of studies in Mental and
Moral riiilosophy is svhjcct to modification on the appointment
of the neiv Professors.)
(Vlathematical and Physical Sciences.
(a) Mathematics.
Prokessor (Mathematics and Astronomy) : —
James Harkness, M.A.
Associate Professor:— H. M. Tort, M.A., D.Sc.
LKCTURER: — MlTRKAY ^ilAONEIl-L, M.A.
(6) FllYSlCS.
John Cox, M.A.
Professors :— ^ Rutherford, M.A., D. Sc.
Assistant Professor :— Howard T. Barnes, D.Sc.
Demonstrators :-C. C. Schexk, Ph.D., S. J. At.lan, B.Sc.
Ordinary. 1. MATHEiiATics— Arithmetic— Euclid, Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 6
First Year. , (omitting propositions 27 ,28, 29), with definitions of
Book 5," Hall and Stevens:— Hall and Knight's Ele-
mentary Algebra (omitting Chapters 36, 40, 41, 42); or
ion
the same subjectfj in similar text-books. — Hall and
Knight's or Locke's Elementary Trigonometry. Nature
and use of Logarithms.
Four hours a vreek.
2. Physics.— This course has two objects: (1) to give the
minimum acquaintance with Physical Science requisite for a
liberal education to those whose studies will be mainly liter-
ary; (2) to be introductory to the courses in Chemistry and
other branches of Natural Science, and to the more detailed
courses in Physics in the Third and Fourth Years. Only
the most important principles in each branch of the subject
will be treated, as far as possible with reference to their his-
torical development and mutual relations; and they will
receive concrete illustration in the study of the principal in-
struments in daily use in the laboratory. Two illustrated
lectures will be given per week. Durin-j; the session each
student ^^-ill be required to attend in the laboratory eight
times, and make measurements involving the use of the fol-
lowing instruments: — Balance, Pendulum^ Barometer, Tlier-
mometer. Sonometer, J'elescope or Microscope. Tangent Gal-
vanometer, Wlieatstone' s Bridge.
Outline of Syllabus. The scope and method of Science,
Primary Phenomena ("States and Properties of Matter"),
Motionj Velocity, Acceleration, Laws of ]\rotion. Momentum,
Energ}', Work. The Parallelogram Law for Velocities and
Forces, Equilibrium and the Simple Machines. Uniform cir-
cular motion. Vibration, the Pendulum, Fluid Pressure, the
Barometer, Specific Gravity. Summary of Mcclianics, indi-
cating the principle of the Conservation of Energy.
The missing Energy traced in (1) Sound. Nature of wave
Motion. Intensity, Pitch and Quality o^ Musical Notes.
The stretched String and Organ Pipe. Eesonance.
(2) Heat. Temperature and the Thermometer. The Calo-
rimeter, Fusion and Vaporisation. Laws of Boyle and Gay-
Lussac. The Mechanical Equivalent. Application of Con-
duction, Convection and Eadiation to common problems of
Climate, Ventilation, etc.
(3) Light. Eeflection, Refraction, the Spherical ]\Iirror,
Prism, Lens, Microscope, Telescope, Spectroscope, Polari-
scope. Principle of Interference and sketch of the Undula-
tory Theory.
, 110
(4). Electricity and Maynelism. The Blectrophorus, the
Modern Induction Machine, the Condenser. Coulomb's Law
of Force. The idea of Potential. The Quadrant, Electro-
meter. Atmospheric Electricity. Magnetic Pole, Moment,
Field and Law of Force. The Compass and Terrestrial Mag-
netism. Effects of Current. The Voltameter and Storage
Cell. The Galvanonieler. Heating Effects. Simple Bat-
teries. Ohm's Law. Units and Measurement of Current
Eesistance, Electromotive Force, Mutual Mechanical Effects
of Conductors and Magnetic Fields. Principle of the Elec-
tric Motor. The Electro-magnet. Induclion of Currents,
and Principle of the Dynamo. Applications to Telegraph,
Telephone, Lighting, and supply of Power.
Conclusion. — Pestatement of Principle of Conservation of
Energy in complete form. Dissipation of Energy.
Two hours a week.
Second 3. A. MATHEMATICS. — Algebra. — Exponential and Logarith-
mic series; Undetermined Coelticients; Partial Frac-
tions ; Elementary Theory of Probabilities ; Elements of
Determinants; Geometrical Conic Sections — Solid
Ceometry (Euclid, Bk. XI and first two props of Bk.
XII, or equivalent) : — Spherical Trigonometry (Solu-
tion of Spherical Triangles with proofs of the necessary
preliminary propositions and fomnulae).
Text-hoohs:—Ral\ and Knight's Higher Algebra; Wil-
son's Solid Geometry and Conic Sections.
Two hours a week.
3. B. Dynamics. — This course is chiefly experimental, and
deals with:— Range and Time of Flight of Projectiles;
Morin's Machine; Laws of Direct Impact of Elastic
Bodies; Simple Harmonic Motion; Simple and Com-
pound Pendulum; Determination of Gravity; Moments
of Inertia, and their Experimental Determination; Mo-
ment of Momentum, and Energy of a Rotating Body.
One hour a week.
Third or 4. MATHEMATICS. — Elementary Analytical Geometry; Ele-
•^"'***^ mentary parts of the Differential and Integral Calcu-
lus; Simple Differential Equations.
Four hours a week.
AsTEONOMY AND Optics. — Two hours a week. Half
course.
ilacdonald Physics Building. — A Lecture Theatre.
Macdonald Physics Building. — An Elementary Electrical Laboratory.
Ill
5. A. AsTKONOMY.— Galbraith and Haughton's Astronomy
or Brinkley by Stubbs and Briinnow. Lockyer's Ele-
mentary Astronomy (English edition), and Gall's "Easy
Guide to the Constellations" are recommended as intro-
ductory.— The subject is taken with Optics as a half
course. The lectures will be given before Christmas.
First term; two hours a week.
5. B. Optics. — Two hours a week, from January to end of
Session. Tea-^Soofc :— Galbraith and Haughton.
6. Mechanics and Hydkostatics.— Te.r^&oo^- :— Loney, Th^rd
Mechanics. Half course.
7. A. Experimental Physics.— (Firs^ Cowse.)— Laws of En-
ergy, Sound, Light and Heat. Text-hooJcs-.—Descha.nel,
-Part' IV. or Ga'not or Jones ; Heat (Wright's, Long-
mans).
Lectures fully illustrated ; two hours a week, with Lab-
oratory Course, three hours a week.
Lahoratonj MaimaJs.—Fitcher and Tory; Chandler.
7. B. Sound. — Velocity of Sound; Determination of Rates of
vibration of Tuning Forks; Resonance; Laws of vibra-
tion of strings.
7. C. Light. — Photometry; Laws of Reflection and Refrac-
tion; Indices of Refraction; Focal Lengths and Mag-
nifying Powers of Mirrors, Lenses, Telescopes and
Microscopes; the Sextant, Spectroscope, Spectrometer,
Diffraction Grating, Optical Bench and Polariscopes.
Heat.— Construction and Calibration of Thermometers;
Melting and Boiling -Points ; Air Thermometer ; Expan-
sion of solids, liquids and gases; Calorimetry; Specific
and Latent Heats; Laws of Vapour Pressure; Radia-
tion : the Mechanical Equivalent of Heat.
8 Experimental Physics. — (Second Cowrse.)— Electricity Fourth
and Magnetism. Text-hooTc-.—G¬ or S. P. Thomp- Year.
son.
Lectures fully illustrated; two hours a week, with Lab-
oratory Course, three hours a week.
Laboratonj ifanwa/— Pitcher and Tory.
112
Measurement of Pole Strength and Moment of
a Magnet; the Magnetic Field; Methods of Deflec-
tion and Oscillations; Comparison of moments and de-
termination of elements of Earth's magnetism. Fric-
lional Electricity. Current Electricity — Complete course
of measurements of Current Strength, Eesistance and
Electromotive Farce; Calibration of Galvanometers;
the Electro-dynamometer; Comparison of Galvanome-
ters; the Electrometer; Comparison of Condensers;
Electromagnetic Induction.
X.B. — For advanced Courses intended for Electrical En-
gineering Students and Graduates pursuing the study of
PhysiCvS, .-ee Calendar, Faculty of Applied Science.
(a) Mathematics.
Advanced 9. Mathematics. — Hall and Stevens, Euclid; Casey, Sequel
Sections. to Euclid; Hall and Knight, Advanced Algebra; Tod-
liunter or Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations
(selected course). Two or three hours each week.
First Year.
Second 10. Mathematics — Lock, Higher Trigonometr}^, with McClel-
land and Preston, Spherical Trigonometry, Part I; Sal-
mon, Conic Sections, chapters 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, and 10 to
13 inclusive; Williamson, Differential and Integral Cal-
culus (selected course).
Four hours a week.
(b) Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
Honour 11- Mathematics. — Williamson, Differential and Integral
Courses. Calculus; and Boole or Forsj'^th, Differential Equations,
''"F"'^rth ^^ Salmon, Geometry of Three Dimensions (alternate
Years. years); (Quaternions (Kelhind and Tait).
Astronomy. — Godfray.
Two hours a week.
Third ^o MATHEMATICAL PiiYSics. — Minchin, Statics, Vol. I (se-
lected chapters) ; Williamson and Tarleton, Dynamics,
Chaps. 1 to 8, inclusive; Besant, Vol. I, Hydro-
Mechanics, Part I, chaps. 1, 2, 3, 7; Parkinson, Optics.
ExFERiMENTAL Physics. — Course T.
Two hours a week.
Year
113
13. Physical Astronomy. — Godfray, Lunar Theory; or Fourth
Cheyue, Planetary Theory; Newton, Principia, Lib. I,
sees 9 and 11, with the necessary preliminary proposi-
tions.
14. Mathematical Physics.- — ]\Iinchin, Statics, Yol. II, se-
lected chapters ; Williamson and ' Tarleton, Dynamics ;
liouth, Dynamics of a Pigid Body (for reference) ;
Besant, Hydro-Mechanics; Preston, Theory of Light;
Gumming, Theory of Electricit3^
ExPEEi]\rE]srTAL JPhysics. — Course 8.
Special courses for Graduates and Advanced Students will
be delivered during the Sessioii 1903-4, b^f^ Professors Cox and
Eutherford, at hours to be arranged. Subjects — The Relations
between Optics and Electricity; and Eadioactivity.
(c) Experimental Physics.
15. Courses 7, 8, (10 hours a week. Elements of the Gal- Honour
cuius; Simple Differential Equations; Elements of Analytical Courses.
Geometry, Elementary Dynamics of a Particle; Elementary "" ^^'
Rigid Dynamics.
16. Advanced Courses in Heat, Optics and Electricity. A Fourth
short course in Physical Chemistry. Year.
(XoTE. — The programme of studies in Mathematics is S7ih-
jed to modification on the appointment of the new Professor.)
Chemistry.
Professors : — B. J. Harrington, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
J. Wallace Walker, M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Professor : — Nevil Norton Evans, M.A.Sf\
Demonstrators : — A. Douglas McIntosh, M.A.
Bertram D. Steele, D.Sc.
E. H. Archibald, A.M., Ph.D.
Lecture Assistant: — M. Yiolette Dover, B.A., ;M.Sc.
1. General Chemistry. — A Course of lectures on Elementary Second
Chemical Theory, and on the principal elements and Year.
their compounds. The lectures are fully illustrated by
means of experiments.
Text-hooh: — Xewth's Text-book of Inorganic Chem-
istry.
Three hours a week.
Third 2.
Year.
114
Elementary Practical Chemistry. — This course is
compulsory for all undergraduates taking the above
course of lectures. The work includes experiments il-
lustrative of the Laws of Chemical Combination, the
Preparation of Pure Chemical Compounds, and elemen-
tar\- Qualitative Analysis.
Six hours a week.
Inorganic Chemistry.- — An elementary course on special
departments of Inorganic Chemistry.
Two hours a week durins,- the first term.
3. Elementary Organic Chemistry. — An elementary course
of lectures on' Organic Chemistry open to Biological
Students and compulsory for students intending to take
the advanced course on Organic Chemistrv in the Fourth
Year.
Text-look. — Hollman's Text-book of Organic Chem-
istry.
Two hours a week during the second term.
4. Advanced Practical Chemistry. — Laboratory practice in
methods of gravimetric, volumetric and electrolytic
Quantitative Analysis, during the first term, and pre-
paration of sim])le Organic Substances in the second
term.
Noie. — Extra reading and laboratory work Avill be required
from Honour Students.
The Organic Laboratory will be open during the Second
Term for Biological Students who desire to obtain an ele-
mentary knowledge of the methods employed in preparing Or-
ganic Substances.
Fourth 5. Organic Chemistry. — A systematic course of lectures on
^^^^- Organic Chemistry, including the Analysis of Organic
Substances, Calculation of Formulae, Determination of
Molecular AVeights, Pol3^merism, Isomerism, etc., fol-
lowed by a discussion of the more important derivatives
of the Aliphatic and Aromatic Series of Compounds.
Students intending to enter the Medical Faculty would
find this course of great advantage.
Two hours a week.
115
6. Practical Organic Chemistry. — A complete course on
the preparation and analysis of Organic Substances, with
determinations of Molecular Weights, etc.
7. Physical Chemistry. — The lectures on Physical Chemis-
try are divided into two parts. In the first term they
include a study of such physical properties of gases,
liquids, and solids as are known to depend upon their
Chemical Constitution, Thermo-chemistry and the Law
of Mass Action. The second term is devoted to Electro-
chemistry. The lectures will be based upon the applica-
tions of the gaseous laws to solutions.
8. Practical Physical Chemistry. — Laboratory work will
include the various methods of determining the ilole-
cular Weights of gases and of substances in solution,
accurate measurement of Densities, Eefractive Indices, .
Surface Tensions and Specific Potations; also examples
of Chemical Statics and Kinetics, and Electro-chemical
measurements.
9. Mineral Analysis. — A course of laboratory work compris-
ing advanced quantitative analysis and investigation of
the constitution of mineral species.
(1) Chemistry, 2, 3, 4; (2) Experimental Physics; (Course Honour
7) ; and one of the following: — Mechanics (Course 6 A), with Courses,
DifEerential and Integral Calculus (4 hours a week for the y^'J^
first half of second term or 2 hours a week for whole term), or
Biology, or Geology, or Mineralogy.
(1) "chemistry, 5, 6, 7, 8; or 7, 8, 9; (2) Experimental p^^^t^
Physics (Courses). Year.
Mineralogy.
PROFESbOR :— B. .J. Harriv(;tox, .M.A., Ph.D.
1. Mineralogy. — Lectures and demonstrations illustrated by Honours.
models and specimens in the Peter Eedpath Museum Third
and the Macdonald Chemistry and ]\Iining Building. '^®^''-
Among the subjects discussed are: Crystallography; phy-
sical properties of minerals dependent upon light, elec-
tricity, state of aggregation, etc.; chemical composition,
calculation of mineral f ormulse, quantivalent ratios, etc. ;
principles of classification, description of species.
Two hours a week.
Fourth
Year.
Year.
IIG
MiXEEALOGY (In continuation of No, 1). — Description of
species^ particular attention being paid to those Avhicii
are important as rock constituents and to the economic
minerals of Canada.
First term, two hours a week.
Third []_ Detehminative Mi_\'ERalooy. — LaVoratorv practice
m
blow-pipe analysis and its application to the determin-
ation of mineral species. This work is carried on in
the new laboratory provided for the purpose in the Chem-
istry and ]\[ining Building.
Thursda}^, 2 to 5 p.m..
Elementary Bio.logy.
Professors : — D. P. Penhallov,-, M.Sc.
E. W. MacBride, M.A., D.Sc.
Second This course is designed for those who may Avish an intro-
Year. duction to the principles of general biology, but who cannot
carry such work beyond the limits of an elementary course;
for students in Arts proceeding to Medicine; and also for those
who may wish to take the more advanced v.'ork of the Third
and Fourth Years to which it will be introductory.
A. Zoology." — First half session. This course will com-
mence the study of a selected number of types, leading up to
and including the rudiments of vertebrate anatomy and forming
an introduction to the more systematic work of the Third and
Fourth Years. The types selected are Amceba, Paramoecium,
Hydra, Luml)ricus, Scylliura, and Eana.
B. EoTAKY.- — Second half session. A coiusj Ju liic gvupral
morphology of plants embracing a discussion of the general
principles of morphology and classification, respiration, photo-
synthesis, nutrition, reproduction, symbiosis and adaptations,
as also the relations of plants in geological time. These studies
will be illustrated by means of special types taken from the
principal groups, and emphasis will be given to a study of -the
liowering plants, including herbarium work, determination of
species and geographical distribution.
This course is designed with special reference to those who
mav not be able to carrv such work bevond the limits of an
Ill the Zoological Laboratories
Laboratory of Normal Histology.
Second
117
elementary course, where it will form the l)asis for more special-
ized work in the Third and Fourth Years.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week.
C. Continuation Course in Animal Biology. — Students
taking the combined six-year course leading to the degrees of
B.A. and M.D. or B.Sc. and M.D. may, in lieu of B, take the
following course, but in the event of their doing so must
complete the Botany required for the Medical course in the
autumn term: —
A study of the anatomy and osteology of the Eabbit followed
by a detailed study of microscopic structure of its tissues.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week during the
spring term.
Botany.
Professor :— D. P. Pexhallow, M.Sc.
Lecturer : — C. M. Derick, M.A.
1. Plant Biologt. (See page 116). This course is intro-
ductory to the more specialized work of the Third and Fourth Year.
Years, and will be represented by a number of types, including
the flowering plants and a determination of species^
Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week during
the spring term.
2. Special Morphology. This course is designed to give ordinary-
a comprehensive knowledge of plant structures and relation- Third
sliips. The principles of development will be illustrated by
type studies which mjay also serve as the basis of more special
work in Bacteriolog}', Physiolog}', Ecolog}-, or Paleo-botany.
It comprises : —
(a) First Half-Session. During the autumn term, atten-
tion will be directed to a study of the general histology of the
plant, with special reference to the seed plants and as a basis
for the more advanced work of the Fourth Year, to differential
reactions, methods of staining, imbedding, section cutting and
general technique.
This course will be especially adapted to chemists as applied
to a study of food adulterants, etc. ; to those who are intending
to follow a medical course, as a preparation for animal his-
tolog}^, and it will be required of all who elect the course in the
Fourth Year.
Year.
lis
The course presupposes familiarity with the optics of the
microscope as given in Physics (3) of the Second Year.
(b) Critical studies of the Thallophyta by means of selected
types designed to illustrate the origin of organs, the origin and
development of sex, the division of labour and the general laws
of development.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week throughout
the session.
Ordinary. 3. Special Morphology.
Year. (^) "^^^^ complete study of a selected series of types, illus-
trating the structure, origin and relationships of the Bryo-
phytes, and Pteridophytes.
(h) The special morphology of the Sood Plants as repre-
sented by types illustrative of the principal groups, with special
reference to relationship, development and adaptations.
Students entering upon this course will be required to present
qualifications equivalent to the course of the Third Year.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week through-
out the session.
Por the work of the Third and Fourth Years, each student
will be required to provide himself with a laboratory drawing
book of specified form, and with necessary pencils, slides and
cover glasses.
Ordinary. 4. Systematic Botany. — A practical course embracing
herbarium work and the systematic study of the seed plants
with reference to the determination of species, their environ-
ment and mutual relations. These studies will be prosecuted
with special reference to a field knowledge of the ferns and
flowering plauts in the neighbourhood of Montreal.
This course is designed to complete and round out the
study of the higher plants as given in the courses on Special
Morphology (2 and 3). Students specializing in Botany will
be required to follow this as part of the ordinary course of the
Fourth Year. The course is also open to teachers of schools
and to others who may have gained a knowledge equivalent to
that represented by Gray's Structural Botany.
Two hours laboratory each week throughout the session, with
field days as may be arranged for.
i Fourth
Year.
Third
Year.
Fourth
Year.
110
B.A. Honour Couese in Biology.
5. Caudidat:s for Honours in the Third Year will, in addi- Honours.
tion to the ordinary work of that year, take a special course of
reading under the direction of the professor,, who will hold a
colloquium once each week for the purpose of giving advice
and direction in such work.
For the Session of 1903-1904, the following works will be
read : — Fossil Plants, Seward, Yol. I ; Studies in Fossil Botany,
D. H. Scott.
6. Candidates for Honours in the Fourth Year will take a Honours.
course in experimental plant physiology based upon the follow-
ing works : —
Pfeffer, Plant Physiology; ]\laeDougall, Experimental Plant
Physiology; Darwin and Acton, Practical Physiology of Plants.
Special easy work upon the experiments performed, and upon
collateral readings, will be assigned from time to time during
the session.
Students will not be permitted to take tl.Is course unless they
have previously taken the course ]irescriljed for the Second
Year.
One lecture and six laboratory hours per week.
B.Sc. Couese.
6. Students proceeding to the degree of B.Sc. will be re- Ordinary
quired to take the ordinary course of the Tliird Year Arts, (2)
and also one-half of the Honour course for that year.
Two lectures and tAvo laboratory periods each week through-
out the session.
Colloquium one hour per week during the spring term.
During the Fourth Year, students proceeding to the degree Fourth
of B.Sc. will be required to pursue special studies in extension Year.
of the work of the Fourth Year Arts, (3), in accordance Avith
such plan as may be adopted by the B.Sc. Committee at the
time of his entrance upon that year.
Zoology.
Professor : — E. W. MacBride, M.A., D. Sc
Lectt-rer : — J. Stafford, M.A., Ph.D.
Demonstrator: — ^J. C. Simpson.
lA. AxiMAL Biology (see Biology, p. 116). Ordinary.
This course includes a careful study of the laws of Biology.
Biology as illustrated by a selected series of types, ^yea"^
Special stress is laid on the study of the elements of
Third
Year
120
vertebrate anatomy and physiolog)'-, to which the most
ot the time is devoted. The types studied are Amroba,
Paramcecium, Hydra, Lumljricus, Scyllium and Eana.
Tliis course, together with the corresponding course
in Botany, constitutes the course in General Biology.
It can, however, be taken along with 1 B instead of
Botany, by students who are taking the combined six-
year eours" in Arts and Medicine leading to the degrees
of B.A. and M.D., and of B.Sc. and M.I).
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week during the
autumn term.
1 B. Continuation Course in Animal Biology. — This
course comprises a further study of vertebrate anatomy,
including a detailed study of the tissues. The type se-
lected is the Kabbit, of which the osteology and gross
anatomy are first studied, and then the finer structure
of the tissues. The practical work includes instruction
in the staining and mounting of sections.
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week during the
spring term.
Ordinary- 2 A. General Zoology. — This course consists of a general
'^'^''■^ °'" survey of the principal classes of animals. It is
Year. specially suited to the requirements of those who in-
tend to take geology, and the structure of fossil species
is studied along with tliat of their living representa-
tives.
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout
the session.
Ordinary. ^ B. Special Zoology. — This course comprises: —
Third or (a) A Special study of those groups in the animal
kingdom, the members of which are concerned in pro-
ducing disease.
(b) A study of the comparative anatomy of the
Vertebrata, with special reference to the osteology.
(c) A study of Comparative Embryology, with special
reference to the Vertebrata, forming an introduction
to Human Embryology.
Two lectures and two demonstrations a week throughout
the session.
3. A special course in Embryology, consisting of 8 lectures
and 8 periods of laboratory instruction, is given after the con-
Fourth
Year.
121
elusion of the regular courses of lectures, during the month
of April. Though this course is designed specially for the
henefit of medical students it is open to all undergraduates in
the Faculty of Arts.
Students are required to have taken 1 A and either 1 B or
2 A hefore proceeding to 2 B. It is in most cases advisable
that 1 A should be taken before proceeding to 2 A; but it is
possible for the student, by a certain amount of extra reading
and laboratory work, to cover the ground required for 2 A,
even if 1 A has not been taken.
For all the courses a study of Shipley and MacBride's Text-
book of Zoology is required.
B.A. Honour Course in Biology.
(For the Botanical portion of this course, see p. 119). Honours
4. During the Third Year, students pursuing the Honour Third
course in Biology will take the course 2 A, and in addition
pursue a course of reading under the direction of the Pro-
fessor. The Professor will hold a colloquium ouee a week
in order to supervise the studies of honour students.
The books studied during 1903-1901 will be: Darwin, Ori-
gin of Species, and Wallace, Island Life.
5. During the Fourth Year, honour students will take Honours.
courses 1 B and 2 B, and pursue in addition a course of extra Fourth
reading, supervised, as in the Third Year, by the Professor.
The books studied during 1903-1904, will be: Komaues,
Darwin and after Darwin; and Balfour, Comparative Embry-
ology, Vol. I.
No student is jjennitted to attend the lectures ivitlwut taking
the practical work. For use in the laboratory , a special note-
book and a set of dissecting instruments are required, and tvill
he supplied to ike student, v:ho is required to pay a fee of
$2.50 to cover the cost of these.
6. B.Sc. Course. — Students proceeding to the degree of
B.Sc. will in the Third Year be required to take 2 A., and, m
addition, a special course of reading under the supervision of
the professor during the spring term. In the Fourth Year they
will take 2 B., and, in addition, such extra reading and
laboratory work as may be required by the B.Sc. Committee.
Year.
122
Geology.
Professor : — Frank D. Adams, D.Sc, Ph.D.
Demonstrator : — Alfred "VV. G. Wilson, M.A., Ph.D.
Ordinary 1- General Geology. — The lectures will embrace a general
Third survey of the whole field of Geology, and will be intro-
®^''' duced by a short course in Mineralogy. Especial atten-
tion will be devoted to Dynamical Geology and to His-
torical Geology including a description of the fauna and
flora of the earth during the successive periods of its
past history.
The lectures will be illustrated by the extensive col-
lections in the Peter Bedpath Museum, as well as by
models, maps, sections and lantern views. There will
be an excursion every Saturday until the snow falls,
after which the excursion will be replaced by a demon-
stration in the Museum.
Text-looh: — Scott, An Introduction to Geology.
Boolvs of Reference: — Dawson, Hand-Book of Geo-
logy; Dana, Manual of Geology.
Three hours a week throughout the year, with additional
excursions and demonstrations as above stated.
Honours- Honour Course in Geology and Mineralogy.
Year (-^^^' Mineralogical portion of this course, see p. 115).
In the Third Year, students pursuing the Honour Course
will take the Ordinary work (General Geology, 1).
Honours. In the Fourth Year they will take the following courses (2,
Fourth 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.
Year.
2. Petrography. — The modern methods of study employed in
Petrography are first described, and the classification
and description of rocks are then taken up.
One lecture a week during the first term. One after-
noon a week throughout the year will be devoted to
special microscopical work in the Petrographical Lab-
oratory.
Text-looh: — Harker, Petrology for Students.
Bool-s if /?e/ere»fe:— Eosenhusch, Mikroskopische
Phvsiographie, and Butley, Eock-forming Minerals.
123
3. A. PalEeontology. — An extension of the Palaeontology of
Course 1, with special studies of some of the more im-
portant groups of fossils.
One lecture a week during the second term and one
demonstration a week, with special studies in the Peter
Eedpath ]\Iuseum.
Books of Reference: — Nicholson and Lydekker, Man-
ual of Palgeontology ; Zittel, Text-Book of Palaeontology.
oi;
3. B. Physiography. — A description of Land Forms with
reference to their origin, classification, drainage, develop-
ment, climatic and human controls.
The physical features of Canada will be described dur-
ing the latter half of the course.
The course will consist of lectures, demonstrations,
and laboratory work, and will be illustrated by maps,
models, and lantern slides.
Two hours a week during the first term.
4. Ore Deposits, Economic Geology and Practical Geology.
— The nature, mode of occurrence and classification of
Ore Deposits will first be taken up. A series of typical
occurrences will then be described and their origin dis-
cussed — the more important non-metallic materials —
e.g.. Fuels, Clay, Abrasive Materials, Building Stones,
etc., will be similarly treated, as well as questions of
water supply. Artesian Wells etc. The methods em-
ployed in carrying out Geological and ]\Iagnetic Surveys
and in constructing Geological Sections will then be
taken up with special studies in folding, faulting, etc.
Four lectures a week throughout the Second Term.
The course will be illustrated by maps, models, lantern
slides and specimens.
Text-loolcs: — Geikie, Outlines of Field Geology;
Kemp, Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada;
Phillips and Louis, A Treatise on Ore Deposits.
Boohs of Reference: — The Monograph? of the IT. S.
Geological Survey, and the Keports of the Geological
Survey of Canada.
124
r». Canadian (.icology. — A general descrij)tion of tlie Geology
and Mineral Resources of the Dominion.
One lecture a week during^ the first term.
Text-hoolc: — Dawson, Hand-book of Geology.
Bovks of Reference: — The Eeports of the Geological
Survey of Canada.
G. Geological Colloquium. — A discussion each week of some
Geological topic, references lo tlie literature of which
have been"^given by the Professor in the week preceding.
The course is intended to give students some acquain-,
tance with Geological literature, as well as a wider know-
ledge of the great principles which underlie the Science.
One hour a week in second term.
T. Geological Survey. — Candidates for Honours in the Fourth
"I'ear 'will also undertake, under the direction of the
Demonstrator in Geology, a Geological Survey of some
suitable area selected for that purpose. This Survey
will occup}' two weeks, and will be made either at the
close of the Third Year or immediately before the open-
ing of the regTilar work of the Fourth Year, as may be
arraugi'd by the Professor of Geology. The preparation
of a geological map of the surveyed area, the examination
of the specimens collected, and the writing of a detailed
report upon the area, will foi'm pan of the work of ihe
Fourth Year.
IST.B. — A large amount of additional private reading will also
be required of Candidates for Flonours.
Students taking any of these courses are entitled to tickets
of admission to the Museum of the Natural Hisiory'Society of
Montreal.
Course for B.A. Honours in Geology and Mineralogy.
Third Year. — Geology (ordinary of Third Year).
Mineralogy.
Zoology (ordinary of Third Year).
Chemistry (of Second or Tliird Year).
Fourth Year. — Geology (Advanced) — Lectures, Tiab. wni-k.
Field work, Colloquium, Heading.
Mineralogy ( Advanced ) .
Botany (ordinary of Third Year).
125
Metaorology.
Superintendent op Observatory : — C. H. McLeod, Ma.E.
liistructioii jii Meteorological Observations will be given in
the Observatory at hours to suit tlie cfiTi\onien<p of the senior
students.
Certificates will be granted to those students who pass a
satisfactory examination on the construction and use of meteor-
ological instruments and on the general facts of jMeteorology.
Pedagogy.
Lectl'rer : — Principal S. P. Robins, M.A., L.L..D.
Lectures on this subject will be given in the Xormal School
1o undergraduates of the Third and Fourth Years, who wish
to obtain the Provincial Academy Diploma.
Lecture hours, Tuesdays and Fridays, 2 to 3.
Physical Traininp.
Medical Director of Physical Traimng ; —
R. Tait McKenzie, B.A., M.D.
The classes will meet at the University (jrymnasiuin ai hours
to be announced at the commencement of the Session. The
Wicksteed Silver and Erouze j\fpdals (the gift of Dr. R. J.
Wicksteed) are offered for competition to students of the Gradu-
ating Class and to students who have had instruction in the
Gymnasium .for two srssions,— tlic silver medal to the former,
the bronze medal to the latter. (See p. 44.)
VII!. Laboratories.
The fVacdonald Physical laboratories.
The equipment of the M-icdonald Phy.sical Lfiborntories com-
prises: (1) apparatus for rllusitiratino: lectures; (2) simple forms
of the pijjjcipul instruments lor use by the sludeuts in practical
work (3; Th^ most recent types of all important instruments for
exact measurement, to be used in connection with special work and
research.
The basfment contains the cellars, furnaces, and janitor's depart-
I'lenL at the west end of the building-. The machine room — contam-
ing i\ Email gas engine and dynamo, which are fitted for testing, but
can also bo used for light and power, a motor-alternator and a
motor-dynamo — is situated at the extreme western corner of the
basement so as to be as far removed as possibla from the delicate
126
magnetic and electrical instruments. Here is also the switch board
for controlling the various circuits for supplying direct or alternat-
ing- current to different parts of the building. The Accumulator
Room contains a few large storage cells, charged by the motor-
dynamo, which are fitted with a suitable series-parallel arrangement
and with rheostats for obtaining and controlling large currents up
to 4,000 amperes for testing ammeters and low resistances, etc.
The Magnetic Laboratory contains magnetic instruments and
variometers of different patterns, and also a duplicate of the B. A.
Electro-dynamometer, which has been completely remodelled and
set up with great cai'e for absolute measurements of current. The
Laboratory, on the opposite side of the basement contains a very
fine Lorenz apparatus for the absolute measurement of resistance,
constructed under the supervision of Prof. Viriamu Jones. It also
contains a set of Ewing Seismographs and a pair of Darwin Record-
ing Mirrors for measuring small movem.ents of the soil.
There is a Constant Temperature Room, surrounded by doulble
walls, which contains a Standard Rieffler Clock, and is fitted for
comparator work.
The ground floor contains at the western corner a small machine
shop, fitted with a milling machine and suitable lathes and tools,
driven by electric motors, and such appliances as are required for
the making and repairing of the instruments, for wihich the services
of a mechanical assistant are retained. There is also a store room
for glass, chemicals and cleaning materials, and extensive lockers
and lavatories for the use of the students.
The Main Electrical Laboratory is a room 60 feet by 40, and is
fitted with a number of brick piers, which come up through the
floor, and rest on independent foundations, in addition to the usual
slate shelves round the walls. This room contains a large number
of electrometers, galvanometers, potentiometers and other testing
instruments of various patterns, and adapted for different uses. It
connects with a smaller room at the side, in which are kept the
resistance boxes and standards, and also the capacity standards. A
small research laboratory, adjoining the electrical laboratory, is fit-
ted up for the study of electrical discharge in high vacua, and for
work with Rontgen and uranium radiation, and with ultra-violet
light.
The First Floor contains the Main Lecture Theatre, with seats
for about 250 students. The lecture table is supported on separate
piers, which are independent of the floor. Complete arrangements
are provided for optical projections and illustration. The Prepara-
tion Room in the rear contains many of the larger pieces of lecture
apparatus, but the majority of the instruments, when not in use,
are kept in suitable cases in the adjoining apparatus room. On the
same floor there is the Heat Laboratory, devoted to advanced work
in Thermometry, Pyrometry and Calorimetry, and also to such elec-
trical work as involves the use of thermostats and the measurement
of the effects of temperature. There are also two smaller rooms for
Professors and Demonstrators.
The Second Floor is partly occupied by the upper half of the Lec-
ture Theatre. There is also an Examination Room for paper work,
a Mathematical Lecture Room, with a special appai'atus room de-
voted to apparatus for illustrating Mathematical Physics, and a
special Physical Library chiefly devoted to reference books and
periodicals relating to Physics. A store room, lavatories and Pro-
fessors' Room occupy the remainder of the liat.
127
The Third Floor contains the Elementary Laboratory, a rooin 60
feet square, devoted to elementary practical work in Heat, Sound and
Electricity and Magnetism. There is a Demonstrator's room adjoin-
ing-, and an optical annex devoted to experiments with lenses, gal-
vanometers, etc., which require a darkened room. On the other side
of the building there is a spectroscopic room, containing a six-inch
Rowland grating, with mountings by Brashear, and other large spec-
trometers and polarimeters. Also a series of smaller optical rooms,
including a photometric room, specially fitted for Arc photometry,
and a dark room for photographic work . Communication between
the different fiats is facilitated by means of a hydraulic elevator.
The building is lighted throughout by electricity, and heated by hot
water. The walls are of pressed briok, and the floors of hard maple.
There is a ventilating system, consisting of Tobin tubes and suitable
exit flues, assisted by a fan in the roof.
The Macdonald Chemical Laboratories.
The main lecture-theatre, extending through two stories, is en-
tered from the ground floor, and seats nearly 250 students. The lec-
ture-table is supplied with coal-gas, oxygen and hydrogen, elec-
tricity, water, vacuum, down-draught, etc., and can be well seen
from all parts of the room.
Besides the main lecture-theatre, there are three smaller class-
rooms, accommodating from 40 to 60 students each.
The three principal laboratories have each a floor-space of about
2,400 square feet, and together have accommodation for nearly two
hundred students working at a time. They are lighted on three
sides, and 'have ample hood space. One is intended for beginners,
and the others for more advanced work, more particularly in quali-
tative and quantitative analysis. In connection with each of the
main laboratories is a balance-room, equipped with balances by
several of the best makers.
Physcal Chemistry is provided for in a special laboratory, nearly
30 by 40 feet, lighted from the north, and supplied with electricity,
steam, vacuum pumps, etc. The equipment of this department con-
sists of the apparatus necessary for the determination of the specific
gravities of solutions, of the depression of freezing point, and the
rise of boiling point, of the densites of gases and vapours. There
are constant temperature baths for accurate measurement of solu-
bilities, Kohlrausch's apparatus for determining the electrical con-
ductivity of solutions, and the apparatus necessary for measuring
the electro-motive forces generated between metals and their solu-
tions, and in voltaic cells generally. There are also calorimeters for
measuring the heat effects produced in chemical reactions. There
is on the same floor an optical room furnished with refractometers
for measuring the refractive indices of solutions, goniometers, po-
lariscopes and spectroscopes. Other forms of apparatus will be add-
ed as required for research work.
Immediately adjoining the laboratory of Physical Chemistry is
the Photographic department, supplied with two dark rooms, ar-
ranged on the maze system, and supplied with the necessary appli-
ances for all ordinary photographic work, including an enlarging
camera. Apparatus for mici-o-photography will sihortly be added to
the equipment.
12S
The laboratory for Gas Analysis ha^ a northern expos'T-a^ 3r,(j js
fitted with a large tank, to contain water at the temperature of the
room, for use In the measurement of gases. The tables are arranged
for work with mercury, and the laboratory is supplied with the
apparatus of Hempel. Dittmar, Orsat, Elliott, and others. It contains
also Fleuss, Boltwood, and Topler pumps for providinsr high vacua.
The laboratory for Electrolytic Analysis is supplied with accu-
mulators, thermopile, platinum electrodes, rheostats, ammeters, volt-
meters, etc.
Another room has lately been equipped with electric furnaces
and other appliances for electro-chemical work.
The Organic Department comprises a laboratory for preparations
and research, a combustion room for analysis, a dark room for po-
loriscope and sacharimeter work, and a lecture room. The labora-
tory is fitted with all the necessary apparatus for organic re-
search — special hoods for work with poisonous gase^, regulating
ovens for digesting and drying at vai'ious temperatures, filter press-
es for the extraction of raw materials, and various forms of ap-
paratus for distillation in vacuo. The dark room is equipped with
polariscopes and saccharimeters for sugar work. There is a large
quantity of the necessary organic chemicals, which are supplied
free of charge to students engaged in routine or research work in
this department.
The ilaboratory for Determinative Mineralogy has places for 2.
students, and is supplied with abundant material for practical work.
It adjoins the lecture-room, in which the lectures on advanced
mineralogy are delivered. The mineralogical depa.rfment is also pro-
vided with suitable machiiiery, run by electricity, for cutting and
polishing minerals.
The Lbrary contains a valuable collection of the most recent
English, French and German books, and sets of various journals and
transactions, including the Berichte der Deutschen Chemischen Ge-
sellschaft, Journal flir praktisohe Chemie, Chemisches Central-blatt,
Fresenius' Zeitschrift ftir Analytische Chemie, Zeitschrift fur Anor-
ganische Chemie, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Journal of the
Chemical Society, Journal of Physical Chemistry, American Che-
mical JuUiiial, Chemical News, Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie,
Zeitschrift fiir Elektrochemie, Miiieralogische und Petrographische
Mittheiliingen, etc. The library is open to students under such re-
stiictions as aie necessary to prevent damage or loss of booKs.
The rooms for allied purposes have, as far as possible, been
grouped together on the same floor, and there is a hydraulic lift
running from the basement to the attic. The offices and principal
laboratories and supply rooms are also connected by a system of
telephones, The building is practically fire-proof.
Botanical Laboratories.
The Botanical Laboratories occupy the upper floor of the central
Arts building.
The laboratory for general Morphology provides table accommo-
dation for twenty students, and is equipped with all the necessary
appliances for the practical study of plants, either fresh or dry.
In connection with this laboratory, a large collection of dried
plants is maintained, from which material is drawn for practical
work.
Mathematical Laboratory.
Petrographical Laboratory.
120
The laboratories for special Morphology at present afford accom-
modation for twelve students. Each table is provided with a com-
plete outfit of instruments and reagents. Provision is also made
for accurate micrometrie work, and for the production of accurate
drawings by means of the camera luclda and Leitz's drawing instru-
ment. More special instruments, including polariscope, spectroscope
and photographing apparatus, afford opiwrtunity for detailed studies
in these several directions.
An investigator's table held by the University at the Biological
Laboratory, Wood's Hall, Massachusetts, is available for such stu-
dents as may sucessfully complete the advanced course of the Third
and Fourth Years.
Zoofogical Laboratories.
The Zoological Department occupies the whole of th« uppermo&t
floor of the east wing of McGill College and the larger portion of
the floor immediately below.
It consists of: —
(a). A large laboratory affording accommodation for a class of
90 students.
(h). A smaller laboratory capable of seating about 18 students.
(f) Three smaller laboratories fitted up for pui poses of research.
(<1). A room fitted up for the University Osteologist.
Dissecting trays, simple and compound microscopes, reasonable
quantities of the ordinary reagents and of glass are provided by
the department, but students must provide themselves with dissect-
ing instruments, and with razors.
The Department is provided with four large tanks and a number
of smaller ones in order to maintain a supply of fresh specimens
throughout the w'inter.
The subjects for practical work, are, so far as possible, selected
from species inhabiting the vicinity of Montreal.
The laboratories are well provided with thermostats, microtomes,
and other instruments required for advanced research. There is also
a small library attached to the department.
A complete set of apparatus for microphotographic work has
recently been added to the equipment of the laboratory.
Petrographical Laborator .
The Petrographical Laboratory, containing the chief rock collec-
tions of the X'nivei'sity, is situated in the Macdonald CheTTiistry and
Mining Building, and is arranged for the use of Honour and Graduate
students. It is provided with a number of petrographical microscopes
by Seibert and Crouch, as well as with models, sets of thin sections,
electro-magnets, heavy solutions, etc., for petrographical work.
For purposes of study and comparison, in connection with ad-
vanced work and petrographical investigation, Dr. Adams' extensive
private collection of rocks and thin sections is available.
130
TIME TABLES-FACULTY OF ARTS.
LECTURES.
First Year — Men.
Hours.
Monday.
Tuesday.
"Wrdnbsday.
Thursday.
Friday.
Saturday.
9
Latin.
Math.
Math.
French.
Latin.
10
French.
Greek.
Latin.
Greek.
Greek.
11
Math.
French.
English.
German.
History.
12
English.
German.
German.
English.
Physics.
2
3
Greek.
Eng. Comr.
French.
Latin.
Math.
Physics.
German.
4
5
First Year — Women.
Hours.
Monday.
Tuesday.
V/ednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
Greek.
Saturday.
9
Greek.
Physics.
Greek.
Greek.
10
English.
History.
French.
French.
Matli.
11
German.
Math.
Latin.
English.
French.
12
Latin.
Latin.
Math.
German.
Latin.
2
Math.
French.
German.
Physics.
English.
3
Kng. Comp.
German.
4
•6
131
Second Year — Men.
Hours.
Monday
TUESDAT
Wednesday
Thursday.
Friday.
Saturday
9
German.
Hebrew.
Logic.
Sir:: ! ^--^•
French.
Chem. Lab.
10
Latin
Latin.
^--'^- i irbTewV
Hebrew.
German.
Chem. Lab.
-
Math.
Chemistry.
English
Latin.
Math.
Biol. Lab. (fc)
(Botany).
12
English.
Greek.
Chemistry. English.
Chemistry.
Biol. Lab. (b)
(Botany).
2
Greek.
Biology.
French.
Math.
Biology.
3
Chem. Lab.
Biol. Lab.
(Zoology).
Latin.
Logic.
Biol. Lab.
(Zoology).
4
rii „ T „v. ' Biol. Lab.
Chem. Lab. ;,,,■,
! (Zoology).
Biol. Lab. (6)
(Botany).
Greek.
Biol. Lab.
(Zoology).
5
Chem. Lab. ( French.
j
Biol. Lab. (6)
. Botany).
Logic.
Second Year — Wojvien.
Hours.
aiONDAY.
Tuesday.
Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
Saturday.
9
Greek.
Latin.
French.
Latin.
Math.
Chem. Lab.
10
English.
Math.
Math.
French .
Latin.
Chem. Lai..
11
Logic
Chemistry.
German.
English.
German.
12
German.
Greek.
Chemistry.
Logic.
Chemistry.
2
Biol. Lab.
French.
Latin.
Biol. Lab.
:■'. I
3
Biol. Lab.
Chem. Lab.
Biology.
Biol. Lab.-
Fren ch
4
Biology.
Chem. L.ab.
Logic.
Greek.
Greek.
5
German.
(6) Buring Second Term.
132
Primary Courses (Third and Fourth Years).
MauBAi.
'JJUSSHA^-ST-.
Wbdnksdax.
Thubsbay.
Pbiba-t .
Sattjkdat.
9
Geology..
Sanskrit.
Hist, of Phil OS.
Mechanics.
German.
Chem.
History.
Gieek.
Geology.
Sanskrit.
Astr (rt) Opt. (h)
Hist, of Philos
German.
Latin.
Hebrew.
.Zoology.
Chem. Lab.
Geol. Lab.
10
Botany.
EngH'sh.
Mathematics
Physics {B).
Kng. Coinp.
III.
Latin.
Hebrew.
Botany.
English.
Math.
Physics {B)
Geology.
Sanskrit.
Hist, of Phil.
Ast.(») npt.(6)
German.
Chem. Lab.
Geol. Lab.
11
Chemistry.
History.
Greek.
Latin.
Hebrew.
History.
Greek.
Chemistry.
History.
Greek.
Latin.
Hebrew.
Chem. Lab.
Geol. Lab.
12
Moral PhiloSi
French.
Economics.
Physics (A)
Moral Philos. Eng. Comp.
Frencli. IV.
Economics.
Physics (A) Kto-ai phUoa
Mor.1 Philos. ^'°'^IJ^^°'
i reach. , ^^^^^^.i^^^^
Economics. | -^ * •
Geol. Lab.
2
Zool. Lab.
Comp. Phil.
Chem. liab.
Polit. Science
Physics Lab .
Peda./ogy.
Hist, of Hhil.:
Sanskrit.
Mechanics.
German.
Zoology.
PoliT. Science.
ZooL Laib.
Phvsics Lab.
Culnp. Phil.
PoL Science.
Pedagogy
Bot. Lab.
polit. Scienc.!.
3
Zool. Lab.
Chem. Lab.
Physics Lab.
EJiCTliah.
Bot. Lab.
Mathematics
Chen. Lab.
Zool. Lab.
Pliyaics Lab.
Bot. Lab.
English.
Mathematics
I ^
Art & Arch.
Logic & Met.
Bomau Law,
Chem. Lab.
Bot. Lab.
Logic & Met
Koman Law.
Eoraaai Law .
Bot. Lab.
CTiem. Lab.
Act & Arch. Logi-G & Met
Logic & Meta. Rom Law (?;)
Koman Law. Cons. Law (a
5
Pub. Finance
Const. L. & H
Const. L. <t H
Bot. Lab.
Chem. Lab.
Public Finance. iConst. L. & 11
Const. L. <fe H.
1
(A) Heat, Lig&t ami Soand.
(B) Magnetism and Electricity.
(a) During First Term. C6) During Second Term.
N.B.— The term Primary Course denotes the first course taken in the subject subseqiuent to the
Intermediate Examination, whether in the Third or Fourth Year.
133
K
_
, "5
•S a
.a
5
nil
o
■S
1
o
W
a
o
rt
o
o
P3
■» a S
° S >> ■
o "S ^ -i^
o g
C C3 t- ~
l^.a'-t
fc< a ^ ^"
•43 e3
o - o ^
s
fcfl
1
"3
5 .
u
o
.5-?
2--
O —
1 1
O r^
o - c
o ■
a a o
- a
•a c3
? S'
" 5
2 ;:&• .
O ■S'a c
i: S£ 2
'5 5
>>
— "So
S 2 ti
o , ,
Ori,
n
|Ha
t»P
'l5
i !?
J M
.2 -^ ■—
a=cS
"5; 3
25
Co
o
|2s
u ■-
^' -
oT c3
,* 1
—1 »
s %
f-rtW
'2 s 5
2" ^
o
o
P3
S '-5 ■« •
-ji S 3 ?
;= rt ^ cs
.9 ." S S
a
C
III
- I^'r
m S 6
to
o
o
a
u
C
a
o
1
c3
>>
OS
o
o
«
.9 s .2 5
^^^'-^
*-« s f^
^■2|
3
'■S M
s
1
?3 s
g
o
5
1§
1^
a SI)
2 >i
Si
a >= o
J=8a
a
5
S . 1^ _ a
-3 a
II
•1-2
BtS
5 = m
o a:?
a t-
|5
•^ 5
1^
t, o
— S^
III
^
S
c
S 2 l-T! =
t, f=; a ti
■-'1 "^
C5
c a
P
,
i—i
2.2
;m
,JL, 2
5
o
o
•- 1 >>
.2
III
^
a
ce
a
m
o
o
2 £-0 .
O m
Is
s
^
lis
a ■
i
sir 5
a
^
>>
5
5|g|
3.2
a
■"
o
o
o
o
o
cc
GQ
ta
o
OS
o>
G
O)
«
C)
CI
=
rH
•*
1=
C3
■
■^
"^
■^.
>!.
>i
e4
c3
r^
H
-O
s^
m
Q
ts
C3
-a
>>
>.
k.
*
'5
3
E&
a
o
f
^
131
Christmas Examinations, 1903.*
Morning examinations commence at 9; afternoon examina-
tions at 2.30.
Day and Date.
First Year.
Second Year.
Third and Fourth Years.
Monday, Dec, 14tli A.M.
Latin.
Latin .
Mechanics ; Astronomy.
P.M.
Mathematics.
German.
Tuesday, Dec. 15th A.M.
Greek.
Greek.
Greek ; Political Economy.
" P.M.
Chemistry.
Geology.
Wednesday, Dec. 16tb. A.M.
Physics.
Psychology.
Moral Philosophy.
P.M.
French.
French.
Latin.
Thursday, Dec. 17th . . A.M.
Mathematics.
English.
Botany ; Political Science.
P.M.
German.
German.
French.
Hebrew.
History of Philosophy.
Friday, Deo. 18th A.M.
English.
Physics.
Logic.
•' P.M.
Biology.
Zoology.
* The Christmas Examinations are obligatory on all undergraduates, and on partiala
desiring to be undergraduates, and the standing gained therein will be taken into account
by the Faculty at the close of the session. The results will be made known after the
Christmas vacation. . ,, . , ^ ..u 'ri,:.j .^^a
The above time table is subject to modification, especially in regard to the Ihird ana
Fourth Years.
135
Sessional Examinations, 1904.
Morning examinations commence at 9 ; afternoon examina-
tions at 2.30.
Day aud Date.
First Yeab.
Second Yeai:.
Third and Fourth Years.
Thiir,day. April 7th ..A.M.
Latin.
Latin.
'• P.M.
Latin.
Latin.
Friday, April StU A.M.
English.
English.
'• P.M.
Englisli.
English.
Monday. April llth... A.M.
" P.M.
German
German.
German.
German.
Order of subjects to be de-
determined in the course of
the session.
Tuesday. April 12tli A.M .
iJeom. & Arith.
Mathematics.
'• P.M.
Trig. & Alg.
Mathematics.
Wednesday. April K^th.A.M.
Cliemistry.
P.M.
Chemistry.
Th'irsday. April 14th. A.M.
Greek.
Greek.
P.M.
Greek.
Greek.
Friday, April loth. .. AM.
French.
Frencli .
" P.M.
French.
French.
Monday, April 18th A.M.
Physics.
Logic.
P.M.
Hebrew.
Tuesday, April 19th A.M.
Botany, Zoology
■' P.M.
Biology.
^orjal ^Tictoria Ol^ollege.
The institution of tlie lioyal Victoria College, in Septem-
ber, 1899, was a direct continuation of the Avorlc begam in 1883,
dnring the Principalship of the bite Sir William Dawson, when
Lord Strathcona and Mount Eoyal ])laced a sum at the dis-
posal of the Universit}^ of jMcGill, for the Endowment of a
College and classes for women. For many years previously it
had been hoped l;)y those interested in the education of women
in Montreal that the University would extend its benefits to
women, but the means necessary for carrying out such an aim
had not been available. The classes were organized in lS>!t
as a Special Course in the Faculty of Arts, held at McGill Col-
lege, separate in the main from those for men. but under iden-
tical conditions. In some of the work of the Third and Fourth
Years, and in the Honour and Additional Courses, the classes
were held jointly.
The ultimate aim of Lord Slraihcona had been the founda-
tion of a place of residence, and, viih this object, he announced
his intention of building and endowing the Royal Victoria
College. By the opening of this Institution the opportunity
of residence and college life i^ given to women-students of
McGill University, Avorking in accordance with the system pre-
viously organized in the Special Course in Arts, but under
greatly improved conditions. A share in the advantages of
college life is offered also to the non-resident Avomen-studcnts
of the University, Avho are henceforth also students of the
Royal Victoria College. Additional elements have been added
in the organization of a Musical Department, and in the in-
stitution of Resident Women Tutors. These additions are in
accordance Avith the general aim of the College; viz., the higher
education of Avomen, and mainly to qualify them to take de-
grees in Arts (including Pure Science), and to provide them
Avith instruction in those liranclies of a lil)eral education neces-
sary thereto and in such other subjects as may from time to
time be determined.
137
The College being a residential College for the Women-
Siudents of McGill University, its students, whether Under-
graduates, Conditioned Students, or Partial, follow the courses
in Arts and Pure Science offered by the University, (see pp.
76-125). ■
Lectures are given by the Professors aud Lecturers
of the University, either in the College or in the University
buildings, and students attend the University Laboratories for
practical instruction. In addition to the instruction given in
lectures and laboratory practice, the students of the Royal
Victoria College are assisted in their studies by the Resident
Tutors.
The ColJege Building.
The College is situated on Sherbrooke Street, at the head
of Union Avenue, in close proximity to the University build-
ings and to the slopes of Mount Royal. The building is fire-
proof, and much thought and artistic care have been given to
the furnishing and, decoration.
On the ground floor are the offices of the Administration,
including the rooms of the Warden and Secretary, the Pro-
fessors' common room, lecture rooms (English, French, Ger-
man, Mathematics), students' common room and a spacious
diniug hall. On the first floor are other lecture rooms (Latin,
Greek, Logic, and Philosophy), the library, reading-room, and
a handsonae assembly hall. On the second and third floors are
the rooms of the resident students. These are of varying size
and plan. Each student has a separate bedroom, and, as a"
rule, one sitting-room is shared by the occupants of the two
or three bedrooms immediately adjoining. The entire use of
a sitting-room can be obtained, and there are some rooms which
may be used as study-bedi'ooms. The rooms are completely
furnished, and no article of furniture need be brought by the
students. Ko part need be taken by the students in the care of
their rooms.
In addition to the lawn at the back of the College, the
students are entitled to use, subject to ragulations, the grounds
of McGill University, Avith its tennis-courts, skating-rink, etc.
A nucleus of the College Library has been formed in a set
of books, comprising the stated books arid others referred to
in connection with the University curricula, the modem
language course being especially well represented. There are
188
also works of general literature. The Library is a reading-
room, and the books are not taken away. The students have
access also to the University Lending Library.
Students of Music have the use of a large practising-room,
and, at certain hours, of the piano in the common room, as
also of the Gymnasium piano.
The Gymnasium, fully equipped in accordance with the re-
quirements of the Swedish system, is in the basement. In con-
nection with the Gymnasium there are bath-rooms and dressing-
rooms.
The health of the students is under the charge of a competent
physician practising in Montreal, who may be consulted free of
charge.
Students of the Eoyal Victoria College, as students of McGill
University, are entitled to the use of the University Library,
containing about 96,500 volumes, and the Peter Eedpath
Museum containing large collections in Mineralog}^ Palaeon-
tology, Zoology, Botany, Archaeology, and Ethnology, and to
work in the Physical, Chemical, Zoological, Botanical and other
laboratories and the Botanic Gardens of the University. (For
particulars of laboratories, etc., see pp. 125, et seqq).
Board and Residence.
Eesidence in the College buildings is open to Undergraduates,
Conditioned Students, or Partial Students, but the last are not
received in residence unless they take courses of study ap-
proved by the Faculty of the College. The expense of board
and residence ranges from $290 to $440, in addition to the ses-
sional fees for tuition (see p. 29), according to the room or
rooms occupied by the students; for a majority of the rooms
the expense of board and residence is $390. These charges
cover the University Session, 9th September — 30th April, and
the summer classes, 30th April — 26th June. A deduction of
$50 is made in the case of students who go out of residence at
the end of the University Session.
Applications for admission or further particulars should be
addressed to the Warden, Eoyal Victoria College, Montreal.
Physical Training.
The Gymnasium is in the charge of Miss Holmstrom., graduate
of the Posse Gymnasium, Boston, and of the Harvard Summer
School, who teaches on Swedish principles. Special attention
139
is devoted to the application of exercise in cases of physical
\veals:ness, Miss Holmstroni having had considerable experience
in the medical branch of her work. All students undergo a
physical examination on entering upon the gymnastic course,
under the superintendence of Dr. R. Tait Mackenzie, B.A.,
M.D., Assistant Lecturer in Anatomy at the University. Teams
of Basket-Bail are formed, and, when weather permits, this and
other exercises are practised on the lawn, at the back of the
College building. This ground is also provided with lawn-
tennis courts.
Exhibitions and Scholarships.
For a statement of the Exhibitions and Scholarships open
to AYomen Students of the University, see pp. 47, 53 and 55.
In addition to these, and further to encourage residence
within the College walls of students who might otherwise ar-
range to board in the city, the Warden and Faculty are em-
powered to make nominations in any of the four College years
to not more than three additional Exhibitions of the value of
$100 each.
Music.
Apart from the University Courses, instruction in Music is
offered at the College, for which a separate fee is charged. The
instruction includes the Pianoforte in all its branches (solo,
ensemble playing, concertos, duos for two pianofortes); Sing-
ing (voice production, vocalization, sight-singing, ear-tests, solo
and part singing); and Lectures on Theoiy (elements of music,
harmony, counterpoint, and history of music). Attendance at
certain of these Courses is expected of all students of music.
140
ROYAL VICTORIA COLLEGE.
First Year.
9
10
11
12
Monday.
Greek.
Knslish.
German.
TuESDAT. I Wednesday.
Thitrsday. FaiDAY. Saturday.
Physics. I Gi-eek.
Greek.
History. } Frencl
Englisli. Frencli.
Latin.
Matli.
German.
yrencli.
German.
Jing. Coinp.
PUysirS.
Englisli.
German.
Secomd Year.
HOLTJS.
MOKDAY.
TCESDAV.
Wedxebdat.
THrKEDAY.
Fkidat,
Saturday.
9
Gre«k.
Latin.
French.
Latin.
Math.
Chem, Lab.
To^
11
English.
M-ath.
Math.
French.
Latin.
Chem. Lab.
Logic.
Chemistry.
German.
English.
German.
12
German.
Greek.
Chemistry.
Logic.
Chemistry.
2
Biol. Lab.
French.
Latin.
Biol. Lab.
English.
3
Biol. Lab.
Chem. Lab.
Biology.
Biol. Lab.
French.
4
Biology.
Chem. Lab.
Logic
Greek.
Greek
5
German.
{h) During second term.
^acultij of gi:|jpflxctl ^cieitjce.
Field Work ix Sueyeyixg will begix ox Moxday,
August 24th. Leptukes will begin on Tuesday, Septeic-
BER 22XD.
I I. General Statement.
The instruction in this Faculty is designed to atl'ord a
complete preliminary training, of a practical as well as theo-
retical nature, in the following: —
I. — Akchitectcre.
II. — Chemistry.
III. — Civil Engixeerixg and Surveyxxg.
IV. — E1.ECTRICAL Engineering.
V. — Mechanical Engineering.
VI.— Metallurgy.
VII. — Mining Engineering.
The degrees conferred by the University upon such under-
graduates of the Faculty as fulfil the conditions and pass the
examinations hereinafter stated are, in the ^ first instance,
'•Bachelor of Science" (B.Sc), mention being made in the
diploma of the particular Course of study pursued, and, sub-
seqttently, the degrees of "Master of Science" (M.Sc), and
"Doctor of Science" (D.Sc).
The curriculum, as laid down in the following pages^ may
be changed from time to time as may be deemed iidvi^al^le
by the Faculty, and it is now under conte^uplation to make
important modifications in the sev-eral courses. Should the
proposed changes be carried otit, the work of the first two
years will be the same for tJie civH, electrical, mechiinical and
mining; courses.
HI
§ II. Matriculation and Admission.
For subjects of matriculation, conditions and fees, sec pp.
10-20.
'i III. Examinations and Degrees.
I. For the Degree of Bachelor of Science (B.Sc).
Sessional examinations are held in all the subjects. In addi-
tion, there are Christmas examinations in certain of the subjects,
and class examinations are held from time to time.
II. Higher Degrees.
For regulations relating to the degrees of " Master of Sci-
ence " (M.Sc), and "Doctor of Science" (D.Sc), see
pp. 2i and 25.
III. Special Provisions fjr Obtaining the two Degre2S of " Bachelor
of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.)
in Six Years.
For particulars, see p. 68.
^ IV. Graduate Courses.
Students who take the Bachelor's degree in one of the courses
provided by the Faculty of Applied Science may graduate in
any of the remaining courses by attending one or more subse-
quent sessions.
Graduates may also take an advanced course in the branch in
which they have received their degree. On passing an examin-
ation at the end of such advanced course, the Master's degree
will be conferred without further examination, on presentation
at the end of one additional year, of a satisfactory thesis on
approved work.
Students are strongly recommended to take a graduate course,
and special arrangements will be made for advanced and re-
search work in the following: —
Architecture. — Advanced study in design. Students may
also take any of the options of the course (see p. 160), and
the course on Art History (see p. 101).
143
The elasticity and strength of materials. (See § XT, 3, an J
§ XII, 13.
Mining and Metallurgy. — Advanced study in metallurgy and
mining can be carried on with great advantage in the labora-
tories. (See § XI, 11, 14, and § XII, 9 and'lO.)'
The efficiency of pumps and hydraulic motors. (See § XI, 3,
and § XII, 7.)
Ore dressing, coal washing, and gold and silver milling.
The lal;)oratories of the Mining department have been equip] )ed
and arranged with especial reference to advanced and research
work in the theory and practice of concentration. (See p. 199.)
The efficiency of power transmission by air, water, gas, and
steam. (See § XI, 3, 5, 10.)
The efficiency of steam, gas and hot-air engines and of air
compressor.?. (See § XI, 10 and 17.)
The efficiency of machines and machine tools, and the power
absorbed by the several processes of mechanical work. (See
§ XI, 10.)'
The efficiency of dynamometers, belting and shafting, includ-
ing investigations into the relative merits of the several un-
guents. (See § XII, 8.)
The efficiency of the several types of boilers, including in-
vestigatio]is on the heat-producing power of fuels. (See § XI,
17.)
The flow of water through orifices and pipes, and over weirs.
(See § XI, 3, and § XII, 7.)
Geodesy and practical astronomy. (See § XII, 6.)
Physics. — The Macdonald Physics Building has been equipped
and arranged with special reference to graduate courses and
original research work in various branches of pure Physics.
pA-ery facility will be afforded in the workshops for the con-
struction of special apparatus required for such investigations.
(See § XII, 12.)
Mathematics. — Students taking graduate courses will receive
guidance in any advanced mathematics required in connection
with their Avork.
Chemistry and Mineralogy. (See § XI, 3, 8 and 13, and
§XII, 4.)
The determination and comparison of the errors and the co-
efficients of standards of length. (See § XI, 4, and § XII, 6.)
The determination of gravity. (See § XII, G.).
144
^ V. Attendance and Conduct.
See page 35.
? V!. Library.
Stndents in this Faculty are entitled to use the Univer.sity
Library under the regulations cited on p. 296. Stndents also
have access to the- various departmental libraries under the
special regnlations by which each is governed.
?Vn. Fees and Registration,
See pp. 27 and 30.
^Vlif. Medals, Exhibitions, Prizes and Honours.
1. The British Association Medals and Exhibition, found-
ed by the British Association for the Advancement of Science,
in commemoration of the meeting held in Montreal in the
year 1884.
A British Asociation medal and prize in books are open for
competition to students of the graduating class in each of the
seven courses, and, if the examiners so recommend, will be
awarded to the student taking the highest position in the final
examinations.
2. The Governor General's silver medal (the gift of His Ex-
cellency The Eight Honourable the Earl of Minto).
This medal will he awarded for graduate research work.
3. Summer Work. (See § IX, 1.) The following prizes
are offered for the best summer theses : —
To the stvidents of the Civil Engineering Course, a prize
of $25 presented by E. B. Greenshields, Esq., B.A.
To the students of the Electrical Engineering Course, a
prize of $25 from the British Association fund.
To the students of the Mechanical Engineering Course, a
prize of $25 presented by the Crosljy Steam Gauge & Valve
Co.
To the students of the Mining Engineering Course, a prize
of $25 presented by Geo. E. Drummond, Esq.
145
Four prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered for com-
petition to student members of the Canadian Society of Civil
Engineers, for the best papers on subjects in any department
of en^neering. The summer theses prepared by students of
this Uuiversity are available for this competition.
4. A gold medal and two prizes of $35 and $15, offered by
the Canadian Miuing Institute, will l)e open for competition
to students from McGill University, Toronto University and
Queen's University, and will be awarded to the students pre-
senting the best papers on some subject connected with min-
ing, ore dresing, metallurgy, or economic geolog}'. Prefer-
ence will be given to those theses which shoAV decided origin-
ality.
5. The following Exhibitions and Prize=^ will be open for
competition at the beginning of the session: — {Students are re-
quired to notify the Dean of their intention to compete, at least
one week before the commencement of the Examination.)
(A) A British Association Exhibition of $50.00 and prize
of $25,00, to students entering the fourth year, the subjects
of examination beiug the Mathematics and Theory of Struc-
tures of the ordinary course.
(B) Three prizes of $25.00, $15.00 and $10.00, to students
entering the third year, the subject of examination being the
Matlieinatics of the second year.
(C) A Scott Exhibition of $50.00, founded by the Caledon-
ian 'Society of Montreal, in commemoration of the Centenary
of Sir Walter Scott, and two prizes of $25.00 and $15.00, to
students entering the second year, the subjects of examination
being: —
(a) English Literature (Summer Vacation Work); (b) (Mathematk-s
of the first year ; (c) Descriptive Geometry of the first year.
(D) Two prizes, each of $10.00, presented by J. J\L McCar-
thy, Esq.. B.A.Sc, to students entering the third year, for
proficiency in Levelling or Transit Work.
6. The sum of $150, presented by W. A. Carlyle, Esq.,
Ma.E., may be awarded in prizes to students of the Mning
Course talcing the highest positions in the degree examina-
tions of 1901.
7. A prize of $50.00, presented by James Tighe, B.A.Sc,
for research work in Hydraulics.
146
8. All exliibilioii offered to graduates by A. E. Childs, M.Sc,
for a sjiecial research on ''The flow of gas through pipes under
pressure."
9. It is proposed to offer in September, 1904, a Kesearch
Scholarship in Chemistry, on the endowment of the late Dr.
T. Sterry Hunt, to graduate students in this Faculty or the
Faculty of Arts.
10. The Canadian General .Electric Company, through Mr.
F. JSTichoUs, of Toronto, has decided to present annually to the
Faculty foiir scholarships, each in the form of a three months'
course at the Company's works at Peterboro or Montreal, with
the addition of the sum of $100.00.
11. The Allis-Chalmers Company of Chicago has decided to
present annually to the Faculty a scholarship in the form of
a .three or four months' course at the Company's works at
Chicago, with the addition of a sum of $150.00.
12. Two scholarships, of the value of $75, are offered by Mr.
Andrew T. Taylor, F.E.I.B.A., for students entering the second
year of the course; the first of these will be awarded in Sep-
tember, 1903; the second in Septembe'r, 1904. The scholar-
ships are restricted to students taking the full curriculum and
proceeding to the degree of B.Sc. in Architecture. Candidates
must have passed in all subjects of the first year (or have
passed equivalent examinations, accepted by the Faculty, else-
where).
13. The Province of Quebec Association of Architects pro-
pose to offer a scholarship covering the fees of a full course in
Architecture, to be open for competition to students from the
Province of Quebec. Particulars may be obtained from the
Assistant Secretary of the Association, 112 Mansfield Street,
Montreal.
14. Prizes or Certificates of Merit are given to such stu-
dents as take the highest place in the sessional and degree
examinations.
15. Honours. — On graduation, Honours will be awarded for
advanced work in professional subjects.
16. Science Scholarships granted by the Eoyal Commission
foB the Exhibition of 1851.— The Scliolarships of £150 ster-
ling a year are tenable for two or, in rare instances, three
years. They are limited, according to the Eeport of the Com-
mission, "to those branches of Science such as Physics, Me-
147
ehanics and Chemistry, the extension of which is specially im-
})ortant for our national industries." Their object is not to
facilitate ordinary collegiate studies, but "to enable students
to continue the prosecution of Science with the view of aiding
in its advance or in its application to the industries of the
country."
It is open to students of not less than three years' standing
in the Faculties of Arts or Applied Science, and is tenable at
any university or at any other institution approved by the Com-
mission.
A nomination to one of these scholarships for the year 1903
was placed by the Commission at the disposal of McGill Uni-
versity, and another may be granted in 1905.
This Exhibition has been awarded as follows: —
Evans, P.N., 1891; Macphail, J. A., 1893; Kin?, R. O. 1895; Gill,
J. L. W., 1897: McLean, W. B., 1899; McClung, R. K., 1901 ; Cooke, H.
Lester, 1903.
17. Workshop Prizes. — A prize of $20.00, presented by C. J.
Fleet, Esq., B.A., B.C.L., for bench and lathe work in the
woodworking department, open to students of not more than
two terms' standing in workshop practice.
§ IX. Special Provisions.
1. Summer Work. — During the summer vacation following
the close of each year, all students entering the third and fourth
years are required to prepare a thesis on a subject specified
by the Faculty. Any student may substitute for the specified
subject a report on some practical work in course of construc-
tion. The marks given for these theses will be added to the
results of the sessional examinations. The theses must be
handed in to the Dean on or before October 1st.
2. All students in the Civil and Mining Engineering Courses,
entering the second and third years, students in the Civil En-
gineering Course entering the fourth year, and students in the
Architectural Course entering the third and fourth years, are
required to be in attendance at the Surveying School on the
24th August, when the Eield-work in Surveying and Geodesy
will commence. (See § XI, 16.)
3. All students in the Mining and Metallurgical Courses are
required to attend the Summer School in Mining, held between
148
the third and fourth years (four to six weeks of field-work).
The school is held in May ami. June. (See § XI, 14.)
4. Partial Students may be admitted to the professional
classes upon payment of special fees. (See p. 30.)
5. Students in Applied Science may, by permission of the
Faculty, take the Honour Courses in the Faculty of Arts.
6. Undergraduates in Arts of the second and third years, or
graduates of any university, entering the Faculty of Applied
Science, may, at the discretion of the professors, be exempted
from such lectures in that Faculty as they have previously at-
tended as students in Arts.
7. Students wlio have failed in an examination may regain
their standing by passing a supplemental examination at a time
appointed by the Faculty. Unless such supplemental examin-
ation is passed, students will not be allowed to proceed to any
subsequent examination in the subject. A second supplemental
examination will not be granted unless under exceptional cir-
cumstances, to be investigated in each case by the Faculty.
8. Students may be required to answer satisfactorily a weekly
paper on such subjects of the course as the Facvlty may deter-
mine.
9. Credit will be given in the sessional standing for class
examinations held during the session, and for the Christmas
examinations.
10. Students who fail to obtain their session, and who in
consequence repeat a year, will not be exempted from examin-
ation in any of those subjects in which they may have previously
passed, except by the express permission of the Faculty. Appli-
cation for such exemption must be inade at the commencement
of the session.
11. Partial Students arc not eligible for prizes.
12. Certificates may be given to students who have passed
through any of the special courses attached to the curriculum.
13. The headquarters o£ the CaiiiLa'diaiii Society of Civil En-
gineers are located in Montreal. Students in all departments
of engineering are strongly recommended to become student
members of the Society, which they can do on payment of a
fee of $2.00. They ai'e then entitled to the two volumes of
" Transactions," which are annually published, and to the use
149
of the Society's roon:s on Dorcliest<?r Street. They also have
opportunities of meeting the prominent engineers of the conn-
try and of being present at the fortnightly sessions, at which
papers are read by leading members of the Society on current
engineering subjects and works of construction.
During the winter there will 1)0 a special series of students'
meetings, at which papers, illustrated by lantern slides, will be
read by well-known engineers. Students may also compete
for the prizes which are offered by the Society, (see p. 145).
14. The headquarters of the Canadian Mining Institute are
in Montreal. Students in ]\Iining and Metallurgy are strongly
recommended to become members of the McGill Mining Society,
which, although a student body (see p. 184), is affiliated with
the Institute. ]\Iembers of this Society receive the Transactions
of the Institute withont extra expense, and are entitled to at-
tend all meetings and to compete for the prizes offered (see
p. 145).
X. Courses of Instruction.
I. Architecture.
The Architectural Course begins in the second year, for
which the first year is preparatory, especially in the departments
of Mathematics and Drawing (Freehand, Lettering, and Pro-
jections).
The work of the second year is of a general character, and is
planned to combiuv; to some extent the work of the Architectural
and of the Civil Engineering students.
The third and fourth years are devoted to more specialized
architectural study in various branches, and a fifth or graduate
year has been organized for advanced study in design. For
those students who desire to devote themselves more especially
to the engineering side of architecture, the course is modified
to include additional mathematics in the third year, and the
advanced course of Theory of Structures in the fourth 3'ear.
Such students devote proportionately less time to architectural
drawing arid designing.
In the second year the historical course embraces a survey
of architectural history from ancient EgjTptian to modern times.
■ The great eras of European civilization are sitccessively dealt
with, and the evolution of styles is traced in their construc-
tional and ornamental forms and methods.
150
111 the third and fourth years the lectures are arranged in
continuation and extension of this general course. Renaissance
and Modern iirchitecture are studied in the third year; while a
course, covering both third and fourth years, coni])rises more
detailed study of ecclesiastical, domestic, and ])ublic archi-
tecture, and deals with the historic evolution of architectural
styles and with the problems and requirements of modern work.
Instruction in drawing is given during all four years — free-
hand drawing (ornament and figure) from the cast and archi-
tectural drawing occupying much of the students' time during
three years of the course. Modelling in clay is included in
the third and fourth years.
Problems in architectural design form the basis of work in
the architectural drawing class from the earliest available
period, being at first more especially combined with the study
of the Classical Orders.
A course of lectures is included upon general Art History,
so as to place the architectural student in touch, not only with
the decorative details of the different architectural styles, but
also with contemporary forms in other branches of art, espe-
cially the decorative arts employed in building.
For the scientific side of professional study the courses in
Mathematics are very fully developed in the first and second
years, being continued in the third year also by those who elect
to take the advanced course in Theory of Structures. Descrip-
tive Geometry is studied, as well as elementary Shades and
Shadow^s, and Perspective. A course in Surveying, both prac-
tical and theoretical, is also included; four weeks before the
beginning of the session are devoted to Field Work in each of
the two last years. A short course in Geology is given in the
fourth year.
Theory of Structures and Strength of Materials form one of
the chief subjects of study in the third year, the course also
comprising instruction in Graphical Statics, as well as supple-
mentary work of a practical nature in the Testing Laboratories.
A full course on Building Construction and Architectural
Engineering has been organized for the third and fourth years,
common to both architectural and engineering students. It
includes also Sanitation, and Hygiene; Heating and Ventila-
tion; Specifications and Professional Practice.
151
A special course of lectures has been arranged to be available
for those who are engaged in office work during the day; it
embraces the subject of Architectural Styles, their features,
mouldings and ornament. This course is planned with a view-
to preparation for the examinations for Associateship now held
in colonial centres by the Royal Institute of British Architects ;
it comprises a detailed study of the three great divisions of
historical architecture, Classical, Mediaeval and Eenaissance,
in accordance with the examination-programme of the Royal
Institute.
The course will be repeated in session 1903-1904, if sufficient
students come forward. (See p. 162.)
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per week
devoted to each subject are as follows: —
First Tear.
Hrs. Hrs.
Descriptive Geometry (p. 168), 4 Mathematics <p. 175\ 10
English (p. 172), 2 Physics (p. 185), 2
Freehand Drawing (p. 173), .3 Physical Laboratory. . .(p. 186), 4^
Lettering (p. 173), .3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7
Second Teak.
Hrs.
Architecture(Elementsof) (p. 161), 1
Architecture (History) (p. 160), 2
Chemistry (p. 163), 3
Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 168), 3
Drawing and Design. .... .(p. 161), 7
Freehand Drawing (p. 173», 4
Hrs.
Mathematics (p. 17o), 6
Physics (p. 185), 2
Chemical Lab (p. 163), 3
Physical Lab (p. 186), 3
Shopwork (p. 207), 3
Third Tear.
Hrs. Hrs
Architecture (p. 160), 1 Mathematics (p. 175), 2 (opt.)
Architecture (History) (p. 160), 2 Modelling (p. 161), 3 (b)
Art History (p. 161), 1 Municipal Engineer-
Descriptive Geometry.. (p. 169), 3 (a) ing (p. 168), 1 (opt.)
Designing or Drawing. Structural Engineer-
(p. 161), 10 ing (p. 162), 2
Freehand Drawing Surveying (p. 188), 3
(p. 173), 5 (a), 7 (b) Theory of Structures(p. 165), 3
Graphical Statics (p. 16.5), 2(a) Testing Laboratory. (p. 166), 3
Mapping (p. 188), 3
153
Fourth Tear.
Uks. Hhs.
Architecture (p. 161). 2 Municipal Engineering
Art History (p. 1(51), 1 (p. 168), 1 (opt.)
Designing (p. 1(51), 20 Structural Engineering
Freehiiud Drawing and (p. 162), 2
Water Colouring (p. 101)6 (a), 9 (b) Theory of Structures..
Geology (p. '73), 3 (a) (p. 165), 4 (opt.)
Graphical Statics. . .(p. 165), 3 (opt.) Testing Laboratory
Modelling (p. 161), 3 (b) (p. 16(5), 4 (opi.)
II. Chemistry.
The course in Chemistry is arranged to give the student in
the first tAvo years a thorough knowledge of the fundamental
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient J\Iathema-
tics to euahle him to understand the theoretical parts of these
subjects.
In the two subsequent A^ears Chemistr}', analytical, organic,
and physical, is taught both in its purely scientific aspects and
in its relations to all kinds of commercial work. Special facil-
ities are afforded for the prosecution of post-graduate research
work in all the branches of Chemistry.
The subjects of instruction and the numl^er of hours per week
devoted to each subject are as follows : — ■
FiR.sT Year.
Hr.s. Hrs.
Descriptive Geometry, .(p. 16?^, 4 Mathematics (p. 175), 10
English (p. 17i), 2 Physics (p. 18.5), 2
Freehand Drawing (p. 173), 3 Physical Laboratory, .(p. 186), U
Lettering (p. 173), 3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7
Second Year.
Hrs. Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 163), 3 Chemical Laboratory. . . (p. 163), 17
Mathematics (p. 175), 6 Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 3
Physics (p. 185), 2
Third Year.
Hrs. Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 164), 3 Mineralogy (p. 181), 2
Determinative Minera]ogy(p. 181), 3 Ore-Dressing (p. 181), 1
Geology (p- 1T3), 3 Chemical Laboratory. . .(p. 164), 18
Metallurg}^ (p. 178), 1
Fourth Year.
Hrs. Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 164), 4 Chemical Laboratoi-y (p. 164), 29
Mineralogy (p. 181), 2 (a)
153
III. Civil Engineering.
The courses of stiuly in Civil I'liuiiiccring are designed to
give to the student a sound theoretical and practical training
in the sciences and principles which underlie the profession of
a civil engineer. It is scarcely possible for any one person to
become prolicient in all branches of civil engineering, so wide
is its scope and so inclusive is its purpose. xVs generally de-
lined it is the " art of economically directing the great sources
of power in nature to the use and convenience of man," by
the construction of roads, railways, bridges, aqueducts, via-
ducts, canals, docks, harbours, breakwaters, light-houses, by the
construction and adaptation of machinery, by the lighting and
draining of cities and towns, and by the exploitation of mines.
All these works are more or less governed by the same prin-
ciples, and in these principles the student is carefully instructed,
and by means of numerous problems occurring in every day
practice, he is taught to a])ply his knowledge to the actual con-
ditions of life.
During the session arrangements are made for the delivery,
by distinguished engineers, of special lectures or short courses
of lectures on actual works of construction.
Provision is made, by means of advanced classes, for graduates
and special students to continue their studies and to engage in
researches with a vicAv to the solving of some of the nimiberless
problems which confront the engineer in every direction.
Much valuable work of this character has been already accom-
plished, and especial reference may be made to the fact that
for several years graduates of other universities — some holding
scholarships under the Royal Commissioners for the Exhibition
of 1851 — have carried out investigations in the several labor-
atories.
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per week
devoted to each subject ai'c as follows: —
First Tear,
Hes . Hrs .
Descriptive Gk-omieti'y ..(p. 16S), 4 Mathematics <p. 175), 10
Enslish (p 172), 2 Physics (p. ISo), 2
Freehand Drawing (p. 173), 3 Physical Li\bora tor}*, (p. 180), 4^
Lettering (p. 173), 3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7
154
Second Tear.
Hrs.
Buildin:; Construction .... (p. K52), 1 Physics
Chemistry (p UW), 3 Surveying
Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. IfiS), 3 Chemical Laboratory.
Mapping (p- 188*, G Pliysical Laboratory . .
Mathematics (:>. 175), Shop work
Hrs,
. (p. 18o), 2
..(p. 188), 3
..(p. 168), 3
..(p. 186), 3
..(p. 207), 4
Third Year.
Hrs. Hrs.
Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 169), 4 Railway Structures. .. .(p. 191), 3 (b)
Geology (p. 173), 3 Roads and Canals (p. 190), 2
Graphical Statics.(p. 105), 2 (a), 3 (Id) Structural Engineering .(p. 162), 2
Mapping (p. 188), 6 Surveying (p. 188), 2
Matiiematics (p. 175), 2 Theory of Structures (p. 165), 3
Mechanical Drawing.(p. 177), 3(opt-) Thermodynamics (p. 191), 1
Municipal Ii^titrineering. . .(p. 168), 1 Testing Laboratory (p. 106), 3
Museum Work in Geology Thermodynamic Lab. .(p. 191), 2 (b)
(p. 173), 1 (b)
Fourth Year.
Hr.s. Hrs.
Designing (p. 161), 6 Railway Engineering (p. 191), 2
Geodesy (p 188), 2 Structural Engineering, .(p. 1()2), 2
Graphical Statics (p. 165), 3 Theory of Structures (p. 165), 4
Hydraulics (p. 167), 2 Geodetic Laboratory .... <p. 189), 4
Mechanical Engineering. . Hydraulic Laboratory ..
(p. 176), 2 (a) <p. 167), 3 (a)
Municipal Engineering. . (p. 168), 1 Testing Laboratory (p. 166), 6
IV. Electrical Engineering.
The first and second years of the undergradnatc course of
instruction in Electrical Engineering, are devoted, mainly, to
a preparation in ]\Iathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Mechanics,
Drawing, Shopwork and work in the physical and chemical
Laboratories.
The electrical studies of the third year embrace a consider-
ation of continuous current fiow, in circuits of different kinds,
the principles of electro-magnetism, electrical measurements
and the design and action of commutating machinery.
The fourth year is devoted principally to electrical work,
and includes lectures and recitations on variable and alter-
nating current phenomena, the principles of action and the
design of alternating current machinery, electric lighting and
'systems of power distribution, central station design and oper-
An Electrical Engineering- Research Laboratory.
Direct Current Dynamo Laboratory.
155
ations, urban and inter-urban railways and long distance power
transmission.
In tbe second term of the fourth year a choice may be made
between electro-chemistry and hydraulics. Each fourth year
student is required to present a thesis giving the results of a
suitable experimental investigation.
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per
week devoted to each subject are as follows : —
First Tear.
Hks.
Descriptive Geometry. . \p. 168),
English (p. 172),
Freehand Drawing, Ma-
chine Sketching and
Lettering (p. 173),
6
Hrs.
Mathematics (p. 175), 10
Physics (p. 185), 2
Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 4i
Shopwork (p. 207), 7
Second
Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 163), 3
Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 168), 3
Kinematics of Machines, (p. 176), 3
Mathematics (p. 175), 6
Mechanical Drawinc (p. 177), 3
Tear.
Hrs.
Physics <p. 18.5), 3
Chemical Laboratory (p. 163), 6
Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 6
Shopwork (p. 207), 6
Chemistrj' (p.
Continous Currents and
Commutiiting Machi-
nery (p,
Machine Design (p.
Mathematics (p,
Meclianical Drawing (p
Third Tear.
Hrs. Hrs.
164), 1 Physics (p. 185), 2
Theory of Structures.. (p. 165), 3
Chemical Laboratory. .(p. 164), 3
169), 2 Elect. Eng. Laboratory(p. 170), 6
177), 1 Physical Laboratory. . .(p. 186), 6
175), 2 Civ. Eng. Laboratory.. (p. 166), 3 (b)
177), 3
Fourth Tear.
Hks.
Alternating currents
and Alternating cur-
rent machinery (p. 169), 3
Electro-chemistry ....(p 164), 1(b)
Electrical Designing, .(p. 170), 4
Electric Lighting and
Power Distribution (p. 169), 3(a)
Electric Traction (p. 170), 3(b)
Hydraulics (p. 167), 2
Hrs.
Machine Design (p. 177), 1 (a
Mechanical Engineer-
ing (p. 177), 2 (a)
Thermodynamics (p. 191), 2
Civ. Eng. Laboratoiy..(p. 166), 3(a)
Electro-Chemical Lab.(p. 164), 3(b)
Electrical Engineering-
Lab (p. 170), 9
Mech.Eng. Laboratory(p. 178), 3
156
V. Mechanical Engineering.
The complete niidergradi^ate course in Mechanical Enginecr-
ing extends over four years, and provision is made for a fifth
jear or graduate course in advanced experimental and other
work.
The first two years of the undergraduate course of instruc-
tion are largely occupied in prei>aration in Mathematics, Phys-
ics, Chemistr}^, Mechanics, Drawing, and Shopwork. During
the second year one lecture and one exercise class per week are
devoted to the Kinematics of Machines.
While motion without regard to force is treated in the Kine-
matic course, the action of external forces in producing or
changing motion in the links of mechanisms is considered in
the third and fourth years, under the head of Dynamics of
Machines. Two lectures per week are given in this suliject in
each year, and exercise classes are held for the purpose of work-
ing the prohlems necessary for illustration.
The work in Machine Design is carried on during the third
and fourth years in conjunetion with the practical instruction
in mechanical designing and drawing in the Drawing Rooms.
A course of two lectures per week is given during the fourth
year on Mechanical Engineering as applied to questions con-
nected with Power Installations and Prime Movers. A large
portion of the work of this course is supplmentary to, and fol-
lows, the instruction given in Thennodynamies and Machine
Desiuin, which extends over the third and fourth years. (See
p. 191).
Instruction in Workshop Practice (see p. 208) is given
in each of the four years. It is of a systematic nature, and is
intended to prepare for, but by no means to replace, that prac-
tical exp3rience of workshop operations on a commercial basis
which every mechanical engineer must obtain for himself.
The work of the. lecture rooms is illustrated throughout the
course by experimental work carried out by the student, and
by demonstrations in the laboratories of the department.
Arrangements are made for occasional visits to power plants
aud manufactories of importance.
157
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per
week devotecf to each subject are as follows: —
Descriptive Geometry. . .(p. WS),
English (P'. 172),
Fi-eehand Drawing (p. 173),
Lettering- (p. IT4)',
Hrs. Hrs.
4 Mathematics Ip. 175), 10
2 Physics (p. 185), 2
3 Physical Laboratory. .. .(p. 186>, 4^
3 Sho-pworlv (p. 207)^, 7
Second Year.
Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 10:^), 3
Descriptive Geometry. .. .(p. 168), 3
Kinematics of Machines. (p. 170), 3
Mathematics (p 175), 6
Mechanical Di'avving. ...(p. 177), 6
Hrs.
Physics (p . 185), 2
Chemical Laboratory (p. 103), 2
Physical Laboratory (p. ISO), 3
Shopwork (p. 207), 7
Third Tear.
Hks.
Dynamics of Machines.(p. 176), 2
Continuous Currents
and Commutating
Machinery (p. 109), 2
Graphical Statics (p. 105), 2 (a)
Machine Design (p. 177), 2
Mathematics (p. 175), 2
Mechanical Drawing, .(p. 177),
Hrs.
Thermodynamics... .'p. 191), 2
Theory of Structures, .(p. 165), 3
Elect. Eng. Laboratory (p. 170), 3
Testing Laboratory. . .(p. 106), 3
Mech. Eng. Iiaboratory(n. 178), 3
Shopwork (p • 207), 6
Physical Laboratory, (p. IKV), 3
Hrs
Designing (p. 177), 6
Dynamics of Machines. . .(p. 176), 4
Hydraulics and Hydraulic
Machinery (p . 167), 2
Machine Design.. (p. 177), 2
Fourth Tear.
Hrs.
Mechanical Engineer-
ing (p- 177), 2
Thermodynamics (p. 191), 4
Hydraulic Laboratory. (p. 167), 3(b)
Mech. Eng. Lab (p. 177), 12
Shopwork (p. 207), 4
V. Metallurgy.
The successful guidance of metallurgical industry requires,
apart from considerations of business training and aptitude,
an adequate knowledge of certain branches of Chemistry and
Engineering as well as a familiarity with Metallurgy pro-per.
In arranging the following course special prominence has been
given to the chemical group of studies, so as to adapt it to the
needs of students who intend to become metallurgical chemists.
The Faculty has under consideration aai alternative course in
^hich more time will he given to jMechanieal and Electrical
Engineering.
158
In the first two years the studies are the same as in the
course in Chemistry, with the addition of Mechanical Drawing
and Shopwork.
In the third, and fourth years thorough instruction is given
in Metallurgy, Assaying, Ore-dressing, Inorganic Cliemistry,
Geology and Mineralogy. In the fourth year nearly two days
per week are spent in the Metallurgical and Ore-dressing lab-
oratories and drawing room.
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per
week devoted to each subject are as follow^s: —
First Yeah.
Urs Hrs.
Descriptive Geometry (p. 168), 4 Mathematics (p. 175), 10
English (p. 172), 2 Physics (p. 185), 2
Freehand Drawing (p. 173), 3 Physical Lalioratory, .. (p. 18G), ih
Lettering .....(p. 173), 3 Shopwork (p. 207), 7
Second Year.
Hks.
Chemistry (p. 163), 3
Descriptive Georaetr3'. . . .(p. 168), 3
Mathematics (p. 175), 6
Physics (p. 185). 2
Hrs.
Mechanical Drawing. .. .(p. 177), 3
Chemical Laboratory . (p. 163), 12
Physical Laboi-atory (p. 186), 3
Shopwork (p. 207), 4
Third Year.
Hr.s.
Chemistry (p. 164), 3
Geology (p. 173), 3
Geological Excursions(p. 173), 3 (c)
Geological Museum, (p. 173), 1^
Mechanical Drawing. (p. 177), 3
Metallurgy 'p. 178), 2
Mineralo.:y (p. 181), 2
Hrs.
Ore- Dressing (p, 181), 1
Assaying Laboratory, .(ji. 178), 2
Chemical Laboratory. . .(p. 164), 11
Determinative Mineral-
ogy (p 181), 3
Ore-Dressing Lab. . . . . . (p. 179), 1
Testing Lab (p. 166), 2|
Fourth Year.
Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 164), 2
Designing (p. 177), 1|
Geology (p. 173), 2^
Mechanical Engineering (p. 177), 1
Metallurgy (p. 179), 5^
Mineralogy (p. 181), 1
Mining and Metallurgical
Machinery (p. 182), 1
Hrs.
Ore-Dressing and Milling (p. 182), 1
Chemical Laboratory ... .(p. 164), 9
Metallurgical Laborat-
ory (p. 179), 7.^
O r e-D r e s sing Laborat-
ory Cp. 179), 2A
Petrographical Lab (p. 174), 1
159
N/ll. Mining Engineering.
I. The first tAvo years of the undergTaduate course in Mining
Engineering are mainly devoted to Matliematics, Mechanics,
Physics, Elementary Chemistry, etc., as it is deemed necessary
that the students should master the general principles under-
lying all scientific work before they attack the somewhat com-
plex and specialized subjects of the professional course.
In the third year elementary courses in both Mining and
^Metallurgy are, given, and a thorough course in Fire Assaying,
Init again the chief work of the year is in Applied ]\Teehanics,
Mechanical Engineering, Geology, Mineralogy and Chemistry.
The fourth year, on the other hand, is very largely given
up to special work in ^Mining and Metallurgy, and, in addition
to the lectures and demonstrations, nearly two days per week
are spent in the ^Mining and ^Metallurgical laboratories and the
drawing room.
The subjects of instruction and the number of hours per week
devoted to each subject are as follows : —
First Year
Hrs.
168), 4
172», 2
173), '.i
Descriptive Geometry.. (p
English .(p
Freehand Drawing (p
Lettering (p. 173), 3
Second
Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 163), 3
Descriptive Geometry (p. 168), 3
Mapping (p. 1S8), 3
Mathematics (p. 175), 6
Physics (p. 18.5). 2
Third
Hrs.
Chemistry (p. 164>, 1(b)
Geological Excursions. (p. 173), 3 (c)
Geological Museum
Work (p. 173), 1 (a) 2(b)
Geology (p. 173), 3
Graphical Statics (p. 16.5), 2(a)
Machine Design . (p. 177), 2
Mapping (p. 188), 6 (a)
Mathematics (p . 175), 2
Mechanical Drawing, .(p. 177), 3
Metallurgy (p. 178), 2 (a)
Mineralogy (p. 181), 2
Hrs.
175), 10
185), 2
186), 4A
207), 7
Hrs.
Surveying (p. 188), 3
Chemical Laboratory. . . .(p. 163), 6
Physical Laboratory (p. 186), 3
Shopwork (p. 207). 4
Mathematics (p.
Physics (p.
Physical Laboratory, .(p.
Shopwork (p.
Tear.
Year.
Mining (p
Ore-Dressing (p
Surveying (p.
Theory of Structures. (p
Transportat:ion (p
Chemical Laboratory, .(p
Determinative Miner-
alogy Laboratory. . . .(p
Fire A.^saying Labor-
atory (p
Ore-Dressing Lab .... (p
Testing Lab (p. 166)
Hrs.
181), 1
181), 2 (b)
188), 2
16.5), 3
190), 2 (b)
163), 3
181), 3
178), 4 (b)
182), 2 (b)
3 (d) (b)
160
Fourth Year.
Hrs. Hrs.
Cheniislry (p. 164), 2 (b) opt. Mining Problems. (p. 182), 1 (b)
Designing (p. 177), 3 (b) Mining Machineryip. 182), 2 (a) 1 (b)
Geology sind Ore Deposits, Mining Colloquium. (p. 182), 1
(p. 174), 4 (b) Ore-Dressing &Milling.(p. 182), 2(a)
Canadian Geology (p. 174), 1 (a) Physiography. .. .(p. 174), 1(b) opt.
Hydraulics . . (p . 167), 1 (a), 1 (b) opt . Petrography (p . 173), 1 (a)
Hydraulic Macihinery (p. 167), 1 Mechanical Engfaaeering,
Metallurgy (p. 17&), 2 (p. 177), 2 (a)
Iron and steel. {p. 179), 1 (a) Chemical Lab ...{p- 164), 9 (a), 6 (b)
" Alloys . . .(p. 170), 1 (b) opt. Hydraulic Laboratory. .(p. 167), 3 (a)
" Advanced(p. 179), 1 opt. Metallurgical Lab(p. 179), 5(a) f^^,^,
Eleerro ..(p. 179), l(b)opt. Ore-Dressing;i,ab.(p. 182), 5 (a) I
Mineralogy (p. 181), 2 (a) Petrographical Lab (p. 174), 3 (b)
Mining (p. 182), 2 (a), 3(b)
§XI. COURSES OF LECTURES.
N.B. — The following courses are subject to such modifica-
tions during the year as the Faculty may deem- advisable.
I. Architecture.
Professor: — ■
Lecturer:— H. F. Armstrong.
The courses of study are as follows: —
1. General Architectural History. Second Year — (First
Term) — Ancient Eg5^t; Greece; Rome; Byzantine and
Early Christian Architecture. (Second Term) — Rom-
anesque ; the Monastic Orders ; Gothic ; Renaissance.
AVed.. 11; Thurs., 11.
Text Books:— Smith & Slater; ''Architecture, Classic &
Early Christian;'*' Smith & Poynter: "Architecture,
Gothic & Renaissance" (S. Low, Marston & Co.); or
Hamlin: "History of Architecture" (Longmans, Green
& Co.).
Reference Books: — Fergusson: "History of Architecture"
(Murray); R. Sturgis: "European Architecture" (Mac-
millan)".
2. Renaissance and Modern Architecture. Third Year —
(First Term)— Italy; Spain. (Second Term)— France ;
England; Colonial; Modern. Mon., 9; Thurs., 9.
Text Books: — Anderson: "Renaissance Architecture in
Italy (Batsford); Blomfield: "Short History of Renais-
sance Architecture in England" (Bell).
f
• 161
Eeference Books: — Fergusson: "History^ of Modern Archi-
tecture" (Murray); Gotch: "Early Kenaissance Architec-
ture in Ecgiand" (Batsford); Blomfield: 'Henaissancc
Architecture in England" (Bell).
3. Domestic, Public, and Ecclesiastical Architecture. Third
and Fourth Years together. Historical Survey; mod-
ern conditions and requirements. Mon., 12.
Eeference Books : — Statham : "Modern Architecture '
(Chapman & Hall); Stevenson: "House Architecture"'
(Macmillan).
4. Elements of Architecture. Second Year. The classical
Orders; arcading, mouldings, etc., classical and gothic :
composition; elements of architectural effect; style.
Tues., 12.
Eeference Books :— Baldwin Brown: "The Fine Arts"'
(Mun-ay; Scribner); Statham: "Architecture for Gen-
eral Eeaders" (Chapman & Hall).
5. Art History. Third and Fourth Years together. Sculp-
ture; painting; the industrial arts. Tues., 9.
Eeference Books :— Baldwin Bro^\Ti: "The Fine Arts"
(Murray; Scribner); XJpcott: "Introduction to Greelc
Sculpture" (Clarendon Press); Gardner: " Handbook of
Greek Sculpture" (Macmillan) ; Woltman & Woermann :
History of Painting" (Kegan Paul. & Co.): Labarte :
"Histoire des Arts Industriels" (Morel).
6. Drawing and Modelling.
(a) Freehand drawing from the cast (ornament and figure).
Second Year— 4 hrs.; Third and Fourth Years — 6 hrs.
extra time for water color work. Mr. Armstrong.
(l) Architectural Drawing and Design. —
Second Year— 7 hrs. Studies of the orders; rendering
with the pen and brush; elementary problems in design.
Third Year. — 10 hrs. Problems in Design.
Fourth Year. — 20 hrs. Problems in Design.
Advanced (Graduate) Course. Problems in Design.
(e) Modelling. Third and Fourth Years— 3 hrs. (Sec-
ond Term). Architectural ornament modelled in clay
from the cast. Mr. Armstrong.
6
162
Structural Engineering.
Messrs. E. E. S. Mattice, B.A.Sc, (McGill), and M. C. J.
Beullac, B.Sc, (Univ. of France), of the Dominion Bridge
Works, give special courses of lectures on Wednesdays at 13
m,, and Fridays at 2 p.m., in the following: —
1. Building materials; the history, properties, tests and
uses of all materials of construction.
2. Specifications and professional practice; the different
methods of preparing specifications for estimates, in-
structions to bidders, and rules to be observed in j writ-
ing specifications, general clauses, law of contracts.
3. Building Construction: —
(a) Carpentry; frames, joints, framing of floors and roofs,
partitions, bridging, furring, etc.
(i) Slow burning construction,
(c) Masonry.
4. Hygiene: —
(a) Plumbing.
(h) Disposal of household refuse.
(c) Heating.
(d) Ventilation.
5. Steel frame buildings; design, mill -work, steel and cast
iron columns and connections, beams and girders, fram-
ing and wind bracing.
Special designs will be prepared in the drawing-room illus-
trating the several subjects of the lectures.
E. I. B. A. Examinations.— The Royal Institute of British
Architects having decided to hold in the Colonies qualifying
efsamdnations for Associateship, and Montreal having been se-
lected as the examination-centre for the Dominion, a special
course of lectures in preparation for these examinations will
be given during the winter, provided a sufl&cient number come
forward to attend it. The course will embrace the subject
of Architectural Styles, their Features, Mouldings, and Orna-
lAenfc, comprising ,a study in detail of the three great divisions
of historical architecture, Classic, Mediseval and Eenaissance,
in accordance with the programme of the Eoyal Institute.
The lectures will be given on Tuesday and Thursday, from
5.30 to 6.30 p.m., unless other times prove more convenient to
the majority of those attending. The complete course will
163
cover two sessions; for session 1903-04: the subject will be
Classic and Mediaeval Architecture. The Architectural Li-
brary will be available for reading and reference to those tak-
ing this course; it is open in the evening from 7.30 to 10.30,
as well as during the day. The fee for this course is ten dol-
lars ($10.00) per session.
Architectueal Equipment. — The architectural equipment
consists of a representative collection of casts, comprising ar-
chitectural detail and ornament, as well as figure sculpture;
of photographs and illustrations; an arc-light electric lantern;
a large collection of slides, diagrams, and models ; and a library
for architectural study. (See § XIII.)
"Women Students. — The classes in freehand drawing, and
modelling, and in architectural design, as well as the architec-
tural lectures, are open to women students. Information as
to admission may be obtained on application to the Dean of
the Faculty or to the Professor of Architecture.
2. Chemistry and Assaying,
Professors: — B. J. Harrington.
J. "Wallace Walker.
Assistant Professor: — N. Norton Evans.
Demonstrators: — D. Mackintosh.
Bertram D. Steele.
L. O. Howard.
Charles S. Paterson.
E. H. Archibald.
Lecture Assistant: — M. Violette Dover.
Students in all the courses of Applied Science are expected
to take up the study of Chemistry in the second year, having
previously acquired a knowledge of some branches of Physics
in the first year of their course. They attend a course of lec-
tures, supplemented by tutorial classes, on the laws of chem-
ical combination, chemical formulae and equations, the pre-
paration and properties of the more important elements and
their compounds, etc. They must also devote at least one
morniug or afternoon a week throughout the session to prac-
tical work in the laboratory, where they learn the construc-
tion and use of ordinary apparatus, and perform a series of
experiments designed to cultivate the powers of observation
and deduction. Many of the experiments involve accurate
weighing, and for this purpose the elementary laboratory is
164
well supplied with balances. During the second term consid-
erable attention is also devoted to the subject of Qualitative
Analysis.
The lectures in the third year comprise: —
(a) A course dealing mainly with the methods and reac-
tions emploj^ed in chemical analysis, being explanatory of the
work done in the laborator}^; one lecture a week during the
session, (b) A course on Industrial Chemistry; two lectures
a week during the first term, (c) An elementary course on
Organic Chemistry; two lectures a week during the second term.
(d) A course on the composition and analysis of Iron and
Steel ; one lecture a week during the second term.
The laboratory work of the third year comprises: —
(a) An extensive course of Analytical Chemistry, including
gravimetric, volumetric and electrolytic methods. (&) An ele-
jiientary course on the preparation of Organic Compounds.
{<■) Water Analysis and Analysis of Iron and Steel, both in
the second term. Students in the Mining Course are exempt
J rom Organic Chemistry.
Lectures in the fourth year comprise : —
(a) A systematic course on Organic Chemistry, two lectures
a. week, (i) A course on Phj^sical Chemistry, two lectures a
week, (c) A course on Mineral Analysis, {d) A short course
'm Gas Analysis. In the lectures on Organic Chemistry spe-
cial atention is paid to the commoner substances which find
application in the arts. The lectures on Physical Chemistry
are divided into two parts. In the first term they include a
.-tudy of such physical properties of gases, liquids, and solids
as are known to depend upon their chemical constitution; also
Thermo-Chemistry and the law of Mass Action. The second
term is devoted to Electro-Chemistry, theoretical and applied.
The lectures will be based upon the application of the gaseous
laws to solutions. This will be followed by descriptions of
the most recent applications of electricity to the production of
metals and chemicals.
Laboratory work in the fourth year will be arranged to suit
the requirements of students. Those intending to prosecute
organic work will take vip a complete course of Organic Pre-
])arations and Analysis, but they must also spend some time
<ni the essential physieo-chomical methods; Avhile students of
Physical Chemistry must spend enough time in the organic
165
laboratory to become familiar with the chief methods of or-
ganic work. Those intending to devote themselves to Mineral
Chemistry will omit the Organic Chemistry, but must study
the more important physico-chemical methods, and devote a
large amount of time to advanced Mineral Analysis. All stu-
dents in the Chemistry Course must take up Gas Analysis.
Laboratory courses will also be provided for students who
wish to make a specialty of any particular branch of Indus-
trial Chemistry, such as Chemistry of Oils. Iron and Steel
Analysis, Bleaching, Papermaking, and manufacture of
Chemicals, etc.
Of the above fourth year subjects students in the Mining
Course take only the lectures and practical work in Mineral
Analysis.
3. Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics.
Professor: — Henry T. Bovet.
Assistant Professors: — R. S. Lea.
E. G. COKER.
Demonstrator: — K. M. Cameron.
1. Theory of Structures. — The lectures on this subject em-
brace : —
(a) The analytical and graphical determination of the
stresses in the several members of framed-structures, both
simple and complex, as, e.g., cranes, roof and bridge trusses,
piers, etc.
(b) The methods of ascertaining and representing the shear-
ing forces and bending moments to which the members of a
structure are subjected.
(c) A study of the strength, stiffness and resistance of ma-
terials, including a statement of the principles relating to work,
inertia, energy, together with a discussion of the nature and
effect of the different kinds of stress, and the resistance offered
by a material to deformation and to blows.
(d) The design and proper proportioning of beams, pillars,
shafts, roofs, bridge piers and trusses, arches, arched ribs,
masonry dams, foundations, earth works, and retaining walls.
Graphics. — A complete course of instruction is given in the
graphical analysis of arches and of bridge, roof, and other
trusses, and in the graphical solution of mechanical problems.
It is therefore possible for the student to apply both the ana-
166
lytical and graphical methods of treatment, and thus to verify
the accuracy of his calculations. Dr. Bovey and Dr. Coker.
Text Book: — Bovey's Theory of Structures and Strength of
Materials.
The Laboratory Work (see § XII.) is as follows: —
Fourth Year. — During the fourth year students are expected
to engage in a research upon the physical properties of a ma-
terial of construction, with special reference to the form and
position of such material in the structure; or research may be
taken up on the flow of water, through orifices and pipes, over
weirs, and on the eflBciency of vanes, pumps and hydraulic
motors.
Third Year. — During the third year a systematized course
of laboratory instruction is given in which students carry out
for themselves a series of tests upon engineering materials.
The course comprises: —
(a) Linear measurements by Whitworth measuring machine,
dividing engine, and micrometer gauges.
(&) Calibration of extensometers, gauges, and the like.
(c) Tension tests of long wires above and below the clastic
limit.
(d) Tensile and compressive tests of cast iron, wrought iron,
steel, brass, copper, timber, stone, bricks, and cements.
■(e) Transverse tests of beams under different conditions of
loading and fixing.
(/) Shearing tests of iron, steel, timber, stone, and the like.
(g) Torsional tests of metals.
(h) Tests of materials under compound stress.
(i) Tests of chains, wire cables, spikes, screws and the like,
(j) Pillar tests under various conditions of loading and fixing.
(A-) Determination of the various moduli of materials by static
and dynamic methods.
(/) Determination of centres of gravity, moments of inertia,
and moments of resistance.
(in) The testing of concrete and cement in accordance with
standard specifications.
2. Bridge Construction. — A course of lectures is given on
practical bridge construction, including:
(a) The reasons governing the selection of a particular type
of bridge;
An Ensineeiing Testing Laboratory.
Hydiaulii- Laboratory,
167
(h) A discussion of the loads to which the bridge will be
subjected;
(c) The calculatious of the stresses in the several members
of the bridge;
(d) The determination of the sectional areas and forms of
the members;
(e) The design of the connections;
(/) The preparation of complete engineering drawings.
Dr. Bovey and Dr. Coker.
3. Hydraulics. — The student is instructed in the funda-
mental laws governing the equilibrium of fluids, and in the
laws of flow through orifices, mouthpieces, submerged (partially
or wholly) openings, over weirs, through pipes, and in open
channels and rivers. The impulsive action of a free jet of water
upon vanes, both straight and curved, is carefully discussed,
and is followed by an investigation of the power and efficiency
of the several hydraulic motors, as, e.^., reaction wheels, pres-
sure engines, vertical water wheels, turbines, pumps, etc. Dr.
Bovey, Dr. Coker.
Text Book : — Bovey's Hydraulics.
The laboratory work (see also § XII) will include the fol-
lowing : —
(a) Flow through orifices. — The determination of the co-effi-
cients of discharge, velocity, etc.
(b) Flow over tveirs. — The determination of the co-efficient
of discharge with and without side contraction. Also
the measurement of the section of the stream.
(c) Flow through pipes. — The determination of critical velo-
cities and of the effect upon the flow, of angles, bends,
and sudden changes in section.
(d) Impact. — The determination of the co-efficient of impact.
(e) Motors, etc. — The determination of the efficiency of Pelton
and other wheels, of vortex and other turbines, of centri-
fugal and other pumps, etc.
4. Hydraulic Machinery. — The lectures in this course apply
the principles of hydraulics to explain the construction and
action of hydraulic presses, accumulators, lifts, rams, riveting
machinery, pumps, multi-cylinder engines, workshop tools, tur-
bines, centrifugal pumps, and the like. The design of one or
two types is considered in detail.
168
The hydraulic transmission of power and the design and
construction of central stations is also included. Dr. Coker.
5 J 'Ihinicipal Engineering. — The lectures on this subject
will embrace : —
(a) Water Supply. — The quantity and quality of water; sys-
tems and sources of supply; rainfall and evaporation; storage
as related to the supplying capacity of water-sheds; natural
and artificial purification; distribution, including the location
of mains, hydrants, stop- valves, etc.; combined or separate fire
and domestic systems; details of construction, including dams,
reservoirs, pumps, etc. ; preliminary surveys, estimates of cost,
statistics, etc.
(6) Sewerage of Cities and Towns. — The various systems
for the removal of sewage; special methods in use for its treat-
ment and ultimate disposal ; the proportioning and construction
of main, branch, and intercepting sewers; man-holes, flush-
tanks, catch-basins, etc. ; materials used in construction ; esti-
mates of cost. Mr. Lea.
6. Structural Engineering. — A special course of lectures on
this subject is given by Messrs. E. S. S. Mattice, B.A.Sc, and
M. C. J. Beullac, B.Sc, of the' Dominion Bridge Company.
For details of this course see § XI, 1, p. 163.
4-. Descriptive Geometry.
Lecturers: — C. H. McLeod.
H. F. Armstrong.
This course deals with the methods of representing objects
on one plane so that their true dimensions may be accurately
scaled. It discusses the methods employed in the graphical
solution of the various problems arising in engineering design,
and deals generally with the principles underlying all construc-
tive drawing. The methods taught are illustrated by applica-
tions to practical problems. It is the aim of the work to develop
the imagination in respect to the power of mentally picturing
unseen objects, and, incidentally, precision in the use of the
drawing instruments is attained.
First Year. — Geometrical drawing, orthographic projections,
including penetrations, developments, sections, etc.; isometric
projection. Mr. Armstrong.
Second Year. — Problems on straight line and plane; pro-
jections of plane and solid figures; curved surfaces and tan-
169
gent planes; intersections of curved surfaces; axometric pro-
jections; shades and shadows. Professor McLeod.
Third Year. — Mathematical perspective and perspective of
shadows, etc.; spherical projection, and the construction of
maps. (This course is given under Surveying and Geodesy,
see XI, 16, p. 188).
5. Electrical Engineering.
Professori^R. B. Owexs.
Assistant Professor: — L. A. Herdt.
Demonstrators :
Undergraduate Courses.
1. Continuous Currents and Commutating Machinery. — The
theoretical consideration of continuous current flow in circuits
of different kinds ; the laws of electro-magnetism and of the mag-
netic circuit; the action and principles of design of commutat-
ing and rectifying machinery: — required of students in Elec-
trical and Mechanical Engineering.
T. and Th., 9-10 — Mr. Herdt. First and second terms.
Text-books: — Elements of Electricity and IMagnetism, J. J.
Thomson; Magnetic Induction of Iron and other Metals, J. A.
Ewing; Continuous Current Dj^namos. J. Fisher-Hinnen ; De-
sign of Dynamos, S. P. Thompson.
2. Alternating Current and Alternating Current Machinery. — ■
The theoretical consideration of variable current flow in cir-
cuits containing resistance, inductance and capacity under dif-
ferent conditions; the action and principles of design of syn-
chronous and induction machinery: — required of students in
Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by course 1.
W., Th. and F., 11-12 — Professor Owens. First and second
terms.
Text-books : — Theoretical Elements of Electrical Engineer-
ing, C. P. Steinmetz; Alternating Currents and Alternating
Current Machinery, D. C. Jackson.
3. Electric Lighting and Poiver Distribution. — The design
and operation of central and isolated lighting and power plants ;
the design and construction of distributing lines; arc and in-
candescent lighting; the applications of stationary motors to
170
general power purposes: — required of students in Electrical
Engineering. Must be preceded by course 1.
T., W. and F., 10-11— Mr. Herdt. Second term.
Text-books: — Electric lighting, F. B. Crocker; Electric
Power Transmission, Louis Bell.
4. Electric Traction. — Determination of power required to
accelerate and draw, at different speeds, loads under varying
track and other conditions; car equipment as affected by nature
of service; track construction; systems of distribution for urban
and for heavy through traffic conditions : — required of students
in Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded by course 1.
T., W. and F., 10-11— Mr. Herdt. Second term.
Text-books: — The Electric Eailwaj^, Louis Bell. Students
are furnished with supplementary notes.
5. Electrical Designing. — (a) Detailed electric and magnetic
calculations and complete drawings for a commutating machine,
a synchronous machine and a transformer or an induction
motor : — required of students in Electrical Engineering. Must
bo preceded by course 1 and taken in conjunction with course 2.
Saturday, 9-1 . . Professor Owens. First and second terms.
Text-books: — Continuous Current Dynamos, J. Fisher-
Hinnen; The Induction Motor, B. A. Behrend. Supplemented
by MS. notes and data.
{h) Complete plans and estimates for an isolated or central
lighting or power plant, including distributing system : — re-
quired of students in Electrical Engineering. Must be preceded
by course 1 and taken in conjunction with eoui'scs 3 and -i.
Mr. Herdt. First and second terms.
Text-books: — No text-books. Notes and data are furnished.
6. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — {a) Includes such
tests of direct current metering and controlling devices, dyna-
mos, motors, boosters, motor-generators, dynamotors, converters,
open and closed coil, constant current machines and arc and
incandescent lamps as illustrate the principles of their action
and the limits of their proper use; also- complete test of direct
current isolated or central lighting or power plant: — required
of students in Electrical Engineering. Must be taken in con-
junction with or be preceded by course 1.
T., Th., 2-5 — Professor Owens, Mr. Herdt. First and second
terms.
171
Text-books: — Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and
Testing Eooni, J. A. Fleming. In addition, students are fur-
nished with special laboratory notes and forms.
(h) Includes experiments on variable current flow in cir-
cuits of different kinds ; tests of alternators, synchronous motors
and converters, compensators, induction motors, transformers,
frequency and phase-changing apparatus, potential regulators,
reaction coils, etc., and complete test of alternating lighting
or power plant: — required of students in Electrical Engineer-
ing. Must be preceded by course 1 and taken in conjunction
with course 2.
M., W. and F., 2-5— Professor Owens, Mr. Herdt. First and
second terms.
Text-books: — No text-books. Students are furnished with
special laboratory notes and forms.
7. Telegraphy and Telephony. — Single duplex, quadruples
and multiplex telegraph systems, telephone systems, current
generation for telegraph and telephone work, central tele-
graph and telephone stations; line construction and testing;
special systems of signalling : — optional. One lecture per week,
at time to be arranged — Professor Owens. First term.
Text-books :— Telegraphy, Preece and Sievewright ; A manual
on Telephony, Preece and Stubbs.
Graduate Courses.
8. Special problems in the theory and practice of alternating
current worUng. — Two lectures per week at time to be ar-
ranged — Professor Owens. First and second terms.
9. Special problems in Electric Traction.— One lecture per
week at time to be arranged— Mr. Herdt. First and second
terms.
10. Advanced Laboratory Investigations.Si^ecial research
work by students having necessary previous training— Profes-
sor Owens, Mr. Herdt.
11. Electrical Engineering Seminar.— Weekly meetings are
held, at which students present carefully prepared papers upon
current engineering literature and special topics in connection
with their studies ^or their laboratory work— Professor Owens,
Mr. Herdt.
172
6. English Language andlLiterature.
Professor:— C. E. Moyse.
Lecturer:— J. W. Cunliffe.
In view of the importance of accuracy of expression to those
engaged in scientific or professional work, a course in English
Composition is prescribed for all undergraduates of the first
year, and no student will be allovred to enter the second year
until he has given satisfactory proof that he is able to write
intelligentl}'^, clearl}', and correctly. In order to make the in-
struction as practical as possible, short essays on current events
and simple literary and historical subjects are required weekly,
and will be commented upon in class in illustration of the
points advanced in the lectures, which will aim at explaining
the clcmentarv principles of composition. (Two hours a week.)
The hand-book used is Carpenter's Elements of Khetoric, First
High School Course (Macmillan Co.), and every member of the
class is required to provide himself with a copy. Students who
prove themselves competent may be excused further work in
composition, and additional exercises will be required from
those who are backward. Satisfactory results must be obtained
in the regular essay work, as well as in the examinations, in
order to pass in the subject. A short course of lectures will be
given introductory to the course of Summer Reading.
Summer IJeadiug. — During the vacation, students entering
the second year are expected to read certain standard works in
literature and fiction, on which an examination will be held in
the beginning of October. The marks obtained in this examin-
ation will be reckoned in determining the relative standing at
the sessional examinations at the end of the second year.
The works selected for the vacation of 1903 are: —
Shaksperc's Henry V., ed. Deighton (Macmillan) ;
Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield;
Scott's Waverley;
Stevenson's Kidnapped.
French Students may substitute for the above the following : —
Corneille — Le Cid, Horace.
V. Hugo — Hernani, Euy Bias.
Balzac— Eugenie Grandet.
Students will also be required to possess some knowledge of
the lives of .the above French authors.
In the Drawing Jioom
Carpenter Shop.
173
Students who have already taken equivalent courses in this,
or in any other university, may be exempted from a part or
from the whole of the above work, on written application to the
Dean.
7. Freehand Drawing, Lettering, Etc.
Assistant Professor: — H. F. Armstrong^
In the Freehand Cmirse, the object is to train the hand and
eye so that students may readily make sketches from parts of
machinery, etc., either as perspective drawings in light and
shade, or as preparatory dimensioned sketches from which to
make scale drawings.
In the Lettering Course, plain block alphabets, round writ-
ing, and titles, will be chiefly dealt with. In this course, also,
tinting, tracing, blue printing and simple map drawing will
be included.
8. Geology.
Professor: — F, D. Adams.
Demoxstrator:— A. W. G. TVrLSON.
The courses are arranged as follows: —
Third Year. —
General Geology. — The lectures will embrace a general sur-
vey of the whole field of Geology, and will be intro-
duced by a short course on Mineralog}'. Especial atten-
tion will be devoted to Dynamical Geology and to His-
torical GeoIog}% including a description of the fauna
and flora of the earth during the successive periods of
its past history, as well as to the economic aspects of the
subject.
The lectures will be illustrated by the extensive collec-
tions in the Peter Eedpath Museum, as well as by
models, maps, sections and lantern slides. There will
be an excursion every Saturday until the snow falls,
after which the excursion will be replaced by a demon-
stration in the Museum.
Text Book: — Scott, An Introduction to Geology.
Petrograpliy. — The modem methods of study employed in
Petrography are first described, and the classification
and description of rocks is then taken up.
174
In addition to the lectures, one afternoon a week dur-
the second term will be devoted to special microsco-
pical work in the Petrographical Laboratory.
Text Book:— Harker, Petrology for Students.
Ore Deposits, Economic Geology and PracUcal Geology. — The
nature, mode of occurrence and classification of Ore
Deposits will first be taken up. A series of typical oc-
currences will then be described and their origin dis-
cussed. The more important non-metallic materials,
e.g., fuels, clays, abasive materials, building stones, etc.,
will be similarly treated as well as questions of water
suppty, artesian wells, etc. The methods employed in
carrying out geological and magnetic surveys and in
constructing geological sections will then be taken up,
with special studies in folding, faulting, etc.
The course will be illustrated by maps, models, lan-
tern slides and specimens.
Text Books: — Geikie, Outlines of Field Geology;
Kemp, Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada;
Phillips and Louis, A Treatise on Ore Deposits.
Books of Eeference: — The Monographs of the U. S.
Geological Survey, and the Eeports of the Geological
Survey of Canada.
Canadian Geology. — A general description of the Geology
and Mineral Resources of the Dominion.
Petrographical Laboratory. — See § XII, 11. This laboratory
is open to Fourth Year mining students during the sec-
ond term.
Physiography. — The course will consist of a study of the
principal types of Land Forms and their influence upon
human development. Attention will be given more
particularly to the practical bearing of the subject on
engineering work. During the latter part of the course,
a brief description of the salient physical features of
Canada will be presented.
The course will be illustrated by maps, models and
lantern slides.
Field Work. — The students in mining will receive a course
of instruction in geological mapping and field work —
extending over one week — in connection with the sum-
mer school of mining.
175
j^OTE. — Students of the Mining and Chemistry courses take
all the Mineralogy of the third year. Mining Students take
all courses of the fourth year. Chemistry Students take,
in addition to the Geology of the third year, the Mineralogy
of the fourth year.
The Petrographical Laboratory is open to fourth year Min-
ing Students during the second term.
9. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics.
Professor: — G. H. Chandler.
Lecturer: — R. S. Lea.
The work in this department is conducted from the outset
with special reference to the needs of students o-f applied
science. Much time is given to practice in the use of mathe-
matical tables, particular attention being paid to the solution
of triangles, the tracing of curves, graphical representation of
functions, reduction of observations, etc.
The courses of study are as follows: —
FiEST Yeak.
Geometry. — Exercises on Euclid, including Loci, Transver-
sals, etc. ; elements of Solid Geometry and of Geometrical Conic
Sections.
Algebra. — Miscellaneous theorems and exercises; Complex
Numbers; Elementary Determinants.
Trigonometry. — Plane and Spherical.
Mechanics. — An elementary course in Kinematics, Kinetics,
Statics, and Hydrostatics.
Second Year.
Analytic Geometry. — The Point, Straight Line, Circle, Para-
bola, Ellipse and Hyperbola.
Differential and Integral Calculus. — Differentiation of func-
tions of one or more variables; Successive differentiation;
Tangents, etc.; Multiple Points; Asymptotes; Curvature; Max-
ima and Minima; Integration, with application to Areas, Vol-
umes, Moments of Inertia, etc.
MecJianics. — Kinematics; Kinetics of a Particle; Statics.
Third Year.
Analytic Geometry. — Conjugate Diameters; General Equa-
tions of the Second Degree; Elements of Geometry of Three
Dimensions.
176
Calculus. — Variaiis Applications; Elementary Differential
Equations.
Mechanics. — Kinetics of a Rigid Body; Centres of Pressure,
etc.
Classes may also bo held for advanced (optional) work in
the above or other subjects. Students taking graduate courses
will receive guidance in any advanced Mathematics required in
connection with their work.
Text-books. First Year: — Wilson's Solid Geometry and
Conic Sections (]\Iacmillan) ; Hall & Knight's Elementary
Algebra (^lacmillan) ; Murray's Plane and Spherical Trig-
onometry (Longmans) ; Blaikie's D5mamics (J. Thin, Edin-
burgh) ; Bottomley's Mathematical Tables (Macmillan) ; Cham-
bers's Mathematical Tables. Second and Third Years: — -Went-
worth'i? Analytic Geometry (Ginn & Co.); Chandler's Cal-
culus (Fi. M. Kenouf. Montieal) : ^y right's Mechanics (Van
Nostrand).
10. Mechanical Engineering.
Professor: — R. J. Durley.
Assistant Professor: — H. M; Jaquats.
(A. R. Roberts.
Demonstrators: — .-. ^^
I y I. rlALL.
1. Einemalics of Machinrs. — (Wednesday, 11; Thursday, 10).
Definitions; mechanisms and machines; kinematic pairing;
velocity and acceleration in mechanisms; centrodes; restraint
in mechanisms; analysis of the quadric crank chain, the slider-
crank chain, and the double-slider crank chain; higher pairing
in mechanisms; cams; ratchet -and click trains; chamber-crank
and chamber-wheel trains; mechanisms involving non-rigid
links; screw motion and spheric motion in mechanisms.
Text-book. — Durley's Kinematics of Machines (Wiley).
2. Dynamics of Machines. — Third Year. — (Monday, 10;
Wednesdaj^ 9). Elementary dynamics of the steam engine;
diagrams of crank effort; fluctuation of energy and speed; fly-
wheels; friction of journals and pivots;, graphic treatment of
friction in mechanisms; brakes; dynamics of belt and rope
driving; transmission and absorption dynamometers.
Fourth Year. — (Tuesday, 9; Wednesday, 9; Thursday, 12.)
Balancing of double and single acting engines ; djTiamics of the
connecting rod; gyrostatic action in machines; theory of gov-
177
ernors; graphic methods in dynamics; vibration in machines;
knocking of steam engines.
3. Machine Design. — Third Year.— Thursday, 10. Trinci-
ples of the Strength of Materials as applied to the design of the
parts of machines; fastenings used in machine construction,
bolts, screws, keys, cotters, rivets and rivetted joints; journals
and bearings; shafts and couplings.
Fourth Year. — (Monday, 9; Wednesday, 12). — Design of
wheel gearing; belts, ropes and pulleys; pipes and pipe joints;
cylinders; eccentrics, pistons and piston rods, connecting rods,,
cross-heads and other engine details ; flywheels ; design of valves
and valve gears.
Text-book: — Unwin's Machine Design (Longmans, 2 Vols.).
Book of Eeference: — Low and Bevis' Machine Drawing and
Design. (Longmans.)
4, Mechanical Drawing and Designing. — Second Year. —
(Monday and Thursday, 2). Elementary principles of me-
chanical drawing and draftsmanship; preparation of working
drawings of simple machine details; making dimensioned
sketches of machines and their parts, dimensioning and con-
ventional colouring of drawings; preparation of tracings.
Third Year (Monday and Thursday, 2). — Designing of sim-
ple machine parts; more difficult exercises in mechanical draw-
ing; engine designing.
Fourth Year (Monday and Thursday, 2). — The complete
design of a machine, such as a steam engine, a pump, or a ma-
chine tool, is worked out, and the requisite working drawings
and tracings are prepared.
5. Mechanical Engineering. — (Thursday, 10; Friday, 9).
Steam boilers and steam production: fuel and combustion;
corrosion and defects of boilers; boiler installations; the steam
engine — estimation of power developed under various condi-
tions; the indicator and its diagrams; steam distribution, and
performance of pumping and air-compressing machinery, as
shown by the indicator; economy of steam machinery; gas and
oil engines; gas producers; mechanical distribution of power,
and losses of power, in power installations and workshops; air
compressors; fans; pumping machinery; steam engine valves
and valve gears; valve diagrams; speed regulation in steam en-
gines; lubrication in steam engines; steam turbines and engines
for special services ; relation between weight and power in steam
178
machinery; marine engines and ship propulsion; elements of
locomotive engineering; tractive force in locomotives; train
resistance; brakes; refrigerating machinery.
Books of Keference: — Ewing's The Steam Engine (Camb.
Univ. Press) ; Lineham's Mechanical Engineering (Chapman &
Hall) ; Hutton's Mechanical Engineering of Power Plants
(Wiley).
6. Thermodynamics. See page 191.
7. Laboratory Instruction. See pages 198 and 204.
8. ^^'orl^•sllop Practice. See pages 207 and 208.
Graduate Courses.
The graduate courses in Mechanical Engineering comprise
experimental research work of the following kinds: —
Tests of the economy and performance of steam engines and
boilers, air and gas engines, and air compressors; experiments
on the behaviour of superheated steam, on cylinder condensa-
tion, on feed heating, and on the value of fuels; experiments
on the properties and relative values of lubricants, on transmis-
sion and absorption dynamometers, on the efficiency of trans-
mission machinery and of machine tools; tests of fans and
blowers ; experiments on the flow of air and of steam ; researches
on the tempering and wielding of various materials, on the
properties of alloys and on the action of cutting tools.
11. Metallurgy.
Professor: — Alfred Stansfield.
Demonstrator: — Edwin B. Tilt.
I. The undergraduate courses for Metallurgical and Mining
students are as follows : —
Third Fear.— (1) General Elementary Metallurgy, including
introduction, fuels, furnaces and refractory materials, typical
metallurgical operations and reactions. Two lectures a week
during first term.
Text-book :— Huntingdon and ]\Iacmillan, "Metals, their
Properties and Treatment."
(2) Fire Assaying, including introductory, furnaces and ap-
pliances, balances and wet assay apparatus, sampling and prepar-
ation of ores for assay, fluxes and reagents, assays of gold, silver,
and lead ores, assavs of bullion and l)ase bullion.
179
Lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work, — 50 hours,
during Second term.
Text-book : — Furman, '"' Manual of Practical Assaying."
Fourth Year (3) The Metallurgy of iron and steel, copper,
lead, gold and silver. The lectures cover the more important
dry, wet and electrical methods of extracting these metals from
their ores, and refining them. The chemical, physical and me-
chanical properties of the metals are also considered. The mill-
ing and amalgamation, cyaniding and chlorination of gold and
silver ores are excluded from this course, as they are treated in
the lectures on ore-dressing (see Mining (6)).
Two lectures a week in first term and three lectures a week
in second term. Laboratory, see (8).
Books of Eefcrence • — T. Turner, " Aletallurgy of Iron";
H. M. Howe, "Metallurgy of Steel"; F. W. Harbord, "Metal-
lurgy of Steel " ; H. H. Campbell, " Manufacture and Proper-
ties of Structural StiH'l " ; E. D. Peters, " Modern Copper Smelt-
ing"; H. 0. Hoffman, "Metallurgy of Lead"; H. F. Collins,
"Metallurgy of Silver and Lead"; T. K. Eose, "Metallurgy
of Gold'"; M. Eissler, "Metallurgy of Gold"; C. Schnabel,
" Handbook of Metallurgy," Vol. I.
(4) Alloys, — their constitution, manufacture and properties;
fuels and refractory materials, — their examination and use, in-
cluding calorimetry and pyrometry. One lecture a week during
second term.
Books of Eeference : — W. C. Eoberts- Austen, "' Introduction
to the Study of Metallurgy " ; E. H. Thurston, " Materials of
Engineering."
(5) Metallurgical Problems. — One lecture a week during
. second term. (This course is alternative with Hydraulics).
(6) Additional lectures are given in the third and fourth
years to Metallurgical students. In these lectures the metal-
lurgy and electro-metallurgy of the remaining metals is con-
sidered, and attention is given to laboratory and research work
in metallurgy and to furnace construction and cost of metallur-
gical operations.
(7) Metallurgical Machinery (see p. 182).
(8) Laboratory: — One whole day and one half day per week
are given to work in the Ore Dressing and Metallurgical Labor-
atories. In the first term this time is evenly divided between
Ore Dressing and Metallurgy, and certain typical operations in
180
each are carried ont either as demonstrations, or by groups or
individual students.
The whole time in the laboratory in the second term is given
to thesis work, and in this individual work each student is
permitted to elect between ore dressing and metallurgy, and,
when practicable, to select his own special subject.
The following metallurgical exercises will be carried out, as
far as time will permit, during the first term, either as demon-
strations, individual work, or work in groups. During the
second term, any of these or some similar exercises may be se-
lected by the students as their thesis work: —
(a) Eoasting a sulphide or arsenical ore on a small scale and
also in the large roasting furnaces.
(6) Formation and properties of copper or lead mattes and
slags.
(c) Smelting a copper or lead ore in the water jacketed blast
furnace.
(d) Melting and casting certain metals and alloys.
(e) The use of the electric furnace.
(/) Cyaniding or chlorination of a gold ore.
(g) Leaching a copper or silver ore.
(Ji) Elementary exercises in some of the following: —
Pyrometry, Calorimetry, Flue Gas Analysis, Tests of Refrac-
tory Materials, IMicroscopic Examination of Metals, Heat Treat-
ment of Iron or Steel.
The details of the ore dressing work are given in Mining (8).
II. Gkaduate Coueses. — Special advanced courses of labor-
atory work are offered in Metallurgy and Assaying.
III. Metalluegical and Assaying Laboeatoeies.— For
description, see p. 198.
IV. Metalluegical Excuesions and Summee Schools. —
Students attending the courses in Mining and Metallurgy are
required to attend the Summer School in Mining (see Mining
VT.) at the end of their third year.
At this school, when practicable, a portion of the time is
devoted to a thorough examination of some metallurgical estab-
lishments.
In addition to this, excursions may be made by the class from
time to time to such metallurgical works as are within reach.
181
12. Meteorology.
Instruction in meteorological observations will be given in
the observatory at hours to suit the convenience of the senior
students.
Certificates will be granted to those students who pass a
satisfactory examination on the construction and use of meteor-
ological instruments, and on the general facts of meteorology.
13. Mineralogy.
Professor: — B. J. Harrington.
The courses are arranged as follows: —
Third Year: —
Mineralogy. — Lectures and demonstrations illustrated by
models and specimens in the Peter Eedpath Museiun.
Among the subjects discussed are: crystallography; phy-
sical properties of minerals dependent upon light, elec-
tricity, state of aggregation, etc.; chemical composition,
calculation of mineral formulae, qnantivalent ratios,
etc. ; principles of classification, description of species.
Determinaiive Mineralogy. — Laboratory practice in blow-pipe
analysis and its application to the determination of min-
eral species.
Fourth Year: —
Mineralogy (in continuation of the course in third year) — -
Description of species, particular attention being paid to
those which are important as rock constituents and to
the economic minerals of Canada.
14-, Mining Engineering.
Professor :—JouN Bonsall Porter.
Fellow in Mining: — C. V. Corless.
Demonstrator :— H. P. DEFiiNciER.
I. The undergraduate courses in detail are as follows: —
Third Year. — (1) Mining. Excavation, explosives and
blasting; rock drills, coal cutters, etc.; gold washing, river
mining, hydraulic mining and gold dredging. (One lecture
per week. This course is continued in the fourth year, see
Mining 4).
(2). Ore dressing. The theory and practice of ore dress-
in 2" and coal washing; the forms in which ores occur and the
182
effect of mixture, impurity, etc.; the theoretical considerations
affecting mineral separations; the general mechanical opera-
tions involved; Dressing Machinery — breakers, rolls, screens,
jigs, vanners, tables, washers, buddies, magnetic separators,
etc. (Two hours per Aveek in the second term. This course
is continued in the fourth year. See Mining 6).
(3). Laboratory. Simple examinations and tests of ores,
sands, and gravels, by means of pan, vanning shovel, hand jig,
magnet, classifier, etc. (Eight afternoons in the second term.
Further laboratory work in the fourth year, see Mining 8).
Fourth Year.-^(4). Mining Engineering. The Principles
and Practice of mining; prospecting, sinking, drifting, devel-
oping, methods of mining, timbering, hauling, hoisting, drain-
age, lighting, ventilating, etc.; mine accidents and their preven-
tion; general arrangement of plant, administration, stores and
dwellings; examination and valuation of mines and mineral
prorperties and mine reports. (Two lectures a week in the first
term and three in the second).
(5). Mining and Metallurgical Machinery; the generation,
transmission and utilization of power in mining, ore dressing,
and metallurgy; steam, hydraulic and electric power plants,
air compressors, blowing engines, dynamos, transmission lines,
motors, conveyors, cranes, hoists, pumps, ventilating machin-
ery, etc. (Two lectures a week and twelve afternoons in the
designing room).
(6). Ore Dressing and Milling. Continuntion of the ore
dressing course of the third year; concentration plants, coal
breakers and washers, dry concentration, amalgamation, gold
and silver milling, cyaniding, chlorinating, etc. (Two lectures
a week in the first term).
(7). Mining Colloquium. One hour a week throughout the
session is given to informal discussion of the work being done
in the department and of other matters relating to mining
and ore dressing. Students are required to take active part in
these discussions.
Text Books : —
No set text-books are used, but students are recommended
to freely consult the following works of reference, in addition
to the special references given from time to time: —
C. Le Neve Foster's Ore and Stone Mining; H. W. Hughes'
Coal Mining; Ililsing's Manual of Mining; W. B. Kunhard's
mm^
183
Ore Dressing in Europe; E. H. Eichard's Ore Dressing; T. A.
Eickard's Stamp Milling of Gold Ores; H. Louis' Handbook of
Gold Milling; T. K. Eose's Metallurgy of Gold; M. Eissler's
Metallurgy of Gold; H. F. Collins' Metallurgy of Silver; The
Coal and Metal Miners' Pocket-book.
(8). Laboratory. One whole day and one-half day per week
are given to work in the ore dressing and metallurgical labor-
atories. In the first term this time is evenly divided between
Ore Dressing and Metallurgy and certain typical operations in
each are carried out either as demonstrations or by individuals
or gToups of students. In the second term each student is
permitted to elect between Mining, Ore Dressing and Metal-
lurgy and to choose an individual subject or thesis, and the
whole of the laboratory time in the second term is given to this
thesis work.
The set exercises in Ore Dressing comprise a series of ex-
periments in crushing, classifying, jigging, slime treatment,
magnetic separation, and amalgamation, and include a com-
plete trial run of the five-stamp battery on a free milling gold
ore.
The number of subjects available for thesis work is very
great, and ranges from purely theoretical investigations in
classification, concentration, etc., to the experimental deter-
mination of the best methods of treatment of ores and coals.
Nearly one hundred different lots of ore are available, and the
quantities are sufficient for work on a comparatively large
scale.
The metallurgical work is detailed in Metallurgy 11 (8).
II. Graduate Coueses: — Special courses in advanced work
• are also offered in both Mining and Ore Dressing, and these
courses, owing to the unequalled equipment of the new lab-
oratories, as detailed elsewhere, can be made exceedingly val-
uable, both theoretically and practically.
III. Laboratories : — The admirable laboratories of the Uni-
versity are of peculiar advantage to students in the Mining
Course, and enable them not only to become acquainted with
the theory of their subject, but to personally investigate its
methods on a large scale.
During the first three years of the course the students do
systematic work in the several Avorkshops and laboratories of
the other departments. During the last half of the third and
the whole of the fourth year they spend a large proportion of
184
their time in the special laboratories for Ore Dressing and
Metallurgy. (See § XII). In these, the general method is
first to conduct before the whole class a limited number of
important typical operations in ore dressing and metallurgy,
and then to assign to each student certain methods which he
must study out in detail, and upon wliich he must experiment
and make written report. In this work he is guided by the
professors and demonstrators, and assisted by the other stu-
dents, whom he must in turn assist when practicable. In this
way every student acquires detailed knowledge of certain typ-
ical operations and a fair general experience in all the import-
ant methods in use.
IV. Illusteations, Museums, Societies, Etc.: — In addi-
tion to a large series of lantern slides, the department owns a
collection of about twenty-five hundred photographs and other
illustrations, the most important of which are kept in sets
and sold at cost price, to such students as wish to retaia them.
This collection is constantly being enlarged.
The Museums of the new building contain suites of ores,
fuels and metallurgical materials, models of mines and fur-
naces, and specimens of finished products.
The MeGill University Mining Society meets fortnightly
to read and discuss papers by graduate and student members,
and from time to time to hear lectures given by gentlemen
eminent in the profession.
The Society has recently been made a students' section of
the Canadian Mining Institute, and its undergraduate mem-
bers are therefore student members of the Institute, and re-
ceive all its publications. Papers read before the Mining So-
ciety may be entered in competition for any students' prizes
offered by the Institute. See p. 145.
VI. Summer School in Mining: — The summer vacation
class instituted in 1897 is now a fixed part of the course. All
students of Mining in regular course are required to attend
this class at the end of the third year.
The school lasts about six Aveeks. Of this period about
one-sixth is given to field work in Geology, one-half or more
to mining work proper and the remainder, when practicable,
to an examination of ore dressing and milling plants and met-
allurgical establishments. The professor of mining and his
assistant go with the party and hold daily demonstrations or
classes. The students take notes and sketches on the ground.
185
and afterwards are required to work up these notes and to
submit a formal report on some part or the whole.
The work in Metallurg}'- and Geology is carried on by offi-
cers of these departments, who attend the school for this pur-
pose, and in certain cases it may be found practicable to per-
mit students especially interested in these subjects to substi-
tute additional work in them for a portion of the mining.
In 1898 and again in 1902 the school was held in the coal
region of Cape Breton and the gold region of Nova Scotia.
In 1899 the anthracite region of Pennsylvania and metallur-
gical works at Bethlehem and Philadelphia, Pa., and Perth Am-
boy, N. J., were visited. In 1901 the school was held in Brit-
ish Columbia, and the most important camps were studied. In
1903 it is proposed to visit the copper and iron mines of North-
ern Michigan.
The instruction given during this summer course is free
to all mining students, the only expense to them being the
cost of board, lodging, and railway fares, and every effort is
made to keep these expenses as low as is practicable.
As some students may have difficulty in tindiiig even this
sum in addition to the cost of the regular course, a fund has
been provided by Sir William Macdonald, and deserving stu-
dents who require aid can have money advanced them by ap-
plying to the professor of mining.
15. Physics (Experimental).
Professors: — John Cox.
E. Rutherford.
Assistant Profkssor: — H. T. Barnes.
Demonstrators:— A. G. Grier.
S. J. Allen.
The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of Experi-
mental Lectures on the general Principles of Physics (embrac-
ing, in the first year — The Laws of Energy — Heat, Light, and
Sound; in the second year — Electridiy and Magnetism) , accom-
panied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in which
the students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly
quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the lectures.
Opportunity will be given to acquire experience with all the
principal instruments used in exact physical and practical
measurements.
186
Laboratory Course.
Three hours per week spent in practical measurements in the
Macdonald Physical Laboratory in conjunction with the lecture
courses.
Sound. — Velocity of Sound; determination of rates of viljra-
tion of tuning forks; resonance; laws of vibration of strin,srs.
Light.- — rhotonietry; laws of reflection and refraction; focal
lengths and magnifying powers of mirrors, lenses, telescopes
and microscopes; the sextant; spectroscope, spectronu^ter. dif-
fraction grating, optical l)ench, polariscopes.
Heat. — Construction and calibration of thermometers; melt-
ing and boiling points ;'"air thermometer; expansion of solids,
liquids and gases; calorimetry; p^Tometry.
Text-books: — Deschanel, Part IV.; or Ganot; Jone^. Sound,
Light and Heat ; "Wright, ITeat ; Tory and Pitcher. Laboratory
Manual; Chandler, Laboratory Manual.
Magnetism and Electricity. — Measurements of pole strength
and moment of a magnet; the magnetic field; methods of de-
flection, and oscillation ; comparison of moments and determin-
ation of the elements of the earth's magnetism ; frictional elec-
tricity:
Cvrrent Electricity.— A complete course of measurements of
current strength, resistance, and electromotive force ; calibration
of galvanometers; the electrometer; comparison of condensers;
electromagnetic induction.
Text-books: — S. P. Thompson, Electricity and ^Magnetism;
Tory and Pitcher, Laboratory i\Ianual.
Second Year. — Electrical Engineering students are given an
extra laboratory period of 3 hours per week, which allows of a
more extended and complete course of experimental work.
Third Year. — Students of Electrical Engineering will con-
tinue their work in the Physical Laljoratory in the third year.
The following is a brief outline of the course: —
Magnetic elements and measurements; use of variometers;
testing magnetic qualities of iron; theory and practice of abso-
lute electrical measurements: comparison and use of electrical
standards of resistance, E.M.F., self-induction, and capacity;
principles of construction of electrical instruments; testing and
calibration of ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeters; insulation
and capacity tests; electrometers and l)allistic methods; con-
187
struction and treatment of storage cells; testing for capacity
and rate of discharge; electric light photometry.
The following are some of the sections in which special pro-
vision has been made for advanced physical work : —
Heat. — Thermometry : — comparison and verification of deli-
cate thermometers; air thermometry; measurement of high tem-
peratures; electrical resistance thermometers and pyrometers;
thermo-electric pyrometers.
Calorimetry: — Mechanical equivalent of heat; variation of
specific heat with temperature; latent heat of fusion and vapor-
isation; heat of solution and combustion; electrical methods;
radiation and conduction of heat with special methods and
apparatus; dynamical theory of gases: viscosity; surface ten-
sion; variation of properties with temperature.
Light. — Photometric standards ; spectro-photometry : theory
of colour vision; spectroscopy and spectrum photography;
compound prism spectrometers; six inch and 2\ inch Rowland
gratings ; study of spectra of gases ; fluorescence and anomalous
dispersion; polarimetry ; Landolt and other polarimeters; form
of wave surface.
Sound. — Velocity in gases and various media; absolute deter-
minations of period; harmonic analysis of sounds; effects of
resonance and interference.
Llecti icily and Magnetism. — Magnetic properties; influence
of stress and torsion; influence of temperature; effects of hys-
teresis ; magneto-optics ; other effects of magnetisation ; diamag-
netism; electrical standards and absolute measurements; cal-
ibration of electrical instruments; insulation and capacity test-
ing; electrometer and ballistic methods; temperature, variation
of resistance, and E.M.F. ; thermo-electric effects; electrolysis;
chemistry of primary and secondary batteries; resistance of
electrolytes; polarisation; electric discharge in gases and high
vacua; dielectric strength; behaviour of insulators under elec-
tric stress, specific inductive capacity; electro-magnetic optics;
alternating currents of high frequency and voltage; electrical
waves and oscillations; discharge of electrification by Eontgen
rays, ultra violet, uranium and thorium radiations.
Professor Cox will give a special course of lectures to ad-
vanced and graduate students, on " the relations between optics,
electricity and magnetism," and Prof. Euthcrford will give a
course on " Eadio-Activitv in electric oscillations."
188
jV.B. — Stndt'iits taking a graduate course will receive guid-
ance in any advanced Mathematics required in connection with
their work.
16. Surveying and Geodesy.
Profkssor:— C. H. McLeod.
Assistant Professor; — J. G. G. Kerry.
Demonstrator: — H. W. Jones.
This course is designed to give the student a theoretical and
.practical training in the methods of land and geodetic survey-
ing, in the tield woik of engineering ojirrations, and in prac-
tical astronomy. The course is divided as follows: —
Second. \ear. — Chain and angular surveying: the construc-
tion, adjustment, use and limitations of the various instru-
ments; underground surveying; topography, levelling, contour
surveying; simple curves and setting out work; descriptions for
deeds; general land systems of the Dominion and Provinces.
Mr. Kerry.
Third Year. — Construction surveying, including the location
of roads, transition curves, netting out work and calculation
of quantities; geodetic, trigonometric and barometric levelling;
topographic and photographic surveying; hydrographic survey-
ing; introduction to practical astronomy; graphical determin-
ation of spherical triangles, spherical projections, construction
of maps ; mathematical perspective and the perspective of shades
and shadows. Professor McLeod.
In the field the students of the second and third years are
required to carry out the following: — (1) A chain survey.
(2) A chain and compass survey. (3) A pacing survey. (4) A
compass and micrometer survey. (5) A contour survey. (6) A
plane table survey. (7) A survey and location of a line of road
with determination of topography and contours and subsequent
staking out for construction. (8) A hydrographic survey of a
river channel, including measurement of discharge. (9) A
survey at night illustrating underground methods. Astronomi-
cal observations with sextant and engineer's transit.
All students are required to keep complete field notes, and
from them prepare maps, sections and estimates of the work.
The large drawing rooms are furnished with fixed mountings
for the various instruments, in order to permit of their use and
investigation during the winter months.
189
Fourth Year. — Practical Astronomy: — the determination of
time, latitude, longitude and azimuth. Geodesy: — figure of
the earth ; measurements of base lines and triangulation system ;
adjustments and reductions of observations.
The field work of the fourth year consists in the measurement
of a base-line, in triangulations and precision levelling.
The practical work in astronomy (for equipment of observ-
atory see § XII, 6) comprises: (1). Comparisons of clocks and
chronometers. (2). Determination of meridian by solar attach-
ment. (3). Meridian, latitude and time by solar and stellar
observations with the engineer's transit. (4). Latitude and
time by sextant. (5). Time by astronomical transit. (6). Lati-
tude by zenith telescope. (7). Latitude by transit in prime
vertical.
Field work is reqvured of all students of the second and third
years in the courses of Civil and. Mining Engineering, of the
third and fourth years of the Architectural course, and of the
fourth year in the Civil Engineering course. The work will
begin in 1903 on 24th August, and continue for a month. The
Surveying School will this year be held near jNIelbourne, P.Q.,
where a camp will be established for the accommodation of the
classes.
Exercises in the geodetic laboratory (for equipment see § XII,
Art. 6, p. 196), carried out in the fourth year include the. fol-
lowing: (1) Measurement of magnifying power. (2) Deter-
mination of vernier errors. (3) Errors of graduation. (4)
Measurement of eccentricity of circles. (5) Determination of
errors of run of theodolite microscopes. (6) Investigation of
the errors of a standard bar. (7) Graduating scales with the
dividing engine, and comparison thereof on the comparator.
(8) Investigation of the errors of circles on the circular com-
parator. (9) Determination of the constants of steel tapes.
(10) Investigation of the graduation errors of steel tapes on
the fifty-foot comparator. (11). Investigation of the errors of
aneroid barometers. (12) Investigation of the errors of level
tubes, and determination of their scale values. (13) Measure-
ment of the force of gravity with a reversible pendulujn.
The equipment of the survejong department comprises the
following, in adition to the apparatus of the observatory and
geodetic laboratory : — Twenty-four transit theodolites by various
190
makers, with solar and mining attachments ; a photo-theodolite,
8-in. alt-azimuth ; fifteen dumpy and five wye levels ; hand levels
and clinometers; two precision levels; eight surveyor's com-
passes; one miners dial; three prismatic compasses; pocket
compasses; two solar compasses; three marine sextants; arti-
ficial horizons; six box sextants; Irwo reflecting circles; two
large plane tables; four transverse plane tables; four current
meters; Eochon micrometers; double image micrometer^; field-
glasses; two heliotropes; several barometers; 300 ft. and 500 ft.
steel tapes suitable for base measurements ; steel chains and steel
bands; linen and metallic tapes; sounding lines; pickets; level-
ling rods; luicrometer targets; slope rods; pedometers; station
pointer, pantographs, planimeter, slide rules and minor appli-
ances.
Examinations for Land Surveyors: — Any graduate in the
Faculty of Applied Science, in the Department of Civil En-
gineering and Land Surveying, may have his term of appren-
ticeship shortened to one year for the profession of Land Sur-
veyor in Quebec or Ontario or for the profession of Dominion
Land Surveyor,
Text-Books: — Gillespie's Surveying, Johnson's Theory and
Practice of Surveying, Shortland's Nautical Surveying, Greene's
Practical and Spherical Astronomy, Nautical Almanac, Baker's
Engineers' Surveying Instruments.
Transportation.
(On Common lioads, Kailways and Canals.)
The lectures will embrace : —
(a) A brief historical review of the inception and carrying
out of the great Canadian systems of transportation, and a
rcsnms of the laws governing them.
{b) Common roads and streets. — Provision made for them
in settling up land; the traffic for which they are suited, and
the cost of hauling it over different surfaces ; the materials used
in their construction and the merits and cost of the various
systems.
(c) Canals and rivers. — The Canadian canal system; the
methods and cost of construction and maintenance; the traffic
it is designed to carry; and the cost of transportation.
191
(d) Steam railroads. — The traffic they serve and the cost of
handling it; the details of location and the influence of physical
features and trade possibilities upon it; the cost and design of
construction; the duties of the engineer upon such work; the
appliances at present in use for safe and speedy handling of
trains.
(e) Electric roads. — The traffic which they now carry; their
location and construction; the reasons for their rapid extension,
and their probable future.
The questions of the development and applying of motive
power and the various appliances, mechanical and electrical,
now in use for these special purposes, are taken up in special
descriptive lectures in the mechanical and electrical depart-
ments. Mr. Kerry.
17. Thermodynamics.
Lecturer: — R. J. Durley.
Demonstrator: — H. M. Jaquays.
l^e course in this subject extends over the third and fourth
years, and includes the following: —
Third Year — (Monday, 11; Tuesday, 10.) — Fundamental
laws and equations of Thermodynamics ; their application to
gases and to vapours, saturated and superheated ; efficiency of
ideal heat engines; properties of steam, and elementary theory
of the steam engine ; elementary theory of gas and hot air en-
gines.
Fourth Year— (Monday, 12; Thursday, 11.)— Theory of
reversed heat engines and refrigerating machines; entropy and
entropy-temperature diagrams; a thermodynamic study of the
steam engine, including the behaviour of steam in the cylinder ;
economy of steam engines; influence of size, speed, and rate of
expansion; compound expansion; the steam jacket; the testing
of steam engines; more advanced theory of gas, air, and oil
engines.
The advanced course is carried out as far as possible in
connection with the experimental work of the thermodynami.-^
laboratory.
Text Books: — Ewing's Steam Engine (Cambridge Univ.
Press); Peabody's Tables of Properties of Steam (Wiley).
192
18. Summer Term Art Classes.
Classes in Drawing, Painting and Modelling, open to both,
men and women students, will be held in the rooms of the
Architectural Department, under the direction of Mr. Henry
F. Armstrong, commencing in April and continuing until
June.
The rooms will be open on week-days from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Students may pursue their studies in one or more of the
subjects continuously every day.
Teaching and criticism will be given daily during the above
hours, except on Saturdays.
I. Freehand Drawing: —
(a) In lead-pencil and in charcoal, for students prepar-
ing for, or engaged in, any branch of art work.
(5) In lead-pencO, for engineering and other science
students.
II. Oil Painting and Water Colour Painting.
III. Modelling in Clay and Casting in Plaster.
There will also be a special course in the Descriptive Geome-
try of the First Year.
For fees see p. 31.
19. Special Lectures-
The following special lectures were given during session
1902-03:
"Notes on the design of large alternating current genera-
tors,'^ by B. A. Behrend, Ch. Eng., Bullock Elect. Mfg. Co.,
Cincinnati.
"Transformer design," by K. C. Randall, Eng. Dept., West-
inghouse Elect, and Mfg. Co., Pittsburg.
"Shawinigan-Montreal transmission line," by E. D. Mershon^
Cons. Eng., Montreal.
A special course on "The relations between optics, electricity
and magnetism," by Prof. J. Cox.
A special course on ''Eadio-activity in electric oscillations,"
by Prof. E. Eutherford.
193
!XII. Laboratories.
In the Laboratories the student will be instructed in the art of
conducting- experiments, a sound knowledge of which is daily becom-
ing of increasing importance in professional work.
1. Assaying Laboratory. See Mining and Metallurgicai Labora-
tories.
2. Astronomical Observatory. See Geodetic Laboratory.
3. Cement Laboratory.— The importance of tests of the strength
of mortars and cements is very great. The equipment of the labora-
tory' for the purpose is on a complete plan, including- : —
(ff) Three one-ton tensile testing machines, representing the best
English and American practice.
(6) One 50-ton hydraulic compressive testing machine.
(c) Volumenometers for determining specific gravity and for
determining the carbonic acid in the raw material.
(d) Faija steaming apparatus for blowing tests.
(e) Mechanical hand and power mixers.
(0 Apparatus for determining standard consistency.
(!7) Vicats' and Gilmore's needles for determining set.
(/() Weighing hopper, spring and other balances.
(0 Gun metal moulds for tension, compression and transverse
test pieces, and special m.oulds for placing mortar into the moulds
under a uniform pressure, which, together with the mechanical mix-
ers, enable the personal errors to be eliminated.
(;■) Sieves of 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, SO, 100, 120 and ISO meshes per
lineal inch for determining the fineness.
(t) A Boehme hammer, with all accessories.
The laboratory is also fitted with copper-lined cisterns, in which
the briquettes may be submerged for any required time, and with
capacious slated operating taibles, bins and tin boxes for keeping the
cement dry for any period.
In the Cement Testing Laboratory, researches have been made on
the strength of mortars set under pressure, the effect of frost on
natural and Portland cem.ents, the effect of sugar on lime and cement
mortars, the strength of lime and cement mortars and of the bricks
in brick piers, the effect of fine grinding on the adhesive strength of
cements, of using hot water in mixing mortars. Continued tests on
the strength of concrete blocks in series are made by Fourth Tear
Students.
In addition to these researches, a large amount of work is done
each year by the Third Year students, in investigating the specific
gravity, fineness, setting properties, constancy of volume, and the
tensile, comprehensive and transverse strengths of cement, both neat
and with the sand.
4. Chemical Laboratories. The main lecture-theatre, extending
through two storeys, is entered from the ground floor, and seats
nearly 250 students. The lecture-table is supplied with coal-gas,
oxygen and hydrogen, electricity, water vacuum, down-draug-ht, etc.,
and can be well seen from all parts of the room.
Besides the main lecture theatre there are three smaller class
rooms, accommodating from 40 to 60 students each.
The three principal laboratories have each a floor-space of about
2,400 square feet, and together have accommodation for nearly two
194
hundred students working at a time. They are ligihted on three
pides, and have ample hood space. One is intended for beginners,
and the others for more advanced work, particularly in qualitative
and quantitative airalysis. In connection with each of the main
laboratories is a balance-room, equipped with balances by several
of the 'best makers.
Physical Chemistry is provided for in a special laboratory, nearly
30 by 40 feet, lighted from the north, and supplied with electricity,
steam, vacuum pumps, etc. The equipment of this department con-
sists of the apparatus necessary for the determination of the specific
gravities of solutions, of the depression of freezing point, and the
rise of boiling point, of the densities of gases and vapours. There
are constant-temperature baths for accurate measurement of solu-
bilities, Kohlrausch's apparatus for determining the electrical con-
ductivity of solutions, and the apparatus necessary for measuiing
the electromotive forces generated between metals and their solu-
tions, and in voltaic cells generally. There are also calorimeters for
measuring the heat effects produced in chemical reactions. There
is on the same floor an optical room furnished with refractometers
for measuring the refractive indices of solutions, goniometers, pol-
ariscopes and spectroscopes. Other forms of apparatus will be added
as required for research wo)-k.
Immediately adjoining the laboratory of physical chemistry is
the photographic department, supplied with two dark rooms,
arranged on the maze system, and provided with the necessary appli-
ances for all ordinary photographic work, including an enlarging
camera. Apparatus for micro-photography has recently been added
to the equipment.
The laboratory for gas analysis has a northern exposure, and is
fitted with a large tank to contain water at the temperature of the
room, for use in obtaining a constant temperature in the measure-
ment of gases. The tables are arranged for work with mercury, and
the laboratory is supplied with the apparatus of Hempel, Diitmar,
Ortat, Elliot and others. It contains also Fleuss, Boltwood, and
Topler pumps for producing high vacua.
The laboratory for electro'lytic analysis is supplied with accumu-
lators, thermopile, platinum electrodes, rheostats, ammeters, volt-
meters, etc.
Another room has lately been equipped with electric furnaces
and other appliances for electro-chemical work.
The organic department comprises a laboratory for preparations
and research, a con.lbustion room for analysis, a dark room for
polariscope and saccharimeter work, and a lecture room. The
laboratory is fitted with all the necessary apparatus for organic
research— special hoods for work with poisonous gases, regulating
ovens for digesting and drying at various temperatuies, filter pj'esses
for the extraction of raw materials, and various forms of apparatus
for distillation in vacuo. The dark room is equipped with polari-
scopes and saccharimeters for sugar work. There is a large supply
of the necessary organic chemicals, which are supplied free of charge
to students engaged in routine or research work in this department.
The laboratory for determinative mineralogy has places for 28
.students, and is supplied with abundant materials for practical work.
It adjoins the lecture-room in which the lectures in advanced min-
eralogy are delivered. The mineralogical department is also provided
with suitable machinery, run by electricity, for use in the cutting
and polishing of minerals and rocks.
195
The Library contains a valuable collection of the most recent
English, French, and German books, and sets of various journals
and transactions, including the Berichte der Deutsohen Chemischeu
Gesellschaft, Journal fiir Praktische Chemie, Chemisches Central-
blatt, Fresenius' Zeitschrift fiir Analytische Chemie, Annales de
Chemie et de Physique, Journal of the Chemical Society, Chemical
News, Mineralogical Magazine, Minei'alogische und Petrographisiche
Mittheilungen, etc. The library is open to students under such
restrictions as are necessary to prevent damage or loss of books.
The rooms for allied purposes have, as far as possible, been
grouped together on the same floor, and there is a hydraulic lift
running from the basement to the attic. The offices and principal
laboratories and sup!!iy rooms are also connected by a systeni -of
telephones. The building is practically fire-proof.
5. Electrical Labopatories.— These laboratories contain all prin-
cipal types of cominutating, synchronous, and itiduction machin-
ery, together with ample facili:ie.^ fo.- investigating their action.
The several laiboratories are the Standardizing Laboratory, the
Dynamo Laboratory, the High Tension Testing Room, the Photo-
meter Room, and the laboratory for special investigation.
(a) The Standardizing Laboratory is equipped with four Kelvin
Balances for alternating and direct current measurements, best
range .025 to 600 amperes; a Kelvin standard electrostatic multicellu-
lar voltmeter. Board of Trade pattern: a Weston laboratory stand-
ard Ammeter, range with shunts to 1500 amperes ; a Weston
Laboratory standard Voltmeter range with multipliers, to 3000
volts; a Weston Laboratory standard wattmeter range 0-7500
watts; special Weston alternating current voltmeters and watt-
meters ; a special Elliott Potentiometer with standard cells for
electromotive force and current measurement; means for measuring
high and lov,^ resistances, capacity, and di-electric strength of in-
sulating materials, etc., etc. Direct current for the Laboratory is
furnished either from the service plant, from a special motor-dynamo,
the voltage of which can be continuously varied from to 10 volts,
current capacity 300 amperes ; from a 75 K.W. hour storage battery
arranged in sections, or frorri any d.c. machine in the Dynamo Labor-
atory. Alternating current of several wave shapes and frequencies
up to 150 periods per second, and voltages up to 200,000 is available.
A special transformer having a current capacity of 800 amperes is
used for alternating current ammeter calibration. For alternating
current voltmeter calibration, a special regulator is provided, by
which voltages from to 200 can be obtained in as small steps as
desired.
(6) The Dynamo Laboratory. This laboratory consists of two
sections, one devoted to direct current work, and the other to alter-
nating current w'ork. The former method of driving all dynamos
from an overhead line shaft and clutch pulleys has been abandoned
and individual motors supplied for each machine. Each motor is
provided with suitable series turns and variable shunt, the whole
being connected to act with or against the shunt turns, as a com-
pounding or differential effect is desired. The speed of the motors
can be varied about 50 per cent, by field rheostat. This give^ per-
fect control of dynamo speed. Current for operating is obtained from
six independent sources of supply; one 75 K.W. direct connected
unit in the service plant : 3 sets of 25 K. W. hour chloride accumula-
tors and two city supply circuits. All dynamos and motors are
mounted on strong testing benches fifteen inches high, with slotted
19G
floor, so that any machine can be placed anywhere on the benches
and secured in place. Two small travelling cranes over the benches
allow machines to be easily shifted. All wiring is done in conduits
under the floor, and large sectionaJl switchboards are provided for
current distribution about the laboratories. Special testing tables,
permanently wired up and fitted with circuit breakers, switches, etc.,
facilitate the work. Twenty-five cominutating machines, generators,
motors, boosters, motor-generators, dynamotors, converters, closed
and open coil arc machines, varying in capacity from a fraction of a
"kilowatt to 75 kilowatts, of many different types and makes, are pro-
vided for direct current testing. Twelve alternating current machines,
including generators, synchronous motors, compensators, and syn-
chronous converters, together with a large amount of stationery and
rotary induction apparatus, are provided for alternating current
w-ork. Several of the alternating current dynamos are of the induc-
tor type and several different shaped inductors are provided with
€-ach machine to give different Avave forms. A speciallv arranged
induction motor serves as a frequency changer. The laboratory is
also provided with between eighty and ninety voltmeters, animeters,
and wattmeters of standard make, and of different ranges ; con-
densers, rheostats, standard resistances, etc.
(r) High Tension Testing Room. This room is equipped with four
10 K.W., 200-50,000 volt, transformers with switch board and suitable
controlling devices. The voltage can be varied in small steps by
means of a Stillwell regulator inserted in the pi'imary and by vary-
ing the field of the dynamo supplying current. A Kelvin direct read-
ing electrostatic voltmeter, range 100-100,000 volts., gives a means of
measuring high voltages directly.
(f/) The Photometer Room. This room is equipped with standard
photometric apparatus for candle power measurements on arc and
incandescent lamps.
(f) The laboratory for special investigation adjoins the Standard-
izing Laboratory. Meter and transformer testing are also done in
this room.
6. Geodetic Laboratory — The equipment of this laboratory con-
sists of : —
(1) Linear instruments.
(o) A Rogers comparator and standard bar for investigating
standards of length.
(b) A fifty-foot standard and comparator for standardizing
steel bands, chains, tai)es, rods, etc.
(f) A Whitworth end-measuring inachine and set of standards,
(rf) A Munro-Rogers linear dividing engine.
(2) Circular instruments.
(a) A Rogers' circular comparator and dividing engine.
(h) Two level triers.
(3) Time: —
(a) An astronomical clock and clock circuit in connection with
the observatory clocks.
(6) Chronometers running on mean and sidereal time.
<f) Chronograph.
(4) Gravity. — A portable Bessel's reversible pendulum apparatus
with special pendulum clock and telescopic apparatus for
observing coincidences of beats.
Al;eiii;iti-g < 'urrent Dynamo Laboratory.
Electrical Standardizins^ Room.
197
(5) A water gauge apparatus for testing aneroid barometers.
(6) Magnetic instruments : —
(a) A Kew dip circle.
(h) A Kew filar magnetometer.
The laboratory is constructed with double walLs and enclosed air
spaces, and has a special heating apparatus, so that the temperature
within may be brought to, and held at, any desired degree.
The ordinary course of instruction in this laboratory is described
in § XI:, Art 16.
Astronomical Observatory.— The observatory equipment for the
purpose of instruction in practical astronomy consists of : —
1. A Bamberg prismatic transit with zenith attachment.
2. Two astronomical transits for meridan observations. Collim-
ating telescopes.
3. A Troughton & Simms' zenith telescope.
4. An astronomical tran.sit in the prime vertical.
5. Sidereal and mean time clociis and chronometers.
6. Chronograph and electrical circuits by which observations and
clock comparisons within or \vithout the observatorj' may be
made.
7. Hydraulic Laboratory.— Here the student will study prac-
tically the flow of water through orifices of various forms and sizes,
through submerged openings, over weirs, through pipes, mouth-
pieces, etc.
The equipment of this laboratory includes :—
(a) A large Experimental Tank, 30 ft. in height and 25 sq. ft. in
sectional area. With this tank experiments are conducted on the
flow of water through orifices either free or submerged. By a simple
arrangement the orifices can be rapidly interchanged without lower-
ing the head, and with tho lo.ss of only about one pint of water. The
indicating and measuring arrangemeiit.=; connected with the tank are
exceedingly delicate and accurate, all times being automatically
recorded by an electric chronograph, and valuable results have
already been obtained. By means of a special connection with the
citj' water-supply, the available head of water may be increased up
to 280 ft.
(6) An Impact Machine, which renders it possible to measure the
force with which water flowing through an orifice, nozzle, or pipe,
strikes any given surface, and also the impulsive effect of the water
entering the buckets of hydraulic motors.
(o) A Rife's Hydraulic Ram.
(t/) A Jet Measurer specially designed for investigating the
dimensions of the jet produced in the phenomena known as " the in-
version of the vein." With thLs apparatus it is possible to determine,
within .001 inch, the dimensions of a jet in anj' plane and at any
point of the path.
(c) Numerous orifices, nozzles, and mouth-pieces.
(/) A speciallj^ designed stand-pipe, with all the necessary con-
nections for pipes of various sizes for investigations on frictional
resistance. The pressures are measured by recording gauges, etc.
(g) A flume about 35 feet in length, bj' 5 ft. in width by 3 ft. 6 ins,
in depth.
Oi) Weirs up to 5 ft. in width, and with a depth of water over the
sill varying from nil to 8 inches. A weir-depthing machine, with
198
three adjustable heads, gives the surface depth of the stream at any
three points in a transverse section. The velocity of tlie stream is
also determined by means of a double Pitot tube.
(i) Numerous hydraulic pressure-gauges.
(y) A mercury column 60 feet in height.
(k) Gauge-testing- apparatus.
(0 A'arious rotary, and piston meters, and a Venturi meter.
(m) Apparatus for illustrating vorte.s; motion.
())) Apparatus for illustrating vortex ring motion, and for deter-
mining the critical velocity of water flowing through pipes.
(o) Five specially built gauging tanks with suitable indicators,
each having a capacity of 800 cubic feet, for determining the critical
velocity of water flowing through pipes. Also other portable tanks.
(p) Transmission and absorption dynainometers
(q) An experimental centrifugal pump, which can be tested with
varying heights of suction and discharge.
(r) An inward-flow turbine, a new American turbine, an outward-
flow impulse turbine, a Pelton, and other motors and turbines.
is) Graduated measures of various sizes: standard gallon and
litre measures with glass strikes. This Laboratory is also provided
with a set of pumps, specially designed for experime.ital work and
research. They are adapted to work under all pressures up to 120
lbs. per sq. in., and at all speeds up) to the highest found practicable.
The set is composed of three vertical single acting plunger pumps
of 7 in. diam., 18 in. stroke, driven from one shaft. They have two
interchangeable valve chests, and it is arranged that both the valves
and their seats may be removed and replaced by others. The pumps
are also provided with a double set of continuous recording indica-
tors designed in the laboratory and having electrical connections.
With these, an accurate record of the suction and discharge valves
may be obtained at any given time, all fluctuations of speed,
pressure, etc., being automatically recorded.
8. Mechanical Laboratory — The equipment of this Laboratory
includes : — A belt-testing machine, capable of taking a six-inch belt
at 15 feet centres (the machine includes a special hydraulic dyna-
mometer, and a friction brake, and will absorb 15 H. P.); a
Thurston railway-pattern oil-tester, fitted with water cooling and
heating apparatus for varying the temperature of the brasses as
desired; an Engler standard viscosimeter, and other necessary
apparatus for the physical testing of lubricants; a specially designed
hydraulic support and fittings for carrying out experiinents on the
action of cutting tools in the lathe; apparatus for experiments on
the efficiency of pulleys and hoisting appliances, and on the efficiency
of worm and other gearing; apparatus for governor-testing.
This Laboratory is used in connection with the courses in
Mechanical Engineering subjects.
9. Metallurgical and Assaying Laboratories —These consist
of a large furnace room of 2,200 sq. feet for metallurgical operations,
a furnace room for assaying of 1,300 sq. feet, a balance room, small
analytical laboratory and parts of other rooms which are utilized for
pyroinetric and photo-microscopic work. The furnace room is fitted
■with a water-jacket blast-furnace, 24 inches inside diameter, for
smelting lead and copper ores ; also a hand reverberatory furnace
for roasting ores, having a hearth 14 ft. by 6 ft., a Bruckner roast-
ing furnace and an English cupellation furnace.
It has also a large lead-lined chlorination-barrel for high pres-
sures, with filter press, air pump, etc.
199
The furnace room adjoins the inilling- and ore dressing room (see
below) and ores which have been crushed and dressed can easily
be conveyed into the furnace room for roasting, smelting or leaching
treatments. .
In addition to this comparatively large scale plant apparatus is
being provided to enable the students to study in detail the more
important metallurgical operations using quantities of ore or metal-
lurgical products of usually not more than a few pounds in weight.
With such appliances the work of the student can be of a more
individual character than is generally possible Avith. large scale
plant, and the reactions which occur can be more easily and exactly
studied.
For the purpose of small scale work there is a large crucible
furnace which can be used with either natural or forced draught,
a large gas furiiace which can be used either as an oven furnace
or a muffle furnace, and a nuniber of sm.all muffle and crucible
furnaces in the assaying laboratory.
In the autumn of 1901 the students erected a model brick blast
furnace, and used it successfully for smelting copper ores. A Roots
blower has been provided for the blast furnaces, and connections
for supplying forced draft have been made to the gas and reverber-
atory furnaces. Electric furnaces are being constructed for carrying
on operations at very high temperature, and there is a low voltage
moto dynamo and storage battery for electrolytic work. Leaching
operations on a small scale are conducted in stoppered bottles which
can be agitated by machinery.
A powerful hydraulic press and a piece of apparatus for com-
pressing gases by hydraulic power are available for experiments
that have to be conducted under great pressure.
The Assaying Laboratory is equipped with a large soft coal assay
furnace, ana with a number of small muflle and crucible furnaces
fired with coke ; the large gas muffle furnace in the furnace room
is also available for assaying purposes, and there is a small muffle
furnace and a crucible furnace fired by gasoline.
Adjoining the ?.ssaying laboratory, is the balance room and a
small laboratory for chemical work.
In another room are a number of electrical pyrometers of both
the Le Chatelier and Callendar type, and a micro-photographic out-
fit for recording the microscopic structure of metals and alloys. A
polishing machine, worked by pow'er, has been installed to prepare
the specimens for examination.
The courses of instruction in these laboratories are described in
§ XI, 11.
10. Mining and Ore-Dressing Laboratories. — The Depart-
ment of Mining Engineering has one large laboratory for ore-dress-
ing and a numtoer of rooms of moderate size equipped for use
as special laboratories, offices, lecture room, dark room, machine
shop, etc. The effective floor space is about 6,600 square feet, in
addition to which the departmental store rooms, ore bins .etc., have
an area of 1,000 feet.
The ore-dressing laboratory proper has about 4,200 feet of floor
space and is 25 feet high in the centre.
It is equipped with two classes of apparatus. First, a large num-
ber of pieces especially designed for individual work on a small
scale. Many of these are for elementary investigations and de-
monstrations of a theoretical nature, others are small scale reproduc-
200
tions of typical ore-dressing and miiling machines. Second, a com-
plete plant of standard apparatus for erashinig', sampliiftg:, milling,
co-ncentrating- and eoal -washing. The apparatus last mentioned has
been chosen from the best designs in common use and each impor-
tant class of ore-dressing machinery is represented by two ot more
different types in order that comparatire tests may be made. Each
machine is so arrang-ed that it may be used, tested and cleaned up
independently, but when expedient, a number of machines can be
connected by automatic conveyors and thus complete working plants
of many kinds can be improvised, each of sufficient capacity to te.st
large lots of material under approximately -working- conditions.
The chief pieces of apparatus in the laboratory are rock-breakers
of four kinds, Blake, Dodge, Comet and Sturtevant, for coarse
crushing: ; Stamp mills of 60€' and S'oO lbs., respectively, for the fine
cru.shing and amalgamating of gold ores ; Huntingdon centrifugal
ro'ller mill, for crushing and amalgamating; high speed steel rolls
for fine crushing ; Gates' grinder for preparing- samples, and a ball
mill foT extremely fine grinding.
Following these there is a Bridgman automatic sampler and a
series of trammels and hand and po-n'er shaking- screens for sizing
the crushed ores : two speefally designed jigs of two and four com-
partments, -v^'tth adjHstaWe eccentric, earn and slide mechanism.s, a.
pneumatic jig-, and several smiall hand and po-wer jigs for coarse
concentration : revolving, bumiping and statimiary gl&.ss tables ;
Frue vanner, Wilfley table, etc., for separating valuable minerals con-
tained in fine sands and slimes ; plates, pans, and barrels for
amalgamating gold and silver ores; vats and other apparatus for
cyaiTiding, chlorinating and other leaching processes; spitzliiasten,
spitzliitte, magnetic separators, coal -washers, dolly tubs, and various
other special pieces of ore-dvessiing apparatus.
An hydraulic lift and a complete series of belt and bucket eleva-
tors, feeders,, samplers, etc.. are provided for use in heavy continu-
ous -\;v'ork. The motive po-fver used is electi-icity, generated in the
University power and Light station, and utilized through a number
of electric motoi^s conveniently placed near the machines to be
operated. The department is equipped with the most approved ap-
ptiratus for electrical measurements, and is thus able to malte fre-
quent and accurate determinations of the ai-nount of power used
by each machine, and for any especial condition of use.
In addition to the main laboratory there are excellent facilities
for advanced and research work — -including a tlioroughly equipped
fuialytic and assay laboiatoiy and a photographic room. The de-
partment possesses an excellent Fuess petrographical microscope,
a good set of weighing and measuring device.s, and a number of
pieces of special apparatus for advanced theoretical investigation.
The courses of instruction in these laboratories are described in
XI., 14.
11. Petrographicar Laboratory -The Petrographical Laboratory,
containing the chief rock collection of the Universitj', is situated
in tlie Chemistry and Mining building. It is arranged for the use
of students in the Mining Course as well as for those desiring
to take advanced work, and is provided with a number of petrogra-
phical microscopes by Seibert, Crouch, and Fuess as well as with
models', sets of tliin sections, electro-magnets, heavy solutions, etc.,
for petrographical work.
A collection of typical rocks has been especially prepared for
the use of .students, and a complete equipment for cutting, grinding,
201
yjid polisibing- rocks, has been installed, which runs by electric p©wer
and g-ives excellent facilities for the preparation of thin sections for
microscopic use.
For advanced work and petro^aphical inv^stjjg-ation Dr. Adaxas'
extensive private coilectioiu of racks and thin sections is available
tor puriKJses of study and comi>ai-is©iiL.
12. Physical Laboratory,— The equipment of the Macdonald Xiabor-
ator'ies comprises : {!) apparatus for illustrating lectures; (2) simple
forms of the principal instruments for use by the students in prac-
tical work: (3) the most recent types of all the important instru-
ments for exact measurement, to be used in connection with special
work and research.
The basement contains tlie cellars, furnaces, and, janitor's depart-
ment at the west eud of the building. The machine room— contain-
ing a small gas engine and d^'namo, which are fitted for testing, but
can also be used for light and power, a motor-alternator and a
inotor-dynamo— is situated at the errtreme -western corner of the
basement so as to be as far removed as possible from the dtlieate
]nagnetic and electrical instruments. Here is also the switch-board
for controlling the various circuits for supplying direct or alternat-
ing current to different parts of the building. The Accumulator
Room contains a few large storage cells, charged by the motor-
dynamo, whicli are fitted with a suitable series-parallel arrangement,
and with rheostats for obtaining and controlling large currents up
to 4.oao amperes for testing ammeters and low iiesieta:n.ces, etc.
The Magnetic Laboratory oomtains magnetic instruments and
variometers of different patterns, and, als3 a duplicate of the ,B. A.
Ele.ctro-dynaraometer, which has beem completely remodelled and
set up Avith great care lor absolute measurement of em-rent. 'The
laboratory., on the opposite side of the basement, contains a very fine
Ivorenz apparatus for the absolute measurement of resastan-oe, con-
structed under the supervision of Prof. Viriamu Jones. It also con-
tains a set of Ewing Seismographs and a pair of Darwin recording
mirrors for measuring small movements of tiie soil.
There is a constant temperature room, surrounded by double
wails, whicli contains a Standard HiefHer clock, and i« fitted for com-
parator work.
The ground floor contains at the western corner a small machine
shop, fitted with a milling machine and suitable lathes and tools
driven by electric motors, and such appliances as are required for
the making and repairing of the instruments, for wihich the services
of a meelianical assistant are retained. There Is also a store room
for glass, chemicals, and cleaning materials, and extensive lockers
and lavatories for the use of the students.
The main Electrical Laboratory i« a room €0 feet lay 40, and is
fitted with a number of brick piers, which come up through the
floor, and rest on independent foundations, in addition to the usual
slate shelves rouaid the walls. This room contains a large number
of electrometers, galvanometers, poteniaom ters and other testing
instruments of various patterns, and adapted for different uees. It
connects with a smaller room at the side, in whicla are kept the
resistance boxes and standards, and also tihe ^capacity standards. A
small research laboratory adjoining the electrical laboratory, is fitted
up for the study of electrical discliarge in hig% vacua and for work
with RSntgen and uranium radiation, and with ultra-violet ligiit.
The first floor contains the main Lecture Theatre, -nith seats
for about 250 students. The lecture table is supported on separate
202
piers, which are independent of the floor. Complete arrangements
are provided for optical projection and illustration. The Preparation
Room in the rear contains many of the larger pieces of lecture
apparatus, but the majority of the instruments, when not in use,
are kept in suitable cases in the adjoining apparatus room. On the
same floor there is the Heat Laboratory, devoted to advanced work
in Thermometry, jpyi'ometry and Calorimetry, and also to such elec-
trical work as involves the use of thermostats and the measurement
of the effects of temperature. There are also two smaller rooms for
Professors and Demonstrators.
The second floor is partly occupied by the upper half of the Lec-
ture Theatre. There is also an Examination Room for paper work,
a Mathematical Lecture Room, with a special apparatus room de-
voted to apparatus for illustrating Mathematical Physics, and a
special Physical Library chiefly devoted to reference books and
periodicals relating to Physics. A store room, lavatories, and Pro-
fessors' room occupy the remainder of the flat.
The third floor contains the Elementary Laboratory, a room 60
feet square, devoted to elementary practical work in Heat, Light,
and Sound, and Electricity and Magnetism. There is a Demonstra-
tor's Room adjoining, and an optical annex devoted to experiments
with lenses, galvanometers and polarimeters. Also a series of
smaller optical rooms, including a photometric room, specially fitted
for arc photometry, and a dark room for photographic work.
Mathematics and Dynamics.— Part of this iloor, allotted
to the suDject of Mechanics, contains instruments for measuring
length, area, volume, time, mass; Atwood machines and a Galileo
Inclined Plane for the study of the Laws of Motion; Willis Appara-
tus for experiments in Statics and Friction on a la.rge scale; Simple,
Kater and Ballistic Pendulums; and torsion and rotation apparatus
for determining moments of inertia. The practical work in this
section is arranged to run parallel with and illustrate the lectures
in Dynamics delivered in the first year, and also those in the second
year of the Faculty of Arts.
13. Testing Laboratories. — The principal experiments carried out
in these will relate to the elasticity and strength of materials, fric-
tion, the theory of structures, the accuracy of springs, gauges, dyna-
mometers, etc. The equipment of this laboratory includes : —
(a) A Wicksteed 100-ton and an Emery 50-ton machine for testing
the tensile, compressive and transverse strength of the several
materials of construction. To the former has been added a specially
designed arrangement, by which the transverse strength of girders
and beams up to 26 ft. in length can be determined. These machines
are provided with the holders required for the various kinds of tests,
and new holders have also been specially designed and made in the
laboratory for investigating the tensile and shearing strength of
timber for wire rope and belt tests, etc. Numerous attaahments
have also been made to the machines, which have already increased
their efficiency. The most recent addition is a double-bearing sup-
port for transverse testing.
(6) An Impact Machine, with a drop of 30 ft., and with gearing
which will enable specimens to be rotated at any required speed, and
the blows to be repeated at any required intervals. By means of a
revolving drum, a continuous and accurate record of the deflections
of the specimens under the blows can be obtained.
203
(c) An Unwin Torsion Machine with a specially designed ang^le-
measurer, by which the amount of the torsion can be measured with
extreme accuracy.
(d) An Accumulator, furnishing a pressure of 3,600 lbs. per square
inch, which is trasmitted to the several testing machines, and en-
sures a perfectly steady application of stress, an impossibility when
any form of pump is substituted for an Accumulator.
(e) A Blake and a Worthington Steam Pump, designed to work
against a pressure of 3,600 lbs. per square inch. The Accumulator
may be actuated by either of the pumps, and, if at any time it is
desirable to do so, either of the pumps may be employed to actuate
the testing machine direct. When in operation the work of the
pump and the accumulator is automatic.
(f) Extensometers of the Bwing, Unwin, Martens, Marshall and
other types. The extensometer equipment has recently been enriched
by seven sets of improved extensometer apparatus designed and
made in the laboratory.
(g) Portable cathetometers, and also a large cathetometer speci-
ally designed and constructed for the determination of the exten-
sions, compressions and deflections of the specimens under stress in
the testing machines.
ill) An automatic electric motor pump for actuating the Accumu-
lator; also various electric motors for working the several machines.
(0 A drying oven for beams up to 26 ft. in length. Tihe hot air
in this oven is kept in circulation by means of a fan driven by an
electric motor.
0) Numerous gauges, amongst which may be specially noticed an
Emery pressure gauge, graduated in sing-le lbs. up to 2,500 lbs. per
square inch. All of the testing machines are on the same pressure
circuit, and are connected with the Emery gauge and also other
standard gauges, including recording gauges. This arrangement pro-
vides a practically perfect means of checking the accuracy of the
testing.
(/.) Special apparatus and i-ecording gauge for the testing of hose,
etc.
(/) Dynamometers for measuring the strength of textile fabrics,
the holding power of nails, etc.
(m) Apparatus for determining the elasticity of long wires.
(«) Apparatus for determining the hardness of materials of con-
struction.
(o) Zeiss and other Microscopes.
(p) Delicate chemical and other balances. A very important part
of the equipment is the Oertling balance, capable of indicating with
extreme accuracy weights of from .00001 lb. up to 125 lbs.
(q) Apparatus for the microscopic study of metals and for micro-
scope photography.
(>•) Micrometers of all kinds.
(s) A transverse bending machine, which is adapted for loads up to
3000 lbs. and for beams of 10 ft. span.
(0 Small beam testing machines, used to illustrate the laws of the
bending of beams, both when the ends are free and when they are
fixed.
(») Two small tension machines, in which experiments are made on
metals, the strains being within the elastic limit.
(r) Apparatus with experiments for long wires, adapted for experi-
ments on wires 60 ft. in length.
204
((f) A lever machine of experiments on alternate twisting.
(x) A testing machine for breaking tests on wires.
(y) A powerful hydraulic press for compression tests on metals,
cements, stone and similar materials.
(?) Apparatus for measuring strains of compression.
Tlie following new apparatus is heiufi installed: — A liiehle tesfing machine
of 60,000 Iba. capacity: a testinq machine for applying beniUng and torsion
simultaneoushjj a Fairbanks' scales.
14. Thermodynamic Laboratory.— The Thermodynamic Labor-
atory is furnished with an experimental steam engine of 120 I. H. P.,
specially designed for investigating the beha%-iour of steam under
various conditions; the cylinders are 6 1-2 inches, 9 inches, 13 inches,
and 18 inches in diameter, and the stroke of all the pistons is 15 inches.
The cylinders can be ?o connected as to allow of working as a simple,
compound, triple, or quadruple expansion engine, either condensing or
non-condensing, and witli any de.-ired rate of expansion. The jackets
are so fitted as to permit of measuring independently the water
condensed in the cover, barrel, cr bottom jacket of each cylinder,
and the engine can be worked with any desired initial pressure up
to 200 lbs. per square indh. The measurements of heat are made
by means of large tanks, which receive the cooling water and the
condensed steam. There is an independent surface condenser and
air pump. Two hydraulic absoi-ption brakes and an alternative
friction brake serve to measure the mechanical power developed.
The Laboratory also contains the following machinery: —
A Robb automatic cut-off engine, having a cylinder 10 1-2 inches
in diameter by 12 inches stroke. This engine is specially fitted up
for the measurement of cylinder temperatures, and can be run at
speeds up to 300 revolutions per minute.
An automatic high speed engine by Macintosh & Seymour, havmg
a cylinder 13 mches diameter by 12 1-2 inches stroke. Automatic
recording apparatus, registering the load on the brake of this engine,
has been constructed and fitted up during the past session.
A hot-air engine built by Woodbury Merrill of Ticonderoga.
An Atkinson " Cycle " Gas engine, having a cylinder 7 inches dia-
meter by 8 inches stroke, and indicating 6 H. P.
An Otto gas engine (built in the workshops of the Department),
having a cylinder S 1-2 inches diameter by 12 inches stroke, and in-
dicating 12 H. P.
A "Dake" steam engine of 4 H. P.
A two stage air compressor taking 40 H P., and having cylinders
10 inches and IT inches in diameter, by 15 inches stroke. The com-
pressor delivers its air into reservoirs placed beneath the floor of the
machine shop, and is provided with an intercooler whose capacity can
be varied as desired.
A high speed horizontal engine having a cylinder 6 inches diameter
by 9 inches stroke, and operated by compressed air.
A gas-fired preheater for the above engine.
A standard 9 1-2 inch Westinghouse air brake pump, fitted for test-
ing and for supplying compressed air for experimental and other pur-
poses.
A -non-rotative Blake steam pump, having steam and water cylin-
ders. 4% and 2% inches diameter and 4i/, inches stroke
The smaller apparatus belonging to the laboratory includes the
necessary equipment of weighing machines, brakes, calorimeters, ther-
T'hei-mnd\-namir Laboratory.
An Eng-ineering Testing- Laboratory.
205
mometers, gauges, pyrometers, fuel testers, indicators, planimeters,
and a Moscrop recorder.
The boiler installation of the Engineering Building supplies steam
for heating and power purposes, and is so arranged as to be available
for experimental work in connection with the Thermodynainic Labora-
tory. It comprises boilers of five distinct types as follows: —
One Cornish boiler, for heating service, rated at 50 H. P.
One locomotive boiler, Belpaire type. 100 H. P.
One internally fired tubular boiler, 120 H. P.
Two Babcock-Wilcox water-tube boilers, each 60 H. P.
One Yarrow water-tube boiler, fitted in a closed stokehold, for
woiking under forced draft, rated at 150 H. P.
- These boilers are provided with the necessary tanks, weighing-
machines and apparatus for cai-rying out evaporative tests.
^ XIIN Museums.
The Peter Redpath Museum.— The Peter Redpath Museum
contains large and valuable collections in Botany, Zoology, Miner-
alogy and Geology, arranged in such a manner as to facilitate the
work in these departments. Students have access to this Museum, in
connection with their attendance on the classes in Arts in the subjects
above named, and also by tickets which can be obtained on applica-
tion.
Engineering Museum.— This Museum occupies the thii-d storey
of the Engineering Building, and amongst other apparatus, contains
the Reuleaux collection of kinematic models, presented by Sir Wil-
liam Macdonald, and pronounced by Professor Reuleaux to be the
finest and most complete collection in America.
Architectural Equipment,— The Architectural Department has
been endowed by Sir Wm. Macdonald, the founder, with a very thor-
ough equipment for practical purposes of instruction. In the Museum
of the Engineering Building is included a large collection of casts
both of architectural detail and ornament (illustrative of tTie histori-
cal development of the various styles) and of arcliitectural and figure
sculpture. The freehand-drawing classes for architectural students,
as also the classes of architectural drawing and design, are conducted
in this portion of the building.
A special architectural department has been added to the Univer-
sity Library; text-books and other works have been added to the
Faculty Library. A collection of photographs is placed in the archi-
tectural room for the use of students in the class of design, in addi-
tion to a select reference library of illustrated works. Diagi-ams and
lantern slides are used in illustration of the historical courses; models
and specin^ens of materials and fittings in those on Building Con-
struction, Sanitation, etc.
206
^XIV. Workshops and Workshop Instruction.
The Workshops, erected on the Thomas Workman Endow-
ment, .liave a total floor area of more than 35,003 squara
feet. The course in shopwork is intended to afford some pre-
l)aration for that study of workshop practice on a commercial
scale which every engineer has to carry out for himself. With
this end in view, the student works in the various shops of the
department, and completes in each a series of practical exer-
cises. He thus obtains some knowledge of the nature and
properties of the various materials he employs ; he becomes f a-
miliar with the use and care of the more important hand and
machine tools; and he acquires some manual skill.
The instruction thus obtained must, however, be continued
and supplemented. For this purpose students are expected to
spend the greater portion of each long vacation in gaining prac-
tical experience in some enginering workshops outside the Uni-
versity.
Throughout the course, advanced students are as far as pos-
sible entrusted with the construction and erection of machinery
and apparatus which afterwards form part of the equipment
of the department. An air-compressor, a boring bar, a belt-
testing machine, and a duplex feed pump, are examples of the
work which has been done in this manner. Such students are
also encouraged to see and assist in the repairs required by the
engines, boilers and machine tools in the engineering building.
Equipment. — The Carpenter's Shop and the Pattern Shop
contain thirty-eight carpenters' and pattern-makers' benches
complete with the necessary sets of hand tools, twenty-two
wood-turning lathes with their turning tools, a large pattern-
makers' lathe for faceplate work, one circular saw bench, a
jig saw, a band saw, two wood trimmers, a surface jDlaner, a
thickness planer, a mortising machine, a saw-sharpener, and
one universal wood-working machine.
The Smith Shop is provided with sixteen Sturtevant forges
which are power-driven and are connected with an exhaust fan.
There is a power hammer, and the necessary equipment of an-
vils, swage blocks, sets, flatteners and other tools. Provision
is made for instruction in soldering and brazing, and for an
eleuTentary course in ornamental wrought iron work in connec-
tion with the architectural course.
20Y
The Foundry has benches, tools, and apparatus for bench
and floor moulding and core-making, and is able to acommo-
date twenty students. A gas-fired brass melting furnace, a
cupola for melting iron, and the necessary core-ovens and core-
benches give facilities for unclertaking iron foundry work in
green and dry sand, and for brass moulding. The shop is
served by a hand travelling crane of one ton capacity.
The Machine Shop has twelve IS-inch engine lathes, one
18-inch turret lathe fitted for stud and screw making, one 27-
inch engine lathe, one 72-inch surfacing lathe, one brass-fin-
ishing lathe, one 36-inch vertical drilling machine with com-
pound table, one universal milling machine with vertical mill-
ing attachment and dividing headstock, one planer capable of
taking work up to 24" X 24" X 5 ft., one 9-inch slotting ma-
chine, one 16-inch shaper, one universal grinding machine, a
centering machine, a cutter grinder, a tool grinder and a
buffing and emery grinding machine. There are vise benches
for eighteen students, with the necessary hand-tools, and a
marking-ofi: table. The tool-room contains a full equipment
of drills, reamers, milling cutters, and accessories, gauges, cal-
lipers, and other measuring instruments.
All the machinery in the Workshops is driven electrically
by motors taking power from the generating station in the
Macdonald Building.
Courses of Instruction.
Instructors in Shopwork.
Carpenter's Shop and Pattern Shop G. "Wooley
Smith Shop ^T!!^-"^
Foundry H. Lane
Machine Shop .J. F. Macoun
The work of the various shops is carried out under the dircc-
of the Professor of Mechanical Engineering. The following
are the subjects of instruction : —
Carpentry and Joiner Worh. — Sharpening and care of wood-
working tools. Sawing, planing and paring to size. Prepar-
ation of flat surfaces, parallel strips, and rectangular blocks.
Construction of the principal joints employed in carpentry and
joiner work, such as end and middle lap joints, end and middle
mortise and tenon joints, mitres, and dado and sash joints.
Dovetailing, scarfing. Joints used in roof and girder work.
Wood-turning, use of wood-turning tools.
208
Pattern making. — Use of pattern-makers' tools. Elements
of pattern-making, allowances to be made for draught and for
contraction in monlding and easting, nse of contraction rnle.
Preparation of prints and plain core-boxes. Exercises in paring
and turning. Construction of patterns and core boxes for pipes,
flanges, elbows, tees, and valves. More difficult exercises in
pattern-making, including built-up patterns and face-plate
work. Gear and wheel patterns.
Smitli-ivorl:. — The forge and its tools. Use and care of
smiths' tools. Management of fire. Use of anvil and swage-
block. Drawing taper, square and parallel work. Bending,
upsetting, twisting, punching, and cutting. Welding and scarf-
ing. Forging, hardening, and tempering tools for forge and
machine work. Tempering drills, dies, taps, and springs.
Foundry-u-orl\ — Moulders' tools and materials used in foun-
dry work. The cupola. The brass furnace. Preparation of
moulding sand. Boxes and flasks. Core-making. Use of core-
irons. Bench moulding. Blackening, coring and finishing
moulds. Vents, gates and risers. Special methods required in
brass moulding. Floor moulding. Open sand Avork. Advanced
examples of moulders' work. Melting and pouring metal. Mix-
tures for iron and brass casting.
Macliine-sliop ]7orl:. — Exercises in chipping. Preparation of
flat surfaces. Filing to straight edge and surface plate. Scrap-
ing. Screwing and tapping. Use of scribing block and surface
gauge. Marking off work for lathes and other machines. Turn-
ing and boring C3'lindrical work to gauge. Surfacing. Screw-
cutting and preparation of screw-cutting tools. Use of turret
lathe. Taper turning. Machining flat and curved surfaces on
the i^laning and shaping machines. Plain and circular milling
with vertical and horizontal spindles i gear-cutting. Cutter-
grinding. Drilling and boring. Use of jigs. Grinding flat and
cylindrical surfaces. Cutting tools for hand and machine; their
cutting angles and speeds. Dressing and grinding tools.
The following work has recently been com]ileted or is now
in progress in the Workshops of Dejjartmeut of Mechanical
Engineering : —
72 in. surfacing and boring lathe, and compound rest for
same.
New rocking grate for locomotive boiler.
Machine Shop.
Pattern ShDp.
IC
209
Apparatus for experimenting on efficiency of worm gearing.
Set of cast iron gauges for machine shop.
Model to illustrate engine balancing.
Three surface condensers.
One 1,000 lbs. coal car for boiler room.
Two hydraulic dynamometers.
Two draft gauges of special design.
One preheater for 6x9 compressed air engine.
XV- Statement of Research Work in the
Laboratories -1902-03-
On the back water produced by diminishing the Avidth of a
weir. Prof. H, T. Bovey (in progress).
On the pressures produced by sand on vertical and inclined
surfaces. Prof. H. T. Bovey (in progress).
An experimental determination of the variation of the critical
velocity of water with temperature. Dr. E. 0. Coker and S. B
Clement. Phil. Trans., 1903.
A flexible joint for secui-ing tubes in vessels under ' ressure.
Dr. E. G. Coker. Phys. Eeview, 1903.
On the loss of head due to sudden changes of section in pipes
conveying water. Dr. E. G. Coker and K. M. Cameron (in
progress).
On the microscopic structure of cements. Dr. E. G. Coker
and K. M. Cameron (in progress).
On the loss from unresisted expansion in the intermediate
cylinder of a triple expansion steam engine. Prof. E. J.
Durley.
On the co-efficient of discharge for air passing througli ori-
fices in thin plates under small differences of pressure. Prof.
E. J. Durley.
On the efficiency of Hindley worm-gearing. Prof. B. J. Dur-
ley.
A neiv curent wave meter. Prof. E. B. Owens. Trans.
Amer. Inst. Elect. Engs., 1902.
Determination of alternator characteristics. L. A. Herdt.
Trans. Amer. Inst. Elect. Engs., 1902.
Eelation of temperature and current in electrical conductors
under different conditions. H. A. Burson.
•2 1
An electric accelerometer. I'rof. E. B. Owens.
An electrical indicating transmission dynamometer. Prof.
E. B. Owens.
On the performance of a repulsion motor. Prof. E. B.
Owens and L. a. Herdt.
Tests on induction generators. L. A. Herdt.
On the overheating and burning of steel. Prof. A. Stans-
field.
The microscopic structure of overheated steel. Prof. A.
Stansfield and HoAvells Frechette.
On the coking of coal. Prof. A. Stansfield and C. A. Eow-
lands.
On the free fall of spheres in still water. Dr. J. B. Porter
and C. V. Corless.
On the relation of the power consumed in crushing rock to
the size and surface of the fragments produced. Dr. Porter
and H. P. DePencier.
On the concentration of certain crystalline magnetites by
hydraulic vs. magnetic methods. Dr. Porter.
On the rate of flow of films of water of different depths on
inclined planes. T. F. Eobertson.
On sizing vs. classifying as a preparation for concentration
on tables. S. H. Boright.
On pneumatic jigging methods as applied to mixtures of
minerals of different densities. A. S. B. Lucas.
On the Elmore Oil process as applied to certain ores. 0.
Hall.
XVI- Donations During Session 1902-03-
One Riehle testing machine, 60,000 lbs. capacitj', from R. G. Reid,
Esq.
One steam engine indicator, from the Star Brass Mfg. Co. (Boston.)
One Daft electric light dynamo, from the Northern Electric & Mfg.
Co. (Montreal).
One o H. P. induction motor, from the Ampere Electric Mfg. Co.
(Montreal), and one steel beam.
Tm^o steel castings, from the Canada Switch and Spring Company.
Weston laboratory standard wattmeter and voltmeter. Anonymous.
High tension insulators and pole head, from the Shawinigan Light
and Power Company.
One 7.5 k.w. and 15 k.w. transformer, from the Westinghouse Elec-
tric and Mfg. Company, (Pittsburg).
One standard 50 mil-amp. capacity megohm and portable wattmeter,
from Anonymous.
211
Seventeen high tension reactive coils, from the Atmospheric Product
Co.
Rubber insulated wire for research work, from the Okonite Com-
pany.
Lots of ore, coal, etc., from the Intercolonial Copper Co., Dorches-
ter, N.B.; the Dominion Iron and Steel Co., Sydney, C.B. ; the
London and B.C. Gold Fields Co., Ltd., Nelson, B.C., etc.
Apparatus from the Montreal Rolling Mills.
Books from Can. Rand Drill Co., Dr. Adams, Dr. Porter, Prof. Durley.
Number of framed photographs, from the Grand Trunk Railway
Company.
Photographs, drawings, blue prints, reports, specifications, etc., from
the Canadian Pacific Railway Co., the Dominion Coal Co. and the
Dominion Iron and Steel Co. (Sydney, C.B.), the General Electric
Co. (Schnectady), the Westinghouse Elect, and Mfg. Co. (Pitts-
burg), the Bullock Elect, and Mfg. Co. (Cincinnati), The Crocker-
Wheeler Elect, and Mfg. Co. (Ampere), Canadian General Elect.
Co. (Toronto), U.S. Navy Department, Bureau of Construction and
Bureau of Steam Engineering, Westinghouse Air Brake Co.
(Pittsburg), Pennsylvania Steel Co. (Steelton, Pa.), American
Bridge Co. (per C. Schneider, Esq.), Grand Trunk Railway Co.,
E. Deville, Esq. (Ottawa), F. H. McGuigan, Esq. (G.T.R.), W. D.
Robb, Esq. (G.T.R.), E. A. Williams, Esq. (C.P.R.), W. B. Mac-
Kenzie, Esq. (I.C.R.), G. A. Mountain, Esq. (C.A.R.), C. B.
Smith, Esq., etc., etc.
Publications:— Inst. C. E. (London); Inst. Mech. Eng. (London); Inst,
of Engs. and Shipbuilders, in Scotland; Society of Engineers
(London); Liverpool Engineering Society; Amer. Inst. C. E. ;
Amer. Inst. Mech. Engs.; Can. Soc. C. E.; Cassier's Magazine
Company, Am. Inst. Mining Engrs. ; The Inst, of Mining and
Metallurgy (London); Australasian Inst. Mining Engrs. (Mel-
bourne); The Geological Survey of Canada, etc., etc.
212
1
o
>i
■4
Ji!
3
£9
P
2
fi ft
H
a.
•^
o
M
CO
-r T-
til
3 1 ^
q
',
«
CD
60
to
?
1«
,: t
■3
S
a
^
S
62
:;:
as
s
©
<U (D 'S to
t4
o>A aa
^
^
*i
m
a'
OQ^
i tM
<
1 H
3
a
'3d
>>
(14
u
1
s
s
>.
l! ^
a
e
S
j5
:2
Q
»
ci
c8
I-)
1^
TO
1
S
s
1
ji
ai
CO
c«
v^
!"
"^
'■Z^
,a
3
i
"3)
'S
! H
J2
^
a
>>
>)
; 3
W
,4
• H
=s
ce
P4
;i<
s
S
1
•^
1
^^
,^
1
P^
P^
m
■a
t^
^
"3
"3
M
CO
li a
: a
S
a
2
^^
1^^
o
ji
i
j
1^
P.
5. "2-^
3 "^
1
! 1 1 « 1
i ^
<-<
C4
^
8>
1 *~*
f-i
■fc»
o
«
00
HVai XSHIJ
^
1 l«
=« r--r
* ,
gc
^.wwl
■S3"
Mrs r-
* Ph
O--MC0
? 1-5 tea
■s a^o
-:i
tc
c3
J>S -—
rt
s?.
^
0.
# ■
H
01
^
a
M
i"«
o o
"s ! --a
-Sb:?
HvaA aNODas
3 eo
a =1
si
1^
w C3 Qj
■2 2 «
^i -I
-?.2 P.-S
az^o^
g "3 .2 T
OH
■^ n-J -*-» o
23-3
^ - .■«
3S0.S
.■2;;^
«*-. as r o
53 '^ r>.' o
^ o .- a
t; M >» a
03.2
5 IS
Tj ■• ti
m 3J4 2
J^ ^
•?-2 -a
a S d J3-
^ic
m.l
213
sit
"3 >»H -
I.- o t»
<< U ffi to
oS ■ ci
■goSS
III
-^ ^ ^ .^ t^ -o
r £ K "^ j: = •«
J - - ^ S
.= a mm
cf tt'5 ci § '^
S-S g.l v7^
O 3 _
° a =
^ 5 h; >« "_
2 .- 5 .M '?.
S S— o >
2J^-3?5
a -3 S O .a
ac:5r^ ai^
■3 <c -^ ■« •
oOgg
a
O CO
a ~
Q ID r^ O; S)Z •
eo":;?3;.a
a >>.= — >,
«5»- J; —
rt 0-/3
. >o
^co '
M
a)2< q
a =»J :*■ S — -rT
.3S.2 a ^ .
tn
'^ ts-o -a ^ -a
d ?-' a »» H
h! - -'3 ^ --n
. 2- 3 >>» S
a ='2^'^.='|
1
oT
-; oT
-^
" -» o"^
1 ='* • .-^ ■
a =^'5
3'=* 5
'='<"<^ •"'!^^r"^
Art History,
. C. Macby.,
ineraloyy, 2,
ads and Cana
lom. Lab. e(
Elect. Meas.
Org. Lab. (h)
Iirveying, 3, 7
Thennotlyn.
3^ ^'^Ae.'".
.a .,• "" ..o .a
-^ -= '3 ■;; ts) d :3
^ - o a' a. s M
os^
o cc
^ f'
u3 2 i
i.O
.li "^ t-^ 1-"
."^ o't-
o
<i~oi
f-i t>
.^ t£'-'=^'o"
- a:« aT* «> U
^ -• "
c-i" -a S"
*a W
-.5 «-c
".S^-ST^ti
' Hi's
C'-'-*"t-
■ X
a
J3„-
-S a .; =i .2 ji S
5 S'>S
~~' SB tea
^ a a-5
"S S S ..;
h! tog S
S
.2 °
o a - o
slisS-gi
jlfl
►^O
< ^
a
2
I
«
D
O
0)
o
::: i
0«
2
c«
iM
1
35 'JO
"Sis
■<s
S5
>- a
a •«
o to
g 3 a»
.^ a D S
— .'© ^^ --,
w a OT >»
tc-S St*
V. a .s S
31 1^
"^ O >_, Off
as ^2
o a is
M a
So OT 3
ooOT -g^ a-
•-23 o S
.•" .-a
a a .Z. Ot
S3 " °
TS > a,5 *
a ;.•:: ® ^ "
" a .t: '2
M f- -e > o
^-. . ^*- C
« 30 - O O
^ c ■= 3 J
• ^ O - =
2ot et<1 5
£ i ^ o o
.S.2 t«>H-a
^a-9-'^
S-as
214
Pi
O
H
o
I— I
o
P
W
t— I
Ph
fin
<!
C=4
O
EH
!3
Q
t^
■>!>■ *
. ' ,-^r/{ "''^
■N '^ ■«>■.,.,• .o'--
(H*
• ~5 "^ -^• „ ta W.<
.4
~--^ ■■3o--'C
a
PS
D
3 5f'5~~>^-rr
• e _ ',S 2
6
•«1
CO
Chem
Desigi
ynainc
Geode
Geol
. 4 Me
Shonw
fi a"
i^
1
t-' .
t*'
,,-
1--
ng. 5 ;
tall. Lab.
7.
ring, (b) 1
ui .6 —
s
■*■ . »o cT -
.^ Jt, ■" »
Elect. Eng., (a) 4
Geodesy, 3.
Geology, (a) 1.
Mechl. Eng. Lab.,
Min. & Metall. Lab.
Water Colouring. ( b
m., lb)
rawing
. Lab.,
. Lab.
Struct.
**
m J, to^-^i^"
P
3
Mechl. E
(a) 3, 4,
Mining <fe Me
Water Colou
A. C. Mac
Designii
Freehand Dr
Mechl. Eng
Min. & Metall
Electro Che
Freehand D
Mechl. Eng
Min. & Metall
Theory of
Chemical
Dynamo La
Designii
Graph. Static
Mechl. Kng
Min. (fc Metall
Struct.. Kni
J
■k
^
.*^ CO
a
D
H
ihy., e
try, 2,
co'3
•' '^ .-, e 7 -
Wi i
Designini
Hydraulic Mac
3, 4, 5,
Phys. Ghemis
Designing, 1
Mechl Eng.
3, 4. li,
Colloq. (b)
A. C. Macl
Designini
Metallurgy,
Mining Mach.
Railw.ay En
Tliermody
Can,adian Geol
Designing
Dyn. of Ma
Org. Chemia
Pract Geology
Metallurgy, fi.
Chemical Lab
Designing, £
Mechl. Kng,
Modelling,
Testing Lab,,
!>■*,**-
.
.
, t^*
Q
Designing, 3,
Dyn. of Mach , (a) 5.
Geology, (0) 1.
Jletalliirgy, (b) 6.
Milling, lb) 7.
Mining Mach , (n)6,
Th. of Struct., 3 & 1.---
Thermodyn.. (b) '>.
Designing, 3.
Dyn. of Mach., (a) 5.
Elect Eng , 4.
Freehand Drawing, 1
Metallurtjy (b) 6.
Mining Prob. (b) 7.
Surveying, l.*-A:
Thermodyn, (b) 5.
Colloq. (n) C. 7.
A, C, Machy., 4.
Designing, 3.
Dyn. of Mach., (a) .5.
Freehand Drawing, 1
Mineralogy (a) 2, 6, 7.
Ore Dejiosits, (b) (i, 7.
Thermodyn.. (6j 5.
Mach. Dos , 5; (a) 4
Mineralogy, (a) 2. 6, 7,
Oie Deposits, , (b) G, 7
Struct. Eng., 1, 3.
Chem. Lab., 2. 6; (b) 7
Designing, 1.
Dynamo Lab , 4.
Hydraulic Lab. (a) 5,
Shop work {h) 5.
Testing L)l)., ( /■) ,5.
»
■^^ "*
.u-i <^ ■
■^/V-_ |.
it- '? 1-^
*"'.. . -^
n
H
Art History, 1
Dyn. of Mach.,
Mining, 7.
Phys, Chem , 2,
Railway Eng ,
Designing, 1.
Mechl. Eng. Lab
Ore Deposits, (b) (
Petrograpliy, (a) 1
Surveying, 1 .*
Theory oi Str., 3,
Thermodyn., 4
Elect. Eng., 4
Metall (b) i; ) ,,
Physiography J ^ •'
Designing, 1.
Mechl. Eng. Lab
Ore-dress,, (a) 6,
Org Chem., 2
Designing, 1, 3
Mechl. Eng. Lab
Metallurgy, 6,
Phys. Chemistry
Chemical Lab., 2; (1
Designing, 1, :!,
Hydraulic Lab., (a
Mechl. Eng. Lab
Petrog. Lab., (b) (
1; ■ "^ » t
^^ L^
'-' ?-< .2
jsa^ &
j6 6*2" !l^"* -
C4 C :^ CO - „ t,„
,« . -o ^-
3
Elcctro-Chem.
(b)4.
Freehand Drawi
Geoloey, ((0
Mining, 7
Thermodynair
Elect. Chem. La
Freehand Draw
Hydraulics. 3, 4,
Hydraulics /
Metall. (b) G <>
Klectro-Chem. L
Freehand Drawi
Mining Macb. 1
Municipal Eng.
Ore DressingC
Thermodyn.
Water Colourini
Architecture
Chemistry.
Geodesy, ;
Machine Design,
Metallurgy,
_^co^
e3 r^
'c«.2 d
.S c >.
II
K
■0
p
Oi
f— *
Cv)
S
rH
•^
*^
w
i
" 1
^5
T3.2 X
_ a
S.2
51 a
a S
t3 -S S .2
"3- o ffl
-^"^ « a
•3' S.^
•2 ° S
0) a p.>3
H'6o o;£j
..^ a ? ■"
fa:s
ei
o M
aco bog -
.2 t..a j5
-2_ I. h U -
O " S 2 r°
SS.2^?
a; 6fi
.a a
215
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
Christmas Examinations, December, 1903.
(Subject to Alteration by the Faculty.)
Day and Date.
First Tear.
Second Ybak.
Third Yeah.
Fourth Year.
Monday, 14.. A.M.
Graph. Stat. (i)).
Ore Dressing.
P.M.
Hy draul. Lab.
Tuesday, 15 — A.M.
Elect. Magnet.
Mech. Engin.
P.M.
Chemistry (3/)
Geology (J/).
Wedne8day,16.A.M.
Exp. Physics.
Surveying 'D)
Surveying (D)
Hydraulics.
Thursday, 17.. A.M.
Mathematics.
Mathematics.
Mineralogy. ( C)
Pract. Astron.
Mach. Design
P.M.
Mathematics.
Friday, 18 A.M.
Geom. Draw-
ing (D).
Exp. Physics.
Metallurgy.
Metallurgy.
Elect. Lighting.
(C). Chemistry Bdg. (/)). Drawing Rooms, Engin. Bdg. (.1/). Molsoii Hall. Al
otlier examinations. Carpenter Shop, Engin. Bdg.
216
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
April Examinations, 1904.
(Subject to Alteration b}' the Faculty.)
Day and Date
FlKST y BAR.
SlXOND Yeak.
Third Year.
Fourth I'bak.
Tuesday, April L
.A.M.
Des.Geom.(D).
Des. Geoin. (7>).
Th. Struct.
Org. Chem. (J/)
Th. Struct.
Elect. Rail.
Mechl. Eugin.
Wednesday, April 6, .
.A.M.
Exp. Pliysics.
Exp. Pliysics.
Ore Dressing.
Th. Struct., (D).
Designing, (T)).
Canad.Geol. (C).
Thursday, April 7. . . .
.A.M.
Chemistry (M) .
Architecture.
Pract. Astron.
D. 0. Dyn.Mach.
Org. Chem. {U).
Architecture.
GeoleBy.
A. C. Mach.
Tjjerjno. Dab.
Jlmiug.
Friday, Aprils
.A.M.
Algebra.
Geology (V).
Dyu.ofMach. •
Elect. Chem.
Dyii, of Mach.
M.& M. Mach.
Prob. A All.
P.M.
Prac. Cliem.(C).
Geology (.V.
Saturday, April 9
.A.M.
Dynamics.
Calculus.
Anal. Chem.
Metall. Cu. Pb.
Monday, April 11....
.AJVI.
P.M.
Kidiamatics.
T<?sti3ig Dab.
Indus. Chcni.
Struct. Eugin.
Elect. Meas.
Th. etruct.
Adv. Metall.
Phye.Chean.
Pbysiog.
Struct. Engin.
Tuesday, April 12. . .
A.M.
English.
El. Arcliit. (D),
Mech. Draw-
ing (D).
Des. Geora. (D).
.Mech.iDrjiw. (I)).
Ilyd. .-Mach.
P.M.
Art Hist.
Assaying.
Art. Hist.
Gas Anal.
Wednesday, April 13
.A.M.
Mechanics.
Mechanics.
Hydraulics.
Elec. Metall.
Tlmrsday, April 14..
.A.M.
Trigonometry.
Surv. (J)).
Prac. Chem. (C)
Thermoiyu.
Transport.
Therm odvn.
Petrography (C).
Friday, April 15
• A.M.
Hist. Arch.
Phys. Dab.
Hist. Archt.
K. R. Engin.
Mach. Design.
R. R. Engin.
Mach. Desgn.
Pr. Geol. Ore
Dep. (C).
Saturday, April 16. . .
.A.M.
Mnnic. Engin.
Mineral. ((])
Munic Engin.
Miner. Anal.
(C). Chemistry Big. (D). Drawing Eoo.ua, Engin. Bdg. (.1/). Molson Hall. All other ex-
aminations, Carpeiitdr Shop, Engin. Bdg,
Macdonald Chemistry Building.— A Research Laboratory.
Macdonald Mining Building.— An Assay Room.
faculty of 5;aiu<
(Macdonald Foundation),
Tbe CTirriciiliini extends over three years. It incltpcles lec-
txires upon, all the branches of the La^w- administered in the
Prorince of Quebec, and also upon Eoman Law, Legal Hbtoiy,
and the Constitutional Law of England, and of the Dominion.
Its primary design is to afford a comprehensive legal education
for students who intend to practise at the Bar of the Province.
In all the eo-iarses the attention of stu.dents will be directed to
the sources of the Law. and to its Mstorieal development. Dur-
ing their First Year the students will attend one hundred lec-
tBies on Boman Law, from which the Law of this Province is
in great port derived. In the lectures on Legal History, the
history of our law since the Cession, and its relation with the
French and with the English laws, will be explained. First
Year Students will also attend courses on the Law of Persons ;
the Law of Eeal Estate; the Law of Obligations; the Elemen-
tary rules of Procedure; and an introductory course on Crim-
inal Law. The remaining branches of law, civil, conmieTcial,
and criminal, will be dealt with in the Second and Tliird years.
During the three years the Civil Code, the Criminal Code, and
the Code of Civil Procedure will be covered, and lectures will
also be given upon subjects, such as Bills of Exchange, Mer-
chant Shipping, and Banking, which are regulated mainly by
special statutes.
Students have the free use of the Law Library of the Faculty,
to which large additions are continually being inade, those
lately added including the Ontario Reports, Dalloz, Recueil
Periodique, and such valuable works of reference as the Ameri-
can and English Encyclopsedia of Law and the American and
English Encyclopaedia of Pleading and Practice. The prin-
cipal reports and legal periodicals are taken. A special room
for Law Students is provided in the Redpath Library. This
room is open during the day, and in the evenings from'eight to
ten o'clock.
The lectures are delivered in the rooms furnished for the
Faculty in the East Wing of McOill College bv its munificent
218
benoJ'aetor, Sir Wni. C. Macdonald. The Faculty desire to
impress upon English students the great importance of obtain-
ing a familiar knowledge of French. In the practice of the
profession in this Province it is almost indispensable that a
lawyer shall be able to write and speak French. All Avho intend
to become Students of Law are urged to pay special attention
to this subject.
Those students who are able to take the B.A. course be-
fore entering upon their legal studies are strongly recom-
mended to do so. Those for whom this is impossible are advised
to attend the course in the Faculty of Arts for two years.
Matriculation.
For particulars of the University Matriculation Examina-
tion for Students in Law see pp. 10-21.
The attention of students who intend to practise law in the
Province of Quebec, or to be admitted to the notarial profes-
sion, is called to the statutory requirements as to admission to
study. Ihese will be found on pp. 2 "2 0-231.
Scholarships aad Prizes.
Various scholarships and prizes will be awarded to the
students of each year who obtain the highest distinction at the
Examinations in April, 1901.
Xo scholarship or i^rize will, however, be awarded to any
student unless in the estimation of the Faculty a sufficiently
high standing be attained to merit it.
Faculty Regulations.
1. Students of Law shall be known as of the First, Second,
and Third Year, and shall be so graded by the Faculty. In each
year, students shall take the studies fixed for that year, and
those o]ily, unless by special permission of the Faculty.
2. The Eegister of Matriculation shall be closed on the 1st
of October in each year, and return thereof shall be immedi-
ately made by the Dean to the Eegistrar of the University.
Candidates applying thereafter may be admitted on a special
examination to be determined by the Faculty; and, if admitted,
their names shall be returmd in a supplementary list to the
Eegistrar.
3. The lectures will be delivered between the hours of half-
past 8 and half-past 9 in the morning, and between 1 and half-
219
past 6 in the afternoon; and special lectures in the evening
at such hours and in such order as shall be determined by the
Faculty. Professors shall have the right to substitute an ex-
amination for any such lecture.
4. At the end of each College Year there shall be a general
examination of all the classes, under the superintendence of the
Professors, and of such other examiners as may be appointed
by the Corporation. The examination shall be conducted by
means of printed questions, answered by the students in writing
in the presence of the examiners. The result shall be reported
as early as possible to the Faculty.
After the examination, the Faculty shall decide the general
standing of the students.
5. At the end of, the Third College Year th3r3 shall ba a
Final Examination of those students who have completed the
Curriculum. This Examination shall be conducted partly by
written papers and partly orally. It shall cover all the sub-
jects upon Avhich lectures have been delivered during the three
years' course. Those students who satisfy the examiners shall
be entitled, after making the necessary declaration and pay-
ment of the Graduation Fee, to proceed to the Degree of B.C.L.
The Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal shall be awarded to the
student who shall obtain the highest marks in the Examination,
provided his answers shall, in the estimation of the Faculty,
be of sufficient merit to entitle him to this distinction. There
shall be no Sessional Examination of students who are candi-
dates in the Final Examination.
6. No student shall be considered as having kept a Session
unless he shall have attended regularly all the Courses of
Lectures, and shall have passed the Sessional Examinations
to the satisfaction of the Faculty in the classes of his year.
7. The Faculty shall have the power, upon special and suffi-
cient cause shown, to grant a dispensation to any student from
attendance on any particular Course or Courses of Lectures,
but no distinction shall in consequence be made between the
Examinations of such students and those of the students regu-
larly attending Lectures.
8. Every Candidate, before receiving the Degree of B.C.L.,
shall make and sign the following declaration: —
Ego A.B. polliceor sancteque recipio, me, pro meis viribus,
studiosum fore communis hujus Universitatis boni, et operam
daturum ut ejus decus et dignitatem promoveam, et officiis
220
omnibus ad Baccalaureatus in Jure Civili gradum pertinen-
"tilDiis fungar.
Fees.
See page 32.
Special Holidays.
On the following day?; when they fall within the session,
no lectures will be delivered, viz.: Good Friday, Easter Mon-
day, and Thanksgiving Day. On the following days the morn-
ing lectui^es will be omitted, viz.: Ash Wednesday, All Saints
Day (Nov. 1st), and Conception (Dec. 8th).
Examinations.
The University Examinations are hold in April, at the close
of the session.
COURSES OF LECTURES.
Roman Law.
Professor \Valton.
During the first part the external history of the law from
the early period to the codification of Justinian w'ill be dealt
•with. The sources of the law will be described, and the
^adiial evolution explained, by which the law of the city of
Rome tecame fitted to be the law of th.e civilized world. A
brief sketch will be given of the legal institutions of Eome
in the first period and of the early constitutional history.
In the doctrinal part of the course matters mainly of anti-
quarian interest will be touched on but slightly. Those por-
tions of the Eoman Law which have been followed most closely
in the existing law of the Province, e.g., Proj^erty, Servitudes,
Pignns and Hypothec, and Obligations, will be treated in de-
tail, and the modifications made by the modern law will be
noticed. Class-examinations will l)e held fi'om time to time,
and a first and second prize of books Tnll be given to the two
students Avho obtain the highest marks in these examinations.
Text-loolc, Moyle's or Bandar's Institutes of Justinian, or
■Girard, Manuel de Droit Eomain.
£ooks of reference :
Mnirhead's Historical Introduction to Eoman Law.
Muirhead's Institutes of Gains.
221
Maynz, Coiirs de Droit Eomain.
Puchta, Institiitionen.
Maine^s Ancient Law.
Constitutional and Administrative Law.
Professor Waltox.
Tho object of this course is to shew the actual working of
the Canadian Constitution. A sketch of the Constitutional
History prior to Confederation is given. The B. X . A. Act
is explained, and the leading cases discussed which illustrate
the respective powers of the Federal and of the Provincial
Legislatures. The growth of Cabinet Government is traced,
and some of the fundamental rules of the English Constitu-
tion are expounded and contrasted with those followed in
other countries.
ISTo text-book is prescribed, but students are recommended to
refer to Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British Col-
onies; Houston, Constitutional Documents of Canada: Dice}^
Law of the Constitution: Anson. Law and Custom of the Con-
stitution.
Legal History and Bibliography.
Professor McGoux.
This course comprises an outline of the liistory of the law
in force in the Province of Quebec.
The main source from which this law is derived is the Cus-
tomary Law of France, as modified by the principles of Eoman
Law, embodied in several of the codes or collections of Eoman
Law before the time of Justinian. The Customs of France
after being reduced to writing were further modified by the
influence of modern Eoman Law, wliich prevailed throughout
the larger part of France. The ordinances of the French kings
and the commentaries of the great jurists, from Cujas and
Dumoulin down to Pothier, brought the Civil Law of France
into the systematic form in which it was introduced into this
Province. The Custoin of Paris, one of the most important
of those recognized in France, became formally the basis of the
Civil Law in this country, and the ordinance of 1667 was the
main authority for proc-edure.
Since the opening of the British regime the development of
Lower Canadian Civil Law has proceeded independently of the
Civil Law of France, where the Code Xapoleon was passed early
222
in the Century. In Lower Canada a code on the same lines
was adopted shortly before Confederation. Lower Canadian
Civil Law has been modified by English Law in commercial
matters, and also by statutes passed in the Province. The
Criminal Law has been derived almost exclusively from the
Criminal Law of England.
The leading authorities upon the main branches of the law,
with the reports of decisions of our courts, are brought under
the attention of the students in this course.
Agency and Partnership.
Professor McGoun.
This course begins with the principles of the law of Mandate
as laid down in the Civil Code of Lower Canada, and treats
of Civil and of Commercial Agency. The rights and liabili-
ties of principal and agent both between themselves and in
relation to third parties is considered, and special attention is
directed to the powers of agents in selling, pledging, and deal-
ing with the property of the principal. The law relating to
Factors or Commission j\Ierchants, Brokers, and other Agents
is explained.
In partnership the right of each partner to bind his fellow
partner in virtue of the mandate reciprocally given and en-
joyed, leads to the distinction between Civil and Commercial
partnership, and the Limited Partnership or Societe en Com-
mandite is also treated of. The distinction between Partner-
ship and Joint Stock Companies leads to a consideration of the
connexion between this subject and the subject of Companies
and Corporations which form the subject matter of a Course
in alternate years on the Law of Corporations and of Joint
Stock Companies, as follows:
Law of Corporations and of Joint Stock Companies.
Thi^ course is the sequel of the course on xVgency and Part-
nership. The doctrine of limited liability and the opportunity
which it affords of carrying out enterprises of great import-
ance, by means of capital contributed by a large number of in-
dividuals, is treated of in this course. The growth of Corpora-
tions, both those established by long custom, and those created
by Royal Charter, or by Parliamentary or Legislative authority,
is also explained, as well as the relation between these corpora-
tions and the ordinary forms of joint stock companies. Cor-
223
porations sole and Corporations aggregate are defined, and the
principles of laws relating to Corporations and Companies ex-
plained.
Criminal Law.
Professor Mr. Justice Davidson.
This course includes :
A history of the Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure of
England; and of their introduction into and development
throughout Canada; discussion of the Criminal Code and other
Statutes enacting criminal offences : of the rules of evidence in
criminal cases; of the Fugitive Offenders' Act; of extradition;
and generally of the principal features belonging to the Crim-
inal Law of the Dominion.
Commercial Law.
Professor R. C. Smith.
The subjects dealt with will include Commercial Sales,
Bills and Notes, the law of Carriers, the law of Insurance
and the law of Banks and Banking.
1. The cottrse on Carriers will cover:
(a) Carriers, contracts with;
(h) Affreightment;
(c) Merchant Shipping;
(d) Bottomry and Eespondentia.
2. The course on Insurance will cover:
(a) Insurance, contracts of;
(b) Marine Insurance;
(c) Fire Insurance;
((/) Life Insurance.
Civil Procedure.
Mr. Gordon "W. Macdougall.
This course to the students of the First Year is intended to
form an introduction to the stibject. to explain the simpler
kinds of actions, the general rules of pleading, and the juris-
diction of the several courts.
The revised Code of Civil Procedure for the Province of
Quebec is the text-book.
224
Civil Procedure.
Mr. Percy C. Ryan.
The advanced course for the Second and Third Years covers
all malters of procedure not dealt with in the First Year
Course, and includes Provisional Remedies, sucli as capias,
attachment before Judgment, injunction, etc., and special pro-
ceedings, such as proceedings relating to corporations, and pub-
lic offices, mandamus, etc., as well as the rules of pleading in
the more complicated classes of actio]i. It will be divided into
two parts, which will he taken in alternate years.
Marriage Covenants and Minor Contracts, Prescription. Lease,
and Municipal Law.
Professor, Mi?. Justice Fortin.
Two courses — in alternate years.
Successions, Gifts, and Substitutions.
Professor Mr. Justice Doherty.
Two courses — in alternate years.
I. The Law of Succession,
The course consists of a commentarv and explanation of
the whole of Title I, and the Third Chapter of Title II of the
Third Book of the Civil Code. The order followed by the
Code in dealing with the different matters coming within the
scope of this course, has however been departed |rom, with a
view of presenting to the student the law governing succes-
sions as one whole. The subject will be developed as nearly as
possible in the folloAving order: —
1. General notions, definitions, and divisions of the subject;
The Testamentary Succession; The Ab-Intestate Succes-
sion.
2. Eules of Law common to both Successions.
3. Eules peculiar to the Testamentary Succession.
4. Eules peculiar to the Ab-Intestate Succession.
0. Partition of the ' Succession (and of property held in
undivided ownership generally), its incidents and effects.
II. Gifts and Substitutions.
This course comprises a commentary on and explanation of
Chapters I, II, and lY of Title II of the Third Book of the
Civil Code, dealing Avith:
1. Gifts inter vivos.
225
2. Gifts in contemplation of death, as permitted in Con-
tracts of Marriage.
3. Substitutions.
Obligations.
Mk. Aime Geoffrion.
This course of lectures will consist of a commentary on the
title on obligations in the Civil Code, less the chapter of proof
(articles 982 to 1,202 inclusive). Our law on the subject will
be compared with the old French law and the modern French
law, and its general principles will be explained and illustrated.
Real Property Law and Registration.
Professor Marler.
First Year Course — 25 lectures.
Distinction of Things — Corporeal moveables and immove-
ables: Immoveables by incorporation and destination; Incor-
poreal property; Eeal and personal rights.
OwnershijD — Its characteristics and limitations; Possession,
good and bad faith; Possessory actions; The Petitory Action;
Their results on the Possessor; Accession, natural and indus-
trial.
Usufruct — General characteristics; Fruits and their percep-
tion; Quasi-usufruct; Modes of enjoyment by usufructuary;
His duties before and during usufruct; How terminated.
Eegistration — Its modes and formalities; The Cadastral Sys-
tem.
Second and Third Year Courses — 25 Lectures in alternate
Courses.
First Course— Mode of acquisition of Immoveables — 25 Lec-
tures.
In this Course, a Deed of Sale will be analysed and its vari-
ous clauses explained: The parties; The description and the
measurement of land; The obligations of buyer and seller and
the security for their perf armance ; Warranty, its modifications
and results; The form and registration of the deed; The rights
of the wife; The distinctions between Sale and other modes of
acquisition, and their effects on the parties.
Forced sales, their incidents and results.
Examination of Titles, practically considered.
Second Course: — Privileges and Hypothecs; Servitudes — 25
Lectures.
226
Debts and Causes of Preference.
Characteristics of Hypothec; The various kinds, their his-
tory, conditions and effects; The Eanking of Hypothecs; The
Hypothecary action, its characteristics, incidents and results.
Privileges on immoveables.
Eegistration of Privileges and Hypothecs.
Servitudes. — Natural, legal and conventional ; Water Courses
and streams ; Walls and fences.
Public International Law.
Profkssor Lapleur.
Sovereignty and equality of Independent States; Recogni-
tion of Belligerency and Independence; Justifiable grounds of
intervention; Modes of territorial acquisition; Territorial
boundaries; Doctrine of Exterritoriality; Treaties and Arbi-
trations; Laws of War; Neutrality of States and of individuals;
Laws of Blockade; Contraband; Confiscation; Prize-Courts
and their jurisprudence.
The students' attention will be specially directed to Treaties,
Diplomatic Eelatdons, and International Arbitrations, in which
Canada is directly concerned.
Private International Law.
Professor Lafleur.
Distinction between the a priori and positive methods;
Sources of the positive law of Quebec on the subjects; Ap-
plication and illustrations of the rules for solving conflicts of
law in regard to the different titles of the Civil Code; Com-
parisons between our jurisprudence and that of England,
France and Germany.
These two courses will be given in alternate years.
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law.
Adopted March, 1891.
Every candidate for the degree of D.C.L. in Course must
be a bachelor of Civil Law of twelve years' standing, and must
pass such examination for the Degree of D.C.L. as shall be
prescribed by the Faculty of Law. He shall also, at least two
months before proceeding to the Degree, deliver to the Faculty
twenty-five printed copies of a Thesis or Treatise of his own
composition on some subject, selected or approved by the Fac-
227
ulty, such Thesis to contain not less than fifty octavo pages of
printed matter, and to possess such degree of merit as shall, in
the opinion of the Faculty, justify them in recommending him
for the degree.
The Examination for the Degree of D.C.L. in Course, shall,
until changed, be on the following subjects and authors, with
the requirement of special proficiency in some one of the
groups below indicated. In the groups other than the one se-
lected by the Candidate for special proficiency, a thorough ac-
quaintance with two works of each group shall be suflficient,
including in all cases the work first mentioned in each group
and the first two works in the third group. In the first group
one work on Public and one on Private International Law mus*"
be offered.
1 International Law
A. Public:—
Twiss, Sir T., Law of K'ations.
Hall, W. E., International Law.
Harcourt, Sir ^Y. V., Letters by Historicus.
Ortolan, T., Diplomatic de la Mer.
De Martens, Droit International.
Holland, Studies in International Law.
B. Private :—
Savigny, Private International Law (Ed. Guthrie).
Bar, Private International Law (Ed. Gillespie).
Foelix, Droit International Prive.
Laurent, Droit Civil International.
Brosher, Droit International Prive.
Fiore, Droit International Prive (Ed. Pradier-Fodere).
Dicey, Conflict of Laws.
Storv, Conflict of Laws.
Lafleur, E., Conflict of Laws.
2. Roman Law.
Maynz, Droit Eomain.
Muirhead's Roman Law.
Girard, Manuel de Droit Eomain.
Ortolan's Institutes (Ed. Labbe).
Savigny, Eoman Law in the Middle Ages.
Cuq, Les Institutions Juridiques.
Puchta, Institutionen.
•22S
Kriiger. Romische Rechtsquellcn.
Eobv's Introduction to the Digest.
Hunter's Roman Law.
3. Constitutional History and Law.
Dicey's Law of the Constitution.
Stubbs' Constitutional Law of England.
Hearn, Government of England.
Bagehot, Euglish Constitution.
Franqueville, Gouvernement et Parlement Britanniques.
Gneist, Constitution of England.
Hallam, Constitutional History of England.
May. Constitutional History of England.
Gardiner, Constitutional History of England.
Freeman, Growth of the English Constitution.
Mill, Representative Government.
Anson, Law and Custom of the Constitution.
4. Constitution of Canada and Works Relevant Thereto.
Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British Colonies.
Bourinot, Federal Government in Canada.
Cartwright, Cases under the British North America Act.
Lord Durham's Report on British North America.
Lareau, Histoire du Droit Canadien.
Houston's Constitutional Documents of Canada.
Volume 0.. Statutes of Lower Canada.
Maseres' Collection of Quebec Commissions.
Viollet, Histoire du Droit Francais.
Dilke, Problems of Greater Britain.
Bryce, American Commonwealth.
Cooley, Principles of Constitutional Law.
Curtis, History of the Constitution of the United States.
5. Criminal Law, Jurisprudence, and Political Science
Stephen, Histors' of the Criminal Law.
Blackstone, Vol. IV.
Harris, Principles of Criminal Law.
Holland, Elements of Jurisprudence.
Austin, Lectures, omitting chapters on Utilitarianism.
Lorimer's Institutes.
Amos, Science of Law.
229
Woolsey, Political Ethics.
Lieber, Political Ethics.
Freeman, Comparative Politics.
Aristotle's Politics, by Jowett.
APPENDIX
The attention of intending Students is called to the follow-
ing provisions of the Kevised Statutes of Quebec and amend-
ments, as bearing on the requirements for the study and prac-
tice of Law in the Province.
I. Regulations Applicable to those who Intend to Become
Members of the Bar.
Article 3544 R.S.Q. — Examinations for admission to study
and to practice law in the Province of Quebec are held at the
time and place determined by the General Council.
The examinations for the practice are held alternately in
Montreal and Quebec every six months, namely — at Mont-
real, on the second Tuesday of each Januar}^ and at Quebec
on the first Tuesday of each July.
All information concerning all these examinations can be
obtained from the General Secretary's Office. The present
General Secretary is Arthur Globensky, Esq., Montreal.
Article 3546. — Candidates must give notice as prescribed
by this article at least one month for the study and fifteen
days for the practice before the time fixed for the examination
to the Secretary of the Section in which he has his domicile
or in which he has resided for the past six months.
The present Secretary of the Montreal Section is Eobert
Taschereau, Esq., N. Y. Life Building, Montreal.
Article 3503a. (added by Statute of Quebec, 1890, 53 Vic-
toria Cap. 45). This article provides that Candidates holding
the Diploma of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelier-es-Lettres, or Bach-
elier-es-Sciences from a Canadian or other British University
are dispensed from the examination for admission to study.
Such Candidates are required to give the notice mentioned
above.
Article 3548 R.S.Q. (as altered by by-law of the General
Council). — On giving the notice prescribed by Article 3546,
the Candidate pays the Secretary a fee of $2, and makes a
deposit of $45 for a complete certificate of admission to study;
230
of $30 for a partial certificate of admission to study; and of
$70 for admission to practice, which deposit, less $10, is re-
turned in case of his not being admitted.
Article 3552 (amended 1894, Q. 57 Vic, c. 35).— To be ad-
mitted to practice, the Student must be a British subject, and
must have studied regularly and without interruption during
ordinary office hours, under indentures before a Notary as
Clerk, or Student with a practicing Advocate, during four
years, dating from the registration of the certificate of admission
to study. This term is reduced to three years in the case of a
student who has followed a regular law course in a University
or College in this Province and taken a degree in law therein.
The By-Laws passed by the General Council of the Bar of
the Province of Quebec, 16th Sept., 1886, and amended 10th
Feb., 1893, provide as follows: —
Art. 42. — A course of lectures on law given and followed at
a University or College in this Province, and a diploma or de-
gree conferred on students by such University or College, shall
be held to be such as contemplated in Art. 3552 E.S.Q. only
when the University or College conferring the degree and the
student who receives it shall have efficiently followed the pro-
gramme herein set forth. This article and article 44 shall
apply to students already admitted only as regards lectures to
be given after the 1st of January, 18^7.
2. The subjects on which lectures shall be given, and the
number of lectures required on each subject for a regular
course .of lectures on law in a University or College shall be as
follows : —
EoMAN Law: — 103 Lectures: — This subject shall include an
introduction to the study of Law and the explanation of and
comments on the Institutes of Justinian and the principal
jurisconsults of Eomie.
Civil, Commercial, and Maritime Law: — 413 Lectures: —
Lectures on these subjects shall cover at least three years.
They consist of the history of French and Canadian law, the
explanation of and comments on the Civil Code of the Pro-
vince of Quebec and the Statutes relating to Commerce and
Merchant Shipping.
Civil Proceduee: — 103 Lectures: — Lectures on this sub-
ject shall extend over at least two years. It shall consist of
the explanation of and comments on the Code of Civil Pro-
231
cedure and the Statutes amending it, the organization of the
Civil Courts of this Province and the history of the different
judicial systems of the country; also, the special modes of pro-
cedure provided by statutes and laws of general application.
International Law, Private and Public: — 31 Lectures: —
Ceiminal Law: — 69 Lectures: — This subject includes the
histor}'- of criminal law in Canada, the constitution of crim-
inal courts, criminal procedure, comments on statutes relating
to criminal law, the relation of criminal law in Canada to the
criminal law of England. The lectures shall extend over two
years.
Administrative and Constitutional Law: — 41 Lectures.
— These subjects include an inquiry into the different polit-
ical institutions and the public institutions of the country, the
powers, organization and procedure of the Federal Parliament
and of the Local Legislature, the laws on Education and the
Municipal Code,
Art. 43. — Candidates for practice who hold a degree in law
from a LTniversity or College in this Province shall produce
with their notices, a certificate from the principal or rector of
such University or College to the effect that they followed a
course of lectures on law in the same, during at least three
years, in conformity with the by-laws of the Bar ; and such cer-
tificate shall further specify the number of public lectures at
which they shall have attended on each subject mentioned in
the foregoing programme, during each of the said three years.
The last part of this certificate shall only be required for
courses of lectures given after the 1st January, 1897.
Art. 44. — The examiners shall not consider a university de-
gree in law valid for the purposes of admission to the Bar if
they find that the candidate has not in fact followed the pro-
gramme above.
II. Regulations Applicable to those who Intend to Become
Notaries.
For the regulations applicable to the candidates for the ISTo-
tarial Profession see Revised Statutes of Quebec, Arts. 3801-
3833, and 53 A^ict., c. 45 Queb.).
232
TIME TABLE.
SESSION 11)03-1904.
Introductory Lectcre, Monday, 14th Sept., 4 r. m.
FIEST YEAR STUDENTS.
TuESD.\Y, 15th Sept., to Friday, 1.3th November — AVeeks.
Hours.
MOND.VY.
Tuesday.
Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
8 30
Obligations.
Mr. A. Geoffrioi
Procedure.
Mr. Gordon
Macdoiigall.
Obligatione.
Procedure.
Obligations.
4.00
Roman Law.
The Dean.
Rom.
Rom
Rom.
Constituiioual
Law.
The Dean.
, ,,„ I Legal History.
'■'" ' Prof Mctroim.
Persons.
Prof. Latieur.
Hist.
Persons.
Hist.
Monday, 16th Nov., to Frid.^y, 18th Dec. — 5 weeks.
Houiis^
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.
8.ao
Obligations.
Procedure.
Obligations.
Prooed.
Obligations.
4.00
Roman,
Rom.
Rom.
Rom.
Const.
5.00
Real Rights.
Prof. Marler
Persons.
Persons.
Persons.
Real Rights.
Mond.\y, 4th Jan., to Friday, 4th March — 9 weeks.
Hours.
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wednesday i Thursday.
Friday.
8.3;)
Obligations.
Obligations.
Otiligatioiis.
4.00
Roman.
Constitutional
Luw.
. The Dean.
Rom.
Const.
Rom.
5 . 00
Real Rights.
Three Weeks.
Roman.
Real Rights. Rom.
Real Rights.
MoND.w, 7th ]M.\rch, to
Friday, 1st
April, 4 weeks.
Hours.
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wednesday,
Thursday.
Friday
8 30
4.00
Roman .
Const.
Rom.
Const.
i;<.m.
5 , 00
Criminal Law.
Prof Mr .Justice
Davidson.
Crim.
Crim.
Crim.
Roman Law 115 lectures.
Legal History 2'i ■'
Persons 25 "
Real Rights 25
Procedure 25 ''
Obligations 50 "
Criminal 10 lectures.
Constitutional and Admin-
istrative Law 39 '■
Total 314
233
TIME TABLE.
SESSION H)03-1904.
Intkoductory Lectuke, Moxday, 14th Sept., i p.m.
SECOND AND THIRD YEAR STUDENTS.
Tuesday, 15th Sept., to Friday, 1.3th November — 9 weeks.
Hours.
M O.VDAY.
Tuesday.
'WeD>7KSI)A Y.
Thursday.
Friday.
8 30
Gifts and
Substitutions,
Prof. Mr. Justice
Doherty.
Civ. Procedure.
Mr. Ryan.
Gifts and
Substitutions.
Civ. Proced.
Gifts and
Substitutions.
4.00
Marriage Cove-
nants, &c.
Prof.Mr. Justice
Fortin.
Marriage Cove-
nants. &c.
Obligation?.
Special Course.
The Dean.
Marriage Cove-
nants, &c.
MarriageCove-
nants, <tc.
5.00
Criminal Law.
Prof. Mr. Justice
Davidson.
Commercial
Law.
Prof. R.C.Smith
Crim.
Comm. Law.
Crim.
Monday, 16th Nov., to Friday, 18th Dec. — 5 weeks.
MoKDiVY. i Tuesday. ' "Wednesday. Thursday,
Gifts, (fee.
Marriage Cove
n;ints. &c.
Prof.Mr. Justice!
Fortin
Civ. Proced.
Criminal.
Marriage Cove-
nants, <fec.
Gifts, <tc.
Civ. Proced.
Commercial
Law.
Obligations.
Marriage Cove-
nants, <tc.
Comm. Law.
Gifts, Ac.
MarriageCove
nauts, Ac.
Crim.
Monday, 4th Jan., to Friday, 4th March — 9 weeks.
Hours
Monday.
Tuesday.
Wkdnesday.
Thursday.
Agency, Ac.
Friday.
8.30
Gifts, &c. 5wliS.
Civ. Proced
4 weeks.
Agency, Ac.
Prof. McGouu.
Gifts. Ac.
Civ. Proced.
(iiiti, Ac.
Civ. Proced.
4.00
Real Property
Law.
Prof. Marler.
6 weeks.
N.B. This course
will begin after
the completion
of Prof Mar
lers course to
the first year.
Obligations.
Real Property
Law.
Obligations.
Real Piopi-i-ty
Law.
.5.5)
Private Inter- 1 Commercial
nat. Law. ' Law.
Prof. Lafleur. iProfR.C. Smith
P. I. L.
Comm. Law.
P. I L.
Monday, 7th March, to Friday, 1st April, 4 w'eeks.
HOUKS.
MOKDAY.
TUJtSDAY.
Wrdnbsday. 1 Thuhsday.
Friday.
8.30
Agency, Ac.
Civ. Proced
Agency, Ac.
Civ. Proced.
Agi'ucy. Ac.
4.00
R. P. L.
R. P. L.
R. p. L.
5.00
Commercial
Law.
P. I. L.
Comm. Law.
P. r. L.
Comm. Law.
Gifts and Wills. 5u lectares.
Commercial Law 50
Agency. Ac 25 "
Real Property Law 25 "
Marriage Covenants 25 "'
Minor Contracts . 2)
Criminal Law 4'i lectures.
Procedure 4(i "
International.. .... 25 "
Obligations 40
Total 345
faculty of ^etlxcxne.
I.
Foundation and Early History.
The Seventy-second Session of this Faculty will be opened
on Tuesday, September 22nd, 1903, by an introductory lecture
at 3 p.m. The regular lectures in all subjects will begin on
September 23rd at the hours specified in the time-tables, and
will be continued until May 21st, 1904, when the annual ex-
aminations will begin.
The Faculty of Medicine of McGill University is the direct
outcome and continuance of a teaching body known as the
Montreal Medical Institution which was organized as a full
medical school in the years 1823-24 by Drs. Wm. Eobertson,
Wm. Caldwell, A. F. Holmes, Jolin Stephenson and H. P.
Loedel. These men constituted the first medical staff of the
Montreal General Hospital, itself established in 1819. The
first session of the Montreal Medical Institution opened in No-
vember, 1824, with 25 students, and the lectures were given at
the House of the Institution, No. 20 St. James Street, a build-
ing situate on the north side of St. James Street, on or neai*
Place d'Armes.
In the year 1829, the Montreal Medical Institution became,
by the formal act of the Governors of the Eoyal Institution
for the Advancement of Learning, the Medical Faculty of
McGill University. It was a condition of the "bequest of the
late Flon. James McGill that the college must be in operation
within a certain number of years of his decease; failing this,
the money and the Estate of ]3urnside on which the college was
to be built, were to pass to the heirs-at-law, the Desrivieres
family. To enable this essential condition to be realized, the
Montreal Medical Institution, then an active teaching body of
235
established reputation, was " engrafted upon " the University
of McGill College as its Medical Faculty. This event took
place at the first meeting of the Governors of " Burnside Uni-
versity of McGill College," held at Burnside House June 29th,
1829, with the object of organizing the University. The first
session of the McGill Medical Faculty took place in the winter
of 1829-30, and the first university degree, a medical one, was
conferred four years later in 1833.
There were no sessions held during the political troubles of
1836 to 1839, and it is owing to tliis fact that this is the Sev-
enty-second instead of the Seventy-fifth Session of the Faculty,
dating from its incorporation with the University in the year
1829.
In 1814 the number of students in the Medical Faculty was
50 ; in 1851, S"! with 15 graduates; in 1872-73, 154 with 35 grad-
uates; m 1892-93, 315 with 46 graduates; in 1895-96, 419 with
90 graduates; in 1901-02, 440 students were registered.
After carrying on the work for some years on St. James
Street, the Faculty removed to a house on St. George Street,
near Craig Street, where they remained until 1845. From
1845 to 1851 they occupied the central part of the present Arts
Building, which with the East Wing was the only part of the
present Arts Building then standing. The remote situation of
the University grounds was found to be a source of great in-
convenience to both teachers and students, and the Faculty
returned to the heart of the City, to No. 15 Cote Street, for
the Session 1851-52. This building was erected for the uses of
the Faculty at the private expense of three of its members,
who held the Faculty as their tenants until 1860, when the
University authorities took over the Cote Street building, at
the same time enlarging it at a cost of some $4,100.00, to
meet the increased demands of the rapidly growing medical
school. The Faculty remained on Cote Street until 1872 when
the need of extension was again felt and the front block of the
present medical building in the University Grounds was pro-
vided by the Governors.
In 1885 this building of 1872, which, as has been said, con-
stitutes the front block of the present building, was again
found to be inadequate and an addition was built at the rear,
which at the time afforded all the facilities for carrying out
the great aim of the Faculty — that of making the teaching of
the primary branches thoroughly practical.
•236
Owing to the larger classes and the necessity for more lab-
oratory teaching, the Lecture "Rooms and Laboratories added
in 1885 soon bccanre insufficient in siTie and equipment to meet
the requiromeuts of the Faculty. The late Mr. John H. K.
Molson Math timely generosity came to the aid of the Faculty,
and in 189;-) purchased property adjoining the college grounds,
and enabled the Faculty to erect new buildings and extensively
alter and improve those already in use.
These wings were completed " and oificially opened by His
Excellency, the Earl of Aberdeen, Visitor of the University,
January 8th, 1895. They were erected as an extension of the
old building, towards the northwest, partially facing Carlton
Ecad, ard convenient to the Koyal Victoria Hospital. They
connected the Pathological building, the private residence
acquired by Mr. Molson in 1893, with the older buildings, and
comprised a large lecture room, capable of accommodating 450
students, with adjoining preparation-rooms and new suites of
laboratories for Pathology, Histology, Pharmacology and San-
itary Science. The laboratories, etc., in the older buildings
were also greatly enlarged and improved.
On the ground floor the Library and ^Museum were enlarged.
The original library of the building erected for the Facility by
the Governors in 1872 was furnished as a reading room for the
use of the students, and the extensive reference library of the
Faculty was thus for the first time made available for the use
of the students.
On tbis floor were also the Faculty room, the Registrar's
office, the special museum for Obstetrics and Gynaecology, to-
gether with Professors' rooms, etc. The chemical laboratories
were increased by including the laboratories formerly used by
the department of Physiology.
In tlie basement were the janitor's apartments, cloak rooms
with numerous lockers for use of students, the lavatory, etc.,
recently furnished with the most modern sanitary fittings.
In less than five years the extension of the practical labora-
tory work and the increase in the number of students and
teachers made an enlargement of the buildings almost impera-
tive. Before, however, the want of space and equipment was
very seriously felt Lord Strathcona generously provided means
to meet the requirements.
237
The New Buildings.
The Faculty has great pleasure in announcing that the new
Medical Buildings were formally opened by H.E.H. the Prince
of Wales, September 19th, 1901, and are now complete and
fully equipped. They are the gift of Lord Strathcona, Avho in
the names of Lady Strathcona and the Hon. Mrs. Howard in
1898, contributed $100,000 towards extensions and alterations
of the Medical Buildings. These buildings, the result of this
munificent donation, have more than twice the capacity of the
bui dings occupied during the Session of 1900-1901.
The alterations and extensions may be described as consist-
ing of three wings. First, a Laboratory wing. This wing oc-
cupies the north-east corner of the block of buildings and re-
places what was formerly the Pathology wing. A second wing
connects this with the front building on the east, and the third
wing connects the Molson block with the original building on
the west side.
The central wings extend east and west about 70 feet and
form the central feature of what is now a symmetrical block
of cut stone buildings. It will be seen that the stone and brick
extensions, erected by the Faculty in 1885, have been entirely
removed and replaced by these substantial structures. The
alterations and extensions now completed form the larger por-
tion of a scheme of complete reconstruction and extension which
will ultimately lead to the replacing of the original stone build-
ing now remaining by a fagade which will project into the Uni-
versity grounds to the south of the buildings and so convert
the whole into a single symmetrical structure.
The new building is of four stories except in the front
block, where the three original stories remain. The total
length of the buildings, as will be seen by the plan, is 280
feet and the maximum width 145 feet. Its cubic capacity is
about 1,750,000 cubic feet, making it the largest of the build-
ings on the University campus.
The ground floor contains the lavatories, locker rooms, fur-
nace rooms, vat rooms, rooms for stores and janitor's dwelling.
In the laboratory wing there is a large recreation room for stu-
dents, a students' laboratory for pharmacology and therapeu-
tics, a research laboratory and a private room connected with
this department.
The first floor, of which a plan has been inserted, contains
to the right and left of the entrance, occupying the whole floor
238
of the original building, a students' Library Reading-room,
with accommodation for 200 readers, and the Pathological Mu-
seum. The students' reading room is connected with a fire-
proof stack room which contains the valuable library of the
Faculty. This stack room has a capacity of 40,000 volumes,
the Library at present containing about 24,000. The Patho-
logical museum on the opposite side of the hall connects with
rooms beneath the seats of Lecture Room No. IV. which are
used for special collections and for curator's rooms. Four
small rooms adjoining are for the use of professors as private
rooms. On the opposite side of the hallway in the central sec-
tion of the building are the professors' common room, the Fac-
ulty room and the offices of the Registrar.
The most striking feature in the construction of the build-
ing is the large central hall or rotunda extending from the
ground floor through the three stories to the roof, lighted by
skylight occupying" the Avhole length of the middle section,
Thishall is 70"^fee"t long by 45 feet wide with galleries at each
floor connecting the various laboratories and lecture rooms with
broad staircases at each end.
The northern section contains the Chemical Laboratory, 80
feet long by 45 feet wide, and the ceiling 20 feet high, sur-
rounded with draft cupboards, and having benches for 150 to
180 students. Connected with this room is a commodious re-
search laboratory for advanced work in medical chemistry, and
a small professor's laboratory. On the opposite side of the
hall is a large lecture room with a seating capacity of from 400
to 450, the museum preparation room, a small cloak room and
preparation rooms connected with the lecture room.
The floor above in the two southern sections is devoted en-
tirely to Anatomy. The dissecting room ocupying the top of
the front building remains unchanged, and is connected on the
west with a series of demonstrators' rooms, a private dissect-
ing room and two rooms for the professor of this department.
These rooms surround Lecture Room No. II., especially ar-
ranged for lectures in Anatomy. On the opposite side of the
hall, occupying the same area as the lecture room and adjoining
rooms is the Anatomical Museum. Intervening between this
and the dissecting room on the east side are a small demonstra-
tion room, locker rooms and service rooms connected with the
department of Anatomy.
239
In the northern section are the museum for Hygiene and
the Hygiene laboratory. These rooms extend the whole dis-
tance across the east and west wings.
On tlie top floor are the departments of Physiology, Path-
ology, Bacteriology and Histology. The department of Path-
ology and Bacteriology has a laboratory of the same dimensions
as the chemical laboratory, 80 x 45 feet, especially well lighted
with three large roof lights in addition to the lights on both
sides. Besides the tables, lockers, etc., provided for students
in this department, there is a small demonstrating theatre and
a series of small rooms for advanced work and for special pur-
poses. These include a dark room, an incubator room, refer-
ence library and three private laboratories. On the opposite
side of the hall, occupying a similar floor area, are the labora-
tories for Physiology, consisting of a students' laboratory which
has been especially equipped this year with sets of apparatus
for the practical study of the principles of physiology by the
graphic method. Connecting the students' laboratory with lec-
ture room Xo I., to be used for Physiology chiefly, are a series
of four rooms for advanced work and special research, service
rooms and store rooms.
Occupying the entire northern end of this floor is the His-
tological laboratory with an adjoining room for private work.
This laboratory is 105 feet long and affords space for the use
of 150 microscopes at one time.
The laboratory wing is ventilated by a system of artificial
ventilation, a powerful fan supplying each laboratory with
warm fresh air, while extraction flues, to which extraction
fans are attached, draw of; the foul air from each room in this
wing.
It will thus be seen that the new buildings of the Medical
Faculty contain four lecture rooms, three of which have a seat-
ing capacity of 250, the fourth from 400 to 450. There are
five museums, namely, for Pathology, Anatomy, Obstetrics and
Gynaecology, Pharmacy and Hygiene. Other collections are
being made and space has been arranged for their accommoda-
tion.
Extensive locker rooms have been arranged so that at a nom-
inal cost each student may have a locker for himself. Lockers
will also be provided in connection with each of the large lab-
oratories in which the student would be required to keep his
own material, instruments, etc. — as for instance, in connection
240
with the dissecting room and tho laboratories for Pathology and
Bacteriology. In addition to the large reading room of the
Library and the recreation room on the ground floor of the
Laboratory wing, a small reading room is provided for the use
of students and controlled by the Students' Medical Society, in
which are kept the daily papers, periodicals, etc.
IL
Matriculation.
For particulars of the University Matriciilation, see pp.
10-20.
Intending students are reminded that a University degree in
Medicine does not always give a right to practice the profes-
sion of Medicine. It is necessary to conform with the Medical
laws of the country or province in which it is proposed to begin
practice. Each ])rovince in Canada at present has its special
requirements for its license and in most provinces a special
standard of general Education is insisted upon before begin-
ning the study of Medicine.
The requirements for those who intend to practice in any
of the provinces of Canada, or in Great Britain, etc., are as
follows : —
A. General fCouncil of Medical Education and Enregistration
of Great Britain.
A license from this body entitles the holder to practice in Eng--
land. Ireland, Scotland and all colonies except the various provinces
in Canada. The Matriculation Examination in Medicine of this
University, as described on pp. (14-20) is accepted by the General
Medical Council. Graduates of this University desiring- to register
in England are exempted from any examination in preliminary edu-
cation on production of the McGill Matriculation certificate. Certi-
ficates of this University for attendance on lectures, practical work
and clinics are also accepted by the various examining boards in
Great Britain. To obtain a licence from the General Council it is
necessary for all Canadian g-raduates to pass one of the examining
boards of Great Britain in both primary and final subjects.
Detailed information may be obtained from one of the three regis-
trars: Henry E. Allen, B.A , 299 Oxford Street, Loudon; W. J. Rob-
ertson, 54 George St., Edinburgh; S. W. Wilson, 35 Dowson St.,
Dublin.
B. The Province of Quebec.
No University Matriculation Examination is accepted by the Col-
lege of Physicians and Surgeons of this Province. Graduates in Arts
of any British or Canadian University are however exempted from
examination on presentation of their Diplomas.
24:1
Those who pass the Preliminary Examinations described below, or
Graduates in Arts who register as students In the C. P. & S., Quebec,
on beginning their studies in Medicine, obtain on graduating from McGill
University a license to practice in Quebec without further examina-
tion in any professional subject.
Graduates who have registered with the General Council of Great
Britain are at present admitted to practice without examination.
The requirements for the Matriculation Examination of the Pro-
vince of Quebec for 1903 are: —
Latin.— Cesar's Comn:entaries, Bks. IV., V., VI.— Virgil's Aeneid,
Bks. v., VI. — Cicero Pro Milone, with a sound knowledge
of the Grammar of the Laingnage.
English.— For English-speaking candidates.- A critical knowledge of
one of Shakspere's plays, viz., The Merchant of Venice, for
1903, with English Grammar, as in Mason.
For French-speaking candidates.— Translation into French
of passages from the first eight books of Washington Irving's
Life of Columbus, with questions on grammar. Translation
into English of extracts from Fenelon's Telemaque.
French.— For French-speaking candidates.— A critical knowledge of
Racine's "Athalie" and La Fontaine's Fables, Bks. I., II..
III., with questions on Grammar and Analysis.
For English-speaking candidates.— Translation into English
of passages from Fenelon's Telemaque, with questions on
Grammar. Translation into French of easy English extracts.
Belles Lettres and Rhetoric— Principles of the subject.
History of the Literature of the age of Pericles in Greece,
of Augustus in Rome, and of the 17th, 18th and 19th cen-
turies of England, and France.
History.— Outlines of the Hi.'^tory of Greece and Rome, and particu-
lar knowledge of the History of Britain, France and Canada.
Geography.— A general view, with particular knowledge of Britain.
France and North America.
Arithmetic— Must include Vulgar and Decimal Fractions, Simple
and Compound Proportion, Interest and Percentages, and
Square Root.
Algebra.— Must include Fractions and Simultaneous Equations of
the First Degree.
GEOjiETRY.-Euclid, Bks. I., II., III., IV. and Book VI., or the por-
tion of plane Geometry covered by those Books. Also the
measurement of the lines, surfaces and volumes of regular
geometrical figures.
Chemistry.— Outlines of the subject as in P. Wlirtz, Troost or
Roscoe.
Botany.— Outline? as in Moyen, Provancher, Laflamme, or Spotton
PHYSICS.— Outhnes as in Peck-Ganofs Physics.
Philosophy.— Elements of Logic as in Jevon's Logic; Elements of
Philosophy, as in Professor Murray's Hand-Book of
Psychology.
The examinations will be held in September, 1903, at Quebec, and
'i^ ^"^',i °^' ""' Montreal. Applications to be made to Dr. J A
Macdonald, No. 1 Belmont Street, Montreal, or to Dr. C. R. Paquin
of Quebec, who will furnish schedule giving text-books and per-
centage of marks required to pass in each subject
242
Examination Fee, twenty dollars. Should the candidate be unsuc-
cessful, one-half of the fee will be returned on first failure.
Of the four years" study, after having passed the Matriculation
Examination, three six months' sessions, at least, must be attended
at,. a University, Colleg-e or Incorporated Sohool of Medicine recog-
nized by the "Provincial Medical Board." TIhe first session must be
attended during the year immediately succeding the Matriculation
Examination, and the final session must be in the fourth year.
Students wishing to register degrees in Arts must do so before the
15th of September of the year in which they begin the study of
Medicine in order to obtain a license as soon as they graduate from
the University.
C. The Province of Ontario.
Everyone desirous of being registered as a matriculated medical
student in fthe .register of the College of Physicians and Surgeons
of this Province, except as hereinafter provided, must present to the
Registrar the official certificate of having passed the "Departmental
Pass Arts Matriculation Examination," and in addition Physics and
Chemistry— whereupon he shall be entitled to be so registered upon
the payment of twenty dollars and giving proof of his identity.
Graduates in Arts of any University in His Majesty's dominions,
are not required to pass this examination, but may register their
names with the Registrar of the College, upon giving satisfactory
evidence of their qualifications, and upon paying the fee of twenty
dollars.
A certificate from the Registrar of any chartered University con-
ducting a full Arts course in Canada, that the holder thereof matricu-
lated prior to his enrolment in such University, and passed the
examination in Arts prescribed for students at the end of the first
year, shall entitle such student to registration as medical student
under The Ontario Medical Act.
Every Tnedical student, after mtriculating, shall be registered in
the manner prescribed by the Council, and this shall be held to bei
the beginning of his medical studies, which shall date from that
registration. To become a Registered Practitioner in this province
four years' attendance at a recognized Medical Sohool is required
and a fifth year to be spent in hospital or laboratory work must
elapse before the final examination is granted.
Students are examined in all the subjects of a medical curriculum
by the Examining Board of the C. P. & S. of this province at three
examinations, a primary (II. year), an intermediate (IV. year), and
a final (V. year).
Full details may be obtained on application to Dr. R. A. Pyne,
Registrar, Cor. Bay and Richmond Sts., Toronto.
D. The Province of New Brunswick.
The matriculation requirements of this province are: —
1. English Grammar, Composition, Literature and Rhetoric
2. Arithmetic, including vulgar and decimal fractions, extraction
of the square and cube root and mensuration.
3. Algebra, to the end of quadratic equations.
4. Geometry, first three books of Euclid.
5. Latin, first two books of Virgil's ^Eneid, or three books of
Csesar's Commentaries, translation and grammar.
243
6. Elementary Mechanics of solids and fluids, comprising the
elements of statics, dynamics and hydrostatics.
7. Elementary Chemistry.
8. Canadian and British History, with questions in modern
geography.
9. Translations and grammar of any two of the following lan-
guages: Greek, French and German.
In order to pass, a candidate must make an average of sixty par
cent., with a minimum of forty per cent, in any one subject.
Dr. Stewart Skinner, of St. John, N.B., is the Registrar of the
Council of Physicians and Surgeons of this province, and will furnish
details on application.
To become registered as a practitioner in this province it is now
necessary to pass examinations in all the Professional Branches.
E. Province of Nova Scotia.
The regulations of the Provincial Medical Board of this province
for 1902-1903 are as follows:
Preliminary Examination and Registration.
1. iSTo person shall begin or enter upon the study of medicine, for
the purpose of qualifying himself to practice the same in this pro-
vince, unless he first produces to the Registrar a certificate from the
examiners appointed by the Board to show that he has passed the
Preliminary Examination in the subjects prescribed by the Rules and
Regulations of the Board, or evidence of having passed such equiva-
lent examination as is accepted by the Board, and unless he causes
his name to be forthwith entered in the Medical Students' Register as
hereinafter specified (Rule 15).
2. No candidate shall be admitted to the Preliminary Examination
unless at least fourteen days previous to such examination he has
given notice to the Registrar of the Board of his intention to present
himself for such examination, and unless he has produced to the
Registrar satisfactory evidence that he has completed his sixteenth
year and has paid a fee of ten dollars ($10.00) to the Registrar.*
3. The Preliminary Examination t will embrace the following sub-
jects, viz.: —
(1) English, (a) Language: Grammar, Analysis, Parsing.
(b) Rhetoric and Composition including an essay on one
of several set subjects from prescribed authors. +
(c) Literature: History of English Literature; critical
study of prescribed authors. 1
(2) Arithmetic. Complete.
(3) Algebra. Simple Rules: Rules for the treatment of Indices;
Surds: Extraction of Square and Cube Roots; Equations of
the First Degree; Quadratic Equations of one unknown
quantity.
(4) Geometry. Euclid, Books I., II., III., with easy deductions.
(5) History and Geography. British and Canadian History with
questions in General Geography.
* This fee shall not be returned in case of failure.
t For copies of previous examination papers ($1.00 one entire set) apply to Begistrar
Provincial Medical Board.
X Englisli authors for 1003. DeQuincy. Joan of Are; Tennyson, The Princess;
Dickens, Christmas Carol : Scott, Lady of Vie Lake.
244
(6) Latin, (a) Translation from prescribed books with questions
arising out of those books, and translation of easy
passages not taken from such books.*
(b) (irammar.
(c) Composition.
(7) One of the following:
Greek, (a) Translation from prescribed books, with questions
arising out of those books, and translation of easy
passages not taken from such books, t
(b) (jranimar, as in Elementary Grammars.
(c) Composition, as in Frost's Greek Primer.
French. Translation from prescribed books with Grammar Ques-
tions limited to the Accidence, and based upon the passages
prescribed for translation. +
German. Translation and (hammnr, as under French. |1
4. Exajminations take place twice a year, beginning on the first
Thursday in May and the last Thursday in August.
On the same dates local examinations will be held, on application,
at Sydney, C.B., Pictou, N.S., and at Yarmouth, N.S. Candidates
taking local examinations are required to pay an additional fee of
$2.00.
5. Except where otherwise specified, the books prescribed by the
Council of Public Instruction for the course leading to the grade B
or High School Junior Leaving Examinations are recommended.
6. In order to pass, a candidate must make fifty per cent, of marks
in each subject.
7. If fifty per cent, is mad": in iill subjects but one. and if in that
subject the candidate shall have made at least 25 per cent, he may
begin study, and attend for one medical year at any medical college
recognized by the Board, and thereafter present himself for examina-
tion in that subject alone, without payment of any additional fee,
except in cases of candidates taking local examinations, who will be
required to pay the usual $2.00 fee for such examinjition.
8. A candidate failing in more than one subject, or failing to make
25 per cent, in any subjeat, may not begin professional study; he
will, however, at any subsequent examination, be exempted from all
subjects in which he has already passed and shall for such examina-
tion pay an additional fee of $5.00, (or $7.00 if a local examination be
taken) .
9. Certificates will be issued to successful candidates, showing the
subjects in which they have passed, and tho extent to which their
knowledge of these subjects was tested.
10. Candidates who have passed the above examination will be
admitted without further preliminary examination at all Canadian
and American Colleges.
11. This examination also satisfies the requirements of the General
Medical Council of Great Britain as to the preliminary examination
which must be passed by persons wishing to register as medica!
students, provided the candidate shall have passed in all subjects
at one examination.
• Latin for 1903. Ca>say.T)e Bfllo fJnllico, Hook V, with Virgih ^-neid, Book II.
t Greek for 1903. Xenophon. Aiiabasi-<, Book III.
X French for 1W3. Vnltaire, Charles XII, Bcoks I, II, III.
ll German for 19 )3. Buchheim. German Reader, Part I.
245
Exemptions.
12. Graduates in Arts or Science of any recognized College or Uni-
versity, also persons who have passed the entrance examination of
the Nova Scotia Barristers' Society, are not required to submit to
this examination.
13. The Medical Board will also recognize pro tanto the following
examinations:
(1) The Matriculation or the Sessional Examinations of any char-
tered University or College approved by the Board, including
McGill University.
(2) The Examinations for Teachers' Licenses, Grade A or B of Nova
Scotia, with 50 per cent, in required subjects.
(3) The Examinations for Junior or Senior High School Leaving
Certificates of Nova Scotia, with 50 per cent, in required sub-
jects.
(4) The Examinations for Honour, First or Second Class Ordinary
Diplomas, as issued by the Prince of Wales College, P.E.I., witih
50 per cent, in required subjects.
(5) The Examinations for First or Second Class Teachers' Licenses
of Prince Edward Island, with 50 per cent, in required subjects.
(6) The Examinations for First Class, or Grammar School Licenses
of New Brunswick, with 50 per cent, in required subjects.
(7) The Examinations for corresponding Licenses or Leaving Exami-
nation Certificates issued by the Education departments of the
otiher provinces of Canada, with 50 per cent, in required sub-
jects.
(8) The Matriculation or Preliminary Examinations of any Medical
Licensing Board or Council authorized by law in His Majesty's
Dominions, with 50 per cent, in each subject.
14. After passing his preliminary examination, the medical student
may then enter upon his professional course at any University,
Medical School or College approved by the Board.
RE3ISTR.\TI0N.
15. Immcdiatelij after entering upon his course every person engaged
in the study of medicine for the purpos3 of qualifying himself to
practice in the Province of Nova Scotia shall forthwith cause to be
entered in the register of the Be ard kept bj' the Registrar, and called
the Medical Students' Register, his name, age, place of residence,
date and particulars of his preliminary examination, and place and
date of his commencement of the study of Medicine.
16. The fee for such registration is ten dollars ($10.00), except that
candidates who already have paid .$10.00 for the Matriculation Ex-
amination are not required to pay any additional fee.
17. Every istudent must spend a period of at lexst four yexr^ in
actual professional study subsequent to his having passed the pre-
liminary or Matriculation Examination and b?in7 registered as a
medical student; and the prescribed period of study shall include
four collegiate sessions of at least eighi months duration each year.
18. Professional exaniinations will be held twice during the year,
one beginning in the month of April, the other in September.
19. Notwithstanding the Regulations (Chap. III. — Professional Ex-
aminations) during the year 1902 and until further notice, any can-
didate for the License of the Board who produces to the Registrar
satisfactory certificates of having passed in the subjects of first and
246
second Professional! Examinations at a reg-ular Medical College or
University recognized by the Board, will be exempted from further
examinations in such subjects, and shall be required to pass only
the subjects of the third Professional Examination (Chap. III., Sec.
16-22).
The fee for the third Profesional Examination under the above
conditions will be thirty-five dollars ($35.00), which will entitle suc-
cessful candidates to the benefits of Chap. III., Sec. 22 equally and
to the same extent as is provided in said section for candidates who
have taken all the examinations and paid the usual fees.
20. Any person Avho produces to the Registrar satisfactory evi-
dence to show that as a student in Arts or Science connected with
an.\- recognized University or College, he has attended a satisfactory
course in Physics, Chemistry or Practical Chemistry, previous to his
registration as a medical student, such course or courses will be ac-
cepted by the Board as exempting from further attendance in such
subject or subjects and a. certificate of having as such Arts or
Science Student previous to his registration or as a regular mcdicail
student subsequent to such registration, passed an examination in
either or all of these subjects equivalent to that required by the
Board, will be accepted as •exempting from further examination in
any or all of said subjects.
21. With regard to hospital attendance the requirement has been
reduced from twenty-four to eighteen months, and six months at-
tendance on the out-patient department of a general hospital or on
the practice of a recognized dispensary will be accepted as an equi-
valent portion of such eighteen months.
NOTICE.
The attention of Graduates in Medicine who may be think-
ing of registering in the Province of Nova Scotia is called to
the fact that notwithstanding the requirements of the recent
Medical Act, Chap. 103, E.S. (N. S.), 1900, any person who at
any time before the first day of July, A.D. 1899, commenced
the study of medicine for the purpose of qualifying himself
to practice the same in this Province, and tolio at any time
hefore the first day of July, A.D. 1902, complies with the condi-
tions and provisions in that behalf contained in the revised
statutes, fifth series, Chapter twenty-five, and Acts in amend-
ment thereof, and in the rules and regulations made there-
under and now in force, shall be entitled to registration under
this Chapter, 1889, c. 33, s. 39, (2).
A. W. H. LINDSAY,
Eeg. and Secy. P. M. Bd., N. S.
Prince Edward Island.
The requirements of this province are the same as for New Bruns-
wick and there is reciprocity with both New Brunswick and Nova
Scotia.
247
The subjects of the examination are as follows: —
1. English Grammar, Composition, Literature and Rhetoric.
2. Arithmetic, including vulgar and decimal fractions and extrac-
tion of the square and cube root and mensuration.
3. Algebra, to the end of quadratic equations.
4. Geometry, first tlhree books of Euclid.
5. Latin, first two books of Virgil's .^neid, or three books of
Caesar's Commentary, translation and grammar.
6. Elementary Mechanics of solids and fluids, comprising the
elements of statics, dynamics and hydrostatics, and elementary
chemistry.
7. Canadian and British History, with questions in modern
geography.
8. Translation and grammar of any two of the following subjects:
Greek, French, German.
Fifty per cent, of the marks in every subject shall be required for
a pass, and 75 per cent, for honours.
Province of Manitoba.
The matriculation examination of McGill University is accepted
by this province. The province holds an examination twice per year.
The following are the fixed requirements: — (1) Latin, (2) Mathema-
tics, (3) English, (4) History, (5) Botany, (6) Physics. Subjects 1,
2, 3, 4 the same as required for the Arts Matriculation of Manitoba
University, Parts I. and II., and the same standard shall be required
to enable the candidate to pass.
Details of this examination can be obtained from the Registrar of
the University of Manitoba.
British Columbia.
The College of Physicians and Surgeons of the province does not
hold an examination in general education but accepts the examina-
tions recognized by the various boards and universities of the Do-
minion.
This province examines all candidates for a license in the profes-
sional branches ,both primary and final. For dates of these exami-
nations see almanack at beginning of the Medical Calendar. Dr. C.
J. Fagan, Victoria, B.C., is the Registrar and Secretary of the
Council.
North-West Territories.
The College of Physicians and Surgeons of the North-West Terri-
tories has no standard of matriculation. It accepts that of any
Canadian Board or University.
According to the Amended Medical Ordinances (1900), a licentiate
of any province in Canada may register and practice in the North-
West Territories on payment of the special fee and without exami-
nation. The College reserves th right of examining graduates of
all Universities.
J. D. Lafferty, M.D., Calgary, Alberta, is the Registrar. The dates
fixed for examinations will be found in the almanack.
248
Newfoundland.
The Newfoundland Medical Board has a standard of preliminary
education equivalent to that required by the General Council of
Medical Education of Great Britain.
The examinations for 1902-03 will consis)t of: —
^Compulsory.
English Language. — Including grammar, composition and literature.
Arithmetic. — Including vulgar and decimal fractions, and the ex-
traction of the square root.
Algebra. — To the end of simple equations.
Geometry. — Euclid, books i, ii, iii, with easy questions on the sub-
ject matter of the same.
Latin. — Including grammar, translation from specified authors, and
translation of easy passages not taken from such authors, t
Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. %
Optional. §
History of British America. — With questions in modern geography.
History of England.— With questions of modern geography.
French. — Translation and grammar.
German. — Translation and grammar.
Greek. — Translation and grammar. ||
Magnetism and Electricity.
Chemistry.
(a) The Board will not, in future, accept any certificate of passing
tlhe matriculation or preliminary examination in general education,
unless the whole of the subjects included in the matriculation or
preliminaiy examination required by the Council for registration of
students of medicine have been passed at the same time.
(&) Provided that a certificate of having passed a University
examination required for graduation in Arts, or a senior or a higher
local University examination, or an Intermediate grade examination
of the Council of Higher Education of Newfoundland, or of the Grade
I license for teaclhers of Newfoundland, wherein the specified sub-
jects of general education are included, may be recognized for the
purpose of registration.
In order to pass a candidate must make fifty per cent, of marks in
each subject.
Certificates will be issued to successful candidates showing the
si'bjeots in which they passed, and the extent to which their know-
ledge of these subjects was tested.
Candidates who have passed the above examination will be ad-
mitted without further preliminary examination at all Canadian and
American Colleges.
Text-Books. — ^Except when otherwise specified the books pre-
scribed by the Council of Higher Education are recommended.
t Latin for 190:'. Criar f?alUc War. Book I, or Fir.y.'i, .EneidBook I-
I As in Blackie"8 Elements of Dynamics, or an equivalent.
? In commnnicating with the Registrar, students will plea?e state the optional guliject
chosen.
II Greek for 1903, Xenojifton, Anabasis, Book I; or Hellenica, Book I
249
III.
TIME TABLES FOR SESSION 1902-1903.
Time Tables for the Session of 1903-1904 will be issued to each student with his
Lecture Koom ticket enregistration.
TIME TABLE OF FIRST YEAR.
LECTURES.
Men.
Tues.
Wed.
Thur.
Fri.
Sat.
Lecture
Theatre.
*Anatomy Demonstrations...
9
9
9
9
9
^ Anatomy Demon-
( gtration theatre.
Physiology
4
4
4
3
^ Winter & Spring
\ Terms No. 1.
f
2
2
2
2
2
2
5 Autumn Term
Chemistrv <
I No. III.
^ Winter <fe Spring
( Terms No. III.
^
2
2
< Autumn Term
j Eedpath Museum.
3
LABORATQRY WORK.
Practical Anatomy
10-1
10-1
10-1
10-1
10-1
9-1
Aut- * Win. Terms
*Prac Physiology
2 4
3-5
Win. & Sp. Terms.
Win. A Sp. Terms.
*Prac. Histology
4-6
10-12
10-12
4-6
10-12
9-12
9-1]
* Prac. Chemistry
10-12
10-12
Winter Term.
*Prac. Biology
3-6
3-6
C Biological I.abora-
} tory, Arts Bld'g.
( Autun;n Perm.
*Prac. Bacteriology
3-5
3-5
Spring Term.
• C;Xass taken in divisions.
TIME TABLE OF SECOND YEAR.
LECTUkES.
I
Anatomy
Physiology
Chemistry
Pharmacology
and Therapeutics.
LABORATORY WORK.
Practical Anatomy
fPrac. Chemistry
fPrac. Physiology
fPrac. Histology
t Demonstrations and Labor-
atory Work, J>harmaco-
logy
Men.
10-1
9-11
lues. 1 Wed.
10-1
9-11
2-5
4-6
2^
10-1
9-11
Thur.
9
Fri.
Sat.
9
2
3
10-1
10-1
10-1
9-11
9-11
9-11
2-5
4-6
■
. 1
9-12 i
2-4
Lecture
Theatre.
I Autumn i, Winter
I Terms No. II.
No. I.
No. III.
5 Autumn (fe Winter
( Terras .
Spring Term".
Throughout Session.
Autumn Term.
Throughout Session.
t Half the class only.
NoT«. — Students of the second year are required to attend Medical »nd Surgical Clinics and Demon-
•trationi at M, Q. H. and R. V. H. spring term in groups.
Certificates required for graduation.
250
TIME TABLE OF THIRD YEAR.
T.RCTURKS.
Obstetrics and-Gynaecology.
Medicine
Surgery
Jurisprudence
Pharmacology and J
Therapeutics \
General Pathology f
and Bacteriology....!
Hygiene
Morbid Anatomy
Clinical Medicine ■[
Mon. I Tues
Clinical Surgery
Practical Pathology. . .
X Clinical and Sanitary
Chemistry
^Bacteriology
JClinical Microscopy...
JfOperative Surgery . . . ,
Wed. Thur
9
*12-1
2
RVH
1 p.m.
MGH
1
MGH
2
RVH
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
5-6
6-6
2 p.m.
EVH
MGH
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
5-6
Lecture Theatre.
1
MGH
2 p.m.
RVH
4-6
4 6
4-6
4-5
5-6
§10-13
5-6
No. Ill
No. IV
No. IV
Fall&W. Term No.IV
No. Ill
Win. A, Sp. No. Ill
Aut. Term No. Ill
Win.
Mon. 11 )
Thur. 11 \
Win. & Sp. Term
Winter Term,
Path. Lab.
Autumn Term,
Cliem. Lab.
Autumn Term,
Path. Lab.
Spring Term,
Path. Lab.
DissectinK Room,
Spring Term.
* Alternate weeks. M.G.H. and R.V.H. t Optional.
§ Weekly for alternate months R.V.H. and M.G.H.
I Classes taken in groups.
TIME TABLE OF FOURTH YEAR LECTURES AND CLINICS.
LKCTURES.
Mon. Tues.
Wed.
Thur.
Fri. j Sat.
Lecture Theatre.
Obstetrics and Gynaecology .
Medicine
9
10
9
tU 12
+12-1
9
10
9
10
No. IV
No. Ill
Sureery
10
9
No. Ill
Med. and Sur. Pathology
Ophthalmology
No. IV
5
No. IV
Medical and Surgical f
Anatomy \
Children's Diseases
»Out Patients' Clinics |
Clinical Medicine \
Clinical Surgery i
Gynaecological Operations. |
*Clinical Ophthalmology. . . |
f Gynaecological Clinics \
Morbid Anatomy
5
11-12
12-1
1
'"2"'
3
Autumn Term
1
5 1
No. IV
Win. Term No.IV
M. G. H.
R V.H.
RVH
11-12
12-1
1
11-12
1112
12-1
11-12
12-1
1
11-12
1
MGH
1
1
M.G.H.
RVH
11
3.30
4
3
4
RVH
3
M.G, H.
RVH
3.30
4
3
11
§9-11
1-2.30
11
3
R. V. H.
V Maternity
I Hospital.
Clinical Obstetrics |
Dermatological Clinic
2
M. G. H.
*Genito-Urinary Clinic
R. V. H.
Diseases of Children Clinic. .
♦Laryngology /
4
4
4
4
3
M. G. H.
M. G. H.
3
R. V. H.
* In groups of eight or ten. t In groups of four.
5 Weekly for alternate months M.G.H. and R.V.H.
I Alternate weeks M.G.H. and R.V.H.
251
IV.
COURSES OF LECTURES.
The Corporation of the University on the recommendation
of the I'aculty of Medicine, in 1894, consented to the extension
of the courses of lectures in medicine over a period of about
nine months instead of six.
By this means, (1) The students of tlie primary years have a
more ample opportunity of becoming acquainted, by laboratory
work, with those branches of study which form the scientific
basis of their profession, and (2) the final students will be en-
abled to utilize to better advantage the abundance of clinical
material provided in the two Hospitals.
By this arrangement the actual number of didactic lectures
per session was decreased, but a corresponding increase was
made in the amount of tutorial work and individual teaching
in the laboratories for Chemistry, Physiology, Anatomy, Path-
ology, and Bacteriology, as well as giving more time for clinical
work in the Eoyal Victoria and Montreal General Hospitals,
and a greater number of ward classes were also made possible
during the session.
The Faculty expects, by thus increasing the time that the
different professors, lecturers and demonstrators devote to each
student, to accomplish two very important ends: first, to do
away with the injurious effects which result from attempting
to condense the teaching of medicine and surgery into four or
even five sessions of six months; second, to give each student a
sounder and more thoroughly practical knowledge of his pro-
fession than could be obtained by attending during even five
sessions of six months each.
252
Anatomy.
Professor: — Francis J. Shepherd.
Lecturer, Applied Anatomt: — J. A. Spsixgle.
Lecturer and Senior Demonstrator: — J. G. McCarthy.
Demonstrators :-
Assistant Demonstrators: —
R. Tait McKenzie.
J. A. Henderson.
J. J. Ross.
A. E. Orr.
R. A. Westley.
H. M. Church.
A. T. Bazin.
A. Mackenzie Forbes.
Anatomy is iaught in Hie most practical manner possible,
and its relation to IMedicine and Snrg-ery fully considered.
The lectures are iUnstrated by the fresh subject, moist and
dry ]iTeparations, sections, models, plates and drawings on the
blackl oard. Frequent examinations are also held.
A course of practical demonstrations in Medical, Surgical
and 'J'opographical Anatomy is also given in the final year of
tlie course.
The department of Practical Anatomy is under the direct
control and personal supervision of the Professor of Anatomy,
assisted by his staff of Demonstrators.
Tlie methods of teaching are similar to those of the best
luiroiiean schools, and students are thoroughly grounded in
this branch.
Every student must be examined at least three times on each
part di.'^^sccted, and no certificate is given unless the examina-
tions are satisfactory.
Special Demonstrations on the brain, thorax, abdomen,
bones, etc., are frequently given. Prizes are awarded at the
end of the Session for the best examination on the fresh sub-
ject.
The Dissecting Poom is open from 9 a.m to 6 p.m. In con-
scfiuence of the excellent Anatomy Act of the Province of
Quebec, abundance of material can always be obtained.
rjt^w." ' if^^^ilf^:'^-'^ '*^V' ■ . , ^
Medical Buildings. — Laboratory of Ohemistry.
Laboratory of Pharmacology.
253
Chemistpy.
Professor: — R. F. Ruttan.
Demonstrator: — J. R. Roebuck.
I "VY. K. Brown.
Assistant Demonstrators: — , ^^ .^ .
' H. D. Irvine.
Laboratory Assistant: — R. O. Mabee.
The Department of Medical Chemistry is situated on the
ground floor of tlie laboratory wing of the new building. The
Students' Laboratory, SO by 45 feet, with ceiling 22 feet high,
has recently been completely equipped, and has benches and
sets of apparatus for 180 students. Adjoining this Laboratory
is a smaller one for post-graduate teaching in medical
chemistry and for advanced work, and a balance room in which
is a reference library for the use of the staff and graduates
employed in special work.
The lecture room for chemistry on the opposite side of the
hall has four rooms connected with it, in which lecture experi-
ments are prepared, and which are used for storing appara-
tus, preparations, etc., required for the lectures on chemistry
and physics.
The course in medical chemistry is a graded one.
First Year: — During the autumn term of .'the first year a
^hort course of lectures in medical physics is given. These lec-
tures are fully illustrated by experiments. The students, taken
in groups, are required to study by experiments in the laboratorv
the more important phenomena of heat, sound, light and
electricity. Lectures and demonstrations on the principles of
chemistry are given three times per week during the winter
and spring terms. Examinations are held at Christmas on
medical physics, and in June on the theory of chemistry.
Laboratory instruction in practical chemistry is given during
the winter term, six hours per week. This course includes
the experimental study of the laws of chemical action, the
properties of typical elements and compounds, and a short
course in qualitative analysis. Special attention is directed
to instructing the students in keeping an accurate record of
his observations and conclusions. These notes are examined
daily and criticised.
Second Year: — A course of lectures and demonstrations,
three per week, is given on Organic Chemistry in the autumn
254
term, and an examination is held at Christmas. During the
winter and spring terms lectures and demonstrations are given
on the application of chemistry to clinical diagnosis, sanita-
tion and medical jurisprudence.
Laboratory work in clinical and applied medical chemistry
is required during the spring term. An examination in
applied medical chemistry, practical and theoretical, is held
in June.
Students will find it greatly to their advantage to ihave a
knowledge of elementary chemistry before entering upon the
study of medicine. Graduates in arts of recognized uni-
versities, on presenting certificates of having taken courses in
theoretical and practical chemistry and physics, and of having
passed examinations in the same, may be exempted from the
chemistry of the first year.
Physiology.
The Joseph Morley Drake Professor: — Wesley Mills.
Lecturer: — W. S. Morrow.
^ I A. A. Robertson.
Demonstrators: — i
A. H. Gordon.
The purpose of this course is to make students thoroughly
acquainted, as far as time permits, with modern Physiology;
its methods, its deductions and the basis on which the latter
rest. Accordingly a full course of lectures is given, in which
the physical, the chemical, and other aspects of the subject
receive attention.
In addition to the use of diagrams, plates, models, etc., every
department of the subject is illustrated experimentally. The
laboratory work for students has been greatly increased and
during the season of 1901-1902 apparatus to the value of over
three thousand dollars was added to the students' laboratory.
Laboratory ivorh for Senior Students: —
(1.) During a part of the Session there will be a course on
Physiological Chemistry, in which the student will, under di-
rection, investigate food stuffs, digestive action, blood, and the
more important secretions and excretions, including urine. All
the apparatus and material for this course will be provided.
(2.) The remainder of the Session will be devoted to the
performance of experiments (other than chemical) to illustrate
important physiological principles.
255
Laboratory work for Junior Students: —
This will be somewhat similar to the course for Senior stu-
dents, but simpler and anatomico-physiological rather than
chemical; like the work for Second Year Students its main
object will be the illustration of principles.
The new Physiological Laboratory has been fitted up so as
to permit of eighty students engaging in work at one time.
The fittings and equipments of each bench are of the latest
designs and are well adapted to their purpose. The apparatus
was especially made by the best American and European makers
and thoroughly tested before being accepted.
Each pair of students is supplied with all the apparatus
necessary to carry out the work of verifying a large number
of the leading principles of physiology and registering the re-
sults by the graphic method.
Provision is also made for a course in Physiological Chem-
istry, covering foodstuffs, digestion, the animal fluids, etc.
The experience of the past session has fully justified expec-
tations in regard to the Laboratory and the courses prescribed.
For the purposes of group and class demonstration, other
and more complicated apparatus is available, and will be added
to as necessity requires.
Additional rooms are provided, seven in number, for a de-
partmental library and professor's office, for preparation apart-
ments, and workshop, and for physiological research.
Histology.
Professor: — Geo. Wilkins.
Lecturer:— N. D. Gunn.
( Hugh B. Fraser.
Demonstrators:- \ Salter B. Fiske.
Assistant Demonstrator: — H. B. Gushing.
The teaching of Histology and Microscopical Methods Is
spread over two years. During both years practical instruc-
tion will be given upon the preparation and mounting of speci-
mens. Students will also be required to make drawings of the
specimens prepared by them.
For the First Year students, work will commence immedi-
ately after the Christmas holidays and continue until the end
of the session. The course will consist of laboratory work and
demonstrations, with occasional lectures upon elementary and
256
systematic histology up to and including the digestive system.
At the end of the session a practical examination will be held
on the work done.
During the Second Year a course of demonstrations and
laboratory work together with lectures will bo given on more
advanced histology and an examination hold at Christmas.
Pharmacology and Therapeutics.
Professor: — A. D. Blackader.
Lecturer: — J T. Halsey.
Demonstrator: — R. A. Kerry.
The lectures on this subject are graded in the following
manner: — For students of the Second Year, there is (1) a
three months' course on Practical Materia Medica and Phar-
macy, with demonstrations and exercises in the laboratory.
Prescription writing and the various modes of administering
drugs are explained and illustrated; (2) a six months' course on
the physiological action of drugs, with practical demonstration
of the action of the more important ones. In the Third Year
attention is directed to the Therapeutic Application of all the
more important drugs and remedial measures, including Elec-
tricity, Hydrotherapy and Climatotherapy.
Tlie Eddie Morrice Laboratory, comprising pharmacological
and chemical research rooms, has, through the liberality of Mr.
Morrice, been fully equipped, and in it during the session 1903-
1904: an optional course of practical exercises in pharmacology
will be given io advanced students.
Medicine.
Professor: — James Stewart.
j' F. G. PlNl.,EY.
Assistant Professors: — - H. A. Lapleur.
I C. F. Martin.
^Yhile the lectures on this subject are mainly devoted to
Special Pathology and Therapeutics, no opportunity is lost of
illustrating and explaining the general laws of disease. With
the exception of certain affections seldom or never observed
in this country all the important internal diseases of the body,
except those peculiar to women and children, are discussed, and
their Pathological Anatomy illustrated by the large collection
of morbid preparations in the University Museum, and by fresh
specimens contributed by the Professor of Pathology.
The College possesses an extensive series of plates and
models illustrative of the histological and anatomical ap-
pearances of disease, and the wards of the General and Eoyal
Victoria Hospitals afford the lecturers ample opportunities to ■
refer to living examples of very many of the maladies de-
scribed, and to demonstrate the results of treatment.
Clinical Medicine.
Professor: — James Stewart.
Associate Professors:— F. G. Finley and H. A. Lafleur.
Assistant Professor: — C. F Martin.
( G. Gordon Campbell.
Lecturers: — „ ^^
'. W. F. Hamilton.
Demonstrator:— S. Ridley Mackenzie.
The instruction in Clinical ^Medicine is conditeted in the
theatres, wards, out-patient rooms and laboratories of the
Eoyal A'ictoria and Montreal General Hospitals.
The courses include -.-r—
T. The reporting of cases by every member of the Gradu-
ating Class, a certain number of cases being assigned to each
student.
II. Bedside instruction for members of the Graduating
Class.
III. Clinics weekly in each hospital.
lY. Tutorial instruction for the Junior Classes, in the wards
and out-patient rooms of both hospitals.
y. Instruction in Clinical Chemistry and Bacteriology.
Surgery.
Professor: — Thomas G. Roddick.
Assistant Professor: — J. M. Elder.
Lecturer: — A. E. Garr5w.
This course consists of tlie principles and practice of Sur-
gery and Surgical Patholog}-, illustrated by a large collection
of preparations from the ]Museum, as well as by specimens ob-
tained from cases under observation at the hospitals. The
greater part of the course, however, is devoted to the Practice
of Surgery, in which attention is constantly drawn to cases
which have been observed by the class during the session. The
various surgical appliances are exhibited, and their uses and ap-
plication explained. Surgical Anatomy and Operative Surgery
form special departments of this course.
9
25S
Clinical Surgery.
Professor: — James Beli>.
Associate Professor:— George E. Armstrong.
{A. E. Garrow.
J. A. Hutchison.
J. M. Elder.
Demonstrator: — Kenneth Cameron.
The teaching in Clinical Snrgery is conducted at the Mont-
real General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals.
I. In the amphitheatre of each of these hospitals, demon-
strations are given and operations are performed before the
Senior and Junior Classes on alternate days.
II. Small ward classes of about ten men in each are taken
through the wards by the surgeon in attendance, and instruc-
tion given at the bedside concerning the nature and manage-
ment of surgical cases, in each hospital, at least once per week.
Similar classes are also taken into the wards daily by the Sur-
gical Assistants for instruction in diagnosis and reporting.
]il. Beds are assigned to students in rotation, and each
student is required to carefully study and report cases and to
assist in the surgical dressing of the same. Certificates of
case reporting arc given, and are essential to graduation.
lY. In the Out-patient department students have an excep-
ti(mally good opportunity to study a great va:riety of injuries,
to witness operations in minor surgery, to come into personal
contact with patients and to take part in the application of a
variety of surgical dressings and appliances.
Obstetrics and Diseases of Infants.
Professor: — J. Chalmers Cameron.
Lecturer: — D. J. Evans.
Demonstrator : — James Barclay.
Assistant Demonstrator: — H. R. D. Gray.
This course will embrace: (1) Lectures on the principles
and practice of the obstetric art, illustrated by diagrams, fresh
and preserved specimens, the artificial pelvis, complete sets of
models illustrating the deformities of the pelvis, wax prepara-
tions, bronze mechanical pelvis, etc. (2) Bedside instruction
in the ]\lontreal Maternity, including external palpation, pel-
vimetry, 1he n.an^ffement and after-treatment of cases, (3)
259
A complete course on obstetric operations with the Tarnier-
Budin phantom. (4) The diseases of infancy. (5) A course
of individual clinical instruction at the Montreal Maternity.
The course is carefully graded and instruction is given sep-
arately to students of the Third and Fourth Years.
Particular attention is given to clinical instruction, and a
clinical examination similar to that held in Medicine and Sur-
gery, now forms an important part of the Final examination.
A short course of lectures on diseases of infancy is given,
supplemented by clinical demonstration and ward work. The
demonstrators give special demonstrations from time to time
and take the students in groups for the purpose of examination
and review.
Gynaecology-
Professor: — Wm. Gardner.
Lecturers:— F. A. M. Lockhart and W. W. Chipman.
Demonstrator: — J. D. Cameron.
The didactic course is graded, and consists of from forty to
forty-five lectures given at intervals alternating with the lec-
tures on Obstetrics and extending throughout the session.
The anatomy and physiology of the organs and parts concerned
are first discussed. Then the various methods of examination
ore fully described, the necessary instruments exhibited, and
their uses explained.
The diseases peculiar to women are considered as fully as
time permits, somewhat in the following order: — Disorders
of Menstruation; Leucorrhoea; Diseases of the External Gen-
ital Organs; Inflammations, Lacerations and Displacements of
the Uterus; Pelvic Cellulitis and Peritonitis and Inflammation
of the Ovaries and Fallopian Tubes: Benign and Malignant
growths of the Uterus; Tumours of the Ovary; Diseases of the
Bladder and Urethra. The lectures are illustrated as fully as
possible by drawings and morbid specimens.
Clinical teaching, including out-patient and bed-side in-
struction is given at both the Royal Victoria and Montreal Gen-
eral Hospitals by Professor Gardner and Doctors Lockhart,
Chipmau and Cameron. A lars-e amount of Clinical material
is ihus available ioy practical instruction in this department
of medicine. Xumerous operations are done before the class
and made the subject of remarks. In addition to the ward-
260
patients, each hospital conducts a large out-patient Gynaeco-
logical Clinic, to which advanced students are admited in rota-
tion, and instructed in digital and bi-manual examination and
in the use of instruments for diagnosis.
Particular attention is thus given to Clinical instruction,
and a Clinical examination in Gynaecology similar to that held
in Medicine and Surgery, now forms part of the Final exam-
ination.
Medical Jurisprudence.
Professor:— Geo. Wilktns.
This course is treated of in its medical as well as medico-
legal aspects. Special attention is devoted to the subject of
blood stains, the chemical, microscopical and spectroscopic tests
fo]- which are fully described and shown to the 'class. The
various spectra of blood in its different conditions are shown
by the micros])ectroscope, so well adapted for showing the re-
actions with exceedingly minute quantities of suspected mate-
rial. Recent researches in the diagnosis of human from ani-
]nal blood are alluded to. In addition to the other subjects
usually included in a course of this kind. Toxicology is taken
up. The modes of action of poisons, general evidence of pois-
oning and classification of poisons are first treated of, after
^^]lich the more common poisons are described, with reference
to symptoms, post-mortem appearance and chemical tests. The
post-mortem appearances are illustrated by plates, and the tests
are shown to the class.
Ophthalmology and Otology.
Professor: — F. Bullbr.
J. J. Gardner.
Lecturers: —
J. W. Stirling.
Demonstrator:— W. G. M. Byers.
This will include a course of from twenty-five to thirty di-
dactic lectures on Opthalmologj' and Otolog)^ delivered at the
college buildings. In these Avill be discussed especially the
methodical, clinical examination of the organs of sight and
hearing, the classification and pathology of the diseases affect-
ing them, and the general principles underlying the diagnosis
a.nd treatment of affections of the eye and ear.
261
Systematic clinical instruction will be gixcn at the bi-weekly
clinics in the out-patient departments of the General and
Eoyal Victoria Hospitals where students have unexcelled op-
portunities for thoroughh^ gTOundino; themselves in the work
of these branches. The operative work of eye and ear surgery
is fully open to undergraduates on days set apart for the pur-
pose, and special courses for instruction in refractive work
and the use of the opthalmoscope can also be arranged for
times convenient to the teachers and students.
Biology.
D. P. Penhallow: — Professor of Botany.
E. W. MacBride: — Professor of Zoology.
The course in eleiuentary Biology is designed to prepare
for special study in medical subjects. Under the supervision
of the professors of Botany and Zoology it will be given dur-
ing the autumn term — Zoology first eight weeks; Botany last
four weeks.
A. — Animal Biology.
In this course the fundamental properties of protoplasm will
be discussed; the principles of the formation of tissues; the for-
mation of organs; an outline of vertebrate structure and func-
tion, as exemplified by Paramoecium and Yorticella, Hydra,
Lumbricus and the Dog-fish.
Two lectures and one laboratory period each week.
An optional course in Embryology, especially designed for
medical students, is given by the Professor of Zoology, and
is open to the students of the Medical Faculty.
B. — Plant Biology.
The course in Plant Biolog}^ will deal chiefly with the gen-
eral properties of cytoplasm; the structure and nature of the
plant cell; movement; nutrition; respiration; fixation of car-
bon; division of labor and origin of organs; evolution of plant
forms. These principles will be illustrated in their more
simple forms by a Myxomycete, Pleurococcus, Spirogyra and
Oedugonium, Fucus, Saccharomyces and Pteris.
Two lectures and one demonstration each week, beginning
on Monday, ISTovember 23rd, 1903.
262
Pathology and Bacteriology
Professor: — J. G. Adami.
Lecturer: — A. G. Nicholls.
f
G. A. Charlton.
Fellows:— .| h. W. Thomas.
Leo Loeb.
D. P. Anderson.
Demonstrators in PATHOLOcy: — ^ j. McCrae.
D. D. MacTaggart,
Demonstrator in Bacteriology: — H. B. Yates.
Demonstrator in Neuropathology: — D. A. Shirres.
Assistant Demonstrator in Pathology: — E. A. Archibald.
Assistant Demonstrator in Bacteriology: — J. A. Williams.
The teachings:, both didactic and practical, in the subjects of
Faiholog}^ and Bacteriology, are given by the Professor of
Pathology and his staff.
For the use of this Department an extensive series of lab-
oratories has been set aside and are now in active use on the
toj) floor of the new wing of the Faculty, and inasmuch as the
old Pathological Laboratory was established and equipped by
the late J. H. R. Molson, these new laboratories retain the
name of the J. H. E. Molson Laboratories.
They consist of a large and admirably lighted class room
for general classes capable of accommodating with ease 70
students at a time, so arranged that each student in the bac-
teriological and pathological courses does the microscopical
work at one table and immediately behind him is his locker
and bench for the preparation of material, preparation of cul-
ture media, etc. In this room at one end there is also a small
demonstration theatre or quarter circle capable of accommo-
dating the whole class at work in the laboratory at one time
and used for demonstration purposes, and at the other end a
service department from which are given out materials. Fur-
ther arrangements are installed for lantern demonstrations for
the whole class. The large laboratory is so arranged that the
students can perform their practical work witli the least amount
of moving about the room, the students working in pairs and
having all the necessary apparatus, reagents, etc., immediately
bv them.
Laboratory of Pathology and Bacteriology.
In the Laboratory of Hygiene.
263
The following courses constitute the teaching in these sub-
jects : —
1. A course of General Pathology Jor the students of the
Third Year: optional for those of the Fourth Year. Lec-
tures are delivered twice weekly throughout the winter and
spring terms.
2. A course of Elementary Bacteriology for students of the
First Year — eight lectures with demonstrations being given
during the spring term.
3. A course of lectures upon Bacteriology in Eelation to
Disease, for students of the Third Year, given three times
weekly during the autumn term.
4. A course of Demonstrations in the Performance of Autop-
sies to students of the Third Year. The demonstrations are
held weekly from October until Christmas.
5. Demonstrations upon the Autopsies of the week to stu-
dents of the two Final years. These are given during the
Se:-£ion l)y Drs. Adami and Nicholls at the Eoyal Victoria
Hospital, and Drs. 3IacTaggart, Anderson and McCrae at the
Montreal General Hospital.
Practical Courses.
6. The performance of Autopsies. Each student is required
to take an active part in at least six autopsies. These are con-
ducted at the General and the Eoyal Victoria Hospitals. In
addition to the actual performance of the sectio cadaveris, the
students are expected to attend practical instruction given with
each autopsy in the method of preparation and microscopical
examination of removed tissues, so as to become proficient in the
methods of preparation, staining and mounting.
7. A practical course in the Bacteriology of Infectious Dis-
eases, for students of the Third Year. This course is held
twice weekly during the autumn term. A deposit is required
in connection with each practical course to cover cost of break-
age and loss, subject to refund of balance at the close of the
session.
8. A practical course in Morbid Histology to students of
the Third Year. This is held twice weekly during the winter
term. Students are instructed in the staining and mounting
of specimens, and as a rule six sections are distributed at each
264
meeting of the cla.-s so that each student obtains a large repre-
sentative series of morbid tissues, altogether about 130 in num-
ber.
9. A course of demonstrations upon ]\Iorbid Anatom}-, mu-
seum specimens, once weekly during the autumn and winter
terms to students of the Fourth Year.
In addition to the above the staff of the department gives
instruction to the more advanced students who desire to take
any special work in the laboratories, this more especially dur-
ing the vacations.
For this purpose a special set of rooms has been set apart
for Post-Graduate and Advanced Instruction. Accommoda-
tion has been provided for classes of twelve to fifteen. In con-
nection with these laboratories for advanced work there is a
departmental reference library, rooms for photogTaphy, etc.
Optional courses are conducted by the demonstrators of Path-
ology and the demonstrator of Neuro-pathology during the Ses-
sion. Classes in Clinical Pathology and Microscopy are given
at the General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals under the direc-
tion of the professors and lecturers in Clinical Medicine.
In connection with this Department, two Research and
Teaching Fellowships have been estalilished, one by the Faculty
of Medicine and one by the Governors.
Hygiene.
Strathcona Professor: — T. A. Starket.
Owing to the endowment of the Department of Hygiene by
the Eight Honorable Lord Strathcona, a teaching Laboratory
li.is been established in connection with the Chair of Hygiene.
The compulsory course in Hygiene consists of three lessons
per week during the winter and spring terms. The course in-
cludes the hygiene of air, soil," water and climate; health re-
sorts, personal hygiene, bathing, exercise, clothing, hygiene of
special life periods; food and diet ;f cod supply; food diseases
and adulterations; hygiene of dwellings; heating, lighting and
veiitilation; sanitary fittings; municipal sanitation; water sup-
ply; sewage; drainage; refuse disposal; burial of the dead;
hygiene of occupation; ofl'ensive trades; hygiene of hospitals,
prisons, etc.; preventive medicine; methods of dealing with in-
fectious diseases and epidemics; communicable diseases of ani-
mals; organization of health boards; sanitary law and admin-
265
i§tration in relation to the medical practitioner; vital statistics
in relation to the healthfiilness of communities.
The nniseum, model room, and laboratory are equipped with
working models and apparatus illustrative of application of
hygienic principles.
An optional practical course will be open to students wish-
ing to undertake more advanced work.
Special courses of instruction are given to graduates wish-
ing to qualify themselves in sanitary work, or to obtain the
diploma in Public Health. "Seei 3Post-Graduate Practical
Courses."'
The Laboratory has been equipped with the apparatus
nptded in giving practical illustration in Hygiene either as
demonstrations to large classes of students, or as practical
work for smaller groups.
The arrangement is as follows : —
The Hygiene Department occupies the entire north end of
the bnilding on the mezzanine floor, having the floor space cor-
responding with that of the Department of Histology. The
main laboratory is (10 x 50 feet-, and it is well equipped with
apparatus for demonstrations and practical work in Hygiene.
Adjoining it is a balance room and private laboratory, 13 x 15
feet. Opening off the main laboratory is the model room,
about 45 X 30 feet, part of which can also, be used as additional
laboratory space for the carrying out of special experiments
and researches, which it woidd be inconvenient to carry on in
the main laboratory. The corridor, 40 x 15 feet, leading to
the main laboratory, has been fitted up with cases for the
smaller museum specimens and models, lantern slides, etc.
Laryngolocty and Rhinology.
Professor: — H. S. Birkett.
Demonstrator: — H. D. Hamilton.
This course will consist of practical lessons in the use of
the Laryngoscope and Ehinoscope. The instruction will be
carried en with small classes, so that individual attention may
be insured. A limited number of clinical lectures bearing
upon interesting cases atending the clinic will be delivered
during the session. These lectures will be, however, of an
eminently practical nature.
266
Mental Diseases.
Professor:— T. J. W. Burgess.
This conrsi> will comprise a series? of le-^tures at the Vni-
\e-j'sity on Insanity in its various forms, from a medical as
well as from a medico-legal standpoint. The various types of
mental diseases will be illustrated by cases in the Verdun Hos-
pital, where clinical instruction will be given to visiting groups
of Senior students at intervals throughout the session.
Diseases of Infants and Children.
A. D. Blackader.
Professors:- | j p_ camerox.
Although this subject does not constitute a special chair in
the University, , systematic instruction is given (a) in connec-
tion with the chair of Obstetrics and Diseases of Infants, by
Prof. Cameron : (h) l)y a course of lectures, clinical and didac-
tic, by Prof. Blackader; and (c) through the Children's Clinic
at the ^lontreal General iiospital, at the Infants' Home, and
at the Moiitreal Foundling and Baby Hospital.
Clinical Microscopy.
This course, which is given during the Spring Term of the
Third Year, is essentially a ]iractical one and is in charge of
Professor C. F. Martin, assisted by Drs. W. F. Hamilton, G. G.
Cfluipbell, Pidley MacKenzie, C. F. Wylde and F. B. Jones.
It is a liboratory course forming part of the Third Year in-
struction in medicine and is held in the Pathological Labora-
tory of the ]\iedical Building. The classes arc held twice
weekly, each demonstration lasting tvo hours.
Students are given instruction in the microjscopic appear-
ances of normal and abnormal sediments in the urine, me-'
thods of examination of the blood in the fresh and dried state
of preparation; minute appearances of the sputum, stomach
contents and fa-ces, as well as of the various animal parasites
of the alimentary tract.
In addition to this the student is given an opportunity of
examining the various bacteria of importance /in clinical med-
icine and surgery.
Various specimens of special interest which are found in
the hospitals from time to time, are examined as occasion
arises at the demonstrations.
267
V.
DOUBLE COURSES.
B.A. and M.D.
By special firrangement with the Faculty of Arts , it is now
possible for students to obtain the double degree of B.A., and
M.D., CM., and also B.Sc. and M.D., after only six years of
study.
Course Leading to B.A. and M.D.
It has been decided to allow the Primary subjects (Anat-
omy, Physiology and Chejnistry) in medicine to count as
subjects of the Tliird and Fourth Years in Arts. . It fol-
lows then that at the end of four years' study a student may
obtain his B.A. degree and have two years of his medical
course completed.
The remaining two years of study are devoted to the Third
and Fourth Year subjects in Medicine.
The special provisions for Medical Students in the Arts
course are as follows: —
During the first two years in the Faculty of Arts students
taking the double course will complete their studies in Biol-
ogy, Physics and Elementary Chemistry.
I. — In the Third Year: —
(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology and
Physiology, of First Year Medicine.
(&) Two of the courses which are not placed under the
heading "Science" in the Arts curriculum. The
time tables of the two Faculties allow the following
to be chosen: —
(1) French or Moral Philosophy or Economics.
(3) Political Science,
(c) Either one or fwo hours weekly in English Com-
position.*
II. — In the Fourth Year: —
(a) Anatomy and Practical Anatomy, Histology,
Physiology, Chemistry, of Second Year Medicine.
(5) Oue lu.nr weekly in English Composition, if only
one has been taken in the Third Year.
•jNoTB.— students are recommended to distribute tlieir English composition over
twofjears, ■ ~ ,
268
B. Sc. (Arts) and M.D.
The Faculties of Arts and Medicine have organized a course
of six years' study leading- to tlie double degrees of Bachelor
of Science (Arts) and Doctor of ]\[edicine.
The requirements of this course are as follow? :-
Mairicuhiion. — The student who proceeds to the Douhle
Course must pass a matriculation examination consisting of
Englisli, History, ^laiheniatics (Part (1), French, German,
and La I in.
First Year. — During the First Year the course will include
English, French, German, j\Iathematics and Physics, of the
iirst year of the B.A. Course.
Second Year. — During this year Engiisli of the second
year P.. A. Course, French, Gorman, Chemistry and Elemen-
tary Biology. The course in L'hemistry consists of three lec-
lures per week and two laboratory periods of three hours.
The Biology will consist up to Christmas of the Zoology of the
Second Year in the Faculty of Arts, which is the same as that
required of First Year students in Medicine with the mor-
phoiogy of the frog in addition. After Christmas (spring term
Arts), the student may proceed cither to a continued course
in Animal Biology comprising the osteology of the rabbit and
the histology of its tissues, or he may proceed with the Botany
of the Second Year in the Faculty of Arts. This course in
Botany is intrcduclory io the more specialized work of the
Third Year, and will be represented by a number of types,
including the ilowering plants and the determination of spe-
cies. Two lectures and two laboratory periods each week
during spring term.
In the event of a student selecting Animal Biology after
Chrislmas, he must have taken before Christmas the course
in Biology as laid down for medical students, i.e., both Zoo-
logy and Botany. If the student select Botany after Christ-
mas, he must have taken Zoology of the second year in the
B.Sc. Course, i.e., the anatomy of the frog, in addition to that
required of medical students.
Third Year. — The student will enter in the Third Year of
his course upon the study of medical subjects proper, having
a good theoretical and' practical knowledge of Inorganic
Che]ni.-try, and will have had a more thorough training in
Biology than at present can be given the reguiar students in
269
medicine. The time, therefore, during this year, which in
the regnhir medical curriculum is devoted to Chemistry, Prac-
lical Chemistry and Biology, will he available for Science sub-
jects of the B.Sc. Course ; and a student will have the option
of four different branches of science, which shall in each case
consist of a full regtilar course, together with one-half an
honor course, the honor course to b" given between Septem-
ber and Christmas.
(I) Zoology. — Two lectures during the week, and two lab-
oratory periods of about two hours. This course takes up the
study of parasitic forms, of comparative osteology and embry-
ology. In addition to this is a half Honor Course, which will
consist of a critical study of some such work as Verworn's-
General Physiology, or Spencer's General Biology.
(II) Physics. — Two lectures and one period of three hours
laboratory work per Aveek. The student may proceed either
with Heat and Light, as in the third year Physics Course in
Art«, or with Electricity and Magnetism constituting the
fourth year Physics in Arts; or he may take a portion of each
of these courses, and in addition would do advanced work con-
stituting a half honor course from September to Christmas.
(III) Chemistry. — Two lectures per week and two labora-
tory periods — the time before Christmas to be devoted to
Physical Chemistry, and during the second term to Organic
Chemistry, including organic preparations, with advanced work
constituting a Half Plonor course from September to Christ-
mas.
(IV) Botany.— This course is designed to give a compre-
hensive knowledge of plant structure and relationships. The
principles of devlopment will be illustrated by type studies,
M'hich mav also serve as the basis for more special work in
Bacteriology, Physiology, Ecologv^ or Paleobotany. It com-
prises: — (a) ^Microscopy, including determination of ampli-
fications, micrometry, drawings, section cutting and prepara-
tion of microscopic objects. This work presuppose-s famil-
iarity with the optics of the microscope as given in Physics
'■'3" of the second year Arts; (h) critical studies of the Tlial-
lophyta and Pteridophyta, as illustrated by selected types.
Two"^ lectures and two laboratory periods each week tlirough-
out the session.
270
Students will also be required to take one-half of the honor
work of the Fourth Year Arts in experimental plant Physi-
ology,, as based upon the following works: —
Pfeffer, Plant Physiology; ]\IacDougall, Experimental Plant
Physiology; Darwin and Acton, Practical Physiology of
Plants. One lecture and four laboratory hours per week during
autumn term.
It will be permitted also if a student so desires it, to substitute
a half honour course in Chemistry, Physics, or Geology, for the
half honour course in Botany.
In the fourth year of this six years' course, Wednesday after-
noon and Saturday morning of each week will be available for
laboratory work in connection with still more specialized study
in the subject which has been selected during the third year;
or a student may proceed with a branch of science other than
the one selected for his third year work, provided he is sufficiently
well grounded to enable him to do the special work which may
be assigned to him.
Thus the first two years, of the six years' course are devoted
entirely to the Faculty of Arts, the student taking the option of
Biology instead of Mathematics for the second year.
In the Third and Fourth Years work will be given partially
in the Faculty of Arts and partially in the Faculty of Medicine.
In the Third Year the studies in the two Faculties will be
nearly equal; in the Fourth Year they will be almost entirely
in the IMedical Faculty.
The Fifth and Sixth Years will he occupied by the regular
cuiriculum of the Third and Fourth Years in Medicine.
To secure privileges connected with either of the double
courses described above, certificates of registration in the Medical
Faculty must be presented at the beginning of each year to the
Dean of the Faculty of Arts ; and at the end of each session in
the first two years certificates of attendance on lectures and of
passing the corresponding examinations must also be presented.
At the end of the Third and Fourth Years certificates must be
presented to show that the full curriculum of the Medical Fa-
culty for the year has been completed.
A certificate of Licentiate in Arts will ])e given along with
the professional degree in Medicine to those who, previous to
entrance upon their professional studies proper, have completed
271
two years in the Faculty of Arts, and have duly passed the pre-
scribed examinations therein.
The Faculty of ]\Iedicine strongly recommends students to take
an Arts course before beginning Medicine whenever possible,
de^ oting special attention to Chemistry, Biology, Physics, and
German. Should a student have but one year at his disposal he
is advised to take Chemistry, Biology and Physics of the Faculty
of Arts as a preliminary training for Medicine.
VI.
GRADUATE AND ADVANCED COURSES.
The Faculty of Medicine in 1896 established post-graduate
and special courses in connection with the Montreal General and
Eoyal Victoria Hospitals and the various laboratories in the
University buildings. These courses will be continued in 1903-
1904.
There will be two distinct sets of courses, one a short practical
and clinical course for medical men in general practice who
desire to keep in touch with recent advances in Medicine, Sur-
gery and Pathology, and who wish special clinical experience in
Gynsecology, Ophthalmology, Laryngology, etc. This course
will last four weeks, beginning on the first of June.
A special detailed programme \\ill be prepared, and will be
sent on application in February next. The fee, including hos-
pital fees for both hospitals, is forty dollars.
The other courses will be for those who have just completed
their regular course in Medicine, and desire special Laboratory
or Clinical teaching before beginning practice.
Arrangements have also been made to accomniodate a limited
number of such graduates who desire advanced and research
work.
Commodious laboratories for advanced work have been
equipped in connection with the Pathological and Clinical de-
partments of Ijoth the Eoyal Victoria and Montreal General
Hospitals, and in connection with the general laboratories for
Pathology, Pharmacology, Physiology and Chemistry, recently
altered and extended, in the new buildings of the Faculty.
Kecent graduates of recognized universities desiring to qual-
ify for examinations By advanced laboratory courses, or who
wish to engage in special research, may enter at any time by
272
givhig notice, .stating the courses desired and the time at
their disposal.
All ihe regular clinics and demonstrations of both hospitals
■ivill be open to snch students on the same conditions as under-
graduates in medicine of this University.
These laboratories have been open for graduates since May 1st,
1896.
Further details regarding courses, fees, etc., may be obtained
on application to the Eegistrar.
The Graduate Course of 1903.
The eigiith regular course of instruction for General
Practitioners will be conducted as before by the Faculty of
Medicine of McGill University.
The course for 11303 begins Monday, June 1st, and will be
continued for four weeks, closing June 27th. Time-Tables are
issued each week, giving the place and hour for clinics,-
demonstrations and laboratory work.
The course is essentially a practical one, and every facility
will be afforded for the study of the abundant clinical material
in the outdoor and indoor departments of the Montreal
General and Eoyal Victoria Hospitals. There are no under-
graduate students attending the practice of the Hospitals
during the month of June, -so that members of the post
graduate cUiss will have the whole of this clinical field to
themselves.
The two hospitals have accommodation for four hundred
indoor ])atients, and the aggregate number of consultations in
the outdoor departments is approximately five thousand per
month.
While a full course of clinical and laboratory instruction
has been arranged, members of the post graduate class should
not feel it incumbent upon them to attend all of these courses
unless they so desire; the soihewhat full programme having
been designed to afford room for selection. The experience
of the ]''aculty in the past has been that some members of the
post graduate class wish to give the whole of their time to
Medicine, others to Surgery, while a few are particularly
interested in the Specialties and in Clinical and General
Laborat(»rv work. It is with the view of meeting these various
273
demands that the Faculty this year has decided to make the
subjects on the programme largely optional.
(a.)— Laboratory Instruction.— Systematic Laboratory instruc-
tion is given from 9 to 10.30 every morning, on Microscopical
Methods, Clinical Microscopy, Clinical Chemistry and
I'^rinalysis, Analysis of Stomach Contents and Clinical
Bacteriology; including the diagnosis of Diphtheria, Tuber-
culosis, etc., the Histology of the blood in disease, and Serum
Diagnosis. These courses are conducted under the direction
of Professors Ruttan and Aclami. A course of ' Operative
Surgery on the cadaver is given from 8 to 9 a.m. by Dr.
Kenneth Cameron, during the second and third weeks of the
course.
(b.)— Special Demonstrations.— These demonstrations are
given daily from 10.30 to mid-day, and will consist of one or
more of the following: — Operative Gyngecology, Prof. Gardner;
Operative Midwifery, Professor Cameron; Sanitary Topics,
Professor Starkey; Clinical use of the Roentgen Rays, Pro-
fessor Girdwood; Demonstrations on post mortem specimens,
Professor Adami and Dr. McCrae; Treatment of Deformities,
Dr. Tait ]\IcKenzie; and Medical Examination for Life
Insurance, Prof. Wilkins.
(c.)— Medical and Surgical Clinics.— For four days each week
during the first two hours of the afternoon, there are theatre
clinics or classes on groups of cases in the wards of the
Montreal General and Royal Victoria Hospitals. Those in
Medicine at the Montreal General Hospital are given by Pro-
fessors Blackader and Lafleur; in Surgery, by Prof. Armstrong
and Dr. Hutchison : at the Royal Victoria Hospital in
Medicine, by Prof. Stewart and Dr. Hamilton; in Sitrgery, by
Prof. Bell and Drs. Archibald and Keenan.
(d.)— Clinics in Special Departments of Medicine and Surgery.—
One or more of these clinics are given in the Hos-
pitals each afternoon after the regular medical or surgical
clinic. In Opthalmology, including demonstrations in the
use of the Opthalmoscope, Prof. Buller and Drs. Gardner,
Stirling and Byers; Dermatologv', Dr. G. G. Campbell; Genito-
Urirary Surg-^ry, Prof. Bell and Dr. Springle; Orthopedics,
Dr. Gilday; Larnygolog}', Prof. Birkett and Dr. H. D. Hamilton;
Gynopcology, Prof. Gardner and Drs. Lockhart and Chipman ;
274
Obstetrics, Prof. J. C. Cameron and Dr. Evans; Diseases of
Children, Prof. Blackader and Dr. G. G. Campbell.
The fee for the 'course including Hospital fees is $40.00.
Diploma Course in Public Health.
The Faculty of Medicine in the session 1899-1900 instituted
a gradate course in Public Health and Sanitary Science. This
course will be given each year and the diplomas conferred at
the annual convocation.
Candidates undertaking this course must have possessed a
degree in Medicine or other qualification of practice for at
least twelve months before he is competent to receive the di-
ploma. The following are the courses requisite: —
1. Course of lectures in Public Health (to be omitted in
the case of candidates who liave attended such a course before
graduation).
2. A three months' course in Bacteriology, special attention
being directed to the pathogenic organisms and parasites — such
course to be omitted on presentation of proof that it has pro-
^■i(nlsly been taken.
3. A six months' course of practical study of outdoor sani-
tary work under a medical officer of health (to be omitted in
the case of medical health officers holding appointments prior
to the establishment of this diploma course).
4. Three months' attendance and clinical instruction at a
hospital for infectious diseases (unless such course has already
been taken prior to graduation).
5. Three months' instruction in sanitary Chemistry and
Pliysics, with practical work in a chemical laboratory.
Examination for Diploma shall cover the following suhjects : —
1. Examination of clinical cases at an infectious hospital.
2. The drawing up of outlines for annual and other reports
of officers of health.
3. Eeport upon the sanitary condition of some actual lo-
cality.
■i. The chemical analysis of liquids and gases and of speci-
mens of food.
o. Demonstration of the consideration and use of meteor-
ciogical hygienic and sanitary apparatus.
6. Microscopical examination of specimens submitted.
.7 Description of specimens of liuman and other diseased
tissues.
275
8. Practical examination in the employment of the usual
bacteriological methods.
9. Tlie inspection of carcasses of animals to be used for
food.
The above examination shall be written and oral and prac-
tical, and shall extend over a period of four days.
The following is a list of subjects included in the curricu-
lum of study: —
(a) Sanitary Cliemistry: — Examination of air, gases, water,
the action of water on inetals; milk, food and beverages;
detection of poisons in articles of clress and of decoration;
the chemistry of sewage.
(&) Sanitary Physics : — Principles of statics, pneumatics,
hydraulics, light, light and photometry, heat and thermometry,
the principles of hygrometry, (only in their application to hy-
giene).
(c) Sanitary Legislation: — Statutes and by-laws relating to
public health; the powers of public sanitary authorities.
{d) Bacteriology and Parasitology: — Modes of propagation
of disease and transmission of disease between man and man,
and man and animals; bacteriological analysis in relation to
public health matters; natural history of microbes and animal
parasites.
(e) Vital Statistics: — Calculation and tabulation of returns
of births, marriages, deaths and diseases.
(/) Meteorology and Climatology: — Including the geograph-
ical and topographical distribution of disease.
it]) Preventive Medicine and Practical Sanitation.
The fee for the Diploma shall be $20.
VII.
Qualification for the Degree.^
1st. No one entering after September, 1894, will be admitted
to the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery who
shall not have attended Lectures for a period of four nine
months' sessions in this University, or some other University,
College or School of i\Iedicine, approved of by this University.
• It shall be understood that the programme and regulations regarding eoursesof
study and examinations contained in this calendar hold good for this calendar year
only, and that the Faculty of Medicine, while fully sensible 0/ its obligations towards
ihe students, does not hold itself bound to adhere absolutely, for the whole four years
of a students' course, to the conditions here laid down.
276
2nd. Students of other Universities so approved and admitted
on production of certificate to a like standing in tliis University
shall be required to pass all Examinations in Primary and
Final Subjects in the same manner as students of this Uni-
versity.
3rd. Graduates in Arts Avho have taken two full courses in
General Chemistr}', including Laboratory work, two courses in
Biology, including the subjects of Botany, Embryology, Ele-
mentary Physiology and dissection of one or more types of
Yetebrata, ma}-, at the discretion of the Faculty, be admitted
as second-year students, such courses being accepted as equiv-
alent to the first year in Medicine. Students so entering will,
however, not be allowed to present themselves for examination
in x4natomy until they produce certificates of dissection for two
sessions.
4tli. Candidates for Final Examination shall furnish Testi-
monials of attendance on the following branches of Medical
Education. I f viz.:
Anatomy.
Practical Anatomy.
Physiology.
Chemistry.
Pharmacology and Therapeutics-
Principles and Practice of Surgery,
Obstetrics and Diseases of Infants.
Gynaecology.
Theory and Practice of Medicine.
Clinical Medicine.
Clinical Surgery,
Of which Two
full Courses
will be re-
quired.
MedicalJurisprudence.
General Pathology.
Hygiene and Public Health,
Practical Chemistry.
Ophthalmology and Otology,
Biology.
Histology.
Pathological Anatomy.
Bacteriology.
Mental Diseases.
Pediatrics.
Medical and Surgical Anatomy.
Of which One
full Course
will be re-
quired.
Of which One
Course will
be required!
;
1 Provided, however, that Testimonials equivalent to, though not precisely the same
as those above stated, may be presented and accepted.
+ Students enregistered in the Province of Quebec are required to attend and pass ex-
aminations in Laryngology and Minor Surgery.
277
He must also produce Certificates of having assisted at six
Autopsies, qI" having dispensed Medicine for a period of three
months, and of having assisted at twenty Vaccinations.
5th. Courses of less length than the above will only be received
for the time over which they have extended.
Gth. Xo one will be permitted to become a candidate for the
degree who shall not have attended at least one full Session at
this University.
7th. The candidates must give proof of having attended during
at least twenty-four months the practice of the Montreal Gen-
eral Hospital or the Eoyal Victoria Hospital or of some other
hospital of not fewer than 100 beds, approved by this University.
Undergraduates are rcc[uired to attend only the practice of the
Out-Patient departments of the Hospitals during their second
year.
Sth. He must give proof of having acted as Clinical Clerk for
six months in Medicine and six months in Surgery in the wards
of a general hospital recognized by the Faculty, of having re-
ported at least 10 medical and 10 surgical cases.
9th. He must also give proof by ticket of having attended
for at least nine months the practice of the Montreal Maternity
or other lying-in-hospital approved of by the University, and of
having acted as assistant at least six cases.
10th. Every candidate for the degree must, on or before the
loth day of May, present to the Eegistrar of the Medical Faculty
testimonials of his qualifications, entitling him to an examina-
tion, and must at the same time deliver to the Eegistrar of the
Faculty an affirmation of affidavit that he has attained the age
of twenty-one years.
11. The trials to be undergone by the candidate shall be in the
subjects mentioned in Section 4.
12. The following oath of affirmation will be exacted from
the candidate before receiving his degree:
Sponsio Academica.
In Facultate Medicinse Universitatis.
Ego, A— — - B , Doctoratus in Arte iledica titulo jam donan-
dus, sancto coram Deo cordium scrutatore, spondeo: — me in omnibus
grati animi ofRciis erga hanc Universitatem ad extremum vitse hali-
tum perserveraturum; turn poro art em medicam caute, caste, et
probe exercitaturum; et quoad in me est, omnia ad sesrotorum
eorporum salutem corducentia cum fide procuraturu,m; qufe denique
inter medendum, visa vel audita silere conveniat. non sine gravi
causa vulgaturum. Ita praesens mihi spondenti adsit Xumen.
278
13th. The fee for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and
Master of Surgery shall be thirty dollars, to be paid by the suc-
cessful candidate to the University Bursar immediately after
examination.
VIII.
Examinations.
Frequent oral examinations are held to test the progress of the
student, and occasional written examinations are given through-
out the Session.
The Pass and Honor examinations at the close of each
Session are arranged as follows: —
First Year.
Examinations in Biology, Histology, Physiology, Anatomy,
Chemistry, Practical Chemistry and Elementary Bacteriology.
Students who have taken one or more university courses in
Biology or Chemistry before entering may be exempted from
attendance and examination. Students exempted in these First
Year subjects are allowed only a pass standing, but may present
themselves for examination if they desire to attain an honour
standing. Students exempted from First Year Chemistry must
take Second Year Chemistry in their First Year.
Second Tear.
Examinations in Anatomy, Chemistry, Practical Chemistry,
Physiology, Practical Physiology, Pharmacology and Histology.
Third Year.
Examinations in Pharmacology and Therapeutics, Medical
Jurisprudence, PuFlic Health and Preventive :; Medicine (in.
eluding Bacteriology), General Pathology, Mental Diseases^
Clinical Chemistry, Clinical Microscopy, Obstetrics, Medicine
and Surgery.
Fourth Year.
Examination- in Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gynaecology,
Ophthalmology, Clinical Medicine, Clinical Surgery, Clinical Ob-
stetrics, Clinical Gynaecology, Clinical Ophthalmology and
Practical Pathology.
By means of the above arrangement a certain definite
amount of work must be accomplished by the student in each
279
ycrr, and an equitable division is made between the Primary
and Final branches.
A minimum of 50 per cent, in each subject is required to pass
and 75 per cent, for lionors.
Candidates must pass in all the subjects of each year; those
vho fail to pa-^s in not more than two subjects of either the
f'irsi-, Second or Third Years, may be granted a supplemental
examination at the beginning of the following session.
Supplemental examinations will not be granted, except by
special permision of the JMedical Faculty, and on written ap-
pjication stating reasons, and accompanied by a fee of $5.00
for each subject.
No candidate will be permitted, vcithout special permission
of the Faculty, to proceed with the work of the Final Year
until he has passed all the subjects comprised in the Primary
examination.
Xo student will be allowed to present himself for his Final
examinations who has not certificates of having passed all his
primary examinations in this University.
Candidates who fail to pass in a subject of which practical
courses are required may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be
required to repeat ihe course, and furnish a certificate of at-
tendance thereon. A course in Practical Anatomy will be
accepted as equivalent to a third course of lectures in Gen-
eral and Descriptive Anatomy.
IX.
Fellowships, Medals and Prizes.
1. Fellowships. — The Faculty has begun to establish
Teachirg and Tesearch Fellowships in connection with the
vai'ious laboratories.
These fellowships arc of a value of five hundred dollars per
annum, are open only to gradiiates in Medicine, and are ten-
aiile for three years.
Two are now established in connection ^-ith the depart-
Diont of Pathology — a Governor's Fellowship endowed by one
or two of the Governors of the University, and a Faculty
Fellowship established by the Faculty. Other Fellowships will
be announced as they are established.
2. Medals. — The '' Holmes Gold Medal," founded by the
Medical Faculty in the vear 1805. as a memorial of the late
280
Andrew Holmes, Esq., M. D., L.L.D., late Dean of the Faculty
of Medicine. It is awarded to the student of the graduating-
clas!^ who receives the highest aggregate number of marks
in the different branches comprised in the Medical Curricu-
lum.
The student Avho gains the Holmes' Medal has the option
of exchangirg it for a Bronze Medal, and the mone}^ equiva-
knt of the Gold Medal.
"The Sutherland Gold Medal," founded in 1878 by the
late Mrs. Sutherland in memory of her late husband, Wil-
liam Sutherland, M.D., formerly Professor of Chemistry in
this Faculty. It is awarded for the best examination in Gen-
eral and Medical Chemistry, together with creditable exam-
ination in the Primary branches. The examination is held
at the end of ihe Third Year.
o. PiiizES. — The Final Prize. — A Prize in books (or a Mi-
croscope of equivalent value) awarded for the best examina-
tion, writtcTi and oral, in the Final branches. The Holmes'
medalist is not permitted to compete for this prize.
The Third Year Prize. — A Prize in books awarded for
tliP best examination, written and oral, in the branches of the
Ihird Year.
The Second Year Prize — A Prize in books for the best ex-
amination in all tlie In-anches of the Second Year in course.
The First Year Prize- — A Prize in books for the best ex-
amination in all the branches of the First Year in course.
The " Clemesha Priz« in Clinical Therapeutics," founded in
^S89 by John W. Clemesha, :\r.D., of Port Hope, Ont. It is
aAvarded to the student making the highest marks in a special
clinical examination.
X
Fees.
See pao-e 31.
XI.
Text Books.
Anatomy. — Gray, Morris, Quain (Eng. Ed.) Gervish and Cunningham.
Pr.actical Anatomy. — Cunningham's Practical Anatomy, Ellis
Demonstrations, Holden's Dissector and Landmarks
Physics. — Carhart and Chute: Medical Physics, Daniel; Ref. Medical
Electricity, Turner.
281
'NORGANic Chemistry. — Holleman, Richter 5th ed., Remsen.
Organic Chemistry. — Remsen.
Pharmacology and Therapeutics. — Butler, Hare and Wood,
Sollmann, Cushing-.
Phtsiology. — Foster and Shore's Physiology for Beginners, Mills'
Text-Book of Animal Physiology, Foster's Physiology, G. N.
Stewart's Physiology, Mills' Class Laboratory Exercises.
Pathology. — Zeigler, Coats', American Text-book of Pathology,
Stengel.
Practical Pathology. — Mallory and Wright, Delafield & Prudden,
Boyce.
Bacteriology — Muir & Ritchie, Abbott.
Histology'. — Klein's Elements, Schafer's Essentials of Histology,
Stohr, Szymonowicz.
HuRGERY. — Holmes, Moullin, Walsham, Erichsen, Treves, American
Text-Book of Furgery, Da Costa.
Practice of Medicine. — Osier, Tyson, Wood and Fitz.
Clinical Medicine. — Musser's Medical Diagnosis: Simon, Klemperer,
Rainy and Hutchison, Vierort's Medical Diagnosis.
Medical Jurisprudence.— Reese, Guy and Ferrier. Mann.
Mental Diseases. — Insanity and its Treatment, Blandford, 4th Ed.
Nervous and Mental Diseases. — Church and Paterson, 2nd ed.
Obstetrics. — Jewett, Hirst, American Text-Book and Evans' Pocket
Text-Bcok.
Diseases op Children. — Holt, Rotch, Smith and Starr.
Gynaecology — Hart and Barbour, Garrigues, Webster, Dudley on
Diseases of Women.
Hygiene.^ — Davies, Wilson, Rohe; Whitelegge, Harrington, Abbott's
Transmissible Diseases.
Biology, Botany. — Gray's Text-Book of Histology and Physiology;
Zoology, Shipley and MacBrides' Introduction to Zoology.*
Opthalmology. — De Schweinitz, Nettleship and Swanzy.
Otology.— Pritchard, Dalby.
Laryngology. — Watson Williams, Grumwald's Atlas of Diseases of
Larynx, Gradle.
Operative Surgery'. — Jacobson, Treves, Kocher.
Dermatology. — Malcolm Morris, Hyde, Crocker, Stellwagon.
Medical Dictionary. — Gould, Dunglison, Hoblyn.
XII.
Museums.
The Fac-ulty has during recent years devoted special attention
to the development of its museums in the several departments in
^\■hich objective teaching is of especial value in the education of
the student.
There are now four museums in the Medical Building: (1)
the Museum of Pathology, (3) the Anatomical ^Museum, (3) the
Museum of Public Health and Preventive Medicine, (4) the
Museum of Pharmacy.
* Eacb student will be required to pay $2.50 in order to cover the cost of a clase book,
dissecting instruments and other neeeasaries which are supplied to him ai.d become his
property.
282
Each collection is arranged and selected with the primary
object of making it a teaching museum. The several collections
are open to students and the puljlic between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.
Pathological Museum.
Prof. J. G. Adami, Director.
Maude E. Abbott, B.A., M.D., Assistant Cukator.
M. Jt'les Baillt, Osteologist and Articulator.
For the past fifty years the rich Pathological Material fur-
nished l)y the ^Montreal General Hospital has been collected
here. The Faculty is also greatly indelited to many medical
men throughout Canada and different parts of the world for
important contributions to the Museum.
During the past few years, numerous and extremely important
additions have been made to the Medical Museum.
It is particularly rich in specimens of Aneurisms. In addition
to containing a large number of the more common varieties of
these formations, there are specimens of such rare conditions
as Aneurism of the hepatic and superior mesenteric arteries,
traumatic aneurism of the vertebral together with several of
the cerebral and pulmonary arteries. The most important col-
lection probably in existence of hearts affected with " [Malignant
Endocarditis " is also found. The Faculty are indebted to
Prof. Osier, late of this University, for this collection.
The Museum contains also a very large collection of different
forms of calculi. The Faculty are mainly indebted to Prof.
Fenwick for this collection.
During the past ten years, M. Bailly, osteologist and articu-
lator (lately with Tramond of Paris), has been engaged in
arranging and mounting the very large number of specimens of
disease and injuries of bones which have been accumulating for
years. In this collection are to be found examples of fractures
and dislocations of the spine, osteoporosis, congenital dislocation
of the hip, fracture of the astragalus, multiple exostoses, etc..
etc.
The Pathological Museum has recently undergone complete
alteration. All the old fixtures have been removed, a new gal-
lery has been erected about both rooms, reached by a single
staircase in a small intermediate room in wliieh is placed the
medico-legal collection.
283
The first room on entering contains the extensive bone col-
lection and calculi. The second and larger room is reserved for
the moist preparations, which are arranged so as to be of easy
access for the student. Water color drawings made from the
fresh specimens are mounted on swinging frames, and also form
a frieze at the ceiling. These serve to recall the fugitive colors
of those preparations which become more or less altered on
keeping.
ISTumerous specimens have been contributed from the surgical
and medical wings of the EoA-al Victoria Hospital, and from
the different departments of the ^Montreal General Hospital.
Museum of Hygiene.
Director, Prof. T. A. Starkey.
This Museum has been established from the interest accruing
through the endowment of the Chair of Hygiene by Lord Strath-
cona and Mount Koyal in 1893.
In order to facilitate study and reference, the specimens in the
Museum have been all classified upon a decimal system under
the following sections : —
1. External Hygienic Conditions. — Air, Soil, Meteorology,
Climate.
2. Personal Hygienic. — Food and Diet, Bathing, Clothing,
Special Life Periods.
3. Analytical Hygiene. — Apparatus, etc., for Sanitary Analy-
sis.
4. Architectural Hygiene. — House Sites, Plans, Materials,
Construction, Ventilation, Heating and Lighting, Sanitary
Fittings.
5. Municipal Hygiene and Sanitary Engineering. — Water
Supply, Sewage, Drainage, Eefuse, Disposal, Street Hygiene,
Disposal of the Dead.
6. Collective Hygiene. — Hygiene of Occupation, Offensive
Trades, Accident Prevention, Hygiene of Schools, Prisons, Asy-
lums, etc.
7. Infectious Diseases. — Pathogenic Bacteria and Fungi, Ani-
mal Parasites, Public Diagnosis and Care of Infectious Diseases,
Quarantine, Disinfection, the Communicable Diseases of Ani-
mals.
7. Sanitary Administration.
9. Vital Statistics.
284
In addition to the regular Museum Exhibit, there is a col-
lection of over ],000 lantern slides illustrative of phases of
Hygiene. The slides have been so arranged as to be available
for demonstrations as hand specimens. These slides as well
as all the specimens in the Museum are card catalogued, and a
projecting lantern is available for their demonstration.
The following are some of the principal exhibits : — Set of
Knight's diagrams and models; working models illusfrating
house drainage, closets, etc., sewer air, movements of soil air;
Doulton's models, of drainage, damp proof construction, absorp-
tion of moisture in building materials, ventilation appliance,
combined heating and ventilation, automatic regulation of heat-
ing and ventilation; building materials; fire proofing; estima-
tion of carbonic acid and moisture in the air; meteorological
observation; water supply, water piping; water filtrations of
public and domestic supplies; pollution of water supplies;
ground water level; sewage and refuse disposal; food supply;
food adulteration; examination of milk supplies; disinfection,
disinfectants.
The following donations have been received during the
year :—
Johnson Electric Service Company of Buffalo — Model of
Automatic Heat Kegulator.
Ogilvie Brothers, Montreal — Apparatus for testing efliciency
of closets, traps, etc.
Frank- Jenner Fire-Proofing Company, Xew York — Specimens
of Lignolith.
J. W. Hughes, Montreal — Sample of defective plumbing.
Canadian Asbestos Company — Sample of covcriug for steam
pipes.
Anatomical Museum.
Director, Professor F. J. Shepherd.
M. JfLES Bailly, Osteologist axd Articulator.
This Museum occupies a large room on the same floor and
adjoining the Anatomy Lecture Eoom and Dissecting Eoom.
Smaller apartments in connection are used for private research,
which is encouraged in every way by the Faculty.
The Museum is well furnished and comfortalile, and students
have every opportunity of studying Human, Comparative and
Applied Anatomy.
285
This department has dnrinp- the past few years added a very
complete collection of plaster and papier mache models by
Steger, after the well-known works of His and Braune, com-
prising :
(a) A complete set of Steger's brain sections.
(h) Models of the cerebro-spinal and sympathetic nervous
systems.
(c) Professor Cunningham's well-known and beautiful casts
of the head showing the relation of the cerebral convolutions to
the skull and its sutures.
A large collection of human brains, made bv Professor Osier,
formerly of this University, exhibiting the various types and
extremes.
A large and rare collection of anomalies of the renal vessels
and ureter, and the aorta and its branches.
In Comparative Au atomy the student will find a fair amount
of material, the study of which will greatly aid hiui in tlie
elucidation of many points in Human Anatomy.
Some beautiful dissections of the semicircular canals of the
ears of fishes and also specimens showing the nervous system of
fishes. Made and presented to the ]\[useum liy Dr. Cresswell
Shearer.
Many skeletons mounted by Mons. Jules Bailly, Articulator
to the University, representing the various classes, orders, gen-
era and species of the animal kingdom may be consulted.
A large collection, showing the pectoral girdle in birds, has
been prepared under the supervision of the Professor of Ana-
tomy.
Moist and dry preparations of dissections, a large collection
of frozen cross sections of the human l)ody, showing the normal
relations of the viscera, etc., will be found convenient for study.
XIII.
Library.
Librarian :— Prof. F. G. Fixley.
Assistant Librarian; — Miss M. R. Charlton.
The Library of the JMedical Faculty now comprises upwards
of twenty-three thousand volumes, the largest special library
connected with a medical sdiool on this continent.
286
The valuable libraries of the late Professors Robert Palmer
Howard, George Ross, Richard L. MacDonnell, T. Johnston
Alloway and of Dr. Allen Ruttan have been donated to the
Medical Faculty.
The standard text-books and works of reference, together with
complete files of the leading periodicals, are on the shelves.
Students may consult any work of reference in the library be-
tween 9 a.m. and 6 p.m., and from 7 to 10 p.m. A large library
reading-room for the use of students is provided.
Extracts from the Library Regulations.
I. During the College Session the Library is open daily (ex-
cept Sundays and general public holidays) from 9 a.m. till
6 p.m., and from 7 to 10 every evening. During vacation from
9 a .m. to 5 p.m.
II. The stack room is not open to students or to the public.
III. The books in the T^ibrary are classed in two divisions:
1st, those which may be taken from the Library; 2nd, those
which may not, under any circumstances, l)e removed from the
Library. The latter class includes all catalogues, dictionaries
and encyclopedias.
IV. Students will be allowed to use regular text-books only
in the Library. Any other book may l)e taken out at 5.30 p.m.
to be returned the next day. If Ijooks so removed from the
Library are not returned punctuall}^ a fine will be imposed,
and if the delay be serious the student may be suspended from
use of the Library at the discretion of the Librarian.
V. Students may take out books, subject to the above regula-
tions, to the number of three volumes at one time.
A^L Books may be taken from the Library only after they
have been especially asked for and charged at the delivery desk ;
borrowers who cannot attend personally must sign and date an
order, giving the titles of the books desired and the name of the
person deputed to procure the same.
VII. Damage to or loss of books shall be made good to the
satisfaction of the Lil^rarian and of the Library Committee.
Writing or making any mark upon any book belonging to the
Library is unconditionally forbidden. Any persons found
guilty of wilfully damaging any book in any way shall be ex-
cluded from the Library, and shall be debarred from the use
thereof for such time as the Library Committee may determine.
287
VIII. Silence must be strictly observed in the Library.
IX. Infringement of any of the rules of the Library will
subject the offender to a fine or su:-pension of his privileges, or
to such other penalty as the nature of the case may require.
The number of volumes presented to the Library from
Xov. 1st, 1901, to Oct. 31st, 1902 1,823
Those added by purchase 150
Total additions to November, 1902 1,973
The attendance of readers 9,956
June 15th, 1901, has been 10,070
The attendance from June 2nd, 1897, to May 14th,
1898, was 6,350
The attendancec from June 1st, 1896, to June 1st,
1897, was 5,920
The attendance from June 1st, 1895, to June 1st,
1896, was 4,875
The number of books taken out for home use, jSTov. 1st,
1901, to Oct. 31st, 1932 3,710
The number of journals and pamphlets has been . . . . 351
This does not include the works consulted in the Library.
The Faculty has endeavored to make the Library as complete
as possible for research work. Complete files of almost all the
important periodicals are now on the shelves, including foreign
as well as English and American journals. A large number
of transactions of various societies have recently been acquired,
and also the Berlin and Paris theses.
Arrangements have been made whereby practitioners both in
the city and country can avail themselves of the lil)rary, the only
conditions being the payment of o\])r('ss charges and a guarantee
for the safe return of books borrowed.
XIV.
McGill Medical Society.
This Society, composed of enregistered students of the
Faculty, meets every alternate Saturday during the Autumn
and Winter Terms, for the reading of papers, case reports and
discussions on medical subjects. A prize competition has been
established in Senior and Junior subjects, the Senior being open
288
to all to write upon, while only the 1st, 2nd and ord year stu-
dents are allowed to compete in the Junior subjects. The papers
are examined by a board elected from the. Professoriate, and a
first and second prize in each division of subjects is ^warded to
the successful candidates.
Xames of competitors and titles of papers shall be sent to
the Cliairman of the Programme Committee before September
1st, aiid all papers shall l)e subject to the call of the Committee
on October 1st. All papers shall l^e handed in for examination
on or before January 10th.
The students' reading roam has been placed under the control
of this Society, in which the leading English and American
Medical Journals are on tile, as well as the leading daily and
weekly newspapers of the Dominion.
The annual meeting is held the first week of the Spring Term,
when the following officers are elected: Hon. President (elected
from the Factilty), President, Vice-President, Secretary, As-
sistant Secretary, Treasurer, Eeporter, Pathologist, and three
Councilmen (of whom two shall be elected from the Faculty) .
XV.
Hospitals.
Th'e City of ]\Iontreal is celebrated for the numl^er and
importance of its pttblic charities. Among these its public hos-
pitals are the most ^^ron^inent and widely known. Those in
which medical students of McGill University will receive clinical
instruction are: (1-) The Montreal General Hospital. (2) The
Eoyal Victoria Hospital. (3) Montreal ]\Iaternity Hospital.
The Montreal General Hospital has for many years been the
most extensive clinical field in Canada. The old buildings,
having proved inadequate to meet the increased demand for
hospital accommodation, have been increased by the addition
of two sttrgical pavilions, the Campbell Memorial, and the
Grecnshields Memorial, and of a new surgical theatre. The
interior of the older buildings now has been entirely recon-
structed on the most approved modern plans.
The Royal Victoria Hospital at the head of University Stre(?t,
which in structure and arrangements ranks among the finest
289
modern liospitals of either eontinent, was opened for the recep-
tion of patients the first of January, 1894, and affords excep-
tional opportunities for clinical instruction and practical train-
Montreal General Hospital.
This Hospital consists of a Surgical, a ^kdical and a Patlio-
logical Department.
The Surgical Department has two large pavilions, containing
four wards 135 feet long by 35 feet broad, with an intervening
and connecting building in which is a large operating theatre
of the most modern type, capable of seating over 350 students.
In connection with this are preparation, etherising, instru-
ment, stcriliising and surgeons' rooms, also smaller operating
rooms. The surgical pavilions accommodate over one hundred
patients.
The old part of the hospital, consisting o[' the Eeed, Rich-
ardson and ^forland wings, has been completely rebuilt and
remodelled, and forms the Medical Department. This part
cortain> four ward<. 100 feet by 40, and is arranged for 150
beds. In this l)uihlin.g there are wards for gynaecological
and opthalmological patients, and a number of private wards
and laboratories for Clinical C'hemistry. There is also a med-
ical amphitheatre capable of seafiuii- 150 students and a gynae-
cological operating room fitted up in the most modern nianner.
Ihe central part of the old building is for administration
purposes.
A -completely new and commodious out-door patient de-
j^artment has been provided on the ground floor of the R'ch-
ardson wing, and there is ample accommodation for the vari-
ous special departments as well as large rooms for general
m.edical and surgical patients.
The Pathological Department is a completely new building
in which are the post-mortem theatre and rooms for micro-
sc'pical and bacteriological work, and also a mortuary and
chapel. In this building students are offered everv oppor-
tuni.y of perfecting their knowledge of morbid anatomy and
pathological histology.
'I'he eld Fever Wards on the Lrounds of the Hospital have
been completely remodelled, and are now u^ed as a laurulry and
kitchen.
-V much hirger number of patients receive treat'Dcnt In the
^iontreal Gentral Ho?pital than in any other Canadian hos-
fO
200
pital. Last year's report shows ihat ov/r tlirco thousand
Medical and Surgical cases were treated in the wards, and the
great proporlioii of these were acute cases as may be gath-
ered from the fact that the average duration of residence was
only 24.02 days. There are upward of forty thousand con-
sidialions animally in the out-door department of this' Hos-
pital.
The Royal Victoria Hospital.
This Hosjiilal is situated a .-hort distance ahove the Uni-
versity Grounds on the side of the ^Mountain, and overlooks
the city. Jt was founiUd in ,)ul\-, 1<S,S7, by the munificence
of \jovd Mount Stephen and I;ord Stratheona. who gave oue
million dollars for this purpose.
The buildings, which were opened for the recej^tion of pa-
ticjits on the iirst of January, 1894, were designed by Mr.
Saxon Snell of London, England, to accommodate between
2.ji) and 300 patients.
The Hospital is composed of three main buildings connected
tegetlier by s-tone bridges; an Administration Block in the
c/iitie and <i wing on the. east side for medical patients, in
immediate connection with which is the Pathological wing
and mortuary, and a wing on the west side for surgical pa-
tients.
The /' dministra:ion block e( nlains ample accoMimodation
for the resident medical staff, the nursing staff and domes-
tics. The jiatients' entrance, the dispensary and admission
ronms are also sitmited in this building. To the north of the
Administrilion Mock has lieen erected a large out-patients'
dt'parfnu'nt, in M'liich are s])ecial departments for Minor Sur-
gery, Opfhalmobigy, T^aryngology, and Gynaecology. This
wing was opened for patients during the winter of 1899-1900.
The Medical wing contains three large wards, each 123 feet
long hy 26 feet (I inches wi(h', one ward 40 feet by 26 feet 6
inches, and 15 private and isolation wards averaging 16 feet
by 12 feet; also a medical theatre with a seating capacity for
250, and three rooms adjacent to it for clinical oheuiistry.
and other purposes. North of this wing and in direct con-
neclion with it are the Pathological laboratories and mortuary.
T]i 1his wing are situated the mortuary proper, the chapel,
a jiost morlem room capable of accommodating 200 students,
i nd laboratories for the microscopic and bacteriological study
291
ol; morbid tissues, some designed for the nse of students and
others for post graduation courses and special research.' Spe-
cial laboratories for Pathological Chemistry, Experimental
Pathology, Bacteriology and Photography are also provided.
The Surgical wing contains three large wards, each 123 feet
long by 2G feet 6 inches wide, four wards each 40 feet by 32
feet, and seven private and isohition wards, averaging 16 feet
by 12 feet ; also a surgical theatre with a seating capacity for
250, with six rooms adjacent for preparation of patients.
In this wing are also the wards for Gynaecology and Oph-
thalmology. There is also an Isolation Pavilion for infectious
diseases.
XVI.
CLINICAL INSTRUCTION.
During the Session of 1!MJ3-1901, three :\ledical, three Sur-
gical, two Gynaecological and two Opthalmological clinics Avill
be held weekly in both the ^Montreal General and Royal Vic-
toria Hospitals.
In addition, tutorial instruction will be given in these dif-
ferent dtparlment.s in the ward, oat-patient rooms and labor-
atories. Special weekly clinics will be given in the Montreal
General Hospital on Dermatology and Laryngology and in the
Royal Victoria Hospital on diseases of the Genito-Urinary sys-
tem. Laryngology and Xeurology.
Clixical Clkuks in the medical and surgical \\•arfl^ of both
Hospitals are appointed every three months, and each one during
his term of service conducts, under the immediate directions of
the Clinical Professors, the reporting of all cases in the ward
allotted to him. Students entering on and after October, 18i)3,
are required to show a certificate of having acted for six months
as clinical clerk in medicine and six months in surgery, and are
required to have reported at least ten cases in medicine and ten
in surgery. The instruction obtained as clinical clerk is found
to be of the greatest possible advantage to students, as a Hording
a true practical training for his future professional life.
Dressees are also appointed to the Out-door Departments.
For these appointments, application is to be made to the A>sis-
tant Surgeons, or to the resident surgeon in charge of the out-
patient department.
!
202
The largi' iiuinl.or of patients affected with diseases of the eye
and ear, now attending the special clinics at both hospitals nffor 1
ample opportunity to students to become famili.-ir with all the
ordinary affections of those organs, and to make thems'>lves ]n-o-
licient in the use of the ophthnlmoseope ; and it is hoped that
every student will ihus seek to gain a ])ractical knowledge^ of
this important hranch of Medicine and Surgery. Operations
<ire performed on the eye by the Ophlhalniic Surgeons after the
outdoor patients have been seen, and students are invited to
attend the same, and as far as praeticahle to keep such eases
under ohservation so long as they remain in the Hospital.
'Ihcic are also special departments in liotli il()S])itals for
Gynai'cology and Laryngology, directed l)y Special ist< in these
hranehes. Students are thus enahled to acquire special tech-
nical knowledge under skilled direction. The ])lan of teaching
practical gynaecology for the past five ytar> with nuirked suc-
cess has 1)eeu the limitation of the nuudjer of students attend-
ing each clinic to four.
The Clinics at the Montreal (ieneral Hospital in Dermatology
mid in lioth hos])itals in Laryngology are very large, and afford
a practical training in affections of the skin and throat rarely
ol)tained by medical students.
A special clinic for diseases of the Genito-rrinary Organs has
been ( stahlished at the lioyal Mctoria Hospital.
Infectious diseases and Insanity will also be taught clinically,
the former in the special wards for infectious diseases and the
latter at the A'erdun Hospital for the Insane.
XVII.
The Montreal Maternity.
The Facultv has great jdeasure in announcing' that the Cor-
poration of the AFontreal ^Maternity has in contemplation the
erection of a large new building fitted with the most modern
appliances. The r.cw hos])ital will be situated at the corner of
Prince Arthur and St. Urbain streets. Plans and specifica-
tions for it are now about complete. Students will therefore
have greatly increased facilities for obtaining a practical know-
ledge of obstetric^ and diseases of infancy. An improved
Tarnier-Budin ])ha)itoui is ]irovided for the use of the students,
and everv facilitv aliorded for acquiring a ]u-aetieal kn.owledge
293
of the various obstetric manipulations. The Institution is
under the direct supervision of the Professor of ^fidwifery, who
devotes much time and attention to individual instruction.
Students who have attended the cottrse in Obstetrics during the
winter and spring terms of the Third Year will be furnFshed
with eases in rotation, which they will be required to report
and attend till convalescence.
An outdoor service in connection with the ]\Iaternity has Ijeen
established, the resident physician and a nurse being sent out
to attend deserving cases in their own homes. Students who
have had six cases in the hos])ital are sent out with the resident
physician to such cases whenever it is possible.
^ Clinical Obstetrics has been placed upon the same liasis as
C'jinical Medicine and Surgery, and a iinal clinical examination
has been instituted. Every student must give in two complete
clinical reports of cases observed hy hinise'lf before presenting
himself for the final clinical examination. Marks ate given for
these reports in the Final examination for degree. Regular
courses of clinical lectures are given throughout the session,
special attention being paid to the important sul)ject of infant
feeding. The Walker-Gordon ]n-ocegs of modifying milk is ex-
plained and demonstrated. At the regular Saturday clinic the
work of the past week is reviewed, and an opportunity is given
for the examination of patients and the discussion of"points of
interest in diagnosis and treatment.
During the autumn and winter terms the r.ecturer and De-
monstrators of Obstetrics give a ])alpation course, clinical de-
monstrations in the wards and instruction in operative work on
the phantom. Students will find it very much to their advan-
tage to pay special attention to their clhiical work during the
spring term of the Third Year and the following summer.
One resident medical oflieer is ap]K)inted yearly to hold office
for a ])eriod of nine months, and one for a period of three
months.
Fee for twelve months, $]'3; payal)le at the i\raternitv Hos-
pital.
Hospital /Appointments.
The Eesident Medical and Surgical Stat! of the ^Montreal
General, the Eoyal A'ictoria and the i^faternity Hospitals, is
selected by examination from the members of the graduating
class of each year. There are from fifteen to iweuiy such up-
294
pointnients mado animally Avliieh arc to]ial)lc for from one to
three years, while a number of them carry a small sahiry with
them. The followino- students of the graduating class of 1902
received hospital ajipointments: —
EoYAL YicToitiA Hospital :
Siirgicdl ^'/V/r : Drs. J. D. Dixon and J. li. D. Mason,
Mediral l^ide: Drs. J. R. Bycrs and J. C. Vn\hy.
OpIillKihiiology: Dr. N. C. Jones.
Aiiucstlietisi: Dr. L. C. Harris.
Locum Tciicns: Drs. H. K. Stockwell and J. A. Mae-
Naugliton.
Montreal General Hospital :
Drs. W. A. Gardner, B. C. Paterson, J. W. Manches-
ter, J. A. E. Campbell, W. E. Dixon, W. E. McKee.
Locum Tenens: Drs. J. F. C. Foster, F. C. ^fason,
S. Evans.
Maternity Hospital:
Dr. C. W. Hopkins.
Locum Towns: Dr. Geo. ■Moffat.
^hc (Euiucrsitij 3i^ilimrvj.
C. H. Gould, B.A., L,ibrarian.
The various libraries of the University now contain about
97,000 volumes, and a large number of pamphlets.
In addition to the general works selected with a view to illus-
trating the several courses of University study, the Com-
mittee lias latterly been enabled through generous gifts to
acquire many sets of serials and monographs which are indis-
pensable for research, and to provide for the symmetrical
growth of the Library.
There are now on the shelves more than 250 complete fyles
of periodicals and transactions of various literary and
scientific societies, many of wliieh have been added during the
past year through the liberality of Sir W. C. MacDonald.
Among the special collections exclusive of departmental
libraries, mention should be made of the Bedpath Historical
Collection, formed l)y the late Mr. Peter Redpath some years
before his death. This is still being added to by Mrs. Peter
Kedpath, is now of great valuc, and affords umisual opportunities
for the study of English History. The most prominent part
of the collection — a series of political and religious tracts —
has been greatly enlarged by :\lrs. Ptedpath, and now comprises
about 9,000 brochures, dating from IGOO to the middle of the
last reign.
Abundant materials, bearing upon the History of Canada,
have been gathered together. Of these the nucleus is formed
by the entire library of the late Mr. Frederick Griffin, whose
choice books were, some years ago, bequeathed to the Uni-
versity. This branch of the library is being steadily augmented,
and includes interesting Canadian portraits and autographs.
The Medical Library, directly controlled by the Faculty of
Medicine, is the largest of the departmental libraries, and is
one of the most complete collections of its kind in the
Dominion.
296
Aiiiiut 2oO current perio(lic-al>. literary and scientific, are
subscribed for through the various departments of the Uni-
versity. Besides these, the library regularly receives Serials,
Tiausactions and Proceedings of Societies. The list of l)nth
})eriodicals and serials is being extended yearly.
The generosity of the family of the late Mr. Hugh ^[cLennan
has enabled the Library Committee to establish and operate
for the past two years a system of travelling liljraries. These
are .>ent on application, and the payment ot a nominal fee of
$3, to any point in Canada. The regulations and full parti-
culars may be obtained from tlie Librarian of the University.
Although the liljrary is maintained primarily for niendjers
of the University, the Corporation has provided for the admis-
sion, upon certain conditions, of such persons as may be
approved by the Library Committee. It is the desire of the
Committee to mate the lil)rary as ueful to the entire com-
munity a^i is consistent with jhe safety of the books and the
general interests of the University.
Extract from the Library Regulations.
1. During the College Session the Lilnary is open daily
(except Sundays and general public holidays), from !) a.m. till
5 p.m.; and the Heading Koom from 9 a.m. till G p.m.. and
also from T.oO till 10. 3U ]).m. On Saturdays, both Lilu'ary
ajid Beading lioom close at 5 p.m. During vacations, Ivoth
Library and Keailing Koom close at 5 p.m., and on Saturdays
at 1 p.m.
2. Students in the Facidty of Arts, of Law, and of Applied
Science are entitled to read in the Lil)rary, and may borrow
books (subject, to the regulations) to the number of three
volumes at one. time.
3. Students in the I-'aculty of ]\[edicine, who have paid the
Lilu'ary fee to the Bursar, may read in the Lil)rary, and on
depositing the sum of $5 with the Bursar, may borrow books
on the same conditions as students in other Faculties. They
are required to present their ^latriculation Tickets to the
JUirsar and to the Librarian.
4. Graduates in any of the Faculties, on making a deposit
of 'i^o, are entitled to the use of the Lil)rary, subject to the
same rules and conditions as students in Arts, Law, or Applied
Science.
29'
5. Books may be taken from the Library only after tliev
have l>een eliarged at the Delivery Desk; borrowers who can-
not attend personally must sign and date an order, oiyino- the
titles of the books desired. * ^
6. Books in the Reference Library must not be taken from
the Reading Room; and, after they have been used, they mu^t
be returned promptly by readers 'to their proper plac.^s upon
the shelves.
7. Before leaving the Library, readers must return the books
they have obtained to the attendant at the Delivery Desk.
8. All persons using books remain responsible for them so
long as the books are charged to them, and borrowers return-
ing books must see that their receipt is properly cancelled.
9. A\'ritino- or making any mark upon any book belongino- to
the Library is unconditionally forbidden. Anv person found
guilty of wilfully damaging any book in any way shall l)e
excluded h-om the Library; and shall be debarred from tlie
use thereof for such time as the Library Committee may
determine.
10. Damage to or loss of books, maps, or plates, and injury of
Library lixtures, must be made good to the satisfaction of the
Librarian and of the Library Committee.
Damage, loss or injury when the responsil)ilitv cannot be
traced will 1)e made good out of the caution money deposited
liy students with the Bursar.
IL Should any borrower fail to return a book upon the
date when its return is due, he may be notified by postal card
of his default, and be requested to return the book. If the
loan is not renewed, or the book returned, after a further delay
of at least three days, it may be sent for by special messeno-er
at the 1>orrower's expense. '^ '
xZ. Before the close of the session, students in their final
year must return uninjured, or replace to the satisfaction of
the Librarian, all books which they have borrowed.
13. Silence must be strictly observed in the Libraries.
14. Infringement of any of the rules of the Library will
subject the offender to a suspension of his privileges, or to such
other penalty as the nature of the case may require
298
McGill College Book Club.
Established, A.D. 1869.
Tills Cliil) is in the 35th year of its existence and has for its
two-fokl object to procure an early supply of new books
(novels excluded) for its members, and the increase of the
Library. By this means an. addition has already been made
to the Library of not less than 4,000 volumes in S2>ecial and
general literature.
Membership in the Club is open to all, at an annual sub-
scription of ten dollars.
Apart from the advantages to be directly derived from Jiiem-
bership, there is the special privilege accorded to members of
using the College Library on the same conditions as graduates,
without being required, however, to make a deposit when
books are borrowed.
The members of the Executive Committee are Dr. Johnson,
Rev. Dr. Murray, Mr. W. M. Ramsay, Mr. Henry Fry, Mr.
G. B. Cramp, and Mr. G. A. Farmer, to any of whom applica-
tion for membership may be addressed, or to Mr. E. II. Renouf,
Secretary, at the Club's Depository, 2238 St. Catherine Street.
W'tmXl Morraal Jclxool.
The McGill Normal School, in the city of Montreal, is
established chiefly for the purpose of training teachers for the
Protestant population, and for all religious denominations of
the Province of Quebec, other than the Eoman Catholic. The
studies in this school are carried on chiefly in English, but
French is also taught.
Government of the School.
The Corporation of ]\IcCTill University is associated with
the" Superintendent of Public Instruction in the direction of
the McGill Xormal School, under the regulations of the Pro-
testant Committee of the Council of Public Instruction, and
it is authorized to appoint a standing committee consisting of
five luembers, called the '"Xormal School Committee," which
shall liave the general supervision of the affairs of the Xormal
School. The following members of the Corporation of the
University constitute the committee of the Xormal School for
the Session of 1903-1904.
Noi-mal School Committee.
Prof. W. Pktersox, C.M.G., LL.D., Principal of the University,
Chairman.
Mr. Samuel Fixlet, Governor of McGill College.
Rev. James Barclay, M.A., D.D. ^
J. R. DouGALL. M.A. - , ,?:f/[9"? of .,
REV. E. I. REXFORD, M.A. j McGill Lniversity.
J. A. NiCHOLSOX, M.A., Secretary.
Officers of Instruction.
McGill Normal School.
Sampson Paul Robixs, M.A.. LL.D., D.C.L., Principal and Lecturer
on Art of Teaching.
300
AnxER W. Kneeland, M.A., B.C.L., Ordinary Profe-por of English
Language and Literature.
Madame goPHiE Cornu, Ordinary Professor cf Frencli.
Mu. Henry F. Armstrong, Professor of Drawing.
Miss Lilian B. Robins, B.A., Assistant to the Pi-incipal and In-
structor in Classics.
Mr. W. H. Smith, Instructor in Vocal Music.
Mr. John P. Stephen, Instructor in Elocution.
Miss Carrie M. Derick, M.A., Lecturer on Botany.
Prof. Nevil N. Evans, M.A.Sc, Lecturer on Chemistry.
Mr. .Iames Walker, Instructor in Penmansl-iip and Book-keeping.
Miss Louise Derick, Instructor in Kindergarten Methods.
Mr. E. W. Arthy, Lecturer in the Theory of Kindergarten and
Transition Work.
Miss Jessie Y. Chisholm, Instructor in Kindergarten History and
Principles.
Miss V. M. Holmstrom, Instructor in Cali.sthenics.
J. A. Williams, M.D., Lecturer on Physiology and Hygiene.
H. L. Barnes, D.Sc, Lecturer on Physics.
Mr. Carl Johansson, Director of Manual Training, McDonald
Endowment.
Mr. G. E. Emberley, Teacher of Manual Training.
Miss Josephine T. Dow, Instructor in Cooking.
Miss M. J. Connor, Instructor in Sewing.
Miss Matilda Carden, Principal's Secretary and Librarian.
Model Schools of the McGill Normal School
E. Montgomery Campbell, B.A., Head Master of Boys' School.
Miss Mary I. Peebles, Head Mistress of Giiis' School.
Miss Selina F. Sloan, Head Mistress of Primary School.
Announcement for the Session 1903-1904.
Thi-; Tn.^tittition is intended to dve a thoron,o-li training to
teachers, Ijy instruction and training in the Normal School
itself, and by practice in the ]\[odel Schools; and the arrange-
ments are of snch a character as to afford the greatest possible
facilities to students from all parts of the province. The
Protestant Central Board of Examiners for the Province of
Quebec grants diplomas only to teachers-in-training of this
Institution and to graduates of British or Canadian Univer-
sities.
301
The {orty-eighth !?es^ion of this School will commence on
the second of September, 1903, and close on the twenty-seventh
of May, 1901. The students are graded as follows: —
1. — Elementary Class. — Studymg for the Elementary
Diploma.
2. — Advanced Elementarij Class. — Studying for the Advanced
Elementary Diploma.
3. — Kindergarten Class. — Studying for ihe Kindergarten
Diploma.
4. — Model School Class. — Studying for the ^Model School
Diploma.
5. — Class in Pedar/ogij. — Preparing for the Academy
Diploma.
Detailed information respecting the cour.-es of the four
grades first enumerated above may be obtained on application
to the Principal of the School, at 32 Belmont St., Montreal.
Academy Diplomas to Graduates.
All holders of model school diplomas that have been granted
bv the McGill Xormal School or that shall hereafter be granted
hy the Central Board of Examiners shall be entitled to receive
Academy diplonuis on graduating in Arts at some Canadian or
other British university, provided that they pass in Mathemat-
ics, Latin, Greek and Erench at the degree examinations, or,
failing this in any subject or subjects of this group, pass in such
subject or subjects examinations that are certified by the uni-
versities to give to the graduate concerned a standing not lower
than that of second class at the end of the Second Year. But
graduates who siibstitute German for Greek, on fulfilling all
other conditions, may receive modified Academy diplomas,
which will not authorize the holders to liecome principals of
Academies.
All graduates in Arts of C*anadian or other British univer-
sities who have passed in Mathenuitics, Latin, Grtck and Erench
as above defined and have taken a course and have passed sat-
isfactory examinations in Education and Practical Teaching
under the control of the Universities or of the McGill Normal
School as approved by the Protestant Committee of the Coun-
cil of Public Instruction, shall be entitled to receive Academy
diplonuis. The Central Board of Examiners shall determine
who have passed satisfactory examinations in Education and in
302
Fractii-nl Teaching in view of the results, which, including ex-
amination (juestions and answers, shall be remitted to the
Board by the university examiners, and in view of the recom-
mendalions of the professors of education. The Central Board
of Examiners is empowered to set one-half of the questions in
Education, and to prescribe the tests of ability to teach and to
govern which must lie followed in such examinations.
To nu'ct tlu' requirements of graduates and undergraduates
in Arts, who, not having previously taken a Normal School
course, desire to receive Academy diplomas, and until the Uni-
versities themselves undertake the work, provision has been
made for the delivery of a course of lectures on pedagogy in
the Normal School and for practice in teaching in the
McGill Model School for lil'ty half days, open to graduates in
Arts of any British or Canadian university, to undergraduates
of the Third Year, and with the permission of the Faculty and
the concurrence of the Principal of the Normal School, to those
of the Fourth Year. The hours assigned for these lectures
are from 3 to 4 p.m. on each Tuesday and Friday on which lec-
tures are given in the Faculty of xVrts. An examination on
this course of lectures is held annually on the 20th day of May,
or on the school day next succeeding that date; the hours are
from 10 a.m. to 13 noon.
Undergraduates will be permitted to teach the fifty half
dojs referred to al)ove, during the months of December and
Miiy of the Third and Fourth Years of their college course.
Graduates will be permitted to teach in the Model Schools at
such times as may be agreed on with the Principal. Tho-:
who teach in the j\rodel Schools are expected to prepare all
lessons and discharge all duties assigned them with faithful-
ness. Failure to teach or to govern in the Model Schools, as
indicated by the percentage of marks taken, no less than fail-
ure to pass the examination on the course of lectures, en-
dangers the Academy diploma.
Each person desiring to take this course of study in the
Normal School must make application for permision to enter
to the Secretary of the Central Board of Examiners, on the
authorized form, remitting to him at the same time all neces-
sary certificates of standing and character, and a fee of $4.00.
While in attendance on this course each person is subject to
the regidations of the said school, and is under the super-
vision iind control of its Principal.
303
Exemption from Matriculation Examinations in McGill
University.
Holders of Model School diplomas of the McGill Normal
School who are certified l)y the Principal of the Normal School
to have taken To per cent, c-f the total marks at their final ex-
aminations, with not less than 60 per cent, of the marks in
Mathematics, French, Lr.tin and Greek respectively, will he
admitted without further examination to the First Year in Arts
of JMcGill rniversityrbnt all such students must make good
their standing at the Christmas examinations of the TJntver-
sity.
"SXuiucrsity l^i'amitxations,
SESSION 1901-1902.
Faculty of Law.
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.C.L.
(In order of merit.)
Wainwright, A., B.A.
Aslle, T. F.
Cotton, C. M., B.A.
Gariepy, W., B.A.
Duff, A. H., B.A.
Brown, E. N., B.A.
Couper, W. M.
Aylmer, H. U. P.
Ogden, C. G., aegrotat.
ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF D.C.L. (IX COURSE).
William John White. M.A., B.C.L.
Faculty of Arts-
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A.
IN HONOURS.
(In Alphabetical Order.)
First h'nnk. — Dixon, Jennie D
MuNN, W. Clement.
Nolan, Annie W.
Second Rank. — Adams, Chauncey A.
BicKERDiKE, May C.
Clogg, Vivian E.
Irving, Elizabeth.
MuNN, Emma M.
Warriner, J. Eva.
ordinary B.A.
(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed
to^-ether.)
Class /.— Crowell, Sam. G.
Harris, Spencer.
Plant, Verner L.
Jack, Milton.
( Reid. Allan S.
I Err die, Hugh H.
305
Class II. — Pruyn, Wm. G.
Blagrave, Robt. C.
Smitli, Miriam.
McDonald, John A.
Carson, Hermon A.
Irving. Geo.
Cole. G. Edwards.
Walker, John J.
Class ///.— Crothers, Harold R.
Day, Daisy.
Greenleese, ISIary S.
(In Alphabetical Order.)
Boulter, Jas. Hy.
Broun, Albert Victor.
Mount, Hector P.
Scott, Wm. Jas.
White, D. Roderick.
Acfirotat. — Hitchcock, Caroline L.
STUDENT IX ARTS REGISTERED IN THE MEDICAL FACULTY WHO
OBTAINED THE DEGREE OF B.A., IN JUNE, 1902, ON COM-
PLETING HIS MEDICAL TEAR.
Murphy, Herbert H.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ADMITTED " AD EUNDEM GRADUM."
Mcintosh, Douglas.
BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A. IN COURSE.
Rexford, Elson I.
Munn, D. Walter.
Rorke, Helen.
Woodley, Edward C.
Millar, Wm. Kinloch.
BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M.SC. IN COURSE.
LeRoy, Osmund E.
Reid, Lena McK.
Mcintosh, Douglas.
PASSED thp: intermediate examination.
(1). — FOR COURSE LEADING TO B.A.
(In order of inerit. Students of equal standing are bracketed
together.)
Class I. — Rose, Herbert J.
Archibald, John G.
Sheldon, Ernest W.
( Lomer, Theodore A.
[Simpson, Edith P.
306
Class //.—Hart, E. Muriel.
Mackenzie, Catherine I.
Hindley, J. George.
McKenzie, Angus D. M.
Lathe, Frank E.
Shanks, George.
Dickson, Ada D.
Brown, William Gordon.
Griffin, Grace L.
Gurd, Eraser B.
McGougan, Edward.
McCallum, Orrick B.
Rubinowitz, Israel F.
Wickware, Francis G.
Campbell, D. Grant.
McDonald, Geo. C.
Mingle, Geo. W.
Papineau, Talbot M.
Class III. ( Freeze, Helen L.
McCally, M. Kathleen.
Henry, A. O. Edna.
MacLeod, Annie L.
Marshall, Wm. W.
Draper, Madolin A.
Gardner, Helen Ivy Jj.
Chandler, Arthur B.
Wilson, Alice M.
Robertson, Ethel C.
Stewart, Lillian J.
Craig, Bessie.
MacMillan, Henry Hind.
Bell, Ruth.
Bouchard, Myra McL. (s).
*Findlay, Delmer C. (s).
Logan, David C. (s).
McDi.irmid, James S. (s).
MacFarlane, Charles M. (s).
Molson, Walter, (s).
Faculty of Applied Science-
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE.
(In order of merit.)
CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Heaman, John Andrew, London. Ont.
Shaw, Herbert Harold, Brackley Point, P.E.I.
Bigger, Howell. Ottawa, Ont.
Borden, Henry Percy, Kentville, N.S.
Caineron, Kenneth McKenzie, London, Ont.
* f<tnnsfra(] Wcslci/nii College
(s) Wifli siipphniriital in otic siihjcct (arraiu/rd nlphaheticaUy).
307
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
gcott, Harry Evart, Napanee, Ont.
Dunfield, John Collier Withers, St. John's. Newfoundland.
Frankhn, Emerson Loran (B.A.), "Wolfville, N.S.
Maxwell, Marshall Andrew, St. Stephen, N.B.
Hicks, Thomas Norman, Perth, Ont.
Smith, James Macdonald, Petitcodiac, N.B.
Jackson, Philip T., Toronto, Ont.
Murphy, "William Edward. Shelburne, N.S.
Boyd, Hugh Harkness, Montreal, Que.
Higman, Ormond, Ottawa, Ont.
Forman, Andrew Shearer, Montreal.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Sterns, Frank Ernest, Morrell, P.E.I.
Smith, Gerald Meredith, St. Johns, Que.
Fry, David Merner, Bright. Ont.
Newton, Samuel Robert, Drummondville, Que.
Addie, Thomas Heriot, Sherbrooke, Que.
Baird, Alexander, Sherbrooke, Que.
MINING ENGINEERING.
Corless, Charles Vandyke, New Durham, Ont.
DePencier, Henry Percy, Vancouver, B.C.
Campbell, Cliarles McKinnon, Winnipeg, Man.
McBride, Wilbert George, Inglewood, Ont.
Coulson, John Leys, Toronto, Ont.
Burchell, George Bartlett, New Campbellton, N.S.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Labatt, John Sackville, London, Ont.
ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE.
(In Course.)
Burson, Herbert Arthur, B.Sc, St. Catharines, Ont.
Clement, Sheldon Byrne, B.Sc, Kingsville, Ont.
Edwards, William Muir, B.Sc, Montreal.
ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE.
(In Course.)
Adams, Frank Dawson, B.A.Sc, M.A.,Sc., Ph.D., Montreal.
Dawson, William Bell. B.A., M.A., Ma.E., Ottawa.
Faculty of Medicine.
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF MEDICINE AND
MASTER OF SURGERY.
(In alphabetical order.)
Ames, C. A., Field, B.C.
Anthony, T. B., Berwick, N.S.
Baillie, S. A., B.A., Troy, N.Y.
:]0S
Blair, H. G. F., Ashton, Ont.
Brennan, F. A., St. Albans. Vt., U.S.A.
Byeis, J. R., Ganancxiue, Ont.
Campbell, A., Souris \V., P.E.I.
Camplell, J. ,A. E., P. A., Westinount, Que.
Cantlie, F. P. L., Montreal. Que.
Cartel-, AV. LeM., B.A., Queb'ec City, Que.
Christie, F. J., Martintown, Ont.
Codrington, R. F., Montreal, Que.
Colby, J. C, B.A., Stanstead. Que.
Coleman, C. E., Chatham, N.B.
Cox, R. B., Collinsville, Conn., U.S.A.
Crozier, J. A., Ashburn, Ont.
Cullen, W. H., Montreal, Que.
Curren, L. M., Springfield, N.B.
Currie, W. D., B.A., Halifax, N.S.
Dixon, J. D., B.A., Montreal, Que.
Dixon, W. E., B.A., Montreal, Que.
Dorion, W. A., Montreal, Que.
Eastman, E. B., Portsmouth, N. H., U.S.A.
Evans, S., Ottawa, Ont.
Featherston, H. C, Hamilton, Ont.
Folkins, H. G., Millstream, N.B.
Forster, J. F. C, Dorchester, N.B.
Gardiner, R. J., Smith's Falls, Ont.
Gardner, W. A., B.A., Huntingdon, Que.
Green, F. W., Pictou, N.S.
Halfiday, J. LeR., Sawyerville, Que.
Harris. L. C, Moncton, N.B.
Hart, F. W., B.A., Sackville, N.B.
Harvie, S. K., B.A., Newport, N.S.
Henry, C. M., Pahner, S.D., U.S.A.
Hollingsworth, J. E., Ottawa, Ont.
Hopkins, C. W., Aroostook Junction, N-B.
Hyatt. E. A., B.Sc, Dickinson Centte, N.Y., U.S.A.
Irwin, F., Shelbourne, N.S.
Johnson, J. A., B.A., Lachine, Que.
Johnson, G. R., B.A., Annapolis, N.S.
Jones, N. C, B.A., Gananoque, Ont.
Leney, J. M., B.A., Montreal, Que.
L,idstone. A. E., Aylmer, Que.
Lomas, A. J.. Montreal, Que.
MacCarthy, F. H., Ottawa, Ont.
Macdonald, A. A., B.A., St. Andrews, P.E.I.
MacKinnon, G. E. L., Alexandria, Ont.
Maclaren, A. H., B.A., Huntingdon, Que.
MacNaughton, J. A., Salisbury, N. B.
McGibbon, D., Arkona. Ont.
McGibbon, S., Arkona, Ont.
McGrath, R. H., Dorchester, N.B.
McKee, W. E., Coaticooke, Que.
McKenzie, J. B., B.A., Campbellton, N.B.
McNeill, J. F., Kensington, P.E.I.
Manchester, J. W., St. John, N.B.
Martin, H. E., Chatham, Ont.
Mason, E. G., Westmount, Que.
Mason, F. C, Flattsburg, N.Y.
301)
Mason, J. LeD., B.A., Montre.il, Que
May, J.. W., OUau-a, Ont.
Menzies, J. B., New Bedford. Mass., U S ^
Moffatt, Geo., Inkerman, Ont.
Morrison, J. F., Copleston, Ont
Morse, W. R., B.A., l^aurencetown V S
Mothersill, G. S., Ottawa, Ont.
Palmer, G. H., Dorchester, N B
Paterson, R. C, B.A., Montr-al, Que
Peters, O. R., Gagetown, N.B.
Pickard, L. N., Charlottetown, P E I
Pratt, C. M., St. John, N.B.
Ritchie, C. F. P., B.A., Monti eal. Que
Roberts. A. B., Lanark. Ont.
Ship, M. L., B.A., Monti eal, Que
Smith, T. W., Hawkesbury. Ont.
Stockwell, H. K., Danville, Que.
Tolmie, J. A., Moose Creek, Ont.
Tracy, E. A., B.A., Lancaster, N.H U S ^
VanWart, R. McL., B.A., Fredericton X b' '
Walker, H., Jr., B.A., New York, N.Y U S \
Williams, R. G., Meaford, Ont.
Faculty of Comparative Medicine and Veterinary
Science.
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF D.V.S.
(/// atjtlialt<fir(,l order.)
Blair, W. Reid
Douglas, Alexander R.
Hadwen, Seymour.
Harrington, A. D.
Kennedy, G. A.
Manchester. W.
Spear. W. H.
Symes. J. W.
;§cholav5hip5 and githilntious.
SESSION 1902-1903.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
I. Third Year Scholarships. (Tenable for two years).
Xamks of Scholars.
Sheldon, lOrnest W.
McCally, M. Kaihleeii. ..
SimpfOii K.iitli V. . . . .
Latlie, Frank E
Rose, Hf rlnrt .T
McKeiizie, An|4us D. M
Subject op
Examination.
Matlieinatics.
.Mntheinatic3.
Jlathematics.
Nat. Scicnte.
Classic. land Mod,
Langiiagts.
Eoouoraics and
Pol. Soil net'.
Annual
\' ai.uk.
.■i; 1 25.0'.
81.50
81 .5'!
12 '..00
I I2'>.00
1..5.00
Founder ou Donoij.
>ir \V, ('. ^lacdonald.
Sr W. n. Jlacdoiiakl and IMolsnn
Fund.
Sir W. ('. Ma.-<1,,iiald and Molson
F.md.
Sir \V. C. Macdonald.
Mackenzie Scliolarsliii)
Exhibitions. (Tenable tor one vear).
NaMI'.S of EXHIBlTIOJJlil.S.
McDiarmid, James S
McGougan, Edward.
sub.tect op
Examination.
Nat. Science
Nat. Science
^Annual
V\\I.UE.
;iro 00
UO.'O
FouNDKR OU Donor
Second Year Exhibitions. (Tenable for one vear).
N,4^MES OF Exhibition Kiis.
Annual,
Valuk.
Founder or Dunor
Fraser, Georg-e A.,. . . .
Idler, .-■. Mary,
Macmillan, GrBorge E.
$125.00 j George Hagne, Esq.
125.00 j Sir W. C. Macdonald.
75.00 I Mrs. Redpatli.
Bursaries.— Second Year.
Curtis, Walter E.
Wales, Osgood H
$62.50
(i2.50
Sir W. C. .Maedonald.
Sir W. r. Macdonnld.
311
III. First Year Exhibitions- (Tenable for one year).
Names of Kxhibitloners.
Annual
VaIiUK.
Founder.
C.-irr, Wm. L.,
$12r3.0u
100.00
125.00
100.00
i2rj.oo
125.00
Freedman, Ahraham,
McLeod, Alex. R.,
Naylor, R. Keniietli,
Sir W.
C.
Macdoiiald.
Eorke, Mabele L
Ryan, Estlier L. . . .
Sir W
C.
Macdoiiald.
Bursary.— First Year.
GriSin, Constance M | iglOO.OO | ..
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
Exhibitions and Prizes.
STUDENTS ENTERING THE FOURTH TEAR.
Foreman, Alvah E.,
Hall, Oliver.
British Association Exliilbition.
British Association Prize.
STUDENTS ENTERING THE THIRD YEAR.
Lawrence, William D.,
Cole, George H.
Chaplin, Charles J.,
Dutcher, Howard K.,
First Mathematical Prize.
Second
Third
Third
STUDENTS ENTERING THE SECOND YEAR.
Fyshe, Thomas M.,
Boyle, Robert TV.,
Blanchet, Guv H.,
Scott Exhibition.
First Scott Prize.
Second Scott Prize.
PRIZES FOR SUMMER THESES.
/() the EhTtriral Kiuiincrnnii Colour: Greenshields Prize, divided
equally between R. T. Conklin and A. E. Foreman, Fourth Year,
]ii the Mivhiutnul Eiu/niccriiifi Course: The Crosby Steam Gauge &
Valve Company's Prize, to F. A. McKay, Fourth Year.
Ill the Min'uKj EiKj'uiecrinij Coitr.-ie: The Drummond Prize, divided
equally between R. A. Chambers, Third Year, and O. Hall,
Fourth Year.
Students of the Huitiersitiv
SESSION 1902-1903.
McGILL COLLEGE.
Faculty of Law.
FIRST YEAR.
Coulin, James E., Montreal.
Duffy, Fabian J.. Montreal.
Greenshields, Charles G., Montreal.
Harris, Spencer D., Ottawa, Ont.
Mathieu, Alexandre P., Montreal.
McMorran, Thomas S., Ottawa, Ont.
Morin, Louis S. R.. St. Hyacinthe. Q.
Wallace, Richard P., Coaticook, Q.
SECOND YEAR.
Brodle, Hugh H.. Westmount, Q.
Brosseau, Bernard L., Montreal.
Chipman, Warwick F., Montreal.
Cotton, Wm. Ulric, B.A., Sweetsburg, Q.
DeWitt, Jacob, B.A., Montreal.
Dickson, Nerval, Allans Corners, Q.
Drouin, Joseph, Montreal.
Ker, Thomas R., Montreal.
Lafond, Elsee, La bale du Febvre, Q.
McDougall, Malcolm E., Mattawa, Ont.
Mackie, Henry A., Cookshire, Q.
Ogilvle, William Prescott. Montreal.
Phelan, M. A., Monti-eal.
Pope, Charles Alex., Quebec, Q.
Stephens, L. DeK.. Montreal.
Vineberg, Abraham Halmer, Montreal.
TVadleigh, Wilfred William, Kingsay, Q.
Williams, Henry Stevens, B.A., Knowlton, Q.
THIRD YEAR.
Angus, David James. Montreal.
Bergeron. Patrick John, Beauharnois, Q.
Blaylock, Harry W., Danville. Q.
Casgrain, Alex. Chase, Montreal.
Gosselin, Louis, Notre Dame de Stanbridge. Q.
Madore. Louis. Montreal.
MacKinnon, Cecil Gordon, Sherbrooke, Q.
Orr, Henry Stanley, Cookshire. Q.
Rankin. Arthur G. Ernest. Montreal.
Rugg. Frederick S.. Stanstead. Q.
Tansey, Thomas M.. Montreal.
Theberge. Albert. St. Jerome. Q.
Vipond. Herbert. Montreal.
Weinfield, Henry, (B.A.), Montreal.
The Smithv.
The Foundry,
313
Faculty of Arts.
FIRST YEAR.
UNDERGRADU VTES.
(McVill CoIIujr.)
Barclay, MacG., Abingdon School, ilontieal.
Carr, Wni. L., Huntingdon Academy, Trout River, Q.
Cousins, Geo. V., Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q.
Drew, John M., Lachute Academy, Beech Ridge, Q.
Fisher, Simeon W., Dundas High School, West Flamboio, Ont.
Freedman, Abraham, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Garvin, Arthur C, Stanstead Wesleyan College, Odelltown, Q.
Gibb, Robertson W., Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q.
*Hendry, And. W., Liverpool Academy, Liverpool, X.S.
Henry, Robt. A. C, Westmount Academy, Montreal.
Housser, Geo. E., Portage La Prairie Collegiate, Portage La Prairie,
Man.
Hutchinson, Jas. .1., Congregational College, Montreal, Craigsholme.
Ont.
*Kirsch, Simon, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Lewis. David S., Montreal High School. Montreal.
Lyman, C. Sydney, Montieal High School. Montreal.
McCann, Walter E., M. Dioc. Theol. College, Aylwin, Q.
McLeod, Alex R., Prince of Wales' Coll., P.E.I. . Uigg, P.E.I.
Marcuse, Otto, Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q.
Martin, Lewis G., St. John's School, Montreal, Montreal.
Mundie, Gordon S., Westmoinit Academy, Westmount, Q.
Naylor, R. Kenneth, Shawville High School, Shawville, Q.
Newman, Harry,' Montreal High School, Montreal.
Pease, E. Raymond, Montreal High School, Montieal.
Rogers, David B., M. Dioc. Theol. College, Watford, Cnt.
Ross, Allan, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Scott, C. Hope, Abingdon School, Montreal, Montreal.
Shearer, Jas. R., Ottawa Collegiate, Sherbrooke, Q.
Silcox, Albert B., Montreal High School, Winnipeg, Man.
Stafford, F. Montague, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Sutherland, O. W^. D., Upper Canada College, Montreal.
Vineberg, Solomon, Sherbrooke Academy, Sherbjooke, Q.
Waugh, Oliver S., Montreal High School, Montreal.
h'lji/iil Virturui < 'i)ll<(/i'.
Blakemore, Clarisse M., McGill Normal School, :Montreal.
Clark, Birdena M.. Harbord St. Coll. Inst., Toronto, Montreal.
Douglas, A. Lilian, Ottawa Coll. Inst., Ottawa.
Frasei-, Mabel G. S., Girls' High School. Quebec. Quebec. P.Q.
Gillmor, Blanche C, Ti-afalgar Institute, Montreal.
Griffin, Constance, Alma Coll., Toronto.
Holway, Ruth, Decorah High School, Decorah, Iowa, U.S.
Massy, Muriel A., Oilman School, Cambridge, Mass., Summerside.
P.E.I. V
Rorke, Mabele L., St. Thomas Coll. Inst.. Montreal.
Ryan, Esther L. M., Montreal Girls' High School, Montreal.
Tully, May G., Victoria High School, B.C.. Dawson City. Yukon Terr.
* Double Course.
314
CONDITIONED STUDENTS.
( McGiU College.)
("hurchill, Lewis P., Lockeport Academy, Lockeport, N.S.
Crocker, Stanley, Collegiate Inst., St. Thomas, Ont.
Gale, Wm. Hy., Ormstown Academy, Ormstown, Q.
*Healy, Jas. J., Smith's Falls High School, Smith's Falls, Ont.
Kiely, Philip O., Goderich Coll. Inst., Goderich, Ont.
*McC'allum, Jno. S., Smith's Falls High School, Smith's Fails, Ont.
Patrick, Frank A., Montreal High School, Montreal.
Payne, Chester H., Ottawa Collegiate Inst., Ottawa, Ont.
Shaw, Herbert T., Montreal High School, Montreal.
Stackhouse, Russell T., Lachute Academy, Lachute, Q.
Thomson, Jos. O., Montreal High School, Montreal.
Vassie, Wm., Ridley College, St. John, N.B.
{Royal ^ ictaria ('oJlffir.)
CarteT-, Helen M., Trafalgar Inst. & Royal Victoria Coll., Montreal.
Engelke, Minnie E., Montreal High School, Montreal.
Mdwatt, E. L. Rae, Montreal Girls' High School, Montreal.
Taylor. Eli?. I.. Wells Coll., Rochester, N.Y., U.S.
Tighe, M. Winnifred, Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q.
Trench, Nora O., Richmond High School, Va., U.S., Montreal.
P.ARTI.\L STI'DENTS.
(llcdiU College.)
Allison, Wm. S., St. John, N.B.
Archibald, B. P., Westmount, Q.
Armstrong, Geo. D., Ottawa, Ont.
Barrett, Chas. W., Newcastle, Ont.
Bates, Fred. W., Wolford Centre, Ont.
(2) Cordner, Jos., Derryall, Ireland.
Haskell, L., St. J., Montreal.
Howe, Jno. P., Pembroke, Ont.
Hrnnah, Rich. M., Copper Cliff, Ont.
Johnston, David E., Coleraine, Ont.
Kennedy, H. F., Chatham, Ont.
McCrimmon, Jno. R., Vankleek Hill, Ont.
Mackay, Robt.
Mather, Wm. A., Rat Portage, Ont.
Maver, Alex. M., Montreal.
(2) Morgan, W. Burton, Haitland, N.B.
Peterson, Wm. Gordon, Montreal.
Phillips, Thos. N., Rat Portage, Ont.
Richards, Wm. A., Pembroke, Ont.
Robb, Fred G., Montreal.
(Uoyul ]'ict(iria College.)
Baker, Marjorie H., Montreal.
Bell, Muriel G., Montreal.
Bell, Sarah L., Montreal.
Blakemore, Jessie M.. Montreal.
(2) Braidwood, H., Montreal.
(2) Brodie, Mary R., Smith's Falls. Ont.
* Double Course.
The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4) prefixed to a name, indicates that the
student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
315
Brotherhood. E. M., Montreal.
Brown, E. M., Montreal.
Bulmer, Gertrude, Montreal.
(4) Cox, Rachael E., Montreal.
Chapman, G. O., Amherst, X.S.
Cross, Margt, Montreal.
Draper, E. Kath., Montreal.
Durant, Marion, Montreal.
Eaton, Mary J., Montreal.
Edgar, L. M., Montreal.
Emmans, H., Montreal.
Fitzgibtaon, O., Montreal.
Fogarty, Amy, Montreal.
Fogarty, Lena M., Montreal. *
Forbes, M. H., Montreal.
Fortier, Aimee, Montreal.
Gibb, M. Helen, Montreal.
(2) Gilmoui-, Mary E., Waterloo, Q.
Gnaedlnger, Ruby A., Montreal.
Harris, Mary E., Moncton, X.B.
Hewat, H. Beatrice, Montreal.
Hodge, L. Ethel, Montreal.
Lachance, Maud M., Montreal.
Learmonth, F. Win., Montreal.
(2) Lomer, Elfreda, Montreal.
(2) Lomer, Katharine, Montreal.
Lyster, Alice G., Montreal.
McNally, Gertrude, Montreal.
Macfarlane, E. J., Montreal.
Mackay, Cairine. Montreal.
(2) Mitchell, Florence E., Sherbrooke, Q.
Mole, Harriet J., Montreal.
Robb, E. Vera, Amheist, N.S.
Robertson, Marjorie B., Montreal.
Smith, Mabel C, Montreal.
(2) Smith, Jennie C, Morrisburg, Ont.
(4) Taylor, Agnes D., Edinburgh, Scotland.
Vipond, Constance, Montreal.
Williams, Ethel S., Montreal.
Williamson, P. I., Montreal.
Williamson, H. J., Montreal.
Young, Hazel E., Montreal.
SECOND YEAR.
UNDERGR.\DCATES.
(Med ill Collrfje.)
Adams, Claude A., Huntingdon Acad., Franklin Centre, Q.
Blanchard, Charles H. S., Upper Canada Coll., Toronto, Winnipeg,
Man.
Cameron, A. 'W., Montreal High School. Montreal.
Chodat, Henri, Normal School, Switzerland, Pointe-aux-Trembles, Q.
Cotton, Thos. F., Montreal High School, Cowansville, Que.
Cousineau, Victor M., Ontario Public Schools and M. Dioc. T. Coll.,
Spragge, Ont.
Crane, Chas. W., Toronto University, Montreal.
Cross, C. Ernest, St. Francis Coll. Gram. School, Melbourne, Q.
The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
316
*Curtis, Walter E., Prince of Wales Coll., P.E.I., Milton, P.E.I.
Gushing-, R. Macaulay, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Dawson, Ernest E., Lachute Acad., Stonefield, Q.
Dey, W. Fred., Simcoe High School, Simcoe, t)nt.
Edwards, Lyford P., Cential High School, Grand RajJids, Grand
Rapids, Mich., U.S.A.
Peatherston, J., University Coll., Toronto. Ont.
Piaser, Geo. A., Montreal High SL'hool, Montreal.
Graham, Jno. H., Manitoba Coll., Winnipeg, Man.
Greenshields, C. G., Bishop's Coll. Sc/hool, Lennoxville, Montreal.
Halpenny. T. A. Sydenham High School, Bssiv Brook, Ont.
Howitt, Hy., Montreal High School, Guelph, Ont.
Hyde, G. Gordon, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Jenkins, Jos., Montreal High School, Montreal.
King, Louis V., Montreal High School, Montreal.
*Locke, Ernest E., Westmount Academy, Westmount, Q.
McCuaig, Douglas R., Crichton School," Montreal.
McFee, M. C. C, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Macmillan, G. E.. Prince of Wales Coll., New Haven, P.E.I.
McMurtry, R. O., Montreal High School, Montreal.
Macnab, Norman, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Manley, R. W., M. Dioc. Theol. Coll., Buckingham, Q.
JVicholson, Jno. C, Owen Sound, Lucknow, Ont.
Ower, Jno. Jas., Smith's Falls High School, Smith's Falls, Ont.
Perry, K. M., Regina High School, Regina, Assa.
*Rabinovitch, M., Montreal High School, Montreal.
Robinson, F. G., Bishop's Coll. School, Lenn'le, St. John, N.B.
Robinson, W. W., Bishop's Coll. School, Lenn'le, Granby, Q.
Rcss, Daniel, Montreal High School, Montreal.
Roy, Philias R., Feller Inst., Grande Ligne, Q., Sabrevois, Q.
Stewart, Thomas S., Crichton School, Montreal.
Stewart, Willie, Crichton School, Montreal.
*Tannenbaum, D., High School, Montreal.
Tupper, Chas. S., Upper Canada School, Private Tuition, Winnipe,g
Man.
Wales, Osgood H., Danville Acad., Robinson. Q.
*(Sc.) Wri-ht, Robt. P.
(.h'oi/dl I irtoria Collcfir.)
Bowman, Nora F. G., Glencoe High School, Ont., Moiiti-eal.
Featherstonhaugh, M. R., M. G. High School, Monti-eal.
Eraser, Amy, M. G. High School, Montreal.
Gillean, A. Muriel, M. G. High School, Montreal.
Healy, Rose E., Smith's Falls High School. Smith's Falls, Ont.
Hepbuin, Floia E.. ]\T. C. High School, Lachine, Q.
Hill, Julia M., St. Stephen's High School, St. Stephen, N.B.
Hitchcock, Mary A., Stanstead Wesl. Coll.. Compton, Q.
Idler, S. Mary, M. G. High School, Montreal.
Lyman, Ruth D., Trafalgar Institute, Montreal.
McCoy, Isabel, Montreal Giils' High School, Montreal.
Michaels, R. F., M. G. High School, Montreal.
Moule, Frances S., Westmount Acad., Westmount, Q.
Munn, Laura A., M. G. High School, Montreal.
Pearson, Mary F., Edgehill. Windsor, N.S., Emscote. Halifax, N.S.
(Sc.) Sharp, "P". Evelyn, London University Coll.. London, Southfield,
Jamaica, W.I.
Smith, Ella L., Grammar School, St. John. St. John, N.B.
Smith, May, M. G. High School, Montreal.
Taber, IMarion M. D., Stanstead Wesleyan Coll., South Granl.y. Q.
Vineberg, Malca, M. G. High School, Montreal.
'■■ Duiihlt' Course.
317
PARTIAL STUDENTS.
(Med ill College.)
Bourgoin, Samuel, Pointe-aux-Trembles. Q.
Foote, Jas., Varna, Out.
Gurd, Walter.
(3) Halpenny, Wes., Tucker, Mont:eal.
Joliat, Henri, Montreal.
Lancaster, Chas. F., Bethany, C.
Mackenzie, Jno. D., Inverness, Q.
Mackay, Jas., St. Davids, Ont.
Mathieson, Peter, Forester's Falls, Cnt.
Molson, Herbert W., Montreal.
Montgomery, Isaac, Pleasant Valley, ( nt.
Ormiston, Albert, Columbus, Cnt.
Robinson, Jas. C. Nobleton, Ont.
Raymond, Wm. O.
Stewart, Jno. A.
(Rotjdl VUt (trill CollcfK'-)
Armstrong-, Beati ice, ISL, Montreal.
Kinks, Isabel B., Montreal.
(4) Boulter, O., Montreal.
Demole, A. M., Montreal.
Jackson, E. M., Montreal.
Kerr, Vera O., Montreal.
Knox, M. Gertude, Montreal.
Lewis, Edith B., Westmount, Q.
(3) (4) Logan, Winnifred, Montreal.
(3) Murray, Bessie C, Monti eal.
Murray, Grace P., Montreal.
Prendergast, F. M., Montreal.
Schoenthal, Y. E., Westmount, Q.
THIRD YEAR.
ITNDERGRADl'ATES.
Olcdill Collnje.)
Archibald, John G., -...ontreal.
Brown, Wm. G., Montreal.
Campbell, D. Grant, Montreal.
Chandler, Arthur B., Montreal.
*Dickenson, John D., Hazel Hill, X..'-^.
*Fripp, Geo. D., Ottawa, Ont.
=-=Gray, Edwin H., Montreal West. Q.
='=Gur"d, Eraser B.. Montreal.
*Harvie, Robt.. Westmount, Q.
Hindley, J. Geo., Guelph, Ont.
Lathe, Frank E.. Lacolle, Q.
Logan, David C, Montreal.
*Lomer, Theodoie A., Montreal.
MacFarlane, Charles McK., Aubi ey. Q.
*McDiaimid. J. S., Ingersoll, Ont.
* Double Courxe.
The fio;ure (I), (2). (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found .
318
McDonald, George C, Monti'eal.
McGougan, Ed., Glencoe, Ont.
McKenzie, Angus D. M.. Hartsville, P E I
Marshall, Wm. W.. Montreal.
Mingie, Geo. AV., Point St. Charles, Q.
Molson, Walter, Montreal.
Papineau, Talbot M., Montreal.
Rose, Herbert J., Ottawa.
Rubinowitz, I., Vancouver, B.C.
Shanks, George, Howick, Q.
Sheldon, Ernest W.. Westmnunt, Q.
Stewart, J. Ure., Goderich, Ont.
Walker, H. Earle, Westmount, Q.
*Wickware, Francis G., Easton's Corners, Ont.
(h'oj/dl Victorid Collrge.)
Bell, Ruth, Westmount, Q.
Bouchard, Myra McL., Montreal.
Craig, Bessie, Montreal.
Dickson, Ada, Pembroke, Ont.
Draper, Mandolin A., Montreal.
Ellison, Ada A., Cowansville. Q.
Freeze, Helen L., St. John West. N.B.
Gardner, H. Ivy L., Montreal.
Griffin, Grace L., Toronto.
Hadrill, Margaret F., Montreal.
Hart, E. Muriel, St. Lambert. Q.
Henry, A. E. Edna, Tamworth, Ont.
Kimber, Victoria C. Montreal.
McCally, M. K., St. Thomas, Ont.
MacKenzie. Catherine I., Montreal.
MacLeod, Annie L., Glace Bay, C.B.
Robertson, Ethel C, Westmount, Q.
Simpson, Edith P., Montreal.
Stewart, Lillian J.. Ottawa.
Wilson, Alice M., Montreal.
PARTIAL STUDEXTS.
OlcdiU CoJUfi,.)
Dunlop, Alan C, Montreal.
(4) McLeod, N. V., Granby, Q.
May, Wm. H., Forester's Falls, Ont.
Ross, ^Valter G., Upter Grove, Ont.
(Roijal ]i(toritt CoJIif/r.)
Armstrong, H. Evelyn, Montreal.
Baird, I. Lena, Andover, N.B.
(4) Molson, E., Montreal.
(4) Murray, Greta, Montreal.
Newman, J. G.. Montreal.
Patrick, Agnes B., Montreal.
Reekie, I. G., Montreal.
Scrimger, E. Muriel, Montreal.
(4) Stanway, H. Winifred, Jiontieal.
* Double Course.
The figure (1), (3), (3> or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
319
Spencer, Lilian E., Montreal.
Stewart, G. Grace, Belleville, Ont.
Sutherland, Alice D., Montreal.
(4) Walker, Gladys, Toronto, Ont.
FOURTH YEAR.
ITNDERGRADUATES.
(McGill College.)
Ascah, R. G., Peninsula, Gaspe, Q.
Bovey, F. H. Wilfrid, Montreal.
Cameron, Dakers, Montreal.
Couture, Gui. C, Montreal.
Davidson, Macfarlane B., Ottawa.
Dutaud, Gustave, St. Blaise, Q.
Fee, James E.. Farnham. Q.
*Harris, Alan Dale, Ottawa.
Holman, Wm. L., Summerside, P.E.I.
Johnson, Walter S., Montreal.
Lockhart, A. R. B., Stanstead, Q.
Lomer, Gerhard R., Montreal.
MacKay, Eric B., Montreal.
McMorran, T. S., Ottawa.
Parkins, Edgar R., Montreal.
Seaman, Jno. C, Otter Lake, Q.
Simister, Warren, Montreal.
Troop, G.Wm.'H., Montreal.
(IiOi/dl I iitarid Collefje.)
Belyea. Marion E., St. John, N.B.
East, Edith M., Maisonneuve, Q.
(Sc.) Gass, Helen. Montreal West, Q.
Griffin, A. Gertrude. West Xewton, Mass.. U.S.A.
Lundie, Helen, Montreal.
Lunny, Rosemary. Smith's Falls, Ont.
McLeod, Euphemia L., Montreal.
Parkin, Maude E., Toronto.
Wales, Grace Julia, Robinson, Q.
Wisdom, Katherine F., St. John. N.B.
PARTIAL STUDENTS.
(JleGill CoUrije.)
Tippett, E. H., Montreal.
(Royal Viciorin ColJefir.)
Blackader, E. M., Montreal.
Fyshe, Anna, Montreal.
Gates, Fanny C, Baltimore, Ind., U.S.
Hickson, B., Monti eal.
Robinson, F. P., Bristol, England.
White, Ada W., Montreal.
* Double Course.
The figure (l'), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a^ name, indicates that
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
320
GRAnilATES.
Clogg-, Vivian E., B.A., Montreal
Cameron, Susan E., M.A., St. John. N.B.
PA^i^',^*"'. ^- ^^- ^-A- Huntingdon, Q.
Mitchell, Sydney, B.A., Montieal
Nolan. A. Winifred. B.A., Montreal
Pearson, Katie C. B.A., Montreal.
Shaw, s. Louise, U.A., Montreal.
Faculty of Medicine.
FIRST YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Allen, Hanson, C.B., Cape Tormentine N ■^-
Balrd, Walter S., Brucefield, Ont
Bayley, Alexander H., Bridgetown, Barbados, P W I
Budyk, James S., Montreal.
Burke, George H., Og-densburg, N.Y., U.S A
Chandler, Arthur B., Montreal.
Christie. Hugh H., Martintown, Ont
Clarke Frederick C, Coverley Plantation, Barbados. B.W.I.
( ole, William H., Westmount. O.
Crowe, Henry S., Central Onslow, N.S
-<'urtis, Walter E., Milton, P.E.I.
Dearborn, Henry F., Lawrence, Mass U S 4
Des Isles, Charles J. R., Montreal.
Donnelly. James H., Iroquois, Ont.
Elliott, Milton H., Prescott, Ont.
Field. Burton R., Port Elgin, N.B.
Flagg, Robert P., Ottawa, Ont.
Eraser, David R., Montague Rridfe, P.E.I.
Eraser, Thomas B., Liverpool, N.S.
*Fripp, George D., Montreal.
Gillies, George E., Teeswater. Ont.
Gourlay, Henry B., Ph.B., jMontreal.
*Gray. Edwin H., Montreal West, Q.
Green, Thomas B.. B.A., Virden, Man.
Groves, Osier M., Carp, Ont.
Gunn, Alexander R., Lancaster, Cut.
^'Gurd, Eraser B., Montreal.
*Healy, James J., Smith's Falls. Cnt.
Henderson, Smith, Ottawa, ( nt.
*Hendry, Andrew W., Liverpool, N.S.
Hillinan, Oliver S., Hamilton. Ont.
Hils, Herman, B.L., Woonsocket. R.I.. U.S.A.
Hollbrook. Robert E., Boissevain, Man.
Holden, Charles P., St. John, N.B.
Hewlett, George P., Ottawa, Ont.
Hunter, Archibald W.. Durham. Ont.
Hunter, Thomas V., Floienceville. N.B.
Huycke. Austin H., Warkworth. Ont.
Johnson, Brougham F., Midland, N.B.
Keddy, Owen B., Milton, N.S.
Kelly, Arthur E., Meaford, Ont.
Kennedy. William, Bradalbane. P.E.I.
Kerfoot, Herbert W., Smith's Falls, Ont.
Kinloch, Charles A., Martintown, Ont.
*Kirsc'.:, Simon, Montreal.
Lahey, John J., Southboro. INIass., U.S.A.
Lewis, Henry R., Hillsborough, N.B.
* Ddidilr (Wjiirsc.
321
Lindsay, Edwin A., Banff, Alta
*Locke, Ernest E., Westmount, Q.
*L,omer, Theodore A., Montreal
Lyon, George R. D., Ottawa, Ont
MacArthur, Reginald S., Summerside, P.E I
MacDonald. Purdy A.. Alma N B
^r''^^','^"^^'*?"' -"Alexander. North Lancaster, Ont
*McCallum, John S., Smith's Falls Ont
McCormick, Alexander S., ■V\^estn-rount Q
*McDiarmid, James S., Ingersoll, Ont '
McDonald, John Is'., Shelburne N S
McGarvey, Owen, Ottawa, Ont.
McLeod, John :si.. Quincv. I\Iass U S A
McMillan, John A., Finch, Ont
McNaughton, George K., Black River, X B
McPhee, Judson T., Courtenay, B.C
Mabee, Oliver R., Ph.B., Vittoria, Ont
Mair, William L.. Clinton, Ont.
Malcolm. Donald C, St. John, IV.B
Michaud, Napoleon, Campbellton, N B
Monahan, Richard J., aiontreal
Muir, David H., Jr., Truro, N.S-'
'Muir, Walter L., Truro, N.S.
Munroe, Alex. R., "Woodstock, Ont
Munroe, Frederick D., Moose Creek, Ont
Parsons, William H., Harbour Grace Nfld
Patterson. William J., B.A., Moncton N B
Payne, Gerard A. L., Georgetown, British Guiana
Peat, Gilbert B., Andover, N.B.
*Rabinovitch, Max, Montreal.
Ralph, Albert J., Montreal.
flitchie, Charles A., B.A., Winnipeg-, :\Ian
Rodrigues, Emanuel T., St. Kitts, W I
Rothwell. Oswald E., B.A., Reaina, N.W T
Ryan, Edward J., St. John, N.B.
Scott, Walter H., Edmonton, N.'S;\''.T.
Shaw, Robert McL.. B.A., Penobsquis, N.B.
Sheahan, John J., Haley's Station, Ont.
Sims, Herbert L., Ottawa, Ont.
Smith, Arthur B., Montreal.
Stewart, Robert L., Pembroke, Ont.
Strachan, Ernest D., Montreal.
*Tannenbaum, David, Montreal.
Thom.son, George D., Montreal.
Tilley, Alexander R., Ottawa, Ont.
Walker, Jno. J., B.A., Ormstown, Q.
Wallace, Carl T., Eureka, Cat. U.S.A.
Weldon, Richard C, Jr., Halifax, N.S.
White, John H., Ottawa, Ont.
T\niliams, Cyril S., Tyne Valley, P.E.I.
Waison, Arthur A., Perth. Ont.
^Yolff, Edward K., Montreal.
*Wright, Robert P.. ?Jontjeal.
CONDITIONED STUDENTS.
Bonness, Elmond J.. St. Stephen. N.B.
Gabie, William G., Kazubazua, Q.
Gross, Charles J., Montreal.
Hammond, James F., Ironside, Q.
McArthur, Clarence O.. Summeiside. P.E.I
Shipley. Charles E.. East Amherst, N.S.
Turnbull, James W., Springhill, Ont.
Double Course.
11 . 2.'^-
322
PARTIAL, STUDENTS.
Kelsea, "William H., Lansdowne, N.S.
Ross, Colin E., Westmount, Q.
Ship, Abraham P., Montreal.
Sparks, John J., St. John's Nfld.
SECOND YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Alguire, Alexander R., Cornwall, Ont.
Auld, John W., Vancouver, B.C.
Bonelli, Vincent, Jr., B.A., Vicksburg, Miss., U.S.A.
Bromley, John E., Pembroke, Ont.
Brown, Fred. F., Cornwall, Ont.
Brown, Gordon T., Danville, Q.
Burgess, Harry C, Sheffield Mills, N.S.
Cameron, Allan B., Lancaster, Ont.
Chisholm, Hugh A., B.A., Linwood, N.S.
Connor, Edward L., "Waterloo, Ont. ,
Costello, Joseph W. W., B.A., Montreal.
Covernton, Charles F., Montreal.
Gumming, Alison, B.A., Scotsburn, N.S.
Dalton, James T., St. John, N.B.
Dougan, Benjamin H., St. John, N.B.
Dowler, "William H., Billings Bridge, Ont.
Dudderidge, Charles R., B.A., Winnipeg, Man.
Duggan, Richard G., Hamilton, Ont.
Dykes, J. Watson, Nanaimo, B.C.
Ewart, David, Billings' Bridge, Ont.
Fairie, James A., Montreal.
Finigan, Joseph F., Oshawa, Ont.
Garcelon, William S., B.A., Lewiston, Maine, U.S.A.
Gaudet, Elzear A., B.A., Moncton, N.B. ^
Gill, Frederic D., St. John's. Newfoundland.
Greene, Henry B., Lyndhurst, N.S.
Grimmer, Ray D., St. Andrews, N.B.
Hanington, Darrell P., Victoria, B.C.
Hanington, John W. B., Victoria, B.C.
Heagerty, John J., Montreal.
Henderson, Ernest H., B.A., Huntingdon, Q.
Henry, Edward G., B.A., Lennoxville, Q.
Hewett, Thomas J., Montreal.
Hume, Gordon M., Leeds Village, Q.
Joughins, James L., Los Angeles, Cal.
King, James L., Barbados, B.W.I.
King, Shenton S., Albert, N.B.
Leslie, Howard A., Souris, P.E.I.
Likely, David S., B.A., St. John, N.B.
Loggie, William S., Chathain, N.B.
MacDermot, John H., Kingston, Jamaica.
MacDonald, John P., Ste. Agathe des Monts, Q.
MacKay, Malcolm E., Cape Breton, N.S.
MacLean, John D., Culloden, P.E.I.
McDonald, John A., B.A., Valleyfleld, Q.
McDonald, John C, Peake's Station, P.E.I.
McDougald, Wilfred L., Cornwall, Ont.
Mcintosh, Gustavus J., Dalkeith, Ont.
McMeekin, Robert J., M.D., Plattsville, Ont.
McMicking, Antony E. T., Victoria, B.C.
McMurtry, Shirley O., B.A., Montreal.
McMurtry, Walter C. Port Hope, Ont.
McNaughton, William B., St. Raphael, Ont.
323
Margolese, Oscar, Montreal.
Mason, James H., Lachute Mills, Q
Mercer, Thomas C, Chilliwack, B.C.
Mersereau, Harris C, Doaktown N B
Miller, Allan P., Chatham, Ont.
Mohr, Frederick W.C, Arnprior, Ont.
Moffatt, Charles F., Montreal.
Morrison, John C, Nanaimo, B.C
Muckleston, Harold S., M.A., Perth, Ont
Mulligan, James W., Omemee, Ont'
Munro, John A., Pugwash, M.S
Nelles, Thomas R., Simcoe, Ont.
Petersky, Samuel, Vancouver, B.C
Prendergast, Archer P., B.A., Montreal
Pruyn, William G., Xapanee, Ont
Raftery, Charles R., Montreal.
Richards, Ernest T. F., St. Vincent B W I
Robertson, Alexander R., Victoria, 'bc
Robertson, Beverley W., St. Jdhn, N.B
Rommel, Ernest, Alma, N.B.
Ryan, Florance McD., B.A., Newburgh, Ont
Sawyer, Alpha R., Roslindale, Mass., USA
Scott, William J., B.A., Montreal
Scrimger, Francis A. C, B.A., Montreal
Sinclair, Ernest E., Summerside P E I '
Soady, John H., B.A., Toronto, Ont
Somerville, Harry A., Waterville, Q
Styles, William A. L., Montreal.
Sullivan, James A., Arnprior, Ont
Sweeney, John L., B.A., Dover, N H USA
Tees, Frederick J., B.A., Montreal
Tierney, James E., Niagara Falls, N.Y. USA,
Tull, Jolhn A. C, Antigua, B.W.I '^•^•a.
Turnbull, Ernest G., Branchton, 'ont
Valin, Romuald E., Ottawa, Ont.
Viner, Norman, B.A., Montreal. '
Waterman, Chester, Ogdensburg, NY USA
Wilkinson, William M., Woodstock Ont ' '
Wood, Gilbert O., Kenmore, Ont '
Wotherspoon, Hugh C, Montreal
Young, Charles A., Ottawa, Ont.'
PARTIAL STUDENT.
Cunningham, Frederick J., Montreal.
THIRD YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Ainley, Lawrence T., B.A., Almonte, Ont
Ainley, William E., B.A., St. George, Bermuda.
Alford, John H., Ottawa, Ont.
Anton, Duncan L. S., Montreal.
Arnold, Duncan R., B.A., St. John N B
Atidnson Hubert S., Hanrts Haribour, Newfoundland.
Bentley, Joton S., B.A., Truro, NS
Black, John C, Oxford, Ont.
Boire, William E., Manchester, N H USA
Bonin, Raoul P., Montreal.
Charman, Frank D., Wallace. N.S
Chipman, William W., Ottawa, Ont.
Coffin, John W.. Mt. Stewart. P.E.I.
Cook, William J., Coboconk. Ont.
324
<;rack, Isaac E., B.A., King-sbiiry, Q.
Crosby, Percy C, Marshfield, P.E.I.
(I^rowell, Eo\\man C, J*. A., Yarmouth. N.S.
Davidson, Harry, D. J., Sherbrooke, Q.
Dillon, William P., Iroquois, Ont.
Doug-las. Edsar, B.A., Halifax, N.S.
Dunn, John F., Elgin, Ont.
Eaton, Charles E., Stanbridge East, Q.
Ernandez, Joseph A., Spanish Town, Jamaica. P.. W.I.
Faulkner, James A.. B.A., Stirling, Ont.
Fisiher, Ernest M., Blue Bonnets, Q.
Folkins, Clarence G., Millstream, N.B.
Ford, Henry S., Vancouver, B.C.
Fraser, Samuel, Leeds, Q.
Fyisihe, Jaimes C, A.B.
Gibson, Gordon M.. Huntingdon. Q.
Gibson, Richard. Nanaimo, B.C.
Gillis. John E., Darlington, P.E.I.
Gilroy, Jaines R., Springhill, N.S.
Gormely, Joseph C, Finch, Ont.
Graham, Richard W., Sawyerville. Q.
Grant, Nelson P.. Woodstock. N.B.
Greenwood, William T., St. Catharines, Ont.
Harrison. Laurie L., B.A., Maceau, N.S.
Hogan, Frederick J.. Tignish. P.E.I.
Hotchkiss, Ernest A., Collinsville, Conn., U.S.A.
Howitt, Henry O., Guelph, Ont.
Inksetter, Frank S.. Dundas, Ont.
Johnson, John G. W., B.A., Montreal.
Judson. Arthur H.. Lynn, Ont.
Kerr, Harry H., Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Keys. James M., Hultaert, Ont.
Lauchland, Lyman C, B.A., Cshawa, Ont.
Lincoln, William A., Stanstead, O.
Lippiatt, Havelock T., Abbotsford, Q.
Losier, Arthur J., Tracadie, N.B.
MacKenzie, Angus B., Springfield, P.E.I.
#MacKid. Ludwig- S., Calgary. Alta.
Mcintosh, Lome DeC, Dundela, Ont.
McKenty, Esau R., Bath, Ont.
I\;cKenzie, Robert P.. Plainfleld, Ont.
j\IcLachlan. Donald C, Lochaber Bay, Q.
McLeod, William A., Finch, Ont.
Markson. Simpson M.. Glen Robertson, Ont.
Martin, John C, Whitechurch, Ont.
Meakins, John C, Hamilton, Ont.
Miller, Clarence, Stellarton, N.S.
Miller, Verum L., Bear River. N.S.
Murphy. Herbert H., B.A., Antrim, Ont.
Nagle, Sarsfield M.. Almonte, Ont.
Nutter, John A., B.A., Montreal.
Pavey. Charles A., London, Ont.
Preston, Charles E.. Ottawa, Ont.
Price, Joseph. Campbellton, N.B.
Quain. Bernard P.. Brushton, N.Y.
Rankin, Allan C, Montreal.
I^veford, Lewis L., B.A., Montreal.
Richardson, Charles A., East Jefferson. Me., U.S.A.
Richardson, Cheslie A. C, B.A., Sydney, C.B.
Rilance. Charles D., Moiitreal.
Robinson, John L., St. Mary's, Ont.
Rogers, James T., B.A., Montreal.
Sellery, Albert C, Kincardine, Ont.
:'-hillington, Richard N. W., Ottawa, Ont.
; ims, Haig A., Montreal.
325
Smith, William A.. B.A., Almonte, Ont.
Stewart, John A., NorboroufJh, P.E.I.
W^arwick, Wm., St. John, N.B.
"White, Percival G., Woodstock. Cnt.
"V^ngle, Charles A., Wiarton, Ont.
Willmore, James G., Montreal.
Wilson, Omar M.. Smith's Falls, Ont.
Wilson, Thomas R., B.A., Carp, Ont.
^^^incler, John B., Compton, Q. ^ ,, . ,.. ,, t- « a
Winfrev. William C, B.L., Sault Ste. Mane, Mich., L.S.A.
Wood, Harrv G., Farihault, J^finn., U.S.A.
Wood, William H., Montreal.
Wright, George A., Stony Creek. I\.B
Yorston, Frederic P., M.A., Montreal.
CONDITIONED STUDENT.
Briggs, John A., New Westminster, B.C.
PARTI.M. STUDENT.
Bullock, Curtis C. A., Roxton Paut, Vt., U.S.A.
FOURTH YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Allan, Robert, Montreal.
Allum, Arthur W., Renfrew, Ont
Anderson, Charles W., B.A Halifax. ^.S.
Andrews, John J.. St. Lambert, Q.
Bailey, George W., Fiedericton L.B.
Bishop, George A., Km'^"™'^^^*-
Bishop, Leslie C, Mableton, P.Q.
Bllkeman, Fred. W., Strattord, Ont.
Blair, Alexander K... Chicoutimi, Q.
Boulter. James H., B.A., Picton, Ont.
Boyd, Oliver, Russell, Ont.
Boyd, Robert :SL. Belleville, Ont
Brooks John E., B.A., Eastport, Maine. U.S.A.
Burns Arthur s!, B.A., Newton Highlands, -Mass.. L .S.A.
Campbell, Walter G., Brantford, Ont.
Carnochan, William L. C, Montreal.
Chamberlain, Harry B., Perth. Gnt.
Chandler, Ernest C, Montreal. , ^ j, ■,
Chaplin, Herbert L. S., St. John's, Newfoundland.
Church Harrv C, Chelsea, Q. „ •,, j
8owpertl^-aite. Hugh H., St. John's, Newfoundland.
Cram, William J., Carleton Place, Ont. _
Croft Laurance V., B.A., MiddleviUe Ont.
Gumming, William G., B.A.. Montreal.
Dickson, Archibald J.. B.A., Goderich, Ont.
Dickson, William H.. Pembroke, Ont.^
Donnelly. William H., Ogdensburg, N.Y., L.b..\.
Douglas, Frederick C, Montreal.
Dowson, Charles K., Montreal.
Doyle, Francis H.. Natick, Mass., U.S.A.
Ebbett, Percy L. B., Gagetown, N.B.
Elder, Robert, B.A.. Trout River, Q.
Ells, Robert H.. B.A.. Ottawa, Ont.
Eno-li^h John M., New Westminister, B.C.
Ferguson, William H., St. Thomas, Ont.
Forbes, Robert D., Stratford, Ont.
Fortin, Claude E. T., B.A., Winnipeg, Man.
326
Freeze, Edwin, Penobsquis, X.B.
Frost, Anson C, Montreal.
Gale, Withal! P., Quebec, Q.
Gilmour, Clifford R., Brockville, Ont.
Gow, Robert J., Pevey, Ont.
Hansen, Niels C, M.A., Portland, Maine, U.S.A.
Hardisty, Richard H. M., B.A.. Westmount, Q.
Horsfall, Frank I^., R.A.. Montreal.
Hynes, William T., Darnley, P.E.I.
Igoe, Owen A., Tarrytown, N.Y., U.S.A.
Kenny, Richard W., Ottawa, Ont.
King, Robert, B.A., Sackville, N.B.
Kissane, John W., Chateauguay, N.Y.
Lamb, Warwick V., St. Andrews, X.B.
Laurie, Ernest, B.A., Montreal.
Lundie, John A., B.A., Montreal.
Lyman, Warren S., Ph.B., Knoxville, Tenn., U.S.A.
Lynch, Arthur L., Ottawa, Ont.
Macdonald, Ronald St. J., Bailey's Brook, N.S.
Mackenzie, William A., Wood Islands, P.E.I.
Mackinnon, Ivan W., Charlottetown, P.E.I.
McCulloch, Joseph M., Durham, Ont.
McDiarmid, Colin A., Kemptville, Ont.
McDonald, Stephen H., B.A., St. John, N.B.
McDonald. Paul Alex., Dundee Centre, Q.
MoEachern, Isaac W. T., Rockland, Ont.
MoEwen, John R., B.A., Dewittville, Q.
McGrath, Francis C, Norway, P.E.I.
McGuigan,, James D., Kelly's Cross, P.E.I.
McKechnie. David TV'., Dundas, Ont.
Mcintosh, H. H., Montreal. Q.
Mcintosh, James A., Vankleek Hill, Ont.
McLaren, Daniel D., Felton, Ont.
McLaughlin, Edmund M., Winona, Minn., U.S.A.
McPherson, Thos., B.A., Stratford. Ont.
Maby, William J., Cohoes, N.Y., U.S.A.
Magee, Charles P., North Gower, Ont.
Meindl, Alexander G., Mattawa, Ont.
Mitchell, Isaiah E., B.A., Sherbrooke, Q.
Montgomery, Charles H., St. John, N.B.
Morris, Samuel C, Wallace, N.S.
Moses, Harry C, Caledonia, Ont.
Munroe, Harrington B., B.A., Almonte, Ont.
Munroe, Hugh E., St. Elmo, Ont.
Munro, James H., Maxville, Ont.
Murray, James S., St. John, N.B.
Nelson, James S., Ottawa, Ont.
Nelson. William E., Montreal.
Ness, Wm. Hoiwick, Q.
O'Brien, Clarence W., B.A., Noel, N.S.
O'Neill, James M., iMassiena, N.Y., U.S.A.
Park, Andrew W., Durham, Ont.
Parris, Norman D., Barbados, W.I.
Patch, Frank S., B.A., Montreal.
Pavey, Harry L., London, Ont.
Peterson, George R., Tay's Hill, Omt.
Puddington, Berton A., St. John, N.B.
Rehfuss, Wallace N., B.A., Bridgewater, N.S.
Robertson, William G., Westmount, Q.
Saunders, William Edward, Woodstock, N.B.
Scott, Walter, Montreal.
Secord, Wesley H., Brantford, Ont.
Shaw, David LeB., Portland, Me., U.S.A.
Slack, Malcolm R., Farnham, Q.
Smith, Charles M., Red Mountain, Q.
327
Steeves, Elmore O., Upper gackville, N B
Stowell, Frank B., Worcester, Mass., U.S.A.
Strong, Norman W., B.A., Cambria, Q.
Symmes, Charles Ritchie, Aylmer, Q.
Taggart, Edmund A., Ottawa, Ont.
Tanner, CharLes A. H., Windsor Mills. Q.
Thomas, Stanley B., Barbados, W.I.
Townsley, Robert H., Montreal.
TruQX, Windsor, Parnham, Q.
Turner, George H., B.A., Bale Verte, N.B.
Warren, John G., Montreal.
White, Samuel G., Ottawa East. Ont.
Wilkins, Fred. F., Montreal.
Wilson, Arthur, Russell, Ont.
SPECIAL STUDENTS.
DisbrOiW, John R., M.D., Jacquet River, N.B.
Eitel, Adam J., M.D., Montreal.
Hutchinson, John W., Westmount, Q.
Faculty of Applied Science.
FIRST YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Anderson, Frederic W., Ottawa, Ont.
Baylis, Harold A., Montreal.
Beaudry, Abel C, Montreal.
Bell, George E., St. Thomas, Ont.
Benedict, Elmore Iv'., Biantford, Ont.
Black, Douglas E., Montreal.
Blackader, Gordon H., Montreal.
Boyd, Alfred M. S., Westmount, Q.
Bradv, James C, Victoria, B.C.
Brennan, George E., Ottawa, Ont.
Brown, William G. B., Quebec, Que.
Carlyle, Russell, Woodstock, Ont.
Oonway, Edmund J., Chemainus, B.C.
Corrigan, Thomas L., Brockville, Ont.
Cowen, Reginald P., Dalston, Cumberland, England.
Daly, William J., Montreal.
Davidson, Thomas R., Montreal.
(2) *Dickenson, John G., Hazel Hill, N.S.
Durland, Royden K., Yarmouth, N.S.
Ewens, W. Sydney, Owen Sound, Ont.
Forbes, John McNeil, Bonavista, Newfoundland.
Frith, George PI.. Cummings' Bridge, Ont.
Gaunt, Reginald T., Montreal.
Greenshields, John G., Montreal.
Grier, Arthur H., Montreal.
Gurd, A. Douglas, Montreal.
Hadley, Harry, Montreal.
Harding, Winthrop K., Derby Line, Vt.. U.S.A.
Harry, Archippus C, Kingston, Ja., B.W.I.
Harvie, James, Westmount, Q.
*Harvie, Robert, Westmount, Q.
* Double Course.
The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
328
Hibbard, Melville L., F;irnham, Q.
(2) Hodsison, Cassels V., Montreal.
Howell, Edgar N., Westmount, Q.
Jackson, Maunsell B., Toronto, Ont.
(2) Jardine, Ernest I. W., Manitou, Man.
Jones, Andrew II., St. John, N.B.
Kirkpatrick, Everett C, Montreal West, Q.
Landry, A. Raj'mond, Dorchester, N.B.
Lea, William S., Victoria, P.E.I.
Lenioine, Louis, B.A., Montreal, Q.
Leonai-d, Albert P., Westinount, Q.
Lynch, Francis C. C, Carillon, Q.
Macdonald, Peter J., Winnipeg, Man.
McCuaig, G. Eric, Montreal.
McDonald, Harold F., Fort Qu'Appelle, Assa., >>.W.T.
McLachlan, D. William, Lochaber Bay, Q.
McLachlin, Dan., Arnprior, Ont.
McMeekin, Albert, Bright, Ont.
Mudge, Reginald, Montreal.
Newton, Stephen G., Di^ummondville, Q.
Norton, Thomas J., B.A., Montreal.
Pedlev, Norman P., Montreal.
Pickard, Herbert G., Exeter, Ont.
Pillow, Howard, Montreal.
Poupore, Leo, Montreal.
Presner. Joseph. Montreal.
Roger, Alec, Billings Bridge, Ont.
(2) RoUand. Robert, Montreal.
Ryan, Frederick G.. St. Lambert, Q.
Scott. W. Gordon, Valleyfield, Q.
Sharp, Lester A., Summerside. P.E.I.
(2) Skelton, Henry M., Stoneycroft, Rosemere, Q.
SlaA^in, Reginald V., Deseronto, Ont.
Small, James D., Westmount, Q.
Steedman, William F., Montreal.
Taylor, Allan H., OttaAva, Ont.
Tupper, Frederick McD., Truro, N.S.
Turley, Edward J., Frankford, Ont.
Walker, Cecil W., Kensington, P.B.I.
Waterous, Logan M., Brantford. Ont.
Winter. Elliot E., Georgetown, British Guiana.
*Wickware, Francis G., Easton's Corners, Ont.
CONDITIONED STUDENTS.
Bellasis, Brian M., ]\Iontreal.
Burnett, Archibald, Montreal.
Cattanach, Frederick W. C, Newport, Vt., U.S.A.
Cole, L. Heber, Montreal.
(2) Dickson, Wallace, Montreal.
Harmer, C. Gerald, Toronto, Ont.
Graham, Wendell S., New Glasgow, N.S.
Hodge, William J. R., Capleton, Q.
Loudon, AndreAV C, Ottawa, Ont.
Macdonald, R. Ross, Hamilton, Ont.
Mackay, Robert M., New Glasgow, N.S.
Mackay, George "W., New Glasgow, N.S.
Mackinnon, Hugh D., Pinch, Ont.
* Douhlc Course.
The figure (1), (2), (3) or (4), prefixed to a name, indicates that
the student takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
320
Prevost, Arniand, Ottawa, Ont.
Robb, Roland W., Amherst, X.S.
Shorey, Harold E., Montreal.
Simard, Joseph W., Montreal.
Slater, Nicholas J., Ottav.a, Ont.
Smith, Kenneth H., London, Ont
Wilson, Starr R. L., Lunenburg:, N.^.
TVheaton, Isaac, Sackville, N.B.
PARTIAL STUDENTS.
Browne, Robert Russell, Montreal.
Haskell, Ludlow St. J., Montreal.
Hassberger, James S., Westmount. Q.
Howe, John Parnell, Pembroke, Ont.
Johnson, R. Ernest, Montreal.
Lantler, Jean O., Montreal.
Mather, William A., Rat Portage, Ont.
(3) Morris, Hugh B., Dorva,l, Q.
Pease, Harold McK., Montreal.
Phillips, Thomas N., Rat Portage, Ont.
Richards. William A., Pembroke, Ont.
Wright, James V., Montreal.
SECOND YEAR.
UNDERGRADU.^TES.
Anderson, Lewis B., Lunenburg, N.S.
Archibald, Hiram H., Harbour Grace, Nfld.
Bain, James W. L., Montreal. ^ ^ , ■^,.„^^^A
Baker C Stanley H., Hampstead, London, England.
Barclay, Charles H.. St. Paul. Minn U.S.A.
Batchelder, Charles K., Newport, Vt., U.S.A.
Belanger, Victor E..A., L'Orignal, Ont.
Blackadar, Thomas B., Hebron, Yarmoutn, N.S.
Blanchet, Guy H., Ottawa.
Bowness, E. W., Kensington, P.E.I.
Boyle, Robert W., Carbonear, Nfld.
Bray, Raymond P., Campbellton, N.B.
Burpee, Lockwood, Gibson, N.B.
Campbell, John A., Cheltenham Ont.
Churchill, Cecil A., Hantsport N.S.
Cockshutt, Harvey W.. Brantford Ont. „.^^^,. ,,, .
Cropper. William C. McL., Kmgstown. St. \meent, ^^ .1.
Cunha, S. H. Stanley, Kingston, Jamaica, W.L
Dickson, George L. (M.A.), Truro, N.S.
Drinkwater, Kenneth E.. Montreal.
Eadie, George H. H., Montreal.
Eaton, E. Courtlandt, Montreal.
Findlay. Delmer C, Danville, Q.
(Z) Eraser, Donald Mad.. Montreal.
Fraser, Thomas C, New Glasgow, N.S.
Fy=he Thomas M., Montreal.
Gibbs ' Harold E.. Port Arthur. Ont.
Gillespie, William K., St. Stephen, N.B. _
Gillis, Hugh B., Sydney, N.S.
Gla««co Gordon B., Hamilton, Ont.
(3) Hamilton, Alfred McL., Westmount, Q.
The fieure (1) (2), (3) or (4). prefixed to a name, indicates that
the student takes 'a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
where the name is found.
330
(3) Hamilton, Wilfrid, Montreal.
*Harris, Alan D., Ottawa, Ont.
Higgins, Benjamin H., London, Ont.
Hogan, John, Westmount, Q.
Idsardi, Harold, St. Thomas, Ont.
Jewett, F. Coburn, Sheffield, N.B.
Johnstone, George A., Rednersville, Ont.
Joseph, A. Pinto, Quebec. Q.
Jost, Edward B.. Guysboro, N.S.
Kydd, George, Montreal.
Livingston, Douglas C, Corfleld, B.C.
Lockerby, Robert A., Montreal.
MacDermot, Sidney G. F., Gordon Town, Jamaica, W.I.
MacMillan, Henry H., Alberry Plains, P.E.I.
Macnab, John J., Elsinore, Bruce Co., Ont.
(3) Martin, Edward N., York, Ont.
Mcintosh, Robert, Newcastle, Ont.
McLean, Donald, B.A., Campbellton, N.B.
McLeish, Ian, Montreal.
Miner, R. Herbert, Cowansville, Q.
Mooney, Chester A., Ausable Chasm, N.Y., U.S.A.
(3) Mundy, Oswald A., Hamilton, Ont.
Pattison, Albert M.. Clarenceville, Q.
(3) Piehe, Ernest A., Montreal.
(3) Price, Herbert L., Montmorency Falls, Q.
Pinch, Harry H., Owen Sound, Ont.
Redpath, William, Montreal.
Ritchie. A. Bruce, Halifax, N.S.
Robertson, Arthur F., Montreal.
Robitaille. Henry, Quebec, Q.
Ross. Walter G., Port Perry, Ont.
Ryan, John H.. Prescott. Ont.
Scouler, Gavin T.. New Westminster, B.C.
Sharpe, George P., Agassiz. B.C.
Shaughnessy. William J., Montreal.
Small, Edward A., Montreal.
Smith, Ralph E.. Windsor, N.S.
Sutherland, Charles, New Glasgow, N.S.
Sutherland, Daniel H.. River John, N.S.
Turnbull, Harvard, Montreal.
Weagant, Roy A., Derby Line, Vt., LT.S.A.
T\'heaton. Hazen A., Ellgin, Albert Co., N.B.
Willard, Charlie, Morrisburg, Ont.
"Wright. Clifton H., Barbadoes, W.I.
Young, Horace G., Oznabruck, Ont.
PARTIAL STUDENTS.
Eve, A. S., B.A., Cambridge, Eng.
Irving, Thomas C, Toronto, Ont.
Rheaume, Herman C. Montreal.
THIRD YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Atkinson, M. Brodie, Montreal.
Blumenthal, Samuel. Montreal.
Cameron, John A., Toronto, Ont.
* Dotiblc Course.
The figure (1), (2). (3) or (4), preflexd to a name, indicates that
IhJi^fif"* takes a class in the corresponding year as well as in that
wMere the name is found.
331
Campbell, Colin St. G., Aldershott. Ont.
Cardew, John H., Youngs Point, South Beach, Q.
Caiiyle, Ernest J., Woodstock, Ont.
Chambers, Robert A., Montreal.
Chaplin, Charles J., Westmount, Q.
Cole, George H., Ottawa, Ont.
Crichton, Gordon L., Halifax, X.S.
Davis, Patrick, Windsor, Ont.
Dawe, Robert G., Bay Roberts, Xfld.
Devlin, Cecil G., Mohawk, Ont.
Deyell, Harold T., Port Hope, Ont.
Drysdale, William F., Montreal.
Dutcher, Howard K., Charlottetown, P.E.I.
Ells, Sidney G. (B.A.), Ottawa, Ont.
Gillies, George A., Carleton Place, Ont.
Gnaedinger, Ernest C, Montreal.
Greey, John T^'. G., Toronto, Ont.
Grice, J. H., Bootle, Cumberland, Eng.
Harvey, John B., Lyndhurst, Ont.
Healy, Frederick E., Picton, Ont.
Johnson, Frederick M. G., Montreal.
Kemp, Robert A., Seaforth. Ont.
Kent, George M., Truro, X.S.
Lambart, Howard P., Ottawa, Ont.
Lawrence, William D., Maitland, X.S.
LeMaistre, Frederick J., Westmount, Q.
MacXaughton, W. G., B.A., Huntingdon, Q.
Marrotte, Louis H., T\"estmount, Q.
McCloskey, Frederick W., Boiestown, X.B.
McDougall, Clarence H., South Maitland, X.S.
McDougall, Geoi'ge K., Montreal.
McPhee, James C, Loch Katrine, Ant. Co., X.S.
McMurtry, Gordon O., B.A., Montreal.
Parlee, Xorman W., Rossland, B.C.
Roffey, Miles H., Braintree, Essex, Eng.
Scott, George W., Montreal.
Sullivan. Michael H., Ottawa, Ont.
Taylor, Reginald F., Gnnanoque, Ont.
T\^ebster, George B., Montreal.
Wenger, John A., Ayton, Ont.
Wilkes, Frederick C. D., Brantford, Ont.
Wilson, William D., Hamilton, Ont.
Wurtele, John S. H., Acton Vale, Q.
PARTIAL STUDENTS.
Robinson, Harold G., Bristol. Eng.
Robinson^ Kenneth S., Bristol, Eng.
Spencer. 'Arthur G., B.A.. Truro, N.S.
FOURTH TEAR.
Baker, William E., Montreal.
Beck, Alfred E., Penetanguishene, Ont.
Blatch, Harry E., St. John's, X'fld.
Boright, Sherman H., Sutton, Q.
Brown, Frederick B., Montreal.
Cohen, Harris, Montreal.
Cole, G. Percy, Montreal.
Conklin, Roscoe, M.A.. "^Hnnipeg, Man.
Crawford, Stuart, Montreal.
Gumming, Rutherford, Scotsburn, Pictou Co , N.S.
;^32
Edgar, John H., Jlontreal.
Kgleson, James E. A., Ottawa, Ont.
Foreman, Alvah E., Vancouver, B.C.
Gale, George G., Quebec, Q.
Hall, Oliver, Washington, Ont.
Haskin, Laurence S. (M.E.), Waterford, Conn., U.S.A.
James, Bertram, Heart's Content, Nfld,
Jones, Harold W., Ottawa, Ont.
Keith, Eraser .^\, frmith's Falls, Ont.
Kendall, George, Vancouver, B.C.
Landrj', Pierre A. (B.A.), Dorchester, N.B.
Langley, Albert G., Victoria, B.C.
Lucas, Allen S. B. *B.A.). Hamilton, Ont.
Maclaren, Francis F., Huntingdon, Q.
McCaskill, Kenneth, Vankleek Hill, Ont.
McDonald, James P., Westville, N.S.
McKay, Frederick A., Montreal.
McKergow, Charles M., Westmount, Q.
Millar, Jam.es L., Fenibroke, Ont.
Musgrave, Robert, Duncans, B.C.
Musgrave, William N., Duncans, B.C.
Pemberton, William P. D., Gonzales, Vancouver, B.C.
Porcheron ,Alphonse, Montreal.
Reynolds, Leo B., Waterford, Ont.
Roberts, Arthur P., Montreal.
Robertson, John F., Charlottetown, P.E.I.
Rodger, Herbert F., St. John's Nfld.
Ross, James C, Embrc, Ont.
Rowlands, Charles, Albany, N.Y., U.S.A.
Rowley, Lome E., M.A., Marysville, N.B.
Savage, George M., Montreal.
Stokes, Chas. W., Woodstock, N.B.
Stovel, Joseph H.. Toronto. Ont.
Thorpe, William H., Montreal.
Tilt, Edwin B., G-od-erioh, Ont.
Trimingham, Charles L., Barbadoes, W.I.
FacuSty of Comparative Medicine.
FIRST YEAR.
Barnett, E., Montreal.
Cawsey, H., Halifax, N.S.
Gale, E., Quebec, Q.
Grignon, R., St. Adele, Q.
Maguire, F. H., Waterloo. Q.
Miller, Vf., Rouse's Point, N.Y., U.S.A.
Morgan, H., Montreal.
Moriarity, Ed., East Hampton, Conn., U.S.A.
Morris, A. S., Jersey City, New Jei'sey, U.S.A.
Thurston, S., .Sydney, C.B.
SECOND YEAR.
Carroll, F. F.. Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Gauvin, N., Quebec, Q.
Gray, F., Antigonish. N.S.
Meakings, E. A.. Montreal.
Stoute, C. P., Belleville, Barbados, W.I.
333
THIRD YEAR.
Gaw, Hugh, Clinton, Mass., U.S.A.
Halcro, Geo., Hudson, Q.
Henderson, C. M., Vancouver, B.C.
Littlehales, J. E., Montreal.
Paterson, H., Montreal.
COLLEGES ASSOCIATED IN ARTS.
Stanstead Wesleyan College.
FIRST YEAR.
Cass, Frank O.
Flanders. Arlington.
Phelps, M. Gertrude.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Edwards, William.
Williams, C. Louise.
CONDITIONED STUDENTS.
.Stanton, R. Gertrude.
PARTIAL STUDENT.
Stanton, M. Charlotte.
Vancouver College.
FIRST YEAR.
UNDERGRADUATES.
Anstie, Jennie.
Brvdone, Jack F. W.
Davidson, Gwladj'S D.
Foreman, Nina B.
Langley, Celia G.
Loat, Kathleen B.
McLean, Margaret.
McPhalen, Mary M.
McQueen, Kate H.
McTaggart, Donald E.
Smith, Arthur N.
Stewart-Hamilton, Evelyn R.
Bethune, Katherine.
Bajus. William P.
■OePeck. Edwin K.
Donaldson, William A.
CONDITIONED STUDENTS.
Copeland, Lydia B.
Ellis-, Robeit W.
SECOND YEAR.
UNDERGR.A-DUATES.
Milne, Helen B.
. Price, Thomas E.
SPECIAL STUDENT.
Laverock, Lily J-
334
Summary.
Students in Law 40
" Arts, McGill College-
Men — Graduates 2
Undergiaduates 122
Conditioned 12
Partial 40
Wonaen — Graduates 5
Undergraduates 61
Conditioned 6
Partial 80
Students in Arts, Vancouver College 21
" Stanstead College 7
356
Students in Medicine 420
Students in Applied Science
Undergraduates 241
Conditioned 21
Partial 18
280
Students in Veterinary Science 20
1116
Deduct repeated in different Faculties? 18
Total 1098
Unixiersiti) and (Suartuates' ^ocktus.
McGill Physical Society.
President— Frof. E. Rutherford.
y ice-Fresident— Trof. J. Cox.
Kec. Secretary— Dr. H. T. Barnes.
Asst. Rec. Hecretary-H. Lester Cooke, B.A. „„fl^,^
Executive Cotnmittee--Dr. J. Wallace Walker, Dr. A. Stansfleld.
Dr. Coker.
Undergraduates' Literary Society.
CONSTITUTED 1880.
Eon. P/T.S('/e«/— Principal Peterson.
President— K. McG-ougan, Arts, '04.
1st Tice-President—A. D. McKenzie, Arts, '04.
2nd ¥ice-Fresident—C. Adams, Arts, 05.
Secretary— 'L. P. Ec]A\ards, Arts, '05.
Treasurer— J. C. Nicholson, Arts, '05.
Committee-W. S. Johnson, Arts, '03 ; G. C Couture, Arts, 03 ; J.
DeWitt Law, '05; W. L. Carr, Arts, '05; T. M. Papineau Arts '04.
KeporterT-A. W. Cameron, Arts, '05; R. P. Wallace, Law, '06.
Delta Sigma Society.
Established 1884.
President— Ada, Dickson.
Mce-Presid cut— Ilosehad Michaels.
Secretary-Treasurer— ^10,1)616 Rorke.
Commt«ee— Catherine Mackenzie, Marion Taber, Clarissa Blaiemore.
McGili Historical Club.
President— Talhot M. Papineau, Arts, '04.
Vice-President-GvSint D. Campbell, Arts, '04.
Secretary— Gordon Brown, Arts, '04.
Treasurer— la. P. Edwards, Arts, '05.
Executive Committee-Fr of. C. W. Colby, M.A., Ph.D. ; W. J. Healy,
Arts, '04 ; O. B. McCallum, Arts, '05.
Reporter— B. W. Sheldon, Arts, '04.
McGili Applied Science Society.
{Officers, 1902.)
Hon. President— Dr. H. T. Bovey.
President— a. P. Borden. Civ. Eng., '02.
Tice-Presidents-C. M. Campbell. Mining Engineering, 02; T W.
Hicks. Mechanical Engineering. '02: J. H. Edgar, Mech. Eng., 02.
Secretary— J. G. Ross. 03.
Treasurer — O. Hall, '03.
2nd Tear Representatives-Sl. J. Carlyle, '04; G. O. McMurtry, B.A.,
'^^'iep^oVffrs-a'R^owlands, '03; J. E. A. Egleson, '03; F. E. Sterns,
'02; H. Biggar, '02.
336
The McGill Mining Society.
( inGAXIJ'.ED 1891.
Hon. Presidnit — Dv. J. B. Harrington.
President — Robert A. Chambers, App. Sci.. '04.
Vice-President — W. Parker, App. Sci., '05.
Secretary-Treasurer— D. C. Livingstone, App. Sci., '05.
McGill University Chemical Society.
President — B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D.
Vice-Prcsidrnl—'R. F. Ruttan. B.A., M.D.
Secretarif-'frcasurer — N. N. Evans, M.Sc.
Executive Committee — B. J. Harrington, M.A., LL.D. ; R. F. Ruttan,
B.A., M.D.; J. WaDace Walker, M.A., Ph.D.; H. T. Barnes, D.Sc; N.
N. Evans, M.Sc.
McGill Medical Society,
Hon. Pri'sidait—Dv. F. W. Hamilton.
President— v. L. Miller, B.A.
Vice-President — J. Applet on Nutter, B.A.
Seox'tari/ — Alison Gumming, B.A.
Assist. Secretary — H. H. Christie.
Pathologist — L. L. Harrison, B.A.
Treasurer— F. J. Tees, B.A.
Reporter — A. C. Sellery.
Councillors— Dr. Shepherd, Dr. Mills, W. J. Patterson, B.A.
Young Men's Christian Association of McGill
University.
Object — To promote the Christian character of its members and
the caupe of Christianity in the Uni\-ersity.
Membership — The pctivo membership of the Association consists
of graduates and students of the University- who are members of
some evangelical church. Any graduate and student of good moral
character may become an associate member. A social reception is
given to new students at the beginning of the session.
Full particulars regarding regular religious services and Bible
Study Classes are given in the Hand Book of the Association.
Hon. President— A]ex. Johnson. M.A., L,L..D.. DC.L.
President— G. H. Cole, Sci., '04.
1st Vice-President — A. D. Mackenzie. Arts, '04.
2nd Vice-Presilcnt — L. C. Lauchland. Med.. '04.
Kec. Secretary — T\". G. MacNaughton, B.A., Sci., '04.
I'reasvrerS. O. Mci\furtry, B.A., Med., '05.
Asst.-Trea surer — E. M. Benedict, Sci., '06.
J'epresentative from Law — W. U. Cotton, B.A.
(Seneral Secretary— George Irving, B.A.
Chairmen of Committees. '
Peligiovs Meetings — A. D. Mackenzie, Arts, '04.
Bible Studi/—V:. W. Sheldon, Arts, '04.
Social— T>. E. Black, Sci., '06.
Membership — W. J. Paterson. B.A., Med., '06.
l^'cvj Students and fl andhool'—Generiil Secretary.
Bulletin and luadirg /I'noni—Ti. A. Kemp, Sci., 04'.
i
33
Missio>ian/—F. J. LeMaistre, Sci., '04.
Musical— V. L. Miller, B.A., Med., '04.
Building— G. 11. Cole, Sci., '04.
I'iiiance—^. O. McMurtry, B.A., Med., '05.
City Missions — John A. McDonald, B.A.. Med.,
.VfM- Students — George Irvine-, B.A.
Young Women's Christian Association.
Established 1SS7 (as Theo Dor.v Society).
Object. — The development of Cliristian character in the members,
and the development of active Christian work, particularly among
the young women of the Universitj^ Open for membership to
students of the Roj'al Victoria College for ^A"omen.
President — Ivy Gardner.
'i' ice-President — Xora Bowman.
J'ec. Secretary — i.>ai:el Fiaser.
Vor. Secretary — Kathleen McCaily.
Treasurer — Birdena Clark.
McGiil University Athletic Association.
Established 1SS4.
Uon. President— 'B.. Tait MacKenzie, B.A.. M.D.
lion. Treasurer — Prof. C. H. McLeod, Ma.E.
Prcsideni—G. M. Kent, Sci., '04.
Vice-President — W. P. Ogilvie, Law, '04.
Treasurer^-Vi. Stewart, Arts, '05.
Secretary — R. O. McMurtry, Arts, '05.
h'f'prescntaiives: — Law — E. McDougall, '04; Arts — T. M. Papineau
'04; Medicine— R. N. W. Shillington, '04; Science— E. N. Martin, '04
Football— L. L. Reford. B.A., Med.. '04; Cricket— Prof. C. E. Moyse
Skating and Hockey— S. H. Maclaren, Science, '0.": Basketball — A. E.
Foreman, Science, '03; Tennis — R. N. Hickson, B.A.
McGill University Football Club.
Hon. Prrsidcnt — Dr. W. Turner.
Hon. Treasurer — Dr. R. Tait MacKenzie.
President— 'Lewis L. Reford. B.A.. Med.. '04.
lice-President — S. M. Nagle, :Med., '04.
Secretary — W. Wilson, Sci., '04
Treasurer— IE. N. Martin, Sci., '04.
Manaoer—Gordcn Gilscn, Med., '04.
Committee : — Arts— W. Molson, '04 ; T. M. Papineau, '04 ; Medicine—
G. A. Wright, '04 ; P. C. Crosby, '04 : Science Hamilton, '04 ; J.
McPhee, '04.
McGili University Association Football Club.
Hon. President — Prof. McLeod.
President— B.. W. Boyle. Sci., '05.
Yicc-President Richard.^.
Scrretary — ^A. McMeekin, Sci., '03.
Treasurer — E. McGou^an, Arts, '04.
Committee — Max Pyshe, Science, '05; J. M. Forbes, Science, '06;
J. E. Featherston, Arts, '05.
338
McGill University Cricket Club.
Eon. Presidents— Liord Strathcona and Mount Royal,
Principal Peterson
President— Frot. C E. Moyse.
Vice-President— A. R. Oug^htred, B.C.L.
Secretary-Treasurer — W. C. Baber.
Assist. tSecretary—J. J. Lomax.
Captain — W. W. Walker.
Captain i^econd Eleven — W. Robinson.
Committee— H. C. Hill, F. W. Hibbard, F. L. Gunter, S. B. Thomas,
W. Robinson.
McGiil Lawn Tennis Club,
Hon. President— Mr. H. M. Jaquays.
President— J. D. G. McCallum.
\ ice-President— T. M. Fyshe.
ISecretary—G. C. McDonald.
Treasurer — W. Molson.
Committee :— Graduates— P. Molson, ; Arts :— J. G. Dickenson ;
Science— G. M. Savage ; Medicine— D. P. Hannington ; Law— H. S.
Williams.
McGill University Skating and Hockey Club.
Hon. President— Frof. S. H. Capper.
PresiiJent — J. H. Maclaren, Sci., '03.
' Tiee-Presideiit—G. McDonald, Arts, '04.
Secretary— 'L,. S. Mackid, Med., '04.
Treasurer — K. Drinkwater, Sci., '05.
Committee:— 'Liiv,—C. G. Mackinnon, '03; W. P. Ogilvie, '04; S. Dale
Harris, '05; Medicine— K. Blair, '03; H. O. Howitt, '04; C. Young, '05;
E. A. Lindsav. '06; Arts— A. Dunlop, '03; F. Gurd, '04; R. O. Mc-
Murtry, '05: F. A. Patrick, '06; Scien^ce— G. G. Gale, '03; E. G.
Gnaedinger, '04 ; R. A. Lockerby, '05 ; F. G. Wickware, '06.
McGill Basket Ball Club.
Hon. President— Dr. R. Tait McKenzie.
President — A. E. Forman, Sci.
Vice-Prcsident-'D. Ross, Arts.
Secretarii-Trrasurcr—A. McKergow, Sci.
Captain— B. H. Higgins, Sci.
Member of Ejrcutire Committee:— G. M. Gibson, Med.
R. V. C. Athletic Club-
President — Catherine McKenzie.
y ice-President— Huth Lyman.
Secretary-Treasurer— Unth Holway.
Manager of Baslcetball t'/»6— Kathleen McCally.
Manager of Hockey Club— Helen Freeze.
McGill Glee and Banjo Club.
Hon. Presideni—T. G. Roddick, M.D., LL.D.
Prcsident-'F. C. Douglas, Med.. '03.
Tice-Presidcnt—B.. A. Chambers. Sci., '04.
Business Manager— W. H. Dickson, Med., '03.
Seeretani—'F. B. Brown, Sci., '03.
Executive Committee— A. B. Silcox, Arts. '06; Hal. White, Med., '06;
S. C. Ells, Sci., '04.
339
Graduates' Society of McGill University.
(Officers, 1901.)
Incorporated 24th July, 1830.
President— Msi\colm C. Baker, D.V.S.
Tice-Presidcnts—Cha.r\es W. Wilson, M.D.; Miss Helen R. Y. Reid,
B.A. ; Archibald MacArthur, B.A.
Secretarij—J. Claud Hickson, B.A., B.C.L.
Treasurer — Francis Topp, B.A., B.C.L.
Resident CouncAUors—A. Rives Hall, B.A., B.C.L..; Frank D. Adams,
M.A., Ph.D. ; Homer M. Jaquays, M.A.Sc. ; E. Fabre Surveyor, B.A.,
B.C.L.; Howard M. Church, M.D.; W. F. Angus. B.A.Sc.
Non-Resident CotincUlors—The Presidents of the British Columbia
Graduates' Society, the New England Graduates' Society, the New
York Graduates' Society, the Maritime Graduates' Society, and the
Hon. W .W. Lynch. D.C.L,. Knowlton, Que.
Alumnae Society of McGill University.
President — K. Campbell, B.A.
Vice-Presidents — S. E. Cameron, M.A. ; G. Hunter, B.A.; Jane V.
Palmer, B.A.; Eleanor Tatley, B.A.
Treasurer — M. Watson, B.A.
Assist. Treasurer — J. Eva "^''arriner. B.A.
Rec. Secretary — Vivian E. Clogg, B.A.
Assist. Rec. Secretary — Annie W. Xolan, B.A.
Cor. Secretary — E. A. Hammond, M.A.
Assist. Vor. Secretary— 'E. Armstrong-, B.A.
Ottawa Valley Graduates' Society of McGill University.
Organized 1890.
Hon. President— The Right Hon. Sir Wilfrid Laurier, P.C,
K.C.M.G., LL.D.
President— U. M. Ami. LL.D.
Vice-Presidents-G. H. Groves, M.D. (Carp.); G. C. Wright, B.A.,
B.C.L.; Rev. N. A. McLeod, B.A.
Secretary— J. F. Argue. M.D. (127 Bank St., Ottawa.)
Treasurer— W. Gamble, B.A., B.C.L.
Councils. P. Cook, M.D.; R. W. Ells, M.A., LL.D.; D. B. Dowling,
B.A.Sc; A. W. Duclos, B.A., B.C.L.; J. A. Robert, B.A.Sc.
New York Graduates' Society of McGill University.
Presi(?e«i— Wolf red Nelson, M.D.. CM., F.R.G.S.
1st Vice-President — James Albert Meek, M.D., CM.
2nd Vice-President — Hiram N. Vineberg. ;M.D., CM.
3rd Vice-President — Harcourt Bull, B.A.
Treasurer — M. Casewell Heine, B.A.
Secretary— n. A. Gunn, B.A.Sc. 45-47 Wall St., New York).
Chaplain— Hev. J. J. Rowan Spong, M.A.. B.C.L., LL.B.
Executive Committee— J3.mes Douglas, B.A.. LL.D.; J. B. Harvie,
M.D., CM., Troy, N.Y.; George H. Frost, CE.
Non-Resident Councillors— ^ym. Osier, M.D., CM., F.R.C.P. (Lond.),
F.R.S. (Baltimore, Md.); Prof, the Rev. J. C Bracq, M.A.. Vassar
College, N.Y.; The Right Rev. J. D. Morrison, M.A., D.D., Bishop of
Duluth; R. T. Irvine, M.D., CM., Ossining, N.Y. ; James J. O'Dea,
M.D., CM., Stapleton, Staten Island ; H. Holton Wood, B.A., Boston,
Mass.
340
New England Society of McGill Graduates.
President — Arthur E. Childs, M.Sc. (Boston. Mnss.).
1st y ice- President — George A. Fagan, M.D. (North Adams, Mass.).
2nd Vice-President — Ambrose Choquet, B.C.L. (Central Fall?, R.I.).
3rd Vice-President— U. Holton Wood. B.A. (Boston, Mass.).
Secretary-Treasurer — Joseph Williams, M.D. (Boston, Mass.:
4.5 Monument Square).
UoimcilJors — T. G. McGannon, M.D. (Lowell, Mass.); Miles Martin,
M.D. (Boston, Mass.); W. W. Goodwin, M.D. (East Boston, .Mass.);
R. T. Glendenning-, M.D, (Manchester-by-the-Sea, Mass.); Joseph C.
Pothier, M.D. (New Bedford, Mass.); J. G. Pfersick, D.V.S. (Shelburn
Falls, Mass.).
McGill Graduates' Society of the District of Bedford.
Organized 189S.
Hon. President — Hon. W. AV. Lynch. D.C.L. (Knowlton).
President— n. T. Macdonald, M.D. (Sutton).
'^' ice-Presidents— D. Stevens, M.D. (Missisquoi) ; M. N. Harris,
M.D. (Brome); Charles McBurney, B.A. (Shefford).
Secretary-Treasurer —
The British Columbia Society of Graduates of McGill
University.
President — D, H. Harrison, M.D. (Vancouver).
Vice-Presidents — G. H. Manchester, M.D. (New Westminster); J.
M. McGre.a-or, T.A., B.A.Pc. (Slccan City); A. R. Paymond, M.D.
(Seattle, Wash.) :Rosalind Watson. M.A. (Victoria); Walter Hunter,
B.A., B.C.L. (Nanaimo); J. S. G-ordon, B.A. (Vernon).
Secretary — W. J. McGuigan. M.D., LL.B. (Vancouver).
Treasnrer — Simon J. Tunstall, B.A., M.D. (Vancouver).
Executive Committee — W. A. Bennett. M.D. (Vancouver); R. W.
Suter, B.A., B.Sc. (Vancouver); J. B. Hart, D.V.S. (Vancouver): G.
W. Boggs. M.D. (New Westminster); A. D. Taylor, B.A., B.C.L.
(Vancouver); D. B. Holden, B.A., M.D. (Victoria).
McGll! University Alumni Association of Chicago.
Orgakized 1900.
President— H. J. Burwash, M.D.
1st ]'irc-Prcsidcnt— Chester B. Reid. B.A.Sc.
2nd Vice-President — John Ryan, M.D.
Secretary-Treasurer — Thomas A. Woodruff. M.D.
('QU)icUIors — Kenneth Moodie, B.A.Sc; D. R. MacMartin, M.D. ;
J. Brown Loring, M.D.
McGill Graduates' Society of Toronto.
(Officers, 1802.)
Organized 1896.
President— A. R. L.ewis, K.C.
1st Vice-President — Rev. Canon Sweeny, M.A., D.D.
2nd Vice-President— n. C. Burritt, M.D.
Secretary-Treasurer — R. B. Henderson, B.A., 48 Kins: Street, West.
('o»iwii'«ee— Hamilton Cassels, B.A.; Willis Chipman, B.A.Sc; P.
E. Ritchie, B.A.
341
Maritime Graduates' Society of McGill University.
(Officers, 1902.)
Eon. President— John McMillan, M.D. (Pietou, N.S.).
Presulent—A\ex. McNeil, M.D. (Kensington, P.E.I.).
T icc-Prcs (,</(■« /s— J. H. Scammell. M.D. (St. John. N.B.): Henry S.
D. Johnson, M.D. (Charlottetown, P.E.I.) ; J. G. Macdougall, M.D.
(Amherst, N.S.).
Secretarij-Treasurer — F. A. Corbett, M.D. (Parrsboro, N.S.).
Eaecutive tommittee — Geo. CarrutherF, M.D. (jLhailottetown, P.E.I.);
Jas. A. Johnson, M.D. (Emerald, P.E.I.) ; G. A. B. Addy, M.D. (St.
John, N.B.); J. B. Travers, M.D. (St. John, N.B.); J. J. Doyle, M.D.
(Halifax, N.S.); H. H. Mackay, M.D. (New Glasgow, N.S.). ,
Benefactors ot
/iDcGill XHntvecsit^, /iDontreal.
I. TGeneral Endowments and Subscriptions.
1. Original Endowment, 1811.
THE HONORABLE JAMES McGILL, who was born at Glasgow,
6th Oct., 1744, and died at Montreal, 19th Dec, 1813, by his last
will and testament, under date 8th of January, 1811, devised the
estate of Burnside, situated near the city of Montreal, and con-
taining- forty-seven acres of land, with the Manor House and
Buildings thereon erected, and also bequeathed the sum of ten
thousand pounds in money unto the "Royal Institution for the
Advancement of Learning," a Corporation constituted in virtue
of an Act of Parliament passed in the Forty-first Year of the
Reign of His Majesty, King George the Third, to erect and estab-
lish a University or College, for the purpose of Education and
the advancement of learning, in the Province of Lower Canada,
with a competent number of professors and teachers to render
such Establishment effectual and beneficial for the purposes in-
tended; requiring that one of the colleges to be comprised in
the said University should be nained and perpetually be known
and distinguished by the appellation of "McGill College."
The value of the above mentioned property was estimated at the
date of the bequest at $120,000
2. University Buildings, Etc.
The William Molson Hall, being the west wing of McGill College
Buildings, with the connecting Corridors and Class Rooms, was
erected in 1861, through the munificent donation of the founder,
whose name it bears.
The Peter Redpath Museum, the gift of the donor whose name it
beais, was announced by him as a donation to the University in
1880, and formally opened August, 1882.
Lots for University buildings adjoining the College grounds con-
fronting on McTavish St., presented by J. H. R. Molson, Esq.,—
?42,500.
The LTniversity Library Building, the gift of Peter Redpath, Esq.,
announced by him as a gift to the University in 1891, and for-
mally opened October 31st, 1893. Enlarged by Mrs. Peter Redpath
in 1900.
University Offices, Rooms in East Wing, remodelled and furnished
for offices of Principal and Secretary and for a Board Room, by
Sir TVm. C. Macdonald, in 1895.
3. Endowed Chairs, Etc.
The John Frothingham Principal, Fund, to be invested for the
endowment of the Principalship of the University; founded in
1889 bv the Rev. Frederick Frothingham and Mrs. J. H. R. Mol-
son,— $40,000.
The Mjvcdonald Auxiliary Fund, founded in 1897 by Sir Wm. C.
Macdonald, the interest to be used solely to maintain the incorne
of certain of his endowments on a five per cent, per annum basis,
—$361,250.
4. Endowments and Donations of Medals and Prizes.
1883, a Gold, a Silver and a Bronze Medal were given by R. J. Wick-
steed. Esq., M.A.. LL.D., for competition in "Physical Culture,"
by students in the Graduating Class and second year of any
Faculty, who have attended the University Gymnasium. The
Gold Medal was continued to 1889, and the Silver and Bronze
have been continued to date.
343
Ottawa Valley Graduates' Society's Exhibition. For competition by
candidates from the Ottawa Valley at the June matriculation
examinations of any Faculty. Value, $50.00. Given annually,
1S95 to date.
A Prize given by the British Columbia Society of Graduates of Mc-
Gill University to be divided amongst the five Faculties. Annual
value 550.00 Given annually, 1896 to 1898.
5. Subscriptions to General Endowment.
John Frothingham, Esq.. ..$2000
John Torrance, Esq 2000
James B. Greenshields, Esq. 1200
Wm. Busby Lambe, Esq.. .. 1200
Sir George Simpson, Knight. 1000
Henry Thomas, Esq 1000
John Redpath, Esq 1000
James McDougall, Esq 1000
James Torrance, Esq 1000
Hon. James Ferrier 1000
Harrison Stephens, Esq 800
Henrv Chapman, Esq 600
Hon. Peter McGill 600
John James Day, Esq 600
Thos. Brown Anderson, Esq. 600
Peter Redpath, Esq 600
Thomas M. Taylor, Esq 600
Joseph Mackay, Esq 600
Donald Lorn McDougall, Esq. 600
Hon. Sir John Rose 600
Charles Alexander, Esq 600
Forward $19,200
; Forward $19,200
[ Moses E. David, Esq 600
Wm. Carter, Esq 600
I Thomas Patton, Esq 600
Wm. Workman, Esq 600
Hon. Luther H. Holton.. .. 600
Henry Lyman, Esq 600
David Torrance, Esq 600
' Edwin Atwater, Esq 600
Theodore Hart, Esq 600
I Wm. Forsyth Grant, Esq. .. 600
I Robert Campbell, Esq 600
Alfred Savage, Esq.
James Ferrier, jun., Esq.
Wm. Stephen, Esq
X. S. Whitney, Esq
William Dow, Esq
William Watson, Esq. ..
Edward and Alicia Major
Hon. Sir A. T. Gait .. ..
John R. Esdaile. Esq.. ..
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
360
200
Total $30,560
1871.
John Frothingham, Esq.. ..$5150
William Molson, Esq 5000
Sir William C. Macdonald.. 5000
Thomas Workman. Esq.. .. .5000
J. H. R. Molson, Esq 2000
John McLennan, Esq 1000
B. Gibb, Esq 600
Messrs. A. & W. Robertson. 600
Forward $24,350
300
250
100
100
60
50
T. W. Ritchie, Esq
Messrs. Sinclair, Jack & Co.
John Reddy, M.D
Wm. Lunn, Esq
Hon. F. W. Torrance
Wm. Rose, Esq
Forward . ,
..$24,350
1881-82.
Hugh McLennan, Esq $5000
Hon. G. A. Drummond .. .. 4000
George Hague, Esq 3000
M. H. Gault, Esq 2000
Andrew Robertson, Esq . . . . 1000
Robertson Campbell, Esq... 1000
Sir Jos. and Lady Hickson.. ICOO
Mrs. Andrew Dow 1000
Alexander Murray, Esq . . . . 1000
Miss Orkney 1000
Hector McKenzie. Esq 1000
Total $25,210
Forward $21,000
1000
O. S. Wood, Esq
J. B. Greenshields,
(London)
Warden King, Esq. ..
W. P. Gumming. Esq.
Mrs. Hew Ramsay . .
R. A. Ramsay, Esq. .
H. H. Wood, Esq. .. .
James Burnett, Esq...
Charles Gibb. Esq. ..
J. S. McLachlan, Esq.
Esq.
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
500
500
200
Forward $2L000
1883-84.
Edward Mackay, Esq $5,000
Total $27,700
6. Endowment Fund for General Purposes.
1S97.
Bequest of the late John H. R. Molson, Esq., $100,000.
7. Subscription for Improvements to College 1856
Hon. Charles Dewey Day ?200.
8. Subscriptions for Current Expenses, 1881-82.
Principal Dawscn $1000
5000
5000
J. H. R. Molson .-luOO per annum, 5 years, beins
1000
Mount
Lord jNIountstephen.
Lord Strathcona and
Roj^al ..
David Morrice, Esq
Messrs. Gault Brothers & Co.
Messrs. S. H. & A. S. Ewing .
Hon. Robert ]\IacKay
Jonathan Hodgson, Esq
Geo M. King-horn, Esq . . . .
David J. Greenshields, Esq..
Thomas Craig, Esq
John Rankin, Esq
John Duncan, Esq
George Brush, Esq., $25 for five years, being.
Robert Benny, Esq
Miss E. A. Ramsay
Hugh Paton, Esq., $50 for two years, being..
J. M. Douglas, Esq
James Court, Esq
1000
200
200
200
.soo
100
100
100
r,ooo
11)00
1000
1000
600
500
500
300
200
200
200
125
100
100
100
50
50
Total ?22,025
18S7-8S.
John H. R. Molson, Esq SIOOO per annum, 3 years, taeint
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald 1000
Peter Redpath, Esq 1000
Lord Strathcona and Mount
Royal 1000
Hon. James Ferrier oOO
Sir Joseph Hlckson 500
Hush McLennan, Esq 250
E. B. Greenshields, Esq 250
George Hague, Esq 250
John Molson, Esq 250
Samuel Finley, Esq . . 2o0
Mrs. Mackay, $100 annually, 18S9 to 1893
$3000
3000
3000
3000
1500
1500
750
750
750
750
750
500
Total $19,250
9. Subscription by Members of Board of Governors, in
1S98-99.- §191,000.
345
10. Subscriptions for a Building for the Carpenter Collection
of Shells.
1868.
Peter Redpath. Esq $500
William Molson, Esq 500
Harrison Stephens. Esq.. .. iC'j
Robert J. Reekie, Esq 100
John H. R. Molson, Esq. .. ICO
Sir Wm. E. Logan, F.R.S... 100
John Molson, Esq :'-00
Thos. Workman, Esq., M.P. 100
Foj-wai'd
Geo. H. Frothirigham, Esq.
Wm. Dow, Esq
Thonaas Rimmer, Esq
Andrew Robertson, Esq.. ..
Mrs. Redpath
Benaiah Gibb, Esq
Hon. John Rose 50
.$1,600
100
100
100
100
100
50
Forward $1,600
Total $2,200
II. Subscriptions for the Erection of the Lodge and Gates.
William Molson, Esq
John H. R. Molson, Esq.. ..
William T\^orkman, Esq.. ..
Joseph TifRn, jun.. Esq
Thos. J. Claxton, Esq
James Linton, Esq
William McDoug-all, Esq. .
Charles J. Brydges, Esq.. .
Hon. George A. Drnmmond
Thomas Rimmer, Esq. .. .
William Dow, Esq
$ 100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Forward $1,100
John Frothingham, Esq.. .. 100
James A. Mathewson, Esq.. 100
Peter Redpath, Esq 100
G. H. Frothingham, Esq. .. 100
G. D. Ferrier, Esq 100
John Smith, Esq 100
Charles Alexander, Esq.. .. 100
J. Evans, Esq 100
Henry Lyman, Esq 50
Total $1,950
Forward .$1,100
12. Library and Museum.
Special Collections of Books Presented to the Library.
1. The Peter Redpath Collection of Historical Books, presented by
Peter Redpath, Esq., of Montreal, 3,500 Volumes, with subse-
quent additions.
2. The Robson Collection of works in Archaeology and General
Literature, presented by Dr. John Robson, of Warrington, Eng-
land, 3,436 Volumes.
3. The Charles Alexander Collection of Classical Works, presented
by C. Alexander, Esq., of Montreal, 221 Volumes.
4. Frederick Griffin, Esq., Q.C., Collection of Books, being the whole
of his Library, bequeathed by his will, 2,695 Volumes.
5. The Hon. Mr. Justice Mackay, Collection of Books, bemg the
whole of his Library, 2,007 Volumes.
6 The " T. D. King Shakespeare Collection." presented by Lora
Strathcona and Mount Royal and Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, of
Montreal, being 214 Volumes.
7. The Ribbeck Library of Classical Literature, presented by bir
W. C. Macdonald, about 4.000 \vorks.
8. The "Mendelssohn Choir Memorial Collection," presented by
Joseph Gould, Esq., 200 A'olumes. • , , ^
9. The "John Hcrne" Collection of Canadian Portraits and Auto-
graphs, 177 in all. , . ■ ^ i ^
10 The Sir J W. Dawson Collection of works m Geology and
PalK!ontology, presented by the Board of Governors.
Endowments or Library.
Wm Molson, Esq., for Endowment of a Library Fund (1871)..$ 4,000
Hon F. W. Torrance for Endowment of Mental, Moral and
Political Philosophy Book Fund (1S76) .. .... .. ■• .• •• i-'»^^
Mrs. Redpath, for the Endowment of the Wm. Wood Redpath
Memorial Fund (1881) ^'^^^
346
A Friend, by the Hon. F. W, Torrance, for Endowment of a
L/ibrary Fund (1S82) $400
Hugh S. McLennan, Library Endowment, a gift from Estate
late Hugh S. McLennan to the Library of McGill College,
the income to be applied to binding (1S92) 250
Total • $ 6,650
Subscriptions, Etc., to I.ibrarv.
John Thorburn, for purchase of Books $ 90
Andrew Drummond, do., for Applied Science .. 25
The Graduates in Arts and Applied Science of 1885 for purchase
of Books , .31
Ditto, ditto, of 1886 V 28
The late R. A. Ramsay, Esq., Bequest for purchase of books
(1887) 1,000
Andrew Drummond, Esq., to Library Fund of Faculty of
Applied Science ". . .. 25
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, for purchase of books from
the R. W. Boodle Library 200
Ottawa Valley Graduates' Society, for binding books in the
University Library 25
Peter Redpath, Esq., in aid of the new catalogue of the Library
(1892) 500
Mrs. Peter Redpath, for maintenance of Library, 1894 to date.. 40.500
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, donation for the purchase
of books for the Library, particularly in the French De-
partment (1897) 250
John H. R. Molson, donation for purchase of books for the
Library (1897) 195
Hon. Treas. Redpath Memorial Fund, London, England. The
balance remaining over of the above fund to be used for
purchase of books for the Library 47
Estate late Hugh McLennan, for support of Travelling Libraries 1,500
Sir W. C Macdonald, for purchase of books and for cataloguing
(1902) 22,500
H. H. Wood, for the purchase cf books 100
Total ■. . .. $67,016
Special Collections Presented to the Museum.
1. The Holmes Herbarium, presented by the late Andrew F. Holmes,
M.D.
2. The Carpenter Collection of Shells, presented by the late P. P.
Carpenter, Ph.D.
3. The Collection of Casts of Ivory Carvings, issued by the Arundel
Society, presented by Henry Chapman, Esq.
4. The McCulloch Collection of Birds and Mammals, collected by
the late Dr. M. McCulloch, of Montreal, and presented by his
heirs.
5. The Logan Memorial Collections of Specimens in Geology and
Natin-al History, presented by the heirs of the late Sir W. E.
Logan. LL.D., F.R.S.
6. The Dawson Collection in Geology and Palaeontology, being the
Private Collections of Principal Dawson, presented by him to
the Museum.
7. The Bowles Collection of Lepidoptera, presented by Sir Wm. C.
Macdonald and J. H. Burland, Esq.
8. R. Morton Middleton, Jr., London, Bng., Collection of Plants.
9. Collection of Butterflies, presented by the Members of the Board
of Governors of the University.
10. Collection of Lepidoptera, presented by Sir "W. C. Macdonanld.
(See also "List of Donations to the Museum," printed in the An-
nual Reports of the University.)
347
Endowment for the Museum.
Wm. Molson, Esq., for the Endowment of a Museum Fund
(1873) * "^'""^
Subscriptions, Etc., for the Museum.
T J Claxton, Esq., for purdhase of Specimens for Museum... $ 250
Peter Redpath, Esq., for Museum expenses, $1,000 per annum
from 1S82 to 1893 _ ■• •• ■■ ||'""!^
Mrs. Peter Redpath. for Museum expenses, Is&l to 1902 id,uuu
Mrs. H. G. Frothingham, for the arrangement of Dr. Carpen-
ter's Collection of Mazatlan shells •• ■• ^33
Peter Redpath, Esq., for improvements to Museum (1891).. .. 1,000
A Lady, for Museum expenses from 1882 to 1894 J.OOO
A Friend, for the purchase of spe-imens for the Museum .. .. 4,uOU
John H. R. Molson, Esq., for the parchase of books on "Butter-
flies of Eastern United States and Canada." 50
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, for mounting skin and
skeleton of Musk Ox.
150
Mrs. J. H. R. Molson, for the purchase of specimens I'OOO
Total ?3S,983
13. Miscellaneous.
Chas. T. Blackman, Esq., of Montreal, the gift of a Telescope
and Astronomical Instruments called after his name.
J. J. Arnton, bequest to McGill University (1895) % 900
R. A. Ramsay, M.A., B.C.L., to defray the expenses of re-
erecting the tomb of the late Hon. James McGill (1877).. .. 150
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, contribution to cover cost of illustrating
calendar, (1899) $586.66, (1900) $433.20, (1902), $391.54., .... 1,411.40
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, for granolithic sidewalks (1902).. .. 2,800
14. University Portraits and Busts.
Portrait of the Founder, presented by the late Thomas Blackwood,
Esq.
Portrait of William Molson, Esq., presented to the University.
Bust of William Molson, Esq., by Marshall TVood, presented by
Graduates of the University.
Portrait of Peter Redpath, Esq., painted by Sydney Hodges, pre-
sented by Citizens of Montreal.
Portrait of Rev. Dr. Leach, by Wyatt Eaton, presented by Friends
and Graduates of the University.
Portrait of Sir William Dawson, by Wyatt Eaton, presented by
Friends and Graduates of the University.
Portrait of Hon. James Ferrier, by Robert Harris, presented by
Friends and Graduates of the University.
Portrait of Peter McGill, presented (through Mr. A. T. Taylor), by
Judge Parker, of Edinburgh.
Portrait of Dr. William Robertson, founder of the\ Medical Faculty,
presented in loving remembrance by his family and descendants.
Bust of Peter Redpath, Esq., by Reynolds Stephens, presented by
Mr. Redpath's personal friends in England. i
Portrait of Peter Redpath, Esq., by Robert .Harris, presented by
Friends and Undergraduates of the University.
Portrait of Mrs. Peter Redpath, by Robert Harris, presented by the
Governors of the University. ^ ^ ^^^
Portrait of John H. R. Molson, by, Robert Harris, presented by the
Governors of the University.
Portrait of Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, by Alphonse Jongers,
presented by the Governors of the University.
348
II. Endowments and Subscriptions for the Faculty
of Arts.
1. Buildings, Cliairs, Etc.
Endowment Fund, 1856.
John Gordon McKenzie, Esq $2,000
Ira Gould, Esq 2,300— Total, $4,300
The Molson Chair of English Language and Literature, in 1856,
eiidcwed by the Honorable John Molson, Thomas Molson, Esq.,
and William Molson, Esq.— $20,000; and sui.plemented in 1892 by
John H. R. Molson, Esq., with a £uvi.-.ier s..m of $20,000. Total,
$40,000.
The Peter Redpath Chair op Pure Mathematics (founded as
Chair of Natural Philosophy), in 1871, endowed by Peter Red-
path, Esq., $20,000."
The Logan Chair of Geology, in 1871, endowed by Sir "W. E. Logan,
LL.D., F.R.S., and Hart Logan, Esq.— $20,000.
The John Frothingham Chair of Philosophy, 1873, endowed bv
Miss Louisa Frothingham,— $20,000; and supplemented in 1891 with
a further sum of $20,000. Total, $40,000.
The Major Hiram Mills Chair of Classics, in 1882, endowed by
the last will of the late Major Hiram Mills, of Montreal,— $42,000.
The David J. Greenshields Associate Professorship of Eng-
lish Literature, endowed by the last will of the late David J.
Greenshields, Esq., of Montreal, with the sum of $40,000.
The Macdonald Chairs of Physics, in the Faculties of Arts and
Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald,— $120,000.
The M^'cdonald Chairs of Chemistry, in the Faculties of Arts and
Applied Science, endOAved by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1897
and 1001,— $110,000.
The Macdonald Chair of Botany, endowed by Sir William C. Mac-
donald, in 1901,— $50,000.
The William Dow Chair of Political Economy, 1901, endowed by
the Misses Dow,— $60,000.
The Macdonald Chair of Moral Philosophy, endowed by Sir
William C. Macdonald in ISOa.— $50,(_iOO. '
The Charles Gibb Botanical Endowment, subscriptions received
to date: —
A Friend ?^s000
Mrs. Catherine Hill ' 200— Total, $8,200
The Macdonald Physics Building and Equipment, in the Faculties
of Arts and Applied Science. The gift of Sir William C. Mac-
donald,. announced by him as a gift to the University in 1890.
and formally opened February, 1893.
The Macdonald Physics Building Maintenance Fund in the Facul-
ties of Arts and Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C.
Macdonald, in 1S92 and 189S, $150,000.
The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building and Equip-
ment, siven to the University by Sir William C. Macdonald, in
1896, $267,141.80.
The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building Main-
tenance Fund, endowed by Sir ^^illiam C. Macdonald. in 1897
and 1899, $225,000. ' .'
The Macdonald Chemistry Endowment Fund, endowed by Sir
William C. Macdonald, in 1890, $135,000.
The Kingsford Chair of History, endowed by Sir Wm. C. Mac-
donald, in 1898, $50,000.
The Dawson Chair of Geology, endowed -by' Sir Wm. C. Macdonald
in 1899, $50,000.
The Macdonald Buildings Repair Fund, endowed in 1900 by Sir
William C. Macdonald, $15,000.
349
2. Endowment for Pension Fund.
This endowment was given in 1894 to be invested, and i the revenue
used exclusively for providing Pensions or Retiring Allowances
for members of the teaching staff of the Faculties of Arts and
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal.. ..S50.000
John H. R. Molson .50,000
Sir William C. Macdonald 50,000— Total, $150,000
3. Exhibitions and Scholarships, Etc.
The Jaxe Redpath Exhibition, in the Faculty of Arts.— founded in
1868, by Mrs. Redpath. of Terrace Bank, Montreal, and endowed
with the sum of $1,667.
The M.acdonald Scholarships axd Exhibitoxs, 10 in number, in
the Faculty of Arts— founded in 1871, and endowed in 1882 with
the sum of $::5.000 by Sir William C. Macdonald.
The Charles Alexander Scholarship, for Classics— founded in 1871
bv Charles Alexander, Esq. Endowed in 1893 with the sum of
S2,G00.
The Barbara Scott Scholarship for Classical Language and
Literature- founded in 1884 by the last will of the late Miss
Barbara Scott, of Montreal, and endowed with the sum of $2,000.
The George Hague Exhibition— founded in ISSl— Annual value, $125.
Terminated 'in 1901.
The Major Hiram Mills Medal and Scholarship.— founded by the
will cf the late Major Hiram Mills, of Montreal, and endowed
with the sum of $1,500.
T. M. Thompson, Esq.— $250 for two Exhibitions in September, 1871;
$200 for two Exhibitions in 1872,— $450.
Rev. Colin C. Stuart— for the 'Stuart Prize in Hebrew"— $60.
The Taylor Scholarship— founded in 1871, by T. M. Taylor, Esq.—
Annual value $1C0— terminated in 1878.
Professor Alexander Johnson — for Scholarship for three Sessions,
terminated 1886-87— $350.
Her Majesty's Commission for the Exhibition of 1851— Nomination
.•scholarships for 1891, 1893, 1S95, 1897, 1899, 1901 and 1903— value £150
annually, tenable for two years.
The Philip Carpenter Fellowship — founded by Mrs. Philip Car-
penter, for the Maintenance of a Post-Graduation Teaching Fel-
lowship or Scholarship in Natural Science or some branch there-
of in the Faculty cf Arts in McGill College, endowed in 1892
with the sum of $7,000.
The Alexander Mackenzie Memorial Fund, founded by the
friends of the late Hon. Alex. Mackenzie, for the maintenance
of fellowships or scholarships in Political Science, $9,534.05.
A Lady, to provide for three tuitions in the Faculty of Arts for
sessions 1892-93, 1893-94.
The New Tortv Graduates' Socisty Exhibition — for an Exhibition
in the Faculty of Arts to be associated with the name of Sir
T^ailiam Dawson— Annual value, $60— given in 1897, 1898, 1901, 1903.
To provide Bursaries in the Faculty of Arts, subscriptions from
W. W. Ogilvie .. ..1898 and 1899.. ..$2,000
Hugh McLennan.. ..1898 and 1899 240
D. Macmaster 1898 120
4. Edowments and Donations cf Medals andPrizes.
In 1S56 Henry Chapman, Esq., founded a gold medal, to be named
the "Henry Chapman Gold Medal," to be given annually in the
gradiiating class in Avts. This medal was endowed by Mr.
Chapman in 1874 with the sum of $700.
In 1860 the sum of £200, presented to the College by H.R.H. the
Prince of "V^.^ales, was applied to the foundation of a Gold Medal,
to be called the "Prince of T\^ales Gold Medal." which is given
in the graduating class for Honour Studies in Mental and Moral
Philosophy.
350
In 1864 the "Anne Molson Gold Medal" was founded and endowed
by Mrs. John Molson, of Belmont Hall, Montreal, for an Honour
Course in Mathematics and Physics.
In the same year the "Shakespeare Gold Medal," for an Honour
Course, to comprise and include the works of Shakespeare and
the Literature of England from his time to the time of Addi-
son, both inclusive, and such other accessory subjects as the
Corporation may from time to time appoint, was founded and
endowed by citizens of Montreal, on occasion of the three hun-
dredth anniversary of the birth of Shakespeare.
In the same year the "Logan Gold Medal" for an Honour Course
in Geology and Natural Science was founded and endowed by
Sir William Log-an, L.LD., F.R.S., F.G.S., etc.
In 1874 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
Earl of Dufferin, Govei'nor-General of Canada, for competition
in the Faculty of Arts, and continued till 1878.
In 1875 the "Neil Stuart prize in Hebrew" was endowed by Neil
Stuart, Esq., of Vankleek Hill, in the sum of $340.
In ISSO a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
Marquis of Lome, Governor-General of Canada, the former for
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1883.
In 1884 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
Marquis of Lansdowne, Governor-General of Canada, the former
for competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition
in the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1888.
In 1889 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency
Lord Stanley, Governor- Gen erail of Canada, tihe former for com-
petition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the
Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1893.
The "Chales G. Coster Memorial Prize" for general proficiency
— given annually by Colin H. Livingstone, Esq., B.A. ; founded
in 1889,
In 1894 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
Earl of Aberdeen, Governor- General of Canada, the former for
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1898.
In 1899 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
lEartl of Minto, Governor-General of Canada, the former for
competition in the Faculty of Arts, thel latter for competition in
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued to date.
5. Subscriptions for the Support of the Chair of Botany.
1883-84.
Sir Wm. Dawson $500 per annum, 5 years, being.
Xiord Strathcona and Mount
Royal 250
J. H. R. Molson, Esq 100
Mrs. J. H. R. Molson 100
G. Hague, Es<i 100 " "
Mrs. Redpath 100
Hugh McKay, Esq 100
Robert Moat, Esq 100
Sir TVm. C. Macdonald 100
Charles Gibb. Esq .SO
Miss Orkney.
Robert Mackay, Esq....
Mrs. Wim. Molson..
Mrs. John Molson . . . .
John Stirling, Esq
Warden King, Esq
Miss Hall
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
$2500
1250
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
Robert Angus, Esq.. ..
D. A. P. Watt, Esq. ..
Hxigfh McLennan, Esq...
Sir Joseph Hickson., ..
Mrs. Phillips
351
$50 per annum, 5 years, being
50 " " " ..
25 " " I" ..
10 " " " ..
$250
250
125
50
20
Total $9,945
6. Botanic Garden, Etc.
Subscriptions, 1890-91.
Hugh McLennan, Esq.
Gilman Cheney, Esq..
James Johnston, Esq..
James Slessor, Esq. ..
A Friend
Hugh Graham, Esq. ..
A. F. Gault, Esq
W. T. Costigan, Esq...
Jonathan Brown, Esq.
Forward
.$ 100
. 100
. 100
. 100
. 100
. 100
. 100
, 100
. 100
$ 900
Forward
. $ 900
Jonathan Hodgson, Esq..
.. 100
Robert Mackay, Esq
.. 100
H. Shorey, Esq
.. 50
J. S. Shearer, Esq
.. 50
Geo. Sumner, Esq
. . 25
A. Ramsay & Co
25
Garth & Co
25
Total $1,275
To Erect Plant House in Botanic Garden.
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal $ 362.00
John H. R. Molson, Esq 361.51
Sir William C. Macdonald '.. .. 361.02
Total $1,084.53
For Support of Botanical Laboratory.
Sir W. C. Macdonald (1900) $300.00
7. Subscriptions in Aid of the Chair of Hebrew.
.in 1889 $50 per annum, 3 years, being.. $ 150
Warden King, Esq. .
Sir William Dawson..
Hon, Hugh Mackay ....
A. F. Gault, Esq
George Hague, Esq .. .. "
T. A. Dawes, Esq "
S. Carsley, Esq
S. Davis, Esq in 1892
Warden King, Esq
A. F. Gault, Esq
Robert Mackay, Esq.. .. "
Hugh McLennan, Esq. .. "
George Hague, Esq.. .. "
T. A. Dawes, Esq "
S. Carsley, Esq
J. Murphy, Esq "
50
50
25
25
25
25
50 per annum for 3 years.
50
50
25
25
25
150
150
75
75
75
75
20
150
150
150
75
75
75
25
25
8.
Total $1495
Subscriptions to Provide Sessional Lecturers, Etc.
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, sessions 1891-92 to 1898-99. .$42,000
Mrs. John H. R. Molson, sessions 1891-92 to 1899-1900 8,300
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, to provide for certain salaries in the
Department of Physics, etc., sessions 1894-95 and 1895-96.. 2,627
Total $52,927
352
9. Endowments for Apparatus
The Local Committee of the British Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science to found the British Association
Appai-atus Fund in the Faculties of Arts and Applied sci-
ence, in comiremoration of tiie meeting of the Association
in ^Montreal in JSS4 $1,500
10. Subscriptions, Etc. , for Apparatus.
I'hilosophical Appaiatus, 1S67.
William Molson, Esq $
John H. Ft. Molson, Esq..
Peter Redpath, Escf
George Moffat. Esq
Andrew Robertson, Esq..
John Frothinghani, Esq..
David Torrance, Esq
Thos. J. I5arron. B.A
J. H. R. Molson, Esq., Dy-
namo, Gas Engine and'
Fixtures 1
Mrs. Redpath, Storage Bat-
tery
.500
5C0
500
2:0
100
100
100
50
792
-100
l''or\vaia $1,292
Sir \Vm. C. Macdonald, fit-
tings of Upper Chemical
Laboratory 2,075
A. J. Lawson, a Dynamo ...
Benjamin Dawson, 3 Micro-
scopes '..
Botanical Apparatus.
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald .. 720
Hugh McLennan, Esq. .. Ill
SaiTiuel Finley, Esq Ill
A. B". Gault, Esq Ill
Kir W. C. Macdonald, Bio-
logical Equipment 1,750
Forward $4,292
Total $9,170
11. Miscellaneous.
Hugh McLennan, Esq., subscription toward expense of table at
the Biologiv-al .Station. Woods Holl, Mass., for McGill Pro-
fessor of Botany (1S96 to 1899) $300
A Friend, subscription toward above, 1900-1902 250
Sir W. C. Macdonaiii, donntion towarits Maintenance of Phy-
sics Building 2000
III. Royal Victoria College-
I. The Donalda Endowment for the Higher Education of
Women.
This endowment, given by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal
(>f ISlontrea!; is to provide for the education of women In
the subjects of the Faculty of Arts, up to the standard of
the examination for B.A., in 18S4 $ 50,000
And in ISSG 70,000
Tot-l $120,000
2, Miscellaneous Subscriptions.
Lord Strathcona and Mount Roval, for mu-sical instruction in
sessions 18s:t-90 and ISEO-fll $400
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal, for appliances in Zoology
in the special interest of Don.ilda classes In 1895 100
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal for maintenance of Royal
A'ictoria Codege, 1899-1902 $175,000
353
3. Endowments Held in Trust by the Board of Royal
Institution.
The "Hannah Willard Lyman Memorial Fund," contributed by
subscriptions ol former pupils of Miss Lyman, and invested as a
permanent endowment to furnish annuallj^ a Scholarship or Prizes
in a "College for ^Vomen," affiliated to the University, or in classes
for the Higher Education of Women, approved by the University.
The amount of the fund is at present $1,100.
The "Annie Mcintosh Prize," contributed by pupils and friends
of the late Miss Annie M. Mcintosh, of Bute House, Montreal. The
income to be given as a prize to women in the Faculty of Arts, $425.
IV. Endowments and Subscriptions for the Faculty of
Applied Science.
1. Buildings, Chairs, Etc.
The William Scott Chair of Civil Exgixeep.ixg, in 1S84. endowed
by the last will of the late Miss Barbara Scott, of Montreal,—
$30, COO
The Thomas Workmax Departmext of Mechaxical Exgixeerixg
—founded in 1891 under the last will of the late Thomas Work-
man, Esq., who bequeathed the sum of $117,000— $60,000 for the
maintenance of a Chair of Mechanical Engineei'ing, witlh the
assistance, shops, machinery and apparatus necessary thereto,
$57,000 to be expended in provision of necessary buildings, ma-
chinery and apparatus.
Sir William C. Macdoxald, in 1890, towards erection of Thomas
Workman Workshops, $20,000.
The Macdoxald Exgixeerixg Building axd Equipment — announced
by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald as a gift to the University in 1890, and
formally opened February, 1893.
The (Macdoxald Physics Building and Equipment in the Faculties
of Arts and Applied Science, the gift of Sir William C. Mac-
donald announced by him as a gift to the University in 1890, and
formally opened February, 1893.
The Macdoxald Chairs of Physics, in the Faculties of Arts and
Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald— $120,000.
I'liE Macdonald Chair of Electrical Engineering — endowed by
Sir "vv m. C. Macdonald, in 1891, with the sum of $40,000; in 189S,
with the additional sum of $10,000. Total, $50,000.
The Macdonald Exgixeerixg Building Maixtexaxce Fund,
endowed by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, in 1892 and 1896.— $85,000.
The Macdonald Physics Building Maintenance Fund in the Fa-
culties of Arts and Applied Science, endowed by Sir Wm. C-
-Macdonald, in 1892 and 1896- $150,000.
The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building and Equipment,
given to the L'niversity by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1896.—
$267,141.80. I
The Macdonald Chemistry and Mining Building Maintenance
Fund, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1897 and 1899 —
$225,000. I
The Macdonald Chair of Mining Engineering, endowed in 1896
and 1903 by Sir William C. Macdonald. wnth the sum of $62,500.
The Macdonald Chair of Architecture, endowed in 1896 by Sir
William C. Macdonald, with the sum of $50,000.
The Macdonald Chairs of Chemistry, in the Faculties of Arts and
Applied Science, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald, with the
sum of $110,000.
12
354
The Macdonald Architectural Departmfnt Maintenance
Fund, endowed by Sir William C. Macdonald, in 1898.— S10,000.
The Macdonald Mining and Metallurgical Department En-
dowment Fund, endowed by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, in 1899.—
$55,000.
The Macdonald Chemical Department Endowment Fund, en-
dowed by Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, in 1900.— $135,000.
The Macdonald Buildings Repair Fund, endowed in 1900 by Sir
William C. Macdonald.— $15,000.
2. Endowment for Pension Fund.
This endowment was given in 1894 to be invested and the revenue
used exclusively for providing Pensions or Retiring Allowances
for members of the teaching staff of the Faculties of Arts and
Applied Science.
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal.. $50,000
John H. R. Molson 50,000
Sir William C. Macdonald 50,000— Total, $150,000
3. Exhibitions and Scholarships.
The Scott Exhibition. — Founded by the Caledonian Society of
Montieal, in commemoration of the Centenary of Sir Walter
Scott, and endowed in 1872 witn the sum of $1,100, subscribed by
memlbers of tihe Society, and other citizens of Montreal. The
iBxhibition is given annually in the Faculty of Applied Science —
Annual value, $50.
The Burland Scholarship, founded 1882 by J. H. Burland, B.A.Sc,
$100 for a Scholarship in Applied Science for three years, being
$300.
Her Majesty's Commission for the Exhibition of 1851 — Nomination
Scholarships for 1891. 18P3, 1895, 1897, 1899, 1901 and 1903; Value,
£150 annually, each tenable for two years.
The Dr. T. Sterrt Hunt Scholarship. — Founded in 1894 by the will
of the late Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, and endowed with the sum of
$2,082, the income to be given and paid annually to a student or
students of Chemistry.
The Canadian General Electric Co. Scholarships, given in 1900-
1903.— $1200.
fitnt 4. Medals and Prizes.
?n 1880 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
Marquis of Lome, Governor-General of Canada, the former for
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in
tihe Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1883.
In 1884 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency th'?
Marquis of Lansdowne, Governor-General of Canada, the former
for competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition
in the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1888.
In 1885 the British Association Gold Medal, for competition in the
Graduating class in the Faculty of Applied Science, was founded
by subscription of members of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, and by gift of the Council of the Asso-
ciation, in commemoration of its meeting in Montreal in the year
1884.
In 1889 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency Lord
Stanley, Governor-General of Canada, the former for competition
in! the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the Faculty
of Applied Science. Continued till 1893.
In 1894 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
Earl of Aberdeen, Governor-General of Canada, the former for
competition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in
the Faculty of Applied Science. Continued till 1898.
355
In 1S99 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the
'Earl of Minto, Governor-General of Canada, the former for com-
petition in the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the
Faculty of Applied Science. Continued to date.
5. Endowment and Subscriptions for Maintenance of
Faculty.
Endowment Fund. Graduates' Endowment Fund.
Daniel Torrance, Esq $5,000 ! Graduates' Endowment Fund-
Charles J. Brydges, Esq. .. 1,000 ! Class 1890, $70 a year for
R. J. Reekie, Esq 100 j 5 years, $350; received to
date $85
Total $6,100
Annual Subscriptions, 1S71-1879.
Hon. James Ferrier ($100 per annum for 10 years) $ 1,000
Peter Redpath, Esq. ($400 per annum for 10 years) 4^000
John H. R. Molson, Esq. ($4C0 per annum for 10 years) 4,000
George H. Frothingham, Esq. ($400 per annum for 7 years).. 2,800
T. James Claxton, Esq. ($100 per annum for 6 years) 600
Donald Ross, Esq. ($50 per annum for 5 years) 250
Miss Mary Frothingham ($400 per annum for 3 years) 1 200
H. McLennan, Esq. ($100 per annum for 5 years) 500
A. F. Gault, Esq. ($100 per annum for 5 years) 500
Gilbert Scott, Esq. ($100 for 2 years) 200
Joseph Hickson, Esq. ($100 for 2 years) 200
Sir William Dawson, ($300 for 2 years) 600
His Excellency the Marquis of Lome 500
Mrs. Redpath (Terrace Bank) lOo
Total $16,450
Subscriptions towards Maintenance of Engineering Department.
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, sessions 1891-92 to 1897-98 $56,341
do for advertising '575
do to cover certain salaries, session 1894-
95 and 1897-98 1,920
do to meet the expenses of the course of
summer work for Mining Engi-
neering Students (1898) 825
do Electric Light Re-installation in Engi-
neering Building, 1899 6,000
do to cover salary of Assistant in Chemi-
cal Department, session 1898-99 and
session 1899-1900 1000
do Electric Storage Batteries, Reinstalla-
tion of Electric Lighting in Physics
Building, etc., 1901 30 000
A Friend, towards maintenance of Electrical Engineerins- '
Eepartirent, 1£01 and /1902 _ __ ^ §qq
Total 597561
Subscriptions to Provide Lectures in Mechanical and Sanitary
Engineering.
E. B. Greenshields, Esq. ...$50 | Forward $161
J. E. Bovey, Esq 50 | Jeffrey H. Burland, 'b.A.Sc,
_ ' $100 for 2 years ' '>00
Professor H. _T. Bovey .. ..61 i Smaller amoun«ts '. " 40
Forward $161
Total $401
356
Subscriptions for Maintenance of Chair of Practical Chemistry, 1862.
Hon. C. Dunkin, M.P $1,200
Sir William Dawson 1,200
Peter Redpath, Esq 226
Total $2,626
For Maintenance of Chair of Mining Engineering and Metallurgy, 1S91.
R. B. Angus, Esq.. ..$2,000
Mrs. Dow 1,000
Hugh McLennan, Esq. 1,000
Miss Benny 1,000
T. A. Dawes, Esq. .. 750
A. A. Ayer, Esq 250
G. W. Reid, Esq.. .. 100
Evans Bros 100
$ 6,200
Payable in Three Years.
Sir W. Dawson 1,000
Alex. Stuart, Esq.
(London, Eng.).. .. 1,500
R. G. Reid, Esq 1,500
Forward $4,000 $6,200
Forward $4,000 $6,200
E. K. Greene, Esq.. .. 750
Dr. T. Brainerd 750
A. F. Gault, Esq 750
Messrs. H. & A. Allan 750
Hector Mackenzie, Esq. 750
Peter Lyall Esq 750
James Ross, Esq 600
A. Robertson, Esq.. .. 300
John Duncan, Esq. .. 300
George Hague, Esq. .. 300
Jonathan Hodgson, Esq. 300
James Moore, Esq. .. 200
Messrs. Ames & Holden 150
James Cooper, Esq. .. 150
Total
10,800
,000
Remodelling East Wing for Class Rooms for Faculty of Applied
Science, 1S8S.
John H. R. Molson, Esq $3,000
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald 3,000
Total $6,000
6. Endowments for Apparatus.
The LocaT Committee of the British Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, to found the British Association |
Apparatus Fund in the Faculties of Arts and Applied toci-
ence, in commemoration of the meeting of the Association
in Montreal in 1SS4 $1,500
7. Subscriptions, etc., for Apparatus.
A lady, for the purchase of Mining Models $1,001'
Thos. McDougall, Esq., for the same 25
J. Livesey, Esq., through Dr. Harrington, for the same 50
Geo. Stephen, Esq., for the same 50
Chas. Gibb, Esq., donation for Apparatus in Applied Science.. 50
The Local Committee for the reception (1881) of American
Society of Civil Engineers for the purchase of Appliances
for the department of Civil Engineering in Faculty of
Applied Science 475
Capt. Adams, Chemical Apparatus 10
J. H. Burland, B.A.Sc, Chemical Appai'atus 25
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald —
For Surveying and Geodetic Apparatus in 1890 1,500
For new apparatus, etc., in the Mechanical Department, 1900. 5,000
Total $8,18t>
357
8. List of Subscribers and Donors to the Equipment of the
New Engineering Buildings of McGill University
to May, 1902.
Abbott W Eyuipment
Adams, Capt. R. C
Mining Photographs
American Locomotive Co
Drawings
American Bridge Co. . .Drawings
American Steam Gauge Co. (Bos-
ton) Indicator
Archbald, H Boolis
Ashton Valve Co. (Boston)
Sectional Valve
Aurora Metal Co Specimens
Bell Telephone Co
Telephone Apparatus
Bertram & Sons, J. (Dundas)....
24 in. Planer
Bethlehem Iron Co. .. .Specimens
Birch & Co., J. (England)
Hydraulic Tubes
Birks, Henry Clock
Bishop, Geoi-ge Equipment
Blackwell, Kennet ...Equipment
Blake Mnfg. Co., The George P.
Blue Prints of Pump
Blake Pump Co., The Geo. (New
York & Boston) Pump
Bluenose Mining Co Ore
Bremner, A $50
Brockhaus, Herr F. A Books
Brodie & Harvey $.50
Brunner, Mond & Co Ore
Brush, G Boiler
Cameron, General. . .Rotary Drill
Campbell Tile Co. (England),
per Jordan & Locker
Equipment
Campbell, Kenneth $50
Canada Switch Co Castings
Canadian General Electric Co.
(Toronto), per F. Nicholls
Equipment
Canada General Electric Co
Electric Drill, Edison Genera-
tor, Dynamo, Motor
Canada Rand Drill Co
Rock Drill
Carnegie Steel Co Specimens
Carsley. S $100
Carus- Wilson, Prof. C. A
Equipment
Gary, A. A
Photographs of Boilers
Chadwick, F Truss Models
Chanteloup, E $50
Claxton, T. J. ..Timber Beams of
large Scantling for Testing
Laboratory
Costigan, J Equipment
Cowen, Amos.. Samples of Bricks
Cowper, P. H
Model of Steam Engine
Craig, Messrs. J. & M. (Kilmar-
nock, Scotland)— Sanitary Sec-
tions (full size) and models
Crocker-Wheeler Electric Motor
Co., The (New York) ... .Motor
Armature, Prints
Crosby Steam Gauge and Valve
Co., The (Boston).. Gauge and
Valve, Indicator and Valves
Cumberland Ry. & Coal Co.. Ore
Darling, Brown & Sharpe ('Provi-
dence, R.I.) 6 in. Rule
Date, John Equipment
Da wson, W. B
Books and Specimens
Dolworth Mining Co... 5 tons ore
Dominion Coal Co. .Miners' Tools
Dominion Wire Manfg. Co., per
F. Fairman Shaper
Douglas, James Ore
Drummond, Hon. G. A Prism
Drummond G. E Ore
Drysdale, D Tools
Drysdale, W Tools
Earle, S. R Air Injector
Edison General Electric Co
Two 450 light dynamos. Brake
Shoe and Disc
Egleston, Dr. (New York)
Framed Photographs of the
Moon. Books, Photos, etc.
Electric Welding Company (Bos-
ton) Equipment
■■ Engineering Magazine " (New
York City) Mining Illustrations
and Photographs
Eureka Tempered Copner Co....
Equipment
Eustis Mining Co 12 tons ore
Ewan, A $100
Felton & Guilleaume..
Samples of Cable Wire, etc.
Forsyth. R Equipment
Frothingham & Workman. .Tools
Furlong, G. W., B.A.Sc
Specimens of Pine and Wood
bored by Teredos
Gardner, & Son, R. W
16 in. Lathe
Gardner, R Equipment
Garth & Co $500
vjarth, Henry Equipment
Girdlestone, J Plans
358
Government of New South Wales
Collection of Australian Timbers
Government of Queensland, Aus-
tralia. .Collection of Queensland
Timbers
Gower, W. E
Graham, H $100
Grier, G. A Equipment
Guggenheim Smelting Co
Specimens
Gurney & Co., E. & C .-.$604
Hadfield, Messrs. (Sheffield)
Equipment
Hamilton Bridge Worlis Co
A Model of the Stoney Creek
Arcli
Hamilton Powder Co., Electrical
Blasting Machine, and Appli-
ances, etc., for blasting.
Hearn & Harrison, per L. Har-
rison Barometer & Clock
Hersey, R $1200
Hodgson, Jonathan $200
Holden, A Equipment
Hosoki, Dr., of Tokio, Japan
Collection of Japanese Wood
Hoyt Metal Co Specimens
Hughes & Stephenson.Equipment
Hutton, W. H Equipment
Illinois Steel Co Photos, etc.
IngersoU Rock Drill Co
Rock Drill
Irwin & Hopper Equipment
Ives. H. R Cupola
Joyce, Alfred $aO
Jordan & Locker Equipment
Kennedy, John Equipment
Kennedy, W. & Sons
American Turbine
Kennedy, W. (Owen Sound)
Pump
Kerr, R. & W Tools
King & Son, Warden $534
Laughlin-Hough Drawing Table
Co Drawing Tables
Lachine Rapids Co
Electrical apparatus and power
Laurie & Bro., J
Compound Engine
Lawson, A. J Equipment
Lehigh Zinc & Iron Co.. Franklin
Furnace, N.J., Mining Speci-
mens and Photographs.
Lindsay & Co., C. F.. Equipment
Lovell & Son, John Books
Lyster, A. G Drawings and
Sketches of London and Liver-
pool Docks.
McPherson, A Tools
Mason, Dr Equipment
Maxwell & Co., E. J.. Equipment
McCarthy, D. & J. (Sorel). . . .$300
McDougall, Mrs. J $4000
McLachlin Bros. (Arnprior)
Timber
McLaren, D $100
McLaughlin Bros Timber
McNally & Co., W $100
McPherson Sand Box Co. (Troy,
N. Y.) Model of Sand Box
Midvale Steel Co Specimens
Miller Bros. & Sons Elevator
Mitchell, P Equipment ($300)
Mitchell & Co., R Equipment
Naismith, P. L., B.A.Sc
Specimens
Nalder Bros. & Co. (England)...
Standard Cell
National Electric Mfg. Co. ^..100
Volt Transformer, Transforiners
National Lead Co Specimens
Nicholson, Peter $100
Norton A. O., Boston, Mass.. Two
Norton Ball-bearing Lifting-
Jacks.
Norton Emery Wheel Co. (Wor-
cester, U.S.) Equipment
Notman, Wm Photographs
Ohio Brass Co Fittings
Ogilvie W $500
Ontario Graphite Co
Graphite Rock
Packard Elec. Co. .Transformers
Palmer, A Equipment
Parker, M Equipment
Paton, H Equipment
Peckham INIotor Truck ' and
Wheel Co. (Kingston, N.T.)
Model of Motor Truck
Pelton Water Wheel Co. (New
York) Two Motors
Pennsylvania Railroad Co
Working Drawings of Locoino-
tives (32)
Perrin & Co.. W. R
Press and force pump
Phelps Engine Co.. per A. R.
Williams & Co Dake Steam
Engine, 4 Horse Power Engine
Pillow, J. A $250
Pittsburgh Reduction Co
Specimens
Pratt & TVhitney (Hartford
Conn.)..Epicycloidal Gear Model
Prowse, G. R Equipment
Queensland Government, per Sir
Thos. Mcllwraith.. Collection of
Tiinbers.
Radiator Co. (Toronto) $500
RanT-'ay & Son. A $100
Rathbun, E. W Samples of
Fire-proof Construction ($112)
Reddaway & Co., F
Belt (value $50)
359
Redpath, F. R Equipment
Redpath, Mrs $100
Reed, G. W $100
Reford, R $1000
Reid, R Equipment
Reid, R. G $1000
Renouf, E. M Books
Rhode Island Locomotive Woi-ks
Photos of Locomotives
Rife's Hydraulic Engine Mfg. Co.
(Roanoke, Va., U.S.A.)
Hydraulic Ram
Robb & Armstrong
80 H.P. High Speed Engine
Robertson, J Equipment
Rogers, Professor (Waterville,
Maine) Equipment
Ross, Jas $500
Rodden, W Equipment
Royal Electric Co Motors,
Dynamos, Transformers, Coils,
Condensers
Rutherford, W Equipment
Sadler, G. (Robin & Sadler)
Belting ($400)
Seeley, John Insulators
Schaeffer & Budenbery (Brook-
lyn, N.Y.) ... .Double Indicator
Scholes, F $100
Scovill Mfg. Co Equipment
Sharp, Stewart & Co. (Manches-
ter, Eng.) '..Equipment
Shearer, James $200
Sheppard, Chas $200
Siemens Bros. (London, Eng.)...
Cable Samples
Smith C. B
Franjed Photos of Bridges (2)
Smith, R Equipment
Spence, J. P., C.E. .Specifications
and drawings, showing con-
struction of Sault Ste. Marie
Canal Locks.
Smith, R. Guilford Books
Stanley Elect. Co Wattmeter
Steel Co, of Scotland, The
Samples of Cable "Wire, etc.
St. George, P. W Models
Stirling Co., The. .Sectional Blue
Prints of Boilers
Sturtevant Co., The B. P. (Bos-
ton) Blowers
Swan Lamp Mfg. Co Lamps
Taylor, A. T $300
Tees & Co Equipment
Thomas, R. & Son Insulators
Thomson-Houston Co. (Boston).
Incandescent Dynamos
Twyford & Co Equipment
U. S. Navy Const. Dept
Drawings, etc.
Vail, Stephen Piece ^f first
Telegraph "^^ire Used
Walker & Co., James Tools
Wanklyn, F. L Equipment
Ward. Hon. J. K $50
Warrington Wire Co
Cable Samples
Waterous Engine Co
Drawings, etc.
Westinghouse Air Brake Co
Drawings, etc.
Weston Elect. Instr. Co
Ammeters, etc.
Wetherill Separating Co
Ore Samples
Whittier Machine Co. (Boston)..
Electric Elevator
Wiley & Sons, John (New/ York)
Books
Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. (Stam-
ford. Conn.) Equipment
Yates & Thom
Blue Prints of Machinery
The above representing a total of about $80,000.
9. Faculty of Applied Science Library Endowment, 1893.
Hugh Paton $25
A. .Joyce 25
R. Gardner 50
H. Garth 100
Hughes & Stephenson 100
R. Mitchell.. .: 300
Forward .
.$600
Forward $600
W. Rodden 25
M. Parker 25
Robin & Sadler 50
J. Robertson, Esq 50
Mrs. John McDougall (1895) . . 20
Total $770
!G0
V. Endowments and Subscrptions in Aid of the
Faculty of Medicine.
1. Leanchoil Endowment, 1884.
Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal $50,000
2. Campbell Memorial Endowment, 1884.
Established to commemorate the service rendered to the Faculty
during 40 years by the late Dean, George W. Campbell, M.D., LL.D.
Mrs. G. W. Campbell $ 2000
H. A. Allan, Esq 1500
Lord Strathcona and Mount
Royal 1500
Lord Mount Stephen . . .... 1000
R. B. Angus, Esq 1000
Hon. Geo. A. Drummond . . 1000
Alex. Murray, Esq 1000
Robert Moat, Esq 1000
Sir W. C. Macdonald 1000
A Friend 1000
Duncan Mclntyre, Esa . . . . 1000
A. F. Gault, F:sq 1000
M. H. Gault, Esq , .. 1000
G. W. Stephens, Esq 1000
James Benning, Esq 1000
R. P. Howard, M.D 1000
G. B. & J. H. Burland, Esqs. 1000
Miss Elizabeth C. Benny .. 1000
J. C. Wilson, Esq 1000
Mrs. John Redpath 1000
Hon. John Hamilton 1000
Miss Orkney 1000
Hugh Mackay, Esq 1000
Hector Mackenzie, Esq.. .. 1000
Thomas Workman, Esq. . . 1000
Hugh McLennan, Esq 1000
O. S. Wood, Esq 1000
Prank Buller, M.D 500
James Burnett, Esq 500
Andrew Robertson, Esq. . .. 500
Robert Mackay, Esq 500
John Hope, Esq 500
Alex. Urquhart, Esq 500
R. A. Smith, Esq .. 500
George Hague, Esq 500
J. K. Ward, Esq 500
Warden King, Esq 500
John Stirling, Esq 500
John Rankin, Esq -500
Robert Reford, Esq 500
Messrs. Cantlie. Ewan & Co. 500
Messrs. J. & W. Ogilvie ..' 500
Randolph Hersey, Esq 500
John A. Pillow, Esq .500
S. Carsley, Esq 500
D. C. MacCallum, M.D 500
Messrs. S. Greenshields, Son
& Co 500
Forward $39,000
Forward $39,000
Jonathan Hodgson, Esq. .. 500
George Ross, M.D 500
T. G. Roddick, M.D 500
Wm. Gardner, M.D 500
Messrs. Cochrane, Cassils
& Co .-. .. 500
Sir Joseph Hickson 500
Allan Gilmour, Esq., Ottawa 500
R. W. Shepherd, Esq 500
G. E. Fenwick, M.D 300
Miles Williams, Esq 300
G. P. Girdwood, M.D 250
Charles F. Smithers, Esq.. 250
John Keny, Esq 250
A. Baumgarten, Esq 250
R. W. Elmenhorst, Esq.. .. 250
W. F. Lewis, Esq 250
George Armstrong, Esq. .. 250
J. M. Douglas, Esq 250
Messrs. H. Lyman, Sons &
Co 250
F. J. Shepherd, M.D 250
Duncan McEachran, Esq.,
F.R.C.V.S 200
Benj. Dawson, Esq 200
R. Wolff, Esq 150
Japies Stewart, M.D 150
A. T. Paterson, Esq 100
H. "W. Thornton, M.D. (New
Richmond, Q.) 100
C. B. Harvey, M.D. (Yale,
B.C.) 100
D. Cluness, M.D. (Nanaimo,
B.C.) 100
TV. Kinlock, Esq 100
Hua, Richardson & Co.. .. 100
Mrs. Cuthbert (New Rich-
mond, Q.) 100
J. M. Drake, M.D 100
Husrh Paton, Esq • 100
R. T. Godfrey, M.D 100
T. A. Rodger, M.D 100
W. A. Dyer, Esq 100
Geo. "W. Wood, M.D. (Fari-
bault, Minn.) 100
A. A. Browne, M.D 100
Geo. Wilkins, M.D 100
R. L. MacDonnell, M.D. .. 100
Forward $48,400
3G1
(Tor-
Forward
Jos. Workman, M.D
onto) . .
Henry Lunam, B.A., M.D.
(Campbellton, N.B.) .. ..
Hon. Sir A. T. Gait
R. J. AUoway, M.D
R. J. B. Howard, M.D.. ..
Louis T. Marceau, M.D.
(Napierville. Q.)
Griffith Evans, M.D. (Vet.
Dept. Army)
J. J. Farley, M.D. (Belle-
ville)
Heniy R. Gray, Esq
J. E. Brouse, M.D. (Pres-
cott)
R. X. Rinfret (Quebec) ..
Robert Howard, M.D. (St.
Johns)
Drs. J. & D. Mcintosh
Vankleek Hill)
J. H. McBean, M.D
J. C. Rattray, M.D. (Cob-
den, O.)
E. H. Howard, M.D. (La-
chine)
$48,
400
50
50
50
30
25
25
26
20
20
20
20
15
10
10
Forward $48,821
Forward .$48,821
J. W. Oliver, M.D. (Clifton,
O.) 10
D. A. McDougall, M.D. (Ot-
tawa, O.) 10
A. Poussette, M.D. (Sarnia,
O.) 10
A. Ruttan, M.D. (Napanee,
O.) 10
James Gunn, M.D. (Dunham,
O.) 10
J. McDiarmid, M.D. (Hen-
sail, O.) 5
W. J. Derby, M.D. (Rock-
land, O.) 5
J. Gillies, M.D. (Teeswater,
O.) 5
J. B. Benson, M.D. (Chat-
ham, N.B.) 5
L. A. Fortier, M.D. (St.
David, Q.) 5
J. A. McArthur, M.D. (Fort
Elgin, O.) 5
John Campbell, M.D. (Sea-
forth, Ont.) 5
Total
.$48,906
3. Endowed Chairs, Donations, Etc.
Lord Strathcona and Mount Rotal Chair op Pathology,
endowed in 1893 by Lord Strathcona and Mount Royal
with the sum of $50,000
Lord Str.athcona and Mount Royal, Endowment for the
Department . of Hygiene, endowed in 1893 by Lord
Strathcona and Mount Royal with a sum of 50,000
Mrs. Mary Dow Bequest — Bequest by fhe will of the late Mrs.
iMary Dow for the Faculty of Medicine, 1893, $10,030 less
Government Tax of 10 per cent 9,000
John H. R. Molson Donation— In 1893, $25,000 for the purchase
of land, and $35,000 for additional building- and equipment. 60,000
"Walter Drake, Esq., for benefit of Chair of Physiology, an
annual donation of $500 given 1891 to 1897 3,500
Dr. Robert Craik Fund —
Mrs John McDougall, toward foi-mation of above
(1893-94) $1,000
Jane F. Learmont, bequest, do. do. (1894) .. .. 3,000
4,000
Joseph Morley Drake Chair of Physiology, endowed in 1898
by ^Valter Drake, Esq., with the sum of 25,000
Lady Strathcona and Mount Royal Donation for erection
and equipment Additional Buildings (1899) 50,000
Hon. Mrs. Howard Donation for erection and equipment Addi-
tional Buildings (1899) 50,000
D. Morrice, Esq., Donation for equipment of Pharmacology'
Laboratories 1,500
3. IVIedals and Scholarships.
In 1865 the " Holmes Gold Medal " was founded by the Faculty of
Medicine as a memorial of the late Andrew Holmes, Esq., M.D.,
LL.p., late Dean of the Facultj'' of Medicine, to be given to the
best student in the graduating class in Medicine, who should
undergo a special examination in all the branches whether
Primary or Final.
362
In 1878 the " Sutherkind Gold Medal " was founded by Mrs. Suther-
land of Montreal, in memory of her late husband, Prof. William
Sutherland, M.D., for competition in the classes of Theoretical
and Practical Chemistry in the Faculty of Medicine, together
with creditable standing in the Primary Examinations.
The David Morrice Scholarship — in the subject of Institutes of
Medicine, in the Faculty of Medicine — founded in 1881 — value
$100. (Terminated in 1883.)
5. Library, Museum and Apparatus.
For the Fittings of the Library and Museum of the Faculty of
Medicine, 1S72.
G. W. Campbell, A.M., M.D.$1200
W. E. Scott, M. D 200
Wm. Wright, M.D 200
Robert P. Howard, M.D 200
Duncan C. MacCallum, M.D. 200
Forward $2,000
Robert Craik, M.D 200
Geo. E. Fenwick, M.D 200
Joseph M. Drake, M.D 200
George Ross, M.A., M.D. .. 50
Forward $2,000 Total $2,6.50
The Profes.sor.sand Lecturers in (" Donation to Apparatu.s, Museum^
the Summer Sessions of theK Library, etc., of the Medical - §2,205
Faculty of Medicine I Faculty, 3887, $1,182; 1888, $1,023. j
For Physiological Laboratory of Faculty of Medicine, 1S79.
Dr. Campbell $100
Dr. Howard . .
Dr. Craik .. ..
Dr. MacCallum
Dr. Drake .. ..
Dr. Godfrey ..
Dr. MoEachran,
F.R.C.V.S.
100
100
100
100
100
100
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr
Dr.
Forward
Ross .. ..
Roddick .
Duller .. .
Gardner. .
Osier .. ..
;700
50
50
50
50
50
Forwai-d $700 Total
Cameron Obstetric Collections
Dr. J. C. Camei en
6. Miscellaneous.
Anonymous Donor toward Expenses of Pathology for Session
$10,000
1S92-;
.,$500
Contributors Towards Salary of Research Fellow in the Department
of Pathology, 1900.
James Ross, Esq $2,500
R. B. Angus, Esq 2,500
Total $5,000
VI. Endowments and Subscriptions for the Faculty
of Law.
L1, Endowed^ Chairs, Etc.
The Gale Chair, in the Faculty of Law, endowed in 1884 by the late
Mrs. Andrew Stuart (iiee Agnes Logan Gale), of Montreal, in
memory of her father, the late Hon. Mr. Justice Gale, — $25,000.
The Macdonald Faculty of Law Endowment, founded by Sir Wm.
C. Macdonald, in 1890— $150,000. Supplemented in 1897 by $50,000.
Total $200,000.
Sir Wm. C. Macdonald, remodelling part of the East Wing in 1895 for
Class Rooms, Lecture Rooms, etc.. for Law Faculty.
Sir Wm C. Macdonald. Travelling Scholarships in Law, 1901— $3,600;
1902,-$1,800.
2, Medals,
In 1865 the " Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal." was founded and en-
dowed by John Torrance, Esq., of St. Antoine Hall, Monireal, in
memory of the late Mrs. John Torrance, for the best student in
the graduating class in Law, and more especially for the highest
proflciencs' in Roman Law.
V/li. Graduates' Funds.
1. The Fund for the Endowment of the Library,
The Graduates' Society of the University, in 1876, passed the fol-
lowing Resolution : —
Resolved : — " That the members and graduates be invited to sub-
" scribe to a fund for the endowment of the Libraries of the Univer-
" sity; said fund to be invested and the proceeds applied under the
" supervision of the Council of the Society in annual additions to the
"Libraries; an equitable division of said proceeds to be made by the
" Council between the University Librai-y and those of the Profes-
" sinal Faculties."
In terms thereof subscriptions have been paid in to the Graduates'
Society, amounting in all to $3,120; the interest on which is annually
expended in the purchase of books for the several libraries, under
the direction of a special committee appointed for that purpose.
2, The Dawson Fellowship Foundation,
The Graduates' Society of the University, in 1880, and in com-
memoi-ation of the completion by Dr. Dawson of his twenty-fifth
year as Principal, resolved to raise, with the assistance of their
friends, a fund towards the Endowment of the Fellowship under the
above name.
Details of the scheme can be had from the Treasurer, Francis
Topp, B.A., B.'C.L. The following subscriptions have been announced
to date, Jan. 1st, 1902. They are payable in one sum, in instalments,
without interest or with interest till payment of capital as svibscribers
have elected.
Alpl.aJ citaliy airai gcd.
Abbott, H., B.C.L $ 60
Archibald. H., B.A.Sc. .. 20
Bethune, M. B., M.A., B.C.L. 50
Carter, C. B., B.C.L 100
Cruikshank, W. G., B.C.L.. 100
Dawson, W. B., M.A., Ma.E. 50
Dougall, J. R., M.A 250
Gibb, C, B.A 100
Hall, Rev. Wm., M.A 100
Hall. J. S., jun., B.A., B.C.L. 100
Harrington, B. J., B.A., Ph.D. 50
Hutchinson. M., B.C.L. .. 400
Kiriby, J., LL.D., D.C.L. .. 50
Krans, Rev. E. H., M.A..
LL.D 100
Leet. S. P., B.C.L 100
Lighthall, ■V\'. D.. M.A.. B.C.L. 100
Forward $1,730
Lyman, H. H., M.A 100
Lyman, A. C, M.A., B.C.L. 50
McCormick. D., B.C.L 100
McGibbon, R. D.. B.A., B.C.L. 100
McGoun, A., jun., M.A.,
B.C.L 50
McLennan, J. S.. B.A.. .. 100
Ramsay. R. A.. M.A., B.C.L. 50
Spencer, J. W. B.A.Sc, Ph.D. 50
Stephen, C. H., B.C.L 100
Stewart, D. A.. B.A.Sc. .. 20
Stewart, J., M.D 60
Tait, M. M., B.C.L 100
Taylor, A. D., B.A.. B.C.L. 100
Trenholme, N. W., M.A.,
D.C.L 40
Forward $1,730
Total to date
.$3,110
mcem xanipeisit^
SESSION 1 902-1903
DEGREE AND SESSIONAL EXAWIINATIONS
LISTS OF STANDING, HONOURS AND PRIZES
\
CONTENTS
Page
Faculty of Law 3
Faculty of Arts 7
Faculty of Applied Science 20
Faculty of Medicine 41
g'aculttj of %<im.
THIRD YEAR GRADUATIIMG CLASS).
HONOURS.
(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed
together.)
GossELiN, Louis, B. A.— First Rank Honours, Elizabeth Torrance Gold
Medal and Prize of $50.
Casgraix, a. Chase, B.A.— Second Rank Honours and Prize of $25.
MacKinnon, Cecil G., B. A.— Second Rank Honours and Prize of $15.
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.C.L.
(In order of merit.)
Gosselin, Louis, B.A.
Casgrain, A. Chase, B.A.
MacKinnon, Cecil G.. B.A.
Rugg, Frederick S.
A'ipond, Herbert S.
Madore, Louis, B.A.
Theberge, Albert.
Blaylock, Harry W., B.A.
Bergeron, Patrick John.
Tansey, Thomas M.
Orr, Henry Stanley, B.A.
Weinfie'.d. Henry. B.A.
Rankin, Arthur G. E., B.A.
STANDING IN THE SEA'ERAL SUBJECTS
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.)
AGENCY, PARTNERSHIP AND CORPORATIONS.
Theberge and Vipond and Madore, equal; Gosselin, Weinfleld,
Casgrain, Rugg:, Bergeron, Rankin, Tansey ; Blaylock and MacKin-
non, equal; Orr.
COMMERCIAL LAW.
Casgrain, Rugg, Theberge, Blaylock, MacKinnon; Tansey and
GosseUn, equal: Bergeron, Vipond, Madore, Orr, Weinfleld, Rankin.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW.
MacKinnon; Rugg and Vipond, equal; Weinfleld. Blaylock, Ber-
geron, Orr, Rankin; Theberge and Gosselin, equal; Madore, Cas-
grain, Tansey.
CRIMINAL LAW.
Oasgrain; Madore and Tansey, equal; Rug-g and Theberge,
equal; Bergeron, MacKinnon, Gosselln; Blaylock and Orr, equal;
"S'ipond, Rankin, Weinfield.
INTERNATIONAL . LAW.
Vipond, Tansey, Casgrain, Orr; Theberge and Gosselin. equal;
MacKinnon, Madore, Weinfield, Rugg, Blaylock, Bergeron, Rankin.
MARRIAGE COVENANTS, PRESCRIPTION, ETC .
Gosselin, Rugg, Bergeron, Blaylock, Thebei'ge, Vipond, MacKin-
non, Madore, Orr, Casgrain, Weinfield, Tansey, Rankin.
OBLIGATIONS.
Gosselin, Orr; Casgrain and Madore, equal; MacKinnon and
Vipond, equal; Blaylock, Rugg; Rankin and Theberge, equal; Wein-
field and Bergeron, equal; Tansey.
PROCEDURE.
Gosselin, MacKinnon, Rugg, Weinfield, Bergeron; Blaylock and
Casgrain and Vipond and Rankin, equal: Tansey; Theberge and
Madore, equal; Orr.
REAL . PROPERTY LAW.
Theberge, Bergeron; MacKinnon and Vipond, equal; Madore,
Casgrain: Gosselin and Tansey, equal; Orr; Blaylock and Rugg,
equal; Weinfield, Rankin.
ROMAN LAW.
Gosselin and MacKinnon, equal; Madore and Casgrain. equal;
Blaylock, Orr, Bergeron, Vipond; Rugg and Theberge, equal; Tan-
sey, Rankin, Weinfield.
SUCCESSIONS, GIFTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS.
Casgrain and Vipond, equal ; Orr ; Blaylock and Madore and
Rugg, equal; Bergeron and Tan.<^ey and Rankin, ecjual; Gosselin,
Theberge, MacKinnon, Weinfield.
SECOND YEAR.
HONOURS.
DiCK.'^DX, N. — First Rank General Standing and Prize of §50.
Williams. H. S.. B. A. — First Rank General Standing and Prize of $25,
Cotton, W. N.. B.A. — First Rank General Standing.
Drouin, J. — First Rank General Standing.
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
(In order of merit).
Dickson. Williams. Cotton, Drouin, Brodie, Phelan, McDougall,
DaWitt, Ogilvie, Pope, Vineljerg, Mackie, Stcphen.s.
5
STANDING IX THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS.
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.)
CIVIL PKOCEDURE.
Dickson ; Phelan and Williams, equal ; Brodie and Cotton, equal :
McDougall ; Mackie and Stephens and Drouin, equal; Ogilvie and DeWitt
equal ; Pope and Vineberg, equal .
COMMERCIAL LAW.
Dickson, Williams. Drouin. Phelui, Cotton, Brodie and McDougall.
equal; DeWitt, Vineberg; Mackie and Pope, equal; Ogilvie.
CORPORATIONS.
Cotton. Diet: son, Williams. Drouin. Brodie, Phelan. McDougall,
De Witt, Ogilvie ; Pope and Vineberg, equal ; Stephens, Mackie.
CRIMINAL LAW.
Cotton, Williams, Dickson, Pope ; Brodie and Drouin. equal ; Ogilvie
Phelan, De Witt, McDougall, Stephens, Mackie, Vineberg.
INTERNATIONAL LAW.
Drouin. Dickson, Cotton, McDousrall, Williams, Brodie, De Witt,
Ogilvie and Phelan, equal ; Vineberg, Pope, Mackie and Stephens, equal.
PRESCRIPTION, LE.\SE OR HIRE, MUNICIPAL LAW.
Dickson, Drouin, Williams, De Witt, Brodie, McDougall, Cotton
Mackie, Phelan, Vineberg, Srevens, Pope and Ogilvie.
REAL PROPERTY LAW,
Dickson, Williams, Drouin, Cotton, Brodie. Phelan, Ogilvie, Vineberg
McDougall, Mackie, Pope, Stephens, De Witt.
SUCCESSIONS.
Brodie and Cptton, equal; Drouin; Dickson and Ogilvie. equal;
Williams, Pope, Vineberg, McDougall, Phelan, De Witt, Mackie, Stephens.
FIRST YEAR.
HOXOURS.
Harris, Spencer Dale, B.A. — First Rank General Standing and
Scholarship of $100.
PASSED THE SESSIONAL, EXAMINATION.
(In order of merit.)
Harris, Spencer, Dale, BA.; Greenshields, Charles G. : Coulin,
James E. ; Wallace, Richard P.; Morin, S. R., B.A. ; Duffy, Fabian J.
6
STANDING IN THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS.
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.)
CIVIL PROCEDURE.
Harris, Greensliield*, Coulin, Diid'y, Wallace, Morin.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW.
Harris, Wallace; Morin and Coulin, equal; Greensliields, Duffy.
LEGAL HISTORY.
Harris, Coulin, Gi-eenshields, Wadace, Morin, Duflfj'.
OBLIGATIONS.
Harris .nnd Greensliields, equal; Morin and Coulin. equal; Wal-
lace and Duffy, equal.
PERSONS.
Greenshields, Coulin, Harris; Morin and Wallace, equal; Duffy.
REAL RIGHTS,
Harris; Morin and Green^-hields, equal; Wallace, Duffy. Coulin.
ROMAN LAW.
Harris Coulin, Greenshields, Wallace, Morin, Duffy
^aculttj of ^rts.
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A.
IN HONOURS.
(In Alphabetical Order.)
First Bavh: -Belyea. Marion E.
BovEY. F. H. Wilfrid.
Couture, Gui. C.
East, Edith M.
Johnson, Walter S.
LoMER, Gerhard R.
LuNDiE, E. Helen
Parkin. Maude E.
Wales, Julia G.
Second Eank.— Fee, Jas. E.
Lockhart, Arthur R. B.
Wisdom, Kathehine F.
ordinary b.a.
(In order of merit- Students of equal standing are bracketed
togetlier).
Class /.—Davidson, IMac. B.
McMorran, Thomas S.
Class 12.— Griffin, Gertrude
Harris. Alan Dale
Duraud. Gustave
( Lunny, Rosemary
t Parkins, Edgar R.
(^Cameron, Dakers
\Mackay, Eric B.
Seaman, Jno. G.
j Holnian, William L.
\ Troop. George W. H.
Class 77/.— Simister. Warren.
Ascah, Robert G.
SPECIAL EXAMINATION.
Ireland. F. Charles
Parker, Dan T.
ORDINARY B. SC,
Class 77.— Gass, Helen
Class 777.— McLeod, Euphemia G.
THE NML STKWART PRIZE.
Reid, Allan S., B.A.
BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDIXG TO THE DEGREE OF M.A. IN COURSE.
Cooke, Hereward Lester, B.A.
Craip;, Williani Woodliam, B.A.
John.son, Jolni Guy Watts, B.A.
McMillan, Cyrus J., B.A.
BACHELOR OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M . SC. IN COURSE.
Marcuse, Bella, B.A.
MASTER OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF D.SC. IN COURSE.
Tory, Henry M. J., M.A.
ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF LL.D., HONORIS CAUSA.
Mackenzie, Sir Alexander Campbell, Mus.Doc. LL.D. (Clasgow).
Moyse, Charles E., B.A. (London).
Parkin, Georo:e 11.. LL.D., C.M.G.
PASSED THE INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION.
(1).— FQR COURSE LEADIN(; TO B.A.
(In order of merit. Students of equal standing- are bracketed together.
Class /.—King, Louis V.
Idler, S. Maiy
Michaels, Rosebud F.
Macnab, Norman
Class //.— Gushing. R. Macaulay
Sharp, Florence E.
f Chodat, Henri
\ Taber, Marion M. D.
( Fraser, Geo. A.
\ Smith, May
Edwards, Lyford P.
McFee, M. C. Coll
f Bowman, Nora F.
/Curtis, Walter E.
1 Perry, Kenneth M.
I Roy, Philias R.
Class 7/7.— Halpennv, Thonnis A.
Hitchcock, Mary A.
Laverock, J Lily J.
f Adams, Claude' A.
'I Hill. Julia M.
IMcCuaig, Douglas R.
( McMurtry, Rennie O.
( Nicholson, .Tohn C.
Moule, Frances 8.
Cameron, A. W.
( Lyman, Ruth D.
1 Wales, Osgood H.
Gillean. A. Muriel
( Hyde, G. Gordon
\ Stewart, William
Stewart, Thomas S.
t Vancouver College.
5 With supplemenal examination in one subject.
Bajus, William P. l.s) t
Cotton, Thoiuas F. {s)
Crane, C. W. (s)
Cross, C. Ernest (s)
DeBeck, Erhvin K. J (s).
Hepburn. Flora E. (s).
Howitt, Henry is).
Jenkins. Joseph (.s).
Locke, Ernest is).
McCoy. Isabel is).
Munn, Lanra A. (.s).
Ower, John J. (s).
Pi'ico, Thomas John J (s).
Rabinovitch Max (s).
Piobinson, \Yiiliam W. (s).
Smith, Ella is).
Tannenbaum, David (s).
FOURTH YEAR GRADUATING CLASS).
HONOURS.
In Mathonatics and Xatural P/iilosophy.
LuxDiE, E. Helen— First Rank Honours and Anne Molson Gold Medal
In Classics.
BovET, F. H. Wilfrid— First Rank Honours and Chapman Gold Medal.-
Ill Mental and Moral Philosophy.
East, Edith M. — First Rank Honours and Prince of Wale^ Gold Medal.
LoMER, Gekhard R— First Rank Honours and Medal Prize.
Lockhart, Arthur R. B.- Second Rank Honours.
Fee. James E. — Second Rank Honours.
In Eni/lish Language and Literature.
Wales, Julia G.— Firsr Rank Honours and Shakspere Gold Medal.
Belyea, M.\RI0N E. — First Rank Honours.
Johnson, Walter S.— First Rank Honours.
Tn Modern Languages and History.
Wisdom, Katherine F. — Second Rank Honours.
In History.*
Couture, Gui. C— First Rank Honours and Medal Prize.
Parkin, Maude E.— First Rank Honours.
First Rank General Standing.
Davidson, Mac. B.— Special Certificate.
McMorran, Thomas S.— Special Certificate.
THIRD YEAR.
HONOURS.
Sheldon, Ernest W.— First Rank Honours and Prize in Mathematics
and Xatural Philosophy.
Rose, Herbert .T. — First Rank Honours in Classics: Prize in Latin :
Prize in Greek.
Archibald John G.— First Rank Honours in Classics ; Prize in Latin.
:^ Vancouver College.
s With supplemental examination in one subject.
*No medal offered for this subject.
10
HiNDLEY, J. Geo. — First Rank Honours and Prize in History and
Economics.
Campbicll, Donald G.— First Ranlc Honours and Prize in History and
Economics.
Hadrill, Makgaket.— First Rank Honours m History and Economics;
Prize in Economics.
Shanks, Gko.— First Rank Honours in Mineralogy-
Brown, Wm. G.— First Rank Honours and Prize in Chemistry.
Lathe, Frank E. — First Rank Honours in Chunistry.
Mc'Leod, Annie.— First Rank Honours in Cliemistry.
Hart, E. Muriel.— First Rank Honours in English Language and
Literature.
Simpson, Edith B.— Second Rank Honours and Prize in Mathematics
and Natural Philosphy.
Mackenzie, Catherine L— Second Rank Honours in History and Econo-
mics ; Prize in History.
Rubinowitz, Israel.— Second Rank Honours in History and Economics.
Griffin, Grace L.— Second Rank Honours in History and Economics.
Freeze, Helen L.— Second Rank Honours in Chemistry.
Gardner, H. Ivy L,— Second Rank Honours in English Language and
Literature.
Dickson, Ada.— Second Ranlv Honours in English Language and Liter-
ature.
McKenzie, ANtiUs D. M.— Second Rank Honours in History and Economics.
McGouGAN. Ed.— Second Rank Honours in Philoscipliy.
McCax^ly. M. v.— Second Rank Honours in Modern Languages.
LoMER, Tlieo. O. — Prize in Modern Languages.
Stewart, J. Ure. — Prize in Hebrew.
PASSED THE THIRD YEAR EXAMINATIONS.
(Arranged in alphabetical order.)
Archibald, Bell, Bouchard, Brown, Campbell, Craig, Dickenson,
Dickson, Draper, Freeze. Gardner, Griffin, Hadiill, Hart. Harvie, Henry,
Hindley, Lathe, Logan, McCallv, McDonald. MacFarlane, McGougan,
Mackenzie <C.I.). McKenzie (A.D".), MacLeod, Marshall, Mingie, Molson,
Papineau, Robertson, Rose, Rubinowitz, Shanks. Sheldon, Simpson,
Stewart (.J.U.), Stewart (L.J.), Walker, Wickware. Wilson.
Students in Arts, registei'cd in Medical Faculty, who will be qualified
to enter the fourth year Arts on completing their medical year:
Chandler, Gray, Gurd, Lomer, McDiarmid.
SECOND YEAR,
HOXOURS-
King, Louis V. (Montreal High SciiooD— Fiist Rank Honours and Prize
in Mathematics ; First Rank Honours and Prize in Latin, First
Rank General Standing.
Idler. S. May (Montreal Hign School)— First Rank Honours and Prize
in Latin ; Second Rank Honours in Mathematics ; First Rank
General Standing; Prize in Philosophy; Prize in German; Annie
Mcintosh Prize.
Perry, Kenneth M. (Regina High School) — First Rank Honours and
Prize in Mathematics.
Gushing, R. Mac. (Montreal High School) — First Rank Honours and
Prize in Latin.
Edwards, L. P. (Central High School, Grand Rapids, Mich.)— Second Rank
Honours in Latin.
Fraser, Geo. A. (Montreal High School)— Second Rank Honours in Latin.
Smith, May (High Schbol, Montreal)— Second Rank Honours in Latin.
Hitchcock. Mary E. (Stanstead Wes. Coll.)— Second Rank Honours in
Philosophy.
11
Michaels R. F. (Hich School. MonrreaD-First Rank Heneral Standing.
Mac™ NORMAX (Montreal Hi-h SchooD-First Rank General Standing.
Chodat Hexki (Montreal High School )-Prize in :Modern Languages.
H^LPFXXY T \xsov (Montreal HiohSchooli- Prize in R.ologv
Sh\k^F. EVELYN (Private Tuition)-Prize in Logic. Prize in English.
Taber, Marion. M.U. (Stanstead Wes. Coll.i-Prize in Botany.
Rot, P. R.— Prize in Hebrew.
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS.
(1) FOR COURSE LEADING TO B.A.
Class J.-King. Idler, Michaels, McXab.
Class J/.-Cushing. Chodat and Taher, eqnal : Fraser (&--^-> and
Smith, Mav, eqnal : Edwards, McFee ; Bowman and Curtu.
and Periy'and Roy, equal.
Class Z/r.-Halpenny. Hitchcock. Laverock J: Adams and H,u and
McCuaig. equal: McMurtiy and Nicholson, equal , Mouie
Cameron : Lvn.an and Wales, eiiual : Gillean ; Hyde and
Stewart W.."eciual: Stewart. T. S., Bajus : (s), Cotion (s).
Crane (s), Cross (s), DeBeck ? (s), Hepburn (s), Howitt
(s), Jenkins (s), Locke (s), Munn (s), Ower (.s), Price x
(s), Rabinovitch (s), Robinson, W. W. (s), Smith Ella (s),
Tannenbaum \s).
(2) FOR COURSE LE.\DING TO B.SC.
Class II. — Sharp.
Class III.— -McCoy (s).
FIRST YEAR.
HONOURS.
McLeod, Alex. R. (Prince of Wales ColU>ge. Charlottown, P.E.I.)— First
Rank Honours in Latin : Second Rai.k Honours in Mathematics;
First Rank General Standing ; Prze in Latin ; Prize in Greek;
Coster Memorial Prize.
Carr, Wm. L. (Huntingdon Academy)- Fir>t Rank Honours and Prize in
Mathematics.
KiKSCH, Simon. (Montreal H gh School)— First Rank Honours in Mathe-
matics; Second Rank Honours in Latin.
Rogers, David B.— First Rank Honours in Mathematics.
Cousins, Geo. V. (Westmount Academy) — First Rank Honours in Latin.
Rorke, Mable— Second Rank Honours in Mathematics.
Naylor, R. Kenneth (Shawville Academy)— Second Rank Honours in
Latin.
GiBB, Robertson W. (Westmount Academy)— Second Rank Honours in
Latin.
Vineberg, Solomon (Shcrbrooke Academy)— Sec jnd Rank Honours in
Latin.
(Lewis, David S. (Montreal High School)— First Rank General Standing.
\Shaw, Herbert T. (Montreal High School) — First Rank General
Standing ; Prize in English.
Ryan, Esther L. M. (Montreal High School)— Second Rank Honours in
Latin ; Prize in French.
+ Vaiicoiivc?' College.
is) Siqjpleinental hi one subject.
12
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS.
(In alphabetical order.)
(1). — FOR COURSE LEADING TO B.A.
McLeod ; Lewis and Shaw, equal; Kirsch, Ilohvay; Naylor and Ryan,
equal ; Carr ; Flanders f and Freecinian and McTaggart J and Rorke,
equal; Gibb : Clark and Cousins and I)ou'>;las, equal; Vineberg ;
Scott and Smith i and Tally, equal ; Griffin and Ross, ecjual ; Lyman ;
Eraser and i'lielpsf and Roi^ers, equal ; Payne, Mundie, Barclay and
Henry, equal; Mowatt, Newman, Brydone-Jackt (•"), Drew {s),
Edwards f (s), Gillmor (.s-), Housser (s), Martin (s), McCallum (s),
McQueen J (.s-), iVJassey (s). Shearer (s), Sutherland {s).
(2).— FOR COURSE LEADIS'G TO B.SC.
Waugh (s).
STANDING IN THE SEVERAL, SUBJECTS.
(Subjects alphabetically arranged.)
FOURTH YEAR (GRADUATING CLASS).
ART AND ARCHAEOLOGT.
Class /.—Walker, Harris. Class 7/.— Couture.
BOTANY.
Class /.— Gass. Class //.—McLeod.
CHEMISTRY (ORGANIC).
Class ///.— Fripp.
CONSTITUTIONAL L.-VW.
Class /.— McMorran.
COMP,\RATIVE PHILOLOGY.
Class /.— Bovey. Class //.—Wisdom. Class ///.—Pearson (K.C.),
B.A.
ENGLISH COMPOSITION.
Class /.— Pelyea. .Tohnson. Walp^. Davidson. Class //.— Lunnv,
McMorran, Griffin. Simister. Class ///.—Troop, Harris, Parkins, Hol-
man, Cameron, Dutaud, McKay ; Seaman and Ascah, equal ; Fripp.
ENGLISH literature: POETS OF THE 19tH CENTURY.
Class /.—Davidson. Wales, Belvea. Johnson. Class //.—Dutaud.
Holm&n, Troop, Parkins. Class ///.-Simister.
ENGLISH literature: PROSE FTCTIOX.
Chios /.— Bflyea, Johnson, Wales, Davidson. Class //.—Simister,
Parkins, Dutaud, Troop, Fripp.
t Sfanstead College.
+ Vancouver College.
(s) Supvlcinental in one subject.
13
ENGLISH: EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE.
Class /.— Lunny. Class III. — Ascah.
ENGLISH: THE ELIZABETHAN DRAMATISTS.
Class I. — Lunny. Ciass II. — Holman. Class III. — Ascah.
FRENCH.
Class I. — Dutaud, ^^isdom. Class II. — Lunny.
GERMAN.
Class I. — Wisdom. Class II. — Lunny, Griffin.
GEOLOGY.
Class I. — Davidson, Griffin. Cla.ss 7/. — Seaman, Mackay, Gass, Troop,
Class III. — Parkins, Dutaud, McLeod.
GREEK.
Class I. — Bovey. Class II. — Pearson (K.C.), B.A.
HEBREW.
Class I. — Mackay, Seaman.
HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY.
Class I. — East, Lomer, Cameron. Class II. — Lockliart, Fee.
HISTORY.
Class I. — Harris. Class III. — Simister.
LATIN.
Class I. — Bovey.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
Class I. — East, Lomer, Fee. Lockhart. Class II. — Cameron, Troop,
Mackay.
METAPHYSICS.
Class II. — Ascah, Seaman.
PHYSICS.
Class I. — Lundie, Hariis.
POLITICAL SCIENCE.
ClaKS I. — DavidFon, McMorran. Class II. — Griffin, Holman. Class
777.— Cameron, Fripp.
POLITICAL ECONOMY.
Class II. — Parkins. Class III. — Ascah, Simister.
14
ROMAN LAW.
Class I. — McMorran.
ZOOLOGT.
Class I. — Holman. Class 11. — McDiarmid.
THIRD YEAR.
ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY.
Class 11. — Draper.
BOTANY.
Class II. — MacFarlane.
CHEMISTRY.
Class /.—Shanks. Class 77.— Marshall, Walker. Class ///.— Fripp.
COMPAR.-^TIVE PHILOLOGY.
Class 7.— Archibald, Rose. Class //.— Henrj' (A.E.E.) and Mc-
Cally, equal.
ENGLISH COMPOSITION.
Oil ss I.— homev ; Logan and Bouchard and MacFarlane, equal.
C/a.^.s II. — Papini^an : McDiarmid and Stewart .J. (U.) and Henry and
Wickware, equal: Wilson, Dickson; Hart and Gardner and Dickenson,
equal; Gray and McDonald, equal; Mingie; Draper and Robertson
and Kimber, equal. Class III. — Craig; Chandler and Molson, equal;
Walker, Bell, Marshall, Stewart, Gurd, Harvie.
ENGLISH: EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITER.\TURE.
Class 1. — Lomer, Hart. Class II. — Gardner and Dickson, eciual;
Logan, Bouchard, Marshall. Class III.— Ci-aig, Mingle.
ENGLISH: THE ELIZABETHAN DRAM.\TISTS.
Class I. — T^''alker, Draper, Lomer, Hart; Gardner and Papineau,
equal; Dickson, McDonald. Class II. — Stewart, Henry. Class III.—
Logan, Craig, Bouchard; Marshall and Molson, equal; Mingie,
Kimber.
ENGLISH literature: POETS OP THE 19tH CENTURY.
Class /.- Walker, Stewart. Class 7/.— Di-aper, McDonald, Papi-
neau, Henry. Class 777.— Molson, Fripp.
Class 7.— Lomer, Simpson. Class 77.— McCally, Henry, Draper,
Wilson. Class 777.— Robertson, Craig. .
GEOLOGY.
Class 7.— Freeze. Brown, Sliaiiks. Cht.ss 77.— Lathe, Draper and
Mackay, equal ; Mingie, Walker. CI'i.9.s 777.— Stewart.
15
GERMAN.
(Jlass //.—Gardner and McCally, equal; Henry, Robertson. Class
III. — Dickson, Bell, Bouchard, Kimber.
GREEK.
Class /.—Rose (prize), Archibald. Class ///.—Wilson.
HEBREW.
Class i.— Stewart (prize).
HISTORY.
Class 7.— TV'alker, Mackenzie, C. I. (prize), Campbell, McDonald;
Griffin and Hadrill, equal; Papineau and Stewart, equal. Class II.—
Hindley, McKenzie (A. D.), Rubinowitz, MacFarlane, Molson, Ellison,
Logan. Class III.— Bell and Dickenson, equal.
X'lass /.—Archibald (prize), and Rose (prize), equal; Hart. Class
//.—Bouchard, Bell, Craig, and Wilson, equal; Robertson. Class III.
—McCally.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
Class //.—Chandler; Gurd and Mingle, equal; Gray. Class III.—
May, Ross.
METAPHYSICS.
Class //.— McGougan. Class ///.—Logan, Stewart.
MECHANICS AND HYDROSTATICS.
Class /.—Sheldon. Class ///.—Simpson, Stewart.
PHYSICS (EXPERIMENTAL.)
Class /.—Lathe. Sheldon. Brown. Freeze, Simpson. Class II.—
Marshall. Class ///.—MacLeod.
Honours in Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
First Rank:— Sheldon, E. W. (prize).
Second Rank:— Simpson, Edith P. (prize).
POLITICAL ECONOMY.
Class /.—Hadrill (prize), Hindley, Griffin, McKenzie, A. D.
Class //.—McDonald, Mackenzie, C. I., Campbell, Rubinowitz, Molson.
POLITICAL SCIENCE.
Class /.—Hindley (prize). Class //.—Campbell. McKenzie. Rubino-
witz, Hadrill, Papineau, Griffin, Wickware, Mackenzie, Gurd, Chand-
ler. Class ///.—Walker, McGougan, Harvie, Dickenson.
ZOOLOGY.
Class /.—MacFarlane and Shanks, equal.
16
SECOND YEAR
BIOLOGY (ELEMENTARY.)
Class I. — Halpeiiny and Taber (Prizes), eiiiial. Class J7. — Fraser,
Sharpe, McNab : Lyman and Ovver, equal ; Locke ; Edwards and McCo}%
equal ; Curtis, Hewitt, Cross, Armstrong, Cotton, Nicholson, Tannenbaum.
BIOLOGY, (continuation COURSE.)
Class ///.—Wright.
che:mistry.
Class I. — King, McNab. Class II. — Curtis and Fraser and Perry,
equal; Michaels and Sharpe, equal; Cameron and Gushing and McCoy
and McFee, equal. Class III. — Gillean and Hill and Fraser and
Fetherstonhaugh and Locke and Wrijiht, e(|ual ; Cross and Mc-
Murtry and Manley and Rabinovitch and Robinson and Ross and
Stewart, equal; Cotton an"d Dawson and Howitt and Lyman and
Xicliolson and Cwer and Tannenbaum, equal; Hyde and Pearson,
eciual; Graham.
ENGLISH.
Class I. — Sharp (prize). Idler, King, Taber, McNabta, Laverock. |
Class II. — Blanchard and Bowman and Cushing and Michaels, equal;
Smith, (M.), Price, $ Milne, J Curtis, Howitt, Bajus.J McCuaig, Hitch-
cock, Pearson, Edwards, Montgomery, Hill, Robinson (W.), Fraser
(G.), Adams, Moule, McFee. Class III. — Chodat, Halpenny, Gilmour,
Roy, Cameron, Donaldson, t Robinson (F. G.), Wright, Ross, Graham,
Fraser (A.), Nicholson, Tannenbaum, Stewart (T.), Jackson. DeBeck.J
Mc^NIurtry, Stewart (T.), Manley, Mackay, Jenkins, Smith (E. L.),
Cotton, Dawson, Rabinovitch, Munn, Perry, McCoy, Locke, Foote,
Lyman, Crane, Ovver, Hepburn, Cilleau, Fetherstonhaugh, Hyde, JMorgan,
Cousineau, Wales.
FRENCH.
Class I. — Chodat; Idler and Michaels, equal; King, Smith (M.),
Sharpe. Class II. — Roy, Adams, Perry; Fraser and McFee, equal;
Cushing, Prendergast, Bowman; Blanchard and Clogg, eciual. Class
III. — Dey and McMurtry, equal: Cameron and McCuaig, equal;
Healy; Hepburn and Munn, equal; Moule; Cotton and Hill, equal;
Tannenbaum and Hitchcock, equal; Robinson and Stewart and
Fraser, equal ; Hyde, .Jenkins, Bajus+ ; Gillean and McCoy, equal :
De BeckJ, Pearson, Wales ; Locke and Stewart, equal ; Cousineau.
GERJIAN.
Class I. — Idler, Michaels. Class II. — Binks. Chodat, Rabinovitch,
Sniiih (-J), LaverociiJ. Class 7/7.— Smith (M.), Sharpe.
GREEK.
Class I. — Smith (E.). Class II. — Nicholson and Taber and Mc-
Cuaig and Edwards, equal; Hepburn. Class III. — Cross, Halpenny,
Crane, Wales.
HEBREW.
Cla.'is I. — Lancaster and Joliat, equal. Class II. — Ormistonf Ray-
mond (B.A.), Roy (prize), Halpenny, Cross, Manley, Laverock. J
t Vancouver College.
17
LATIN.
Class J.— King, Idler, Cashing, Fraser, Michaels, Edwards and
Smith, equal. Class /Z.-Munn ; Curtis and Rabinovitcli equal ;
Smith, Wales, Blanchard, McNab, Taber, Perry, Price,: Hill, Roy;
Chodat and Hepburn and Hitchcock, equal; Laverock..,. Llass
///—Gillean, Adams, Hvde, Bowman; Manley and McFee, equal;
Moule ^McMurtry; Jenkins and Lyman, equal; Cameron and Bajus.t
equal; DeBeck.t Donaldson,! Ower, Dawson; Crane and Healy and
Stewart (W.), equal; Stewart (T.).
LOGIC.
Clafts I.—ld\ev and Sharpe, equal (prizes); Macnab , Cushmg.
Class 7/.— Hitchcock, McMurtry, Taber. Bowman: Howitt and Mont-
gomery equal- Crane. CTass ///".—Curtis and Lyman and Roy,
equal- Hill: Moule and Smith, equal; Milne,? Smith: Edwards and
Nicholson, equal: Laverock.! Fraser and Stew-art (W.), equal: Hal-
penny and Foote, equal: Munn, Cameron. Hyde: Graham and Pricet
and Stewart, equal.
MATHEMATICS.
(1). Spherical Trigonometry and Algebra.
Class /.—King, "Wales. McFee, Chodat. Bowman. Class IT.—
Perrv Ross. Cla^s ///.—Hitchcock and Ba.iusJ and Donaldson,! equal ;
Robinson, Price ;$ :McCuaig and Smith, equal; DeBeck.t Healy, Moule,
Gillean ; Milne and .Jenkins, equal ; Munn.
(2). Solid Geometry, Conic Sections, Dynamics.
Class /.—King, Price,! Perry. CZo.s.s //.—Robinson; DeBeck! and
Milne,! equal; McFee, Chodat, McCuaig; Bowman and Smith (M.),
equal;" Adams. Class ///.—Donaldson, Healy; Gushing and Braid-
wood,' equal ; Bajus.i Ro.ss and Gillean. equal ; Hitchcock, Moule, Tup-
per ; Jenkins and Hepburn, equal ; Wales.
(3). Advanced Section.
First Rank Honours.— King, Perry.
Second Rank Honours— Idler .
FIRST YEAR.
Class /.—Shaw (prize), Lewis, Gibb, McLeod, McCallum, Barclay,
McTaagart.t Cousins. Robertson, Rorke, McQueen,! Flanders, i
Class '//.—Ryan, Payne; Tully and Douglas, equal; Kirsch, Vineburg^
McPhalen.l Naylor, Thomson, Newman. Rogers, Clarke, Phelps,,
Freedman,' Housser, Ross, Blakemore. Class ///.— Gillmor and Carr,
equal; Anstie,! Crocker, Henry, Griffin, Fraser, Brydon-Jack,t
Mo watt • Drew and Trench, equal ; Fitz Gibbon, Lyman, Mundie,
Stafford Hohvay, Healy; Martin and Marcuse, equal; Elhs,J Massee,
Smith,:' Kiely, .Scott, Sutherland, ^.Vassie, Cordner, Edwards,t Peas,
Patrick, Shearer, Stanton.f
LITERATURE AND HISTORY.
Class /.—Peterson.
t Vancouver College.
t iStanstead College.
18
Class /.—Ryan; Douglas and Vineburg and Gibb, equal; Freed-
man, Kirsch. Class //.— Gillmor, Lewis; Robertson and Rorke, equal;
Blakenioro, Clark, Shaw; Siiiiih and Cousins, equal; McTaggart,t
Phelps.t Carr; Fraser and Scott, equal; Flanderst and McQueen,*
equal; Griffin, Lyman. Class ///.—Barclay and Henry and Naylor.
equal; Stantont (G.) and Williams, equal; Smith and Ross, equal;
Langley and Waugh, equal; Mitchell, Mowatt; Haskell and Payne
and Trench, equal; McCallum and Tully, equal; Sutherland, New-
man ; McPhalenJ and Garvin, equal ; Thomson, Mundie, Massey.
GERMAN.
Class /.—Hoi way. Class //.—Ryan; Clark and Douglas, equal;
Rorke, Stanton. t Class ///.—Fraser, Griffin.
GERMAN (beginners.)
Class //.—Kirsch. Class III. — Bowman, Armstrong, Lewis,
Trench, Vineburg, Waugh.
greek.
Class /.— McLeod (prize), Naylor, Freedman, Gibb. Class II.—
Shearer; Housser and McCann, equal. Class ///.—Drew, Rogers,
Martin, Thomson, Edwardsj.
r/a.<!<< /.—* McLeod (prize), Naylor, Cousins, Flanders ;+ Kirsch and
Douglas, equal; Vineburg, Gibb; Holway and Housser and McTag-
eart:: and Rvan, equal. Class //.—Clark, Smith; Freedman and Mc-
Queen, t equal; Lewis, Shaw, Shearer, Drew, Carr, Ross; Fraser and
Lyman, equal; Edwards and McCallum and Scott, equal; Phelps.
Class III. —Henry, Tully, Brydon-Jack;J Langley and Rogers, equal;
Rorke; AnstieJ and Barclay and Braidwood, equal; Davidson and
^aiitont and Stanton, f equal; Mundie; McCann and Payne, equal;
Griftin and Martin, equal; (Tillmor and Loat,:!: equal; Massey; Carter
and Williams, equal; Mowatt and Newman, equal; Hendry.
geometry and arithmetic.
Class /.—Shaw. McLeod, Ellis, Loat.:J: Class //.—Lewis; Kirsch
and Crocker, equal; Holway and Healy, equal; Williams; Cousins
and Rogers and Brydon-Jack.:^ equal ; Waugh ; Carr and Howe and
Griffin, equal; Pease, Ross; Housser and Sutherland and Patrick and
Clark and Rorke, equal; Naylor; Tully and Smith, $ equal. Class III.—
Silcox; Scutt and Ryan, equnl ; Flanders;! Gibb and Stanton,+ equal;
Hendry and Kiely, equal; Freedman and Mundie and McCallum,
equal; Shearer; Drew and Lyman, equal; Phillips and McQueenJ and
Davidson, equal; McTaggart.J Barclay; Henry and Douglas, equal;
Marcuse and Stafford and Gale and Payne and Chapman, equal;
Hutchinson and Vineburg and Stackhouse and Thomson and Fraser,
equal; Garvin; Newman and Massey and Phelps, + equal; Copeland.
Edwards,! Gillmor, Mowatt, Anstief.
* Mark of Distinction.
+ Stanstead College.
% Vancouver College.
19
TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGEBRA.
Class I. — Lewis, Rorke. Class II. — Shaw, Ryan, Carr; Naylor and
Crocker, equal; Holway; Scott and Flanders, t equal; Clark; Freed-
inan and Douglas, equal ; Ellis and Loat,+ equal ; Griffin ; McLeod and
Phelps, t equal ; Garvin and Healy and Mowatt, equal; Gibb. Class III.
— Mundie and Silcox, equal; Davidson, Mather; Gale and Fraser and
Smithi, equal; Kirsch and Gillmor, equal; Tully and Langley, equal;
Drew and Rogers, equal; Lyman; Hendry and Waugh and Payne,
equal; Shearer; Brydon-JackJ and McTaggartJ and Hutchinson and
Marcuse and Koss and Vassie and Williams, equal ; Kiely ; Stafford
and Howe, equal ; Barclay and Pease and Sutherland, e<iual ;
Stantont and Anstie.t equal; Chapman, Henry, Cousins, Newman.
ADVANGED SECTION, MATHEMATICS.
First Rank Honours. — Carr, Kirsch, Rogers.
Second Rank Honours. — Rorke, McLeod.
PHYSICS.
Class I. — Carr; Lewis and Shaw, equal; Kirsch; McTaggartI and
McQueen,t equal; Cox, McLeod, Rogers, Healy, Holway. Class II. —
Crocker and Kiely, equal ; Brydon-Jack $ Smith J Ryan; Housser and
Lyman and McCallum, equal ; Barrett and Douglas and Flanders, f
and Freedman and Tully, equal; Naylor, Rorke. Class III. — Lang-
ley;; Griffin and Payne, equal; Ross and Scott, equal; Clark and Sil-
cox, equal; Cousins and Pease, equal; Hutchinson and Shearer, equal;
Mundie and Vineburg and Waugh, equal; Blakemore and Gibb and
Sutherland, equal; Hendry; Henry and Marcuse and Stackhouse,
equal; Johnston and Stanton, t equal: Kennedy and Martin, equal;
Gale; Fraser and Newman and Phelps. t equal; Garvin, Stanton, f
McCann, Barclay, Edwardsf; Chapman and Trench, equal; Massey
and Stafford, equal; Mowatt.
% Tancouver College.
^acitlty of ^p^plted Science.
FOURTH YEAR (GRADUATING CLASS).
HONOURS.
(In alphabetical order.)
BoRiGHT, Sherman Henry.— Honours in Mining Laboratory Work.
Brown, Frederick Baylis.— Honours in Designing, Mechanical En-
gineering, Thermodynamics and Hydraulics.
Cole, G. Percy. — Honours in Electrical Designing and Electrical Engi-
neering Laboratory Work.
CoNKLiN, Roscoe Yeo, B.A.— Prize for Summer Thesis.
Edwards, William Muir, M.Sc— British Association Medal and Prize;
Honours in Designing, Geodesy, Graphical Statics, Hydraulics, Rail-
way Engineering and Theory of Structures.
Egleson, James Ernest Aiken.— British Association Medal and Prize ;
Honours in Mineralogy, and in Mineral and Physical Chemistry.
Foreman, Alvah Ernest.— British Association Exhibition ; British
Associ.ition Medal and Prize ; Prize for Summer Thesis ; Honours in
Alternating Currents and Alternatine; Current Machinery, Electric
Power and Distriljution, Electric Traction, Electrical Designing,
Electrical Laboratory Work and Hydraulics.
Hall, Oliver. — British Association Prize; AUis-Chalmers Scholarship;
Second Carlyle Prize; Prize for Summer Thesis ; Honours in Mining
Laboratory Work and Mining Designing.
Jones, Harold, William.— Honours in Railway Engineering.
Keith, Fraser Sanderson.— Can, Soc, Civil Eng. Prize ; Prize for
Summer Thesis ; Honours in Electrical Designing and Electrical
Engineering Laboratory Work.
McCaskill. Kenneth. -Honours in Electric Traction, Electrical Design,
Electrical Engineering Laboratory Work.
McDonald, James Finlay.— Honours in Electric Traction.
McKay, Frederick Alexander.— Can. Soc. Civil Engineers Prize ;
Prize for Summer Thesis ; Honours in Designing.
McKergow, Charles Miller.— Honours in Designing,
Musgrave, Robert.— Honours in Mining Laboratory Work.
Roberts, Arthur Reginald.— British Association Medal and Prize ;
Honours in Designing, Hydraulics, Dynamics of Machines, Machine
Design, Mechanical Engineering and Thermodynamics.
Robertson, John Ferguson.— British As.sociation Medal and Prize ;
Dawson Fellowship in Mining; First Carlyle Prize; Honours in
Mining Laboratorj- Work, Metallurgy, Ore-dressing, Designing and
Hydraulics.
Rowley, LorneEldon, M. A. —Honours in Mining Laboratory Work.
Savage George Munro.— Honours in Organic Chemistry.
21
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE.
(In order of merit).
CHEMISTRY.
Egleson, James Ernest Aiken, Ottawa, Ont.
Savage, George Muni-o, Montreal, Que.
Musgrave, William Newcome, Duncans, Vancouver Island, B.C.
Crawford, Stuart, Montreal, Que.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Edwards, William Muir, M. Sc, Montreal, Que.
Jones, Harold William, Ottawa, Ont.
Beck, Alfred Edward, Penetanguishene, Ont.
Cohen, Harris, Montreal. Que.
Landry, Pierre Alfred, Dorchester, N.B.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
Foreman, Alvah Ernest. Vancouver, B.C.
McCaskill, Kenneth, Vankleek Hill, Ont.
Conklin, Hoscoe Yeo, B.A., Winnipeg, Man.
Cole, George Percy, Montreal. Que.
McDonald, James Finlay, Westville, N.S.
Keith, Fraser Sanderson, Smitji's Falls, Ont.
Thorpe, William Horseman, Montreal, Que.
Stokes, Charles William, Woodstock, X.B.
James, Bertram Heart's Content, Newfoundland.
Triminghan:, Charles Loch, Barbados, West Indies.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Roberts, Arthur Rejrinald, Montreal, Que.
Brown, Frederick Bavlis, Montreal, Que.
McKay, Frederick Aleximder, Montreal, Que.
McKergow, Cliarles Millar, Westmount, Que.
Edgar, John Hamilton, Montreal, Que.
MINING ENGINEERING.
Robertson, John Ferguson, Charlottetown, P.E.I.
Hall, Oliver, Washington, Ont.
Tilt, Edwin Bingham, Goderich, Ont.
Boright, Sherman Henry, Sutton, Que.
Lucas, Alan Stanley Bruce, B.A., Hamilton, Ont.
Rowley, I<orne Eldon, M. A., Marysville, N.B.
Pemberton, William Parnell Despard, Gonzales, B.C.
Rowlands, Charles, Albany, N.Y., U.S.A.
Musgrave, Robert, Duncans, Vancouver Island, B.C.
Gale, George Gordon, Quebec, Que.
Stovel, .Joseph Hodder, Toronto, Ont.
Langley, Albert Godwin, Victoria, B.C.
Reynolds, Leo Bowlby, Waterford, Ont.
Ross, .Tames Gordon, Embro. Ont.
Maclaren, Francis Harold, Huntingdon, Que.
22
ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE.
(In Course).
Cameron, Kenneth MacKenzie, B.Sc, London, Ont.,Can. Sec. C.E„ Prize.
Corless, Charles Vandyke, B.Sc, New Durham, Ont.
DePencier, Henry Percy, B.Sc, Vancouver, B.C., Can., Mining: )nst. Prize.
Frechette, Hovvells, B.Sc, Ottawa, Ont.
Newton, Samuel Robert, B.Sc, Drummondville, Que.
Paterson, Cliarles Stiven, B.Sc, Montreal, Que.
Smith, Gerald Meredith, B.Sc, St. Johns, Que.
Sterns, Frank Ernest, Morrell, P.E.I.
ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE.
(In Course.)
Owens, Robert Bowie, M.A., E.E. (Columbia, Johns Hopkins). M Sc.
(McGill.)
THIRD YEAR
PRIZES.
(In alphabetical order.)
Blumenthal, Samuel. — Prizes for Structural Engineering, Grapluci"!
Statics and Geology.
Chajibers, Robert A. — Prize for Summer Tliesis.
Chaplin, Charles J. — Third Mathematical Prize; Prizes for Theory
of Structures, Machine Design and Mechanical Drawing.
Cole, George H. — Can. Gen. Elect. Scliolarship; Second Mathemati-
cal Prize; Prizes for Dynamics of Machines, Calculus and
Electrical Measurements.
DuTCHER, Howard K. — Can. Gen. E'.ect. Scholarship; Third Math-
ematical Prize; Prize for Theory of Structures.
Grice, James H. — Prizes for Mechanics and Graphical Statics.
Johnson, Frederick M. G. — Prizes for Determinative Mineralogy,
and Organic Chemistry.
Lawrence, William D. — First Matliematical Prize; Second McCar-
thy Prize for Fieldwork.
LeMaistrb, Frederick J. — Hunt Scholarship.
McClosket, Frederick W. — Can. Gen. Elect. Scholarship; Prizes
for Mechanics and Calculus.
McDouGALL, George K.— Can. Gen. Elect. Scholarship.
McDouGALL, Clarence H.— Prize for Theory of Structures.
McPhek. James McD — Pr z.-s for Q iMntitative Analysis, Ore Dressing
Machine Design and Metallurgy.
Parlee, Norman "W. — Second McCarthy Prize for Fieldwork.
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS.
(In order of merit.)
CIVIL engineering.
Blumenthal. Samuel, Montreal, Que.
Lawrence, William D., Maitland. N.S.
Harvey, John B., Lyndhurst, Ont.
23
*L,ambart, Howard F., New Edinburgh, Ont.
*Healy, Frederick E., Picton, Ont.
*Kent, George M., Truro, N.S.
*Dawe, Robert G., Bay Roberts, Nfld.
ELECTRICAL EXGIXEERING.
*McDougall, George K.. Montreal, Que.
fCole. George H.. Ottawa, Ont.
[McCloskey, Frederick W., Boiestown, N.B.
Dutcher, Howard K., Charlottetown, P.E.I.
Cardew, John H.. South Beach. Young's Point, Ont.
f*Marrotte, Louis H., Westmcunt, Que.
I *Wpns:er, John A., .Avrtoii. Our.
Scott, George "W., Montreal, Que.
*Wurtele, John S. H., Acton. Que.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Chaplin, Charles J., Westmount, Que.
Drysdale, "William F., Montreal, Que.
Kemp, Robert A. Seafor' h, Ont.
Wilkes, Frederick C. D., Brantford, Ont.
*Greey, John V>^. G., Toronto, Ont.
MINING ENGINEERING.
McPhee. James IVIcD.. Lobh Katrine. X.S.
Grice, James H., Bootle, Cumberland, England.
Parlee, Norman W., Rossland, B.C.
*Chambers, Robert A., Truro, N.S.
McDougall, -Clarence H.. South Maitland, N.S.
*Ells, Sydney, B.A., Ottawa, Ont.
*Car]yle, Ernest J., Woodstock, Ont.
*Gnaedinger, Ernest G., Montreal, Que.
Taylor. Ketiinaid F . Ganano(|ue. OiU.
*Davis, Patrick, Windsor, Ont.
McMurtry, Gordon O., Montreal, Que.
* Atkinson, Marshall B.. Montreal, Que.
*Webster, George B., Brockville, Ont.
*Devell, Harold J.. Port Hope, Ont.
♦Campbell, Colin St. G., Aldershott, Ont,
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
LeMaistre, Frederick J., Westmount,, Que,
( Johnson, Frederick W. G., Montreal.
I Spencer, Arthur G., Truro, N.S.
*McNaughton, William G., Huntingdon, Que.
SECOND YEAR.
PRIZES.
(In alphabetical order.)
Blanchet, Guy H.— Second Scott Prize : Can. Soc. Civil Eng. Prize.
Boyle, Robert W. — First Scott Prize; Prizes for Calculus, Chemistry,
Experimental Physics, Kinematics of Machines, and Descrip-
tive Geometry.
"To pass Supplemental Examination.
24
Churchill, Cecil A.— Prize for Mapping.
Cropper, William C— Prize for Analytic Geometry.
Fyshe, Thomas M.— Scott Exhibition.
Jewett, F. Coburn.— Prize for Surveying.
MacDermot, Sidney G. F.— Prize for Physical Laboratory Work.
MacMillen, Henry H.— Prize for Mechanics.
Pattison, Albert M.— Prize for Freehand Drawmg.
Sutherland, Charles H.— Prize for Mechanical Drawmg.
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATION.
(In order of merit.)
ARCHITECTURE.
Pattison, Albert M., Clarenceville, Que.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Jewett, F. Coburn, Sheffield, N.B.
Fyshe, Thomas M., Montreal, Que.
Kydd, George, Montreal, Que.
*Jost, Edward B., Guysboro, N.S.
Macnab, John J., Elsinore, Bruce Co., Ont.
*Idsardi, Harold. St. Thomas, Ont.
"tHamilton, Wilfrid, Montreal, Que.
*McIntosh, Robert, Newcastle, Ont.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
Boyle, Robert W., Carbonear, Nfld.
Cropper, William C. McD.. Kingston. St. Vincent, W.L
fMcDermot, Sidney G. F., Gordon Town, Jamaica, W.I.
[willard, Charlie, Morrisburg, Ont.
Scouler, Gavin T., New Westminster, B.C.
Redpath, William, Montreal, Que.
McLeish, Ian, Montreal, Que.
Bowness, E. W., Kensington, P.E.I.
('iinha, Staton H. S., Kingston, Jamaica, W.I.
Wheaton. Hazen A., Elgin, Albert Co., N.B.
Pindlay, Delmer C, Danville, Que.
r Archibald, Hiram H., Harbour Grace, Nfld.
[01a?sco, Gordon B., Hamilton, Ont.
Campbell. John A., Cheltenham. Ont.
John'^tone, George A., Reclnersville, Ont.
Drinkwater. Kenneth E . Montreal, Que.
Weasant, Kov A., Derhv Line. Vt.. ITS A.
Mundy, Oswald A., Hamilton, Ont.
*Burpee, Loikwood, Gib?on. N.B.
Piohe, Ernest A., Montreal, Que.
*McLean, Donald, B.A.. Campbellton, N.B.
Wright, Clifton H., Barbados. W.I.
Harris, Alan Dale, Ottawa, Ont.
*Joseph, A. Pinto, Quebec, Que.
* Eaton, E. Courtlandt, Montreal, Que.
Pric°, Herbert L., Montmorency, Que.
*Ross, Walter G., Port Perrv, Ont.
*Dickson, George L., Truro, N.S.
*To pn.s-.s Supplrniental E.raminniion.
■fCmnJifinneil in F/rs'/ Y<ar t^iihjrrl.
25
MECHANICAL EXGINEERING.
MacMillan, Henry H.. Alberry Plains, P.E.I.
Cockshutt, Harvey W., Brantford, Ont.
Sutherland, Charles H., New Glasgow, N.b.
*Mooney, Chester A., Ausable Chasm, N.Y.
*Fraser, Donald M., Montreal, Que.
Turnbull, Harvard, Montreal, Que.
MIXING ENGINEERING.
Blanchet, Guy H., Ottawa, Ont.
Churchill, Cecil A., Hantsport, N.S.
Livingston, Douglas C, Corfield, B.C.
Sharpe, George P., Agassiz, B.C.
Martin, Edwai'd N., York. Ont.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Robertson,, Arthur F., Montreal, Que.
*Baker, Charles C. Stanley, Hampstead, London, England.
FIRST YEAR.
PRIZES.
(In alphabetical order.)
Bell, George E.— Prizes for Mathematics, English and Lettering.
Brennan, George E.— Prize for Freehand Drawing.
Cattanach, F. W. C— Prize for Physics.
Durland, Royden K.— First Fleet Workshop Prize.
Forbes, John McN.— Prize for Mathematics.
Harvie, Robert.— Second Fleet Workshop Prize.
Lea William S.— Prize for Descriptive Geometry.
McLachlan, D. William.— Prize for Mathematics .
Presner, Joseph.— Prize for Lettering.
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS.
(In order of merit. Students of equal standing are bracketed
together.)
Bell, George E., St. Thomas, Ont.
f Durland, Royden K., Yarmouth, N.S.
L McLachlan, D. William, Lochataer Bay, Que.
I>ea, William S., Victoria, P.E.I.
Brennan, George E., Ottawa. Ont.
Forbes, John McN.— Bonavista, Ntid.
Jones, Andrew U., St. John, N.B.
Sharp, Lester A., Summerside, P.E.I.
Jackson, Maunsell B., Toronto, Ont.
Walker, Cecil W.. Kensington, P.E.I.
Pedley, Norman F., Montreal, Que.
[Anderson, Frederic W.. Ottawa, Ont.
L Cattanach, Frederick W. C, Newport. Vt.
Blackader, Gordon H., Montreal, Que.
Macdonald, Peter J. — Winnipeg. Man.
Kirkpatrick, Everett C, Montreal We.st, Que.
TVlnter, Elliott E., Georgetown. Brit. Guiana.
*To pass Supplemental Examination.
26
Ewens, W. Sydney, Owen Sound, Ont.
tWilson, Starr R. 'L., Lunenburg-, N.S.
Tloger, Alec, Billing-'s Bridge, Ont.
MoMeekin, Albert, Bright, Ont.
+Loudou, Andrew C, Ottawa, Out.
Hadiey, Harry, Montreal, Que.
*Turley, Edward J., Frankford, Ont.
f*Benedict, Elmore M., Brantford, Ont.
t Harding-, Winthrop K., Ueiby Line, Vt.
fMcCuaig, G. Kvm, Montreal, yue.
[Presner, Josepih, Montreal, Que.
*tBurnett, ArchiLald, Montreal, Que.
*tCole, L. Heber. Montr^^-ll. Que.
fBoyd, Alfred M. S., Westmount, Que.
[Howell, Edgar N., Westmount, Que.
*Davidson, Thomas R., Montreal, Que.
Steedman. William F., Montreal, Que.
*Tupper, Frederick McD., Truro, N.S.
*Gurd, A. Douglas, Montreal. Que.
*Brady, Janies C, Victoria, B.C.
*Leonard, Albert P., Westmount, Que.
Pickard, Herbert G., Exeter, Ont.
r*Conway. Edmund J., Cliemainus. B.C.
L Hibbard, Melville L., Farnlnm, Que.
Scott, W. Gordon, Valleyfield, Que.
*tMaedonald, R. Ross, Hamilton, Ont.
Landiy, A. Raymond, Dorchester, N.B.
*Black, Douglas E., Montreal, Que.
*McDonald, Harold F., Fort Qu'Appelle, Assa.
*Tayl6r, Allan H., Ottawa, Ont.
*Corrigan, Thomas L., Brockville, Ont.
*Harvie, James, Westmount, Que.
*tSlater, Nicholas J., Ottawa, Ont.
*Mudge, Reginald, Montreal, Que.
*Norton, Thomas J., Montreal, Que.
*Newton, Stephen G., Drummondville, Que.
*Greenshields, John G., Montreal, Que.
*Grier, Arthur H., Montreal, Que.
*tM'cKinnon, Hugh D., Finch, Ont.
*tSmith, Kenneth H.. London, Ont.
*Baylis, Harold A., Montreal. Que.
*Frith, George H., Cummings" Bridg-e, Ont.
STANDING IN THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS.
(Subjects alpliabetically arranged.)
ALTERNATING CURRENT AND ALTERNATING CURRENT MACHINERY.
Fourth Year. — CJnfts I. — Foreman. Claims TT. — McCaskill, McDonald,
Stokes, Conklin, Thorpe. Class ///.— Trimingham, Cole, Keith;
Baker and James, equal.
ARCHITECTURAL DRA-WING AND DESIGN.
Second Tear.— C/ass 777.— Pattison.
*To pass Svpplctnei)tnl Eramhiafion.
■\Matricvlatio7i conditioncrl.
27
ARCHITECTURE (ELEMENTS OF).
Second Yeab..— Class 777.— Pattison.
ARCHITECTURE (HISTORY OF).
Second Yeab..— Class 77.— Pattison.
ASTRONOMY.
Third Yeab.— Class 7.— Grice, Harvey; Lawrence and McPhee, equal.
Class 77.— Parlee, Blumenthal; Dawe and Taylor, equal. Class
777.— Carlyle, Healy, McMurtry, Sullivan, McDougall (C. H.),
Lambart, Wilson; Ells and Hogan and Reynolds, equal: Cham-
bers and Davis, equal: Deyell, Webster; Campbell and Cameron
and Gnaedinger, equal.
CHEMISTRY (THEORETICAL).
Second Yeab— Cla.ts 7.— Bovle. Fvshe. Cla.s.s IT.— Willard, MaoDer-
mot, Wheatrn, Jewett: Campbell and Cunha and Kydd and
McLean, equal; Blanchet, Robertson; Cropper and Macnab,
equal. Class 777.— Bowness, Johnstone, Findlay, Livingston,
Archibald, Redpath; Bray and Churchill, equal; Sutherland
(C. H.), Scouler; Ritchie and Ryan, equal: Baker and Dickson
(G. L.), equal: Cockshutt and "Upright, equal; Piche, Ross;
Fraser (D. M.) and Glassco and Mooney and Sharpe. equal;
Drinkwater and Idsardi and Martin, equal; Burpee and Mundy,
equal; Small, Pinch; Jest and Turnbull, equal; Mcintosh and
Young, equal.
CHEinSTRY (practical).
Second Yeab.— (Civil, Elrefrical and Mrchanical Enginrrring Coursrs.)-
CJass 7.— Boyle and Willard, equal; Campbell and Jost and Mac-
Ueniioc and Wheaton, equal ; Fvshe and Jewett and Kidd,
equal; Cropper and Idsardi, equal; Glassco, Gillespie. Class II.
—Barclay and ^N'acnab'and Scouler, equal; Bowness and Dick-
son (G. L.) and Findlay and Ross, equal; Bray and Burpee and
Fraser (D. M.) and Mcintosh, equal; Cockshutt. Cunha; Eaton
and Higgins and Smith, equal; Johnstone and Sutherland (C),
equal; Archibald and Gibbs and Redpath and Wright, equal.
Class 777.— McLean. Pinch, Drinkwatei", Weagant: Batchelder
and Rvan, equal; Miner and Mooney, equal; Eadie; Anderson
and Bain and Bla( kadar and Rheaume and Shaughnessy and
Small and Turnbull, equal. {Mi»i»<J Einjinccriiig Course.)— Class I.
—Hodgson, Churchill, Livingston, Blanchet, Ritchie. Class II.
—Young, Sharpe. Class 777.— Belanger; Hamilton (A. M.) and
Martin, equal. {Practical Chemistry Course.)— Class 7.— Robertson.
CHEMISTRY— ORGANIC (PRACTICAL).
Thtkti Yeab.— Cln.fs 7.- LeMai^^tre and Robinson (K.'S.,) equal;
Johnson and Spencer, equal.
CHEMISTRY— ORGANIC (THEORETICAL).
Third Yeab..— Class 7.— Johnson. Class II. — Robinson (K. S.), Spen-
cer. Class 777.— LeMaistre.
CHEinSTRY— PHYSICAL (PRACTICAL) .
Fourth Yeab.— Class 7.— Egleson. Class 7/".— Crawford. Class III.—
Musgrave (W. N.) and Savage, equal; McXaughton.
28
CHEMISTRY — PHYSICAL (THEORETICAL).
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Egleson. Class II. — Musgrave (W. N.).
Crawford. Class III. — Savage, MacNaughton.
CHEMISTRY (INDUSTRIAL).
Third Year. — Class I. — Spencer, Johnson, LeMaistre. Class II. —
Robinson (K. S.).
CONTINUOUS CURRENT AND COMMUTATING MACHINERY'.
Third Year. — Class I. — McDougall (G. K.). Class II. — Wenger, Mc-
Closkey. Class III. — Drysdale, Cole, Chaplin, Dutcher, Scott,
Marrotte, Cardew, Kemp, Wurtele, Wilkes.
DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.
Third Year. — Class I. — Blumenthal. Class II. — Lawrence, Healy,
Harvey. Class ///.^-Kent, Dawe.
Second Year. — Class I. — Jost, Boyle; Cropper and McLeish and Piche,
equal; Fyshe. Redpath, Johnstone; Archibald and Willard,
equal. Class II. — Findlay, Churchill. Burpee, Blanchet, Kydd;
Drinkwater and Sharpe, equal; Macnab; Harris and Jewett and
Scouler, equal; Bowness and Idsardi and MacMillen, equal; Liv-
ingston and Wheaton, equal. Class III. — Sutherland (C. H.),
Pattison, McLean, Moody, MacDermot, Eadie; Cockshutt and
Hamilton (A. M.), equal; Glassco and Hamilton (W.) and
Weagant, equal; Mcintosh; Miner; Campbell and Cunha and
Eaton and Eraser (D. M.) and Martin and Turnbull and Wright,
e'ual.
First Year.— r7o.ss /.—Lea, Durland, McLachlan (D. W.), Bell,
Walker; Brennan and Wilson, equal; Sharp, Blackader, Forbes,
Cattenach, Jackson; Black and Kirkpatrick and Roger, equal;
Ewens and Jones, equal; Gurd. Class II. — Burnett and Wick-
ware, equal; Cole, Turley, Anderson; Conway and Loudon,
equal; Davidson; Boyd and Tupper, eqvial; Newton, Benedict;
Macdonald (R. R.) and Pedley, equal; Hadley; Macdonald (P. J.)
and Skelton, equal; Harding. Leonard, Presner, Winter,
"Wheaton, Harvie (J.). Class 7/7.— McCuaig; Hibbard and Mc-
Donald (H. F.), equal; Baylis, Small, Corrigan; Howell and
McMeekin and MacKay (G. W.), equal; Grier and Slater, equal;
McKiimon. Howe mid Scott (W. G ) and Steednian equal;
Brady, Norton; Daly and Shorey, equal ; Carlyle and
Mudge, equal; Frith, Landry; Greenshields and MacKay (R. M.)
and Pickard and Slavin and Smith and Taylor, equal.
DESIGNING.
Fourth Year — (ClvU Enqlnecring Course.)— Class I. — Edwards, Beck,
Jones. Class II.— Cohen, Landry. (Elecfriral Engineering
Course.)— Class /.—Cole and Foreman, equal; Keith, McCaskill.
Class //.— Conklin, McDonald, Thorpe; Baker and Stokes, equal.
Class ///.—James, Blatch, Rodger. ( Media nical Engineering
Course.) — Class I. — Roberts; Brown and McKay and McKergow,
equal. Class //.—None. Class ///.—Millar, Edgar. (Mining
Engineering Coiirse.)— Class I. — Hall, Robertson, Boright. Class
J/.— Kendall and Rowlands and Tilt, equal; Reynolds; Porch eron
and Ross and Rowley, enual; Langley and Lucas and Mus-
grave (R), equal. C/^.ss ///.— Pcinborron, Gale; Maclaren and
Stovel, equal.
29
DYNAMICS OF Mxi.CHINES.
Fourth Year.— CZass /.—Roberts, Brown, McKay. Class //.- McKer-
gow, Edgar.
Third Ykar.— (./(/ss /.—Cole. Class //.—Chaplin, Scott, Fraser (D.
M.); Drysdale and McDougall (G. K.), equal; McCloskey, Wen-
ger. Class III. — Cardew and Dutcher, equal; Wurtele, Wilkes,
Greey; Kemp and Marrotte .equal; Devlin, Roffey.
ELECTRIC LIGHTING AND POWER DISTBIBUTION.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Foreman. Class II. — McCaskill, Cole, Mc-
Donald, James. Class III. — Keith; Baker and Conklin, equal;
Stokes, Rodger; Thorpe and Trimingham, equal.
electrical measurements.
Third Year. — Class I. — Cole and McDougall (G. K.), equal. Class II.
— Cardew and McCloskey and Marrotte, equal; Dutcher and
Scott and Wenger and Wurtele, equal; Devlin and Price, equal.
Class ///.—Roffey.
electro-metallurgy.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Robertson, Rowlands; Rowley and Stovel,
equal. Class II. — Hall and Lucas, equal; Boright and Gale,
equal; Langley and Pemberton, equal; Musgrave (R.).
electric traction.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Foreman, McCaskill, McDonald. Class II. —
Baker, Conklin, Cole. Class III. — Keith, Thoi-pe, James, Stokes,
Blatch; Rodger and Trimingham, equal.
ELECTRO -chemistry.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Conklin; Keith and McDonald, equal. Class
//.—Cole; Baker and McCaskill, equal; Blatch. Class III.—
Thorpe.
ENGLISH.
First Year. — Class I. — Bell, Steedman, Durland; Brady and Jackson,
equal; Tupper. Class II. — Cole and Conway and Forbes, equal;
Loudon and McDonald (H. F.), equal; Hadley, McMeekin, Win-
ter, McLachlan; McCuaig and Mudge and Scott, equal; Pedley,
Ewens, Brennan, Black, Taylor; Hodge and MacKinnon, equal;
Anderson and Corrigan, equal; Blackader and Jardiiie and Mac-
donald (P. J.) and Pickard, equal. Class III. — Boyd and Kirk-
patrick and Presner and Shorey, equal; Howell and Mackay (G.
W.), equal; Jones; Cattanach and Leonard and Sharp, equal;
Baylls and Greenshields, equal; Daly and Harmer, equal; David-
son and Dickson and Harding and Lea and Turley, equal; Gurd
and Harvie (J.) and Slavin, equal; Brown and Frith, equal;
Mackay (R. M.) and Wilson, equal; Burnett and Newton and
Smith, equal; Macdcnald (R. R.); Howe and Prevost, equal;
Grier, Wheaton; Benedict and Small, equal; Carlyle: Bellasis
and Lemoine and Pillow, equal; Cowen and Slater, equal.
30
ENGLI>Sn SUMMER READING.
Second Year. — Class I. — Jewett; Boyle and Cropper, equal; Camp-
bell and Fyshe and "W^heaton, equal. Class //.— Bowness, Mc-
Leish; Blanchet and Kydd, equal: Small, MacDermot, Redpath,
Living-ston, Ross. Class III. — Wright; Greenshields and Scouler,
equal; Mcintosh; Glassco and Ritchie, equal; Roger; Burpee
and Findlay and MacMillen, equal; Cockshutt and Willard,
equal; Eaton, Robertson, Sutherland (D. H.), Churchill, Jost;
Idsardi and Pinch, ecmal; Belanger and Blackader and Cunha
and Drinkwater and Mooney and Ryan and Young, equal.
FIRE ASSAYING.
Third Year. — Class I. — None. Class II. — Parlee, McPhee; Carlyle
and Chambers, equal; Campbell and McDougall (C. H.) and
McMurtry, equal; Atkinson and Baker, equal. Class III. —
Cameron and Grice, equal; Davis and Deyell and Spencer and
Taylor and Wilson, equal; Ells, Webster; Gnaedinger and Sulli-
van, equal; LeMaistre.
EEEEHAND DRAWING.
First Year. — Class I. — Brennan; Durland and Harding and Loudon,
equal; Bell and Cattanach and Leonard, equal; Shorey; Mac-
donald (R. R.) and Presner, equal: Anderson and Blackader and
Cole and Ewens and Mudge and Tupper, equal; Dickson and
Forbes and McCuaig- and McLachlan (D. W.) and Smith and
Wright, equal. Class II. — Baylis and Hadley and Harvie (J.)
and Hassberger and Hodge and Jardine and Prevost, equal;
Grier and Howe and Jones and Roger, equal; Boyd and Burnett
and Gurd and Howell and Kirkpatrick and Newton and Sharp,
equal; Black and Cowen and Davidson and Landry and Norton
and Ryan and T\^alker and Wickware, equal; Hibbard and
Jackson, equal; Daly and Haskell and Pickard and Skel-
ton and Steedman, equal; Benedict and Carlyle and
McDonald (H. F.) and McMeekin and Wheaton, equal ;
Dickenson and Johnson and Lea and Small and Wilson and
Winter, equal. Class III. — MacKay (R. M.) and Slater and
Slavin and Turley, equal; Brady and Conway and Macdonald
(P. J.) and Scott, equal; Cori-igan; Brown and Lynch and Pou-
pore, equal; Pedley; Frith and Gaunt, equal; Bellasis and Pil-
low and Taylor, equal.
Second Year.— G/os.s /.— Pattison.
GAS analysis.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Egleson. Class II. — Savage, Crawford,
Musgrave (W. N.).
geodesy.
Fourth YsA^.—Clas^ I. — Edwards. Class 77.— Jones and Landry,
equal. Class III. — Cohen, Beck.
geology and ore deposits.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Robertson. Class II. — Hall, Rowlands, Tilt;
Gale and Lucas equal: Rowley: Boright and Musgrave (R.),
equal: Stovel. Clas^ IJI. — Rpvnolds, Langley; Maclaren and
Pemberton, equal; Ross, Kendall.
31
GEOLOGY AND MUSEUM WOEK.
Third Year— C^oss /.— Blumenthal. Glass //.—Spencer, McPhee;
Grice and Parlee, equal; Johnson: Gnaedinger and Harvey,
eaual: Campbell and Carlyle, equal. Class ///.— LeMaistre,
Lawrence, Chambers, McDougall (C. H.), Cameron, Taylor;
Kent and McMurtry, equal; Webster, Deyell, Mealy; AtKinson,
and Lambart and Sullivan, equal.
GRAPHICAL, STATICS.
Fourth Tear.- C^ass /.—Edwards, Jones. Class //.—Beck and
Cohen, equa;. Glass ///.—Landry.
Third Ye\-r— Class /.—Blumenthal and Grice, equal; Chaplin; Greey
and Lawrence and Scott, equal: Butcher, Chambers; Carlyle
and Drysdale and McDougall (G. K.), equal; Wilkes; Cardew
and Cole and Gnaedinger and Kemp and Marrotte, equal.
Weuger, equal ; Uawe and Lambarc and Parlee, equal ; tils ;
Class //.— Healy and Harvey, equal; Davis and Deyell and
McDougall (C. H.) and Wurtele, equal; McMurtry; Hogan and
Webster, equal; McPhee and Wilson, equal; McCloskey.
Class ///.—Atkinson: Cameron and Taylor, equal; Campbell
and Kent, equal; Roffey.
HYDRAULICS.
Fourth Year.— (.Full Course.)— Class /.—Brown, Foreman, Edwards,
Roberts. Class //.—Tilt, McKergow. Class ///.—Edgar, Stokes;
Cohen and McKay, equal; Landry and Reynolds, equal; Beck
and Maclaren and Ross, equal: Jones, James; Kendall and
Millar and Pordheron and Rodger, equal; Trimingham.
(.Partial Course.)— Class /.—Robertson, Rowley, Hall. Class II.—
Conklin and Lucas, equal; Borigiht and Cummings and McDon-
ald, equal; Gale and Pemberton, eciual; StoVel, Musgrave (R.);
Keith and Rowlands, equal; McCaskill, Baker, Thorpe, Cole;
Blatch and Langley, equal.
HYDRAULIC MACHINERY.
Fourth Year.— Cla.'iS /.—Roberts; Conklin and Foreman and Robert-
son, equal; Brown and Edwards, equal; McCaskill, Cole.
Class //.—Hall: Baker and Edgar and Langley and McKay,
equal; McKergow and Pemberton and Rowley, equal; McDon-
ald, Tilt; Boright and Rowlands, equal; Thorpe; Beck and
Kendall and Lucas, equal. Class ///.—Jones and Keith and
Musgrave (R.) and Stokes, equal; Blatch and Gale, equal;
Maclaren, Millar; Cohen and Reynolds and Stovel, equal;
Landry; James and Ross, equal; Porcheron. Aegrotat:— Trim-
ingham.
KINEMATICS OF MACHIN^ES.
Second Year,— C/a.s.s /.— Boylo. Glasseo. r'//7.<;.s //.— McLeish ; Crop-
per and Cunha, equal;' Burpee and Harris and Price, equal;
Archibald and Mundy, equal; Scouler; Campbell and Drink-
water, equal: McDermot and Willard, equal: Piche. McMillen;
Mooney and Wright, equal: Wheaton; Bowness and Cockshutt
and Findlay, equal: Sutherland and Turnbull and Weagant,
equal. Class ///.— Redpath. Jdhnstone, Eaton; Gillespie and
Joseph, equal; Dickson (G. L.). Ro«s; Gibbs and Higgins,
equal; Barclay: Batchelder and Pinch, equal; Bain.
.32
LABORATORIES.
Fourth Year. — (Chemical Lal)oratory.) — (3fhiin(j Enginccrtiifj Course.)
— Clatis I. — Robertson. Class II. — Lucas, PemlDerton, Tilt; Row-
ley and Lang-ley, equal; Rowlands, Gale, Musgrave (R.).
Class III. — ^Stovel; Porcheron and Reynolds, equal; Boright,
Hall, Ross, iVIaclaren. {Cheniisfr!/ Course.) — Class /.— Egleson.
Savage. Class II. — Musgrave (W. N.), Crawford.
Third Year. — (Chemical Laboratory.) — (Uliving Enfihircring Course.) —
Class I. — ^McPhee; Atkinson and Chambers and Parlee, equal;
Campbell and Carlyle, equal. Class II. — Deypll, Grice, McDou-
g-all (C. H.) ; MciMurtry and Taylor, equal; Ells; Cameron and
Gnaedinger and Wilson, equal; Davis. Class III. — Irving,
Webster. {Chemisfri/ Course.) — Class 1. — LeMaistre, Spencer,
Johnson. Class III. — *McNaug'hton.
Fourth Year. — (Ehrtrical Enginrennfi Lahoratorics.) — Class I. — Cole
Foreman and Keith and McCaskill, equal. Class II. — Conklin
and McDonald, equal; Baker and James, equal; Thorpe. Class
III. — Blatch and Stokes and 'i'runniiughani, equal ; Rodger.
Third Year. — {Electrical Engineei-ing Eaboratories.)— (Electrical En-
gineering Cour.se,)— Class /.— McDougall (fx.H,) McCloskey
Robinson (H G.). Robinson (K. S.). Class //.— Cardew, Mar-
rotte, Dutoher, Wenger, Scott. Class III. — Cole, Devlin, Wur-
teli\ Rottev. {AlecLanical Eagineering Course). — CVass- J. Chaplin,
Kemp. Class //.— Drysdale. Class /i/.— "Wilkes, Greey.
Fourth Year. — (Geodetic Lahoratory.) — Class I. — Beck and Jones,
equal. Class II. — Edwards, Landry, Cohen.
Fourth Year. — (Hi/draiiHc Eahoratory.) — Class I. — Brown and Roberts,
equal; Conklin and Foreman and McKay and McKergow,
equal; McCaskill and Rowlands, equal; Hall and McDonald and
Rowley and Tilt and Thorpe, equal; Gale and Musgrave (R.),
equal. Class II. — Cole and Keith and Robertson and Stokes,
equal; Baker and Boright and Jones and Stovel, equal; Gum-
ming and James and Kendal] and Landry and Lucas and
Maclaren and Rod2:er and Millar, equal; Blatch and Cohen
and Langley and Pem^erton and Ross and Trimingham. equal;
Beck. Class III. — Jenning-s and Reynolds, equal; Porcheron.
Fourth Year. — (Mechanical Eiigiiicering Lahoratorii.)—(Electriced Evgi
neering Course) — Class /.—Baker and Conklin, equal; Foreman
and Keith, equal. Class II. — ^McCaskill nnd McDonald, equal;
Cole and Trimingham, equal; Thorpe. Stokes. Class III.—
Blatch and James, equal; Rodger.
Fourth Year. — (Mining and Metallurgical Lahoratory.) — Class I. — Hall,
Robertson, Rowley, Musgrave. (R) ; Boriglit. and Stovel, equal,
Kendall: Lucas and Tilt, equal. Class II. — Porcheron, Row-
lands: Langley and Ross, equal; Pemberton; Gale and Mac-
laren, equal ; Reynolds.
Second Year. — (Physical Laboratory.)— {Civil, Mechanical, Mining and
Chemistry Courses ) Class I. — Belanger and Blanchet and Fyshe
and Gillepsie an(l Idsardi and Jewett and Jost and Kidd and Living-
ston and MacMillen and Macnab and Pattison and Spencer, equal ;
Mcintosh, Young; Churchill and Pinch and Ryan and Turnbull,
equal ; Cockshutt ; Gibbs and Ritchie, equal. Class 77".— Miner,
Sutherland (C. H.) ; Eadie and Mooney, equal ; Sharpe, Gillies,
Shaughnessy. ('lass III. Robertson. {Electrical Engineering
Course.) Class I. — MacDermot ; Boyle and Scouler, equal ; Burpee;
McLean and Redpath and Willard, "equal ; Cunha, Glassco ; Drink-
water and McLeisli. equal ; Cropjier, Harris, Findlay, Bowness ;
Archibald and Small and Weagant, equal ; Wheaton, Jolinstone;
Campbell and Piche, equal. Class II. — Bain and Eaton and .Joseph,
equal ; Wright, Ross, Dickson (C.L.), fBray, Higgins, fBatchelder.
Class III. — Anderson.
* Supplemental in Iron and Steel Analysis.
■]■ Su2)2jle)nental in Paper.
33
First Year.— ( PJii/sical io6ora^or//J— (Alphabetical Order) Anderson,
Baylis, Beaudry, Bell, Bellai^is, I3enedict, Black, Blackader, Brady,
Brennan, Brown. Burnett, Carlyle, Cattanach, Cole, Conway, Cor-
rlgan, Cowen, Daly, Davidson, Dickenson, Dickson, Durland, Ewens,
Forbes, Frith, Gaunt, Graham (W.S ), Grier, Gurd, Hadley, Harding,
Harmer, Harvie (J.), Harvie (R.), Hibbard, Hodge, Howe, Howell,
Jackson, Jardine, Jones, Kirkpatrick, Landry, Lenioine, Lea,
Leonard, Loudon, Lynch, Mather, Macdonald (P.J.), Macdonald
(R.R.), Mackay (C.W.), Mackay (R.M.), McCuaig, McDonald (H.F.),
McKinnon, McLachlan (D.W.) McMeekin, Mudge, Newton, Norton,
Pedley, Pickard, Pillo'v, Poupore, Presner, Prevost, Ryan <F.G.),
Scott (W.G.), Sharp, Shorey, Simard, Skelton, Slater, Slavin, Small,
Smith, Steedman. Taylor, Tupper, Turley, Walker, Wilson, Wick-
ware, Winter, Wheaton.
Fourth Ye au.— (Testing Laboratory.) Class I. — Edwards. Class II. —
Beck and Cohen and Jones, equal. Class III. — Landry.
Third Year.— (Testiiig Laboratory.) {Full Course.) CZass 7.— McDougall,
(G. K.), Drysdale, Wilkes ; Chaplin and Greey, equal ; Marrotte ;
Cole and McCIoskey, equal ; Dutcher and Cardew, equal. Class
II. — Kemp, Ir\ing, Wenger, Wurtele ; Devlin and Scott, equal.
(Partial Course.) Class /.—Harvey, McPhee, Blumenthal. Class
II. — McDougall (C. H.), Parlee, Lawrence ; Deyell and Taylor,
equal ; Dawe and Chambers and Lambart, equal ; Campbell, Kent ;
Atkinson and Webster, equal ; Carljde. Class III. — Ells, Wilson ;
Healy and McMurtiy, equal ; Davis ; Grice and Sullivan, equal ;
Cameron and Hogan, equal ; Gnaedinger, Roftey, Martin.
Fourth Year. — (Thermodynamic Laboratory.) Class II. — Roberts,
McKay ; Brown and McKergow, equal. Class III. — Edgar, Millar.
lettering.
First Year. — Class I. — Bell and Presner, equal ; (^ole and Lea and
McKinnon, e(|ual ; Durland and Kirkpatrick and Mudge and Prevost
and Tupper, equal : Hardini:, Brady and Hrennan and Conway and
Loudon, equal ; Black and Blackacler and Dickenson and Leonard,
equal : Beaudry and Hadley and McCuaig and Norton, equal ; Hib-
bard and Hodge and Howell, equal ; H.irvie (.J.) and McLachlin (D.),
equal ; Forbes and Gurd and Shorey, equal. Class II. — Cattanach
and Macdonald (R. R.) and Roger, equal ; Daly and Giier and Hass-
berger and Sharp and Walker, equal ; Baylis and Burnett and
Pickard and Wijiter, equal ; Anderson and Davidson and .lardine
and Landry and Skelton, equal; Haskell and Macdonald (P. J.) and
McMeekin and Newton and Pedley and Wilson, e(iual ; Ewens and
Robb and Smith, equal ; Benedict and Jackson, equal ; Boyd and
Jones and Small, equal ; Carlyle and Howe and Pillow and Taylor
and Wheaton, equal ; Bellasis and Brown and Cowen and Rolland,
equal. Class /7/.— Frilh and MacKay (R. M.) and Richards and Scott
and Steedman, equal; Corrigan and McDonald (H. F. ), equal;
Harmer and Slavin, equal ; Simard, Turley, Slater, Ryan, Wickware.
machine design.
Fourth Y\iKn.—[El''cfrical Enx/ineering Course.]~Class I. — Foreman.
Class //.— Conklin, .McCa^kill. Class 7J/.— Baker, Thorpe, Cole ;
McDonald and Stokes, equal ; Blatch and James and Keitti. equal ;
Trirninsham. Mechanical Evgineerinq Course. — Class I. — Roberts.
Class //.—Brown. Class ///.—McKay, McKergow, Millar. Edgai
Third Year.— Class /.—Chaplin, McPhee, Cole ; Grice and McCIoskey,
equal; McDougall [G. K.] ami Wenger, equal. C^rss //.—Chambers
and Fr;iser [D. M.] and Webster, equal ; Kemp, Cardew and Greey
and Parlee, etiual ; Dntcher. Class III. — Drj'sdale and Marrotte
and McDougall [C. H.] and Scott, equal ; Davis and Ells, equal ;
Atkin«on and Wurtele, equal ; Campbell and Price and Wilkes,
equal ; Deyell ; Gnaedinger and McMurtry, equal ; Taylor.
34
MAPPING.
Third Ykah — Class 7.— Harvey, Blumenthal. Cfass II. — Lainbart,
Dawe, Hopjan, Lawrence, Healy, Kent.
Second Year— [(7iri7 Engineering Course]— Class /.— Jost. Class II.—
Jewett, Fyshe, Mcintosh, Lockerby, Idsardi. Class III.— Kydd,
Macnab. [Mi7iing EngineeringCourse.]— Class 7.— Churchill. Class
77— Livingston, Blanchet. Class 777.— Young, Sharpe, Belanger,
Ritchie.
MATHEMATICS.
Third Yv:a-r.— (Calculus, etc.) Class 7.— Cole, McCloskey, Butcher, Law-
rence, McPhee, Urysdale. Class 77.— McMurtry; Cardew and Wenger,
equal; Blumenthal and Davis, equal; McDougail (C. H.), Carlyle,
Grice, Harvey, Chaplin. Class 777.— Chambers. Taylor, Parlee ;
Kemp and Wilkes, equal ; Wiirtele ; Devlin and *Rort'ey and Sulli-
van, equal ; Gnaedinger and Lambart, equal ; Greey, Campbell ;
*Ells and *Kent, equal ; Atkinson.
{Mechanics.)— Class 7.— Grice and McCloskey, equal; Blumenthal ;
Drysdale and Lawrence, equal; Cole <G. H.) and Davis, equal.
Class 7/.— Marrotte and McDougail (G. K.) and McPhee, equal ;
Dutcher ; Chaplin and Parlee, eciual. Class 777.— Chambers ; Carlyle
and Scott, equal ; Lambart and Rotfey, equal ; Cardew and Harvey
and Kenc and McDougail (C. H.), equal: Dawe and McMurtry,
equal ; Taylor ; Atkinson and Ells and Kemp and Wilkes, equal.
(S2}ecial Examination in Calculus, etc.) Class 777.— Deyell.
Second YuAn.—f Analytic Geometry.)— Class 7.— Cropper, Boyle, McMil-
len ; Jost and McLeish, equal; Cunha and Jewett, equal; Fyshe;
Blanchet and Scouler, equal ; MacDermot. Class 77.— Archibald,
Drinkwater ; Miner and Willard, equal; McLean; Bowness and
Mundy, equal ; Churchill, Baker, Wheaton, Harris ; Johnstone and
Kydd and Livingston and Sutherland (C.) and Weagant, equal ;
Glassco. Class 777.— Cockshutt and Findlay and Pattison and
Ryan, equal ; Rray ; Macnab and Price and Ross, equal ; Campbt-U
(J. A.) and Robertson, equal ; Redpath ; Eaaie and Higgins aud
Martin and Wright, e(iual ; Piche, Mooney ; Batchelder and Burpee
and Fraser (D. M.) and Mackintosh, equal ; Turnbull, Hamilton (W.),
Eaton ; Barclay and Sharpe, equal; Dickson (G. L.) and Gibbs, equal.
GaJciiliis. — Class T. — Boyle, MacDermot, Fyshe, McLeish,
Blanchet. Chiss II. — MacMillen, McLean, Willard,] Cropper,
Livingston: Glassco and Sharp, equal: Drinkwater, Findlay.
Class 77/.— Redpath: Archibald and Cockshutt and Jewett,
equaL Cunha and Harris and Sutherland (C.) and Weagant,
equal; Fattison, Miner; Johnstone and Mundy and Scouler,
efiual: Campbell and Churchill and Joseph and Wright, equal;
Hamilton (W.) and Turnbull, equal; Price; Baker and Martin,
equal; Kydd, Robertson: Eaton and Piche, equal; Fraser (D.
M.) and Macnab, equal: Mooney, Bowness; Bray and Eaton and
Wheaton, equal.
Mcclianics. — Class I. — Mac-Millen, Kydd, Jost. Willard, Boyle,
McLeish: Blahchet and McLem, equal; Cropper, Bowness.
Class II. — Glassco, Scouler; Mundy and Redpath and Weagant,
equal: Cunha and Johnstone, equal: Churchill: Archibald and
Livingston, equal: Sharpe: Cockshutt and Fyshe and MacDer-
mot, equal: Jewett; Drinl^water and Macnab, equal: Piche and
Sutherland (C. H.), equal: Burpee. Harris, Bain, Findlay. Class
III. — Pattison, Price, Cainpbell: Harvie CR.) and Robertson,
equal: Wheaton, Baton. Dickson (G. L.) : Hamilton (A. M.) and
Hamilton (W.) and Miner, equal: En die, Joseph: Batchelder
and Idsardi and Ross, equal: Turnbull: Martin and Wright,
equal.
♦Suiiplemciital iu Analytic Geoin<Hry
35
First Year. (Algebra).— Ciass I.— Bell ; Lea and McLachlan (D.W.),
equal ; Durland ; McMeekiu aud Walker, equal ; Wilson, Brennan,
Jones ; Howell and Tupper, equal ; Pedley and Sharp, equal ; Ewens
and MacDonald <P.J.), equal ; Anderson. Class //.— Turlev and
Winter, equal ; Forbes, Jackson ; Gurd and McCuaig and Presner,
equal ; Landry ; Roger and Taylor, equal ; Blackader and McDonald,
(H.F.), equal ; Boyd and Scott, equal ; Benedict and Cattanach,
equal ; Davidson and MacDonald (R.R.), equal ; Cole. Class III —
Slavin ; Brady and Hibbard, equal ; Frith and Harding, equal ;
Newton, Norton, Pickard ; Hadley and Slater, equal ; Cowen ;
Burnett and Kirkpatrickand MacKinnon, equal ; Hodgson ; Black
and Corrigan, equal ; Loudon and Smith, equal ; Leonard ; Grier
and Mudge and Steednian, equal ; Mackay, (R.M.) ; Conway and
Rolland, equal ; Harnier, Small.
Dynamics. — Class I.— Forhefi and McLachlan (D.W.) equal ; Lea,
Tupper, Bell, Durland, Brennan ; Burnett and Jones, equal ; Pedley ';
Kirkpatrick and Turley, equal ; Benedict and Steedman, equal. Class
JJ.— Cattanach, Loudon, Sharp ; Roger and W^alker, equal ; Winter,
Jackson, Hadley, Davidson ; Anderson and Brady, equal ; Blackader;
Pickard aud Slater, equal ; Macdonald (R.R.) : Ewens and Wilson,
equal. Class ///.— Harvie (J.), Corrigan ; MacKinnon and
Presner, equal ; Conway, Leonard ; Greenshields and Macdonald
(P.J .) and Mudge, equal ; Landry and Smith, equal ; Cole, Lemoine,
Black, McCuaig and McDonald )H. F.) and McMeekin and Norton,
equal ; Boyd and Scott, equal ; Gurd and Harding and Newton,
equal ; Cowen and Taylor, equal ; Hibbard and Howell, equal.
Geometry— Class /.—Bell, McLachlan (D. W.), L,ea, Jones,
Durland, Walker, Brennan, Boyd. Class //.—Jackson and Ped-
ley, equal: Macdonald (P. J.): Anderson and Sharp, equal;
Newton; McL'uiig and McLachliii (D.), equal; McMeekin,
Forbes, Cattannch, Loudon. Ewens, Kirkpatrick. Class III.—
Hiibbard and Howell and Landry, equal; Blackader and Wil-
son, equal; Roger, Leonard; Harding- and Winter, equal; Dick-
son, Grier; Greenshields nnd Scott, equal; *Benedict and Brown
equal; Presner, Conway; *Burnett and Davidson and tMacKay
(R. M.) and Pickard, equal; Corrigan and *Gurd and Steedman,
equal; Frith and Robb and Taylor, equal, Baylis and Harvie
(J.), equal; Hadley and iMacdonald (R. R.), equal.
Trigoiiometrn.-Class /.—Bell. McLachlan (D. W.), Lea, Dur-
land. Class //.—Anderson. Macdonald (P. J.), Forbes, Jones,
^Valker. Sharp, McMeekin; Brennan and Pedley, equal; Bene-
dict. Class! ///.—Harding; Hibbard and Turley. equal; Jackson,
Cole; Landry and Wilson, equal; Blackader and Brady and
Macdonald (R. R), equal; Boyd and Steedman, equal; Ewens
and Roger and Tupper, equal; Burnett and Kirkpatrick and
Presner, equal; Greenshields and Hadley and Norton and Pick-
ard, equal; Cattanach and Grier and McDonald (H. P.) and
Taylor and Winter, equal; McCuaig and Scott, equal; Howell,
Loudon; Mudge and Slater, equal.
MECHANICAL DRAWIXG.
Thiru YY.XB.. — Class /.—Chambers, Chaplin, Gillies ; Cole and McPlu e'
equal : Kemp and Marmtte and Scott, ciiual. Cass//.— Gnaedinger
and Wurtele, equal; McCloskev and McDongall (C.H.) and Parlee,
equal; Hamilton (A.M.); Dutcher and Piche, equal ; McDougali
(G.K.K Mundy, Price, Eraser (D.M.) and Wilkes, equal ; Drysdale
and Ells and Rheaume, equal ; Wenger, Cardew, Davis, Greey.
Class ///.—Campbell. Devlin, Deyell ; Atkln.son and Roffev, equal '
Taylor, McMurtry, Martin, Wilson, Sullivan ; Carlyle and Grice'
equal. ' '
* Supplemental in Planr Geometry.
t Supphmeiital in Soli'l and Conies.
36
Second Year.— Class /.—Sutherland (C), Cropper, Archibald, Burpee,
Class //.— Jost, Moonev, Gillespie, Johiisou ; MacDerniot and Wil-
lard, equal ; Bovle and Eaton and Fyshe, equal ; Turnbull ; Bianchet
and Macnab, equal ; Churchill and Wheaton, eciual ; p:adie and
Hitigins and McMillen, equal ; Bownessand Pinch, equal ; Cocksl utt
an'rrScouler, equal: Cunha and Ghussco and Gibbs and Redpath,
equal. Class ///.— Sharpe ; McLean and Ross, equal ; Batchelder
and Joseph, equal ; Barclay and McLeish and Wright and Young,
equal; Livingston; Dickson (G.L.) and Drinkwater, equal; Camp-
bell ; Findlay and Weagant, equal ; Miner ; Bray and Harris, equal ;
Ho gson, Irving, Bain, Ritchie, Belanger.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Fourth Year.— fCiriZ, Electrical and ilinincf Engineering Covrses.)
Class i.— Foreman and Robertson, equal ; Boright and Gale, equal.
Class //.— Gumming and Ross, equal ; Conklin, Rowlands ; Kendall
and Lucas, equal ; McCaskill ; Hall and Stovel equal ; McDonald
and Femberton, equal. Class 7//.— Langley, Maclaren ; Cole and
Rowley and Stokes aud Thorpe, equal ; Baker and Jones, equal ;
Cohen and Jennings and Keith and Porcheron, equal ; Beck ; Blatch
and James and Landry and Musgrave (R.), and Reynolds and Rodger
and Tilt and Triminghani, equal. (Mechanical Engineering Course.)
Class /.- Roberts, Brown. Class J/.— Edgar, McKay, McKergow.
Class 7/L— Millar.
METALLUKGY.
Third Year.— CZass /.— McPhee ; Grice and Spencer, equal ; LeMaistre.
Cla.ss //.— MacNaughton ; Atkinson and McDougall (C.H.), equal ;
Parlee. f lass ///.— Carlyle and Gnaedinger and McMurtry and
Taylor, equal ; Webster, Sullivan ; Ells and Johnson, equal ; Cam-
pbell and Davis, equal ; Deyell.
METALLURGY (ADVANCED).
Fourth YEVR.—C/a.ss /.—Robertson. Class II.— TWt ; Hall and Row-
lands, equal ; Pemberton, Kendall.
metallurgy (iron, steel AND COPPER).
Fourth Year.— C/as.s /.—Robertson, Tilt; Hall and Rowlands, equal.
Cla.ss //.—Boright, Stovel, Lucas; McLaren and Gale, equal;
Langley. Class ///.—Kendall and Pemberton and Rosa, equal ;
Curaming and Porcheron and Revnolds, equal ; Rowley, Musgrave
(R.)
metallurgy (silver, gold and lead).
Fourtr Year.— CTass/.— Rowlands, Tilt. C/ass //.-Boright and Hall
and Reynolds and Robertson and Rowley, equal ; Lucas, Pemberton
and Stovel, equal ; Gale and MacLaren and Mu.sgrave (R.), equal ;
Porcheron, Langley. Class ///.—Kendall, Ross.
mineralogy.
Third Yeah.— Clns-^ /.—LeMaistre. Grice. McPhee. Clam //.—John-
son, Spencer. Parlee. McDougall (C. H.). e;1s. Taylor, Chambers.
Clas.'i ///.— Gnaedin.eer; Carlyle and Devell, equal: Webster:
Davis and McMurtry, equal: Campbell, Sullivan, Wilson, At-
kinson.
37
MINERALOGY (ADVANCED).
Fourth Year.— Class /.— Egleson and Robertson, equal. Class II.—
Lucas and Rowlands, equal; Musgrave (W. N.); Langley and
Rowley, equal; Hall; Gale and Pem.berton and Stovel and Tilt,
equal; Savage, Crawford. Class ///.— Maclaren, Musgrave (R.),
Boright, Porcheron, Ross, Kendall, Reynolds.
MINERALOGY (DETERMINATIVE).
Third Yeah.— fla<s /.— Jo^mson, Deysll, LeMaistre; Carlyle and
McPhee. equ'il; Chambers. Clas.'< i/.— Parlee; Spencer and
Sullivan, equal; Gnaedinger and Webster, equal; McMurtry;
Grice and McDougall (C. H.), equal; Wilson. Class /Z/.— Ells,
Davis; Cameron and Campbell, equal; Atkinson and Taylor,
equal.
Fourth Tear.— C'Z '/.<!« 7.— Robe-tson. CUiss //.—Tilt, Boright. Pem-
berton, Reynolds, Hall, Stcvel, Lucas: Gale and Kendall and
Musgrave (R.) and Rowlands, equal. Class; ///.— Maelaren.
Ross, Rowley, Porcheron, Langley.
MINING MACHINERY. ALLOYS AND PROBLEMS.
Fourth Tear.— (7?r7v.s /.—Hall. Robertson. Boright. Clas-^ II.—
Stovel, Reynolds. Rowlands. Cla^>< ///.—Rowley; Lucas and
Tilt, equal: Langley: Musgrave (R.) and Ross, equal; Maelaren
and Pemberton, equal; Gale, Porcheron, Kendall.
MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING.
Four-^h TE^R— r7''.>;-N^ 7^- Non^. Cla<s //.-Edwards, Jones. Class
III. — Cohen, Landry.
Third Yeab..— Class /.— Hogan: Blu nenthal and Lawrence, equal;
Class //.—Harvey, H(;aly. Class ///.— Dawe, Kent, Lambart.
ORE DRESSING.
Fourth Year.— Class /.—Robertson. Class //.—Hall, Boright, Tilt.
( lass III. — Lucas and Musgrave (R.) and Pemberton, equal;
Porcheron; Gale and Row^ley, equal; Maelaren and Reynolds,
equal; Kendall and Rowlands, equal; Ross; Langley and Stovel,
equal.
Third Tear —C/ffss /.—McPhee. C/f/.s.s //.— Parlee; Chambers and
Atkinson and Taylor, equal; Grice, Gnaedinger, Carlyle, McMur-
try. Ell.s. Webster, Campbell ; McDouKall (C. H.) and Wilson,
equal; Davis, Sullivan. Class III. — Cameron and Deyell, equal.
PETROGRAPHY.
Fourth Year —r/ass /.—None, r/r/.s.s 7/^— Robertson, Hall. Rowley.
Class ///.—Boright and Gale and Musgrave (R.) and Rowlands,
equal; Langley and Lucas and Pemberton, equal; Stovel, Tilt,
Maelaren, Ross; Kendall and Reynolds, equal.
PH\'SIOGRAPHY.
Fourth Tear — r/^.s.s /. — None. C/a.s.s II. — Rowley, Ross, Reynolds.
Clans ///.—Boright; Lucas and Stovel, equal; Musgrave (R.);
Gale and Maelaren, equal; Langley.
38
Second Yk.k^.— {Electricity and Mao net ism.)— Class 7".— Boyle, Fyshe
Harris, Redpath, Scouler; Findlay and MacDermot, equal.
Class //.—Johnstone and McLeish and Weagant, equal; Crop-
per, Kydd, Wlllard, Archibald, Blanchet; Burpee and Piche,
equal; McLean, Mundy; Bain and Jewett and Small, equal;
Cunha and Joseph, equal; Drinkwater and Macnab, equal; Spen-
cer and Sutherland (C. H.), equal; Bowness and Eaton and
Jost, equal; MacMillen and Robertson, equal; Campbell and
Hamilton (W.), equal; Glassco. Class ///.—Churchill. Wheaton,
Bray; Gibbs and Ross and 'Wright, equal; Baker and Dickson
(G. L.), equal; Turnbull, Livingstone, Pattison. Sharpe; Batch-
elder and Idsardi, equal; Belanger and Cockshutt and Eadie and
Gillespie and Higgins and Mooney, equal.
First Year.— (.S'okju/, HciU and Light.)— Class /.— Cattanach; Jones
and McLachlan (D. W.), equal; Bell, Jackson. Durland, Turley;
Landry and Walker, equal; Hibbard and Winter, equal; David-
son and Pedley, equal; Sharp. Class //.— Macdonald (P. J.) and
Tupper, equal; Brennan; Presner and Wickware, equal; Black-
ader and Boyd and Corrigan and Forbes and Lea, equal; Gurd
and Kirkpatrick, equal; Black and Hadley and Leonard, equal;
Cowen; Biady and Burnett, equal; Anderson and Cole and Pick-
ard, equal; Roger. Steedman: Dickenson and Harding and Mc-
Meekin and Taylor, equal; Dickson and Greenshields and Har-
vie (R.), equal. Class ///.—McDonald (H. F.) and Norton,
equal; Frith and Slater, equal; Benedict and Ewens and Hodge,
equal; Harvie (J.); Baylis and Wilson, equal; Howell and Scott,
equal; Newton; Conway and Loudon and McCuaig, equal;
Shore'y, Howe; Brown (W. G. B.) and McKinnon and Smith,
equal; MacKay (G. W ) and MacKay (R. M.), equal.
RAILWAY ENGINEEBING.
Fourth Yeab..— Class /.—Jones, Edwards. Class //.—Landry. Glass
///.—Cohen, Beck.
Third Yeab..— Class /.^Blumenthal. Class //.— Hogan. Class III.—
Harvey. Lawrence; Dawe and Healy. equal;
SIIOPWORK.
Fourth Yea-r.— Class /.— McKergow; Brown and McKay and Ro-
berts, equal. Class II.— Edgar.
Third Yeab. —Class /.—Cole and McCloskey. equal; Chaplin. Wenger,
Drysdale Scott; Garde w and Dntcber and Marrotte and Wilkes
and Wurtele. equal. Class //.—Kemp. McDougall (G. K.);
Devlin rnd Roffey, equal; Greey and Piche. equal
Second Ye ab..— Class /.—Jost: Barclay and Fra<^er (D. M.) and Wea-
gant. equal: Burpee and Jewett and Johnstone and W-heaton.
equal; Macnab and Pattison and Sharpe, equal; Belanger and
Momey, efiual; Gibbs and Gillis and McLean, equal: Fyshe
and Kvdd and Idsardi and Livingston and Mcintosh and Skel-
ton equal. Class //.—Higgins and Redpath and Willard, equal;
Archibald and Findlay and Wrlglht and Young, equal: Harris
and Ross and Turnbull, equal: Bain and Bowness and Churchill
and MacDermot. equal: Dickson and Gillespie and Pinch and
«utheiiand (C. H.). equal: Boyle and Campbeb and Cropper and
McMillen and Scouler, equa'; Cockf^hutt anri Roger and Shaugh-
nessy, equal: Blanchet and Cunha and Drinkwater and Eadie
and Joseph and Small and Smith, equal: Bray and Glassco and
Mi-ier. equal. Class ///.—Ryan; Ritciiie and Rolland, equal;
Eaton.
39
First Year.— Cl'is< /.— Har\ ie (J.); Conway and Harvie (R.) and
Sharp and Tupper. equal: Dickenson and Durland and Jackson,
equal- Forbes: B^atk and DickFon and Kirkpatrlck, equal;
Cla'<s' //.— Dav;dson and Greenshields and Hasstoerger and
Hodg^ and Smill and "^'inter. equal: Blackader and Boyd and
Brennan and Brown CW G. B ) and Carlyle and Howe and
Jardire and Johnson and Jones and Leonard and Loudon and
Macdoiiald (P. J) a-'d McMeekin and Newton and Presner
and Richards and ^^alk-r and Wilson and Wickware and
Wheaton, equal: Be-edict and Brady and Cattanacfh and Cole
and Corriean and Prevost and Turlev. equa': Anderson and
Bell ann Hadlev and Hard nsr and Mcr"uaiar and McKinnon
and Piokard and Shorey and Taylor, equal- Daly and Ewens
a^d Frith and Ourd and Hihb-rd and Hnwell and Mather and
Macdonald (B.. R.) and Norton and Perlley and Poupore and
Slater a-^d Slavin. equaj; B^audry ard Cowen and Gaunt and
Hask'H and I andrv and Lea and Lynch and McDonald (H. F.)
and Mf'Lachlan CD. "W.) and Rva^^ and Scotf (W. G.) and
Smith, equal: Baylis and Grier and McKay (R. M.) and Phillips
and W^right. equal. Clasix ///.— Harmer and Simard and Steed-
man, equal ; Burnett, Roy, Robb.
STRUCTURAL DESIGXIXG.
Fourth VE.iR —(^'/rt.xs /.—None. f7rt.ss //.—Jones, Beck, Edwards.
Class ///.—Cohen and Landry, equal.
Third Year —r/r/.';s /.—Lambart, Blumenthal, Haiwey, Lawrence.
Class //.—Irving-, Dawe, Kent. Class ///.— Healy, Hogan.
STRUCTURAL EXGINEERIXG.
Fot-rth Yeab.— Class /.—None. Class //.—None. Class ///.—Cohen;
Beck and Edwards, equal; Jones, Landry.
Third Tkab. —Class /.—Blumenthal, Lawrence. Class //.—Harvey,
Kent, Hogan. Class ///.—Dawe, Healy, Lambart.
SUMMER WORK fESi^AYS).
Fourth Yeab..— Class /.— Conklin and Foreman and Keith and Mc-
Kay, equal; Brown and Cole and McCaskill and Roberts and
Hall, equal; Egleson and Musgrave (R.) and Robertson, enual;
Savage. Class //.— Boright and Jones and McKergow and Row-
• lands and Rowley, enual; Baker and Kendall and Lucas and
Musgrave (AY. N.) and Ross and Tilt, equal: Beck and Gale and
James and Stokes, enual; Langley and Cohen and Crawford,
equal. Class /A/.- McDonald and Reynolds and Thorpe and
Trimingham, equal; Edgar and Landry and Maclaren and
Porcheron, equal; Pemberton, Stovel.
Third Tear.— r7fl.<is /.—Chambers and Scott, equal: Carlyle and Mc-
Dou2-all (G. K.), equal; Cardew and Drysdale and Harvey and
Lambart. equal. Class //.—Chaplin and Dutcher and Greev and
Kemp and "Pinny, enual; Blumenthal and Ells and Gnaedinger
and Marrotte and Parlee. equal: Kent and iMcCloskpy, equal;
Davis and McPhee and TVenger and TA^ilkes, equal. Class TTT.—
Cole; Gillies and Lawrence and McDougall (C. H.), equal;
Dawe; Atkinson and Johnson and LeMaistre, equal.
* Supplemental in Field work only.
40
SURVEYING.
Third Year. — Class I. — McPhee, Lawrence. C7r/.s,s //. — McMurtry;
Blumenthal and Grice, equal; Kent, Gnaedinger, Healy, Atkin-
son. C7f/.w ///. — Chambers, Davis, Taylor, "Weljster,! Harvey,
Ells, Carlyle, .McDougall (C. H.), Parlee; Hogan and Wilson,
equal; *Deyell.
Second Yeah.— Class I. — Jewett, Kydd; Fyshe and Jost, equal;
Churchill. Class II. — Livingston, Blanchet, Martin. Class III. —
Sharpe; Hamilton (A. M.) and Idsardi, equal; Macnab, Mcin-
tosh, Lockerby, Hamilton (W.), Ritchie.
SURVEYING FIELDWORK.
Second Yka-r.— Class /.—Jewett, Blanchet, Jost. r/r/.s.s II.—
Churchill, Livingston, Mcintosh, Idsardi, Sharpe, Kydd; Belan-
ger and Toung, equal; Bowness. Ritchie. (Jlass III.— Miner,
Shaughnessy, Rolland.
THEORY' OF STRUCTURES.
Fourth Tear.— G/f/.s.s- 7.— Edwards. Class /"/.— Cohen. Jones, Landry,
Beck.
Third Ye > r.— r-Zrt.ss 7.— Dutches, McDougall (C. H.), Chaplin, Grice;
rardew a-d Lawa-ence and McDougjiU (G K.), equal. Class
7/_Ccle; Parlee and Taylor, equal; Ells and Lambart, equal;
Greey and Harvev, equal;. Drysdal-^. McCloskey, Davis. Mar-
rotte- Carlvle and Kent, equal; Healy, Blumenthal. Class III.—
Chambers 'and MePhe- and Wilson, equal; Wenger, Wilkes,
Gnaedinger Scott, Deyell. Kemp: Roffey and Wurtele, equal;
Campbell and Webster, equal; McMurtry, Devlin, Atkinson,
Dawe.
THERMODYNAMICS.
Fourth Year.— C?flS^ 7.— Rob-rts, Brown. Class 77.— McKergow.
Class 777.— Edgar, McKay.
Third Ye \r.— C/flS'; 7.— Kemp Class 77.— Drysdale; Chaplin and
Greey and Robinson (H. G.), equal. V(nss 777.- Wilkes.
TRANSrORTATIO.N'.
Third Year.— Class 7.-Grice, McPhee; Davis and McDougall (C. H.),
equal; Chambers and Sullivan, equal; Websten Class Ll.-~
Taylor Martin; Ells and Gnaedinger, equal; Wilson. Class
/77._r'ampbell; Atkinson and Parlee, equal; Cameron and
Deyell. equal; Carlyle, McMurtry.
^acuTtin of I^Kctltctne.
FINAL VEAK.
PRIZE LIST.
HOLMES GOLD MEDAL, for highest aggregate in all subjects
forming the Medical Curriculum.
E. M. McLaughlin, . Winona, Minn.
FINAL PRIZE for highest aggregate In the Fourth Year subjects,
F. S. Patch, B.A., Montreal, Que.
FOURTH YEAR.
HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECTS.
1. Patch, F. S., B.A. C.
2. Parris, N. D. 7.
3. Nelson, W. E. S
4. McLaughlin, E. M. 9
5 Turner, G. H., B.A. 10.
n.
McCulloch, J. M.
King, R., B.A.
Elder, R., B.A.
Burns, A. S., B.A.
Bishop, L. C.
SURGERY— HONOURS.
Patch. F. S., B.A.
Parris, N. D.
McLaughlin, E. M.
McCulloch. J. M.
Burns, A. S., B.A.
Cowperthwaite, H.
McLaren, D. D.
Turner, G. H., B.A.
Ebbett, P. L. B.
Bishop, L. C.
English, J. M.
Nelson, "^". E.
Townsley, R. H.
Thomas, S. B.
McKechnie D. W.
H.
25.
2t).
Douglas, F. C.
Macdonald, R. St. J., B.A.
Rehfuss, W. N., B.A.
Ells, R. H.
Kissane, J.W.
Elder R., B.A.
Lynch, A. L.
Slack, M. R.
Montgomery, C. H.
King, R., B.A.
Anderson, C. W., B.A.
Lamb, yv. V.
Magee, C. F.
Forbes, R. D.
Secord, 'W. H.
MEDICINE AND CLINICAL MEDICINE.
HONOURS.
Forbes, R. D.
Bishop, L. C.
Nelson, W. E.
Anderson, C. W., B.A.
Laurie. E., B.A.
Munro, J. H.
Burns, A. S., B.A.
Elder, R., B.A.
McEachern, I. W. T.
1.
McCulloch, J. M.
10.
2.
Turner, G. H., B.A.
11.
McLaughlin, E. M.
12.
4
Patch, F. S., B.A.
1?..
r
Thomas, S. B.
0.
Strong, N. W., B.A.
7.
Macdonald, R. St. J.
U.
8.
King, R., B.A.
17.
Parris. N. D.
IB.
42
CLINICAL, SURGERY— HONOURS.
McLaughlin, E. M.
Nelson, W. E.
Parris, N. D.
Turner, G. H., B.A.
Thomas, S. B.
Patch, F. S., B.A.
Rehfuss, W. N., B.A.
8. Burns, A. S.
Forbes, R. D.
10. Mag-ee, C. F.
11. Freeze, E. H.
Macclonald, R. St.
Townsley, R. H.
J., B.A.
OPHTHALMOLOGY AND OTOLOGY— HONOURS.
0.
1. Parris, N. D.
2 Patch, F. S., B.A.
3 Church, H. C.
4. Montgomery, C. H.
C. Donnelly, W. H.
Nelson, W. E.
Taggart, E. A.
Maby, W. J.
McEwen, J. R.
B.A.
SPECIAL PATHOLOGY— HONOURS.
1. King, R., B.A.
2. Strong, N. W., B.A.
3. Elder, R., B.A.
4. Lamb, W. V.
5. Morris, S. C.
6. McLaren, D. D.
7. Ebbett, P. L. B.
McEwen, J. R,. B.A.
9. McCuUoch, J. M.
Patch, F. S., B.A.
11. O'Neill, J. M.
12. Parris, N. D.
13. Truax, "W.
14. Allan. R.
Ells, R. H., B.A.
GYNAECOLOGY— HONOURS
1. Turner, G. H., B.A.
2. Nelson, Yv^ E.
'-. Parris, N. D.
4. English, J. M.
.5. Patch. F. S., B.A.
6. Bishop. L. C.
7. King. R., B.A.
Warren, J. G.
9.
Elder, R., B.A.
10.
Anderson, C. W.,
Freeze, E. H.
B.A,
12.
Townsley, R. H.
1^.
Fortin, C. E. F..
B.A.
14
Slack, M. R.
15.
Ells, R. H., B.A.
Bishop, L. C.
Campbell, W. G.
Church, H. C.
Cumming. W. G
Nelson, W. E.
OBSTETRICS— HONOURS.
6
B.A.
Munro, J. H.
McCulloch, J. M.
Patch, F. S., B.A.
Peterson, G. R.
PASS LIST.
FINAL SUBJECTS.
The lollowing gentlemen, 100 in number, have fulfilled all the
requirements to entitle them to the degree of M.D., CM., from the
University. In addition to the primary subjects they have passed a
satisfactory examination, both written and oral, in the following
subjects: — Principles and Practice of Surgery, Theory and Practice
of Medicine, Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, Phar-
macology and Therapeutics, Medical Jurisprudence, Practical and
General Pathology, Bacteriology an* Hygiene; and also clinical
examinations in Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Gyngecology and
Ophthalmology conducted at the bedside in tho hospital; —
Allan, R .Montreal.
Allum, A. W Renfrew.
Anderson, C. W., B.A Halifax, N.S.
Andrews,' J. J.. St. Lambert, Que.
Bishop, G. A Kinburn, Ont.
Bishop. L. C Marbleton, Que.
B'.air, A. K Chicoutimi, Que.
Boulter, J. H., B.A Picton, Ont.
Boyd, O Russell, Ont.
Boyd. R. M Belleville, Ont.
Brooks, J. E., B.A Eastport, Maine.
Burns, A. S., B.A Boston. Mass.
Campbell. W. G Biantford, Ont.
Chaml:erlain, H. B Montreal, Que.
Chandler, E. C Montreal, Que.
Chaplin, H. L. S St. John'.s, Newfoundland.
Church, H. C Chelsea, Que.
Cowperthwaite, H. H St. John's. Newfoundland.
Croft, L. v., B.A Middleville, Ont.
Gumming, W. G., B.A Montreal, Que.
Dickson. A. J., B.A Goderich, Ont.
Donnelly, W. H Ogdensburgh. N.Y.
Douglas, F. C Montreal, Que.
Doyle, F. H Natick, Mass.
Ebbett, P. L. B Gagetown, N.B.
Elder, R., B.A Trout River, Que.
Ells, R. H., B.A Ottawa. Ont.
44
English, J. M New Westminster, B.C.
Ferguson, W. H St. Thomas, Ont.
Forbes, R. D Stratford, Ont.
Fortin, C. F. F., B.A Winnipeg, Man.
Freeze, E. H Penobsquish, N.B.
Frost, A. C Montreal, Que.
Gale, W. P Quebec, Que.
Gihnour, C. R Brockville, Ont.
Hansen, N. C, M.A Portland, Maine.
Hardisty, R. H. M., B.A Montreal, Que.
Hor.sfall, F. L., B.A Montreal, Que.
Hynes, W. T Darnley, P.E.I.
Kenny, R. W Ottawa, Ont.
King, R., B.A Sackville, N.B.
Kissane, J. W •>.. ..Chataguay, N.Y.
Lamb, W. V St. Andrews, N.B.
Laurie, Ernest, B.A Montreal, Que.
Lundie, J. A., B.A Montreal, Que.
Lyman, W. S., Ph.B Knoxville, Tenn., U.S.A.
Lynch, A. L Ottawa, Ont.
Macdonald, R. St. J., B.A Bailey's Brook, N.S.
Mackenzie, W. A Wood Islands, P.E.I.
MacKinnon, I. W 'harlottetown, P.B.I.
Mcculloch, J. M Durham, Ont.
McDiarmid, C. A Kemptville, Ont.
McDonald, P. A., B.A Dundee Centre, Que.
McDonald, S. H., B.A g^ j^^^^^ ^ j^
McEachern, 1. W. T Rockland, Ont.
McEwen, J. R., B.A DewittviU-, Que.
McGrath, F. C Norway, P.E.I.
McGuigan, J. D Kelly's Cross, P.E.I.
McKechnie, D. W Dundas, Ont.
Mcintosh, H. H Montreal, Que.
Mcintosh, J. A Vankleek Hill, Ont.
McLaren, D. D Russell, Ont.
McLaughlin, E. M Winona, Minn.
McPherson, Thos., B.A Stratford, Ont.
Maby, W. J Cchoes, N.Y.
Magee, C. F North Gower, Ont.
Meindl, A. G Mattawa, Ont.
Mitchell, I. E., B.A Sherbrooke, Que.
Montgomery, C. H st. John, N.B.
Morris, S. C Wallace, N.S.
Munroe, H. B., B.A Almonte, Ont.
Munroe, H. E St. Elmo, Ont.
45
Munro, J. H Maxville, Ont.
Murray, J. S St. John, N.B.
Nelson, J. S Ottawa, Ont.
Nelson, W. E Montreal, Que.
O'Brien, C. W., B.A Montreal, Que.
O'Neill, J. M Massena, N.Y.
Parris, N. D Highlands, Barbadoes, W.I.
Patch, F. S., B.A Montreal, Que.
Pavey, H. L London, Ont.
Peterson, G. R Toys Hill, Ont.
Puddington, B. A St. John, N.B.
Rehfuss, W. N., B.A Bridgewater, N.S.
Saunders, W. E TV^oodstock, N.B.
Scott, W Montreal, Que.
Secord, W. H Brantford, Ont.
Shaw, D. Le B ..Portland, Me.
Slack, M. R Farnham, Que.
Steeves, E. O Upper Sackville, N.B.
Stowell, F. E Worcester, Mass.
Strong, N. W., B.A Cambria, Que.
Taggart, E. A Ottawa, Ont.
Thomas, S. B Barbadoes, B.W.I.
Townsley R. H Montreal, Que.
Truax, W Farnham, Que.
Turner, G. H., B.A Baie' Verte, N.B.
Warren, J. G Montreal. Que.
White, S. G Ottawa, Ont.
Wilson, A Russell, Ont.
46
XHIRD YEAR.
PIZE LIST.
THIRD YEAR PRIZEMAN,
J. L. Robinson, of St. Marys, Ont.
SUTHERLAND MEDALLIST,
J. GRAH.A.M WiLLMORE, Of Montreal, Que.
McGILL MEDICAL SOCIETY SENIOR PRIZES;
D. W. iVicIvECHNiE, First Prize.
W. G. Campbell, Second Prize.
HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECT.S.
Robinson, J. L. 6. Atkinson, H. S.
Nutter, J. A. B.A.
Fyshe, J. C, A.B.
Willmore. J. G.
Charman, F. D.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
Sellery, A. C.
Chipman. T\^. W.
HONOURS IN
1. Miller, V. L., B.A.
2. Sellery, A. C.
Wood, W. H.
4. Douglas, E., B.A.
Fisher, E. M.
Greenwood, W. T.
McLachlan, D. C.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
9. Stewart, J. A.
10. Lincoln, W. A.
Robinson, J. L.
12. Arnold, D. R,, B.A.
Black. J. C.
Lauchland, L. C, B.A.
McLeod, W. A.
Nelles, T. R. B.
Richardson, C. A.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
Wood, H. G.
CLINICAL CHEMISTRY.
20. Ainley. W. E.
Charman, F. D.
Folkins, C. G.
Eraser, S.
Graham, R. W.
Hog-an, F. J.
Keys, M. J.
MacKid, L. S.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
Styles, W. A. L.
• Winfrey, W. C, B L.
Wrig-ht, G. A.
32. Chipman, "W. W.
Coffin, J. ^y.
Fyshe, J. C, A.B.
Hotchki.cs, E. A.
Lippiatt, H. T.
McKenty, F.
Richardson, C. A. C.
White. P. G.
B.A.
HONOURS IN HYGIENE.
1.
Chipman, W. W.
11.
2.
Willmore, J. G.
12.
3.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
13.
4.
Robinson, J. L.
14.
5.
^Mcintosh, L. de C.
6.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
16.
7.
Lincoln, W. A.
8.
Lippiatt, H. T.
18.
9.
McKenty, F.
Stewart, J. A.
19.
Miller, V. L., B.A.
Cliisholm, H. A.
Dillon, W. P.
Cook, W. J.
McLachlan, D. C.
Charman, F. D.
Rankin, A. C.
Howitt, H. O.
Markson, S. M.
HONOURS IN GENERAL PATHOLOGY.
1.
Fyshe, J. C, A.B.
2.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
3.
Robinson, J. L.
4.
"Willmore, J. G.
5.
Charman, F. D.
6.
Faulkner, J. A.
7.
Coffin, J. W.
8.
Y^orston, F. P., M.A.
9.
Crowell, B. C, B.A.
10.
11.
12.
13.
16.
17.
18.
Kerr, H. H.
Grant, N. P.
Chipman, W. W.
Alford, J. H.
Martin, J. C.
Meakins, J. C.
Murphy, H. H.,
Howitt, H. O.
Sellery, A. C.
B.A.
HONOURS IN OBSTETRICS.
1. Murphy, H. H., B.A.
2. Atkinson, H. S.
Coffin, J. W.
Robinson, J. L.
Sellery, A. C.
Stewart. J. A.
7. Charman, F. D.
Crowell. B. C, B.A.
Gibson, G. M. .
Gillis, J. E.
11. -Fraser, S.
Fyshe. J. C, A.B.
13. Alford, J. H.
Dillon. W. P.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
Rankin, A. C.
17. Ainley, W. E., B.A.
Chipman, W. W.
Keys, M. J.
Lippiatt. H. T.
Mcintosh, L. de C.
28. Faulkner, J. A., B.A.
Fisher, E. M.
Gibson, R.
Harrison, L. L., B.A.
Johnson. J. G. W., M.A.
White, P. G.
34. Grant. N. P.
Price, Jos.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
37. Cook, W. J.
Greenwood, W. T.
Kerr, H. H.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
Preston, C. E.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
Wilson, O. M.
44. Douglas, E.. B.A.
45. Bonin, R. P.
Howitt, H. O.
Richardson, C. A. C, B.A.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
48
HONOURS
McKenty, F.
xvIcLachlan, D. C.
Martin, J. C.
25. Gilroy, J. R.
Losier, A. J.
Warwick, W.
HOXOURS IN
1. Willmore, J. G.
2. McKenty, F.
3. Yorston, F. P., M.A.
4. Dillon, W. P.
Eaton, C. E.
Faulkner, J. A., B.A.
Ford, H. S.
Fyshe, J. C, A.B.
Liosier, A. J.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
11. Charman, F. D.
Crowell, B. C, B.A.
Douglas, E., B.A.
Eraser, S.
Harrison, L. L.. B.A.
Keys, M. J.
Lincoln, W. A.
MacKid, L. S.
Miller, V. L., B.A.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
Reford, L. L., B.A.
Robinson, J. .L
Wright, G. A.
HONOURS IN
1. Robinson, J. L.
2. Atkinson, H. S.
White, P. G.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
5. Ainley, L. T., B.A.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
Reford, L. L., B.A.
Wood, H. G.
9. Charman, F. D.
10. CofRn, J. 'W.
Rankin, A. C.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
13. Sellery, A. C.
14. Chipman, W. W.
IN OBSTETRICS.
49. Dunn, J. F.
Gormel>', J. C.
Willmore, J. G.
Wood, W. H.
Wright, G. A.
CLINICAL, SURGERY.
24. Crack, I. E., B.A.
Dunn, J. F.
Gibson, R.
Gillis, J. E.
Gormely, J. C.
Lippiatt, H. T.
Martin, J. C.
Meakins, J. C.
Miller, C.
Murphy, H. H., B.A.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
Stewart, J. A.
Wood, H. G.
^'ood, W. H.
CLINICAL MEDICINE.
15. Grant, N. P.
Richardson, C. A.
17. Gibson, G. M.
Gillis. J. E.
Graham, R. W.
Harrison. .L L., B.A.
Meakins, J. C.
22. Howitt, H. O.
23. Stewart. J. A.
24. Cook, W. J.
Crack. I. E. B.A.
Eraser, S.
McKenty, F.
Preston, C. E.
49
HONOURS IN BACTERIOLOGY.
11. Dillon, W. P.
Fyshe, J. C, A.B.
Llppiatt, H. T.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
Alford, J. H.
Sellery, A. C.
Robinson, J. L.
Coffin, J. W.
Mcintosh, L,. de C.
Atkinson, H. S.
Miller, V. L., B.A.
-i'i
19.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
Faulkner, J. A., B.A.
McKenty, F.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
Wood W. H.
Lincoln, W. A.
Stewart, J. A.
Harrison, L. L., B.A.
Reford, L. L., B.A.
HONOURS IN PHARMACOLOGY.
1.
Robinson, J. L.
10.
2.
Fyshe, J. C, A.B.
3.
Atkinson, H. S.
12.
Nutter, J. A., B.A.
13.
5.
Miller, V. L., B.A.
14.
6.
Charman, F. D.
15.
7.
Ernandez, J. A.
8.
Lincoln, W. A.
17.
9.
McKenty, F.
IS.
McKenzie, R. P.
White, P. G.
Chipman, W. W.
Richardson, C. A.
Cook, W. J.
Fraser, S.
Grant, N. P.
Rankin, A. C.
Stewart, J. A.
HONOURS IN MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE
1. Nutter, J. A., B.A.
2. Atkinson, H. S.
Willmore, J. G.
4. Fyshe. J. C, A.B.
Rankin, A. C.
6. Chipman, W. W.
Gillis, J. E.
Lippiatt, H. T.
Robinson, J. L.
10. Charman, F. D.
Coffin, J. W.
Faulkner, J. A., B.A.
Gibson, G. M.
Harriscci, L. L., B.A.
Markson, S. M.
Miller, V. L, B.A.
Murphy, H. H., B.A.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
Sellery, A. C.
50
THIRD YEAR PASS LIST
All Subjects.
The following students, 106 in number, have passed in all the sub-
jects of the Third Year, viz.:— Pathology, Pharmacology and Thera-
peutics, Hygiene and Bacteriology, Medical Jurisprudence, Medicine.
Surge, y. Clinical Chemistry and Obstetrics.
Ainley, L. T., B.A.
Ainley, W. E., B.A.
Alford, J. H.
Allum, A. W.
Atkinson, H. S.
Bailey, G. W.
Bentley, J. S., B.A.
Black, J. C.
Blair. A. K.
Blaken:an, F. W.
Bonin, R. P.
Boyd, O.
Boulter, J H., B A.
Briggs, J. A.
Biooks, J. E., B.A.
Carnochan, W. L.
Chamiberlain, H. B.
Chandler, A. C.
Chaplin, H L. S.
Charnian, P. D.
Chipnian, W. W.
Church, H. C.
Coffin, J. W.
Cook, W. J.
Craci;, I. E., B.A.
Cram, W. J.
Crowell, B. C, B.A.
Cunmiing, W. G.
Davidson, H. D. J.
Dickson, W. H.
Dillon, W. P.
Douglas, E., B.A.
Eaton, C. E.
Faulkner, J. A., B.A.
Fisher, E. M.
Folkins, C. G.
Ford. H. S.
Eraser, S.
Kerr, H. H.
Keys, M. J.
Lauchland, L. C, B.A.
L'ucoln, W. A.
Lippiatt, H. T.
Losier, A. J.
Macdonald, R. St. J., B.A.
• MacKenzie, A. B.
MacKenzie, W. A..
McDiarmid, C. A.
McDonald, S. H.
J.IcEachern, I. W. T.
McGnigan, J. D.
Mcintosh, L. de C.
McKfiity, F.
McKenzie, R. P.
Mcl^achlan. D. C.
Martin, J. C.
Meakins, J. C.
Miller, C.
Miller, V. L., B.A.
Munro, J. H.
Murphy, H. H.. B.A.
Murray, J. S.
Nagle, S. M.
Nelson, J. S.
Ness, W.
Nutter, J. A., P.A.
Park, A. W.
Preston, C. E.
Quain, B. P.
Rankin, A. C.
Reford, L. L., B.A.
Richardson, C. A.
Richardson, C. A. C, B.A.
Robinson, J. L.
51
Fyshe, J C, A.B.
Gibson, G. M.
Gibson, R.
Gillis, J. E.
Gilniour, C. R.
Gilroy, J. R.
Goimeley, J. C.
Gow, R. J.
Grant, N. P.
Greenwood, W. T.
Harrison, L. L., B.A.
Howitt, H. O.
Hutchinson, J. W.
Johnson, J. G. W., M.A.
Judson, A. H.
Kenny, R. W.
Rogers, J. T., B.A.
Scott, Walter.
Sellery, A. C.
Smith, C. M.
Stewart, J. A.
Steeves, E. O.
Stowell, F. E.
Warren, J. G.
Warwick, W.
White. P. G.
Willmore, J. G.
Wilson, A.
Wood, H. G.
Wood, W. H.
Wright, G. A.
Yorston, F. P., M.A.
In addition to those whose names appear ai the above list, as
having passed in all the subjects of the Third Year, the following
have passed in: —
Arnold, D. R., B. A.
Dunn, J. F.
Ernandez, J. A.
Gillis, J. H.
PHARMACOLOGY.
Hogan, F. J.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
Markson, S. M.
Price, Jos.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
AVnold. D. R., B.A.
Crosby, P. C.
Dunn, J. F.
Gillis, J. H.
Graham, R. W.
Hogan, F. J.
PATHOLOGY.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
Inksetter, F. S.
MacKid, L. S.
Markson, S. M.
Price, Jos.
Rilance, C. D.
Sims, H. A.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Chisholm, H. A.
Crosby, P. C.
Graham. R. W.
Hogan, F. J.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
HYGIENE.
McLeod, W. A.
Markson, S. M.
Rilance, C. D.
Sims, H. A.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R.. B.A
52
MEDICAL JURISPRfJDENCE.
Arnold, D. R., B.A.
Dunn, J. F.
Ernandez, J. A.
GIA, F. D. B.
Hogan, F. J.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
Inksetter, F. S.
McDonald, J. C.
MacKid, L. S.
McLeod, W. A.
Markson, S. M.
Pi ice, Ji s.
Rilance, C. D.
Sims, H. A.
Smith, W. A., B. A.
Waterma.n, C.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winder, J. A., B.A.
Wmfrey, W. C, B.L.
CLINICAL, MEDICINE.
Arnold, D. R., B.A.
Crosby, P. C.
Dunn, J. F.
Ernandea, J. A.
Giahani, R. W.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
MacKid, L. S.
Price, Jos.
Rilance, C. D.
Sims, H. A.
Shllllng-ton, R. N. W.
Wilson, O. M.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
CLINICAL SURGERY.
Arnold, D. R., B.A.
Crosby, P. C.
Dunn, J. F.
Ernandez, J. A.
Graham, R. W.
Hogan, F. J.
MacKid, L. S.
McLeod, W. A.
Markson, S. M.
Price, Jos.
Rilance, C. D.
Shlllingcon, R. N. W.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winder, J. B., B.A.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
CLINICAL CHEMISTRY.
Arnold, D. R., B.A. McDonald, J. C.
Chisholni, H. A. MacKid, L. S.
Dunn, J. F. McLeod. W. A.
Ernande/, J. A. Markson, S. M.
Gill, F. D. B. Nelles, T. R. B.
Gourley, H. B., B.A. Price, Jos.
Graham, R. W. Rilance, C. D.
Hogan, F. J. Sims, H, A.
Sweeney, J. L., B.A.
Styles, W. A. L.
Waterman, C.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winder, J. B., B.A.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
Hotchkiss, E
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Arnold, D. R., B.A.
Crosby, P. C.
Dunn, J. F.
Ernandez, J. A.
Graham, R. W.
Hogan, F. J.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
OBSTETRICS.
Inksetter, F. S.
MacKid, L. S.
McLeod, W. A.
Markson, S. M.
Price, Jos.
Rilance, C. D.
Sims, H. A.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winder, J. B., B.A.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
53
Dunn, J. F.
Ernandez, J. A.
Graham, R. W.
Hogan, F. J.
Hotchkiss, E. A.
MacKid. L. S.
BACTERIOLOGY.
McLeod, W. A.
Markson, S. M.
Price, Jos.
Rilance, C. D.
Sims. H. A.
Smith, W. A., B.A.
Sweeney, J. L.. B.A.
Styles, W. A. L,.
Wilson, O. M.
"Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winder, J. B., B.A.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
5-4
SECOND YEAR.
PRIZES AND HONOURS.
SECOND YEAR PRIZEMAN,
H. C. Mersereau, Doaktown, N.B.
SENIOR ANATOMY PRIZE,
, H. C. Mersereau, Doaktown, N.B.
McGILL MEDICAL SOCIETY JUNIOR PRIZES:
D. L. S. Likely, B.A., First Prize.
L. de C. McIntosh, Second Prize.
HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECTS.
1. Mersereau, H. C.
2. MacDermot, J. H.
3. Tees, F. J., B.A.
4. Scrimger, F. A. C, B.A.
5. Leslie, H. A.
6. Moffatt, C. P., B.A.
7. Dykes, J. W.
8. Nelles, T. R. B.
9. Henderson, E. H., P. A.
10. Burgess, H. C.
11. Soady, J. H., B.A.
12. Likely, D. S., B.A.
13. Robertson, B. W.
PHYSIOLOGY— HONOURS.
Mersereau, H. C.
Tees, F. J., B .A.
MacDermot, J. H.
Moffatt, C. F., B.A.
Nelles, T. R. B.
Scrimger, F. A. C, B.A.
Leslie, H. A.
Burgess, H. C.
Gumming, A., B.A.
Dykes, J. W.
Hanington, J. W. B.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY— HONOURS.
MacDermot, J. H.
Young, C. A.
Leslie, H. A.
. Munro, J. A.
Sullivan, J. A.
Tees P. J.. B.A.
Dougan, B. H.
Lindsay, E. A.
Mason, J. H.
Wilkinson, W. M.
14. MoMeekin, R. J.. M.D.
Robertson, A. R.
16. Moffatt, C, F., B.A.
17. Dowler, W. H.
Keddy, O. B.
19. Burgess H. C.
20. Scrimger, F. A. C. B.A.
21. Waterman, C.
22. Ralph, A. J., Ph.B.
23. Mersereau, H. C.
PRACTICAL HElNlISTiiY-HOXOURS.
11. Gumming, A., B.A.
Hendei-son, E. H., B.A.
Weldon, R. C, Jr.
24. Dykes, J. W.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Miller, A. P.
Pruyn, W. G., B.A.
25. Mulligan, J. W.
HISTOLOGY— HONOURS.
1. Tees, F. J., B.A.
2. MacDermot, J. H.
3. Gumming, A., B.A.
4. Brown, G. T.
5. Alguire, A. R.
Leslie, H. A.
McMeekin, R. J., M.D.
8. Hanington, J. W. B.
Mersereau, H. G.
Moffatt, C. F., B.A.
Scrimger, F. A. C., B.A.
12. McLean, J. D.
TuU, J. A. C.
14. Brown, F. F.
Dougan, B. H.
Dykes, J. W.
Hanington, D. P.
Hender.=on, E. H., B.A.
Nelles, T. R. B.
Robertson, B. W.
Sullivan, J. A.
Turnbull, E. G.
23. Likely, D. S., B.A.
Miller, A. P.
Mohr, F. W. G.
Muckleston, H. S., M.A.
Petersky, S.
Robertson. A. R.
Ryan, F. McD., B.A.
Soady, J. H., B.A.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY— HONOURS.
1. Likely, D. S., B.A.
2. Pruyn, W. G., B.A.
3. Mersereau, H. C.
Moffatt, G. F., B.A.
5. MacDermot, J. H.
Shaw, R. M.
7. Viner, N., B.A.
8. Dykes, J. W.
Pater.=on, W. J., B.A.
Tees, F. J., B.A.
11. Leslie, H. A.
Soady, J. H., B.A.
13. Hanington, J. W. B.
14. McNaughton, W. B.
W.^lker, J. J., B.A.
16. Brown, G. T.
Gumming, A., B.A.
23. McMurtry, S. O., B.A.
24. Dudderidge, G. R., B.A.
Wood, G. O.
2G. Finigan, J. F.
Henderson, E. H., B.A.
Robertson, B. W.
Sullivan, J. A.
30. Scott, W. J., B.A.
Tierney, J. E.
Weldon, R. C.
33. Chandler, H. B.
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B.
Muckleston, H. S.. M.A
?,Q. Ralph, A. J., Ph.B.
Sinclair, E. C.
36. Valin, R. E.
Ycung, C. A.
56
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-HONOURS.
Scrimg-er, F. A. C, B.A.
19. L.oggie, W. S.
20. Burgess, H. C.
Mercer, T. C.
Tull, J. A. C.
40.
42.
Hume, G. M.
Miller, A. P.
McDonald, J. A., B.A.
Ryan, F. McD., B.A.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRT— HOXOURS.
1.
MacDermot, J. H.
13.
2.
Leslie, H. A.
14.
3.
Sc-ri.n-"r. F. A. C , B.A.
15.
4.
Likely, D. S., B.A.
5.
McDonald, J. A., B.A.
17.
6.
Pruyn, W. G., B.A.
18.
7.
Mersereau, H. C.
19.
S.
Dudderidge, C. R., B.A.
20.
9.
Robertson, B. W.
10.
Sullivan, J. A.
22.
Turnbull, E. G.
12.
Tees, P. J., B.A.
Soady, J. H., B.A.
McNaughton, W. B.
Henderson, E. H., B.A.
Valin, R. E.
Muckleston, H. S., M.A.
Dykes, J. W.
Moffatt, C. P., B.A.
Hanington, J. W. B.
McMurtry, S. O., B.A.
Mercer. T. C.
Ryan, P. McD.
ANATOMY— HONOURS.
6,
1. Mersereau, H. C.
2. MacDermot, J. H. 7.
3. Burgess H. C. 8.
McMeekin. R. J.. M.D. 9.
5. Scrimger, P. A. C, B.A. 10.
Tull, J. A. C.
Henderson, E. H., B.A.
Dyke.'i, J. W.
Tees, P. J., B.A.
Muckleston, H. S., M.A.
PHARMACOLOGY— HONOURS.
1. Moffatt, C. P., B.A.
2. Dykes, J. W.
3. Soady. J. H., B.A.
4. Nelles, T. R. B.
5. Robertson, B. W.
Tees, P. J., B.A.
7. Alguire, A. R.
Henderson, E. H., B.A.
Leslie, H. A.
10. Mersereau, H. C.
11. Tull, J. A. C.
12. Mercer, T. C.
Viner, N.
14. Young, C. A.
15. Richards, E. T. P.
21.
26.
McMeekin, R. J., M.D.
Burgess, H. C.
Likely, D. S.
Mackay, M. E.
Scrimger, P. A. C, B.A.
Dudderidge, C. R., B.A.
Huire, G. M.
MacDermot, J. H.
Margolese, O.
Ryan, F. McD.
Covernton, C. P.
Hanington D. P.
Mason, J. H.
Scott, W. J.
57
SECOND YEAR PASS LIST.
All Subjects.
The following- gentlemen, 82 in number, have completed their Se-
cond Year Examinations, which comprise the following subjects: —
Anatomy, Practical Anatomy, Chemistry, Practical Chemistry, Phy-
siology, Practical Physiology, Histology and Materia Medica.
Alford, J. H.
Alguire, A. R.
Bro\\ n, F. F.
Burgess, H. C.
Carnoehan, W. L. C.
Chisholm, H. A., B.A.
Connor, E. L.
Costello, J. W. W. B.A.
Crosby, P. C.
Camming, A., B.A.
Davidson, H. D.
Dougaii, B. H.
Dowier, W. H.
Dudderidge, C. R., B.A.
Dykes, W.
Ferguson, W. H.
Finigan, J. F.
Fortin, C. E. F., B.A.
Gibson, G. M.
Gibson. R.
Gihoy. J. R.
Graham, R. W.
Grimmer, R. D.
Hanington, D. P.
Harrison, L. L., B.A.
Heagerty, J. J.
Henderson, E. H., B.A.
Hoean, F. J.
Horsfall. F. L., B.A.
Hume, G. M.
Hynes. W. T.
Judson, A. H.
Leslie. H. A.
Likely. D. S., B.A.
Lundie, J. A.
MacDermot, J. H.
McNaughton, W. B.
Markson, S. M.
Margolese, O.
Mason, J. H.
Mercer, T. C.
Mersereau, H. C.
Miller, A. P.
Mohr, F. W. C.
Moffatt, C. F., B.A.
Muckleston, H. S., M.A.
Mulligan, J. W.
Munro, J. A.
Nagle, S. M.
Nelles, T. R. B.
Prendergast, A. R., B.A.
Price, J. O.
Pruyn, W. G., B.A.
Richards, E. T. F.
Richardson, C. A. C, B.A.
Robertson, A. R.
Robertson, B. W.
Ryan, F. McD., B.A.
Scott, W. J., B.A.
Scrimger, F. A. C, B.A.
Sims, H. A.
Sinclair, E. E.
Soady, J. H., B.A.
Styles, T\^. A. L.
Sullivan, J. A.
Tees, F. J., B.A.
Tierney, J. E.
Tull, J. A. C.
Turnbull. E. G.
Valin, R. E.
Viner. N., B.A.
Warwick, W.
58
McDonald, J. A., B.A.
Mcintosh, a. J.
McMeekin, R. J., M.D.
McMartry, S. O., B.A.
McMurtry, \V. C.
Wilson, O. M.
Wilson, T. R., B.A.
Winder, J. B., B.A.
Winfrey, W. C, B.L.
Wood, H. G.
Young, C. A.
In addition to tliose whose names appear on the above list, as
having passed in all the subjects of the Second Yeai', the following
have passed in: —
PHARMACY.
Bonelli, J. V., B.A.
Brown, G. T.
Cameron, A. B.
Covernton, C. F.
Duggan, R. G.
Gaudet, E. A., 15. A.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Henry, E. G., B.A.
Hewitt, T. J.
King, J. Li.
King, S. S.
Loggie, W. S.
MacDonald, J. P
MacKay M. E.
MacLean, J. D.
ilcMickiim, A. E. T.
Peter sky, S.
Raftery, C. R.
Rommel, E.
Sawyer, A. R.
Somerville, H. A.
Wilkinson, W. M.
Wood, G. O.
Wotherspoon, H. C.
Covernton, C. P.
Ewart, D.
Folkins, C. G.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Henry, E. G., B.A.
PHARMACOLOGY.
King, S. S.
Lcggie, W. S.
Mackay, M. E.
McMicking, A. E. T.
Rilance, C. D.
Rommel, E.
Sawyer, A. R.
Somerville, H. A.
Wilkinson, W. M.
Wood, G. O.
Auld, J. W.
Bonelli, J. V., B.A.
Brown. G. T.
Covernton, C. F.
Duggan, R. G.
Gaudet, E. A., B.A.
Gill, F. D.
Hanington, J. W. B.
HISTOLOGY.
Henry, E. G., B.A.
Joughins, J. L.
King, J. L.
King, S. S.
Loggie, W. S.
MacDcnald, J. P.
MacKay, M. E.
MacLean, J. D.
McLeod W. A.
McMicking, A. E. T.
Petersky, S.
Rommel, E.
Sawyer, A. R.
Somerville, H. A.
Wilkinson, W. M.
Wood, G. O.
Auld, J. W.
Brown, G. T.
Cameron, A. B.
Ewart, D.
Fairie, J. A.
ANATOMY.
King S. S.
Loggie W. S.
MacDonald, J. P.
MacLean, J. D.
McDonald, J. C.
McMicking, A. E. T.
Petersky, S.
Wood, G. O.
59
Auld, J. W.
Brown, G. T.
Covernton, C. F.
Ewart, D.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Henry, E. G., B.A.
Hewitt, T. J.
King, S. S.
PHYSIOLOGY.
L-g-g-.e W. S.
Mac-Donald, J. P.
MacKay, M. E.
MacKid, L. S.
MacLean, J. D.
McDonald. J. C.
McLeod, W. A.
Peterslcy, S.
RoiTimel, E.
Sawyer, A. R.
Somerville, H. A.
Sweeney, J. L., B.A.
Wilkinson, "W. M.
Wood, G. O.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
Ew-art, D.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Henry, E. G., B.A.
Loggie, W. S.
MacKay, M. E.
MacLean, J. D.
Paterson, W. J., B.A.
Petersky, S.
Ralph, A. J., Pli.B.
Rommel, E.
Som.erville. H. A.
Waterman, C.
AYilkinson, W. M.
Wood, G. O.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Auld, J. W.
Brown, G. F.
Ewart, D.
Folkins, C. G.
Garcelon, W. S., B.A.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Hewitt, T. J.
Keildy, O. B.
Lindsay, E. A.
MacDonald, J. P
MacKay, M. E.
MacLean, J. D.
McDonald, J. C.
McLeod, W. A.
McMicking, A. E. T.
Raftery, C. R.
Ralph, A. J., Ph.B.
Rommel, E.
Ship, A. P.
Smith, "W. A.
Somerville, H. A.
T\"aterman. C.
Weldon, R. C.
Wigle, C. A.
Wilkinson, W. M.
Bonelli, J. V., B.A.
Brown, G. T.
Budyk, J. S.
Cameron, A. B.
Chandler, A. B.
Dalton, J. T.
Duggan, R. G.
Ewart, D.
Fairie, J. A.
Gaudet, E. A., B.A.
Greene, H. B.
Hanington, J. W. B.
Henry, .EG.. B.A.
Hewitt, T. J.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
Ralph, A. J., Ph.B.
Ritchie, C. A.
Rothwell, O. E.
Keddy, O. B.
King, J. L.
King, S. S.
Lindsay, A. E.
Loggie, W. S.
MacDonald, J. P
MacKay, M. E.
MacLean, J. D.
McDonald, J. C.
McLeod, W. A.
McMicking, A. E. T.
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B.
Paterson, W. J., B.A.
Petersky, S.
Rommel, E.
Shaw R. M.
Somerville, H. A.
Sweeney, J. L., B.A.
W.Jkcr, .1. J.. B.A.
Waterman, C.
Wilkinson, T\'. M.
Weldon, C. R.
Wood, G. O.
Wotherspoon, H. C.
60
KIRSU^ YEAR.
PRIZES AND HONOURS.
FIRST YEAR PRIZEMAN,
C. S. Williams, of Tyne Valley, P.E.I.
JUNIOR ANATOMY PRIZE,
P. A. MacDonald, Alma., N.B.
HONOURS IN AGGREGATE OF ALL SUBJECTS.
1. Williams, C. S. 8. Hillman, O. S.
2. Donnelly, J. H. 9. Mair, W. L.
3. Crowe, H. S., B.A. 10. Sheahan, J. J.
4. MacDonald, P. A. 11. Sims, H. L.
5. Hunter, A. W. 12. Allen, H. C. B.
6. Eraser, D. R. 13. Flegg, R. F.
7. McArthur, R. L. H. Turnbull, J. W.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY— HONOURS.
Sheahan, J. J.
Malcolrn, D. C.
Turnbull, J. W.
Dearborn, H. F.
Fleg-g, R. F.
Mair, W. L.
Kinloch. C. A.
Wilson, A. A.
Clarke, F. C.
Henderson, S.
McNaughton, A.
Sims, H. L.
Hollbrook, R. E.
Kelly, A. E.
"Wolff, E. K.
1.
Eraser, R. D.
20.
Patterson, W. J., B.A.
2L
2.
Crowe, H. S., B.A.
22.
Michaud, N.
2.3.
5.
Williams, C. S.
6.
Groves, O. M.
7.
Donnelly, J. H.
26.
S.
Elliott, M. H.
McNaughton, G. K.
28.
10.
Allen, H. C. B.
McLeod, J. M.
30.
12.
MacDonald, P. A^
McMillan, J. A.
32.
14.
Hillman, O. S.
Hunter, T. V.
16.
Greene, T. B., B.A.
Hunter, A. W.
Payne, G. A. L.
White, J. H.
61
MacArthur, R. S.
Budyk, J. S.
Lomer, T. A.
MacDonald, P. A
Williams, C. S.
BACTERIOLOGY— HONOURS
6.
Hillman, O. S.
Sims, H. L.
Thomson, G. D.
Crowe, H. S. B.A.
Lindsay, E. A.
BIOLOGY— HONOURS.
MacDonald, P. A.
Crowe, H. S., B.A.
Williams. C. S.
Clarke, F. C.
Hillman, O. S.
McMeekin, J. R., M.D.
Lindsay, E. A.
Turnbull, J. W.
MacArthur, R. S.
Sheahan, J. J.
Sims, H. L.
PHYSIOLOGY— HONOURS.
1.
2.
MacArthur, R.
Donnelly, J. H
S.
3.
Sims, H. L.
Williams, C. S.
.5
Weldon, R. C,
Jr.
6.
Fraser, D. R.
MacDonald, P.
A.
McDlarmid, J.
S.
9.
Clarke, F. C.
Lomer, T. A.
n. Crowe, H. S., B.A.
Shaw, R. McL.,B.A.
13. Christie, H. H.
Greene, T. B., B.A.
15. Allen, H. C. B.
Gurd, F. B.
Hunter, A. W.
Hunter. T. V.
Walker, J. J., B.A.
HISTOLOGY— HONOURS
17.
Allen, H. C. B.
MacDonald, P. A.
McMillan, J. A.
Payne, G. A. L.
Lomer, T. A.
McArthur, C. O.
Gurd, F. B.
Hillman, O. S.
Weldon, R. C, Jr.
Sims, H. S.
Hunter, A. W.
Kerfoot, H. W.
Lindsay, E. A., B.A.
Patterson, W. J., B.A.
Thomson, G. D.
Williams, C. S.
Greene, T. B., B.A.
Munro, A. R.
Peat, G. B.
20. Clarke, F. C.
Hammond, J. F.
Mair, W. L.
23. MacArthur, R. S.
Malcolm, D. C.
Shaw, R. McL., B.A.
26. Baird, W. S.
Budyk, J. S.
Hollbrook, R. E.
Johnson, B. F.
Kinloch, C. A,
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B.
Rothwell, O. E., B.A.
Sheahan, J. J.
Wilson, A. A.
12.
11.
12.
14.
17.
62
PRACTICAL ANATOMY -HONOURS.
MacDonald, P. A.
Williams, C. S.
Allen, H. C. B.
Baird, W. S.
Mair, W. L.
Lomer, T. A.
Slieahan, J. J.
Donnelly, J. H.
Shaw, R. McL., B.A.
Rothwell, O. E.
Wilson, A. A.
Clarke, F. C.
B.A.
Gou.lev, H. B., ^-h. B.
Hunter, A. W.
Keddy, O. B., B.A.
16. Christie, H. H.
Hunter, T. V.
MacAithur, R. S.
19. Gillies, G. E.
Hollbrook, R. E.
21. Lindsay, E. A., B.A.
Malcolm, D. C.
Ralph, A. J., Ph.
B.
Hunter, A. W.
Crowe, II. S., B. A
Donnelly, J. H.
Tilley, A. R.
Weldon, R. C, Jr.
Williams, C. S.
Sheahan, J. J.
Greene, T. B., B.A
Sims, H. L.
Turnbull, J. W.
Walker, J. J., B.A,
Fraser, D. R.
Hillman, O. S.
Christie, H. H.
MacArthur, R. S.
Wilson, A. A.
Flegg, R. F.
Kelly, A. E.
PHYSICS— HONOURS.
Munroe, F. D.
Kerfoot, H. W.
20.
Wolff, E. K.
22. Thomson, G. D.
23. Holden, C. P.
24. Kinloch, C. A.
Payne, G. A, L.
26. Howlett, G. P.
28. MacDonald, P. A.
Mair, W. L.
30. McNaughton, G. K.
31. Gillies, G. E.
32. Ryan, E. J.
33. McPhee. J. T.
White, J. H.
35. Clarke, F. C.
Hunter, T. V.
Monahan, R. J.
Johnson, B. F.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY— HONOURS.
Donnelly, J. H. 13.
Fraser, D. R. 14.
Fleg-g, R. F. 15.
Shaw, R. McL., B.A.
Crowe, H. S., B.A. 17.
Williams. C. S. 18.
Christie, H. H. 19.
Hunter, A. W. 20.
Mair, W. L. 21.
Weldon, R. C, Jr.
Walker, J. J., B.A. 23.
Patterson, W. J., B.A.
Tilley, A. R.
Keddy, O. B., B.A.
Munroe, F. D.
Turnbull, J. W.
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B.
Gillies, G. E.
Allen, H. C. B.
Field, B. R.
Hillman, O. S.
Sheahan. J, J.
MacDonald, P. A.
63
FIRST YEAR PASS LIST.
All Subjects.
The following- students, S7 in number, have passed the examina-
tion in all the subjects of the B'irst Year, viz.: — Anatomy, Chemistiy
and Physics, Physiology, Histology, Biology, Practical Chemistry
and Bacteriology.
Allen, H. C. B.
Auld, J. W.
Bayley, A. H.
Bonelli, V.
Budyk, J. S.
Chandler, A. B.
Clarke, F. C.
Cole, W. H.
Crowe, H. S.. B.A.
Dearborn, H. P.
Donnelly, J. H.
Dug"gan, R. G.
Field, B. R.
Fleg-g-, R. F.
Fraser, D. R.
Fraser, T. B.
Fripp, G. D.
Gandct, E. A., I!. A.
Gillies, G. E.
Gourley, K. B., Ph.B.
Green, T. B., B.A.
Grimmer, R. D.
Groves, Osier M.
Gurd, F. B.
Gunn, A. K.
Hammond, J. F.
Hewitt, T. J.
Hillinan, O. S.
Hollbrook, R. E.
Holden, C. P.
Hewlett, G. P.
Hunter, A. W.
Hunter, T. V.
Huycke, A. H.
John~on, B. F.
Joughins, J. L.
Keddy, O. B.
Kerfoot, H. W.
King, S. S.
Kinloch, C. A.
Lindsay, E. A.
Lomer, T. A.
MacArthur, R. L.
MacDonald, P. A.
McArthur, C. O.
McCormick, A. S.
McDiarmid, J. S.
McDoug-all, W. L.
Mcintosh, G. J.
McLeod, J. M.
McMillan, J. A.
McNaughton, G. K.
McPhee, J. T.
Mackid, L. S.
Mabee, O. R., Ph.B.
Mair, "W. L.
Malcolm, D. C.
Michaud, N.
Monahan, R. J.
Muir, W. L., B.A.
Munroe, A. R.
Munroe, F. D.
Parsons, W. H.
Patterson, "W. J.
Payne, G. A. L.
Peat, G. B.
Raftery, C. R.
R;ilph, A. J., Ph.B.
Rilance, C. D.
Robertson, A. R.
Both well, O. F., B.A.
Sawyer, A. R.
Scott, W. J., B.A.
Scott, W. H.
Shaw, R. McL.
64
Sheahan, J. J.
Sims, H. L.
Somerville, H. A.
Thomson, G. D.
Tierney, J. E.
Tilley, A. R.
TurnbuII, J. W.
Walker, J. J., B.A.
Wallace, C. T.
Weldon, R. C.
White, J. H.
Williams, C. S.
FIRST YEAR.
In addition to those whose aames appear on the above list, as
having passed in all subje^^ts of the First Year, the following have
passed in: —
HISTOLOGY.
Baird, W. S. Gray, E. H. Ritchie, C. A., B.A.
Burke, G. 11. Henderson, E. Shipley, C E.
Clarke, F. C. Kelly, A. E. Smith, A. B.
Connor, E. L. Lyon, G. R. D. Wilson, A. A.
Elliot, M. H. Muir, D. H., Jr. Wolff, E. K.
Baird, W. S.
Burke, G. H.
Christie, H. H.
Garcelon, W. S. B. A.
Green, H. B.
Gross, C. J.
ANATOMY.
Henderson, E.
Hils, H. O.
Kelly, A. E.
Kelsea, W. H.
Lyon, G. R. D.
MacNaughton, A.
McDonald, J. N.
Muir, D. H., Jr.
Ritchie, C. A., B.A.
Wilson, A. A.
Wolff, E. K.
Baird, W. S.
Burke, G. H.
Cameron, A. B.
Christie, H. H.
Elliot, M. H.
PHYSIOLOGY.
Gray, E. H.
Henderson, E.
Kelly, A. E.
Lyon, G. R. D.
McDonald, J. N.
Ritchie, C. A., B.A.
Wilson, A. A.
Wolff, E. K.
Baird, TV. S.
Burke, G. H.
Cameron, A. B.
Christie, H. H.
Cornier, E. L.
Elliot, M. H.
Gabie, W. G.
Gray, E H.
Gross, C. J.
PHYSICS.
Henderson, E.
Hils, H. O.
Kelly. A. E.
Kelsea, W. H.
Lahey, J. J.
Lvon, G. R. D.
MacNaughton, A.
McDonald, J. N.
Morrison, J. C.
Muir, D. H., Jr.
Ritchie, C. A., B.A.
Ryan, E. J.
Shipley, C. E.
Smith, A. B.
Wilson, A. A.
Wolff, E. K.
65
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Baird, W. S.
Burke, O. H.
Christie. H. H.
Elliot, M. H.
Gray, E. H.
Gross, C. J.
Burke, G. H.
Christie, H. H,
Elliot, M. H.
Hendeison, E.
Kelly, A. E.
Lahey, J. J.
Lyon, G. R. D.
MacNaughton, A.
McDonald, J. N.
Ritchie, C. A.
Ryan, E. J.
Shipley, C. E.
Smith, A. B.
Wilson, A. A.
Wolff, B. K.
B.A.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
Gray, E. H. McDonald, J. N.
Henderson, E. Wilson, A. A.
Kelly, A. E.
Baird, W. S.
Bonness, E. J.
Burke, G. H.
Christie, H. H.
Elliot, M. H.
Gable, W. G.
Gray, E. H.
Gross, C. J.
Henderson, E.
BOTANY.
Hils, H. O.
Kelly, A. E.
Kelsea, W. H.
Lyon, G. R. D.
MacNaughton. A.
McDonald, J. N.
McMeekin, R. J., M.D.
Muir, D. H., Jr.
Ritchie, C. A.,
B.A,
Rodrigues, E.
T.
Ryan, E. J.
Siiiyley, C. E.
Smith, A. B.
^i!son, A. A.
Wolff, E. K.
Wright, R. P.
Baird, W. S.
Bonness, E. J.
Burke, G. H.
Christie, H. H.
Connor, E. L.
Elliot, M. H.
Gabie, W. G.
Gill, F. D.
Bonness, E. J.
Christie. H. H.
Elliot. M. H.
Garcelon, W. S., B.A.
Gray, E. H.
ZOOLOGY.
Gray, E. H.
Gross, C. J.
Henderson, E.
Hils, H. O.
Kelly, A. E.
Lyon, G. R. D.
Muir, D. H., Jr.
MacNaughton, A.
BACTERIOLOGY.
Gross, C. J.
Hils, H. O.
Lyon, G. R. D.
Muir, D. H., Jr.
Ritchie, C. A., B.A.
McDonald, N. J.
McGarvey, O.
McMeekin, R. J., M.D
Ritchie, C. A., B.A.
Ryan, E. J.
Wilson, A. A.
Wright, R. P.
Ryan, E. J.
Smith, A. B.
Wallace, C. T.
Wolff, E. K.
I :n^ D E X.
I — MATRICULATION PAPERS.
SEPTEMBEB, 1902.
PAGE
Afatriculation Examinations.
Algebra, Part 1 7
" II 10
Arithmetic 8
Botany 23
Chemistry 23
English Composition 5
Dictation 3
Grammar 4
History 5
Literature 5
French 18
Geometry, Part 1 9
"II 9
German 20
Greek Authors 11
Grammar and Composition 14
Translation at Sight 14
Latin Authors 15
Grammar 17
" Prose Composition 17
" Translation at Sight 16
Physics 24
Physiography 22
Trigonometry 10
II.— EXHIBITION AND SCHOLARSHIP
PAPERS.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
SEPTEMBER, 1902.
Exhibitions — First Year.
Algebra, Part 1 43
" II 45
English Composition 48
INDEX.
** PAGK
English Grammar 46
English Literature (Macaulay) 47
(Milton) 47
(Morley) 48
French 48
Geometry, Part I 42
44
^ German , 50
Greek Authors 36
Comp. and Trans, at Sight (alternative) 42
Grammar, Comp., Higher Comp. and Sight
Translation 40
" ■ Translation at Sight 40
Latin Authors 29
" Grammar 32
" Prose Composition 32
" Translation at Sight 31
" " " (alternative) 34
and Comp. (additional) . . 33
Trigonometry 45
Exhibitions — Second Year..
Algebra 66
(Theory of Equations) 68
English Language (Trench) 69
" Literature and Composition 69
French 70
Geometry 65, 66
German 71
Greek Authors 57
" Composition 60
" Grammar 60
" History 60
Translation at Sight 59
History (Church) 70
" Roman 63
Latin Authors 61
" Comp. and Grammar 63
" Translation at Sight 62
Roman History 63
Theory of Equations 68
Trigonometry 66
IXUEX. iii
PA ^E
Scholarships — Third Year.
Algebra, Higher 81
(Theory of Equations) 81
Calculus 80
Chemistry.. ..' 83, 81
Constitution and Govt, of England 99
English Composition 93
Literature (Lamb) 93
(Milton) 93
" " (Shakespeare) 92
French 94
Geometry, Analytic 77, 78
German 95
Greek Authors 84
Composition 87
History 91
Translation at Sight 87
Higter Algebra 81
History (Myers) 94
Greek 91
Roman 92
Latin Authors 88
" Composition 90
Translation at Sight 90
Logic 82
Polfiical Economy 99.100
Political Science, Elements of 99
Roman History 92
Theory of Equations 81
Trigonometry SI
III.— EXHIBITION AND PRIZE EXAMINA-
TIONS.
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
SEPTEMBER, 1902.
'Exhibition and Prize Examinations.
Descriptive Geometry 107
English, Summer Readings in 106
Mathematics, Second Year 103
Third and Fourth Years 10-5
Theory of Structures 108
V INDEX.
lV._SESSIONAL EXAAIIxNATlON PAPERS. "*
FACULTY OF ARTS.
APIUL, 1903.
PACK
Algebra.— See jMathematits and Natural Philosophy.
Anglo-Saxon.— See English Honours.
Arithmetic— See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy,
Art History and Archaeology.
Art History and Classital Archaeology 231
Biology.
Continuation Biology ' ,.331, 332
Elementary Plant Biology 330
Animal Biology 329
Animal Biology (Supplemental) . . 332
Botany.
Botany, Third Year 334
Fourth Year 335
(Plant Physiology), Fourth Y'ear 337,338
(Systematic), Fourth Year 336
Calculus. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
Chemistry.
Chemistry, Second Year 326
Organic Chemistry. Third Year 326, 327
Classical Literature and History.
Comparative Philology 191
Greek Authors, First Y'ear 113
Second Y'ear 117
Second Year (Adv. Section).. .. 129
Third and Fourth Years 123
" Composition, First Y'ear 116
Second Year 121
Third and Fourth Y'ears.. .. 126
History, First Y'ear 117
and Literature, Second Y'ear.. .. 122
Third and Fourth Y'ears 127
L\i)i:\. V
PAGE
Greek Trausl.-itinii at Si.uliT. I'iist Year.. .. .. IK;
Second Year 121
Third and Fourth
Years 126
Latin Authors, First Y^ear 151
Second Y'ear 157
Third Y^ear 162
Third and Fourth Years 165
Prose and Unseen, First Y'ear 155
Second Year 160
Third and Fourth Y>ars 166
Roman History. First Year 156
" " and Quintilian, Seccnd Y'ear.... 161
Third and Fouith Years 167
Classical HoEours
Greek. Pindar 134
Plato. Forman's Selections 138
" Private Readings (Sophocles, etc.) 131
(Prose) 145
" '■ ■' (Ari.-tophane5, etc.). .. 149
Prose Composition 144
Third and Fourth Y'ears 140
Translation at Sijiht.. 142
Latin. Cicero's Verrine Orations 176
Plautus and Terence 179
Privat? Readings 185
Private Readings, Plautus, etc 188
Virgil, etc 170
Prose Composition 174
Special Faier. li'«8
Translation at Sight 172
Virgil. Lucan 182
Comparative Philology.— See Classical Lit'^rature.
Dynamics. — See iNIathematics and Natural Philosophy.
Economics and Political Science.
Economic History of England. Third and Fourth
Years 229. 230
Political Economy 227
Political Science 228
(Honours) 229
vi IXDhJX.
PAGE
English Language and Literature.
Elizabethan Drama. Third Year 200
Englisn Composition, Second Year 196
(Affiliated Coll.), Sec. Year 198
Third Year 199
Fourth Year 203
Language and Composition, First Year. . 194
" Literature. First Year 193
Second Year 196
" " (Affiliated Colleges. Second
Year 197. 198
Third Year 198
Third and Fourth Years.. .. 200
(History of Fiction), Fourth Year .. ..202
Literature, Fourth Year 200, 201
Tlistory (if Fiction, T'onrth Year ^ii'J
English Honours.
Anglo-Saxon. Third Year 208, 209,211
Browning, Fourth Year 215
Chaucer, Third Year 204
History of Literature 214
History of Shaksperean Criticism 215
Middle English 212
Modern Prose 216, 217
Prose Writers before Dryden, Third Year 206, 208
Spenser and Milton 205
Experimental Physics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philo-
sophy.
French. — See Modern Languages.
French Honours. — See Modern Language Honours.
Geology.
Geology. Third and Fourth Year? 343
Geol"gv HonoTir*?.
Determinative Mineralogy, Third Year 344
Geology and Mineralogy. Third Year 34i
Geometry. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
German. — See Modern Languages.
German Honours. — See Modern Language Honours.
Greek. — See Classical Literature and History.
Greek History. — See Classical Literature and History.
iM>i:x. vii
FAOS
Greek Honours. — See Classical Honours.
Hebrew.— See Semitic Languages.
History.
English Constitutional History, Third and Fourth
Years 219
History, First Year 193
Third and Fourth Years 218
History Honours.
Arnold, Parknian. Mahan, Fourth Year 224
Bagehot, Bryce, Fourth Year 224
Clarendon, Macaulay, Burke Fouith Year 226
Gibbon, Stubbs, Langlois, Fourth Year 225
Greek Authors, Third Year 220
History Honours, Third and Fourth Years . . . . 222
Political History of the American Colonies .. .. 223
of the United States 223
Polybius, Livy, Tacitus, Third Year 221
Latin. — See Classical Literature and History.
Latin Honours. — See Classical Honours.
Logic. — See Mental and Moral Philosophy.
Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
Algebra (Advanced Section). First Year 300
Annlytic (Jenmetry (Advanced Section), SoooihI
Year 302. 30S
Astronomy and Optics, Third and Fourth Years. 295
Calculus (Advanced Section). Second Year .. .. 304
Experimental Physics (Sound, Heat and Light),
Third Year 322
Experimental Physics (Electricity and Magnet-
ism), Third and Fourth Years 323
Geometry and Arithmetic. First Year , . . 289
Geometry (Advanced Section), First Year ..298,299
Mechanics and Hydrostatics, Third and Fourth
Years 296
Physics, First Year 320
Plane and Spherical Trigonometry (Advancd
Section) SOU
Solid Geometry. Conic Sections. Dynamics, Sec-
ond Year 294
viii INDEX.
PAGE
Spherical Trigonometry and Algebra, Second
Year 292
Theory of Equations (Advanced Section). First
Year : 300
Trigonometry and Algebra First Year .. .,. .. ... 290
Mathematics and Natural Philosophy Hon
Astronomy, Third and Fourth Years 313
Calculus and Theory of Plane Curves 317
Differential Equations, Third and Fourth Years.. 313
Dynamics, Third Yeai- 309
Lunar Theory 316
Optics, Third Yeai- 307
Quaternions 3I.5
Statics, Third Year 311
Surfaces. Fourth Year 319
Mental and Moral Philosophy.
History of Modern Philosophy 274
Logic, Second Year 270
Logic and Psychology (Advanced Section), S c-
ond Year 275, 276
Mental Philosophy, Third and Fourth Years.. .. 273
Moral Philosophy, Third and Fourth Years . . . . 272
Psychology. Second Year 270
Mental and ivioral Philosophy Honours..
Epistemology (General) 279
(Historical) 278
Greek Philosophy. Third Year 282
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Third Year 280, 281
Philosophy of Kant, Fourth Year 282
Plato and Aristotle 277
Princiides ;iud Methods of Ethics, [''ourth Year..
283 285
Schopenhauer. Fourth Year 286
Spinoza's Ethics, Fourth Year 288
Watson's Outline of Philosophy, Fourth Year.... 287
Modern Languages.
French. First Year 233.235
French. Second Year 236. 237
Third and Fourth Years 239
IXDhX. ix
PAGE
German, Beginners 241, 243
First Year 245,248
Second Year 250, 252
Third and Fourth Years 254, 257
Italian. Third and Fourth Years 233
Modern Language Honours.
French, Le Drame 240
" Litterature 241
GermaJi 258
Philology 259
Optics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy Honours.
Physics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
Physiography. See Geology Honours.
Psychology. — See Mental and Moral Philosophy.
Roman History. — See Classical Literature and History.
Semitic Languages.
Hebrew. Second Year 263
Third and Fourth Years 265
(Neil Stewart Prize) 267, 268
Statics. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy Honours,
Trigonometry. — See Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
2oology.
Advanced Zoology. Fourth Year 341, 342
Zoology, Third and Fourth Years 340
Zoology Honours.
Spencer's Principles of Biology 342
v.— SESSK )XAL EXAMIXATIOXS.
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
APRIL. 1903.
Architecture.
Elements of Architecture, Second Year 349
History of Architecture, Second Year 349
i INDEX.
PAGE
Chemistry and Assaying.
Analytic Chemistry, Third Year 356
" ■' Fourth Year 357
Assaying, Third Year 351
Chemistry, Second Year 351
Electro-Chemistry, Fourth Year 359
Gas Analysis, Fourth Year 360
Industrial Chemistry, Third Year 355
Mineral Analysis, Fourth Year 358
Organic Chemistry. Third Year 353
Physical Chemistry, Fourth Year 359
Qualitative Analysis, Third Year 354
/»
Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics.
Graphical Statics. Third Year 362
Hydraulics, Fourth Year .. 372, 374
Hydraulic Machinery, Fourth Year 377
Laboratory, Fourth Year 378
Municipal Engineering, Third and Fourth Years 366
Structural Engineering, Third and Fourth Years 367
Testing Laboratory, Third Year 363
Theory of Structures, Third and Fourth Years.. 369
, " Fourth Year 381,383
- " " Third Year 388
/
Descriptive Geometry.
Descriptive Geometry, First Year 386
Second Year 387
Third Year ?.SS
Electrical Engineering.
Alternating Currents, Fourth Year 395
Alternating Current Machinery, Fourth Year.... 395
Continuous Current Machinery. Third Year . . . . 391
Electric Lighting. Fourth Year 397
Electrical Measurements, Third Y ar 392
Electric Traction. Fourth Year 398
Elec-tro-Magnetism, Third Year 393
Physical Laboratory, Second Year 390
English.
English Composition First Year 400
INDEX. XI
PAGE
Geology and Mineralogy.
Canadian Geology, Fourth Year 402
Geolog>% Third Year 401
Petrography. Fourth Year 404
PIiysiograi)hy, Fourtli Year 403
Practical Geology and Ore Deposits. Fourth Year 405
Mathematics.
.Mathematics, First Year 406, 407, 409. 410
Second Year 412. 413.414
Third Year 416. 417
Mechanical Engineering.
Designing, Fourth Year 426
Dynamics of Machinery. Third Year 420
Fourth Year 427
Kinematics of Machines, Second Year 419
Machine Design. Third Year 422
Fourth Year 428,430
Mechanical Drawing, Second Year 420
Third Year 423
Mechanical Engineering. Fourth Year 432, 433
Laboratory Work .. .. 435
Thermodynamics. Third Year 424
Fourth Year 437
Metallurgy.
Advanced Metallurgy, Fourth Year 441
Electro-Metallurgy, Fourth Year 440
Gold, Silver and Lead. Fourth Year 441
Mineralogy.
Mineralogy. Third Year 443
Mining Engineering.
Milling and Ore Dressing. Fourth Year 446
Mining. Third Year 444
Fourth Year 447
Mining and Metallurgical Machinery, Fourth
Year 449
Ore Dressing, Third Year 445
xu y\7)/;\.
PAce
Physics ( Jtlxijeriiiieiital ) .
Electricity and Magnetism Second Year 454
Physical Laboratory, Second Year 390
Sound. Light and Heat First Year 453
Surveying Geodesy and Transportation.
Geodesy. Fourth Year 460
Practical Astronomy. Third Year 457
Railway Engineering. Third and Fouith Years.. 459
Surveying, Second Year 456
Transportation, Third Year 458
VI.—SESv^lOXAL EXAMIXATK )XS.
FACULTY OF LAW.
APKIL. 1903.
Civil Procedure, First Year 465
Civil Procedure, Second Year . . 470
and Evidence. Third Year . . . . 480
Commercial Law, Second and Third Years . . . . 476
Third Year 481
Constitutional Law, First Year 466
Constitutional Law and Obligations, Third Year .482
Criminal Law, Second and Third Years 477
Gifts and Successions. Second and Third Years.. 478
History of Law of Lower Canada, First Year.. .. 466
History. Agency and Corporations. Thiid Year.. 483
International Law, Third Year 484
Law of Corporations. Second Year 471
Law of Obligations, First Year 467
Law of Persons, First Year 468
Marriage Covenants, etc.. Third Year 485
Prescription, Lease — Municipal. Second Year.. .. 473
Public International Law. Second Year 472
Real Property Law, First Year 469
Second Year 474
Third Year 487
Roman Law, First Year 470
Third Year 488
IXDEX. xiii
VII — ^lATRICULATIOX AND A.A. EXAMINA-
TIONS.
jvy^, 1903.
PAGE
Preliminary Subjects.
Arithmetic 494
English Composition 491
Dictation 491
" Grammar 492
History 493
Optional Subjects.
Algebra, Part 1 507
Part II ■. •• 508
Botany 519
Chemistry 518
Drawing 519
English Language 510
Literature 511
French 503
Geometry, Part 1 508
Part II 508
German 505
Great Events of History 514
Greek 499. .502
Greek and Roman History 51-5
Latin 496. 498
Physics 516
Physiography 515
Trigonometry 509
Vni._FIRST YEAR EXHIP.ITIOXS.-
FACULTY OF ARTS.
jiNE, 1903.
Exhibitions.
Algebra 534
English 523
French 529
Geometry 534
German 530
xiv INDEX.
i'AUi
Greek 525, 528
Latin ' 523
Trigonometry 535
C. Exhibitions.
Englisli History 536
Language and Composition 538
Literature 536
Frencli 546
German 548
Latin 540, 542, 544
IX.— MATRICULATION, SECOND YEAR EXHI-
BITION AND SCHOLARSHIP EXAMINA-
TIONS.
SEPTEMBER, 1903.
Matriculation Examinations.
Aritlimetic 553
Algebra. Part I 569
Part II 571
Botany 573
Chemistry 573
English Composition 551
" Dictation 551
" Grammar 552
" History 553
" Literature 554
French 565
Geometry, Part I 570
Part II 571
German 567
Greek 557, 558
Latin 561, 562
Physics 574
Physiogi-aphy 572
Trigonometry 572
Second Year Exhibitions.
Algebra 589.590
Enalish (Trench) 591
INDEX. s,^f
I'AGE
Euglisli Literature and Couiposition 592
French 594
Geometry 588, 589
German 595
Greek Authors 579
Comp.. Gi'ammar and History 586
Translation at Sight 582
History (Church) 593
Roman 587
Greelv 583
Latin Authors, and Unseen 584
Comp. (Jrammar and History ?>8G
Roman History 587
Theory of Equations 590
Trigonometry 590
Third Year Scholarships.
Algebra 604
Analytic Geometry 601, 602
Biology (Plant) 607
(Animal) 608, 609
Calculus 603
Constitution and Government of England 624
Elements of Economic Theory 624, 625
Elements of Political Science 624
English Composition 620
Literature (Lamb) 620
(Milton) 619
" Shakspere 619
French 621
Geometry, Analytic 601. 602
German 622
Greek Authors 610
" Composition 613
" History 618
" Translation at Sight 613
History of Economic Theory 626
History (Meyer's) 620
. History (Myers) 620
Greek 618
Latin Authors 615
" Composition 617
" Translation at Sight 617
INDEX.
PAGE
Logic 606
Roman History 618
Theory of Equations 604
Trigonometry 604
X.— EXHIBITION AND PRIZE EXAMINATIONS
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
SEPTEMBER, 1903.
Exhibition and Prize Examinations.
Descriptive Geometry 632
English, Summer Readings 631
Mathematics 629, 630
Theory of Structures 633
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS
FACULTY OF ARTS
1903
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY
FIRST YEAR.
GREEK AUTHORS.
Tuesday, April 14x11, 1903: — AIorxixg, 9 to 12.
(Anszvcrs to A, B and C ore to be shozvji up in separate-
books.)
A, — Xenophox, The Story of Cyrus.
Translate, with notes on words and phrases under-
hned : —
(1) Kcil ra^ apya<i ovtol Tracra? aipovvTai' kcu edv
Ti? rj iv i(f)r]f3oi^ rj iy reXeoi? avhpdcnv iWiirr] n tCov
vofMificop. (j)aivGv<TL fxev 01 (f>v\ap-)^oi eKaaroi, ol he jepaiTepoi.
uKOvaai'Te'i eKKplvovaiv. a he eKKpiOeU dTip.o<; hiareXel top
XOITTOV ^lOV.
'^2) Kcil TO aev irpojTOv 01 walhe^ ecTKcoTrrop avrov,.
\€'yovTe<i OTi rjhvTraOelv ej Mr;8oi? ixep.a6r}Koi- eirel he avrov
ewpcov wairep Kal aural Kai eaOiovra rjhe(j)<; koI irivovra kcu
TToXXd fcpaTicrrevovTa eavrcov, evravda hrj ttoXlv VTreirTtjaaov
avTM 01 7]XiKe^.
(3) 'Evrel S' TjXOov ocKahe, eXeyop tov Kvpov 6 fiep
ri<; rrjv ao(f>iav, 6 he rrjv Kaprepiav, 6 he ttjv TrpaoTrjTa, 6 he
Ti? Kal TO KaXXo'i Kal to fieyedd. evda hrj 6 Tiypavr)^
eTr/jpeTO ttjv 'yuvalKa,*H Kal aoi\ e(f)rj, co 'Apfxevia, KaX6<;
ihoKei 6 K0po9 eivat ; 'A/VXa p-d At", €(f>i], ovk eKelvov
eOed)p,i)v. ^ KXXa riva fn]v ; e<^7/ o TiypdvT]^. Top elirovTa
vi] Aia 6)? T^v avrov yjrv^^^rjp dp hoi'j] ware fxj] fie hovXeveiv.
(4) irpoaeri he KafiijXoi ijfMiv elcrip e(f)' u>p TrpoaeXoyp.ep,
(OP p,iap €KdarT]P eKarop Xmroi ovk av dpda^oipro Ihoirre'i-
ere he Trvpyov; irpoaip-ev e')(OPre<i a<^' wp rol<i fiep rjfiMp
114 FACULTY OF ARTS.
aprj^ofxep, eVe/fou? ^e /3dX\oiJT€'i KcoXvaoj^iev rot? iv tu>
icroTTeSq) /xd^eaOaL. ciW' ov ^pi] ^o^eladai on K.polcro^
pep rjprjrat tmu TroXepicoy arpaniyo^. outo<; yap Koi '^vpwv
Kaiciwv eyeP€TO-
(5J TTiaToix; 6e pi] vopt^e (jiveaOai dvOpfOTTOv^' dWd
rov^ TTiaTov^ riOeaOai Bel e/cacrTOP eavrio- rj Be KTrjai'i
avTMp earn' ovBapw'i avv tt/ /3ia, ciXXd pdXXop crvv ttj
evepyeaia. empeXeaOe he Kin ottccx; del dpvTrep/BXrjTO^
dXXofi earai 1) vperepa (jitXt'a. Kal 7rpo<i to)p Oecop, & iralBe^,
TipuTe dXX)]Xou^, ei ri kciI tov epol ^(^apL^ecrOat peXei vplp.
B. — Euripides, Heracleidae.
I. Translate with notes on words underlined: —
(«) /S/a VIP ovTO<i TrjcrB' dir' ecy'X^dpa'^ dyeip
It^-jmv /3o7]p eari]ae, KU(T(f)i]Xep yovu
yepopTOi;, ware p' eKjSaXelp oIktw Bd/cpv.
Kcd p>]v (TToXi'p' y "EW?;-'"' kcil pv9pop ireirXoip
6^ei- rd B' epya /3apf:Sdpuj %e/3o? rdBe.
(TOP Br) TO (ppd^eLP ecrrl /x'; peXXeiP t ipol
TTo/a? d(j)i^aL Bevpo 7/')'? 6pou<i Xiirdiv.
ih) 10. aXX' ovp pa')(ovpaL y' dpiOpop ouk eXdaaocn.
©E. apLKpop TO aop cr/jKcopa 7rpo<TTiOt)^ (jyiXoL'i.
10. py TOi p epuK€ Bpdp irapeaKevaapepop.
BE. Bpdp pep (TV y' ov'x^ olo? re, /SovXeadaL S' tcrto?.
10. o}<; pi] pepovpTa rdXXa aoi Xeyeip irapa.
f)E. 7roJ9 OVP oTrXircwi rev)(^ewp drep (f)apel;
{c\ BiaaM ydp darep" lir'TTiicoh eirl ^vyoh
(TTaOepT eKpv^cip dppa Xvyai(p pe(f)er
(TOP Br) Xdyovai iralBd y ol (TO(^direpoi
"\{(Bi)P 6'- 6 B' dpcf)Pi]'i ifc Bvaaidpiov vecop
lipa-x^Lopwp eBeL^ep 7]/3i]rrjP tvttop.
alpel B' 6 KXeiPO^ "loXeo)? Evpvadeo)<;
Terpcopov dppa tt/qo^ nrerpai^ iKeipcoptat.
(d ) ecTTip ep ovpapo) f3e/3aKd)<i
reo? 70V09, w yepaid,
^evyco Xoyop &)9 top ' AiBa
Bo pop KOTe/Ba, TTUjOO?
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 115
Seiva (jjXo^il acofjia 8aia6ei<i.
(e) Kal '^/ap Trarpl rcovS' Wddvav
Xeyova' iTri/covpov eliat.
Kal Tovao- Oea^ ttoXl^
Kai \ao^ ecrcoae Keiva<;,
eV^ef 5" v^piv avSpo^. w 6ih
fio? ?]v irpo StKa^ l:iiaic<i.
fjLTJTTOT i/JLol (^pOVI^fXa
■\frv)(d r dicopearo'i ei-q.
C. — Homer, Ovssey I.
Translate, with notes on words and phrases under-
lined : —
(1) TTftj? ai' eireir' 'O8varjo<i iyoj Oeioio XaOoifxi^v,
09 irepl /J.€i> voov isri ^porcop. irepl B' ipd Oeolcnv
aOavaTOLCTLv eScoKe. rot ovpavov evpiiv e')(^ovaLv ;
aXXa Yioaeihawv yaL'qoy^o^i aaKeXe<i a lev
Ky/cA,&)7ro9 K€')(^6XoiTai. ov 6<f)6aXuov dXdcoaev,
dvriOeov TloXvcl)r]p.op. oov Kpdro^ earl fxeyiaTOv
Trdcriv YivKXd)7reaai-
(2) ici]pvK€^ 8 auTolai Kal orpi^pol depdirovre'^
01 p-ev dp' olvQv e/J-Lcryov evl Kprjrrjpai Kal vhwp,
01 S' avre aTroyyoiai iroXuTp-qTOiai rpaTre'^a?
vi'^ov Kal irpoTtdev, rol Se Kpea TroXXd BarevvTO.
(3) el p.€v Kev Trarpo^ j3iOTOv Kal voarov ciKovar]^
7] T dv Tpv)(6p.€y6^ irep en TXaii]<; iviavTov
e' Be Ke redvi]OiTQ<i dKOvaTj<; p.rf8' er e6vro<s,
vocrrr)(Ta<i Bi] eireira (f)iXi]v eV Trarpi^a yalav
ar}p.d re 01 ')(evai Kal eVt Krepea Krepet^oL
TToXXd p.dX . oaaa eoiKe. Kal dvepi w^Tepa hovvai.
[ (4! 'TrjXep.a')^ . /} roi ravra deoiv ev yovvaat Kelrai^
0? Ti<? ev dp.(f)(dX(p IddKT] /SaaiXevaei A^atwf
KTTJfiara B' avTO^; e)(^OL<i Kal Bcofxaat crolaiv dvdcraoi^:
/ur; yap 6 7" eXdoi dvj]p 09 t/9 cr' deKOvra ^irjc^i
Krt]p.aT aTTOppaiaet^ IddKi]^ en vaieTod)ar]^.
116 FACULTY OF ARTS.
FIRST YEAR.
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND TRANS-
LATION AT SIGHT.
Tuesday, April 14T11, 1903 :— Afternoon, 2 to 4.30.
1. Translate into Greek: —
(a) When the ships had sailed away, the city was
betrayed to the enemy.
(b) Those who were conquered in this battle were
all killed.
(c) The messengers, after announcing this, went
away home.
((/) He said that his friends were giving gifts to
the boys.
(e) They asked how many men were crossing that
river.
(f) Did you not see that the houses were burning?
(g) If you do not condemn the traitors, you will
greatly injure the state.
(//) If we had marched more quickly, we should
have reached the sea on the same day.
({) I ordered him to set out at once, that he might
report w^hat had happened.
(k) He spoke so wisely, that he persuaded all who
were present.
2. Translate into English : —
'O N7;X/8;/«», w? (f)a(nv, TeKfi/jpia 'jroWa en iral^ (ov
Trapel^ep, on eaTai irore avrjp ayadb'i koI roXfJLrjpoi,. irevre
yap eTt] fxciXiara yeyovw'; anro rr}? olKia<i uaKpov iirXavrjOr].
ireivMi; oe ev rij 6Su> ovBev irapd-^Oi], aXXa, cryXXei^a?
aypioui TLva<; Kap7rov<i, €K tovtcov helTTVov eVotetTO, e? 6e
ri-jv oUiav, 66ev e^(opfx/]67], ovic iiravrfxOe irplv vv^ iyevero.
Ihovaa ovv avrov rj /xi^rrjp^ "ft) Trat," €(f)i], " davfxa^eo ft)? ov
ere i)vdyKaaev 6 (f)6/3o^ Odaaov eiravLevai.^^ 6 he iral'i
civreiTrev, ''aXX', c5 fir]Tep, ri<i ecTTtv 6 (f)6/3o<;; ov yap ifiol
yv(i)ptfi6i icTTiu.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. UT
FIRST YEAR.
GREEK HISTORY.
Tuesday, April 14TH, 1903 : — Afternoon, 4.30 to 5.30.
1. Where are the causes of the Persian wars to be
sought? What incident directly led to the great strug-
gle? How is the name of Solon connected with this
latter ?
2. How is the name of Hippias associated with that
of the Spartan King Cleomenes and the Ionic Revolt?
3. Describe in detail the attempt of Athens to make
an alliance with Persia. What were the events leading
to it? How is the result of significance?
4. Describe fully the great battle which ended so fitly
the work begun at Marathon. Give the date and con-
sequences.
5. By the settlement of what question, after the bat-
tle of Mykale, was the future course of Athenian his-
tory determined?
SECOND YEAR.
GREEK AUTHORS.
Tuesday, April 14T11, 1903: — AIgrxixg, 9 to 12.
{Answers to A, B and C to he sJunvn up in separate books.)
A. — Sophocles, Ajax.
I. Translate, with notes on words and phrases un-
derlined : —
(a) GVKeTL' Xa/X7rpa<f yap cirep (nepoTT?}^
a^a'i o^u? voTO^ o)? Xyjyei.
Kal vvv (f)p6i>i/jio<; veov dXyo^ ^'x^^'
TO yap iaXevaaeiv oiKela Trcidt],
/xijSevo'i ciXXov 7rapa7rpd^avro<i ,
p.eydXa<i oSvvwi vTroTeLvei.
(6) Kal rov fxev jjctto irXelcnov d(f)Ooyyo^ y^povov
eireiT' i/xol to, Beiu im^TreiXya' ctt?;,
€L /XT) (f)avou]v irdv ro avvTV)(ov Tra^o?,
Kdvi]peT iv TO) TrpdyfjLaTOi; Kvpol Trore.
118 FACULTY, OF ARTS.
Kwyoi, (f)i\oL, 8eiaaaa Tov^eLpyaa/xevov
eXe^a ttclv ocrovTrep i^r]7n(TTd/jL7]p.
o 8' eudii^ e^cp/xM^ev olfjLroya'; \vypd^,
a? ovTTOT avTOv TrpoaOeu el(Ti]Kova eyco.
rrpo<i yap kcikov re /ecu l3apu\}ru-)(^ou yoois
TOiovao ctei iror dv8po<i ef r/^etr e^ety
(c) AI. Kop-ii^e pvv /xoL iralha rov efxov. &)<? lBco.
TE. Kal fx-qv (f)6/3oLai y' avTov i^eXvcrd/JLijv.
AI. iv TolaSe rol<i KaKolaiv^ t) ti fiOL Xeyei^ ',
TE. /xr) aoi ye irov Sucrxj/fo? avrijcTa'; Odvoi.
AI. TTpeirov ye rdv rjv Sai/xovo<? roufxov To'Se.
TE. dX}C ovv iyco '(f)vXa^a rovrd 7' dpfceaat.
AI. eirrjvea epyov Kal Trpovotav yv eOou.
TE. Ti SrjT av ft)> etc tmvK dv (hcf)€\ol/jii ae:
AI. So? fxoi TrpoaeiTrelv avTov ifx(f)avrj r tSelv.
TE. Kal p-rjv rreXa^ ye irpoairoXoL'; (^vXaaaerai.
AI. Ti hrjTa jxeXXei /xr] ou irapovalav e^eiv,
(d) iyco B' 6 rXd/xcov TraXaib'; ucj)' ov ')(^p6vo'=;
\hala /XLfxpcop XecpL(oi>L eiravXa fxi]vo)v
cLvripid fxo<^ aiev evvwjjbaL,
')(^p6vu) rpv^o/j.evo'i.
Mss. ISaia /uLifxvcov Xei/Jicopta ttoio. fXTjXwp
dv7]piO/xo<i alev evvojjiai.
(e) OLfxoL, Ti hpdao) ; vrw? a dTroaTrdaco TriKpqv
rov8' aloXov Kvd>hovro^, w rdXa^;, vcj)' ou
(f>oi'€a>'i dp' e^eirvevaa^ ; eiSe? w? XP'^^'V
e/iieXXe a 'EKTcop Kal Oavwv diroc^OLa-eLv ;
(TKe'-^aaGe, 7rpo<i deoyp. t7)p tvxW hvolv /Sporolp,
EiKTOop p.ep, (p 8i) TovB' eBu)p7]0i] Trdpa,
^coarrjpL irpiaOel'i iTnriKMP i^ dptvywv
eKvaTTTeT alev, ear dTreyjrv^ep ^lop-
ovro<i 8' eKeivov Trjvhe ha>pedv e%cof
Trpo? TouB' oXwXe Oapaaipco 7recr)]/jLaTL,
(y) eKecpo<; oure are(j)dpa>p
ovre (SaOeLav kuXikcop
veljxev ifxol Tepyjnv opaXelv^
ovre yXvKvv avXwv otojSov^
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 119
ovafxopo^. OUT iuuv^^iav
Tepyjriv laveiv
2. Comment on : —
(a) Oapaoiv Se fxip.v€ p^rj^e avfic^opav he)(^ov
rov avhpa.
(b) ovKCT avhpa /jlt] tovB' L8r]Te.
(c) avhpL TOL %/oei);'
fj.vrifJii]v irpoaelvaL, repiruov ei tl ttou ttcWol.
'LttciOt] ; other Mss. irddoL.
(d) Tqvhe 8' e'^oSou
oXeOpiav XiavTO^ eXirii^ei (pepecy.
(e) icouSelf; eTTiaTajai p.e crviifxaOelv totto^.
(/) a)OC avhpa XP^-^ '^^^ o-M/xa yevvrja-rj fieya,
SoKelv Trecrelv av Kay airh ajxiKpov icaKOU.
B. — Thucvdides, III.
I. Translate with notes on words undcrhned : —
(a) KaL ajxa ecopcov tou? JleXorroyvrjaiou^ ttjv irpo^
KLaaipcova kuI Apvh^ /ce^aXa? rrjy err'' WOi^vmv c^ipovaav
uera Xa/XTraocov OKtiKovra^. ical iirl fiev e^ -q errra crra
o/bi/9 01 TiXaraii]^ rrjv eVt ro)v ^rj^wv e'^w/sr^cray. eireid^
vTTOCTTpey^avTe^ -paav ri]v 7rpo<i to opo'^ <^epovaav oBbv eV
Kpv0pa<i Kal "Tcrtd'i, Kal XaBo/xevot tmv opoiv hLa<^ev'yovaiv
e? Ta? Xd-i'-jva^;. dvhpe<; BcLSsKa Kal hiaKoaLOL diro irXeiovwv.
(Ji) 01 he AaKehai/jLoviot hiKaaral vofxi'^ovre^ to eTrepoy-
rrj/xa acfii'aiv opdoy^ e^e^v. avOt^ to auTO e.va CKaaTOv irapa-
yayoirre'; Kal ipcoTcovTe^, ec tl AaKehai/xoin'ov^ Kal Tois
^vpLixd^ov^ ciyaOov ev tm TroXe'/xo) hehpaKOTe^ elaiv. oiroTe
/jLt] <f)al€V, ciTrdyovTe^ cnreKTeivov, Kal e^aipeTOv iTroirjaavTO
ovheva.
(c) '•'H/xwt' he TO Te v—dp^ov irpoTepov. (pirep Kal
ave'7naT't]fjL0ve<i eVi ovTe^ d7reToXp.->]crafiev . /SefSatoTepov vuv
Kal T^9 hoKijae-O^i 7rpoayeyev7]/xev7]<i auTO), to KpaTicTTOVi
eivai, ei tou? KpaTiaTov^ eviKqaajxev. hiTrXaaia eKdaTov rj
eXTTi"?. TCI he TToXXd Trpo? Td<i eTrix^ipqaeci v p-eyiaTi]
cXtti? p.eyiaTT)v Kal ttjv Trpodvfxiav Trape^^TaL-
120 FACULTY OF ARTS.
{(1^ ""Eri /cal eK tmu 7rap'6uTO)v^ a) ' A67]vaiot Kai
^v^fiaxot, iXTTiBa j^^prj e')(eiv {rjBr] rive^ KaX eK Seivorepcov rf
TOiMvBe €a(i)Oj]crav), /j-rjSe Karafie/jLcf^eaOai vfxa<; ayav avTov<i
jxrjre rat? ^up.(f)opal<f p^-qre ralf irapa ttjv a^iav vvv
KaKOiraOeiai';.
(e) TO jap liTTOKLvhweveiv 7rpo<i avOpoiirov^i airovevor]-
fievov^ ov 77/309 eKeivwv puaWov i)v en rj Trpo? twu' Adrjvaicov,
Kal afxa (fieioco re tk iyiyvero, e7r" evirpajta i]8t] aa(f>ei, /uij
7rpoavo\(i)di)vaL to), Ka\ evofxi^ov Kal o)? ravrr) tt) IBea
Karaha p-aad p.evoi \i)y^e(jdai avTov<i.
C. — Homer, Odyssey X.
Translate, with brief notes on words underlined: —
(a) evd' eirel e-; \ip.eva kXvtov i^Xdojxev, ov irepi. ireTprj
rjXi/SaTO'; Terv-y^rj/ce SiafjiTrepe^ aix(^OTepo)0ev^
(iKTal Be 7rpo/3XriTe<; evamlai aXXrfXrjaiv
ev ar6p.aTL vrpov'^ovaLP^ apait] B' etcro^o? eariv,
evO' ol' J eiaco 7rdvTe<i e'^oj' vea<; dfxcfjieXiaaa';.
al ^lev dp' evToaOev Xifxevo'i koIXolo BeBevro
irXijaiar ov ixev ydp ttot' de^ero KVfid 7' ev avTM,
ovre fxej ovr oXtjov, XevK7] B' rjv a/x<^t yaX-qvi],
avTap eyu)v oio<; cr'^edov e^(o vrja /xeXaLvav,
avTov eir ea'^^aTiTj, TreV/OT;? eK ireiapLara B7]aa<i'
eaTi]v Be aKOiri-qv e? TranraXoeaaav dveXdwv.
(h) o)? B' or dv dypavXoL vopie^ irepl /3ov^ dyeXaia^,
eXdovaa^ e? Koirpov. eirrjv /3oTazn/9 KopeacovTai,
irdcrai d/xa aKaipovaiv evavTiai- ovB' en arjKol
'la'^ova, dXX' dBivhv /jLVKto/jLevaL dafiiOe'oucTt
/jLijTepwi- o)? e/xe KelvoL, eirel I'Bov o^QaXfJiolcn,
BciKpuoevre'i e;^u:'TO' B6K)]ae B' dp% a-picn 6ufxo<;
o)? efxev oj? el TrarpiB^ iKoiaro Kal ttoXiv avrrjv
Tp?/^e(7;? I^a/c?/?, iva r €Tpa<^ev r]B' eyevovro'
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY., 121
SECOND YEAR.
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND SIGHT
TRANSLATION.
Tuesday, April 14TH, 1903 :— Afternoon, 2 to 4.30.
1. Translate. into Greek: —
The custom's of the Indoi differ greatly from those
in Greece. For there, if anyone owes money, the one
to whom it is owed does not bring an action or en-
deavor by means of the law to force the other to pay ;
nor again does he threaten to kill the man, or to burn
his house, or anything of the kind, as is the custom
among some of the barbarians. On the contrary,
when,"after often coming to him and asking him to pay,
he obtains nothing of what he desires, he sends a mes-
sage that if the other does not pay, he will kill himself
at his door. And the debtor, fearing that, if he should
do so, the dead man's spirit would come to him in his
sleep and make him live a wretched life, at last pays his
debt.
2. Translate into English : —
(a) r.attle in the harbour of Pylos.
Kai ol jJiey AaKehaL/xoviOL ovre avTavrjyovTO oiire a
r]avx^d^ovre^ h'ej rr) jr} ra? re vavi eTrX/jpouv Kal Trapecr-
Kevd^ovTO, Tjv ioTrXer) Ti?, &)? eV Tfo Xe/xeui ovtl ov afxiKptp
vavfiaYricrovTe<;. 01 8' Wdijvaltt f^/v'ovre^ KaO' eKarepov rov
eairXovj o)pfM7]aav tV auTom. kcu to.^ fiev TrXe/of? tmv
veoiv eV (f)vy7]V KareaTi^a-av, kol €7riBi(aK0VT€^ krpcocrav fiev
TToWa?, TreWe h' eXa/Sov, Kal p.iav rovTMV avroU avhpacn.
rah Se XoLiraif ev ry yrj KaraTrecfyevyviai^ ipefSaXXov. at 8e
Kal TrXrjpov/xevab en Trplv avdyeaOai eKOTrrovTO- kul Tiva^
Kal dvaSovixei/oL Kevd<i elXKOP, twv avhporj l^ (pvyrjv wpfxr]-
uevcov.
(b) Disaster has befallen the Trojans.
KUKO)^ ir€TrpaK~ai, kcittI toI^ KUKoiai tt/oo?
ata-'X^LO'Ta' Kahoi hU roaov KaKov rdhe-
davelv yap et'/cXew? /xef, el Oavelv y^pewv^
122 FACULTY OF ARTS.
Ximpov ixev ol/xai ro) Bavovri. ttok "yap ov ;
T0t9 ^MaL 8' 07/co? Kal Boficov evBo^ia.
rjfieU 8' al3ovXw^ KUKXew oXcaXafiev.
oSvvi} fi€ Tef/Jet, KovKer opdovfiai Ta\a<i.
Kcii ^v/x(f)opav jxkv olh' opcov, rpoTrco B' otm
reOvaaiv ol OavovTe^ ovk e%&) (f)paaai.
SECOND YEAR.
GREEK HISTORY AND LITERATURE.
Tuesday, April 14TI1, 1903 : — 4.30 to 5.30 p.m.
(Ajiswcrs to A and B to be shozi'n itp in separate books.)
A. — History.
1. What was the origin of the Confederacy of Delos?
What event marked the change to an Athenian Empire ?
Indicate briefly the connexion of this with other events
of the same period and show how far it may be con-
sidered as marking the cuhnination of Athenian power.
Give dates.
2. What wxre the chief constitutional changes at
Athens during the ascendancy of Pericles? Give
dates. How far were these inevitable ,and how far the
results of a deliberate policy? Give a brief sketch of
the Athenian constitution in 432 B.C.
3. With what events are the following names con-
nected? Give dates. Ithome, Thasos, Nisaea, Coro-
nea, Gylippus, Brasidas, Delium, Sybota, Mantinea.
B. — Literature.
(N^ot more than three questions to be attempted.)
1. What is meant by the "originality" of Greek liter-
ature? Illustrate by reference to its several branches,
giving names in each.
2. Give a short description of Homeric Society.
3. Write a. brief note on each of the following: —
Alcaeus, Solon, Tyrtaeus, Aristarchus, Thespis. Who
were the Rhapsodists? What was a Trilogy?
4. Give a short sketch of the origin and growth of
Comedy.
5. Describe briefly the moral and religious teaching
of Ancient Greek Tragedy.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AXD HISTORY. 123
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
GREEK AUTHORS.
Wednesday, April 15TH, 1903: — AIorxixg, 9 to 12-
(Anszvers to A, B and C to be sJw-u'ii up in separate books.)
A. — Demosthenes.
Translate, adding a brief note where you think it
desirable : —
(a) Ou yap ourco 7' eujjOrj'? iarlv ovSek, 6? vrroXafi-
jSdvei Tov OtXtTTTTOt' TMv /J.ev ev (tdpoKj] kokmv (ri yap av
aWo Ti? eiTTOL ApoyjLXop Koi K^a^vXriv Kal Mdareipav Kal
a vvv iPaipel) tovtcov jxev eTTiOviielv Kal inrep tov ravra
Xa^elv Kcti irovou^ Kal ^e'.jLtwt'a? Kal tou? ecr^i^aTOu? klvSv-
vovi inroueje.v. roij B' Wdrjvaicop X'/xevcov Kai lewpicov Kal
rpu'ipcop Kal ro)v epywv tw) dpyvpeioav Kal Toaovrcov
Trpoaohciiv ovk i~L9vaelv aWd ravra ixev vp.a<^ idaeiv e'X^eiv
virep Be twv p,eKivoyj Kal ro)v okvpow i6)v ev TOi? ®paKiOL<;
cripol^ i'j T(p /3j.pd9pu) ■^eip.d'^eiv.
ih) 'Opoiv Be ravO' 6 Brjp.o'; 6 tcov D.peLrwv avrl tov
TO) fxkv ^orjOelv Toy? B' dirorvfiiravitjaL roU p.ev ovk
dipytXeTO TOV S' einTTi]Beioy TcvTa rraOelv e^-r Kcnre^aipev.
(c) OuKOVv ivojiii^ov hcelvoL Trj<i irdvTcov TOiv'Y.W'qvcov
acoTripia^ eavTol<; €7nixe\rjTeov elvai- ou yap av avToh ep.e\'
et Tt? eu WeXoTTOWTqaoi Tim? wvelTai Kal BiacpOeipeL /xtj
TJv6 uTToXafJ-^dvovaL.
T'/) E' Be eK tovtcov to. BiKaca TiOevTai Kal T-qv
elpi]vi]v TavTijv 6pi~,ovTai oti p-ev Bi^irovOev ov6 oaL ovt
civeKTCL Xeyouatv ov6 v/xlv aac^aXr), BrjXov eaTiv aTraaiv, ov
p-rjv ctXX evavTia au/jilSaivei Tal<; KaTT]yopiai<i a? AioTreLOovi
KaTr/yopovai Kal auTa TavTa Xeyeiv avTow.
(r) 'Eye B' oaa p.ev Ti? atTiaTai Tiva tovtcov ov? KaTa
Tois vofiov^ e:f)^ vp.lv iaTiv, oTav /SovXrjade, KoXd^eLV, kclv
yjBr] BoKT] KCLV eiTicrj^^ovaLV irepl avTwv aKOirelv eyy^copelv
r^yovpai.
124 - faculty: of arts.
Be — ^scHYLUs, Prometheus Vinctus
I. Translate, with note on words and phrases under-
lined : —
('/) KP. Kal TtjvSe vvv iropiraaov acr^aXM<;, I'va
/J-dt/T) (xo(^LaTri<i o)v Aio^ vcodearepo'i.
H<J>. 7rX'>]V ToOS' av ou^et? eV8i/caj<f fMefi\p-aLr6 /xoi.
KP. aSafxavTivov vvv acfiijvo^ avOdhrj yvdOov
aTepvcov BLa/xird^ iraaaaXev eppcofxevcof.
H<J>. alai, Ylpo/j.7/6eu, GOiv vTrep arevco ttovcov
KP. av 8' av KaTCiivel^ tmv Ato? r e')(^dpoiv virep
crreVei? ; CTra? /x?) cravrov OLKTiel'i iroTe.
(6) oZ8" OTL Tpa'vij^ Kal Trap' iavTM
TO ^iKaiov cy^wu- e/iTra^ olco
IxaXaKo^voi poiv
ecrrai ttoO' brav ravrj] paiaOrj'
rrjv 8' cnepafjLvov aTopecra'i opyrjv
e.'? updfxo)' ifxol Kal (^iXorriTa
(TTrevBcov cnrevSovrt ttoO^ V^^^-
(c) TpoTTovi Se TToWov'i fxavTiKT]^ iaToi)^taa,
KciKpiva TrpajTO? i^ oveipcircov a -^p-i]
virap yeveaOai, KXT]B6va<i re SvaKpirov^
i'yvoipia avTol<i €vociGv<i re av/xf^oXov;.
ya/ji\frcovv^/cov re TTTrjatv olcovcov aKe6po}<i
Siwpia' , o'lTive^ re Be^Lol (fnaiv
evfovv/jLovi re, kuI otatrav ly.'Twa
€)(^ova' €KaaToi. Kal tt/oo? d\X7]Xov<; ru'e?
e)(^dpaL T€ Kal crrepyijOpa. Kal avvehpiaC
GirXdy-yvdiv tc /,eio'T7;T«, Kal -^poiav riva
e-y^ovT dv el';; Bai'/xocnv Trpo'; i)c)ovi]v^
^j^oXt}? XofSoi) re iroLKtXrv ev/xopt^iav.
(d) reXo'; 5' ivapji]'? /3d^i<i yXOev 'Ivdy^co
aa(^d<i iiricTKijTrrova Kal /j-vdov/xevT}
e^Qi hofioiv re Kal irdrpwi wOelv ijxe,
d(f)erov dXdaOai yy^ eir^ eay^droi'i 6poi<i'
Kel fj-rj deXot, irvpcordv Ik Ai6<i fj,oXeiv
Kcpavvov, 6<f Trdv e^alardxrei <yevo<i.
(e) Aio? Se roL
7rri]vo<i KV(i)v, Sa(f)0Lv6^ dero'i, Xd/3pco<i
Biaprafitjaei au)fxaro<i fxeya paKO<i,
' CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 125
Ke\aiv6/3p(07ov 8' ijirap eKdoivdaerai.
2. Annotate : —
(a) SoXw 8e rois inrepa^ovra^ Kparelv.
(h) ovK eaTiv OTQ) fxei^ova fiolpav veLfiaifx^ rj aoi.
(c) irdvrcov fieTaa^cov koX TeToXfjir]KO)<i dfiot".
(d) 6)9 TcnroKXavaai Kairohvpacrdai Tu;^a9
ipravO' OTTOV /xeWoi rt? otaeadat haKpv
TTjOo? TU)v k\v6vt(dv, Cl^lUP Tpi/Sijv e')(^eL.
{e) ToiovTO /j.€v (jOL rovro (f)povpLoi> Xeyco,
(f) ov yap 8i] TTOV tovto ye TXrjTov 7rap€crvpa<i ctto?.
3. Comment on the following readings of the Me-
dicean MS : —
(a) V7rai6pio<i8ea/xol<; TraaadXevfj.ei'O'i'
(b) fJ-ovov hrj irpoadev dXXov eV ttouoi';
hafievT aicaiiavToheroi'i
'Yndva XvfMat<; eiaiSo/j-av 6e6v,
ArXafd' o)? aiep vTrepo'^ou crOevo'^
Kparaiov ovpdviov re ttoXov
vd)TOi<i viroaTevd^cL.
^oa Se TTovTco'i KXvhwp
^v/xTTirvcou arivei ^adv<i
KeXaii'o<i 8' "Ai'So? inro^pefiet ytif^o? 709.
(c) aXXd fioL Top(i)<i
T€Kfii]pov 6 TL /x' iTrap-fievei
iradiiv tL p.r) XPV (f^dp/xaKOv voaov
{=^'ye'yv/xvdKaaii', ovd' e^f^ pia6e.li> oira)
id) €Kr)^6Xoi<i To^oiaiv i^rjpTJjfieuoi.
. (e) ivravOa Brj ere Zei)? rldi^aLv efKppova
iTra(f>6}u drapfSei %f'p£ Kal Oljcov uovov.
eirdivvpLov Be twp Aio? yei'vripLdrcov
re^ei'i KeXaivov "l^TracfiOv.
4. Indicate, with a sketch-map, the course of lo's
wanderings.
5. What are to be the conditions of Prometheus'
release ?
C. — Kynaston's Greek Elegiac Poets.
Translate : —
(1) dXXd Zeu9 TrdvToyv icjiopa reXo?, e^airlvi)^ he
Q)aT* dvefJ.o<; ve(f)eXa<; alyjra hieaKehaaev
'qpivo^y b? irovrov TToXvKvp.ovo'i drpvyeroio
126 FACULTY OF ARTS.
TTvO/xeva Ku>i]cra';^ '^/qv Kara irvpoc^opov
Brjcoaa^ KaXa epya, Seo)u eSo? alirvv 'iKilveL
oupavov, alOpii]V 8' avOi<i edrjicev ISelir
XapLTrei 8' rjekloio /ue'/'o? Kara iriova 'yalav
KaXov, arap V€cf)eQ)v ouSev er iarlv ISelf
ToiavTi] Zt/i'O? ireKerm ti(ti<;, ov8' e'^' kudarcp^
aia-rrep Oi'rjTO<i ai>')]p, 'yiyverat 6|i'';^oXo?.
(2) -TaXai Kal ^apy)v€<i ipal kuI irevOipe Kpcoacre,
oaTL'i e^et? 'At'8a rav oXiyav airoSiav,
TOt? i/xbv ip)(^ofxevoLaL Trap' i)piov tiTrare '^aipeiv^
atV ciaTol re\e6aiVT\ atd' ere/aoTTToXie?"
ycoTt /Lie vvfKpav /x.' evaav e'^et Ta<^09, eliraTe kul to
X^'^f' 'n-arrjp yu.' eVaXet Bay/c/Sa, x^'^^ yevo<i
Ttjvi'a, ft)? eihoiVTi' Kal ottl fxoL a avveraipU
"Hpivv ev rvfji^w ^pdpjx e%a'pafe rohe.
(3) elTrev. 6 Be aKCTTcova, jepovriKov ottXov, a€ipa<i,
•ijviSe, Kelvoi aoi Trdv epeovaiv ctto?.
(ol 5' dp viTO irXjj'yfiai 6od^ ^€p,^iKa<i exovTe<i
e(7Tpe(poP evpetrj iralhe^ evl rpioBo)).
K€iVO)v epx^o, (fi-qcyl, /-ter' <%wa* %&) ph eTrecTTi]
7r\i]aiov. OL ^' eXe'yov rrjv Kara aavrov kXa.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
GREEK PROSE AND TRANSLATION AT
SIGHT.
Wednesday, April 15TH, 1903: — Afternoon, 2 to 5.
I. Translate into Greek: —
The consuls immediately moved the army to the
neighbourhood of Hannibal, with the intention of offer-
ing battle. But when Paullus observed the open plain,
he was desirous to put off an engagement, and man-
oeuvred so as to draw the enemy into ground less favour-
able for the action of cavalry. Varro, however, thought
otherwise ; and now appeared the evil of both Consuls
being joined in command of the same army. The
Consuls were, by the constitution, equal, and Varro was
far too confident of success to give way to his more
experienced colleague. Paullus felt bitterly the truth
of Fabius' parting injunction ; "Remember that you
will have to oppose not only Hannibal, but also Varro."
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 127
2. Translate into English : —
^^l^^(a) ovBev yap avrol<i ctTToardai yeyovev &v irpoaeho-
Kijcrav, aXX' avrl fiev ri]'? i\evO€pia<i rovvdvTiov cnro^e^rj-
K€v airoXeaavTe^ yap avroiv row /SeXriaTOV^; iwl T0Z9
'X^eipiaroi^; rS)v ttoXltmv yeyovacrcv, avrl 8e r^? avrovofxia^
et? TToWa? Kal Seiva'i avo/jiLa<; i/xTreTrTcoKaaiv, eldLcrfievoc
Se TOP aWov -^povov p-eO^ Tjpwv €(/>' erepov^ levat, vvv tov<;
dWov^ opcocTLv e<^' alirom crrpaTevopevov^, Kal ra? crracrei?,
a? eirvvOdvovTO irporepov Tzap eTepoi<i oi;cra?, vvv Trap'' avrol<;
oXiyov Selv Kad' eKaarTjv ttjv rjpepav ytyvopeva^. ourco 8'
ayfiaXicrpevoL raU aup(f)opaU elalv ware /MtjSeva hiayvoivai
hvvaadaL Toy? KaKiara irpdrTOVTaf avroiv ovSepia yap ecTTL
rci)v TToXeoov dKepato<i.
(h) ijrel B' iv OiKOi'i rjpev, ivveireL raBc
Xovrp^ &)? rd'x^tcrTa toU ^€vol<; rt? alperoi
&)9 dpc^H ^co/jlov cTTOiai '^epvL^cov TreXa^.
dXX' eliT 'OpecTTT^?- dpTL(o<i rjyviapeda
Xovrpolai Ka6apol<i irorapiaiv pei6p(ov diro.
el Be ^evov<i darolaL crvvdveiv ^/aecoy,
Acyicr6\ eroipoL kovk cnrapvovpecrd', dva^.
Tovrov pLev ovv peOelcrav iv pe<xa) Xoyov
Xoyx^a^; Be devre^ Becnrorov (fypoupTjpara
Bpo)e^ TTjOo? epyov irdvre^ 'leaav ')(^epa^.
01 pev a-(f)ayeiov ecfiepov, 01 S' ^pov Kavd^
dXXot, Be Tfvp dvijiTTOv dp(f)L r ea')(^dpa^
X€8r]Ta<i copdovv irdcra S' eKTVirec areyrj.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
GREEK HISTORY.
FROM THE ACCESSION OF ALEXANDER THE
GREAT.
AND GREEK CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY.
Thursday, April 9th, 1903 : — Morning, 9 to 12.
{Answers to A and B to be shozvn up in separate books.)
A.— Greek History, 336 B.C.-281 B.C.
N.B. — Dates sJiould be given where possible.
I. Draw a sketch map to shew the line of Alexander's
march from Europe to India and back to Babylon.
9
128 FACULTY OF ARTS.
2. Sketch the career of Demosthenes from the in-
vasion of Asia to his death.
3. Give a brief account of the history of the Greek
world from the death of Eumenes in 316 B.C. to 301
B.C.
4. What are our principal authorities for the history
of Alexander and the period immediately succeeding?
5. Give a short account of the condition of philosophy
and literature in the time of the first two Ptolemies.
6. What do you know of Eubulus, Hyperides, Jerome
of Kardia, Arrian, Demetrius Phalereus, Bessus, Clitus,
Lycurgus, Feukestas, Stratocles, Lachares, Dromo-
kleides?
B. — Greek Constitutional History.
1. Note the chief differences between the state of
societv depicted in Homer and early Greece as known
from recent investigations. Indicate the main lines of
race-difference. What is meant by the term Pelasgi?
2. How far have the successive stages of constitu-
tional development, indicated in Plato's Republic, their
counterparts in History? Indicate these stages in the
history of Athens, with dates.
3. What is meant by the "Epoch of the tyrants"?
Show the causes of the phenomenon, illustrating from
modern parallels. Indicate the value of "tyranny'' as a
stage in development.
4. What were regarded by the Greeks as the charac-
teristic features of Democracy? Give the dates at
which each of these became true of the Democracy of
Athens.
5. Compare and contrast the constitutions of Sparta
and Crete. Which lasted longest, and why? Illus-
trate from Roman and English History.
6. Explain: — Aisymnetes, Apagoge, Proedri, Trier-
arch, Eisphora, Hypomosia, Dokimasia, Euthyna,
Nomothetae, Epobelia.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY.
129
SECOND YEAR.
GREEK— ADVANCED SECTION.
Thursday, April 23RD : — Afternoon, 2 to 5.
Plato, Laches.
I. Translate, with notes on words and phrases under-
lined : —
{a) cOOC eX rt koL av, w iral ^(o(f)povicrKOV, e%ei? roiSe
TO) cravTov 87)fWTT} ayadov crvfi^ovXeucraL, XPV o-vfi/SovXevetv
SiKaio^; S' el- koX yap TraTptKo^ rjixlv ^iXo<? rvy^avei'^ cov.
ael yap iyco Kal 6 cro? irarrjp iraipo) re Kal (f)i\a) f}fx€v, Kol
irpoTepov eKeli'O^ eTekevrrjcre, irplv ri, e'/xot hLeve')(^drjvaL.
TrepK^epcL Be rk fxe Kal fJ'i'y]fJ'r] apri rwvhe Xeyovrcop- ra yap
fiecpciKia rdSe Trpo? aWrjXov; oIkoi SiaXeyo/xevoL da/xa
iTTLfiefjivijvTai ^(OKparoD^; Kal a(f)68pa iTraivovaw ov fMevTOi
TTtOTTore avrois avrjpQyrrjcra, el rbu ^a>(f)pov{crKOv Xeyoiev.
[bj Tjv Be yeXco<; Kal KpoTO^ vtto rSiv eK TTj'i oXKdBo<; eiri
T€ TO) cr)(j'j/jLarL avTOv, Kal eTreiBrj jSaXovro^ tlvo<; XiOo) irapa
Toy? TTo'Sa? avTov eVi to KardaTpco/xa dxfiieTat rov oo'/oaT09,
ToV TJBrj Kal ol eK Trj<i Tptr)pov<i ovkctl o/.ot t -qaav tov
yeXcora KaTex^LP, 6pcovTe<; alcopov/xevov eK tt)? 6XKdBo<i to
BopyBpeiravov eKelvo.
(t) el B' avTol evperal yey ovore rov tolovtov, Bore
irapdBeiyfjia. rivcov ijBt] dXXcov e7rifMeXr]6evTe<i eK (f)avX(i)v
KaXov<i re KayaOoix; eTroirjaare. el yap vvv dp^eaOeTrpcorov
iraiBeveiv, aKOirelv ■^pr] jxrj ovk ev rw Ka/al Vfxlv 6 klvBuvo<;
KivBuvevrjrai, dXX 'ev rol^ vfiere'poi<; re Kal ev rol<; roiv
(f)iX(ov rraiai, Kal dre'xyoi'i ro Xeyo/xevov Kara rr]V7rapoi/j.{av
v/jLiv (TVfj-/3aivTj ev rriOu) rj Kepajxela yiy vofie'vi], Xeyere ovv
ri rovrcov t} cf)are vfuv V7rdp)(^eiv re Kal TrpoarJKeLV rj ov (^are.
(d ) 2n. Kal rov /xer e7TLari]p,ri<i dpa IrrirLKri^ Kaprepovvra
ev i7r7ro/jLa')(ia i]rrov <J3T]aeL<i dvBpelov elvat rj rov dvev
e7^io■T^)/ur;?.
AA. "FjjxoLye BoKel.
Sn. Kal rov fxerd a(f)evBovr]rLKfi<; t) ro^LKr)<; rj dXXr]<;
rivo9 re')(yi-i<i Kaprepovvra.
AA. Tidvv ye.
130 FACULTY OF ARTS.
2n. Kat oaoL Si] edeXovaiv Ci? (^peap KaTa/3aivoVT€<; koI
Ko\v/JL^ MVTe'i Kaprepelv ev tovtw tm epyo), [irj ovTe<i havoi, t)
€v TLVL aW(p TotovTU) uvSpeLOTepovi 0?;crei9 TWf ravra SeiuMV.
AA. Ti yap av rt? aWo (pairj^ & Sw/CjOare? ;
2n. OuSev, ecirep o'lolto ye outw?.
AA. 'AXXa /xjjv olfxal ye.
Sn. Kai iiy]v Tfov a^poveaTepo)^ je, m Ad^T]^, ol
TOiOvrOL Kivhuuevovalv re Kai Kapjepovcnv rj ol jxera Te')(vri'i
avro TrpaTTovre'i.
AA. ^aiVOPTat.
Sn. OvKOvu alaypa rj axjipwv ToXfxa re kuo KapTe'prj(ri<;
ev T(p Trpoadev e<^dvq ij/xlv ovaa Kat /SXa^epd ;
A A. Ildiw ye.
[e) 212. AijXov B/], u) Ni/c/a, otl ovSe rrjv Kpoufiv-
(oviav vv TTiaTevei^ av ye dvhpeiav yeyovevat, rovro Be
\e7&) ov 7raL(^(ov^ ccXX" dvayKalov olfxai tu) ravra Xeyovri
fXT]Bevo<; Orjpiov dTToSe^eadai dvhpeiav, i) avy^oipelv 6i]piOV
Tt ovTU) aocfyov elvai, ware a oXiyoi dvOpunrcov taacn Bid to
•^aXeTrd elvat yvcovai, ravra Xeovra, 7) irdpBaXiv r] nva
Karrpov (^dvai elBevar dXX' dvdyKrj 6/xoi(o<; Xeovra Kai
eXacfiov Kai ravpou Kai rriOtjKOV tt/jo? dvBpetav (jiavaL
7r€(f)VK€vai rov ndep-evov dvBpecav rovO^ orrep aii rideaai.
2. Indicate the general plan of the dialogue and give
an outline of the course of the argument.
3. Translate into Greek : —
When we reached home, we began to discuss the
nature of virtue. And Pearson was of opinion that
one might define it as the giving up of one's own in-
terests. But Mansel asked "Is it then virtue, if a man
deliberately die of hunger?" Of course all agreed not.
And Pearson then said, "I mean, to give up one's own
interests for the benefit of another." "But," asked
Mansel, "if the one for whom one gives up is a thief,
or a drunkard, or a worthless man of any sort, what
then? Is it still virtuous to give up one's own welfare
on his behalf?" After some discussion, all agreed that
one ought to consider the comparative worthiness of
the two, so that at last virtue appeared to be as Ben-
tham long ago said, nothing but the greatest happiness
of the greatest number.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 131
CLASSICAL HONOURS.
THIRD YEAR.
PRIVATE READINGS.
Monday, April 2oth, 1903 :— Morning, 9 to 12.
A. — Sophocles, Antigone.
Translate, with notes on words and phrases under-
lined : —
(1) ov yap Td(f)Ov vwv tw Ka(n<yvrjTOi Kpewv
Tov fxev 7rpoTiaa<;, rov S' arifxdaa^ 6')(eL ;
'Ereo/cXea p.ev, (u? \Gyouai, crvv 8iKri<;
^XPV^^'' ^t^aia Kol vofiov Kara ^Oovo'i
€Kpv^e rot? evepOev evTi/j.ov vexpoU'
(2) Kal (f)d€y/iia Kal avefxoev
<^p6vrip.a Kal cKTrvvo fxovi 6pya<i iSiSd^aro, Kal
8v(TavXo)v
Trdycov ivaidpeia Kal Svaofi/Spa (pevyeiv /SeXrj,
TTavTOTTopo^' aTropo^i eir* ovhev e'/o^^erai
TO fidWov "AtSa piovov (f)€v^Lv ovK eTrd^eraf
ivacov S' ap,7]')(^dvcov <f)vya<i ^vpLire<j>paaraL.
(3) KP. K\aLQ)v <f>pevd)a-ei<;, cov (f)p€va)v avTO<i k€v6<;.
A I. ec p-r) irarrip r}a6\ elirov dv a ovk ev cfipovelv.
KP. yvvaiKo^ wv SovXeup-a p.r) KWTtWe p,€.
AT. ^ovXet Xeyetv rt Kal Xe'ycov p,7]8€v KXvecv.
KP. dX7]6€<i; aXX' ov rovS' "OXvp,7rov, caO' ort,
•X^aipcov iirl yjroyoLac Sevvdaefi ep.e.
(4) irapa he Kvavedp *'TreXdy€L SiSi/p.a'i dXb^
*aKTa BoaTTopLa 18' 6 SprjKwv <^KXTJ^eTaL^
'^aXp.vhrjaa-o'i, 'iv ay')(^iiroXL<i "Apr}^
8L(TcrolaL ^LvethaL'i
el8ev aparov gXko'^
TV^Xwdev i^ dypia<; 8dp,apT0<i
aXaov dXaaTopoicnv opLpLdrav kvkXol^,
*dpa')(devT(ov vcf)' aip.arrjpal'i
'Xeipeaat Kal K€pKi8a)v aKpialaiv,
1-S2- FACULTY OF ARTS.
(5) Koi rov fiev, alTrj<TavTe<; evohlav Oeov
TlXovTcovd T 6p'ya<; ev/xevelf Karacr'^edelv^
Xovaavre'i dyvov Xovrpov, ev veoaTrdaiv
daXX.oi'i St) ^XeXeiTTTO (TvyKaTTJOo/jiev,
Kol TVfji/3ov opdoKpavov OiKeia<; ')(dovo<i
')(^a)cravT€'i , av6i^ tt/oo? Xidoarpuirov K6prj<i
vvfi(f)elov "AcSov koIXov elae/Saivofiev.
(f)a)vr]<i S' diroidev opdicov kookv/xutcov
KXvet Ti? cLKTepiCTTOv d/Jiipl Traardha,
Kal BeaTTOTT) Kpeovrt (jrip^aivei fioX(i)v.
B. — Thucydides VI.
Translate, with notes on words and phrases under-
lined : —
(1) Kal fir} v/xd<; rj ^lkiov twv Xoycov ciTrpay/xocrvvr]
Kal hidaracn'^ TOt<i v€Ot<i e? tou? Trpecr/SvTepovi diroTpe'^^r],
TO) 8e elcodoTL Kocrfia)^ axTTrep Kal ol iraTepa rj/xMv d/xa veot
<yepaiT€poi<; l3ovXevovre<i e? TaSe -^pav aurd, Kal vvv to)
avTUi rpoTTcp TreipdcrOe Trpoayayelv ti]V itoXlv, Kal vofiicrare
veor-qra fikv Kal yrjpa'i dvev aXX-rfXrov /jLTjBev hvvaadai,
ojxov he TO re (f)avXov Kal to fxeaov Kal to rrdvv dKpLJBe<i
dv ^vyKpaOev /jbaXicrr dv la')(yeLV.
(2) ^vjKare^i] Se Kal 6 dXXo^ 6iJLiXo<i aTra? a)? elirelv
6 ev TT) TToXet Kal daroyv Kal ^evwv, ol fiev iiTL'y^copiOL tov<;
a(f>€Te'pov^ avToJv cKaaTOi TrpoTre/i.TTOt'Te?, oi fiev eTaipov^^ ol
8e ^vyyevel<;, ol Se vel'i, Kal /xer cXtt'iBo^ t6 dfia lovTe<i Kal
oXo(pvpiioiv^ TO. jjiev &)9 KTi^aoiVTO, TOL'9 S' et TTore 6\}roivTO,
ivdvfiovfjLevot oaov ttXovv ck tyj^ crc^ere/oa? direaTeXXovTO.
(3) Kal hehoLKa /xe'vroL /x/]7roT€ iroXXd Trei/ocofre? Kal
KaTopdcoacoaiv rj/j,ei<; 8e KaKOi Trplv ev tQ> iraOelv wfxev
TTpo^vXd^aadal re Kal aladojxevoL eire^eXdelv. Toiydprot
Bl avrd 77 ttoXl^ rj/xojv 6XiydKL<; fiev rjau^^^d^et, aTdaei<; Be
TToXXa? Kal dyoiva^ ov 7rpo<; tou? TroXefiiov^ TrXeiova'i rj irpb^
avTrjV dvaipeiTai, TvpavviBa'i Be ecTTiv 6t€ Kal BwaareCa^
dBiKOv;.
(4) 'ETei^i^oi/ Be Kal ol '^vpaKoaioi ev tw '^eip.oivv
7rpo9 re tt) "jroXei, tov Tefievnrjv evTo<i TroLrjcrd/xevoi,, Tel')(0'i
TTapd irdv to 7rpo<i Td<i 'ETTiTToXa? opcov, 07r<w9 /a?; 8i' eXacr-
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 133
<rovo<; ^vaTTOTei^iaroi a)aiv, rjv apa acfiaXXcovrai,, Kal ra
Meyapa (f)povpiov Kal ev rtp 'OXvfMTneio} aWo- Kal Trjv
OaXaaaav TrpoeaTavpcoaav TravTaxv V cnro/3daeL<: ^aav.
Draw explanatory map.
(.n) r}fX€i<; 8e rov ^v/jL7ravro<; Trpoecrrrj/jLev, ZiKaiovvrei
ev (p a')(rip.aTL peyiaTr) rj ttoXi^ iTvyyave Kal iXevOepooTaTr]
ovcra Kal oTvep ihe^aro rt?, rovro ^vvSiaaw^eiv. irret,
hrjixoKparlav ye Kal iyijvoxTKopev ol (ppovovvre'i tl i^Kau
avT6<i ov8evb<i av ')^ecpov. ocrcp Kav Xoihop-qaaLpi- aXXa irepl
6fioXo'yovfi€V7j<i avoia'i ovBev av Kaivov Xeyono) Kai to
pLediardvaL avrrjv ovk iSoKei rjfilv dacfyaXk'i elvai vfioiv
TToXefMicov 7rpoaKaOi]p€V(ov.
C. — Plato, Purves's Selections.
Translate, with notes on words and phrases under-
lined indicating also connection with context : —
(1) SiSdaKcov ouv fxe to Te (f)dppaKOv Kal Ta? eVwSa??
"Ottco?, ecfiT], TO) (fiapfMaKQ) rovrcp fxrjBei'i ae ireiaei rrjv aurov
K€(f)aXr]v OepaTrevecv, o? av pr] rrjv -yjrv^^^rjv Ttpwrov irapda'X^rf
TTj erroihri viro aov OepairevdrjvaL. Kal yap vvv, €(f)r}, tout'
earc to dpdprrjpa irepl rov^ dv0pu>77ov^, on %tt>/3t? eKarepov
iarpoi, Tive^ iiri'^eipovaiv elvai. Kal poi .iravv a(p6Bpa
ivereXXeTo p-qre irXovatov ovtco prjhiva elvai ^p-qre yevvalov
pr)7e KaXov, o? epe Tret'cet aXXw? Troielv.
(2) el 8e pyj, opa, c5 paKapie, pi] irepl TOt? (^LXraroc'^
Kv/SevT)'; Te Kal KivSuvevT)<i. Kal yap Br] Kal TroXv'pei^cov
KLvSvvo^ ev TTj T(x)v pa6i]paT(i)v wvT] r] ev ttj tmv ctiticov.
aiTia pev yap Kal ttoto, Trptdpevov Trapd tov KainjXou Kal
ipTTopov e^eaTiv ev dXXoi^ dyyeioi<i d7ro(f)epeLv, Kal -rrplv
he^aadaL avTo, ei? to aoypa iriovTa t) (f)ay6vTa, KaTaOepevov
ocKaSe e^ecTTt avp^ovXeixraadai, TrapaKaXeaavTa tov
eiratovTa, 6 tl Te eheuTeov i) iroTeov Kal 6 tl prj, Kal
OTToaov Kal oTToVe* coaTe ev tt] wvy ov peya^ 6 KivSvvo<i.
(?,) 1] ouTO)? el ao(j)6<i, coaTe XeXr]d€ ae otl prjTpo'i t€
Kai iraTpo^ Kal TOiv dXXcov irpoyovoiv dirdpTcov TLpcoiTepov
ecTTLV r] TTaTph Kal aepvoTepov Kal dyLcoTepov Kal ev pel^ovt
poipa Kal Trapd OeoU Kal Trap' dv6p(OTrot<i TOi? vouv e^^oucrt,
]34 ■ FACULTY OF ARTS.
Kai ae^ecrOai 6e'i kul fidWou vireiKeLV koI dcoireveiv rrarpiha
y^aXeTTaivovaav t) Trarepa, koX t) ireideiv rj TTOielv a av
KeXevT], Kol irdcT'^eiv, iciv tl TrpoardTTT] iraOelv, rjav)(^iav
d'yovra.
(4) KoX KLvhvvevovaL Kal ol Td<i T€\€Td<; v/itv ovroi
KaraaTTjaavTe'; ov <^av\oL rcva elvai^ aWd ru) ovtl iraXai
alviTTeadat on o? dv dp.vriro<^ Kal dreXearo'^ eiV ' h-ihov
d(f)tKT]TaL, ev /3op36poi) KeicreTai, 6 Be KeKuOapfxevo'i re Kal
TereXecr/AeVo? eKelae d(f)iK6p.evo<; /xerd 6eS)v oUijaei. ecal jdp
Si], (pacrlv 01 jrepl ra? TC/V-eTa'?, vap67]KO(f)6poL fiev ttoXXoi,
/SaK^ot Be re rravpoL- ovtol h' elcrl Kara rrju ifjirjv Bo^av ovk
dXXoL rj ol iTe^tXoao^T]K6Te'i 6pdo)<i.
(5) al Be Br) dXXai ^Xl')(^6 /xevat fxev diracraL tov dvco
eirovrat, dBvi'aTouaai Be v7ro(3pv)(^iaL ^uix7repL(f)€povTaL,
irarovaaL dXXr]Xa'i Kal einjBdXXovaai, erepa irpo rrj'i
erepa? Treipcoixevrj <yevea6aL. 66pv^o<i ovv Kai dfiiXXa Kai
lBpco<; eaxara yLyverai. ov B?] KaKia r)VL6')(^a>v iroXXal fxev
■yoyXevovrai, TroXXal Be TtoXXd irrepd Opavovrar irdaai Be,
TToXvv e%oucrat ttovov, dTeXei<i tt}? tov oVto? Oea'i direpyov-
TUi, Kal direXOovcraL rpo^rj Bo^aaTrj '^(pcovTaL.
CLASSICAL HONOURS.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS-
PINDAR.
Friday, April 17TH, 1903: — Morning, 9 to 12.
Translate with notes on words and phrases underlined-
(a) e')(et 5' aTrdXa/xov /3iov tovtov e/XTreBofio'y^dov,
fxerd TpiMp re'raproi' irovov, ddavdrcov otl KXey^ai^
dXiKeaac av/j.iroTai'i
V€KTap dfjL^poaLav re
BciiKev, olaiv dcf>6iTOV
eOeaav. el Be deov dvqp rif eXTrerai XeXadefiev
epBcoi', dfiaprdvei,
Mss. Cecrav avroi'. XaOefxev.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 135
(6) i'crai<? Be vvKTeaaLv aUi
laov iv d/j.€pai<; a\i.ov e^oi/re?, aTTOvearfpov
iaXol ScKovTat ^corov, ou 'x^Oova TapdcraovTe<; iv
;Ye/309 ctKfxa
Ovhk TTOVTIOV v8(Op
Keivav irapa bia^av aWa irapa jxev Tiuioi<i
Oewv, oLTCve^; '^^(^atpov evopKiai^, dSaKpvv ve/xovraC
aluiva' TOi 6' cnrpocToparov OK-y^eovrc trovov,
ocroi 8* iToXfxaaav ecnpk
eKTT€pa)6c ix€ivaPT€<i ciTTO TTcifiTTav dScKcov e'^ett'
-dru-^dv, eretXav Aio? 68ov irapd K.p6vov Tvpcriv^
i>ilss. tcrai? Se vvKreacnv alei, Tcrat? 8' iv d/xepai<;.
(c) dXXd KeicpuTTTo <ydp cr^oiW /Saria r iv diretpiTQ),
Iwv ^avdalcn Kal irajJLTropc^vpot'i dfCTiat /Je/Speyfjuevo'^
d/3p6v
crwfia' TO Kal Kare^aixL^ev KaXeladaL viv '^^povcp
(TVfiTravTc fidijp
tout' ovvjji dOdvarov, Tepirvd's S' i-Trel ■)(^pv(ToaTe-
(f>dvoio Xd/3ev
Kapirov "H/3a?, ' A\(/)ew /xecrao) KaralSd^ iKaXeaae
Yloaeihdv'' evpv^Luv,
OP TTpdyovov Kal To^o(f>6pov AdXov deohpLUTa'; '^/cottoV,
ai'^ecov XaoTp6({)ov Tifidv rev ed KecpaXd,
vvKTO<i v7rai6pco<i. avTec^diy^aro 8' dpTi€7n]<;
Trarpia 6acra_ fxerdXXaaev re viv "Opao, Te/co?,
oevpo TrdyKOLVov e? '^oipav tfiev (f)dfji.a<i OTriadev.
(a) CTTt Trdv ^aivei ri Kal XdOa^ dTeK/xapra i'e'(f)o<i,
Kal vapiXKei irpajfiaTcov opOdv 686v
e^co (f>p€V(ov,
Kat Tol yap acdovaaa^ eT^oi/Te? airepfi^ dve^av <^Xo-
709 ov' Tev^av 8' dirvpot,^ lepol'i
aX<TO<i iv UKpoTToXec. Keivoa 6 /xev ^avddv dyaycbv
ve(j)eXav
TToXvv vae ^pvcrov avrd 8e a^iaiv Miraae ri^^vav
TTCLcrav iTTL^dovicov F Xav K WTT L<i dpiaTOTr6voL<i Yep<7t
Kparelv.
epya Be ^coolaiv epirovreaac 6' ofjLola KeXevOoi <f>€pov'
r)V 8k KXeo^ ^adv. 8aevTc 8e Kal aocfyia /mei^cov
d8oXo^ reXedei.
Mss. Keivoiai /xiv.
136 FACULTY OF ARTS.
(e) Kaipov el (f)6€'y^aio, ttoXXojp ireipaTa avvravv< at?
iv /3pa')(^€t, fJi€L(ov €7rerai fi(xifxo<i av6po)7raii>, l.tt j 'yap
Kopo^ afi/3\vv€L
alav-q'i ra-)(eia^ eX-Triha^-
acTTcov 8' ciKoa Kpv(})iov dvp-ov ^apvvei /jLciXKrr
iaXolaiv iir aWorpiuL:.
aXV o/i.ft)9, Kpeaacov <yap OLKTip/xov c^^oVo?,
fiT] Trapiei KaXd. vM/na Sikuiq) Tn^haXiw arpmov'
ayjrevSet Se 7rp6<i aKfxovi ^dXKeve yXcoaaav.
e'i Tt Kal (f)Xavpov irapaLdvca-ei, fxeya rot <^eperaL
Trap aedev, iroXXoiv ra/^im? eaar iroXXol /j,dpTvpe<i
diJL(f)OTepoL<; inaroL
{/) aixa')(^ov KaKOV ap,(^OTepoL<; hiailBoXidv vTrof^drie^^
6p'yai<; dT€ve<i ctXanreKcov cKeXot.
KepSol Se Ti jxdXa tovto KepSaXeov reXedet ;
are yap elvdXiov ttovov €;^oj'cra9 ^adv
crKeud<; €Tepa<i, d^dimcno^ el/xt, (f)eXX6<; &>? vjrep
epKO<; aA,/Aav.
ahvvara S' eVo? eK^aXelv Kparaiov iv dyadol'i
86Xlov aarov oixco'i fidv craivcov ttotI Trdvra'i dyav
irdyyy Bia7rXeK€L,
ov ol fxere')((i) dpd(T€o<;. (f)l\ov etrj ^iXeiv'
ttotI 6' e^Opou dr €)^dp6<t icov Xv/colo SiKav vttq-
devao/xai,
dXX' dXXoT€ Trarewv bhol<i (TKoXtal<i.
€v iravra he vojxov evdvyXwaao'i dvrjp 7rpo(f)c'pet.
(g) 6 8* apa ')^p6vQ)
iKer aL')(^fialcrLv SiSvfMaiaiv dvrip CKTrayXo^;' ia-da^
8' diK^orepov vtv e^er,
d T€ }Aayv7]ro)v eVt^wpto? dpao^oicra dar^rolcn yvLOi<i,
d/x(pl Se irapSaXea areyero (f)pioaouTa<; ofi/3pov^'
ovBe KOfidv irXoKa/xoi Kepdevre'i w^ot'T* dyXaoi,
dXX' dirav voirov KaTaiOvcraov. rd^a 8' evdv'i lcoV
eardO}] yv(i)/xa<; drapp-vKroio Tretpco/xevo'i
iv dyopa 7rX>']6ovTo<i 6-^Xov.
Mss. drap^aKTOto.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 137
(h) el 5 aperc KaraKeiTai iraaav opfydv,
a/x(f)6T€pov Ba7rdvai<{ re Kal TroVoi?,
XP^ VLV evpovTecraiv aydvopa KOfiirov
fir) <p6ovepaiai (ficpeiv
'yv(t)/xaL<; eirel KOV(f>a So'crt? avSpl <TO(f)a)
avrl fi6')(9ci)v TTavrohaTrSiv, €7ro^ elirovr a'^aQov fu-
vov opOaxrai kuXou.
fiLa66<; ^ap dWoi'i dWo^ e'^' epy/xaaiu dvdpcoTroc^
yXvKiK;,
firjXo^oTa t' dpoTa r' opvLxoXo^^o) re Kal ov 7r6vT0<i
Tpa(f)ei.
f^aarpl Si Tra? Tt<? d/xvvcov \l/x6v alavij reraraf
2. Comment on :
(a) ev Se Ylvdcovi •^prjcrdev 'ira\ai<^aTov 7e\e<T<7ev.
(b) kind 8' eireira irvpav veKpoiv reXeaOdvrwv TaXato-
viSa'i eiirev
(c) o<ppa KeXevOo) r ev KaOapa
^dao/xev ok-^ov^ 'iKco/iiat re Trpo? dvSpcov Kal 'yevo^.
{d) ^oc/3ov 7 a/3 avrov (pd yeyaKetP irarpo^.
(e) /xvacrdevri Be Zi€V<t d/j, vdXov fieXXev defiev.
(/) el 8e avv rrovcp ri<i ev T-pdaarj /J.eXiyapv€^ vfivoi
varepwv dp-^^d Xoycov reXXerac
(gr) eXrofiai fir} ')^aXK07rdpaov dKOvd' coaelr dy(avo<s
^aXelv efft) rraXdfia Bovecov,
y^aKpa Se pi-y^ai^ dp^evcreaO dvriov<;,
(/i) ^p?) Sk irpo^ Otov ojic ip/^t>^.
{{) €v6' d'yvov T\o(7ethd(ovo<; ecraavr elvaXiov refjuevof.
3. Discuss the following MS. readings : —
{a) rpairel^itiai r d/x(f)i8evrara Kpewv
atoev Sceddaavro Kal (f)dyov,
(0) %i]p(ava he rerpaopia<i eveKa viKa^opov
yeywvrjreov^ omv ScKaiov ^eixov.
(c) rd yXvKea yiverai rrdvra /Sporol^
(= ev fj,eXtTai<i r deiScov efxoXov)
(tZ) evvai Be irapdrpoTroL e? KaKorar ddpoav
I e^aXov irorl Kal rov LKOvr', eirel,
138 FACULTY OF ARTS.
(e) ov8' cnriOrjae vtv, aXX' ^/3&)?
(/) At'crofo? yap iral'i iTTi^topio'i ov ^eivav iKOfxav
'yalav dWcov.
(where for Uo/xav is wanted u )
4. Discuss Pindar's treatment of the myth, indicating
some of the various ways in which it is related to the
main subject.
5. Make a short Hst of the chief normal differences
between Pindar and Attic prose in Accidence and
Syntax.
CLASSICAL HONOURS.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
PLATO, FORMAN'S SELECTIONS.
Tuesday, April 2ist, 1903: — Morning, 9 to 12.
I. Translate, with notes on words and phrases un-
derlined, indicating also, except in (9), connection with
the context : —
(a) €uOv<; ovi> fie ISmv 6 KecfiaXo^; rjaTrd^eTo re Kal
elTrev^H Sw/c/jare?, ou Be da/xl^ei^ rjfilv Kara/Saivwv €l<i rov
Tleipaid' XPV^^ /xeVror el fxev yap ijco en ev Swdftei rjv
Tov pa8iQ)<; TTopeveadai 7rpo<; to darv, ovhev dv ae eSei
Bevpo levai, aW ///LteZ? dv irapd ae fjfiev vvv he ae ')(^pr}
TTVKVOTcpov Sevpo levai.
(b) eart 8e tovto rvpavvi^, ?) ou Kara afxiKpov
TaWorpia Kal \ddpa Kal /Sla dcfyaipelrat, Kal lepd
Kal oaia Kal tSia Kal hrjfioaia, dXXd ^vW'r]^oriv'
a>v e(f>' eKdaro) jxepei orav Tt9 dhiKi]aa<i jxrj Xddrj,
^rj/jLLovrai re Kal ovei'Sr] e^et rd /xeyiara' Kal yap
lepoavXoi Kal dpSpaTroSiaral Kal roLy^wpv'^oL Kat airo-
areprjral Kal KXemat 01 Kara p-eprj dhiKOvvre^ tmv
roiovTcov KaKOvpyr) fidroov KaXovvrar eireihav he rt? tt/jo?
TOt<? TMV TToXiTOiv '^p'qfjLaaiv Kal auTOj)? dvhpaiiTohLadp.evo^
hovXcoarjTat, dvrl tovtcov twv ala')(^poyv ovofidroiv evhai-
/xove<i Kal /maKdpioi KeKXrjvrai.
(c) 6 yap veo<; ou% oloare Kpivetv rt re virovoia Kal
o /Ltr;, dXX! a dv T'i]XiKOvTO<i cov Xd^rj ev TaU So|at9, hvae-
KViTTrd re Kal d/xerdaTaTa (f)LXel ylyveaOat,. aiv or)
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY.
139
KTft)? kue<ca Trepi iravro^ irotrjTeov^ a Trpcora aicovovcnv on
KaWtcTTa jxeixvOoXoyrj^iiva irpo^ aperriv a/coveiv,
(d) TiW ouL> aWov (ro(f>i,(rTr)V otei, rj iroiou-; tStcoji/cou?
\oyoi/? euavTta tovtol^ reivovTa^ KpxTrjcreiv ; Olp.it /xeu
ovSeva, T} S' 6'?. Oi) yci/a, rjv 8' €70), aWa koI to im-
'^(^etpelv ttoWt] dvoca. oure yap yLyuerai oure yeyovev
ov8e ovv fx.r] yevrjrai dWolov rjOo^ irpo^ ctpeTTjv Trapa rrjv
TOVTOiv TratSeiav TreTratSevfiePov, avdpcoTreLov, m eralpe.
delov fjLevTOL Kara ttjv irapoifxlav e^aipoifiev \6yov.
(e) Tt Se ; t) irpxarr^'i iuicou tmv SiKciadevTCOv ou
KOfjL-ylrt] ; tj ovttco elSe? ei^ rotavTrj TroXireCa, avd pMircov
Karay^r)<^LadevT(tiv davdrov t] (j)vyrj^ oufjueSTTOv avToiV
fievovTcov re Kal dvaarpec^op^evcov ev fxecrM, /cat &)? ovre
(f)povTL^ovTO^ ovT€ opoiVTO^ ovhevo^ TTepLvocTTel (ocTTTep rjpco^ ;
Kat TToA-Xou? 7', e(^ri,
(/) ravra elirovTa plyp^ai, iirl Trdvra^ tov? K\^pov<i.
Tov 8e Trap' avrov irecrovra eKaarov dvacpeladai, irXrjv ov,
€ Be ov/c idv ro) 8e dvekofxevcp hrfkov elvaij 6TT6cno<i
elXrj-^eLV /jLerd Se toOto av6i<i to. rSiv ^icov irapahetyiiara
€49 TO irpoaOev a(f)6i)v delvat eVt rrjv yrjv, iroXv irXeioi rojv
TrapovTCJv, elvat he TravToSaTrd' ^wa>v re yap irdpTcov
^iov<; Kal 8r] Kal TOv<i dvOpuiirlvov^ diravra'i. rvpavvlha^
re yap ev avrols elvaL, ra? ixev SiareXeh^ ra? 8e Kal
fiera^ii SiacjideLpo/xeva^; Kal €t9 irevia'i re Kal <^vyd<i Kal ei<i
7rT&)%eta<? reXevT(i}cra<;.
((/) Sn. 'AOpet 8r] TrepiaKOTTcbv, jX'q rtf t<ov d/j-v^Tcov
eiraKovr]. elalv 8e ovroi 01 ov8ev dXXo olofievoi eivai rj ov
av 8vv(ovrac dirpl^ rolv ')(epo2v Xa/Seadat, Trpd^ef^ 8e Kal
yeveaeL<i Kal irdv to dopaTov ovk d'iro8e')(opLevoL tu? ev ovaia<i
fie pet.
0EAI. Kal /xev Bij, & Stu/cpare?, aKXr]pov<; ye \e7et9
Kol I dvTCTVTrOVi dvOpdiTTOVi.
Sn. EtcTfi/ ydp, u) iral, ixdX^ ev dfiovaoi,
2. Comment on : —
(a) <a? ToCvov fir) dKovao/xevcov^ ovtco hiavoelcrde.
(h) 01 S' dp')(6pLevoL TTOioiKJiv TO eKeCvov ^vfxcjjepov
KpeiTTOVO^ 6vT0<i.
140 FACULTY. OF ARTS.
(c) Toy? eTriTV^ovra^ viro roiv i7rtTV)(^6vT(Ov ^vdov<i
7rXaa$evTa<i.
(d) IIapaS€iy/j,aTO<; apa eveKa, rjv 3' eyo), i^rjrovfiev
avro re SiKatoavi^rjv olov ean^ Kal avhpa rov reXeW BiKatov.
(e) iv yvvai^l Se irpof avBpa<; Kal avhpdcn 7rp6<i yvvatKa^i
ocn) r) laovo/xia Kal eKevOepia ylyveraL^ oXtyov eTrekadofied'
elirelv.
(/) Kal ava\(j)aeL T7J<i ovala<i KaO' ocrov av ol6<i r ^.
(g) TOiv he eu6v<; yevofievcov Kal oXiyov 'x^povov fiiovvrcov
irepi aWa eXeyev ovk a^ia pLvrj^irj^.
(Ji) Ov')(^ rjKei, (^dvaL^ ovhi' av i'j^eL 8evpo,
3. Explain the general scheme of the "Republic."
Criticize the model state from the point of view of
modern political theory.
4. In what connection are the following mentioned :
— Agamemnon, Achelous, Thamyras, Niobe, Pandarus.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
CLASSICAL HONOURS.
Thursday, x\pril i6th, 1903 : — Afternoon, 2 to 5.
I. Translate : —
(a) Ti ovv eaO' 6 ireirovde', MeydXrjv vrj Ai" axpXe
SiKTjv Kal roaavTrjV wot airoarepelaOaL rcov ovrwv. aXXa
■^^iXicov rj hiKrj fxovov rjv Spa')(/x(t)v. Ilaz^y 7e' aXXa SaKva
Kal TovTO (f)ai7) Tt? av orav eKTivetv ctSiKCO'i Se'r]' avve/Srj 8e
VTrepi] /xepa) yevofxevcp XaOelv avrw Sia to ahLKriOrjvai. aXX'
avdiifiepov fxev yaOero' 6 Kal /neyicrrov karL reKf^r/piov rov
firjSev rj8i,Kr)K€vai, rov dvOpcoirov 8pa')(^ixi]v S' ovheiroi pnav
iKJeriKev. aXXa pui^ira) tovto. aXXd tijv /xrj ovaav ccvtl-
Xa)(^€lv avru) i^rjv Si]7rov Kal ttjOo? e/ti-' to irpdyixa KaraaTiy
craaOai Trpo? ovirep e^ ap')(r]<=; 7]v 1) BiKy. aXX' ovk rj/3ovXeTO.
(h) K.al el /Jii] Ti]Xe(l)dv7]'i 6 avXrirr]<; avhpSiv /3eXTi-
CTTO? Trepl i/xe Tore iyevero Kal ro irpdyfia aladofxevo^ tov
dvdpwTTOV cnreXdaa'i avTO<i avyKporeiv Kal SiSdaKeLV coeTO
8elv rov y^opov, ovS' av i^ycoviadfxeOa, w dv8pe<i AOijvaloL'
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 141
aW' aSiSa/CTO? av eLaPjXdev 6 %o/309 Kal Trpdj/xaTa
acayiCTTa up eircWofxev. Kal ouS' ipravO' ecrii] Tpjt i/ySpecu?
aXXa TOcrouTOV avTU) Trepirjv cocttc top iaT€:f>avcofMevov
apyoPTa SiecpOetpe' tov<; ^(^oprj'yov'i avpy^yep eii kfie' ^oo)v
aireiXoyp ofjupvovcri 7rapecrT7]KU><i rol'i KpcTal<; la irapaaKyPca
(fipdrTCOP, TrpocrrjXcijp, t'Stcor?;? cbp ra 8i]fx6aia kuko, Kal
Trpdj/xara afivdrjTd fxot Trapeywp hcereXeae.
(c) ^oaovjcop TOLPVP Kal tolovtcop optcop a ro) /SSeXvpo)
70VT(p Kal apaiBel /3e/3/a)Tat, epini fxoi 'Trpocri6vT€<i, & dpSp€<i
SiKacrral, tcop ')(p(OfM€pa)P avro), irapaiPovpre<i cnraWa<yr)paL
Kal Ka6v(j)elvaL top dyciipa tovtopI, eTreiSi] p,e p-rj TieiOoiep,
o)? /xef ou iroWa Kal Secpa ireTroirjKep outo? Kal hlKrjP
rjPTiPOvv ap BoiTj SiKai(i)<i tmp ireTrpayp^epoyp ovk iroXpcop
XeyciP, eTTfc ravra Se cnrvvTcop tu? -tjXcoKep rjhrj Kal KaTeyjr?]-
(fyiarat,. Tipo'i TtpirjaetP avTco TrpocrSoKqf; to hiKacTTrjpLOP ;
ouY opa<i oTi TrXovTel Kal Tptrjpap'x^ia'i ipel Kal XeiToupyia^ ;
(TKOTrei hrj p,r] tovtol<; avTOP e^aiTi]<TriTaL Kai eXdjTco ttoXv
TT TToXei KaTaOei'i rj oca aoL BiBcoat, KaTayeXdarj. eyoi 8€
TrpoiTOP p.ep ovSep ayeppe<i vp.cop KaTayiypcaaKO} ov8' vtto-
Xap-^dpoi TipLTqcreLV ovhepo^ iXdTTopo<i tovtq) t] oaop Karadel^
ovTcocrl r-avaeTai n')? vjSpewi.
Add a note on the mood of Treidoiev.
(d) 'Hy 8' oi/Td 6 Tov /3eXTicrTou iraTTjp XapLKXeiSov
ToO dp^aPTd Kal p,eya y' vp^lp tovt iSoKCC ZUaLOP kx^cv o
•Trpo^aXX6p,epo<; Xeyetp- el KaTeXdp,^aPOP, apdpoiTre,^ deav,
el p^rj Tot? KJ]pvypaa-cp, w? av /xe (f)r}^, eTreidop-qp, tlpo<; eK
Tcop p6p.(OP el Kvpio<i Kal 6 dpxo}v avTv<; ; rot? v7rripeTaL<i
e^eioyetp elirelv, ovk avTd<; TinrTecp. ov8' ovto) Treldop.af
iiri/SoXrjp e7rt(3dXXetv, irdpTa p,aXXop,7rXT]P ai)T09 ay{ra(x6ai
TT} %etp/. TToXXa yap irpo tov p-rj to awp^a eKacjTOV v^pi-
^eadai TreTroi'qKacnp ot pop,ot.
2. Translate the following and add a word of com-
ment or explanation where necessary: —
pvKTCop, ipop,r]pla,Trp6e8po<;, aKOToVi (Gen.), e^ovX-q^,
aycovcwPTa<;, aTreBiTjTTjae, KaTajBpa^evdepTa, ^ KOPiOpTO^,
Kepp,aTa, Trpoo-^aro?, TeTVCJxoaOe. ai'-qpTrdadai, aaxaXXeip^
e^i/09, Kvp^^ta, (f)6eipecrdai Trpo<i ttXouct/oi;?, 'OXu/XTrtacrn',
avTLSoai<;, ckvto^, e/cXto^ere, epr) Kal pea, lKipo(f>opiQ}p.
3. Compare th,e rules which Demosthenes observes
for the rhythm of the final syllables of his sentences
with those preferred by Cicero.
142 FACULTY OF ARTS.
CLASSICAL HONOURS.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
TRANSLATION AT SIGHT.
Friday, April 17TH, 1903: — Afternoon, 2 to 5.
Translate into English : —
(1) &J9 5' or iv aiyiaXw TroXorj-^eL Kvfxa daXdcra'Tj'i
opuvT eTTacravTepov, Zecfyvpov vtto Kivrjaavro';'
TTOPTQ) fiev re irpoira Kopvaaerai, avrap eireLra
'^(^epau) pr]yvv/xevov fxeydXa ^pefiec, dp.^1 he r dvpa^
Kvprov lov Kcpu(f)ouTaL, cnrjTTTveL 5' d\o'=; d-^vrjV
&)? tot' €7raacrvT€pat, Aavacou kivvvto (f)aXayye^
vo}Xefxeco<; nroXepbOvhe. veXeve Sk olaiv €Kaaro<i
rjyeixovcov o; 8' dXXoi, aKijv tcrav (^ouSe k€ (f>ac7]<;
Toaaov Xaov e-rreaOaL e-^ovr iv (nrjOecnv avSiju')
cny^ SeiSLore'i ari/xavTopwi' d/x(f)l Se irdcnv
YevT^ea ttolkiX^ eXa/xire, rd elfxevoi eaTi')(^6o)vro.
Tpcoe? h\ war'' ote^ 7roXv7rdixovo<i dvSpo'i iv avXrj
/xvpiaL ecrT)]Kacnv dfieXyo/xevaL ydXa XevKov,
d^7])^e<i /xeuaKvlaL^ UKOvovaaL oira dpvcbv
(5»? Tpcocov dXaXrjTO'i dvd (nparov eupvv opcopec.
(2) eXO^ (o hid ^ouddv yevvcov iXeXt!^oneva,
dpy'jvoi^ ifiol<i ^vvepy6<i,
' tLXevat /ieXe'a? Trovovi,
Tov 'iXidScov t' dec —
hovaa haKpvoevra irovov
'A^aLMV VTTO Xoy^ai'i,
ot'' efMoXev, e/xoA.e ireBia /Sap^dpca irXdra,
o-i eSpa/x^ poOia, /xeXea TIpia/J,i8aL<; dycov
AaKedai/jiovo'i diro Xe^ea
cridev, 0) ' KXeva, Ildpi^ alv6yap,o<;
TTOfxtralcnv 'A(f)poSiTa^.
TToXXol 6' 'Ap^aiwv iv 8opl koI ireTpivaa
pLTralcnv iKTrveixravre'i "AiSav p.eX€0'> e^^^ovcriv,
rdXatvav a^v dXo^cov Kelpavre'i eOetpav.
(3) Kal ovfc av fxei^co 7rpb<; roi? opKoi'? /Se/Saiaxnv
A,a/3oiT€, ■^ oh rd epya iic rcov Xoyw dvaOpov/j,€va SoKrjaLV
dvayKalav Trape'^eTat o)? Kal ^Ufi(f)€p6t ofxoico; Q)i cIttov. el
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 143
5' i/xov ravra 7rpoLa-)(oixevov ahvvaroL fxev (fyijaere elvac
evvoi S' oiz-^e? a^iayaere firj KUKOv/xevoi hLwdelaOai kul riiv
ikevdepia^ fxt] ctKiuSuvov i/xlv (paivecrdaL, hiKatov re eleiv
oh Kal SvvaTov he-^eaOai avri-jv, tovtoi<; kuI e7ri(f)epvac
OKOvra Se jxi^heva TrpoaavayKci^en', /xdpTupaf; fxev Oeov^ Kal
j)p(oa<; Toi/? ijxoipiov^ iroLrja-oixai, &)? eV ayadci ijkcov ov
ireidoi, 'yrjv he riy v/xerepav Sijcov TTeipda-o/xat ^id^eaOai.
(4) eyco /xei^ ouv. o) KaA,A,t'/<:A,ei9, virb tovtcov t(ov
Xoycov TreTreiafiat, kciI aKOTrci) orrco'i aT-0(f>uPOv/jiat rco KpiTn
oj? vyLeard'^T]v rtju ^Irv^iji'' -^dipeLi/ ovv idaa^ Td<i rip.a<i
Td<i ro)v rroWwu dvOpcoircov^ tI-jv dXi'jOeLav aKO-rror' rreipd-
ao/xai Tu> ovri Jo? dp Svpco/xai /SeXrLo-ro^ cop koi ^rjp Kal
^ireiSdp diToOprjaKQ) dTrodpijCTKeLP. irapaKaXo) Se Kal toi)?
dXXovi TTuvra's dpOpcoirov^, Kad' ocrop Svpafxac, Kal 87) Kal
ae dpTiTrapaKaXo) iirl tovtov top /Slop Kal top dywpa
TOVTOP, OP iydi (pij/jLL dpTl TrdpTcop Tciyp ipOdoe dydpcop elpai,
KaL opeLhi^oi ao-, oti ov'^ oi6<i t ecret aav-^o) SorjOpjaaL,
OTaP rj 6iKr] aot rj Kal tj Kpiai'^ i)p pvpSt] eyx) eXeyop, dXX'i
iXBoop irapd top SLKaaTrjP top t/}? AlyLPij'i vop, eTreiSdp
(Tov iTnXaf36/xePo<; dyrj, ')(^aa fjn'^aet Kal ecXiyytdcrfi,^ ovdep
r)TTOP 7) iyd) epddhe av eKel, Kal ae t'cro)? TOTTTijcrei Tt? iirl
Kopprji^ Kal TrdpTco^ TrpoTrrjXaKiel.
(5) KUiTOi Kal irepl tT;? (f)copti<i caco^ elirelp dpdyKX]
irapv yap p.eya Kal eirl TavTrj (^popelp avTop aKOvoo, o)?
vadvTTOKpipovfMepop vp.d<i. k/J^ol 8e 8ok€it' dTOTrd)TaTOv
airdpTcop dp TTOLrjaai, el, oTe ukp Ta (dveaTov ral tcop eVt
Tpoia KdK^ rjycoPi^eTO, e^ej3dXXer avTOP Kal e^eaupLTTCT
eK TOiP OedTpoop Kal /xopop ou KaTeXeveT^ ovtco^, aJcrre
TeXevTcoPTa tov TpLTayjopLO-reip diroaTrjpai, eTreiBi] 3' ouk
eirl T/}? aKrjpPj^ dXX^ kp Tol'^ kolpoI^ kjlI fxeyiaroL^ T?}?
TToXeco'i Trpdyfiaai fMvpi^ eXpyacTTai KaKa, T7]PiKaud' as
KaXop (f>6eyyo/ji€Pa Tr/Jocre^OiTe. fxrjha p.oi<i . p,j]Bep vfjiel^
d^eXTepop Trdt^ijTe, dXXd 'Soyl^ead' on Set KrjpvKa fiev av
8oKLfxd^7]Te, eucf)(opop aKOTretP, 7rpea/3evT}]P 8e Kal tmp
KOCPOJP d^LOVPTd TL TTpdTTeiP OlKaiOP Kal (f)p6p7]/X^ €)(^opO^
virep v/x6)P f^eya, Trpb<i 8' v/xd<; ccrop' coaTrep iyco (PlXlttttop
fi€P OUK idav/xaaa, tov^ S' a] '^/xaXdjTovi edav/xaaa, eacoaa,
ov8ep v7re(TTeiXdp.7]P. outo? 8' eKeiPov /xep it povKaXipSetTO
Kat T0v<i Traiapwi ^Set*, vfMojp 8' virepopd.
10
J44 FACULTY OF ARTS.
(6) TlovXvTTov liypevawi irore Ty/'wfT^o?, e^ aA.09 etV 7)')i/
eppi-yjrei^, Setaa^ Otjpo'i c/JLavToireSiji'.
aW' 6 7' i^' iiTTi^oiovTa Treaun> avvehi-jae \aja>6i>,
(f)ev, Tc'i-^a di^pevra^ cipTi cfyvyovra Kvva<i.
ajpevOel^; i]ypeuaep. o 6' et? ciXa Tft't't^o? I'^Oop
rjKe TraXiP ^coop, \vrpa Xayooov eyoiv.
CLASSICAL HONOURS.
GREEK PROSE.
Tuesday, April 2ist, 1903 : — Afternoon, 2 to 5.
In discussing each particular transaction in the life
of Charles, as of any other Sovereign, it is required by
the truth of history to spare 
TVNews
OpenLibrary